ey + 
ese send 


* 


Heese tle. 


ee 
.Φ. Φ- 


er 
- 


τιν ων 
Sco 


oe 


te 


rice 
7.0) FF) 


x, 
ea Ν 
Vein τ 
Por ie oe ee 


tas 


- 
«σ᾽ 


Oe oe ed 


. 

τ 

’ 

n> 
my 
' 
‘ 
4 
ἔτ τῶν 
“ΠΣ 


. 
st 
we 
ἕ 


4.“ 


“ ut 


a9 ee 
ΟΣ 
pa eae 


, 
«eee 
« 


pte 
vets 


sass 


44 


ty 
ate 


47 
Se 
>a 


> 
* 
—— 


oe 
τι 


2 
oe 
Lr 
rors 


a 
Ἂς 


“ὅ- 
«- + 
ee 
ay 
Rotate 
Lahr 
ee 


* 
typ hy 
oe 
Oty 
ΟΣ ον 
mae 


Pt ead 
eee, 
bey Κ᾽ ; 


ow 
a7 
a 


> 


Se 
Ἢ 


<6 
tet 
ot 
‘> 
. 


ry 
+33 


re + 
tat δ συν, 
- Pre 


a tatic = 
ν ὁ Φ ng Ay 
“εἷς 474". 


αι wae 
te. 


. 

- “ “5. 
ἐπ νι όνν δ) 
ς ἐ 


. 


eee” 
eo ee 


eee 
. 


οὗν 


ake 


ἐξ έτος 
a pittin 


vr ar eet * 
ἀῶ Ὁ 
ὙΌΣ > 


ew, 
hg τὰ 
ΠΑΝ eet 


εν 


ὡς 


ΕἾ 


aaa 
ἐξ ων 
ον 


ἐν 
- 
- 


$, 
Φφε 


reas 


a bees 
a gee 
As 


εὐ οἷ, 
Peery 


τὰν 
* 


oe 
4 
4 


+ 


es 
«τα συ χη: 
ee 

Sa itetares 


* ae 
4 
4270 


ese « 
“ 
. ᾿ς 


« 


CN et! 
+ 


i 


pt 
ht, 


« 
4 ΠΣ 2, 
wie “we + ole τῇ ἡ ας 
ς τ 


Te 
. 


ΠΟ 


Pees 


"y 


pains 


ᾧ ὁ δ' ὃ ὁ ὁ ὁ ὁ ὁ 


on de er 
N ot ar on et 


at 


e Scat 4 


“7 [ 


ἐν, * 


+, 


᾿ ἘῸΝ 


ες 


ic 


Cote oo 
« 
one 


eee 


- 
See 
es ee, 


t+ 


4 


(ot oc τῷ ἃ ἃ ἀρ δ ἐὺ 


«(ὦ 
< 


ὦ een oe ee ee 
ὁ" Ὶ J 
Φ 


- 


ΓΙ 


. 
wr 


- 


ae 
iy 


ANN 
TN 


᾿ 
ἮΝ 
ὠδγῖν 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


AMERICAN ACADEMY 


OF 


ARTS AND SCIENCES. 


VOL. Vis 


FROM MAY, 1860, TO MAY, 1862. 


SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS. 


BOSTON AND CAMBRIDGE: 
WELCH, BIGELOW, AND COMPANY. 
¢ LS, 6: 2. 


b oweevel 


si LY pep βδλέον ) 

pbs? peg ee φν weil 

ivi wheter wen ie, " 

ὙΠ tae e Ot ἴγα 

αἰ a ΜΝ Powe waded, δ τὼ ρα 

sive sak 

eu ene ye iT (A ie al HAN, ΠΝ | μέ ὃ 
μι! JE μα αι ὑδ' ἀν Sree ens san Mba eet t 


κῶν οὐ εν εὐ Oe band dinbsioniet aes % 
> vt ih “με δ aha Hin width te 
! Δ anit bp nay ag 


foil i 


" 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


Pave ΡΟΝ Α C ΑἸϑΠπή ΕΝ 


OF 
Ate to ΑΝ eet LEN. 8.9. 


SELECTED FROM THE RECORDS. 


VOL. WV. 


Four hundred and eighty-fourth meeting. 
May 29, 1860. — ANNUAL MEETING. 


The ῬΒΕΒΙΡΕΝΤ in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters acknowledging the 
reception of the Academy’s publications; also from the Ento- 
mological Society of Stettin, and the Royal University of 
Christiana, Norway, accompanying donations to the library. 
Also, a letter from Theodore Lyman, Esq., Fellow of the 
Academy, presenting a copy of the Histoire et Mémoires de 
P Académie des Inscriptions, Vols. 1 to 50, inclusive, and 
Index, and fourteen volumes of the Mémoires de l Institit, 
complete to the year 1818. 

The thanks of the Academy were voted to Mr. aes for 
his valuable donation. 

The Treasurer presented his annual report upon the finances 
of the Academy ; which was ordered to be entered in full upon 
the record-book. 

Professor Rogers reported, from the Committee on the Li- 
brary, that 236 volumes and 416 parts of volumes have been 
added to the library by gift during the past year, and 213 
volumes and 268 pamphlets by purchase. Also, that 723 vol- 
umes have been borrowed from the library during the year. 

VOL. V. 1 


2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Professor Lovering read the report of the Committee on 
Publication, detailing its operations during the past year. 

In behalf of the Council, Professor Gray, its secretary, read 
the following report upon the changes which have occurred 
in the personelle of the Academy since the preceding annual 
meeting : — 


Since the last annual meeting, the Academy has elected six Resident 
Fellows, three Associate Fellows, and two Foreign Honorary Members. 

Three of the newly chosen Fellows belong to the First Class; one 
to the Second; and two to the Third Class. 

Of the Associate Fellows, one was chosen into each Class. 

Of the Foreign Honorary Members, one, M. Liouvitxe of Paris, 
belongs to the First Class, Section 1: the other, Professor VALENTIN, 
to the Second Class, Section 3. 

These accessions exactly equal the number of vacancies which haye 
been caused by death during the past year. 

Within this period, five Resident Fellows have deceased; viz. 
Hon. Tuomas G. Cary, Hon. Rurus CHoate, Rev. Dr. Wit- 
LARD, Mr. Bensamin A. Goutp, Mr. Wittiam WELLs, —all of 
Class III. 

We have lost three Associate Fellows; viz. Taomas Nutratt, 
of the Second Class; Horace Mann, and Wasuineron Irvine, of 
the Third Class. 

Also, three Foreign Honorary Members; viz. Ropert STEPHEN- 
son, of Class I.; Kart Rirrer, of Class 11.; and FREDERICK 
Witiiam Tuarerscu, of Class III. 

The anniversary meeting offers a fitting occasion for some tribute, 
however cursory, to the memory of the Associates whose death we 
have to deplore. For important assistance in the preparation of these 
obituary remarks, the Council offer their acknowledgments and thanks 
to several Fellows, who kindly responded to their call, and of whose 
help they would gladly have availed themselves more largely. But 
our statements upon the present occasion must needs be brief and 
general. 

Indeed, two of our late Associates, CHOATE and IRvING, were men 
whose mark and fame render all comment, which could be offered 
here and now, superfluous. Prompt and fitting public eulogies have 
already been elsewhere pronounced over the remains of the most elo- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 3 


quent advocate of our time; and, still more recently, over those of the 
popular author, who down to the close of a long and most honorable 
life continued to adorn, by important works, that American literature 
to the formation and general recognition of which he had, even in early 
years, contributed more than any other writer. 

The earliest loss from our immediate ranks was that of the Hon. 
Tuomas GRAveEs Cary, which followed within a month our last an- 
niversary. Mr. Cary was born at Chelsea in 1791; was graduated at 
Harvard College in 1811, and admitted to the Suffolk bar in 1814. 
After a residence of several years in Brattleborough, Vermont, in the 
practice of his profession, and afterwards in New York, where he 
engaged in commerce, he returned to Boston, where he passed the 
rest of his useful and honorable life in various business pursuits, and in 
the occupation of many important trusts. He died on the 8d of July 
last. Mr. Cary was a man of refined literary taste, a lover of art, and 
a. careful student of moral, political, and economical science. His 
numerous published articles, lectures, and reviews upon these subjects, 
and his more elaborate Memoir of Thomas Handasyd Perkins, show 
him to have been a vigorous writer and speaker, in a pure and idio- 
matic style. His sterling integrity and good sense, and unaffected dig- 
nified manners, his active interest in educational and social questions, 
and his efficient administration as President for many years of the 
Boston Athenzeum, and in other responsible trusts, are well remem- 
bered by his associates in this and in other institutions. 

Rey. Samurt WiLvarp, D. D., was born at Petersham, Mass., on 
the 19th of April, 1776, was graduated at Harvard College in 1803, 
became Assistant Preceptor in Exeter Academy in 1804, and a Tutor 
‘in Bowdoin College the following year. He was ordained over the 
Unitarian Church in Deerfield, Mass., in 1807, elected a Fellow of the 
Academy in 1816, resigned his pastoral charge on account of loss of 
sight in the autumn of 1829, and died at Deerfield on the 8th of October, 
1859. These few data indicate all the principal epochs of an unevent- 
ful, but a valuable and useful life. They suggest no title to celebrity ; 
but they present a modest and valid claim to that respect which justly 
attaches to intelligence, virtue, and piety, and to a faithful and exem- 
plary devotion to his sacred calling. His publications were few; but 
they are creditable to his learning, good sense, and Christian temper. 
Among them is a collection of hymns, many of which were of his own 
composing, and prepared with reference to an original theory, which is 


4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


elaborately explained in the Preface. During the thirty years of his 
total blindness, his memory, which was naturally good, was cultivated, 
as is not unusual in such cases, to great quickness and accuracy. 
Besides retaining with literal exactness nearly the whole of the New 
Testament, he is said to have solved all the problems of Euclid, 
orally, by recalling the images of the diagrams with which he had 
been familiar in his youth. 

Our late respected colleague, BensamiIn ArtHore GOULD, also 
died in October last. Mr. Gould was born in Lancaster, Mass., in 
1787, and graduated at Harvard College in 1814. In early life he 
struggled against many disadvantages, having only the opportunities 
of a common country school, and not having even the command of his 
own time until he became of age. He then supported himself by 
teaching for some years, a profession in which he exhibited peculiar 
aptitude and acquired a marked reputation. Being intent on a col- 
legiate education, he prepared himself, somewhat late in life, for admis- 
sion into College, almost without assistance, and afterwards took his 
place in the foremost rank of a class distinguished by the presence of 
some of our brightest luminaries in literature. In the latter part of 
his Senior year, a vacancy occurred in the Publie Latin School in 
Boston, and Mr. Gould, though yet an undergraduate, received, in 
consequence of the character he had acquired and the strong recom- 
mendations of President Kirkland and others, the appointment of 
master in that institution. How well he discharged the duties of that 
office the testimony of his numerous pupils, and the acknowledged 
elevation of the character of the «seminary itself, afford ample proof. 
In 1828, Mr. Gould resigned his post as Principal of the Latin 
School, and devoted the remainder of his life to commerce. For many 
years he sustained the reputation of an honorable, intelligent, and 
successful merchant; and has died in the maturity of life, leaving 
many who recollect with pleasure his generous nature, his conscien- 
tious rectitude, and his unwavering fidelity in the path of duty. 

Even within the past month, viz. on the 21st of April, the Acad- 
emy lost another, and one of its most venerable Fellows, Mr. Wi1- 
tram We ts of Cambridge. Mr. Wells had reached nearly the 
age of eighty-seven years, —an age which had of late precluded him 
from any active participation in our labors, —and his retirement 
had made him comparatively a stranger to most of our members. 
Yet those who were privileged to know him can truly say, that to 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 5 


the last his lively sympathy still followed with interest the literary 
and scientific movements of the day. Mr. Wells was endowed by 
nature with that exquisite taste which avoids in life, as in literature, 
all tints that do not blend and harmonize. No surer critic could be 
found of any work of genius, classical or modern; no safer arbiter 
of the appropriate and the true in social intercourse. His conversation 
was singularly fascinating, and it would be prized just in proportion 
as study and refinement had qualified the hearer to appreciate his 
highly cultivated intellect. To these mental endowments, to sound 
scholarship and fine taste and critical power, were added in Mr. Wells 
a most attractive sweetness and simplicity of character. 

Of our two late Associate Fellows deceased during the past year, 
one, Mr. Nutrauy, was personally known only to some of the older 
Fellows of the Academy, and perhaps mostly to those interested in 
Natural History. The other, Mr. Mann, moved in a wider and 
more public sphere, and was too prominent and active in educa- 
tional, reformatory, and political life not to attract a large measure 
of attention. 

Horace Mann was born in Franklin, Norfolk County, Mass., May 
4,1796. His early life was one of toil and sorrow. His father died 
in 1809, and he remained with his mother on the farm until 1816, 
when, after a hurried preparation by an itinerant teacher, he entered 
the Sophomore Class in Brown University, Providence, R. I, where 
he was graduated with the highest honors in 1819. After a few 
months spent in reading law, he was appointed to a tutorship in Latin 
and Greek at Brown University. He resigned this post in 1821, and 
was admitted to the bar in December, 1823; and immediately opened 
an office in Dedham, where he continued in the practice of law until 
1833. In 1827 he was elected to the General Court, and annually 
re-elected until 1833, when he removed to Boston. From that time 
until 1837, he was a member of the State Senate, continuing also 
in the practice of his profession. He then became first Secretary 
of the Massachusetts Board of Education, and for twelve years was 
indefatigable in those labors which have given him an enduring fame. 
In the spring of 1848, he was chosen to succeed John Quincy Adams 
in the National House of Representatives, re-elected in November, 
1848, and again in November, 1850. In September, 1852, he was 
elected President of Antioch College, at Yellow Springs, Ohio, which 
was opened in October, 1853, and over which he presided to the 


6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY - 


day of his death, which occurred on the second day of August, 1859. 
The distinguishing traits of his character were his unwavering fidelity 
to his convictions, and the passionate intensity with which he gave 
himself to the work before him. He usually had some chosen great 
end in view, to accomplish which he labored with a zeal and energy of 
which few, even of the strongest men, are capable. The Asylum at 
Worcester is perhaps the noblest of the monuments which attest his 
efficiency when a member of the State Legislature; the great and 
sudden improvement of the common schools in Massachusetts shows 
that his oft-quoted and oft-praised reports give no exaggerated view 
of his ability and success as Secretary of the Board of Education; the 
feelings which, after a lapse of eight years, are awakened in Massa- 
chusetts by any allusion to his course in Congress, bear conclusive 
testimony to his intense devotion, while there, to the single cause for 
which he took a seat in the House; and the voice of his pupils at 
Antioch College assures us, that, for the last six years of his life, he 
gave himself up wholly to the interests of his charge. Abstemious 
and economical in his habits, he was generous to those who needed his 
aid; full of tender affections, and repressing them only for fear that 
they should lead him to be too lenient to wrong-doers. So great was 
his scorn of all vice, and so unflinching his exposure of moral weak- 
ness, that few knew how deep and loving was his heart. His chief 
fault arose from that which was his highest virtue. Careful to attempt 
only what he thought he ought to do, he considered success to be a 
duty, and threw himself upon his work with such an intense energy 
as to render him incapable, for the time, of seeing the possibility of any 
other course, or any other opinion. But this want of breadth was 
atoned for by the superior effectiveness which it gave him in behalf 
of whatever he undertook. 

Tuomas NurraLt was born of humble parents at Settle, in the 
West Riding of Yorkshire, in the year 1786, and died at Nutgrove, (an 
estate in Lancashire bequeathed to him by his uncle,) on the 10th of 
September last. Although his life began and closed in England, 
nearly his whole scientific career belonged to this country, and was 
devoted to American Natural History. When he immigrated to the 
United States in 1808, at the age of twenty-two years, he no doubt 
brought with him a fondness for the pursuits in which he afterwards 
excelled; but his knowledge was acquired here, mostly in the field, 
and through his own explorations. His extended explorations began, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. T 


within two years after his arrival in this country, with a journey up 


the Missouri River, in company with Mr. Bradbury,—a journey at 
that day perilous; and it was with much suffering and danger that 
the small party penetrated to some distance beyond the Mandan vil- 
lages, where they were robbed by the Indians and narrowly escaped 
with their lives. 

Between 1811, when he returned to Philadelphia, and 1817 Mr. 
Nuttall had visited the more accessible portions of the United States ; 
and in 1818 he published his “ Genera of North American Plants,” — 
his largest, and, considering the period and the circumstances of its 
production, much the best of his botanical works. 

The next year his equally perilous journey up the Arkansas 
River and its tributaries was ‘undertaken, the principal results of 
which were published in his “ Narrative of a Journey into the In- 
terior of Arkansas,” with an Appendix full of interesting scientific 
and ethnological information; and in several separate botanical me- 
moirs. 

After the death of Professor Peck, in 1822, Mr. Nuttall was called 
to supply his place at Cambridge, which he did for ten years; during 
which he produced his admirable “ Manual of the Ornithology of the 
United States and Canada,” as well as several botanical, ornithologi- 
cal, and mineralogical papers. Leaving Cambridge in the winter of 
1899 — 4, he made a third and more successful attempt to penetrate and 
explore the western part of the continent, then so imperfectly known. 
Joined to Captain Wyeth’s party, he crossed the Rocky Mountains by 
the pass at the South Fork of the Platte, reached the coast of Oregon, 
visited the Sandwich Islands, and the coast of California in the vicinity 
of San Francisco, Monterey, and San Diego, and returned to Boston 
by a voyage around Cape Horn. 

The scientific results of this exploration, and of some other collec- 
tions, so far as they have been published or elaborated by Mr. Nuttall 
himself, are contained in three memoirs in the Transactions of the 
American Philosophical Society, in the first volume of Torrey and 
Gray’s Flora of North America, and in Nuttall’s¢three volumes sup- 
plementary to Michaux’s North American Sylva. 

In 1842 the death and legacy of his uncle recalled Mr. Nuttall 
to England, to an estate upon which he resided, with the exception of 
a visit to the United States in the autumn and winter of 1840 -- 7, until 
his death, in September last, at the age of seventy-three. 


8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Mr. Nuttall was a person of great simplicity of life and manners, 
and of extremely retiring habits, though affable and communicative 
when with congenial companions, Although fond of every depart- 
ment of Natural History, and a proficient in ornithology and miner- 
alogy, to our knowledge of which he made useful contributions, his 
favorite pursuit was Botany. His earliest and principal work, the 
Genera of North American Plants, revealed talents for observation 
and description of a high order, and a quickness in detecting natural 
affinities which seemed to be intuitive, and was certainly very re- 
markable for that day. Altogether, the name of Nuttall must ever 
stand very high among the pioneers of botanical science in the United 
States. 

The three names which now disappear from the roll of our Foreign 
Honorary Members, belonged one to each of our three Classes. They 
are those of the great Engineer, the great Geographer, and of one 
of the most distinguished Greek scholars of the age. 

STEPHENSON died in October last, in middle age; Rirrer, on the 
28th of September, in his eighty-first year; THreRscu, near the end of 
February, in his seventy-seventh year. 

ROBERT STEPHENSON was the son, pupil, and companion of the 
illustrious George Stephenson,— a man to whose genius, persevering 
industry, and practical good sense our age is more indebted for its 
greatest instrument of civilization and material progress, than to the 
talents or labors of any other individual. Inheriting a good measure 
of his father’s mental endowments, and judiciously trained in the 
physical and mathematical sciences, by which his talents were de- 
veloped, strengthened, and directed, without being smothered or dis- 
torted by an excess of mere learning, our associate opened upon his 
career, as assistant to his father in building the Liverpool and Man- 
chester railway, and in perfecting the locomotive which triumphed 
over all its competitors in 1829. The completion of this road and 
engine established the fact that railways were to become the greatest 
instrument of intercourse amongst men, and were to carry the power 
of civilization wherever the dry land appeared. 

On the formation of the London and Birmingham company for the 
commencement of the road which was to become the central line of 
England, Mr. Stephenson, although hardly thirty years old, received 
the appointment of Chief Engineer, when he soon established a repu- 
tation second only to that of his father; and on the gradual retirement 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 9 


and subsequent death of the latter, he became, in public estimation, 
though not without rivals, the first railway engineer in Europe. 

This is not the time nor the place to review his controversies with 
some of his rivals, who, with more ambition than genius, attempted to 
surpass his constructions, and those of his father, by mere excess of 
dimensions, — for which they received from many persons a praise 
which should be accorded only to improvements of mechanical con- 
struction or organization. It is enough upon this subject to say, that 
the experience of the few years that have yet elapsed has shown, as 
far as so short an experience can show, that upon all these subjects of 
controversy Mr. Stephenson was mainly in the right; nor has it yet ap- 
peared that in his long and diversified career he ever made what may 
be called an engineering blunder. Praise like this can hardly be 
accorded to any one who has gone before him. 

Of all the works of Mr. Stephenson, the tubular bridge, of which the 
first was constructed to cross the Menai Strait, is that upon which his 
reputation for genius will mainly rest. In the construction of the 
railway and locomotive, no high claim as an inventor can be accorded 
to him, for not only his father, but Trevethick and many others had 
preceded him; but the tubular bridge is the embodiment of a high 
original conception, at once bold and practical; and although it will 
probably never be of common use, yet there have been and must 
hereafter occur extraordinary obstacles, which cannot be so well over- 
come in any other way. 

Our colleague was fortunate, not only in his paternity, but in his 
time ;—a time when the wealth of a long peace and the activity of a 
great empire were lavishly poured out under an excessive, perhaps 
morbid, excitement for railway improvements. This, added to the 
great aid derived from the recent improvements in all the useful arts, 
gave him a success that no genius or activity at any preceding time 
could have brought to his career, — a career that posterity will not fail 
to recognize as having left a deep impression upon our age. 

FREDERICK WILLiAM THIERSCH, one of the most distinguished 
philologists of the age, was born at Kitscheidungen near Freybureg, 
June 17,1784. His early education was pursued in the schools of his 
native town; he studied afterwards at the Universities of Leipsic and 
Gottingen, and took his doctor’s degree at Gottingen in 1808, imme- 
diately after which he was appointed Professor in the Lyceum of that 
place. In the following year (1809) he was called to Munich as 

VOL.Vs 2 - 


10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Professor in the University just established there. The condition of 
the country was such, on account of the military movements of the 
time, that young Thiersch was only able to reach his destination in 
safety by joining a French corps, and marching equipped like a com- 
mon ‘soldier. He found that learning in Bavaria was at a very low 
ebb, and he at once devoted himself to the promotion of education and 
literature with extraordinary zeal and ability. It was through his 
influence over the most enlightened men of the kingdom that classical 
studies, including the archxology of art, first assumed the prominent 
position which they maintain at the present day in the Bavarian capi- 
tal. In 1812, he founded the Philological Seminary, which soon be- 
came an important part of the University, and in the same year com- 
menced the publication of the Acta Philologicorum Monacensiwm. 
Thiersch took a lively interest in the fortunes of Greece, and was one 
of the first among the European scholars to predict the restoration of 
her nationality. In 1814 he went to Vienna, and, meeting Count Capo 
dIstria there, assisted in founding a Greek society of the friends of 
literature (the φιλόμουσσι), and afterwards the political society in- 
tended to embrace the leading Greeks wherever found, and called the 
Heteria. When the war of independence broke out, in 1821, his zeal 
in the cause influenced the king and court of Bavaria to lend their aid 
to the establishment of the Greek nation. In this and other ways 
he proved himself to be a constant and most valuable friend to the 
Greeks. Soon after the close of the war he visited the country, and 
made a careful study of its actual condition. The results of his obser- 
vations were given to the world in 1833, in a work written in French, 
and entitled LZ’ Htat actuel dela Gréce; and it is to him more than 
to any other, that Prince Otho was indebted for his election to the 
throne of Greece. The other writings of Professor Thiersch are on 
Public Education, on Ancient Art, editions of the Greek Classics, 
and numerous contributions to the transactions of the Royal Bavarian 
Society of Sciences, of which he was President for several years. 
In 1858 the jubilee of Mr. Thiersch’s doctorate was celebrated with 
great enthusiasm at Munich. Deputations from all the leading Uni- 
versities of Germany, and from numerous learned societies, were sent 
to Munich with addresses and congratulations. Orders of knighthood 
were conferred upon him by German sovereigns and by the king of 
Greece, in token of their high estimation of his character, abilities, and 
learning. The young Greeks studying in the University of Munich 


- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 11 


sent to him a lyrical poem in the ancient language of their country, 
written by Bernadahes, one of their number, who has since distin- 
guished himself in poetical literature, and the University of Athens 
addressed to him a grateful letter, written in Classical Greek by Pro- 
fessor Philippos Johannis, one of the most accomplished teachers, and 
in that year the Prytanis or Rector of the University. Professor 
Thiersch, it is understood, has left an edition of A%schylus, which he 
had prepared with a view to its publication after his death. 

By his decease the world has lost a scholar of large and various 
acquirements, a man of elevated principles and pure character, of 
amiable temper and cordial manners, an acute and tasteful critic in 
literature and art, an author whose works take rank among the most 
learned productions of the age, a friend and supporter of learned insti- 
tutions and of liberal principles of government. 

Cart Rirrer, the renowned author of the Hrdkunde, &c.,— or 
“The Science of the Globe in its Relation to Nature and to the His- 
tory of Mankind,” was born in Quedlinburg, a town of Prussian 
Saxony, on the 7th of August, 1779. When he had passed only two 
years as a student at the University of Halle, he became, for eighteen 
years, a private tutor in the family of Mr. Hollweg, a wealthy banker 
of Frankfort, where the celebrated statesman and minister, Von 
Bethmann-Hollweg, was one of his pupils. In 1814, after prolonged 
travel in the middle and south of Europe, he brought his two pupils 
to the University of Géttingen, where he produced, in 1817 and 1818, 
the first and second volumes of the first edition of his great geographi- 
eal work. Two years after, mainly through the instrumentality of 
William Humboldt, then Minister of Public Instruction, he was called 
to Berlin, as Professor of Geography at the Royal Military School 
and at the University, — where the first chair, it is believed, devoted 
to that special branch of knowledge in any German university, was 
created for him. 

Here, besides other writings, he published, in 1822, the first volume 
of a second and much enlarged edition of his Hrdkunde. This— 
after ten years of intense academical activity, largely occupied by the 
preparation and delivery of the courses of public lectures which gave 
him such renown as a teacher — was followed in 1832 by a second 
volume; and from that time down to 1898, six more volumes, or one 
volume a year, attest his wonderful industry and learning. In the 
twenty-one succeeding years, that is, to the close of Ritter’s life, eleven 


12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


volumes more, or one volume every other year, tell of his ceaseless . 
activity, notwithstanding his advancing age. The first volume was 
devoted to Africa; the nineteenth, which nearly finishes Asia, was 
published only a few weeks before his death. 

Ritter’s personal qualities and character — as one of our colleagues, 
once his favorite pupil, informs us — were exceedingly attractive and 
admirable. The same competent judge, himself a distinguished culti- 
vator of geographical science, pronounces that “the peculiar turn of 
Ritter’s mind was more intuitive than logical, more synthetical than 
analytical, more objective than subjective. .... . While, therefore, 
his views and his method are entirely original, we seek in vain in his 
works for a formal system, an absolute idea rigorously carried out. 
His unflinching loyalty to the truth, as he sees it, not as he infers it 
may be, seems to render such systematization uncongenial to his mind. 
He shrinks, indeed, from all cold and formal definitions. Even his 
most characteristic conceptions, those which constitute the spirit of his 
method, preserve much of the nature of deep intuitions, — the expres- 
sion of which is always highly suggestive, but often lacks the clear, 
logical shape which make them easy to define, and would give them 
immediate currency. With a mind essentially constructive, he de- 
scends, nevertheless, with the most scrupulous care into the study of 
details ; and it is upon the well-secured basis of facts alone, and with a 
sense of the true sometimes almost amounting to divination, that he 
builds up his broadest generalizations. It may be inferred, accordingly, 
that Ritter possessed in a high degree that noble endowment of the 
greatest students of nature, that plastic imagination which gives the 
power to keep before the mind true and vivid conceptions of natural 
objects, whether in their isolation or in combination, as in one great 
picture, — so obtaining deeper insight into their whole relations than 
any mere analytical process could ever afford.” 

The fundamental idea of Ritter’s whole geographical writings — still 
to use the language of our colleague, with some condensation — is 
“a strong belief that our globe, like the totality of creation, is a great 
organism, the work of an All-wise Intelligence, —an admirable struc- 
ture, all the parts of which are purposely shaped and arranged, 
and mutually dependent, and by the will of the Maker fulfil, like 
organs, specific functions, which combine themselves into a common 
life. But with Ritter this organism of the globe comprises not only 
nature, but man, and with man, the moral and intellectual life. Old 


Sa 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 13 


as is this idea of the Cosmos as applied to the physical world, it was 
Ritter’s merit to have made a special and most happy application of it 
to geographical studies. No one before him had perceived so clearly 
the hidden but strong ties which mutually bind man and nature, the 
close relations between man and his dwelling-place, between a con- 
tinent and its inhabitants, —influences which stamp races and nations 
each with a character of their own. Considered under this aspect, 
every portion of our globe, stamped by nature with a peculiar eharac- 
ter, assumes new meaning and importance. As the body is made for 
the soul, so, upon this view, is the physical globe made for mankind.” 

What the Philosophy of History is in the field of human society, 
such, with the physical world for its subject, is the Philosophy of 
Geography ; and of this new science, Carl Ritter may be said to have 
been the founder. 


As to the present personelle of the Academy, the Council report, — 
that 


The actual number of Resident Fellows is. 3 a 5 155 
Of which the First Class contains : ἢ Ξ ey, 
the Second Class “ Η : 5 Ἶ . 48 
the Third Class é“ : : : τ 260 

The Associate Fellows are 78 in number. 

Of these, Class I. contains : f : A : 899 
coe « π A Σ . d 529 
ce) (9 fl Ue “ A ν : : 4 16 


The Foreign Honorary Members are 70 in number. 


Of these, Class I. contains : : : : : 26 
er Ἢ: ἐς : é : : : . 20 
11]: us : ῤ : : : 18 


They are distributed in sections as follows : — 


Crass I. 
Section 1. Mathematics . : : : : 9 members. 
“ 2. Practical Astronomy and Geodesy = 6 Ks 


« 8, Physics and Chemistry . : : 8 g 
« 4, Technology and Engineering : ἐξ ὦ, ¢ 


e 
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 
Crass II. 
Section 1. Geology, Mineralogy, &e. : : 6 members. 


« 2. Botany “ : . 7 x 
“98, Zodlogy and Physiology . : 5 8 x 


« 4, Medicine and Surgery . : : τὺ = 
Crass III. 
Section 1. Philosophy and Jurisprudence . : 4 members. 


« 2. Philology and Archeology . ; ee fs 
“« 8, Political Economy and History . : 4 ¢ 
« 4. Literature and the Fine Arts 5 oe φ 


Finally, the Council made nominations of several distin- 
guished persons to be chosen Foreign Honorary Members and 
Associate Fellows. 

On motion of the Vice-President, it was voted that the 
Chairman of the Rumford Committee be authorized and 
directed to reclaim the possession of the die of the Rumford 
medal, now deposited at the United States Mint, Philadelphia, 
and to place it in the safe of the Academy. 

Appropriations were voted,— On motion of the Treasurer, 
of twelve hundred dollars for general expenses during the 
current year ; 

On motion of the chairman of the Committee on Publica- 
tions, of fourteen hundred dollars for printing the Academy’s 
publications ; 

On motion of the chairman of the Library Committee, of 
eight hundred dollars for the purchase of books and other 
expenses of the library. 

The annual election was held, and the following officers 
were chosen for the ensuing year: —. 


JacoB BicEeLow, President. 

DANIEL TREADWELL, Vice-President. 

Asa Gray, Corresponding Secretary. 
S. L. Assot, Recording Secretary. 

J. P. Cooks, Librarian. . 

Epwarp WIGGLESworTH, Treasurer. 


“- — a 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 15 


Council. 
J. I. Bownpitcu, 
JosEPH LovERING, > of Class I. 
E. N. Horsrorp, 
Louis AGASSIZ, 
JEFFRIES WyMAN, > of Class IT. 
J. B. S. Jackson, 
JAMES WALKER, 
Henry W. Torrey, of Class ITT. 
Rosert ©. WINTHROP, 


The Standing Committees, nominated by the President, 
were elected as follows : — 
Rumford Committee. 
Esen N. Horsrorp, JOSEPH LOVERING, 
DANIEL TREADWELL, Henry L. Kustis, 
Morritp WYMAN. 
Committee of Publication. 
JOSEPH LOVERING, JEFFRIES WYMAN, 
CorNELIUS Οὐ. FELTON. 
Committee on the Library. 
A. A. GOULD, W. B. Rocers, 
Grorce P. Bonn. 
Committee to Audit the Treasurer’s Accounts. 


THomas T. Bouve, C. KE. Wake. 


Committee of Finance. 
Jacos BIGELOW, 
Epwarp WIGGLESWORTH, 
J. I. Bowpircu, by appointment. 


ex officio, by statute. 


Professor C. W. Eliot presented a memoir by Εἰ. H. Storer 
and himself on the Impurities of Commercial Zinc, with special 
reference to the residue insoluble in dilute acids, to Sulphur, 
and to Arsenic. 


16. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The Corresponding Secretary presented,-from the authors, 
the following paper : — 


Description of two new Genera and eight new Species of 
Fossil Crinoidea, from the Rocks of Indiana and Ken- 
tucky. By S. A. Cassepay and 5. S. Lyon. 


DICHOCRINUS, Minster. 


In a résumé of this genus by MM. De Koninck and Le Hon, they 
state that, up to the appearance of their work,* only three species of 
this genus had been described; they add six, which, together with 
eleven described by American geologists, make in all twenty spe- 
cies. This comprises all the species of which we have any personal 
knowledge. 

Heretofore much uncertainty has existed as regards the number 
and disposition of the radials and the arms. De Koninck and Le Hon 
give the following formula : — 


Basal pieces : : ‘ 2 

Radial pieces . 3 Bas BS ay 
Inter-radials : : : Unknown. 
Anal piece. : : pee! Known. 
Arms. - ὃ : vp LO 


Dr. B. F. Shumard, in some remarks about this genus, states as 
follows:—“ The anatomical structure of a very perfect specimen of 
this genus corresponds only in part with the above formula. In our 
fossil we find a base of two pieces, supporting a circle of five large 
radials and one large anal piece, as in all known species of this genus. 
The radials however, are not repeated, but each one immediately gives 
rise to two brachial pieces, which are pentagonal, and in turn support, 
each, two simple arms; so that the number of the latter amounts to 
twenty.” ἢ : 

The Messrs. Austin, who up to this time have figured the most 
perfect examples of the genus, represent the number of radial pieces 
to be twenty, i. e. “ five repeated four times.” 

“In D. ovatus there appear to be but ten, i. e. five repeated twice ; 


* Recherches sur le» Crinoides. 
7 Trans. Acad. St. Louis, Vol. I. No. 1, p. 71. 


ee ..... 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. a 


while in D. cornigerus and D. sexlobatus, now described for the first 
time, the whole number of radials is only five.” 

In a number of well-preserved individuals of D. polydactylus, we 
have always found three radials, and on examination of other species 
we have concluded this to be the number most frequently met with. 
The following list contains all the species of Dichocrinus which show 
in a satisfactory manner all the radial pieces. 


D. cornigerus. . - . 1x 5 
D. ficus . : : : i ἘΚ tee cal 
D. fusiformis : ‘ : ὃ SI Ὸ wes 
D. ovatus ὃ Ξ ᾿ ἀν Gat 
D. polydactylus . : ° : 3x 5 


D. simplex also will doubtless show three radial pieces when perfect 
examples are found; D. cornigerus differs from other species in having 
two brachials coming immediately from the primary radial. This 
is the only species showing satisfactorily such an arrangement. Shu- 
mard quotes, above, D. ovatus as having two radials repeated five 
times, yet in his description of the species (Owen and Shumard, Geol. 
Survey of Iowa, &c., p. 590) he says, “Several joints of the arms 
remain attached to one of the superior plates, in the only specimen we 
have been able to procure. The first joint is of a rectangular form, and 
supports a cuneiform joint, on the bevelled edges of which is the com- 
mencement of the two series of smaller plates.” The formula for the 
radial pieces will be, — 


Radialspiecesy oytidy 4). hh Voted es: 


Arms. But few specimens have been figured preserving the arms. 
They generally come off in five pairs, often bifurcating below, until 
they attain even to the number of forty divisions, as in D. polydactylus. 
D. fusiformis has ten arms (five pairs) without bifurcations. D. ovatus 
has, most probably, the same number. WD. polydactylus, as we have 


* Austin (Monograph of Crinoidez, pl. 5, fig. 6, c) figures a single ray as having 
three small radials above the large primary radial. His specimen (pl. 5, fig. 6, b) 
is very imperfect, and we think it highly improbable that four radials exist in the 
individual there figured ; such a mistake is more easily made than mistaking Dicho- 
crinus clongatus for a Platycrinus. Hexacrinus macrostatus of the same authors has 
all the appearance of a Dichocrinus. (loc. cit., pl. 6, fig. 8, a.) J. Miiller in his paper 
(Uber neue Echinodermen des Eifeler Kalkes, pl. 1, fig. 3) figures a fossil which 
bears a most remarkable resemblance to a Dichocrinus; he calls it Hexacrinus. 


VOL. Υ͂. 3 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


said above, has with the bifurcations 8 x 5=40. 20. cornigerus 
which differs considerably from all other species, has 4 x 5 = 20. 
D. ficus has six pairs, 6 X 2 = 12, again bifurcating on the first 
joint, producing twenty-four arms or fingers. We may readily sup- 
pose that the greater number of the species of this genus have five 
pairs of arms, bifurcating once or more. The arms are long, fimbri- 
ated, and composed of cuneiform pieces, either in single or double 
rows. 

Inter-radials. Shumard is the only author who notices inter-radials. 
He says, that “from four to five exist in two of his species, they rest 
on the oblique superior lateral edges of the radial plates.” They 
might easily be mistaken for the lower pieces of the vault. 

We propose, then, the following formula for Dichocrinus : — 


Basal pieces. : ; sty de 

Radial pieces ‘ . ἃ lto3 x 5 
Inter-radial pieces. : . 4to5x 5 

Anal pieces . : , : 1 to 5 

Arms : - : Ξ . 9 pairs, bifurcating. 
Columns round. 


The vault, in all the specimens where we have seen it preserved, 
is large, high, and more or less ornamented with thorns and salient 
tubercles. This genus differs so markedly from the genera Platy- 
erinus and Hexacrinus, both in the more elongated form, the bipartite 
basis, and its deep angular notch on the anal side, that it admits 
of an easy distinction. It approaches quite nearly to Cotyledonocrinus 
and Pterotocrinus, having like them a bipartite base, with a series 
of large pieces about it. Cotyledonocrinus has only five pieces arising 
from the basis, instead of six, the arms are non-bifurcate ; the differ- 
ence between this genus and Pterotocrinus is so marked that they 
cannot be confounded. 


DIcHOCRINUS POLYDACTYLUS, Sp. Nov. 


Body. Subconoidal, resembling the ornate capitals of some com- 
posite columns, spreading rapidly from the base, the upper portion 
marked by prominent folds of salient tubercles. The whole of the 
pieces of the calyx are thin. 

Vault. Surmounted by a large proboscis: column small, subrotund. 

Basal pieces. The two basal pieces are large, spreading rapidly 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 19 


from a small base, similar in size, obscurely heptagonal; at the termina- 
tions of the diameter opposite from the one which makes the suture 
line they are prolonged into quite acute angles, forming the two 
obscure angles of the heptagon. Immediately above the columnar 
pit, or a very little below it, is a series of massive tubercles irregularly 
disposed, and varying in size, the remainder of the bases being com- 
paratively smooth. From the margin of the columnar pit extend, in 
the direction of the arms, four raised folds, two on each piece, orna- 
mented by several tubercles and striz. 

fRadials. The first are very large, pentagonal, trapezoidal in shape, 
their upper facets being much wider than the lower ones. They 
extend out as far as the first or second pieces beyond the axillary 
radials ; the middle portions are swollen out into folds or plaits; their 
junction with the second radials is distinguished by a large tuberous 
knob, beneath which are one or two smaller ones. A number of 
strie regularly disposed, and a few minute granules are scattered over 
the surface of the pieces. This raised median line of the radial pieces 
produces broad intervalla between each two of them. The second 
and third radial pieces are very minute; the second join the first 
radials at the knobby prominence described above; the third are 
axillary, and give off two rays each. 

Inter-radials. One large inter-radial is placed between each pair 
of arms. 

Anal piece. At one termination of the articulating facet of the 
basal piece (the other being at the anterior radial piece) is situated 
a single anal piece. It is not so wide as the radials, but of the same 
length, pentagonal; as in the radials, its centre is elevated, it differs 

from them in the portion where the second radials join the first; on 
the radials there is a well-defined, articulating facet, whilst on the 
anal piece none exists, the piece being solid and continuous throughout. 

Vault. We have no specimen showing the vault; in one example 
before us, there is a proboscis much crushed and misshapen ; it is large, 
composed of many small, coarse, tubercular pieces, and extends not 
quite one third the length of the arms. Its terminal point is appar- 
ently formed by two circles of pieces surrounding a single one. 

Arms. From each third radial come off two .arms. They are 
about three times as long as the body, and arranged as follows: in 
each arm six quite stout quadrangular pieces, rounded on the dorsal 
surface, are superimposed upon each other; the sixth are axillary, 


20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


each give off two slender fingers, which are composed of the following 
pieces : first, one or two quadrangular ones, upon them from five to 
seven somewhat smaller wedge-formed ones placed one above another, 
the large end of one wedge being placed over the small end of the 
next, the wedges becoming gradually more acute, until on the sixth or 
seventh piece there commences a double row of small, quite acute, 
pentangular pieces, which alternate with each other, the salient edges 
of one row fitting into the retreating angles of the other row, the 
points of their junction being lateral, not central, as in most other 
genera having similar arms. Yet two more fingers exist on each 
arm; they are situated on the outer surfaces of the six pieces described 
above (the first one on the second piece from the last radial, the 
second one on the fourth piece from the same radial), the inner sur- 
faces having no branches, and lying close together throughout their 
whole extension. They spring apparently from the sides of the pieces, 
the facets being on the sides, rather than on the top as in a regular 
axillary piece; curving out gracefully for a short distance, they con- 
tinue in a straight line to their ends without any further bifurcation. 
They are slender, composed of pieces exactly similar to those of the 
fingers already described. On either side of the ambulacral grooves 
of the fingers is a row of stout pinnule. 


Dimensions : — 
Height of calyx to insertion of arms . : ΕΞ Oo inch. 
Diameter at the arms . : : ° - ἐν  ποθλνο 
Height of basal pieces. : : - : ΕΟ τς 
Length of arms . : : - : ee 


Length of proboscis (variable proportion in diff. sp.) .60 “ 


Geological Position and Locality. Rare in the silicious mud beds 
at the top of the Knob member of the subcarboniferous limestone, 
Hardin County, Kentucky ; Montgomery County, Indiana, &c. 


DIcHOCRINUS SYMMETRICUS, Sp. Nov. 


Body. The general form of the body is subconical; from the basis 
to the summit of the first radials it is basin-formed, above which it 
contracts upward and terminates in a point, formed by the large spinous 
piece which surmounts the vault. 

The basal pieces, two in number, are of equal size, pentagonal; line 
of junction with each other straight, forming when united an irregu- 


a iene 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 21 


larly-sided octagon. The columnar pit is shallow, oval; columnar 
facet obscurely pentagonal; perforation small and round. ‘The pieces 
are prominent near the line marking their junction to those resting 
upon them, being suddenly reflected upward. 

Radial pieces five, subquadrangular, the largest as wide as high, 
diminishing in size from the anterior piece on either side to the anal 
piece, swelling from the base and sides toward the superior margin, 
irregularly truncated above, slightly depressed at the summit between 
the pieces. 

Second radials. Fragments of the second radials are attached to 
some of the first radial pieces; they are minute, and rise within the 
superior margin of the first radial pieces. The precise form of the 
second radials is not known. 

Inter-radials. Between each group of arms, resting in the depres- 
sion between the radials, is a single piece, usually pentagonal in form ; 
it rises nearly as high as the opening into the body at the arms. 

Anal pieces. Rising from the deepest angular notch at the junc- 
tion of the basal pieces, is a large piece, the lower part of which is 
similar in form to the first radials, rising higher than they do; the 
upper margin is horizontally truncated about one third the breadth 
of the piece; the sides above the radials angularly sloping toward 
the top of the radials on either side; the centre of this piece supports 
one, and the sloping sides each support a piece of the second range 
of anal pieces; those on the sides correspond in size, form, and posi- 
tion, to the inter-radial pieces above described. These are again suc- 
ceeded by a third range of pieces, triangular in form, three in number, 
the central one of which reaches the mouth (?), which is surrounded 
by three additional, small, long, narrow pieces. The series of pieces 
under the mouth are slightly depressed above the second range. 

Summit. The summit above the radials recedes a considerable 
distance within the upper margin of the calyx. It is covered by 
numerous small polymorphous pieces, six of which are spinigerous; 
the largest and most prominent of these occupies the centre of the 
summit, immediately in contact with the pieces surrounding the mouth; 
the other pieces forming the second series of those rising above the 
openings into the body at the arms. The two spinous pieces above 
the arm-pieces of the postero-lateral rays form a circle around the 
central piece, the anterior part of the summit having one more 
range of pieces above the arms than above those arms on either side of 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the anal field. Beneath each of the small spinous pieces above the 
arms is a pentangular piece, the inferior margins of which are pro- 
longed into an acute angle, separating the openings into the body into 
two equal parts, the upper portion of these pieces supporting the 
spinous pieces above the arms, the lateral upper portion supporting a 
piece on either side: these last pieces are prolonged downward, and 
curved around the outer sides of the arm openings, the outer margins 
of those touching each other form a closed ring, with the piece between 
them around the summit, except on the anal side. The lower margins 
are supported on either side by the upper margin of the inter-radial 
pieces. On the anal side are two additional pieces, nearly square, 
resting between the last pieces above described and the spinous pieces, 
and the pieces described above as anal pieces. 

Arms. The openings into the body are five pairs; the arms are 
in all, probably, ten in number: their form is unknown. 

Column. Unknown. We are indebted to Professor J. M. Safford, 
of Tennessee, for the beautiful specimen figured in his report. 


Dimensions : — 
Greatest diameter of basis ξ : 3 - .25 inch. 
Least δ Ἐ : : : : a Baan 
Vertical height of calyx . : : : - a ee 
Length of first radials . : Ξ : 5 a ee oe 
Height of specimen . : : : 2 : «Bom 
Greatest diameter of calyx . 4 : : Se 


Geological Position and Locality. Rare in the upper beds of the 
cavernous member of the subcarboniferous limestone, in Breckinridge, 
Grayson, Edmondson, Hart, and Warren Counties, Kentucky. Ver- 
tical range, so far as at present known, about sixty-five feet, reaching 
from the base of the first sandstone of the millstone-grit beds to the 
first white bed beneath. 


DICHOCRINUS ELEGANS, Sp. Nov. 


Body. Viewed from above the outline of the summit is stellate ; 
the deep grooves between the arms and the anal side would produce 
a sinuous stellate figure in any section above the calyx. The calyx 
is somewhat basin-shaped, but it is much more erect than in D. symme- 
tricus. The rounded form of the first radials is continued to the top of 
the second piece above the arms, dividing the body into five prominent 
ridges. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Ὁ] 


Basal pieces two, of the same form and size, prominent; a broad, 
shallow, elliptical depression surrounds the column: columnar pit small 
and shallow, the line marking the junction of the pieces straight. 

Radial pieces five, obscurely hexagonal, about as broad as high, 
rising suddenly from the lines marking the lateral margins of the 
pieces; the upper corners truncated, thus forming an angular depres- 
sion between the pieces for the reception of the inter-radial pieces. 

The second radials appear to have been quite small, and to have 
stood prominently forward upon the summit of the first radial pieces ; 
the facets by which they were attached to the first radials are all 
that remains of them; further their form and arrangement are un- 
known. 

Inter-radials. The inter-radials are quite small, lozenge-shaped ; 
they each support two interbrachial pieces of similar form. 

Anal pieces. The first anal piece rests in the deepest angular 
notch in the basis, rising considerably higher than the first radials ; 
like them it is hexagonal; upon it rests a small hexagonal piece ; 
this in turn supports upon its upper margin a pentagonal piece, the 
upper part of which is elongated, and reaches to the oral (?) opening. 
Between the first and second anal pieces, also between the second and 
last piece described, rests, on either side, one small, lozenge-shaped 
piece, the lowest forming one side of the circle about the arm open- 
ings, the upper pair supporting small, pointed pieces lying above the 
arms on either side of the anal field. 

Summit. The summit is covered by numerous small pieces, as in 
D. symmetricus. A spinigerous piece rises in each group above the 
arms; the pieces surrounding the mouth are quite small, angular, the 
apex of the angle toward the oral opening; they are about six in 
number, and form a slight elevation upon the otherwise plane summit, 
the oral opening being above the general level of the top of the vault, 
the level part being covered by about ten polymorphous pieces. The 
condition of our specimen is such that the arrangement of the pieces 
surrounding the arm orifices cannot be satisfactorily made out; the 
pieces appear to be more numerous than in D. symmetricus, and the 
arms seem to have come off from the body in sets of four; making 
twenty arms at the body. 


Arms. The form of the arms unknown. 
Column. Unknown. 


24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Dimensions : — 
Greatest diameter of the basis . ; Ἴ : .20 inch. 
Least τ < Ἴ ὃ ὙΠ 
Height of the first radials . - : : Laas 
Greatest width of radials ’ ; 3 : ΚΑ δὴ“ 


Height of specimen . : : - : : 4098 
Greatest diameter. 4 i i : Z bi 2A Dawes 
Least diameter . f 3 : : : Ν ἜΘΟΥ τὸ 


Geological Position and Locality. This elegant little crinoid is 
quite abundant near the top of the cavernous beds of the subcar- 
boniferous limestone, Edmondson County, near the Mammoth Cave. 
Good specimens are rare. The vertical range of this species, so far 
as ascertained, is about thirty-eight feet. 

Remarks. D. elegans is nearly allied to D. symmetricus and several 
undetermined species; it will readily be distinguished from D. symme- 
tricus by its more erect figure, the absence of the strong spinous 
central piece at the summit, by the greater prominence of the arms, 
as well as the larger number at the body, and the consequent greater 
number of small pieces making up the clusters about the arm facets. 


Dicuocrinus Ficus, Sp. Nov. 


Body. Subovoid, inflated near the centre of the length of the first 
radial pieces, from which it contracts toward the summit of the calyx; 
contracting regularly toward the column, around which it is inflated. 
Columnar pit small, slightly depressed. 

Basal pieces two, similar in form and size, obscurely pentagonal ; 
dividing line straight; the summit of the pieces united present five 
slightly curved depressions, and one angular notch for the reception 
of the radial and anal pieces. 

Radial pieces, first series five, similar in form and size, a little 
higher than wide, subquadrangular; the upper margin slightly in- 
dented near the middle for the reception of the radials of the second 
series. Radial pieces, second series, five, minute, semicircular, buried 
in the indentation at the summit of the first radials. Radial pieces, 
third series, small, depressed, cuneiform, axillary ; the oblique upper 
margins of each support two arms. , 

Anal piece, — one, similar in form and size to the first radial pieces ; 
like them it bears a second and third radial, and a pair of arms. 


f 


| 


——————— ΡΝ Ὁ ῇΡΆΟΝΗΝΝ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 5 


Arms. Twelve, composed of rather long, quadrangular pieces, rising 
from the third radial piece and bifurcating on the second piece above 
it. Only two ossicula above the bifurcation are preserved on our 
specimen. ‘The arms are slender. 

Vault. Our specimens do not show the vault. It is unknown. 

Column. Small, near the body, composed of thin pieces of equal 
size and thickness ; the edges are rounded. 


Dimensions : — 


Height of calyx . : - : : : .45 inch. 
Greatest diameter Ν 5 3 Ἂ : 5 eo)? 
Diameter at base of the arms . 5 a : HO: 


Height of radials . 2 ; ὃ : : Shope ὦ 


Geological position and locality. Rare, in beds at the top of the 
sandy mud beds at the base of the subcarboniferous limestone, Clear 
Creek, Hardin County, Kentucky ; Montgomery County, Indiana, &e. 


Dicuocrinus scutprus, Sp. Nov. 


Body. Short, conical, regularly expanding from the column to the 
summit of the first radials ; the basals and first radials are elaborately 
ornamented by prominent irregular carine, which generally lie nearly 
parallel to the vertical sides of the pieces. 

Basal pieces. ‘Two; similar in form and size, pentagonal; dividing 
line straight ; columnar facet large, prominent, expanded, producing a 
rim around the column and the margin of the calyx. The joined 
basal pieces have four curved and two angular depressions at the sum- 
mit; the deepest and largest of the latter marks the anal side. 

Primary radials: first series five; subquadrangular, one third 
higher than wide, inflated at the junction with the second radials, 
which rise from a depression in their upper margin. The radials 
of the second and third series (2?) are absent; their form is unknown. 

Anal piece. One; similar in form and arrangement to the radials 
of the first series. 

Arms. The form and number of arms are unknown. 

Column. Unknown. 


Dimensions : — 
Height of calyx . : ᾿ Σ : , i .27 inch. 
Diameter at summit of first radials. : : τ ΠΟ ans! 
Diameter of inflation at the insertion of the column ἘΠ 


VOR. V: 4: 


bo 
(or) 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Geological position and locality. A single specimen of the calyx 
was obtained from the first limestone above the base of the millstone- 
grit beds, in Hardin County, Kentucky. 

Remarks. ‘The ornature of this beautiful crinoid will distinguish 
this from all other known species. 


COTYLEDONOCRINUS, Nov. Gen. 


Generic formula : — 

Basal pieces, : are 

Radial pieces, . : 3 X 5; first large and long ; 
second minute; third small, axillary. 

Secondary radial pieces, 2 x 10. 

Arms, . ς : . 10; long, ciliated. 

Inter-radial pieces, . 3X 5; small. 

Mouth subcentral. 

Summit covered by many polymorphous pieces. 

Column round, small, formed of alternate large and small 
thin pieces. 

Radial pieces all arm-bearing. 

Anal piece none. 


COTYLEDONOCRINUS PENTALOBUS, Sp. Nov. 


Body. When the arms are absent the body is a long ovoid figure; 
the summit contracting rapidly, while the lower portion of the calyx, 
as high as the top of the basal pieces, is rather more elongated. 
The base is rounded, and intumescent about the column. The two 
basal pieces, when united, form a conical cup about as deep as wide, 
having four slight concave depressions on its upper margin, and one 
angular notch. The junction of the basals rises between the concave 
depressions, dividing them into pairs, the angular notch being equally 
taken from the pieces on either side of the line dividing them. Co- 
lumnar pit small, the presence of the column in our specimens con- 
cealing its depth; it is probably quite shallow. 

The jirst primary radials are large, more than twice as high as 
wide, a little wider in the middle of the length of the pieces than at 
the ends. The second and third primary radials are buried in an 
excavation at the summit of the first radials. There is no gibbosity 
or swelling at the insertion of the second radials; the first radials 
appear to run under them perfectly smooth. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. rf 


Second primary radials five; they are very minute, lunette-formed, 
less than a semicircle, slightly depressed at their upper margin. 

Third primary radials, five ; small, leaf-like, resting upon the second 
radials, spreading beyond them, the outer margin expanding upward. 
The centre of the pieces is prolonged upward into a little tongue- 
like figure; on either outer margin is also a prolongation about half 
as wide as the centre one, and of nearly equal height, leaving a 
deep, square-like notch on each side of the centre prolongation of the 
pieces. 

First secondary radials. ‘These pieces are ten in number, two to 
each third primary radial; they are similar in form and size, about as 
high as wide, fitting into the indentations on either side of the third 
primary; they rise a little over one third of their height above the 
centre prolongation of the primary to which they are joined, are trun- 
cated obliquely downward and outward from their junction with 
each other; the outer margins falling into, and further expanding, 
the somewhat circular outline of the second and third primary 
radials. 

Second secondary radials. Ten in number, resting on the bevelled 
upper margins of the pieces below them, nearly as high as wide, 
deeply indented for the reception of the first brachial pieces, thus 
divided into three tongue-like points, not unlike the centre point of the 
third primary, and two oblong circular depressions; each division of the 
upper margin of the pieces occupying about one fifth of its length; 
they are joined together by a straight line continuous with that mark- 
ing the junction of the pieces immediately below them. 

Arms. Twenty, delicate, three times as long as the calyx, each 
ray supporting four; they are non-bifurcate, composed of about six 
thin, irregular, oblong pieces above the first brachial, where they are 
composed of a double row of very thin pieces, joined in the centre 
of the arms by angular points, which fit into the alternate depressions 
on either side, the junction forming a serrated line; each of the pieces 
forming the double row composing the arms bears a long filamentous 
cilia, which is composed of very minute pieces, the length of which is 
about equal to their diameter. 

Inter-radial pieces. Between each group of four arms, and rising 
in the notch between the first radials, are three, sometimes four, small 
inter-radial pieces ; the first is pentangular, widest below the centre 
of the inferior margin, angular, the superior margin a horizontal line ; 


28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


᾿ 


upon this are disposed the other pieces, one above the other, rapidly 
diminishing to a point. 

Summit. The summit is divided into five fields; the division line 
appears to radiate from the centre of the summit to the centre of each 
group of arms. Four of these fields are nearly alike; the form and 
the arrangement of the pieces in each are similar; the fifth field, 
which lies above the junction of the basal pieces, between the pairs 
of circular depressions, supports a short rudimentary proboscis near its 
centre, about .01 of an inch in diameter, and about .15 of an inch in 
height, composed of a great number of small pieces (seventy to eighty). 
The pieces covering the fields are of irregular size, the general form 
inclining to triangular; some are quadrangular, one end of the piece 
being much narrower than the other; other pieces are elongated 
octagons. 

Column. The column is round, delicate, composed of very thin 
pieces, the alternate ones larger and smaller; near the calyx the 
column suddenly enlarges to its insertion into the,columnar pit. 

No surface markings are visible. 


Dimensions : — 


Height of basal pieces 3 ; . : : .20 inch. 
« + first radial pieces . : : : ἐς τ te 
« © second and third together. " : Uo = 
Diameter of calyx. 5 : : : : Ἐν λοις 
Length of arms . 3 Ἶ 5 : : πο 010)... 
Diameter of column ; : : : ς AEA 8 νου: 


Geological position and locality. Rare, in the third limestone above 
the base of the millstone-grit beds of Grayson Springs, Grayson County. 
Its vertical range appears to be quite limited. 

Remarks. This elegant little crinoid is closely allied to Dichocrinus 
and Pterotocrinus ; it differs from both genera in the number of 
pieces forming the series resting on the basal pieces. The deepest 
angular notch in the basis of both genera usually marks the anal side ; 
in our genus the mouth is on the field, on the side directly opposite 
the only angular notch in the basis. All the pieces rising from the 
basals bear arms in our genus; but this is also true of Dicnocrinus 
‘rious, which has six arm-bearing pieces, and no barren or non-arm- 
bearing piece, termed anal piece in this genus. 

As genera and species are now defined, we are compelled to sepa- 


νυν νὰν δος 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 29 


.« 
rate our genus from Dichocrinus. When these interesting animals 
have been further investigated, it is probable that a better classification 
oO 3 
may be introduced. 


ALLOPROSALLOCRINUS, Nov. Gen. 


Generic formula : — 
Basal pieces, , 
Radial pieces, KBs 
Secondary radial pieces, 2 Χ 5. 


po ὧς 


Anal pieces, ; . ὁ to 4, or more. 
Inter-radials, . ; 1x 4. 
Arms, : : . 1] to13; variable, form unkown. 


Column, small (7) ; form unknown. 
Vault covered with numerous polygonal pieces. 
Mouth proboscidiform. 


ALLOPROSALLOCRINUS CoNtIcUS, Sp. Nov. 


Body conical; calyx plane or slightly saucer-shaped, columnar pit 
excavate, involving the basals and part of the pieces which close the 
circle around them. 

Basal pieces three, two of which are much larger than the third, 
irregularly pentagonal. 

Radial pieces. The first radials, five in number, are large, hexago- 
nal, differing considerably in size; three rise upon the summit of the 
basal pieces, and two rest in the notches between them. The second 
radial pieces are pentagonal, axillary, differing in size and form, each 
of the two upper oblique margins supporting one of the secondary 
radial pieces; these, ten‘in number, vary in size and form; triangular, 
quadrangular, and pentangular pieces being all found in a single indi- 
vidual. These in turn support another series of pieces of the second- 
ary radials, larger than the other pieces of the ray, twice as broad as 
high, subquadrangular, thick, indented by a deep sinus upon the upper 
margin. One of the postero-lateral rays, and sometimes both, have an 
additional secondary radial, in which case it is similar to the first 
secondary radials. 

Arms. The arms vary in number; the regular rays support each 
two arms, and the postero-lateral ray to the left of the anal field 
supports three; making eleven arms. Sometimes both postero-lateral 


30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


rays have three, and then the number is twelve. In some specimens, 
the ray to the left of the anal field supports four arms, and that on the 
right of it three; when this is the case, the arms are thirteen in num- 
ber. The arm facet is large and nearly circular, and, as before stated, 
deeply grooved in the upper part; the piece of the vault which rests 
upon the arm pieces is also indented, the opening into the body 
being partly in these and partly in the arm pieces. The last pieces 
of the secondary radials form a closed ring around the calyx, except 
on the anal side. 

Inter-radial pieces four, one to each field; they are the largest 
pieces forming the calyx, longer than wide, septagonal or hexago- 
nal; they rise between the first radials, and reach the last secondary 
radials. 

Anal pieces usually four; the first is hexagonal and rests on the 
basal pieces, its summit is truncated and supports the fourth anal 
piece, its oblique margins support two pieces, one on either side, nearly 
equal in size, pentagonal or obscurely hexagonal: the fourth piece is 
long, lanceolate, and extends between the pieces which support the 
arms, reaching to the vault. 

Vault. 'The vault or summit is covered by rather large, polygo- 
nal pieces, interspersed amongst which are a few quite small ones. 
All the pieces covering the vault are prominent, and inflated in the 
centre. 

Mouth nearly central. The form of the proboscis is unknown; it is 
broken from all the specimens which have come under our observa- 
tion. The whole character of this species is coarse and robust. 

Column. Unknown. 

The calyx is covered by minute granular markings. 


Dimensions : — 
Height of calyx ° : 5 : 5 : -10 inch. 


Greatest diameter of calyx . - Ξ 3 ἘΠ ες 
Height of specimen . : - : : a Oe 
Diameter of joined basal pieces’. - : aon τ 
Diameter of arm facets. : : : 5 i 


Geological position and locality. Rather abundant in sandy mud- 
beds at the top of the Knob-member of the subcarboniferous limestone, 
Clear Creek, Hardin County; also near Scottville, Allen County, Ken- 
tucky, &e. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. on 


ALLOPROSALLOCRINUS DEPRESSUS, Sp. Nov. 


The general arrangement of the pieces of the calyx differs but 
little from A. conicus. There are, however, several distinguishing 
characteristics, rendering it necessary to separate it from that species. 

A. depressus is always unsymmetrical, the mouth being subcentral 
and placed nearest to the anterior side. ‘The postero-lateral rays 
always bear three arms each. The summit is always depressed or 
inclined to the anterior side, and the columnar pit is more angular 
than in A. conicus. 

Dimensions : — 

Greatest diameter. : - : : .- 2:05 inch: 
Least diameter . : : - . : res 5) aks 
Height (proboscis broken off). : . : ae 


Geological position and locality. Found in considerable numbers 
near the top of the silicious mud-beds of the subcarboniferous lime- 
stone, Clear Creek, Hardin County, Kentucky. 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY, 
FROM APRIL 15, 1859, TO may 29, 1860. 


From the Historical Society of Montreal. 
Mémoires et Documents relatifs ἃ Histoire du Canada. 8vo 
Pamph. Montreal. 1859. 
Natural History Society of Montreal. 
Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the Nat. 
Hist. Soc. of Montreal. Vol. IV. Nos. 2—5. 8vo. Montreal. 1859. 
Massachusetts Historical Society. 
Proceedings. 1855-58, 1858-60. Selected from the Records. 
2 vols. 8vo. Boston. 1859-60. 
Catalogue of the Library. Vol. I. A—L. Vol. Il M-Z. 
2 vols. Royal 8vo. Boston. 1859-60." 
Boston Society of Natural History. 
Proceedings. Vol. VI. 1856-59; Vol. VII. pp. 1-32. 
Journal. Vol. VII. No.1. 8vo. Boston. 1859. 
Observatory of San Fernando. 
Almanaque Nautico para el Afio 1860. Calculado de Orden de 
S. M. en el Observatorio de Marina de la Ciudad de San Fernando. 
1 vol. 8vo. Cadiz. 1858. 


32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Société Impériale Zodlogique d Acclimatation. 

Bulletin. Tom. VI. Nos. 3—6, 10-12; Tom. VII. Nos. 1-3. 

8vo. Paris. 1850-60. 
Smith, Edward, M. D. 

Researches into the Phenomena of Respiration. 4to pamph. 
London. 

Mercantile Library Association of San Francisco. 

Sixth Annual Report of the President. 1859-60. 8vo pamph. 
San Francisco. 1859. 

B. A. Gould, P. D. 

Astronomical Journal. Vol. VI. Nos. 1-13. 4to. Cambridge. 

1859 — 60. 
War Department. 

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain the most Prac- 
ticable and Economical Route for a Railroad from the Mississippi 
River to the Pacific Ocean. Vols. IX. and X. 4to. Washington. 
1858 -- 59. 

Royal Academy of Sciences, Berlin. 

Abhandlungen. Jahr. 1857. 4to. Berlin. 1858. 

Monatsbericht. Sept. 1857 -- Dec. 1858. 8vo. Berlin. 1857 
- 59. 

Russian Imperial Mineralogical Society, St. Petersburg. 

Verhandlungen. Jahr. 1857-58. 1 vol. ὅνο. St. Petersburg. 
1858. 

Imperial Society of Natural Sciences, Cherbourg. 
Mémoires. Tom. V. 1857. 8vo. Paris et Cherbourg. 1858. 
Royal Institution of Great Britain. 

Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members. 
Vol. 11. Part 8, Nov. 1857 — July, 1858; Part 9, Nov. 1858 —July, 
1859. 8yvo. London. 1858-59. 

List of the Members, Officers, &c., for the Years 1857 —58. 8vo. 
London. 1858-59. ° 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg. 

Compte Rendu. Année 1857. 1 vol. 8vo. St. Petersburg. 
1858. 

Administration of Mines of Russia. 

Annales de Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Année 
1855, Nos. 1 et 2; 1856, Nos. 1 et 2. 4 vols. 4to. St. Peters- 
burg. 1857-58. 


] 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 33 


Compte Rendu Annuel. Année 1856-57. 4to. St. Peters- 
burg. 1857 -- 58. 

Natural-History Association of Saxony and Thuringia, Halle. 

Zeitschrift fiir die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Jahrgang 
1858, Band I. 8vo. Berlin. 1858. 

Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm. 

Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar- 
Fjortonde Argangen 1857. — Femtonde Argingen 1858. 8vo. 
Stockholm. 1858-59. 

Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden under Befal af C. A Virgin, aren 
1851-55. Hiaft1—6. 4to. Stockholm. 1857-59. 

Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. 

Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in Union. 

Vol. VI.; Vol. VII. Nos. 313-362. 8vo. London. 1858-59. 
Smithsonian Institution. 

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. X. 4to. Wash- 

ington. 1858. | 
Rev. Charles F. Barnard. 

Proceedings of the Twenty-Second Annual Meeting of the Asso- 
ciation for the Support of the Warren Street Chapel, together with 
Mr. Barnard’s Report. 12mo pamph. Boston. 1899. 

Record of Charity. Vol. I. Nos. 1-9. Boston. 1859 -- 60. 

Dr. J. G. Galle, Director. 

Ueber die Verbesserung der Planeten-Elemente aus beobachteten 
oppositionen angewandt auf eine neue Bestimmung der Pallas- 
Bahn. 4to pamph. Breslau. 1858. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 

Proceedings. 1859, pp. 109-160, 193 to end of Vol. I.; 1860, 
pp- 1-96. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1889 -- 60. 

Journal. New Series, Vol. IV. Parts 2 and 3. 4to. Phila- 
delphia. 1859 -- 60. 

James Hall. 

Report on the Geological Survey of the State of Iowa: embracing 
the Results of Investigations made during Portions of the Years 
1855, 1856, and 1857. By James Hall, State Geologist, and J. D. 
Whitney, Chemist and Mineralogist. 1 vol. in 2 parts. Royal 8vo. 
Albany. 1858. 

Contributions to the Paleontology of New York: being some of 

VOL.” ¥: δ 


34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the Results of Investigations made during the Years 1855-58. 
By James Hall. 8vo pamph. Albany. 1858. 
Juan Ondarza. 

Mapa de la Republica de Bolivia mandado publicar por el Gobierno 
de la Nacion en la Administracion del Presidente Doctor José 
Maria Linares, y Secretario de Instruccion Publica Doctor Lucas 
Mendoza de la Tapia. Levantado y organizado en los Afios de 
1842 4 1859. Por el Teniente Coronel Juan Ondarza, Comman- 
dante Juan Mariano Mujia y Mayor Lucio Camacho. Ajo de 1859. 
Map, folio, in 4 Parts. New York. 

Académie des Sciences de [Institut Imperiale de France. 

Comptes Rendus. Tom. XLVIL, XLVIIIL, XLIX.; Tom. L. 
Nos. 1 -- 7, 10—14.— Table des Matieres du Tom. XLVII. et 
XLVII. 4to. Paris. 1888 -- 60. 

American Antiquarian Society. 

Proceedings in Boston, April 27, 1859 ; — in Worcester, Oct. 21, 

1859. 8vo. Boston. 1859. 
Radcliffe Trustees. 

Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad- 
cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Year 1858, under the Superintend- 
ence of Manuel J. Johnson, M. A., Radcliffe Observer. Vol. X VIII. 
8vo. Oxford. 1859. 

Government of India. 

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. I. Parts 2 and 
3; Vol. II. Part 1. Royal 8vo. Calcutta. 1858-59. 

Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of 
India, 1858-59. 8vo pamph. Calcutta. 

Hannah δ. Tobey. 

Farmers’ Almanac, &c., by Robert B. Thomas,..... for the 
Years 1804, 1820, 1821, 1824-30, 1832, 1835-37, 1839-46. 
8vo. Boston. 1804-46. 

Professor A. D. Bache. 

Report of the Superintendent of the Coast Survey, showing the 
Progress of the Survey during the Year 1857. 1 vol. 4to. Wash- 
ington. 1858. 

Statistical Society of London. 

Journal. Vol. VI. Parts 2—4; Vol. VII. Parts 1 and 2; Vol. 
VILL. Parts 1, 2, and 4; Vols. XI.—XXI. 8vo. London. 18438 
- 58. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 35 


General Index to the First Fifteen Volumes. 8vo. London. 
1854. 

Catalogue of the Library. 8vo. London. 1859. 

Imperial Geographical Society, Vienna. 

Mittheilungen. 11. Jahr.; III. Jahr. Heft 1. 8vo. Vienna. 
1858-59. 

Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. 

Siebenter Bericht. 1 vol. 8vo. Giessen. 1859. 

Société d’ Agriculture, Sciences, et Arts, de la Sarthe. 

Bulletin. Tom. V. 2° Série, livr. 7-7. 8vo. Le Mans. 1857 
- 58. 

William Sharswood. 

Bibliographia Librorum Entomologicorum in America Boreali 
Editorum. Auctore Guil. Sharswood. pp. 833-358. 8vo. Leipzig. 

Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club. Vol. IV. 
No. 2. 8vo. 

Portrait (engraving) of Linnzus on his Return from Lapland, 
1732. 

Catalogus Coleopterorum Europx. Herausgegeben von Ento- 
mologischen Vereine in Stettin. Siebenter Auflage. I1vol. 16mo. 
Stettin. 1858. 

_ Programm der Realschule zu Reisse womit zu der am 17 und 
18 Marz zu haltenden 6ffentlichen Prufung aller Klassen und der 
aufden 19 Marz friih urn 9 Uhr festgesetsten Schlussfeierlichkeit. 
Director Dr. C. Sondhauss. 8vo pamph. Reisse. 1853. — 
Programm der Realschule...... zu der am 14 und 15 April, 
1859. 8vo pamph. Reisse. 1859. 

MM. H. de Saussure. 

Observations sur les Mceurs de divers Oiseaux de Mexique. 8vo 
pamph. Genéve. 1858. 

C. Pelikan and A. Kolliker. 

_ Untersuchungen iiber die Einwirkung einiger Gifte auf die 
Leistungs Fiahigkeit der Muskeln. 8vo pamph. Wiirzburg. 

Professor E. E. Salisbury. 

Analysis and Extracts of the Book of the Balance of Wisdom; an 
Arabic Work on the Water-Balance, written by ’Al Khazini in the 
Twelfth Century. By Chevalier N. Khanikoff, Russian Consul- 
General at Tabriz, Persia. [From the Jour. Am. Oriental Soe. 
Vol. VI. 1859.] 8vo pamph. New Haven. 


36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Vite de piu Eccelenti Pittori, Scultori, e Archittetti Scritte da 
M. Georgio Vasari, Pittore e Architetto Aretino, in questa prima 
Edizione Sanese. 11 vols. 8vo. Siena. 1791-1794. 

Academia Imperialis Nature Curiosorum. 
Novorum Actorum Acad. Ces. Leopold. Nat. Curios. Vol. XX VI. 
Pars Posterior. 4to. Vratislavie et Bonne. 1858. 
Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 
Mémoires. Tom. XIV. 2° Partie. 4to. Geneve. 1858. 
Natural-History Society of Berne. 

Mittheilungen aus den Jahren 1855-57. 3 vols. 8vo. Berne. 
1855 — 57. 

The Swiss Society of the Natural Sciences. 

Actes de la Société Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles (verhand- 
lungen der Schweitz. Gesell.). 1851-57. Parts 836-42. 7 vols. 
8vo. Glarus, ete. 1851-57. 

George Livermore. 

Eulogy on Thomas Dowse, of Cambridgeport, pronounced before 
the Mass. Hist. Soc., 9th December, 1858. By Edward Everett. 
With the Introductory Address, by Robert C. Winthrop, Presi- 
dent of the Society: and an Appendix. 1 vol. 8vo. Boston. 
1859. 

Joseph Willard. 

Willard Memoir: or Life and Times of Major Simon Willard: 
with Notices of Three Generations of his Descendants, etc. 1 vol. 
8vo. Boston. 1858. 

University of Bonn. 

Questiones de Libello qui dicitur Xenophontis de Republica 
Atheniensium. Dissertatio Philologica quam publice defendet 
Carolus Morel. ὅνο pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Hesiodia Scuti Herculis Descriptione. — Commentatio Phi- 
lologica scripsit et publice defendet Hermannus Deiters. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Observationes in Locos aliquot /Eschylios. — Dissertatio Philolo- 
gica quam scripsit et publice defendet Joseph Wiel. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1808. 

De Diversis contra Tenian Remedis atque Methodis. — Disser- 
tatio Inauguralis Medica quam scripsit et publice defendet Gui- 
lielmus Zibz. ὅνο pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Chloroformio. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Physiologico-Medica 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. on 


quam scripsit et publice defendet Joh. Petrus Reitz. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1858. 

De Chloroformio, aliisque Reagentibus in Albumen, deque Albu- 
minuria, num existat, normali.— Dissertatio Inauguralis Medico- 
Chemica quam scripsit et publice defendet Petrus Josephus Iltgen. 
8vo pamph. 1808. 

De Retroversione Uteri. — Dissertatio Inauguralis quam scripsit 
atque publice defendet Augustus Alexander Schmidt. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1858. 

Analecta Theophrastea. — Dissertatio Philologica quam publice 
defendet scriptor Hermannus Usener. 8vopamph. Lipsiew. 1858. 

De Dionysi Halicarnassi Antiquitatum Auctoribus Latinis. — 
Dissertatio Philologica quam publice defendet scriptor Adolphus 
Kiessling. 8vo pamph. Lipsiz. 1808. 

De Conditione Magnetica Compositionum Quarundam Cupri. — 
Commentatio Physica quam publice defendet scriptor Guilielmus 
Krumme. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Animalibus Animalium Parasitis Novoque eorum Genere 
Isopodorum Ordini adscribendo. — Dissertatio Zoologica scripsit et 
publice defendet Ernestus Milner. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Causis Litterarum Francogallicarum Szculo XVII. Floren- 
tium. — Dissertatio scripsit et publice defendet Petrus Sénéchaute. 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Spinoze atque Leibnitzii Philosophiz, Ratione Habita Libri, cui 
nomen est: “ Réfutation Inédite de Spinoza par Leibnitz Préc. dun 
Mém. par A. Foucher de Careil. Paris, 1854.” — Critica Commen- 
tatio. Scripsit et publice defendet Theodorus Hubertus Weber. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Fascize Gypsezx Virtutibus. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Chi- 
rurgica quam scripsit et publice defendet Joannes Georgius Colmant. 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Hepate Sano et Morboso. — Dissertatio Inauguralis quam 
seripsit et publice defendet Winand Biervert. S8vo pamph. Bonne. 
1858. 

De Cataracte AXtiologia Experimenta. — Dissertatio Inauguralis 
Ophthalmologica quam scripsit et publice defendet H. A. Eduardus 
Mueller. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1808. 

Symbola ad Penitiorem Notitiam Doctrine quam Spinoza de Sub- 
stantia proposuit. — Dissertatio Philosophica quam scripsit et palam 
defendet Alphonsus A. Raesfeld.. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 


38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


De Eckhardo Philosopho. — Dissertatio Philosophica quam scrip- 
sit et publice defendet Petrus Gross. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Theophrasti Characterum Libello. — Commentatio Philologica 
quam publice defendet scriptor Fridericus Hanow. S8yvo pamph. 
Lipsie. 1858. 

Questiones Hermesianactez. — Dissertatio Philologica quam pub- 
lice defendet scriptor Rudolfus Schubze. 8vo pamph.  Lipsiz. 
1858. 

De C. Plini Secundi Libris Grammaticis Particula Prima. — 
Dissertatio Philologica quam publice defendet scriptor Alfredus 
Schottmueller. 8vo pamph. Lipsiw. 1858. 

De Lichenino, Acido Cetrarino, Pulmonarino et Acido Stictino, 
Observationes Pharmacologice. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica 
quam scripsit et publice defendet Paulus Ludovicus Oscar Albers. 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Fictitiis Actionibus ex Jure Romano. — Dissertatio Inaugu- 
ralis quam publice defendet Auctor Georgius Lochr. 8vo pamph. 
Colonie ad Rhenum. 1858. 

De Morborum Cutaneorum Combinationibus. — Dissertatio In- 
auguralis quam scripsit atque publice defendet Carolus Krebs. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

De Mutatione Libertatis Germanice quoad Fundandam Prin- 
cipum Superioritatem in Territoriis Regni Teutonici.— Dissertatio 
Inauguralis quam defendet Al. Ch. De Courcel. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1858. 

De Carcinomate Osteoidi et Carcinomate Medullari, Adjectis 
duobus Casibus singularibus in Clinico Chirurgico Bonnensi obser- 
vatis. — Dissertatio Inauguralis quam scripsit atque publice defendet 
Guilielmus Baum. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Symbol ad Rhinoplosticen, Auctore Guil. Busch P. P. O. Ato 
pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Catalogi Chirographorum in Bibliotheca Acad. Bonn. Servatorum. 
Particula I. ad Scriptores Gracos et Latinos Spectans: Studio et 
Opera Antoni Klette, Ph. D., ejusdemque Bibliothece Custos. 4to 
pamph.- Bonne. 1858. 

Index Scholarum que in Universitate Frid. Guil. Rhen. a die 
1858, 12 Aprilis, publice privatimque habebuntur. — Precedit Epi- 
metrum Disputationis de M. Varronis Hebdomadum sive Imaginum 
Libris. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1858. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. : 39 


Index Scholarum, ete., 1858—59,.a Die XV. Octobris, ete. — 
Precedit Canticum Peenuli Plautine Emendatum. 4to pamph. 
Bonne. 1858. 

Indicia Quinque Ordinum Univ. Frid. Guil. Rhen. de Litterarum 
Certaminibus Anni 1857-1858 facta noveque Questiones 1858 -- 
1859 proposite. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Vorlesungen auf der Rheinischen Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitiit 
zu Bonn im Sommerhalbjahr 1858. — Vorlesungen im Winter- 
halbjahr 1858-59. 2pamph. 4to. Bonn. 18058. 

Imperial Geological Institute, Vienna. 

Jahrbuch, 1858; 1859, Nos. 1 and 2. 8vo. Wien. 1858-59. 

Ansprache Gehalten am Schlusse des Ersten Decenniums der 
K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt in Wien am 22 Nov. 1859. Von 
Wilhelm Haidinger, Director. 8vo pamph. Wien. 1859. 

M. F. Maury, U.S. NV. 

Astronomical Observations made during the Years 1849 and 1850, 
at the U. S. Naval Observatory, Washington. Vol. V. 4to. 
Washington. 1859. 

American Oriental Society. 
Journal. Vol. VI. No.1. 8vo. New Haven. 1859. 
Henry A. Page. 

Experiments with Sorghum Sugar-Cane; including Treatise on 
Sugar-Making, ete. By Hedges, Free,& Co. lvol. 16mo. Cin- 
cinnati. 1859. 

Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences. 

Abhandlungen der Histor. Classe der Ko6nigl. Bayerisch. Akad. 
der Wissenschaften. Band VIII. Abth. 2.— Philos-Philol. Classe. 
Band VIII. Abth. ὃ. 4to. Miinchen. 1857 —58. 

Gelehrte Anzeigen. Band. XLV.—XLVIII. 4to. Miinchen. 
1858 -- 59. 

_ Annalen der Konigl. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. Band X. ϑνο. 
Miinchen. 1858. 

Meteorologische Beobachtungen aufzeichnet an der K6nigl. Stern- 
warte ..... inden Jahren 1825-1837. I. Suppl. Band zu den 
Annalen. Vol. 8vo. Miinchen. 1857. 

Almanach der Kon. Bayer Akad. der Wissensch. fiir das Jahr 
1859. Vol. 16mo. Miinchen. 

Ueber Johannes Miller und sein Verhiiltniss zum jetzigen 
Standpunkt der Physiologie. Gehalten von Dr. Th. L. W. Bischoff. 
4to pamph. Miinchen. 1858. 


40 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Ueber die geschichtlichen Vorstufen der neueren Rechtsphi- 
losophie. Rede Vorgetragen von Prof. Dr. Carl Prantl. 4to 
pamph. Miinchen. 1858. 

Ueber Neuaufgefundene Dichtungen Francisco Petrarca’s. Vor- 
trag gehalten von Prof. Dr. Georg Martin Thomas. 4to pamph. 
Miinchen. 1858. 

Rede bei der Hundertjzhrigen Stiftungsfeier der Kén. Akad. der 
Wissenschaften am 28 Merz 1859. Gehalten von ἃ. L. von 
Maurer. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1859. 

Monumenta Secularia herausgegeben von der KG6nigl. Bayerisch. 
Akad. der Wissenschaften zur Feier ihres Hundertjiihrigen Beste- 
hens am 28 Merz 1859. 1 vol. 4to. Miinchen. 1859. 

Erinnerung an Mitglieder der Math.-Phys. Classe der Kon. Bayr. 
Akad. der Wissenschaften. — Eine Rede vorgetragen in der Oeffent- 
lichen Sitzung zur Feier des Akademischen Secularfestes am 29 
Miirz, 1859, von Dr. Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius. 4to 
pamph. Miinchen. 1859. | 

Erinnerungen an Johann Georg von Lori. — Eine Rede vorge- | 
tragen in der Oeffentlichen Sitzung zur des Akad. Seecularfestes am | 
29 Mirz, 1859, von Dr. Georg Thomas von Rudhart. 4to pamph. 
Miinchen. 1859. 

Untersuchungen iiber die Richtung und Stiirke des Erdmagne- 
tismus an Verschiedenen Puncten des Sudwestlichen Europa...... 
Ausgefiihrt von Dr. J. Lamont. 1 vol. 4to. Miinchen. 1858. 

Untersuchungen iiber die Richtung und Stiirke des Erdmagne- 
tismus in Nord-Deutschland, Belgien, Holland, Danemark im Som- 
mer des Jahres 1858, Ausgefiihrt und auf Oeffentliche Kosten 
Herausgegeben von Dr. J. Lamont. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1859. 

Monatliche und jiihrliche Resultate der an der kén. Sternwarte 
bei Miinchen. . . . . - 1825-1856 angestelten Meteorologischen 
Beobachtungen ..... von Dr. J. Lamont. III. Supplementbapd 
zu den Annalen der Miinchener Sternwarte. 1 vol. 8vo. Miinchen. "Ὁ 
1859. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna. 

Denkschriften. Math.-Natur. Classe. Band. XIV. und XV. 4to. 
Wien. 1808. 

Sitzungsberichte. Phil-~Hist. Classe. Band XXIII. Heft 5; 
XXIV. —- XXVIII. — Math.-Natur. Classe. Band XXIV. Heft 3; | 
ΧΧΥ.-- XXXIII. No. 26. 8vo. Wien. 1857, 1858. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 41 


Almanach der Kais. Akad. der Wissen. 8 Jahr. 1858. 16mo. 
Wien. 1858. 

Jiihrbucher der K. K. Central-Anstalt ziir Meteorologie und 
Erdmagnetismus von Karl Kreil. Band V. Jahr. 1853. Ato. 
Wien. 1858. 

Anleitung zu den Magnetischen Beobachtungen von Karl Kreil 
.... + (Als Anhang zum XXXII. Bande der Sitzungsberichte Ὁ 
der Math.-Naturw. Classe der kais. Akad. der Wissenschaften.) 
lvol. 8vo. Wien. 1858. 

Die Principien der Heutigen Physik ..... vorgetragen von 
Dr. Andreas Ritter von Ettingshausen. 4to pamph. Wien. 1858. 

Festrede bei der Feierlichen Uebernahme des Ehemaligen Uni- 
versitiitsgebaudes durch die Kais. Akad. der Wissensch. Gehalten 
am X XIX. October, 1857, vom Vice-Priisidenten derselben Dr. 
Theodor Georg von Karajan. 4to pamph. Wien. 1858. 

J. Davenport Fisher. 

Mémoires de lAcadémie des Sciences.de l'Institut de France. 
Tomes XXII. et XXIII. 4to. Paris. 1850-53. 

Archiv der Pharmacie. Eine Zeitschrift des Apotheker-Vereins 
in Nordeutschland. Zweite Reihe. Bande 41-44, ὅνο. Han- 
nover. 1845. . 

Annalen der Physik und Chemie, (Poggendorff.) Bande 64-66; 
67, Stiick 1, 2,4; 68-75; 79, Stiick ὃ. Ergiinzungsband (nach 72 
Band Einzuschalten). 8vo. Leipzig, 1845 — 50. 

Journal fiir Praktische Chemie. (Erdmann, etc.) Bande 34-37; 
38, Heft 2—8; 39, Heft 1-6; 40, Heft 1-4, 6-8; 41, Heft 3-8; 
42, Heft 1, 3-8; 49, Heft 1, 2, 4-8; 44; 45 (45, Heft 7, 8 
dupl.). 8vo. Leipzig. 1845-48. 

Considérations sur le Poids Atomique du Cuivre, ete., par M. J. 
Persoz. 8yo pamph. Paris. 

Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York. 

Twenty-Eighth Annual Report of the Board of Direction. 8vo 
pamph. New York. 1859. 

Observatory of Kénigsberg. 

Astronomische Beobachtungen auf der Kéniglichen Universitiits 

Sternwarte zu Koénigsberg. Abth. 32. Folio. Kéonigsberg. 1859. 
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. 

‘Report on the Teneriffe Astronomical Experiment of 1856. 
Addressed to the Lords Commissioners. ..... By Prof. C. Piazzi 
VOL. ¥. 6 


42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Smyth, F. R. 8.8. L.& E., F.R. A.S., and H. M. Astronomer for 
Scotland. 4to pamph. London and Edinburgh. 1858. 
Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen. 

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitit und der Kon. 
Gesell. der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, vom Jahre 1858. 16mo. 
Gottingen. 1859. 

American Philosophical Society. 

Proceedings. Vol. VII. No. 61, Jan.—June, 1859; No. 62, July -- 
Dec. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1859. 

Transactions. Vol. XII. Pt. 2, (N. S.) 4to. Philadelphia. 
1859. 

Isaac Lea, LL. D. 

Observations on the Genus Unio, together with Descriptions of 
New Species, their Soft Parts, and Embryonic Forms in the 
Family Unionide. Vol. VII. Pts. 1. and 11. 4to. Philadelphia. 
1859. 

Descriptions of Eight New Species of Unionidae, from Georgia, 
Mississippi, and Texas, ete. ete. 8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 1860. 

Royal Society, London. 

Philosophical Transactions for the Year 1858. Vol. CX LVIII. 
Parts I.and 11. 4to. London. 1858-59. 

Proceedings. Vol. IX. Nos. 82 -- 84: Vol. X. Nos. 35, 36. 8vo. 
London. 1899. 

List of Fellows of the Society, 50 Nov., 1858. 4to pamph. 
London. : 

Address of the Right Hon. the Lord Wrottesley, &c., &e., &c., 
the President, delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal 
Society, on Tuesday, November 30,1858. 8vo pamph. London. 
1858. 

Report of the Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the 
British Association, for procuring a Continuance of the Magnetic 
and Meteorological Observations. 8vo pamph. Leeds. 

Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations 
made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Year 1857; 
under the Direction of George Biddell Airy, Esq., M. A., Astrono- 
mer Royal. 4to. London. 1859. 

Ramchundra. <A Treatise on Problems of Maxima and Minima, 
solved by Algebra. Reprinted by Order of the Hon. Court of 
Directors of the East India Co...... under the Superintendence 
of Aug. De Morgan. 8yvo. London. 1859. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 43 


Places of 5,345 Stars observed from 1828 to 1854, at the 
Armagh Observatory. By Rev. T. R. Robinson, 1). D., F. R. S., 
F. R. A. S., ete. Roy. 8vo. Dublin. 1859. 

Léo Drouyn. 

Croix de Procession, de Cemetiéres et de Carefours. Folio. 
Bordeaux. 1853. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, etc., Dijon. 

Mémoires. Deuxieme Série. Tom. VI. Année 1857. 8vo. 
Dijon. 1858. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, &c., Rouen. 

Précis Analytique des Travaux de Académie, pendant l Année 
1857-58. 8vo. Rouen. 1858. 

Francis P. Denny. 

On the Constitution of the Water of the Gulf-Stream compared 
with that of the inside Reverse Current. Laid before the Faculty 
of the Lawrence Scientific School, Harvard University. 8vo pamph. 
Cambridge. 1859. 

A. Gould, LL. B. 

On the Heat evolved by the Combustion of Coal-Gas. Laid 
before the Faculty of the Lawrence Scientific School, Harvard Uni- 
versity. 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 1859. 

John M. J. Merrick. 

On the Preparation of Alloxantine, together with an Examination 
of several Thionurates. Laid before the Faculty of the Lawrence 
Scientific School, Harvard University. 8vo pamph. Cambridge. 
1859. 

Society of Naturalists of New Granada. 

Estatutos de la Sociedad. ὅνο pamph. Bogota. 1859. 
Zovlogical and Botanical Association of Vienna. 

Verhandlungen. Band VIII. Jahr 1858. ὅνο. Wien. 1858. 
Natural-History Society of the Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia. 

Verhandlungen. XIV. Jahr. Heft 2 und 3: XV. Jahr. Heft 1, 
2,3,und 4. 8yvo. Bonn. 1857-58. 

Observatory of Prague. 

Magnetische und Meteorologische Beobachtungen zu Prag. XIX. 

Jahr. 1858. 4to. Prag. 1899. 
Linnean Society of Normandy. 

Bulletin. Troisieme volume. Année 1857-58; Quatriéme, 

Année 1858-59. 8vo. Caen. 1858-59. 


44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Natural-History Soctety in Emden. 

Vierundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesell- 

schaft, 1858. 8vo. Emden. 1859. 
Professor C. Ladrey. 

La Bourgogne. Revue Cénologique et Viticole. 1" Livr. 15 

Janvier, 1859. 8vo. Dijon. 1859. 
Senckenberg Society of Naturalists, Frankfort. 

Jahresbericht ueber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die 
Krankenanstalten und die Oeffentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse der 
Freien Stadt Frankfurt.— Herausgegeben yon dem Aerztlichen 
Verein. I. Jahrgang 1857. 1 vol. 8vo. Frankfurt A. M. 
1859. 

Meteorological Institute of Berlin. 

Uebersicht der Witterung im nérdlichen Deutschland, nach den 
Beobachtungen des meteorologischen Instituts zu Berlin. Jahrgang 
1856.— Uebersicht..... Jahrgang 1857.—Uebersicht..... 
Jabrgang 1858. 8 pamph. 4to. Berlin. 

Uebersicht der bei dem meteorologischen Institute zu Berlin 
gesammelten Ergebnisse der Wetterbeobachtungen auf den Sta- 
tionen des Preussischen Staats und benachbarter fiir den Zweck 
verbundener Staaten fiir die einzelnen Monate des Jahres 1855. 
4to. Berlin. 

Joseph Leidy, M. D. 

Geological Sketch of the Estuary and Fresh-Water Deposit 
forming the Bad Lands of Judith River; with some Remarks upon 
the surrounding Formations. By F. V. Hayden, M. D. Read 
before the Am. Philos. Soc., March 4th, 1859. 

Extinct Vertebrata from the Judith River and Great Lignite 
Formations of Nebraska. By Joseph Leidy, M. D.— From the 
Transactions of the Am. Philos. Society. 4to pamph. Philadelphia. 
1859. 

D. F. L. von Schlechtendal. 

Linnza, Ein Journal fiir die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange. 
Band XXIX. Heft 4-6; XXX. Heft 1, 2. 8vo. Halle. 1857 
— 59. 


Doctrines (The) of Original Sin and the Trinity: discussed in a 
Correspondence between a Clergyman of the Episcopal Church, in 
England, and a Layman of Boston, U. 5. 8vo pamph. Boston. 
1859. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 45 


Thomas Sherwin. 

Mathematical Miscellany, conducted by C. Gill, Professor of 
Mathematics in the Institute at Flushing, Long Island. Nos. 1-8. 
8vo. New York. 1836-939. 

J. Smith Homans. 

Proceedings and Debates of the Third National Quarantine and 
Sanitary Convention, held in the City of New York, April 27th, 
28th, 29th, and 30th, 1859. 1 vol. 8vo. New York. 1859. 

Chamber of Commerce. — Report of Select Committee on Quar- 
antine. Adopted July 7th, 1859. 8vo pamph. New York. 1859. 

Proceedings of the New York State Conventions for rescuing the 
Wanalsyeter ον Ὁ ss (Clinton League.) 8vo pamph. New York. 
1859. 

Moses Paic. 

Pasigraphie mittels Arabischen Zahlzeichen. — Ein Versuch von 

Moses Pai¢. 8vo pamph. Semlin. 1859. 
Samuel Kneeland, Jr., M. D. 

Scribner’s Engineers’ and Mechanics’ Companion, comprising 
United States Weights and Measures. Mensuration of Superficies 
and Solids. ..... The Mechanical Powers...... Steam and 
the Steam-Engine. Thirteenth edition, revised and enlarged. By 
J. M. Scribner, A. M. 1 vol. 12mo. New York. 1856. 

Lovlogical Society of London. 

Transactions. Vol. ΓΝ. Parts5 and 6. 4to. London. 1858-59. 

Proceedings. Parts XXV.and XXVI. 8vo. London. 1857 
— 58. : 

Part I. Jan.— March; Part II. March -- June. 
8vo. London. 1889. 
Smithsonian Institution. 

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Insti- 

tution for the Year 1858. 8vo. Washington. 1859. 
Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. 

Proceedings, ὅσο. during the Forty-eighth Session, 1858-59. 

No. XIH. 1 vol. 8vo. Liverpool. 1859. 
Royal Society of Sciences, Leipzig. 

Abhandlungen der Kon. Sich. Gesell. der Wissenschaften. — 
Math.-Physisch. Classe. Band IV.; V. pp. 1-80; Band VL. VII. 
8vo. Leipzig. 1858-59. 

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Phil.-Hist. Classe, 1858, II. 
Math.-Phys. Classe, 1858, II., III. 8vo. Leipzig. 1858-59. 


46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Die Sage von Nala und Damayanti nach der Bearbeitung des 
Somadeva. Herausgegeben von Hermann Brockhaus..... . 8vo 
pamph. Leipzig. 1859. 

British Association for the Advancement of Science. 

Report of the Twenty-Eighth Meeting, held at Leeds. 8vo. 
London. 1859. 

State of Arkansas. . 

First Report of a Geological Reconnoissance of the Northern 
Counties of Arkansas, made during the Years 1857 and 1858, by 
David Dale Owen, Principal Geologist, assisted by William Elder- 
host, Chemical Assistant; Edward T. Cox, Assistant Geologist. 
lvol. 8vo. Little Rock. 1858. 

J. Aitken Meigs, M. D. 

Description of a Deformed Fragmentary Human Skull, found in 
an Ancient Quarry Cave at Jerusalem. 8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 
1859. 

G. C. Swallow. 2 

Geological Report of the Country along the Line of the South- 
western Branch of the Pacific Railroad, State of Missouri. ..... 
To which is prefixed a Memoir of the Pacific Railroad. 1 vol. 
8vo. St. Louis. 1859. 

Edward S. Ritchie. 

Fasciculus —Temporum. ποίου. Wormius Rolewinck. 1 vol. 

Ato. Ultrajecti. 1480. 
Horatio R. Storer, M. D. 
On Criminal Abortion in America. .8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 
1860. : 

Report on Criminal Abortion by the Committee of the American 
Medical Association. 8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 1859. 

Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow. 

Bulletin. Année, 1858, Nos. 2 -- 4; 1859, No. 1. 8vo. Moscou. 
1858 -- 59. 

Society of Naturalists of Freiburg, in Briesgau. 

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Band IJ. Heft 1. 8vo. 
Freiburg, I. B. 1859. 

Royal Danish Academy. 

Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter. Femte 
Reekke, Natur. og Math. Afdeling, 45 Bind, 2°° Hefte; 5** Bind, 
1° Hefte. 4to. Kjobenhavn. 1859. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 47 


Gberstet 2 (2 ik. Forhandlingen i Aaret, 1858. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Kjobenhavn. 

Dr. Franz Liharzih. 

Das Gesetz des Menschlichen Wachsthumes und der unter der 
Norm Zuriichgebliebene Brustkorb als die erste und wichtigste 
Ursache der Rachitis, Scrophulose und Tuberculose. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Wien. 1858. 

Dr. Isaae I. Hayes. 

An Arctic Boat Journey, in the Autumn of 1854. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Boston. 1860. 

Trustees of the Astor Library. 

Catalogue or Alphabetical Index of the Astor Library. Pt. II. 
Authors and Books. M-P. 1 vol. Royal 8vo. New York. 
1859. 

Batavian Society of Sciences. 
Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae. Vols. I. et II. 
-4to. Batavia. 1856-57. 

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederl. Indie. Deel I. Afl. 5 and 

6: Deel 11.-- XII. 8vo. Batavia. 1851-57. 
J. H. Me Chesney. 

Descriptions of New Species of Fossils, from the Palaeozoic Rocks 
of the Western States. (Extr. Trans. Chicago Acad. of Sciences, 
Vol. I.) 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1859. 

Society of Geography of Paris. 

Bulletin. 4" Serie. Tom. XVII. et XVIII. 8vo. Paris. 

1859. 
P. Nisser. 

On the Geological Distribution of Gold, with special Reference to 
some <Auriferous Rocks in South America. 8vo pamph. Mel- 
bourne. 1859. 

W. P. G. Bartlett. 

The Elements of Quaternions. (Extr. from 2nd Vol. of Math. 
Monthly.) 4to pamph. Cambridge. 1860. 

Entomological Society, Stettin. 

Entomologische Zeitung. ..... 17th — 20th Jahrgang. 8vo. 


4 pamph. Stettin. 1856-59. 
Catalogus Coleopterorum Europe. .... - Siebente Auflage. 


1 vol. 8vo. Stettin. 1858. 
Catalogus Hemipterorum...... 1 vol. 8vo. Stettin. 1859. 


48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam. 

Verhandelingen der koninklijke Akad. van Wetenschappen, 
Afdeeling Letterkunde, Eerste Deel. 4to. Amsterdam. 1858.— 
Zevende Deel. 4to. Amsterdam. 1859. 

Verslagen en Mededeelingen...... Afd. Natuurkunde, Achste 
Deel: Negende Deel, Stuk 1—5.— Afd. Letterkunde, Vierde Deel, 
Stuk 1-3. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1858 —59. 

Jaarboek ..... voor 1858. 8vo pamph. Amsterdam. 

Dr. Moriz Hornes. 

Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertizr-Beckens von Wien (II. Band 
Bivalven) Herausg. von der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt. Folio 
pamph. Wien. 1809. 

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin. 
Transactions. Vol. XXIII. Pt. 2. 4to. Dublin. 1859. 
Proceedings. Vol. VII. Pts. 1-8. 8vo. Dublin. 1859. 
Philadelphia Oollege of Pharmacy. 

American Journal of Pharmacy, published by Authority of the 
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Edited by William Proctor, 
Jr. 3d Ser., Vols. VI.— VIII. No. 2. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1858 
— 60. 

Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences. 
Sitzungsberichte, Jahr. 1859, Jan.—Juni. 8vo. Prag. 1809. 
Dr. Wilhelm Rudolph Wertenweber. 

Ueber des Marsilius Ficinus Werk “ De Vita Studiosorum,” nebst 
einigen Bemerkungen iiber den Hellenismus...... 4to pamph. 
Prag. 1855. 

Denkschrift ἄρον die Gebruder Johann Swatopluk und Carl 
Boriwoj Presl. 4to pamph. Prag. 1854. 

Dr. Joseph Carl Ed. Hoser’s Riickblicke auf sein Leben und 
Wirken, nach dessen Tode. 16mo pamph. Prag. 1848. 

Aus dem Leben und Wirken des Herrn Dr. Joh. Th. Held’s. 
Eine Festschrift. 8vo pamph. Prag. 1847. 

Leibnitz und Comenius. Ein Vortrag von Dr. F. B. Kvét. 4to 
pamph. Prag. 1807. 

Die Grundziige der Aristotelischen Psychologie aus den Quellen 
dargestelt und kritisch beleuchtet. Eine Studie von Wilhelm 
Fridolin Volkmann. 4to pamph. Prag. 1858. 

Die Methode der orthogonalen Projekzion auf zwei Ebenen, die 
keinen rechten Winkel mit einander einschliessen, als Grundlage 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 49 


fiir jede auf dem Principe der orthogonalen (orthographischen) 
Projekzion beruhende perspektivische Projekzionsart oder Parallel- 
Perspektive. Von Rud. Skuhersky, o. 6. Prof. am Polytechnischen 
Institute in Prag. 4to pamph. Prag. 1858. 

Oceském prvotnim prekladu sv. evangelii ὁ obmendch jeho az 
do XV. stoletti. Sepsal Josef Jirecek. 4to pamph. V. Praze. 
1859. 

Die Porphyre im Silurgebirge von Mittelbdhmen. Von Carl 
Feistmantel. 4to pamph. Prag. 1809. 

American Association for the Advancement of Science. 

Proceedings of the Thirteenth Meeting, held at Springfield, 

Massachusetts, August, 1859. 1 vol. 8vo. Cambridge. 1859. 
American Geographical and Statistical Society. 

The Polar Exploring Expedition. — A Special Meeting of the 
American Geographical and Statistical Society, held March 22, 
1860. 8vo pamph. New York. 1860. 

John Bartlett. 

A New Method of Chess Notation. 1 sheet. Folio. Cambridge. 
1857. 

Samuel Nicolson. 

The Nicols Pavement, invented by Samuel Nicolson of Boston, 
Mass. — Second Edition, with Additions. 8vo pamph. Boston. 
1859. 

Joseph E. Worcester, LL. D. 
A Dictionary of the English Language. 4to. Boston. 1860. 
W. Ferrel, A. M. 

The Motions of Fluids and Solids relative to the Earth’s Surface ; 
comprising Applications to the Winds and the Currents of the 
Ocean. (Taken from the First and Second Vols. of the Math. 
Monthly.) 4to pamph. New York. 1860. 

Theodore Lyman. 

Académie Royale des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres. — Histoire 
de l’Académie depuis son Etablissement jusqu’A present [contin- 
ued to the 8th August, 1793]; avec les Mémoires de Littérature 
tirez des Registres de cette Académie depuis son Renouvellement 
jusqu’en 1710 [continued to 1793]. 50 Tomes. 4to. Paris. 
1717 — 1808. 

Tableau General des Ouvrages contenus dans le Recueil des Mé- 
moires de Académie. 1 vol. 4to. Paris. 1791. 

VOL. V. T 


50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Institut National des Sciences et Arts.— Mémoires, Sciences 
Morales et Politiques [1796-1803]. Tom. I.—V. 4to. Paris: 
An VI. -- XII. [1798 - 1804]. — Littérature et Beaux-Arts. Tom. 
T.—YV.. 4to. - Paris), 91797 —a804. 

Institut Royal de France. — Histoire et Mémoires: Classe 
d’Histoire et de Littérature Ancienne. Tom. I.-IV. 4to. Paris. 
1815 -- 18. 

The Jablowskian Society, Leipsic. 

Die Antike Landwirthschaft und das von Thunen’sche Gesetz. 
aus den alten Schriftstellern, Dargelegt von Dr. Heinrich Wiske- 
mann. — Gekronte Preisschrift. 4to pamph. Leipzig. 1859. 

Royal University of Christiana, Norway. 

Generalberetning fra Gaustad Sindssygeasyl; for Aaret 1858, ved 
Ole Sandberg Direktor. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Tale (og Cantate) ved det Norske Universitets Mindefest for 
Kong Oscar den 22de Sept. 1859, af J. S. Welhaven, Prof. 8vo 
pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Ueber die Geometrische Repriisentation der Gleichunden zwischen 
Zwei verinderlichen, reellen oder komplexen Gréssen von C. A. 
jeCRMES, oes x ὁ 4to pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Om ®drueligheds-Tilstanden i Morge ved Gilert Sundt. Cand. 
theol. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Beretning om en Zodlogisk Reise foretagen i Sommeren 1857. 
ved D. C. Danielssen. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Det Kongelige Norske Frederiks Universitets Aarsberetninger 
for Aarene 1856, 1857, og 1858. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 
1859. 

Aarsberetning for 1857 fra Overlege for den Spedalske Sygdom 
O. G. Hoegh til Departementet for det Indre. 8vo pamph. Chris- 
tiania. 1858. 

for 1858 fra Overlegerne...... O. G. Hoegh og C. J. 
Bokerc.- i715. 5 8vo pamph. Christiania. 18059. 

Forteguelse over Modeller af Landhusholdnings Redskaber fra 
Ladegaardsoens Hovedgaard ved Christiania. Beretninger om 
Sygdomsforholdene i 1842 og 1843 i Danmark, Sverige og Norge, 
opleste ved de skandinaviske Naturforskeres Méde i Christiania, 
1844. — Anhang til Médets Forhandlinger. 8yo pamph. Chris- 
tiania. 1847. 

Karlamagnus Saga ok Kappa Hans. — Fortellinger om Keiser 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. δ1 


Karl Magnus og Hans Jevninger. i Norsk Bearbeidelse fra det 
Trettende Aarhundrede. Udgivet af C. R. Unger. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Christiania. 1859. 

Personalier opleste ved Hans Majestet Kong Oscar den I’s 
Begravelse i Ridderholmskirken, den 8de August, 1859. 8yvo pamph. 
Christiania. 1859. 

Al-Mufassal, Opus de Re Grammatica Arabicum, Auctore Abul- 
Kasim Mahmid Bin ‘Omar Zamahs’ario, ad Fidem Codicum Manu 
Scriptorum Edidit J. P. Broch. 8vo pamph. Christiania. 1859. 

Nathan Appleton. 

Letter to the Hon. William C. Rives, of Virginia, on Slavery and 

the Union. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1860. 
Richard Owen, M. D., V. P. R. S, ete. 

Address by Richard Owen. — Superintendent of the Nat. Hist. 

Departments, British Museum. 8vo pamph. London. 
Association of Miners and Smelters. 

Bericht iiber die erste allgemeine Versammlung .... . zu Wien 
(10. bis 15. Mai 1858) Redigirt und Herausgegeben von Comité 
der Versammlung. 1 vol.. 8vo. Wien. 1859. 


Four hundred and eighty-fifth meeting. 
August 8, 1860.— Statep ΜΈΒΤΙΝΕ. 


The ῬΒΕΒΙΡΕΝΤ in the chair. 

A quorum for the transaction of business not being present, 
only scientific communications were in order. 

The Corresponding Secretary communicated two papers, en- 
titled as follows : — 

«Α List of the Phenogamous Species of a Botanical Collec- 
tion made in the Eastern Part of Cuba by Charles Wright, in 
the years 1856, 1857, and 1859 — 60, with characters of the New 
Genera and Species: Part I. The Polypetale and Apetale, 
by Professor A. Grisebach, of the University of Gottingen.” 

“Determinations of the Ferns of the same collection, also of 
Fendler’s Venezuelan Collection, by Daniel C. Eaton, of New 
York.’ | 

Dr. C. T. Jackson read and commented on a letter received 


52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


by him from M. Moissent, of the Imperial School of Mines, 
Paris, giving an account of a new gas-engine, invented by M. 
Lenoir of that city. He also gave some further details con- 
cerning the frozen well, at Brandon, Vermont. 


Four hundred and eighty=sixth meeting. 


September 11, 1860.— Monruity MEeEtrING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

Professor Horsford, chairman of the Rumford Committee, 
laid upon the table the dies for the Rumford medal, received 
from the United States Mint, in pursuance of a vote of the 
Academy at the last Anniversary Meeting. And they were 
deposited in the iron safe of the Academy. 

Professor Horsford submitted a memoir on the relations 
of the salts of zinc and alumina to those of soda and potassa. 

Messrs. Charles W. Eliot and Frank H. Storer presented 
the two following notes, supplementary to their Memoir upon 
the Impurities of Commercial Zinc. 


I. On the Amounts of Lead contained in some Silver Coins. 


From our experiments upon the impurities of commercial zinc,* 
we found that this metal almost invariably contains lead. In the 
preparation of silver at the United States Mint, zinc is used for the 
purpose of reducing chloride of silver,t and a sample of zinc similar 
to that used at the Mint, which we examined, yielded half of one per 
cent of lead. The question naturally suggested itself whether lead 
might not thus find its way into American silver coin, and to deter- 
mine this point we have analyzed several American coins, as specified 
in the following table; for the sake of comparison we subsequently 
examined the other coins therein enumerated. 


* Memoirs of the American Academy, 1860 [n. 51, VIII. 57. 

+ Booth and Morfit’s Smithsonian Report on Recent Improvements in the 
Chemical Arts, (Washington, 1851,) p.56. Compare Wilson’s Report on the New 
York Industrial Exhibition, in Dingler’s Polyt. Journal, 1855, CXX XV. 119. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 


TABLE. 
(1.) 2.) (3.) | (4.) (5.) 
| Weight 
| of Pb cor-| Corre- 
Weight | Weight of responding| sponding 
of Coin | BaO,SO3; to 508 per cent | 
Kind of Coin. | taken. found. | in the of Lead 
| BaO,SO3 | in the 
ofcolumn| Coin. | 
Grammes. |Grammes. | (3). 
1 American | 
half-dollar of 
1824. 13.2936 | 0.0465 0.0412 0.3100 | 
20 Ameri- | 
ean five-cent | 
pieces of 1853.) 24.2630 0.0571 0.0507 0.2090 
10 Ameri- | 
lean five-cent | 
pieces of 1854.) 12.1980 | 0.0314 0.0278 | 0.2282 | 
| 2 American 
itwenty-five- 
‘cent pieces of 
1858. 12.4097 | 0.0322 0.0286 | 0.2305 
“ Fine -sil- 
ver” t from | 
the U.S. As- 
say Office in 
New York, 
1860. 830.6405 | 0.0557 0.0494 | 0.1611 
1 Spanish 
dollar of 1793. 
| Carolus IV.| 27.0130 | 0.0170 0.0151 | 0.0558 
1 Mexican 
\dollar of 1829.) 27.2265 | 0.0127 0.0118 | 0.0434 
2 English 
shillings of | 
1816. 10.4597 | 0.0537 _ 0.0507 | 0.4847 
1 French 
five-franc | 
piece of 1852. 
Napoleon 1Π1|. 24.9725 | 0.1135 | 0.1069 | 0.4282 


(a.)* 


Weight of 
PbO, SO3 
found. 


|| Grammes, 


0.0480 


0.0555 


0.0270 


0.0310 


0.0655 


0.0129 


0.0590 


0.1296 


(b.) #* 


Corre- 
sponding 
weight 
of Pb. 


0.0327 


0.0379 | 


0.0185 


0.0273 


0.0447 


0.0088 


Ὁ, ele Sie ἃ 


0.0886 


(c.) * 


Corre- 
sponding 
per cent 
of Lead 
in the 
Coin. 


0.2462 


0.1560 


0.1513 


0.2200 


0.1457 


0.0326 


ἘΠ τος οὐ Ca Τὰ 


0.3846 


0.3546 


* Columns (a), (b), and (c) contain the results of a supplementary series of 
experiments, made merely to control the results given in columns (4) and (5). 


(Vid. infra.) 


+ The solution of this fine silver in nitric acid became blue when neutralized 
with ammonia. The filtrate from the mixed precipitate of sulphate of lead and 
gold (see p. 56) contained a decided trace of copper and a fainter trace of iron. 
The solution of sulphate of soda, from which the sulphuric acid of col. (3) was 


54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


On the supposition that the zinc used in the reduction of the silver 
is the source of the lead in the American coin, it is easy to calculate 
the amount of lead which would thus find its way into the coin, since 
the quantity of zine used in reducing a given weight of silver, and the 
per cent of lead which that zine may be expected to contain, are both 
known quantities. Professor Booth* says that an excess of zine is 
required to insure total and rapid reduction, and Wilson f states, that 
two equivalents of zinc are used, in practice, for each equivalent of 
silver. Our memoir, already cited, gives the per cents of lead found 
in two specimens of Vieille Montagne zinc. The standard of the 
American silver coin is 58, silver and 51, copper, and the weight of fifty 
cents’ worth of this alloy, in either half-dimes, dimes, quarters, or a 
half-dollar, has been 192 grains = 12.433 grammes, since the year 
1853. 


Fine silver in the half-dollar, . : : 11.190 gram. 
Zinc used in reducing 11.19 gram. silver, © Om agg 
Amount of lead in 6.742 gram. zine, if the zine 

contains 0.292 per cent of Jead,§ Z 5 0.0197 « 
Amount of lead in 6.742 gram. zine, if the zine 

contains 0.494 per cent of lead,§ . : - 999 - 


If zinc of the best quality (containing 0.292 per cent. οὗ lead) had 
been used, the silver coin would have contained 0.158 per cent of 
lead; if the second quality (containing 0.494 per cent of lead) has 
been employed, the coin may contain 0.268 per cent of lead. Between 
these two limits all our determinations of lead in American silver will 
be found to lie. 

In offering this explanation of the occurrence of lead in American 
silver coin, we would by no means affirm that the zinc is the exclusive 
source of this impurity, for it is not at all improbable that a portion of 
the lead is derived from the leaden vats in which the reduction of the 


determined, exhibited a slightly yellowish-light-brown color, nothing similar to 
which occurred in any of the other experiments. A slight black residue remained 
when this silver was dissolved in nitric acid, and a trace of gold was detected in 
the residue described on p. 59. 

* Loc. cit. Τ᾽ Loe: cit: 

¢ Brightly’s Dig. Laws U. S., for Standard, Title Coinage, ὃ 3; for Weights, 
Title Coinage, § 13. 

ὁ See our Memoir in Mem. Amer. Acad. [N. s.], VIII. 61, Table I. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. δῦ 


chloride of silver is effected, or from the sulphuric acid which is used 
to excite the reaction. 

The method of analysis employed was as follows. The coin having 
been dissolved in moderately strong, pure, nitric acid, the cooled solu- 
tion was treated with an excess of a solution of pure caustic ammonia, 
added by small portions,—no notice being taken of the small, dark- 
colored residue (AgS, etc.) insoluble in nitric acid. The precipitated 
oxide of silver was re-dissolved in nitric acid, enough of the latter being 
added to render the solution distinctly acid. The whole was then 
heated in a water-bath, and a strong solution of pure chloride of ammo- 
nium added, until chloride of silver was no longer precipitated, care 
being taken to avoid adding an unnecessary excess of chloride of am- 
monium. It will be seen, that the chloride of silver was thus pre- 
 cipitated in presence of a large excess of nitrate of ammonia; and 
since chloride of lead is readily soluble in a solution of nitrate of 
ammonia,* any lead which the coin may have contained would remain 
in solution. It may be mentioned in passing, that the small amount 
of chloride of silver which, as has already been stated by Mulder, is 
retained in solution by nitrate of ammonia, — especially by hot solu- 
tions, — did not interfere in the least with the subsequent steps of the 
analysis, or in any way to influence the amount of lead obtained. 
The precipitated chloride of silver was collected tpon a filter, and 
thoroughly washed with hot water, the lumps of chloride of silver 
being broken down as much as possible with a glass rod. The filtrate 
and wash waters were evaporated in a porcelain dish to the consist- 
ence of a thin syrup, and then transferred to a flask of hard German 
glass, in which the evaporation was continued until the nitrate of am- 
monia had been entirely destroyed. This operation requires care in 
the application of the heat, lest violent decomposition of the nitrate of 
ammonia ensue, and portions of the substance be projected from the 
flask. When properly conducted, the process goes on tranquilly, and 
no loss occurs. The residue, consisting of nitrate of copper, together 
with nitrate of lead, and more or less gold, should be washed with hot 
water into a porcelain dish, where it is mixed with a slight excess of 
pure sulphuric acid. It may be necessary to use a little nitric acid to 
dissolve the last portions of the substance in the flask. The mixture 


* Bolley, Ann. Ch. u. Pharm., 1854, XCI. 115. 
+ Die Silber-Probirmethode, (Leipzig, 1859,) p. 28. 


56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


is then evaporated over the water-bath until it has become almost 
entirely dry,— or until it no longer exhibits any tendency to effervesce ; 
it is then somewhat more strongly heated on a sand-bath, until all the 
free sulphuric acid has been driven off, that is, until fumes of sulphuric 
acid are no longer perceptible. The necessity of thoroughly evapo- 
rating this mixture cannot be too strongly insisted upon, for a solution 
of gold in sulphuric acid * is formed when the mixed nitrates, etc. are 
treated with sulphuric acid, and unless this compound be entirely 
destroyed by heating, it will be subsequently decomposed when water 
is added, and give rise to a precipitate of metallic gold, in a condition 
so finely divided that it cannot be separated by filtering. The occur- 
rence of this precipitate would ruin the analysis. We at first sought 
to prevent the formation of this solution of gold in sulphuric acid, by 
heating very strongly the residue left in the flask after all the nitrate 
of ammonia had been decomposed, until the escape of nitrous fumes 
had entirely ceased, and the nitrate of copper was decomposed. We 
then treated the mass with pure dilute nitric acid, and filtered off the 
solution from the gold which had been deposited and from any chloride 
of silver which had been dissolved by the nitrate of ammonia, with the 
intention of determining the lead directly, by precipitating it as sul- 
phate from this solution after evaporation with sulphuric acid. It was 
found, however, that a large portion of the gold-salt escaped decom- 
position in the flask, the yellow solution of sulphate of gold being 
formed almost as abundantly after this treatment as when the flask 
was not heated so strongly; and since in this method there is great 
risk of fracturing the vessel from drops of acid condensing in its neck 
and flowing down upon the hot portion, it can in no wise be recom- 
mended. <A perfectly dry mixture of sulphate of copper, sulphate of 
lead, and metallic gold having been obtained, it is treated with distilled 
water, — a considerable quantity of the latter being added at once, and 
the mixture quickly stirred to prevent the sulphate of copper from 
forming a hard cake as it becomes hydrated. As soon as the sulphate 
of copper is completely dissolved, a small quantity of pure sulphuric 
acid is to be added to the solution, and the latter set aside for at least 
forty-eight hours. The precipitate, consisting of sulphate of lead and 
metallic gold, was then collected upon a small Swedish filter and 
washed, first with dilute sulphuric acid to remove the sulphate of cop- 


* Compare Pelletier, Ann. Ch. et Phys. [2], XV. 12. 


“" 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. rom 


per, and subsequently with alcohol, until no trace of free sulphuric acid 
remained. After drying, the precipitate of sulphate of lead and gold, 
with the filter cut into small pieces, was transferred to a beaker glass, 
and the whole was then digested with pure bicarbonate of soda * (pre- 
pared from the oxalate), during at least forty-eight hours. The sul- 
phate of soda formed by this operation was then filtered off from the 
carbonate of lead and metallic gold, and the amount of sulphuric acid 
which it contained determined by precipitation with chloride of barium 
in the usual way. From the amounts of sulphate of baryta thus 
obtained, recorded in column (3) of the table, the amounts of lead 
(col. 4) in the mixed precipitates of sulphate of lead and gold were 
calculated. 

The carbonate of lead, mixed with bits of paper and gold, above 
mentioned, was now dissolved in dilute nitric acid, the solution evapo- 
rated with sulphuric acid until all the nitric acid had been expelled, 
subsequently treated with water acidified with sulphuric acid, and, after 
standing for forty-eight hours, collected upon a tared filter, washed 
with dilute sulphuric acid and alcohol, dried at 100°, and weighed. 
The results may be found in column (a) of the table. 

The re-agents used in the foregoing operations were all chemically 
pure. A special experiment was moreover made, in which portions 
of the nitric acid, ammonia, chloride of ammonium, and sulphuric acid 
used, twice as large as any which were actually employed in the 
analysis of either of our samples of coin, were evaporated together, 
and subjected to a course of treatment identical with that which the 
solutions of coin were forced to undergo; but not a trace of sulphate 
of lead, or of any precipitate, other than a few light and utterly insig- 
nificant floating flocks, probably alumina, could be detected as the 
result of this trial. 

That our process is sufficiently accurate to exhibit al/ the lead which 
the samples of coin examined really contained, we do not think prob- 
able. All of the sources of error to which the process, when properly 
conducted, is subject, tend to cause a slight loss of lead. Thus; in the 
first place, it is scarcely possible that the last traces of chloride of lead 
can be removed by washing from the caseous precipitate of chloride 


* See Fresenius, Anleitung zur Quantitativen Analyse, (Braunschweig, 4.5 Aufl. 
1858,) p. 286, § 132, II. Ὁ. β. 
VOL. V. 8 


58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of silver,* which precipitate is in enormous mass as compared with 
the amount of chloride of lead; and again, the first precipitate of 
sulphate of lead, mixed with gold, which is obtained after evaporation 
with sulphuric acid, occurs in so finely divided a state, that it is exceed- 
ingly difficult to prevent loss by the passing of a portion of it through 
the pores of the filter upon which the precipitate is collected. To one 
unused to the process, it might seem as if the last traces of sulphuric 
acid could hardly be removed from this precipitate by washing with 
alcohol. We have satisfied -ourselves, however, that this is easily 
effected, and that this seeming source of error is, in reality, entirely 
insignificant ; at any rate, the results given in columns (a), (b), and (6) 
are in no way influenced by this imaginary error. It may not be 
amiss to observe, that we have been particularly scrupulous with regard 
to the treatment of the above-mentioned precipitate, having in every 
instance continued to wash it with alcohol long after any reaction of 
sulphuric acid could be detected. It should also here be stated, that 
the results in which we ourselves place the most confidence are those 
obtained by determining the amount of sulphuric acid in the mixed pre- 
cipitate of sulphate of lead and gold (see cols. (3), (4), and (5) of the 
table), for columns (a), (b), and (6) contain the results of a secondary 
process liable to all the accumulated errors of a long series of opera- 
tions ; moreover, the final precipitate of sulphate of lead is very finely 
divided, and, like the first precipitate, liable to pass through the pores 
of the filter, as has been previously explained. ‘This second series of 
experiments has been carried out, not from any expectation that the 
results would closely agree with those of the first series, but merely to 
control the latter to a certain extent, and to remove any objection 
which might be made to the indirect method by which they were 
obtained. Since the possible inaccuracies of the process tend to a loss 
of lead, we are confident that the amounts of lead we have obtained 
are in no instance greater than those really existing in the coin. 

The precipitates of pure sulphate of lead (column (a) of the table) 
were, in every instance, reduced on charcoal with carbonate of soda, 
and the button of lead obtained carefully tested for silver, of which 
none could be detected in any case; nor did the metal exhibit any 
reactions, other than those of pure lead. 

The residue of gold and filter paper left after dissolving the car- 


* Compare Mulder, op. cit., p. 217. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 59 


bonate of lead in nitric acid for the final lead determination, was in 
each case incinerated, and then fused with carbonate of soda before 
the blowpipe. A distinct button of metallic gold was obtained in every 
instance. The amount of gold obtained varied, however, to a very 
considerable extent: it was abundant in the American and Spanish 
coin, less was observed in the English and Mexican, and but little in 
the French coin or the American fine silver.* 

The silver of the French coin was undoubtedly prepared by the 
sulphuric-acid process,t in which the granulated alloy of silver, gold, 


* Besides the quantitative analyses recorded above, which have been made by 
this method, it should be mentioned, that in several qualitative experiments upon 
American coins, by the method as described or slightly modified, indications of 
lead were obtained in every instance. The same remark is true of two qualitative 
analyses, — one of a dime and another of a quarter-dollar,— made as follows: 
the coin having been dissolved in nitric acid, and the insoluble black residue of 
sulphide of silver and a little gold separated by filtering, the solution was mixed 
with pure acetate of soda (see Fresenius, op. cit., p. 428, § 163, 1. y) to prevent 
precipitation of chloride of lead in subsequent operations, and the whole heated 
over the water-bath ; the silver was then precipitated with dilute chlorhydric acid, 
and the chloride of silver collected upon a filter and washed. Through the filtrate 
sulphuretted hydrogen was passed, the mixed sulphide of copper, lead, and gold 
collected upon a filter, treated with nitric acid, the acid solution evaporated to dry- 
ness, the residue taken up with water, and the solution filtered; in the filtrate 
lead was detected, while the residue contained gold. 

With regard to this residue of gold, which has also been alluded to in the text, 
it should be remarked that it has been entirely neglected by many analysts who 
have published determinations of the amounts of gold in various silver coins. In- 
deed, it would appear as if the fact were not generally known to chemists, that 
nitric acid can dissolve a little gold (as it can platinum), when an alloy containing 
a small quantity of gold is treated with this acid (compare Mulder, op. cit., p. 159). 
Another common error of analysts has been, to class as “ gold” the dark-colored 
residue which is usually left when silver coin is dissolved in dilute nitric acid. 
This precipitate does, in fact, generally contain a little gold, though in our own 
experiments by far the larger portion of this metal passed into solution in the 
nitric acid, and was separated at a subsequent stage of the analysis, as has been 
described ; Gay Lussac (Ann. Ch. et Phys., 1836, [2.] LXIII. 334) long ago 
showed that it is principally composed of sulphide of silver ; to which fact atten- 
tion has also been called by Mulder, in his excellent little treatise, just cited, 
p--178. 

t+ See D’Arcet in Dingler’s Polyt. Journ., 1828, XXVIII. 3; from Annales 
Mensuelles, Mai, 1827, p.131. Also, Ure’s Dictionary of Arts, &c., 4th edit., (Bos- 
ton, 1853,) 11. 543. Dumas’s Traité de Chimie Appliquée aux Arts, (Paris, 1833,) 
IV. 464. 


60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


copper, &e. is dissolved in hot concentrated sulphuric acid, and the 
silver subsequently precipitated, by means of metallic copper, from a 
somewhat diluted hot solution of the sulphate of silver thus obtained. 
Since ordinary commercial sulphuric acid * is used in this operation, 
it is not strange that a portion of the lead with which it is contami- 
nated should be transferred to the silver. The lead salt is perhaps 
reduced by the metallic copper in the manner so well described by 
Odling, in his memoir “ On the Reciprocal Precipitations of the 
Metals.” | It is, moreover, not impossible that some sulphate of lead 
may fall when the acid liquor is diluted, and become mixed with the 
precipitated silver. It is not credible, however, that the lead in the 
coin can have been derived from the copper used to form the standard 
alloy, for this supposition would imply that copper of very inferior 
quality had been employed. According to Karsten,{ copper which 
contains but one per cent of lead is utterly unfit for manufacturing 
purposes, since it cannot be worked at any temperature. Now the 
least amount of lead which we found in fifty cents’ worth of American 
silver is 0.0253 gram. in 10 half-dimes of 1855. These 10 half-dimes 
contain 1.245 gram. of copper, and if this metal had been the source of 
the lead, it must have contained more than two per cent of that impurity. 

We are ignorant of the process of preparing silver which was in 
use at the British Mint in 1816. Perhaps the silver in the coin of 
that date was obtained by cupellation, and it is well known that silver 
so obtained almost always contains lead. ὃ 


* D’Arcet, Journ. fiir tech. u. ekon. Ch., 1829, IV. 420. 

t+ Quar. Journ. Chem. Soc. of London, 1857, IX. 289. 

t In his System der Metallurgie, (Berlin, 1832,) V. 245. 

§ Authorities differ as to the amount of lead contained in crude cupelled silver 
(“lightened silver,” argent éclairé, Blicksilber). According to Berthier (Essais par 
la Voie Seche, (Paris, 1848,) 11. 724), it contains, on an average, only 1 per cent 
of lead. Kerl (Handbuch der metallurgischen Hiittenkunde, (Freiberg, 1855,) ILI. 
152), on the other hand, says that it contains from 5 to 10 per cent of impurity ; 
and according to Karsten (System der Metallurgie, V. pp. 200, 201) Blicksilber 
contains at least 12 per cent of lead, and often more, the proportion of lead to 
silver being entirely dependent upon the temperature of the cupelling furnace. 
Since such silver is unfit for use, it is refined by small portions, either by a second 
cupellation at a high heat, or by melting it in crucibles with saltpetre and borax or 
some other flux (Kerl, op. cit., III. pp. 181 to 198); but it appears to be imprac- 
ticable, or at least not advantageous in practice, to remove the last traces of lead 
from the silver by either of these processes. (See Kerl, op. cit., I. 224; or Plattner, 
Probirkunst mit dem Lothrohre, (Leipzig, 1853,) p. 403). 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 61 


The silver of the Spanish and Mexican coins was doubtless pre- 
pared by the American system of amalgamation.* In this process, 
speaking in general terms, it would appear that silver is reduced by 
means of metallic mercury from a solution of chloride of silver in 
chloride of sodium, the amalgam which is formed being exposed 
meanwhile to the action of chloride of copper and perchloride of iron. 

It is to be inferred from the investigations which we have cited, that 
under these circumstances the amalgam should be almost entirely free 
from any contamination with the more strongly electropositive metals. 
It would seem, indeed, that the American system of amalgamation 
furnishes purer silver than is obtained by any of the other processes 
which are employed upon the large scale. 

So far as concerns the occurrence of lead in the silver coin of 
our own country, it could probably be mainly, if not altogether, avoided, 
by employing zinc free from lead, such as is manufactured in Pennsyl- 
vania, as we have already described in our Memoir. 

It is interesting to observe, that the occurrence of lead in some of 
the silver coins of the ancients} has been thought to indicate “that 
the process of separating lead and silver was less perfectly executed 
in the ages of antiquity than is at present the case.”§ Yet, in none 


* Described by Humboldt in his Essai Politique sur le Royaume de la Nouvelle 
Espagne, (Paris, 1811,) II. 558. See also Karsten, Abhandlungen der phys. Klasse 
der Akad. der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1828, p.1; and Karsten τι. Dechen’s 
Archiv fiir Mineralogie, etc., 1829, I. 161; and again, ibid. XXV. 178, and in 
Dingler’s Polyt. Journ., 1852, CX XVI. 357. Compare the subsequent statements 
of Boussingault, Ann. Ch. et Phys., 1832, [2.] LI. 350. 

7 In the European system of amalgamation, as practised at Freiberg in Saxony, 
where the silver is reduced from its chloride by metallic iron instead of quicksilver, 
a similar degree of purity in the silver is not to be expected. (For analyses of such 
silver, “ Tellersilber,” see Kerl, op. cit., I. 234.) 

1 Walchner, Schweigger’s Journal fiir Ch. u. Phys., 1827, LI. pp. 204, 205. 
J. W. Draper, Silliman’s Am. J. Sci., 1836, [1.] XXIX.160. Sarzeau, Journal 
de Pharmacie, 1839, XXV. 503. Briiel and Hausmann, Karsten u. Dechen’s 
Archiy fiir Mineralogie, ete , 1844, X VIII. 505; also in J. pr. Chem., XXX. 334. 
J. W. Mallet, Trans. Royal Irish Acad, 1853, XXII. 319. Briiel and Hausmann 
refer also to earlier determinations of lead in antique coins by Klaproth (probably 
in his Beitrage zur chemischen Kenntniss der Mineralkorper, 1795 -- 1780, B. VL), 
and by Goebel (doubtless in his brochure, Ueber den Kinfluss der Chemie auf die 
Ermittelung der Volker der Vorzeit, ete., Erlangen, 1842) ; but they do not indicate 
precisely where these analyses are to be found, nor have we any means of ascer- 
taining this point. 

ὁ Briiel and Hausmann, Joc. cit., Archiv. p 509; J. pr. Chem., p. 338. 


62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of the recorded analyses of ancient silver coins to which we have had 
access have we been able to find that any one has detected so large 
an amount of lead in these coins, as we have shown to occur in Ameri- 
can fine silver of the year 1860, if we except a single analysis by 
Professor Draper, who found nearly 3 per cent of lead in a silver 
coin of Hadrian. The greatest percentage of lead observed by Briiel 
(the author of the remark just quoted) was only 0.12. It is probable, 
however, that the methods of analysis — none of which are recorded 
—employed for separating lead from silver by the chemists to whose 
labors we have referred, were less delicate than the process which we 
have ourselves made use of. i 

It is interesting also in this connection to observe, that the Ameri- 
can system of amalgamation, which at one time — before its peculiar 
fitness for the circumstances of the case in which it is employed had 
been recognized — was so frequently criticised by European metal- 
lurgists, affords silver which is less strongly contaminated with lead, 


and is probably purer in other respects, than is produced by any other - 


process of manufacture. 


II. On the extreme Difficulty of Removing the last Traces 
of Carbonic Acid from large Quantities of Air. 


In the course of our research upon the impurities of zinc, we insti- 
tuted a series of experiments, in order to ascertain whether the dis- 
agreeable odor of hydrogen gas, as generated from common zine by 
means of sulphuric acid, could be attributed to the presence of any 
gaseous compound of carbon,—an apocryphal doctrine which seems 
to be quite generally credited. 

The results of these experiments were entirely negative, in so far as 
they related to the point in question, and we should not have thought 
of publishing them, had it not been proved to us, by a memoir recently 
printed in Poggendorff’s Annalen, that one of the phenomena which 
we then observed had not been sufficiently dwelt upon by chemists. 

In our experiments above referred to, a jet of hydrogen was burned 
in a glass globe thirty centimetres in diameter, through which was 
drawn, by means of an aspirator, a steady current of air. Before 
entering the globe, this air had passed through an apparatus, described 
in full below, which was intended to deprive it of all its carbonic acid, 
and on leaving the globe it was drawn through a bottle containing 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 63 


lime-water, carrying with it, of course, the products of the combustion 
of the hydrogen. We first used, in order to absorb the carbonic acid 
completely from the air in which the hydrogen burned, two cylinders 
twenty-seven centimetres high and five centimetres in diameter, filled 
with fragments of pumice-stone moistened with caustic potash; not 
satisfied with this large absorption surface, we next added to the 
cylinders two Wolfe bottles containing a concentrated solution of caus- 
tic potash, and finally substituted for the Wolfe bottles three five-bulb 
potash-tubes. We repeatedly maintained a burning jet of hydrogen 
in the globe for periods varying from four to six hours, -with air 
purified by passing through the three potash-tubes and two cylinders 
described, and always obtained the same result; viz. there was never 
any perceptible cloud of carbonate of lime in the bottle containing 
lime-water during the progress of the experiment, but after standing 
twelve hours, an unmistakable deposit of crystalline carbonate of lime 
was invariably found at the bottom of the lime-water. We might 
have regarded this as sufficient evidence of the presence of an in- 
finitesimal amount of carbon in the hydrogen, had we not found by 
repeated trials, that the burning of the hydrogen had no influence 
whatever on the formation of this crystalline deposit. 156,000 ο. ¢. 
of air (the contents of our aspirator), passed through the purifiers we 
have described, still retained sufficient carbonic acid to produce a 
deposit of crystalline carbonate of lime, when allowed time to separate 
from the lime-water by crystallization.* In order to render the ex- 


* The fact that carbonate of lime may at first be dissolved by lime-water, has 
been clearly shown by Vogel. (Schweigger’s Journ. f. Ch. u. Phys., 1821, XX XIII. 
207.) It is moreover very distinctly affirmed in the following passage from an 
article, which has recently fallen under our notice, by Berthollet (Annales de 
Chimie, 1789, III. 68) :—‘‘I am indebted to M. Welter for an observation upon 
the use of lime-water, which may be useful in cases where one wishes to de- 
tect small quantities of carbonic acid. Lime-water has the property of dissolving 
a little carbonate of lime, of which one can assure himself by blowing into it with a 
tube; the air expired produces a cloud which redissolves entirely, until the lime- 
water is saturated with the carbonate of lime which has been formed. If, there- 
fore, it is desired to detect small quantities of carbonic acid by means of lime- 
water, it is necessary to agitate some carbonate of lime with the latter, in order 
that it may be saturated, before filtering it.” That the carbonate of lime separates 
after a time from the lime-water which had previously held it in solution, has also 
been shown by one of us (Am. J. Sci., 1858, [2.] XXV. 42), — at that time 
entirely ignorant of the experiments of Vogel and Welter. 


64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


periment irreproachable, with reference to the determination of carbon 
in the hydrogen, we should have been obliged to extend indefinitely 
our absorbing apparatus, and to force the air through the whole 
apparatus, instead of sucking it through, as in the experiments above 
described. The object in view was not worth such trouble and 
expense, and we moreover had not the necessary appliances, so that 
we were reluctantly forced to give up the inquiry. 

Our interest in the subject has been awakened anew by some ex- 
periments recently published by H. Karsten,* upon the oxidation of 
dry non-nitrogenous organic substances by the action of atmospheric 
air at ordinary temperatures. The method upon which Karsten 
chiefly relied in these experiments was, in its essential features, iden- 
tical with the one employed by ourselves, but the difficulty, to which 
we have referred, of removing carbonic acid from the air employed 
by any common absorption apparatus, is altogether ignored by him; ἢ 
as will appear from the following description of his apparatus, quoted 
from page 349 of his article: “In order to purify from carbonic 
acid and water the air which I allowed to flow in a slow, continuous 
stream over the organic substances, I placed before the vessel which 
contained them chloride of calcium tubes several feet in length, and in 
front of these a tube containing dry caustic potash, preceded by a bulb- 
tube filled with concentrated solution of caustic potash ; by this solu- 
tion the air was first washed and freed from carbonic acid; it was then 
led slowly over the dry caustic potash and through ‘the long chloride 
of calcium tubes, before it came in contact with the organic substances, 
which had been dried in the water-bath.” It is evident, at all events, 
that this apparatus was far less adequate than our own for the difficult 
operation of removing carbonic acid from the air. 

We do not in the least seek to deny the truth of Karsten’s assertion, 
that carbonic acid is really formed by the action of air at ordinary 
temperatures upon the substances in question. The fact is not only 
probable a prior’, but would seem to be proved by his incidental 
statement (p. 348), that carbonic acid was formed when these com- 
pounds (sugar, cork, &c.) were exposed during some months to the 
action of air or oxygen in tubes sealed with mercury in the pneu- 


* Poggendorff’s Ann. der Phys. u. Ch, 1860, CIX. 346. 
+ The reader of Karsten’s memoir will observe that, like ourselves, he obtained 
for the most part only crystalline carbonate of lime, — no immediate cloudiness. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 65 


matic trough. In so far as charcoal is concerned, De Saussure * has 
long ago shown the extreme probability that it is oxidized by the 
air, even when dry, as it is when wet. Neither do we wish to 
assert that it is impossible to deprive air of every atom of its car- 
bonic acid. We insist only upon the facts, that it is a matter of no 
inconsiderable difficulty to do this, that Karsten’s apparatus was en- 
tirely inadequate, and that nothing in his paper would indicate that he 
has allowed for this source of error. 

It should be distinctly borne in mind, that in the experiments of 
Karsten, as well as in our own, the question raised is not at all whether 
the amount of carbonic acid which escapes absorption can be esti- 
mated with the balance; for so long as the experiments are qualitative 
only, and conclusions are based upon the precipitate which is formed 
in lime-water, it is clearly necessary to remove every trace of carbonic 
acid from the air employed, no matter how “ imponderable” this trace 
may be. We do not believe that the carbonic acid which escapes absorp- 
tion in ordinary experiments can be of sufficient amount to be mentioned 
as a source of inaccuracy in the determination of the carbonic acid 
of the air, by the method which has been used by so many eminent 
chemists; for the extent of the error thus introduced must be far less 
than that of several others to which the absorption process, as com- 
monly employed, is exposed, and which have been pointed out by 
Hlaziwetz,f and in part also by the brothers Rogers. { 

So far as we know, those observers who have previously touched 
upon this subject have been occupied with quantitative considerations 
only. They have, therefore, very properly rested content, when by 
experiment they have satisfied themselves that the last potash-tube of 
their series no longer increased in weight during the space of time 
occupied by a single experiment.§ It must, however, be evident to 
any one who will perform the experiment, that the presence of an 
amount of carbonic acid which could not be detected by any weighing 
of potash-tubes may readily be made manifest by precipitating it as 
crystallized carbonate of lime. In this connection it should be men- 


* Gilbert’s Ann. der Phys., 1814, XLVII. 119, note. 

+ Wiener Akad. Bericht, 1856, XX. 189. 

¢ Am. J. Sci., 1848, [2.] V. 115; Edin. New Phil. Journ., XLIV. 150. 

§ Compare, for example, Dumas and Stass, Sur la véritable Poids atomique du 
_ Carbone, Ann. Ch. et Phys., [3.] I. 18. 


VOL, V. 9 


66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


tioned that Brunner* has distinctly called attention to the extreme 
difficulty of completely absorbing carbonic acid from the air. Brunner 
could accomplish this neither by means of a solution of baryta, nor 
by a mixed solution of chloride of barium and caustic ammonia,t by 
bits of sponge moistened with baryta or lime-water, nor even by frag- 
ments of caustic potash, or asbestos moistened with a solution of 
potash; he finally chose slightly moistened hydrate of lime, as the 
best absorbent, and maintains that his method of determining carbonic 
acid in the air, by this means, is sufficiently accurate for all ordinary 
cases. ὦ 


Professor G. P. Bond presented a memoir on the Light of 
the Moon and of the Planet Jupiter, containing the results of 
photographic and optical experiments upon the light of these 
two bodies. 


The rays from Jupiter have been found to possess a remarkable 
degree of chemical energy compared with those reflected from ordinary 
opaque substances on the earth, and from the Moon; a similar excess 


* Poggendorff’s Ann. der Phys. τι. Ch., 1832, XXIV. 571. 

+ Having had repeated opportunities of observing the great difficulty — not to 
say impossibility —of absorbing carbonic acid from mixed gases, especially if 
these contain so much as one or two per cent of it, by means of these and similar 
liquids, I am glad\to bear witness to the entire accuracy of this much-neglected 
statement. — Ἐν H. S. 

+ It is a curious fact, which not only corroborates Brunner’s observation, but 
also suggests a more extended use in the laboratory of his favorite absorbent, that 
manufacturers of coal-gas find in practice, that carbonic acid, when not present in 
very abnormal quantity, may be readily removed from the impure gas by passing 
the latter through several layers of dry hydrate of lime, spread in fine powder upon 
perforated iron grates or upon shelves of basket-work (“dry-lime purification ”) ; 
while it is practically zmpossible to absorb all the carbonic acid from similar gas by 
the wet system, in which the impure gas is forced through milk of lime contained 
and agitated in several successive purifiers. Yet with the other chief impurity of 
coal-gas, sulphuretted hydrogen, the reverse of this is the case, for by means of the 
wet-lime purification, this substance can, in ordinary cases, be very readily and 
completely removed with an expenditure of but little lime, while with the dry 
purification this result is far less easily attained. Moreover, this non-absorption 
of carbonic acid in the wet-lime purifiers cannot be due to any interference 
caused by the sulphuretted hydrogen, for it is just as difficult to absorb all the 
carbonic acid from rosin-gas, which contains no sulphuretted hydrogen, as it is to 
absorb that in the gas prepared from coal. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 67 


exists in the optical brightness of this planet. The chemical albedo of 
Jupiter, supposing the planet to reflect light after the usual manner 
of opaque substances, exceeds that of the Moon in the proportion 
of fourteen to one, the optical, in the proportion of eleven or twelve 
to one. 

The experiments are open to the large uncertainties to which pho- 
tometric comparisons are ordinarily liable ; but, assuming their correct- 
ness, and that, as there is good reason to suppose, the proportion of 
sunlight incident on the Moon which is absorbed at its surface, com- 
pared with the amount reflected, is less than the smallest of the above- 
mentioned ratios, it would follow that the planet shines in part by 
native light, agreeably to the old notion of its phosphorescence. ΤῈ is 
difficult to put any other construction upon the experiments, provided 
that Lambert’s theory of the quantity of sunlight reflected to the 
Earth from a planet is applicable in the case of Jupiter. Perhaps a 

_more acceptable explanation is, to suppose that its surface has the 
property of returning towards the Sun a disproportionate amount of 
the whole quantity reflected, taking ordinary opaque substances as a 
standard. 

That this condition obtains with the Moon may be inferred from 
the fact, that at the full, the margin of its disk is brighter than the 
central regions, indicating a peculiarity in the constitution of its surface 
which would be likely to produce an excess of brightness at full moon. 
It is, moreover, placed beyond question from a consideration of the 
observed variations of the illuminating power of the different phases 
of the Moon, of which a detailed account is given in the memoir, — 
showing that the theoretical representations of the intensity of moon- 
light, in its changes from new to full and vice versa, as investigated by 
Euler and Lambert, bear no resemblance to the actual variations in 
the amounts transmitted to us. As Jupiter always presents a nearly 
full phase to the Earth, a similar property of reflection in its surface 
would tend to explain the anomaly. There is, however, this objection 
to that hypothesis: while the superior marginal brightness of the 
full Moon, whatever may be its cause, would naturally lead us to 
anticipate just that deviation from Lambert’s theory of the amount of 
illumination derived from it which is actually observed to occur, the 
reverse order in the distribution of light over the disk of Jupiter, 
namely, its regular increase from the margin to the centre, in very 
good accordance with the same theory, is a strong argument for adopt- 


68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ing the latter as properly applicable to the planet; in which case the 
explanation suggested would no longer be admissible. 

According to the observations communicated, the light of Jupiter, 
seen from the Earth at its mean opposition, is to the light of the mean 


full moon as 1 : 6430. Compared with the light of Venus at its 
greatest brightness, it is as 1 : 4.864. 


Professor Bond also read a memoir on the relative bright- 
ness of sunlight and moonlight. 


Of the results given by Bouguer and Wollaston, for the proportion 
between sunlight and the light of the full Moon, viz. : 


Bouguer . , : - 3 . 8-Ξ- 500-000 
Wollaston . : : ; : : s = 801,072 


the preference has been generally given to the latter. Reasons are 
adduced in the present communication for considering Bouguer’s 
method of observation to be the best of the two, and his results de- 
serving of most confidence. Comparisons, by means of Bengola lights, 


of the images of the Sun and Moon reflected from a silvered globe, 
give the value, 


s = 471,000. 


Other methods, less reliable, also tend to confirm Bouguer’s deter- 
mination. 


Professor Bond also communicated a Catalogue of Stars 
near the Zenith of the Observatory of Harvard College, col- 
lected from the best existing authorities, having for its object 
to furnish to astronomical surveyors in the region of the 
Great Lakes and elsewhere, nearly in the same parallel, accu- 
rate star-positions for the determination of latitude by the 
zenith telescope. 

Professor Agassiz discoursed upon the application of his 
principles of classification to the systematic arrangement of 
Polyps. 

Professor Cooke, announcing the favorable result of his 
recent personal application, in behalf of the Academy, to the 
Royal Astronomical Society, the Geological Society, and the 
Museum of Practical Geology, London, to supply deficiencies 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 69 


in the Academy’s set of their publications, moved, and it was 
voted, — 

“That the special thanks of the Academy be presented to 
these institutions for their marked interest and courtesy in 
this behalf, and for their very valuable gifts.” 

Mr. Thurber of New York, by permission of the Academy, 
exhibited an ingenious adaptation of the pantograph, by which 
partially paralytic persons, unable to write in the ordinary 
way, may write with great facility. 


Four hundred and eighty-seventh meeting. 


October 9, 1860. — Montuiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

Dr. Hayes, in presenting a “ Report on supplying the City 
of Charlestown with pure Water, made by Order of Hon. James 
Dana, Mayor, by Messrs. George R. Baldwin and Charles L. 
Stevenson, Civil Engineers,”’ remarked, that 


Chemical analysis presents points of interest relating to the com- 
position of the water of Mystic Pond. The results obtained on care- 
fully selected samples of this water, recorded in the Report, show 
a great variation existing at different parts of the mass of water. 
The weights of solid matter found in a standard gallon, are 4.08 gr., 
4.64 or. 15.52 gr. 16.88 gr., and 58.64 gr. Below a certain depth, 
the nearly pure water of this pond reposes on a heavier saline 
water. Further observations have shown that this saline water, closely 
resembling sea-water, maintains a nearly constant level in relation to 
the purer water reposing on it, and that the saline diffusion is appar- 
‘ently very slight in amount, or very slow in point of time. Change 
of temperature does not cause an intermixture of the two kinds of 
water; as the lower stratum has a density superior to that of the 
pond-water at its greatest density, and, physically, the conditions of 
repose are nearly the same, so far as penetration is concerned, as if a 
saline sand-bottom held the place occupied by the heavier water. 

This pond, containing two kinds of water, can support the plants and 
animal organisms of fresh water and of ocean water at the same time. 


70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Its sedimentary deposits may contain the remains of both fresh and 
saline water forms of life within the same area, thus offering an inter- 
esting subject to the observation of the naturalist. 

Chemically considered, these two differing masses of water in con- 
tact exert powerful action. The organic matter suspended and dis- 
solved in the fresh water, brought into contact with the saline water, 
leads to a number of decompositions of compound bodies. All the 
phenomena exhibited by ocean water in contact with water passing 
through the earth and entering the sea below its surface, are seen in 
this pond most distinctly. Thus, the sulphate of lime becomes decom- 
posed into a salt composed of hydrosulphuric acid and lime, this new 
salt reacts on oxides of the common metals to produce sulphides and 
carbonate of lime, or upon sulphates of alkalis, so as, in presence of 
an excess of carbonic acid, to produce carbonate and bi-carbonate of 
soda, which may enter into new forms of matter. A bright metal 
plate immersed in this water at a certain depth may be exposed for 
hours to the action of the water without change. But if the slip 
be allowed to pass deeper, so as to reach the saline water, in the 
lapse of a few minutes it becomes coated with sulphide of the metal. 
The engineers engaged in the observations on the pond lowered a 
long silvered slip of copper vertically, so it should pass through the 
mass of fresh and saline water. On withdrawing the slip, after some 
hours had elapsed, the line of contact of the masses of waters was 
permanently marked on the slip,—all above it was unaltered, all 
below was blackened on the copper side by the formation of sulphide 
of copper. It was extremely interesting to note that the band pre- 
sented no gradation of chemical action. Within the distance of one 
fourth of an inch, action and no action were marked, and it was in 
this way, as well as by chemical analysis, that the fact of the masses 
preserving their places was learned. Down into the fresh water, to 
within twelve inches of the saline water, the taste does not indicate 
the slightest saline taint, and even nearer the mass which produces 
so powerful chemical changes, the water is nearly pure. There is 
manifested in this juxtaposition of two waters of unlike composition 
some of the minor effects of electrical action, and in considering the 
chemical changes which may be and are exhibited in consequence, 
it appears that such a condition would be sufficient to account for 
the production of many bodies, which have been supposed to result 
from more active agencies only. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ΤᾺ 


Mystic Pond, as at present constituted, consists of a thick stratum 
of nearly pure water, resting on an undisturbed mass of saline water, 
closely resembling that of the ocean. 


Professor Cooke exhibited some octohedral crystals deposit- 
ed on a furnace product, which he had obtained accidentally 
while experimenting on the compound of zinc and arsenic. The 
crystals were so brilliant that their angles could be measured 
with great precision, and they gave the exact angle of a regu- 
lar octohedron. The composition of the crystals as shown by 
analysis was, zinc 81.18, arsenic 18.82. Professor Cooke argued 
that the arsenic in the crystals was present mainly in the con- 
dition of impurity, and stated his reason for this opinion. He 
considered therefore the crystals as showing that zinc might 
crystallize in forms of the monometric system. 

He also exhibited a counterfeit American gold coin, of a 
specious character, the gold abstracted from the interior being 
ingeniously replaced by platinum. 

Professor Horsford gave additional details upon spontaneous 
combustion, and mentioned a case in which iron-turnings sat- 
urated with oil had been known to ignite. 

Dr. Beck, calling attention to the fragment of Petronius 
discovered by him, and communicated by him to the Academy 
about a year ago (now published in the eighth volume of the 
Memoirs), read the following extract from a letter received 
from Prof. Hertz of Greifswalde. 


“The ineditum which you have sent me has been these fourteen 
years lying in my portfolio. I found it in a codex of the Marciana, 
and copied it, but delayed publication. I am glad that you have, 
in part, given it more complete than my codex presents it. It is 
mentioned, however, earlier than the edition of Anthon, for which 
you may find the proofs, which I have not at hand in this little 
watering-place in the Baltic, in Goldast’s Sylloge Adnotationum in 
Petronium. In many things, this Petronius agrees with Isidorus in 
his Origines, which, in my opinion, he has used; its importance for 
Gellius is, as I think, subordinate. It was my original intention to 
publish the piece with the readings of the Venetian MS. in the Rhein 


72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Museum, and to accompany it with my remarks; and I delayed my 
answer to you until I might, with my thanks, send you a copy of “my 
article. But when I commenced the work, I saw that the so-called 
Petronius had besides profane authors used patristic sources, of which, 
under the article Chotrogryllus, you have yourself given an example. 
But to trace and investigate the single articles, time was wanting, and 
I wrote, therefore, to Professor Ritschl, to whom I had already offered 
my article, of my change of intention, and offered to communicate 
my copy, in case some one of his pupils should wish to render the 
fragment accessible to German philologists. An able young philolo- 
gist in Bonn, Dr. Reifersheid, has undertaken this task, as Professor 
Ritschl has lately informed me, and in a week, when I shall be again 
in Greifswalde, I shall send my copy of the Venetian MS. to Bonn, 
and take care that you receive a copy of Dr. Reifersheid’s article. 


Professor Agassiz reiterated his opinion that what are called 
varieties by naturalists do not in reality exist as such. His re- 
cent study of the Echinoderms in the collection of the Museum 
of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge, had confirmed this 
opinion. He found a great abundance of divergent forms, 
which without an acquaintance with the connecting ones, and 
large opportunities of comparison, might be taken for distinct 
species, but he found that they all passed insensibly into each 
other. In reply to a question, he stated that he discarded 
the sterility or fertility of crosses from the tests of the validity 
of species. 

Professor Parsons suggested that more extended observa- 
tion might connect the received species by intermediate forms, 
no less than the so-called varieties. 

And Professor Gray remarked that the intermediate forms 
connecting, by whatsoever numerous gradations, the strongly 
divergent forms with that assumed as the type of the species, 
so far from disproving the existence of varieties, would seem 
to furnish the best possible proof that these were varieties. 
Without the intermediate forms they would, it was said, be 
taken for species; their discovery reduced them to varieties, 
—between which, but not between species (according to the 
ordinary view), intermediate states were to be expected. 


| 
| 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 9 


Four hundred and eighty-eighth meeting. 
November 14, 1860. — Statute MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters received since the 
preceding meeting. 

Mr. E. B. Elliott read a paper ‘‘ On the Calculus of Affected 
Quantities,” in which was proposed a general unit-symbol of 
mononomial form, intended to embrace as particular cases, 
and to define the several affective symbols of, single, double, 
and quadruple algebra. 

Professor J. Wyman presented and gave an analysis of a 
paper by Dr. John Dean, on the minute structure of the 
spinal cord. 

Professor William B. Rogers described a simple application 
of the camera lucida for obtaining twin drawings, suitable for 
combination in the stereoscope. 


For this purpose the reflecting prism, movable along a horizontal 
rod, must be adjusted successively in the positions proper to the right 
and left eyes respectively, when these are directed upon the object. 
The two pictures projected on the horizontal paper below, and traced 
out in the usual way, will represent the two aspects of the object as 
seen by the right and by the left eye severally, and, when united by 
means of binocular combination, they will reproduce the objeet visually 
in all its original relief. 


As connected with the same subject, Professor Rogers re- 
ferred to an arrangement for the binocular analysis of a per- 
spective physical line described by him some years ago in the 
American Journal of Science. 


Tn this the line was placed directly behind a vertical plate of clear 
glass, while the observer, keeping his head in a fixed position, viewed 
‘the line with one eye at a time, tracing on the glass the projections 
corresponding to its appearance, as seen by the right and left eyes 
respectively. The projections thus drawn will, of course, when binocu- 
larly combined, reproduce the original perspective line. In the same 
τ manner, a more complex object placed behind the glass plate may be 
represented in its two projections by pictures capable of a perfect 


binocular combination. 
VOL. V: 10 


74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Acad- 
emy : — 

Charles Eliot Norton of Cambridge, in Class III., Sec- 
tion 4. 

Ephraim W. Gurney, of Cambridge, and Rey. Horatio B. 
Hackett, of Newton, in Class III., Section 2. 


The following were chosen Associate Fellows : — 

Dr. F. A. P. Barnard, President of the University of Mis- 
sissippi, in Class I., Section 3. 

Professor John Le Conte, of Columbia, South Carolina, in 
Class I., Section 3. 

Dr. J. W. Dawson, Principal of McGill College, Montreal, 
in Class II., Section 1. 

Professor W. D. Whitney of Yale College, in Class ΠῚ... Sec- 
tion 2. 

The following were elected Foreign Honorary Members : — 

Professor Dové, of Berlin, in Class II., Section 1. 

Professor Albrecht Kolliker, of Wirtzburg, in Class IL., 
Section 3. 

Von Rauch, of Berlin, in Class II., Section 4. 


Four hundred and eighty-ninth meeting. 
December 11, 1860.— MontHiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

Letters of acceptance were read by the Corresponding Sec- 
retary from Charles E. Norton, Ephraim W. Gurney, Professor 
John Le Conte, and Principal J. W. Dawson, elected into the 
Academy at the preceding meeting. 

Professor Sophocles read the following communication : — 


On some Magnesian and Pagasetic Inscriptions. 


Last June, while at Tsangarddha (ἡ Toayyapdéa), a village situated 
on the eastern slopes of Mount Pelion, and belonging to the district 
of Volo, I received from Mr. Arghiris Philipidhis (Apyipns Φιλιππίδης) 
copies of two ancient Greek inscriptions, found, as he informed me 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 75 


/ 


in a letter, at Miliés (ἡ Μηλιές), another village of the same district. 
This gentleman is very familiar with the topography of the south- 
western slopes of Pelion. 

One of these inscriptions was discovered, according to him, forty 
years ago, at Bupha (ἡ Μπούφα), a place in the immediate vicinity 
of Good Waters (τὰ Καλὰ Nepa), on the shores of Miliés. It formed 
part of the holy table (ἡ ἁγία τράπεζα) of a dilapitated church at that 
place. 


Inseription of Bupha.* 


ἀνιεὶς ἱερεῖα τέλεια λευκὰ ὀλόκληρα 
θύ]εσθαι τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐθιζόμενα καθὼς . 
é|yivero: τὰς δὲ τούτων δορὰς πωλεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ . .. 
ΕΣ 2 A ς \ , - & SIAN ΄ A > , 
ka|r’ ἐνιαυτὸν ὑπὸ κήρυκα τῇ ἕκτῃ ἐπὶ δέκα τοῦ ἀρτεμί- 
A A a“ > , ~ ΄ » , eet) ~ 
ov pn |vos πρὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς γενομένης ἐννόμου ἀπὸ τοῦ 
εν μου ὑπὸ τῶν προγεγραμμένων ἀρχόντων, συμπαρόντων καὶ τί οὗ 
« 4 Led A Len > ,ὕ A “ 3 ~ A A 3 ’ 
ἱερέως τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ἀκραίου καὶ τῶν ἐξεταστῶν καὶ τὸ ἐκ τούτων 


συν]αγόμενον διάφορον . . .]1 παρὰ τῷ ἱερεῖ τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ἀκραίου. 


From the expression τοῦ ἀρτεμισίου μηνός one might be tempted to 
refer the inscription to the Alexandrian period. But it may with 
equal confidence be referred to the Roman period. For although the 
Roman calendar began to be adopted by the Greeks as early as the 
first century,f the Macedonian mode of dating had not become obsolete 
even as late as the second century of the Christian era. ‘Thus, the 
names of some of the Macedonian months occur in the Apostolical 
Canons and Constitutions. { 

As to the expression rod Διὸς τοῦ ἀκραίου, it is to be recollected that 
by θεοὶ ἀκραῖοι, the gods of the citadel, the Greeks meant the gods 
whose ‘temples were in the citadel.§ And as every important city 
had its citadel, it is natural to suppose that it had also its θεοὶ ἀκραῖοι. 


* Αὕτη ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ ἀνεκαλύφθη ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὴν Βούφαν παλαιοεκκλησίᾳ. 
ArGHfRIS PHILIP{DHIS. 

7 See Giossary of Later and Byzantine Greek, v. πρό 2. 

t Can. Apost. 37. Const. Apost. 5, 14,1. 5, 17, 2. 

ὁ Pottux, 9, 40 ᾿Ακρόπολις, ἣν καὶ ἄκραν ἂν εἴποις καὶ πόλιν, Kal τοὺς 
ἐν αὐτῇ θεοὺς ἀκραίους καὶ πολιεῖς. ECKHEL, 2, p. 804 Θεοὶ ἀκραῖοι, on 
Mytilenian coins. 


76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Ζεὺς ἀκραῖος is found on Smyrnean coins* and in a Smyrnean 
inscription.f And according to Dicearchus there was a temple of 
Ζεὺς axpaios on the highest peak of Mount Pelion,{ that is, on what 
is now called Pliasidhi§ (τὸ Πλιασίδι), or the mountain of Portaria 
(τὸ βουνὸ τῆς Πορταριᾶς). Now, as this inscription was found in the 
vicinity of this peak, it is natural to suppose that its Ζεὺς ἀκραῖος is 
identical with the Ζεὺς ἀκραῖος of Diczarchus. 

The other inscription, according to the same gentleman, was dis- 
covered last spring at Zerbhdkhia (ἡ Ζερβόχια), in the township of 
Nekhori (τὸ Νεχώρι). It was dug up by an ignorant person who was 
losing his time in searching for ancient hidden treasures. Near the 
spot where it was found there was a tomb containing human bones. 
The marble is now to be seen at Bizitsa (Βιζίτζα), a small village not 
far from Miliés. 


Inscription of Zerbhokhia. || 


Ἔν ταύτῃ τῇ θήκῃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν οὐδέ ν᾿ ἄλ- 

λον, οὔτε ἄνδρα οὔτε γυνέκα (sic) ταφῆΪ] ναι. 
᾿Ἐὰν δέ τις ἀπονοηθεὶς τολμήσει  ἀνοῖ- 

Ee (sic), ἕξι (sic) κεχολωμένον βασιλέα [θεὸν 
μέγιστον παντοκράτορα κτίστ[ην 

ὅλων καὶ θεοὺς πάντας καὶ θε[ ἃς καὶ 

ἥρωας καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν δέσποιν αν 

βασιλίδα, διὰ τὸ ἅπαξ ἀπηγορεῖ ὕσθαι 


Ὁ - 4 , -“ 
ἕτε)ρον σῶμα μετὰ τούτων τεθῆΪ ναι. 


Translation. 


No other corpse, whether of a man or of a woman, is permitted to 
be deposited in this vault. And if any one shall recklessly dare to open 
it, he will anger the most great [god] the king, the almighty maker of 


* ECKHEL, 2, p. 508. 

+ Insor. 3146. 

t Dicmarcu. Descript. Gree. 2, 8 Ἔπ᾽ ἄκρας δὲ τοῦ ὄρους κορυφῆς σπή- 
λαιόν ἐστι τὸ καλούμενον Χειρώνιον, καὶ Διὸς ἀκραίου ἱερόν. 

§ Πλιασίδι, vod, τὸ, is the modern double diminutive of Πήλιον, but without 
its diminutive sense. It is formed as follows: Πήλιον, Πηλιάσιον (analogous to 
κοράσιον), Πηλιασίδιον, (analogous to κορασίδιον), Πλιασίδιον, and by omitting 
the ending -ov, Πλιασίδι, pronounced in three syllables ; thus, Πλια-σί-δι. 

Ι Ἢ ἐπιγραφὴ αὕτη εὑρέθη κατὰ τὴν Ζερβόχιαν. ARGHIRIS PHILIPIDHIS. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. τί 


all things; and [he will anger] all the gods and goddesses and demi- 


gods, and the lady queen herself. For the depositing of any other 
corpse [together] with these is forbidden once for all. 


Here it is impossible not to see that the maker of all things is the 
Hebrew god, and that he is classed with the gods of the heathens. 
Now in order to understand this apparently incongruous medley of 
Judaism and Heathenism, it is to be borne in mind that even before 
the commencement of the Christian era many of the Gentiles of 
Western Asia, especially the women, adopted the religion of Moses.* 
Sober-minded and austere people, it would seem, preferred Jewish 
morality to heathen licentiousness. Circumcision was not required of 
the converts at first. The stricter of the Jews, however, regarded it 
as one of the essentials of religion.t Proselytes to Judaism were 
called by the Greek Jews οἱ Ἰουδαΐζοντες, Judaizers, οἱ σεβόμενοι τὸν 
θεόν, or simply of σεβόμενοι, the worshippers of god, that is, of the god 
of the Jews.{ Among these converts, it is natural to suppose, there 
were some who, although willing to venerate and even to give the 
precedence to the god of the hated and despised nation, were by no 
means ready to admit that he was the only god in existence. They 
could not see why the addition of a barbarian god to the received list 
rendered it necessary for them to discard the gods of their forefathers. 
And such seems to have been the author of the Magnesian inscription 
before us. People of this liberal tendency are not wholly unknown 
in the East even now. Thirty years ago there was a Mussulman in 
Cairo who believed that Christ was as good as Mohammed. His 
Greek friends, who could not conceive of religious sincerity unac- 
companied by intolerance, applied to him the epithet θεομπαίχτης (from 
΄ θεός, ἐμπαίζω), the mocker of God. It is hardly necessary to mention 


* Josepn. Ant. 20, 2, 1 Τῶν ᾿Αδιαβηνῶν βασιλὶς “Ἑλένη καὶ 6 παῖς αὐτῆς 
Ἰζάτης εἰς τὰ Ιουδαίων ἔθη τὸν βίον μετέβαλλον. Ibid. 20, 2, 3 et seq. Bell. 
Jud. 2, 20, 2 ᾿Εδεδοίκεσαν δὲ [οἱ Δαμασκηνοὶ] τὰς ἑαυτῶν γυναῖκας ἁπάσας 
πλὴν ὀλίγων ὑπηγμένας τῇ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῇ θρησκείᾳ. 7,3, 8 ᾿Αεί τε προσαγόμενοι 
ταῖς θρησκείαις πολὺ πλῆθος “Ἑλλήνων, καὶ ἐκείνους τρόπῳ τινὶ μοῖραν αὐτῶν 
πεποίηντο. 

+ NT. Act. 15, 1. 16, 1 seq. ΦΌΒΕΡΗ. Ant. 20, 2, 4, Izates is circumcised. 
Tacit. Histor. 5, 5. 

t NT. Act. 13, 43. 50. 17, 4.17. 18,7. Josep. Ant. 14, 7, 2 Udvrov 
τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ σεβομένων τὸν θεόν. Bell. Jud. 2, 18, 2 


- > 
Τοὺς lovdaifovras εἶχον ev ὑποψίᾳ. 


78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


here the case of the Emperor Alexander Severus, who seriously 
thought of erecting a temple to the new god Christus.* 

With respect to the god of the Jews, the Greeks called him Jao 
(Ἰαῶ, rarely "Ido, a word representing approximately the pronunciation 
of 7m) in the first century before Christ), and regarded him as one 
of the many gods of the universe. There is no evidence that they 
identified him with any of their known gods. Thus, Diodorus of 
Sicily, in speaking of the Jews, says that Moses, their lawgiver, re- 
ceived his laws from the god Jao,t so called. It would seem further 
that heathen magicians made use of Ἰαῶ in their incantations, together 
with other appropriate divinities. { Strabo’s knowledge on the subject 
of the Hebrew god was very imperfect. He asserts that Moses taught 
the Jews that god was identical with nature; that is, he makes the 
greatest of the Jewish prophets a teacher of pantheism. ὃ 

Josephus, however, in his fabulous account of the miraculous trans- 
lation of the Hebrew books into Greek, represents a learned Alex- 
andrian as saying to Ptolemy Philadelphus that the god of the Jews 
was identical with the Hellenic Zeus. And in an oracle forged by 
some Judaizing Greek, Jao, the most high god, appears as Avdes or 
Hades in the winter, as Zeus in the spring, as Helios (Sun) in the 
summer, and as Jacchus in the autumn.|| This is another species of 
pantheism. 

But who is the Lady Queen of the inscription? Were we to adopt 
the practice of the most popular interpreters of the Bible, namely, to 
transfer the floating notions of the present day to the past, we should 
at once affirm that she can be no other than the Virgin Mary. This, 


* Lampripius, Alex. Sever. 29 In larario suo (in quo . . . Christum, Abra- 
ham, et Orpheum et hujusmodi deos habebat). Ibid. 43 Christo templum facere 
voluit eumque inter deos accipere. 


+ Drop. 1, 94. 
¢ Inscr. 5858, ὃ, Aaipoves καὶ πνεύματα... . ἐξορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸ ἅγιον ὄνομα 
. lad... ὃ τῶν ὅλων βασιλεὺς ἐξεγέρθητι [καὶ] 6 τῶν φθιμένων βασιλεὺς 


... μετὰ τῶν καταχθονίων θεῶν. See also 1ΕῈΝ.1, 4,1. 

§ Srrap. 16, 2,35 Et γὰρ ἂν τοῦτο μόνον θεὸς τὸ περιέχον ἡμᾶς κ.τ.λ. 

| Macrogius, 1, 18 Φράζεο τῶν πάντων ὕπατον θεὸν ἔμμεν ᾿Ιάω, Χείματος 
μέν τ᾽ ᾿Αἴδην, Δία δ᾽ εἴαρος ἀρχομένοιο, ᾽᾿Ηέλιον δὲ θέρευς, μετοπώρου δ᾽ ἁβρὸν 
"Ido. , The last word is obviously a mistake. The true reading seems to be 
Ἴακχον, the god of autumn when wine begins to be abundant. Lobeck’s emenda- 
tion Αδωνιν is not tenable. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 79 


however, would bring the date of the inscription down to the sixth 
century; for the epithet δέσποινα did not begin to be applied to the 
Deipara long before the Justinian age. And it may be said that, as 
Justinian was the professed exterminator of the ancient religion of 
Greece and Rome, it would not have been safe for any one of his 
subjects to profane the name of the god of the emperor, by putting 
it in juxtaposition with the gods of the heathens. It must be added 
here, that this epithet began to be given to the empress as a title about 
the same period. But it is not easy to believe that the Lady Queen 
of the inscription refers to the emperor’s wife. She must have been 
a goddess. 

It may be supposed also that she is the same as 518, the great 
goddess of Egypt. Her worship indeed was quite fashionable in 
Greece during the Roman period, and her name appears in connec- 
tion with Sarapis, Anubis, and Harpocrates, in several of the Delian 
inscriptions ;* but I am not aware that the Greeks ever designated 
her by the appellation the Lady Queen. 

Pausanias informs us that the Lady (ἡ Δέσποινα) was the daughter 
of Poseidon and Demeter. This distinctive epithet was analogous to 
the Maid (ἡ Κόρη), the popular name of Persephone or Persephoneia, 
the daughter of Zeus and Demeter. Pausanias is prevented by his 
religious scruples from disclosing her real name to the uninitiated. 
He only states that Δέσποινα bears the same relation to this mystical 
divinity, that Κόρη does to Περσεφόνη. This Lady was the favorite 
goddess of the Arcadians.— And if we assume that she is identical 
with the Lady Queen of the inscription, it is natural to infer that her 
worship was not confined to Arcadia. 

On the walls of the church of Saint Nicholas (ὁ ἽΔγιος Νικόλαος), 
near what is called, by courtesy, the Mort of Volo (τὸ Κάστρον τοῦ 
Bodov), I found the following sepulchral inscriptions. The slabs had 


* INscR. 2293. 2295. 2302. 

+ Paus. 8, 37,9 (6) Ταύτην δὲ μάλιστα θεῶν σέβουσιν οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τὴν Δέ- 
σποιναν, θυγατέρα δὲ αὐτὴν ἸΠοσειδῶνός φασιν εἶναι καὶ Δήμητρος. Ἐπίκλησις 
εἰς τοὺς πολλούς ἐστιν αὐτῇ Δέσποινα, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν ἐκ Διὸς Κόρην 
ἐπονομάζουσιν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ ἐστιν ὄνομα Περσεφόνῃ, καθὰ “Ὅμηρος καὶ ἔτι πρότερον 
Πάμφως ἐποίησαν. Τῆς δὲ Δεσποίνης τὸ ὄνομα ἔδεισα εἰς τοὺς ἀτελέστους 
γράφειν. For this unwillingness to reveal the true name, compare Her. 2, 170 
Εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ai ταφαὶ τοῦ οὐκ ὅσιον ποιεῦμαι ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ πρήγματι ἐξαγορεύειν 


Ψ, > fue 
τοὔνομα ἐν Sai. 


80 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


been brought from the ruins of Pagasz, in the vicinity of said fort. 
With one exception they contain nothing but proper names and adjec- 
tives derived from proper names. I copied them in conformity with 
the philological canon that no ancient writing should be suffered to 


perish. 


Pagasetie Inscriptions. 


ON THE NORTH WALL. 


1. 2. 
᾿Απολλωνία Σῶσος 
᾿Αρχιμένους Σώσιος 
γυνή. Νάξιος. 

ON THE WEST WALL. 
᾿Αλεξάνδρου 
Ἡρακλεῶτις. 


ON THE SOUTH WALL. 


ie 
Διογένης 
Ἡρακλείδου 


Μακεδών. 


Ἦ pa ποθεινὸς πᾶσιν ἔβης δόμον "Αΐδος οὔπω 
Εἴκοσ᾽ ἐτῶν, μῆνας δ᾽ ἕξ ἔτι λειπόμενος, 

Διόγενες: γένος ΔῈ ΛΥΓῚ. ΝΣΤΥΓῚ. ΝΤΕΙ. NEYSI 
Κάλλιπες ἀΐδιον THPAIT . .. ΜῈΝ 

"ANN [ο]Ἱὐκ ἔστι τύχην προφυγεῖν καὶ δαίμονα NHT 
Οὐδὲ παρώσασθαι ΜΟΙΣΙΜ..Ν..1 τὸ χρε[ών. 


2. 3. 
Αἰσχίνου. Κλεοπάτρα 
Στησιμένους 
Πελλαία. 


ON THE THRESHOLD OF THE SOUTH DOOR. 


Μύλλις 


Θεοκρίτου 


γυνή. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 81 


Professor Jeffries Wyman, exhibiting a stereoscopic view of 
the skeleton of a double human foetus, discussed the question 
of the mode of origin of such monstrosities, and insisted that 
they never arose from actual coalescence of two individuals, 
but from the more or less extensive longitudinal division, or 
rather bifurcation, of the primitive stripe of the ovum, with 
which the development of the embryo begins. He was thus 
led to consider the question, of individuality, and to maintain 
the ground that, since the two bodies or parts of bodies were 
not formed by the coalescence of two originally distinct primi- 
tive stripes, therefore they were to be regarded as one individ- 
ual, even in a case so extreme as that of the Siamese twins. 

This view was criticised by Professors Parsons, Bowen, and 
Gray, the latter assenting to this view of the origination of 
such double individuals, as agreeing with the chorisis or 
similar doubling of organs in the vegetable kingdom; but 
insisting that to call the Siamese twins one individual was a 
practical reductio ad absurdum of that idea of individuality, 
and that individuality should be considered as of complete 
or incomplete realization; e. g. that a bicephalous monster 
was the result of an incomplete development, the Siamese 
twins, of an essentially effectual development of two individ- 
uals out of the foundation of one, or in the normal place 
of one. 

Dr. C. Pickering submitted a statement relative to the geo- 
graphical distribution of species, viz. : — 

That his experience as a naturalist had led him to the conclusion, 
that the main limiting cause in the diffusion of species is to be found 
in the envelope of the ovum; in other words, the shell of the ovum 
governs the diffusion of species. 

When the shell of the ovum breaks before exclusion, as in animals 
called viviparous, the species cannot be diffused by means of ova. 

Other organic beings capable of locomotion are diffused both by 
ova and the wandering progeny; but plants are diffused exclusively 


by ova. 
Change the order of Nature; let the ova of insects be all borne 
VOL. V. 11 


82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


about by the winds and waves, and insects would disappear from 
the planet : 

Or fasten the seeds of plants, hide them away in the select situa- 
tions in which insects deposit their ova; and plants in their turn 
would in the end become extinct. 

At some future day, when the envelope of ova shall have received 
more attention from naturalists, the ovum alone may probably be 
found to point out, with very considerable accuracy, the geographical 
distribution.” 


Professor Gray made some critical remarks, suggesting that 


The problem of determining the geographical distribution of a spe- 
cies from the condition of its ovum or seed might be expected to tran- 
scend human powers in any supposable state of our knowledge of the 
latter, even if the principle announced were theoretically admissible to 
the full extent. Aptitude for dissemination was one element, but only 
one out of several. That it was by no means always the determining 
element, at least.in the vegetable kingdom, might be inferred from the 
fact, that, while as a whole the seeds of the vast order Composite 
were endowed with unusual facilities for dispersion, the species on the 
whole were not at all remarkable for wideness of range, but rather the 
contrary ; and, what seemed more paradoxical, Dr. Hooker had shown 
that (at least in some parts of the southern hemisphere) those Compos- 
ite provided with a downy pappus, like that of Senecio, were in gen- 
eral more restricted in their actual geographical range than those des- 
titute of a pappus. The vast genus Senecio has a downy pappus in 
all its species ; but although the genus is cosmopolite, the species ap- 
pear to be more than usually restricted, each to one district. 


Professor Bowen made some observations upon Jnstinct. He 
remarked that there are three distinct questions concerning 
this faculty, which need to be carefully distinguished from 
each other. 


1. What are the characteristics of Instinct ? 

2. What is the relation of Instinct to Intellect properly so called, — 
that is, to human Intellect, — and is the difference in kind or only in de- 
gree ? 

3. Whether Instinct and Intellect are ever conjoined, or found to 
exist together in the same being, either in the brute or in man. 


eer ἐτυο χιρεαν 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 83 


The answer to these last two questions has been confused, or ren- 
dered difficult, chiefly because the answer to the first has been left 
vague and indeterminate. So long as the word Instinct is vaguely used 
to designate al/ the mental endowments of the brute, be they what they 
may,—and so long as the word Intellect is used with equal vagueness 
to designate all the mental endowments of man, be they what they may, — 
so long it will be impossible to draw a sharp line of distinction between 
the two, or to say that the two are never conjoined in the same being. 

What, then, are the mental endowments which belong in common to 
man and the brute, but which are not entitled to be called either In- 
stinct in the one case, or Intellect in the other? The following are at 
least some of them, perhaps all. 

Appetites ; propensities, including blind or involuntary imitation ; 
affections ; memory, and simple imagination, or the power of calling up 
mental pictures of individual material objects, both being manifested in 
the dreams of dogs; simple association, — as when a gesture or a rod 
suggests to an animal the pain of a previous whipping ; and judgment 
in its simplest form or lowest function, resulting from the direct com- 
parison of one material thing, observed at the moment, with another, — 
as when dogs and cats judge correctly the height or distance which 
they can safely leap, or the size of the orifice that will admit the pas- 
sage of their bodies. 

Neither Intellect nor Instinct is necessary for the action of the appe- 
tites, impulses, or affections; though one or the other is needed to 
obtain the means of gratifying them, and to control them, or to keep 
down their action when their demands are inordinate or obstructive to 
the attainment of some higher end. ‘Though these impulses are deter- 
minate, or point to certain objects to the exclusion of others, such de- 
termination is not the result of comparison and deliberate choice, such 
as is exercised by the Intellect; but it is the necessary result of the 
constitution of the being in whom certain propensities are implanted to 
the exclusion of others. Neither Instinct nor Intellect causes the de- 
termination to one kind of food rather than another, or the preference 
of one class of sounds to another; we can only say, that the palate and 
the auditory nerve are so constituted as to give pleasure in the one 
case, and pain or disgust in the other. Such preferences and dislikes 
are no more indications of thought and purpose on the part of the ani- 
mals which feel them, than is the persistent pointing of the magnetic 
needle to the poles, when compared with the indifference of unmagnet- 


84. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ized needles as to their position. Mere affection attaches the human 
mother to her child, or the bird to her own offspring, rather than to 
the young of other animals; and, the attachment existing, reflection or 
Instinct teaches it how to feed and protect them. In like manner, 
sympathetic or unconscious imitation, which has been classed with the 
propensities, is also common to man and the brute, and is equally irra- 
tional or independent of thought in both. Thus, to borrow an exam- 
ple from Adam Smith, when a rope-dancer is performing a perilous 
feat, the spectators writhe and twist their bodies, accommodating their 
motions to what they suppose to be necessary for the acrobat’s safety. 
And the amount of this sympathetic action is proportioned to the 
absence of thought, or to the degree in which they give themselves up ~ 
to the impulse of the moment. If they are cool enough to reflect on 
the nature of the case and the proprieties of the occasion, they sit still. 
So the monkey, the parrot, and the mocking-bird spontaneously and 
blindly repeat movements and sounds, the purpose and meaning of 
which they are certainly ignorant of. The parrot can easily be taught 
to articulate, but not to talk, — that is, to utter words at the right mo- 
ment through a perception of their meaning. Man can imitate ration- 
ally, or with a distinct cognition at the moment of the purpose to be 
obtained by the repeated act ; but the monkey cannot. 

If those mental endowments which have now been shown to be pos- 
sessed in common by the human, and at least a part of the brute crea- 
tion, be examined, in order to discover, if possible, some criterion or 
general characteristic whereby they are distinguished both from In- 
stinct and Intgllect, it will appear that the former, so far as they are 
exercised by the lower animals, relate only to particular cases and in- 
dividual objects, while Intellect necessarily involves some power of 
generalization, and of drawing inferences from general principles. To 
adopt a distinction familiar to psychologists, the former are concerned 
only with Jntuitions, while the latter requires the exercise of Thought. 
Animals can judge only of the object that is actually before them. 
This or that one thing they can perceive, remember, like or dislike, as- 
sociate with some other one thing, and judge whether it will satisfy a 
present want. But they cannot form classes of things; they cannot 
generalize their experience, and thus form premises from which gen- 
eral conclusions can be drawn. This would be to exercise Reason 
properly so called; and Reason is a function of Thought. Consequently, 
animals cannot consciously combine means for the attainment of a 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. _ 85 


future object, and therefore their modes of operation are never altered 
or improved. They cannot even anticipate the future, or foresee 
future wants; for this can be done only through a generalization of 
past experience. 

This theory explains at once the most striking deficiency of the 
lower animals, — their incapacity of using language. As they have 
only Intuitions, the only words which they can apply or understand 
are Proper Names, — the appellations of this or that particular thing. 
These they can understand. A dog can easily be taught to recognize 
the name of his master, even when pronounced by another person. 
They can even be taught to recognize the names of particular places 
and buildings, so that they will understand and obey when they are 
told to go to the barn, the river, the field, or the house.* But it is 
always the particular barn, or other object, with which they have been 
taught to associate this sound or significant gesture as its Proper Name. 
Carry the animal to a distant place, near which may be a set of cor- 
responding objects, and then tell him to go to the barn or the river, 
and he will not understand the order as applying to the new set of 
objects, but will set off immediately for the old building or place with 
whose Proper Name alone he is familiar. In like manner, they can 
be taught by a particular word, or gesture, to repeat a certain move- 
ment, or perform a particular act, as when ordered to bark, to lie down, 
to watch, or to go out; by frequent repetition, the sound of this par- 
ticular word has become to them the Proper Name of this particular 
act, the union of the two being a simple association, like that which 
connects a rod with the idea of a whipping. But of course, with Proper 
Names only, we could not frame a sentence or express any connected 
meaning. Words, properly so called, are general names, expressive of 
Thoughts, or whole classes of things; and brutes have no Thoughts to 
express, this being the peculiar attribute of Reason. 

Now, ds Intuitions alone will not enable animals either to foresee 
τ future emergencies, or to combine means so as to provide for them, 
there must be some provision to remedy this deficiency, or the different 


* Jn Mr. Lockhart’s amusing account of Sir Walter Scott’s first favorite dog, 
Camp, he says: “ As the servant was laying the cloth for dinner, he would address 
the dog lying on his mat by the fire, and say, ‘Camp, my good fellow, the Sheriff’s 
coming home by the ford, — or by the hill,’ and the sick animal would immediately 
bestir himself to welcome his master, going out at the back door or the front door, 
according to the direction given, and advancing as far as he was able.” 


86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


races would speedily became extinct. Habitations must be construct- 
ed; food must be procured by complex contrivances of nets and strata- 
gems ; supplies must be stored up against an approaching winter ; 
elaborate provision must be made for the birth and nurture of offspring. 
Man is endowed with Intellect, which fully answers all these exigen- 
cies. The uniformity of nature’s laws makes the observation of the 
past a mirror which images the future ; and the same generalization of 
experience through the power of Thought enables him to combine the 
necessary means of satisfying the wants thus foreseen. The gift of 
language, which, as has been shown, is a consequence of the endow- 
ment of Thought, multiplies indefinitely the instructive power of indi- 
vidual experience, by making it virtually coextensive with the multi- 
plied and various experience of the whole race. Instruction is the 
communication of other people’s experience and the results of their 
ingenuity, and Intellect is entirely dependent upon instruction and per- 
sonal observation. Without their aid, or without the uniformity of 
nature’s laws, which lends them all their efficiency, it would be power- 
less as a means of providing for the future. 

Instinct is an impulse, conceived without instruction and prior to all 
experience, to perform certain acts, which, in themselves considered, are 
not immediately agreeable to the agent, but are generally laborious and 
even painful, and which are useful only as means for some future end, 
this end being commonly one of pre-eminent importance or necessity, 
either for the preservation of the animal’s own life or the continuance 
of its species. Instinct appears in the accomplishment of a complex 
act, (the building of a nest, net, or cell, or the capture of prey 
by a stratagem,) which man certainly could not perform without 
Thought, or Intellect properly so called; that is, without experience or 
instruction, the observation of effects, the induction of a rule or law 
from them, and the consequent choice and adaptation of means to ends. 
It has been said that man is not more intelligent, but otherwise intelli- 
gent, than the lower animals. This is hardly correct, for animals, prop- 
erly speaking, are not intelligent at all. As has been shown, they are 
incapable of Thought. Instinct appears in them as a substitute for 
Intellect, not as a lower degree of it. Both the human and the brute 
creation have Intuitions ; but these Intuitions being wholly insufficient 
to answer all the exigencies of either, they are supplemented, in the 
one case, by Thought acting through experience, and in the other, by 
Instinct, which is altogether independent of experience. Within its 


q 
a 


Re ee τα ee ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 87 


narrow sphere, Instinct is certainly superior to Intellect ; for it is infal- 
lible, and the perfection of its work man cannot imitate. Man does his 
work ill, better, well; the animal always does his perfectly. But In- 
stinct is blind, unchangeable, and narrow, or limited to a very few 
ends; so that the same animal, while working within its appointed 
sphere, often appears as a miracle of wisdom; but when forced to 
attempt anything outside of that sphere, it reappears in its true char- 
acter asa mere brute. Intellect, on the other hand, is fallible, con- 
scious of itself, discursive or even infinitely varied in its applications, 
and perfectible by small degrees. The unchangeableness of Instinct 
appears in this fact, that the nest of the bird, the cell of the bee, and 
the web of the spider are reproduced after the same form as rigorously 
as the flower and fruit of a plant. 

If the view now taken is correct, the answer to our third question is 
obvious. It is impossible that Instinct and Intellect should ever be 
conjoined, or found to exist together in the same being, whether in 
the brute or in man. We cannot even imagine Reason acting without 
self-consciousness, or looking into the future without the guidance of 
experience or instruction, or making accurate and sufficient provision 
for future wants without foresight of those wants, and without conscious 
adaptation of its means to its ends. It is needless to bring together in- 
stances of curious, complex, and far-reaching instincts, such as those of 
the bee, the spider, and the migratory bird, wherewith to excite man’s 
wonder. Every instance of Instinct, even the simplest, is marvellous to 
him, for it is incomprehensible. Man must learn to perform even the 
simplest acts by slow degrees, after many efforts, many mistakes and 
failures, and generally with much guidance. He must learn to walk. 
He must learn to select his food. He must even learn to see, for 
nothing is more certain than his inability, by the first use of his eyes, 
to determine either the distance, position, or magnitude of any object 
whatever. On the other hand, the newly dropped lamb or colt 
walks with ease, avoids any obstacles that may be in its way, and 
goes directly to the dugs of its dam, whence alone it can obtain its 
proper food. Whose hand guides it at once to this source of nourish- 
ment, when imitation would certainly lead it to crop the herbage, like 
its parents? 

Another fact is worthy of notice as establishing a fundamental dif- 
ference between these two faculties. Insects, and the Articulata gen- 
erally, which have no brain properly so called, show more complex and 


88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


surprising instincts than the Vertebrata; whence we infer that Instinct 
is independent of a brain, while Intellect certainly exists in very close 
relation with that organ. 

The only actions of man which seem to have any claim to be consid- 
ered as instinctive, are those prompted by the feeling of modesty or 
shame. This feeling itself is not an instinct, any more than the emotions 
of pride, emulation,’or anger. But the actions to which it points are not 
merely natural manifestations of strong emotion, but are peculiar and 
definite, as if devised by reason for the attainment of a specific purpose. 
All the lower animals gratify each of their appetites, as nature prompts, 
without stint, and without any apparent desire of cover or concealment. 
Man alone gratifies one of them only with every precaution of secrecy, 
and carefully provides a covering, not needed for the purposes of protec- 
tion or warmth, for certain portions of the body. No tribe of savages 
has ever been discovered so rude and debased as to manifest complete 
indifference respecting such precautions and coverings. The adult 
females are always provided with some clothing, however slight, the 
arrangement of which indicates the purpose for which it is worn; and 
if, in a very few instances, adult males are found unprovided with sim- 
ilar coverings, there is reason to believe that extreme poverty rather 
than indifference is the cause of the neglect. The fact, that children 
under the age of puberty are often suffered to go entirely nude, also 
indicates the purpose of the covering. However slight the garment 
may be, — a mere girdle with the natives of the South Pacific islands, 
or a narrow cloth around the loins, as with the savages of Central Af- 
rica, — travellers relate that it is guarded with much care and jealousy, 
and that the removal of it seems to cause as much pain and shame as 
would result from entire exposure among more civilized races. Reason 
and experience could not have indicated to savages the necessity or pro- 
priety of this slight covering ; as no reason can be assigned for it, apart 
from the sacred instinct by which it is peremptorily enjoined. If this be 
an instinct, it is one which, unlike all other instincts, does not conduce 
to the preservation, — that is, to the physical safety, — either of the 
individual or of the race. Man might live in this respect as the brutes 
do, and live as long and as well. Call it instinct, propensity, or what 
we may, the only conceivable purpose for which it was implanted in man 
is a moral purpose, as a safeguard for the right development of his ethical 
nature. Hence it is, that the entire loss of it, which sometimes results 
from extreme profligacy, is shown by experience to be equivalent to 


Φι ἃ Ὁ Ὁ “ὦ 


of”. 


ee ae ca, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 80 


utter moral degradation. This view of the subject, it may be added, 
derives some weight from the allusion to it in the history of our first 
parents, whether that history be regarded as revelation or tradition. 
Man has no instincts to keep guard over his physical well-being ; rea- 
son enlightened by experience, and stimulated by affection, is abun- 
dantly sufficient for this end: But a moral instinct, indispensable for 
the preservation of the purity of his life, and thus auxiliary to con- 
science, is his never-failing endowment. 

Remarks and criticisms upon Mr. Bowen’s views were of- 
fered by the President, Dr. Bowditch, Professors Wyman, Par- 
sons, Gray, and others;—to the general purport that the 
distinction in kind between instinct and intellect was gen- 
erally, if not universally, admitted ; the instinct of the human 
infant to the breast was insisted on; also that the young of 
animals learn to walk and use their limbs, to judge of dis- 
tances, &c.; and as to memory, imagination, or the power of 
reproducing the sensible past in mental pictures, desires 
and affections, such as were conceded to the higher brutes, 
these are desires or affections of the mind, and, if not instinc- 
tive, presuppose intelligence ; and, moreover, that to concede 
to animals the power of comparison and simple judgment is to 
concede to them intellect, — since all reasoning, according 
to the philosophical logicians, and even perception, may be 
analyzed into simple judgments,—thus bringing the ques- 
tion to one concerning the degree of manifestation of intellect, 
and as to what may be superadded to simple intellect in man. 
To the hypothesis which denies thought to the higher brute 
animals, was preferred the current hypothesis, that animals 
think, but that man alone thinks that he thinks. 


Four hundred and ninetieth meeting. 


January 8, 1861.— Monruiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from President 
Barnard of the University of Mississippi, Professor Whitney 

VOL. V. 12 


90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of Yale College, and Professor Hackett of Newton Theo- 
logical School, in acknowledgment of their election into the 
Academy. 

Dr. Charles Beck read a paper entitled : — 


Additions to Sophocles’s Glossary of Later and Byzantine 
Greek. 


Dr. Beck introduced the subject of the Edict of Diocletian, issued in 
301, De Pretiis Rerum Venalium. After speaking briefly of the object, 
the historical importance, and the discovery of six fragments (four 
Latin and two Greek) of this document, he adverted to the philological 
interest attaching more especially to the two Greek fragments, which 
furnish over eighty words not yet included in Prof. Sophocles’s excel- 
lent and scholarly work, Glossary of Later and Byzantine Greek, and 
fifteen which are used in the Edict in a form or meaning not given in 
the Glossary. The following is a list of these words, accompanied by 
a brief commentary. 


1. From the Fragment of Geronthrae in Laconia. 


1. ᾿Ακόντιον, 15, 17. The meaning of the word is made plain by the 
addition ἤτοι μάστιξ. The word, which commonly signifies javelin, evi- 
dently has here the meaning of stick or pole for urging the cattle. 

2. ᾿Ανηλωτός, 9, 6, not nailed, not provided with nails, a well-formed 
Greek word, from ἡλωτός, nailed, from the noun ἧλος, nail. 

3. ᾿Δορβιτός, 15, 23, not curved, a Latin-Greek word, from orbis with 
the alpha privativum. 

4. λσημος, 17, 26, without stamp or mark. In the classical language 
it is especially applied to gold and silver; here to linen cloth. It ap- 
pears, according to Mommsen, that the better kinds of flax were sub- 
ject to a duty and marked with a stamp (σῆμα) ; the inferior quality 
not being stamped. Suidas: ἄσημος, ignobilis. 

d. “Αστίλιον, 14, 4; the Latin hastile, the shaft or wooden part of a 
spear. That the shaft alone is meant, is apparent from the adjective 
κράνειον and the following item, 14, 5; ἁστίλιον is κοντόν. 

6. ᾿Αψιδωτός, 15, 24, joined. It is a correctly formed verbal adjec- 
tive from the verb ἁψιδόω. 

7. Βιρωτός, 15, 28. In Latin dirotus, two-wheeled. 

8. Βύσιος, 8, 6, belonging to an ox, from βοῦς. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 91 


9. βουρδών, 14, 10, either the same as mulus, indiscriminately the 
offspring of a male ass and mare, or of a male horse and female ass; or, 
according to Ebrardus Betuniensis (Du Cange, s. v. bardones), the off- 
spring of a male horse and female ass, while mus is the offspring of a 
male ass and mare. 

10. Γαβάθα, 15, 41; a vessel. 

11. AeApartixn, 17, 1. 6. 11. 16. 21. 26. 82, garment, both of men and 
women. ‘The more common form is δαλματική. 

12. Διλόφιος, 18, 46; from λόφος, neck; τύλη διλόφια, a bolster or pil- 
low for two necks, i. e. two persons. 

13. Δίπελμος, 9, 12; disolis, double-soled ; from πέλμα, sole. 

14. Airpoxos, 15, 31; birotus, two-wheeled, from τροχός. 

15. Δόρκιος, 8, 21; belonging to a deer, from δορκάς. 

16. Δορμιτώριον, 15, 26 (Swppirapuor,* 15, 27) ; the Latin dormitorium, 
but with a different meaning, — not a sleeping-room, but a carriage in 
which one can sleep. 

17. "Evrevéis, 7, 72; petition to bring a suit, the Latin postulatio. 

18. Καλικαρικός, 9, 1 ; or καλιγαρικός. It is apparently an adjective, 
but whether derived from καλίκιοι, the Latin calcez, or from καλλίγα or 
καλίγιον, the Latin caliga, I cannot say. 

19. Κανθός, 15, 28; tire of a wheel; cf. Schol. Il. 5, 724. 

20. Καράκαλλον, 17, 80. 95, cape. Why Mommsen, p. 67, assumes 
the form καρακάλλεις, and, p. 71, caracallis, 1 do not know. See Du 
Cange, s. v. caracalla. 

21. Κάριον, 15, 830; probably a vehicle. 

22. Κᾶρις, 15, 29; in classical Greek the designation of a small sea- 
crab, here of a vehicle, probably on account of some resemblance of the 
latter to the former. 

23. Kapovya, 15, 28, the Latin, or rather Keltic, carruca or earrucha, 
a vehicle. See Du Cange, 8. v. caruca. 

24, Κατῆνα, 15, 15; the Latin catena, chain. Sophocles writes 
κατήνα. 

25. Κλεῖμαξ, 14, 6; unless a clerical or mechanical error, it is an- 
other form for κλίμαξ, stairs. Suidas: κλείμαξ καὶ κλειμακισμός, πάλαισμα 
ποιόν (a certain grasp or trick in wrestling.) 

26. Κνησιόναιδος, 18, 8; undaubtedly from the root «vd, to seratch ; 
probably an instrument for scratching. Mommsen conjectures κνῆστρον 


αἰδοῦς. 


* Most probably a mistake of the stone-cutter. 


92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


27. Κνήστριον, 18. 9; probably the same as κνῆστρον. 

28. Κομβαῶνες, 9,11; the translation of the word campagi in the 
Latin text, from κόμβος, a ribbon ; here boots or shoes fastened by rib- 
bons. The Latin word campagus occurs also in another form gamba- 
gus, and this is derived from the Gallic word gamba (the French 
jambe) the joint uniting the leg and foot. See Du Cange, s. v. gamba, 
who mentions also a compound, subgamba, the part of the foot im- 
mediately below the gamba. 

29. Κόνειλα, 15, 41; of the same meaning as γαβάθα. It may bea 
misspelled word, derived from κῶνος, cone, like κωνίς, a cone-shaped 
vessel. 

30, Koora, 15,19. From the class of words among which this arti- 
cle is enumerated, it is probably a part of a vehicle, and from the addi- 
tion of the numeral β΄, it appears that it was made and sold by pairs. 
I consider it the Latin word costa, 77}, and the thing a piece of wood or 
prop, intended to give shape and support to the structure. 

31. Κουρσώριος, 9, 14; the translation, or rather adoption, of the 
Latin cursorius. Suidas: κοῦρσωρες " οἱ διατρέχοντες. κοῦρε yap τὸ τρέχε. 

82. Λεόπαρτος, 8, 39; unless a clerical or mechanical error, it may be 
another form for the common λεύπαρδος. 

33. Λύνγιος, 8, 359; probably for λύγκειος, from λύγξ, the Latin lupus 
cervarius, οἰ πιῶ. The writing λύνγιον, if not a mistake, is to be 
noticed. 

34. Λωράμεντον, 8,8; the Latin loramentum, leather-work, straps. 

35. Medi, 8, 29; whether it be another form οὗ. μελής, an animal 
found in Egypt, or of the Latin meles or maeles, a badger or marten, it 
is evidently the name of an-animal. 

36. Modioros, 15, 3; the Latin diminutive modzolus, which has vari- 
ous meanings, and among them that which it seems to have here, 
viz. hub. 

37: Μουλιωνικός, 9,5; the Latin mulionicus, belonging to a muleteer. 

38. ᾿᾽οβιφέρι, 8, 25; the Latin ovifer, even the Latin form of the 
genitive being retained, a wild sheep, πρόβατον ἄγριον. See Du Cange, 
S. Vv. ovifer. 

39. Πείλιος, 8,15; another form for πίλιος, hat; the Latin pileus, 
which is again derived from πῖλος, felt. 

40. Περιφορινωνοικός, 9, 20; the reading is extremely doubtful; Le 
Bas conjectures περιφορίνων ἢ καὶ, a very plausible conjecture. The 
word would be a compound of περὶ and gopivn, a thick, stout skin, and 


, ee 


—_————— 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 


signify a shoe made entirely, all round, of stout leather. From the 
same stock there is a verb φορινόω, to cover with stout leather. 

Al. Πίβρατος, 7,76; the Latin privatus, with a singular transposi- 
tion for πρίβατος, probably a clerical or mechanical error, as the word 
mpiBaros occurs in other writers. (See Sophocles’s Gloss.) Suidas: 
πρίβατον, ‘Papaia ἡ λέξις. 

42. Πουβλικάριον, 8, 43. This word is probably the result of a double 
mistake. The clerk who wrote the Latin original wrote pulvicare tor 
pulvinare or pulvinar; and the Greek translator translated it by 
πουβλικάριον, Which might be a later word transplanted from the Latin 
as well as πούβλικος and πουβλικίζω of the same stock. 

43. “Padis, 15, 5, a spoke, the Latin radius. 

44. Ῥαῖδα, 15, 26, the Latin, or rather Gallic, rheda. Sophocles 
writes paida. 

45. Ῥῆγλα, 15, 13, the Latin regula, Deichfelpfloct, what in the earlier 
Greek is called πάτταλος. Sophocles writes ῥήγλα. 

46. Sapayapov, 15, 23. 24. 28; the Latin sarracum, a vehicle. 

47. Σγάλη, 14, 6; the Latin scala. 

48. Σέγεστρον, ὃ, 42. 45; the Latin segestre or segestrium, a cover- 
ing of leather, what the earlier Greek calls déppis.* See Du Cange, 
s. v. segestrum, who mentions besides the Latin segestrum the Greek 
σέγαστρον. 

49. Σετιῶνες, 1ὅ, 7. Mommsen thinks it may possibly be the Latin 
septiones, meaning the interior space of a covered vehicle, the Latin 
capsus and the Greek rappiov. 

50. Σημοδία, 15, 41; the Latin semodius or semimodius. See 
Du Cange, 5. v. semodius, where he mentions the Greek form ἡμιμό- 
dior. τ 

51. Στήμων, 15,11; the Latin temo, pole of a vehicle, for the earlier 
Greek ῥυμός. In the earlier Greek στήμων signifies the warp in weav- 
ing, and the upright sticks in wicker-work. 

52. Tey, 17, 26; for τιμή. 

53. Τροχάδιον, 9, 12. 13. 14; from τρέχω. 

54. Φαπιάλιον, 17, 59. 74; the later Latin faciale, which Du Cange, 
s. v. facialis, defines: orarium, linteum tenue, quo facies extergitur. 
The later Greek has a word, προσόψιον. 


* Fest. p. 70: Δέῤῥεις Graeci appellant pelles nauticas, quas nos yocamus scge- 
stria. 


94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 
° 

55. Φαμελιαρικός, 17, 29.35.56. 18, 4. 13. 84. 43. 53; in one instance 
φαμιλιαρικός, 17, 77; the Latin familiaris, servant, slave. 

56. Φασκεία, 18, 40. 41. 42. 45; another form for φασκία, unless it 
be a clerical or mechanical error. 

57. Φασκία, 18, 38. 39. 44. 45; the Latin fascia, bandage. 

58. Φασκίνια, 18, 37; of the same origin as the preceding words ; it 
may signify the class of articles, as’ distinguished from the single arti- 
cles; or the superior kind of the article. 

59. Φάσκος, 14, 7.12; the Latin fascis. The later Latin fasctus or 
fascium (see Du Cange, s. v.) may have formed the transition to the 
Greek form φάσκος. 

60. Φενικουλα, 15, 21. It cannot be the Latin feniculum, fennel, as 
this would not suit the class of terms of which this chapter (of the wood- 
work of vehicles) treats. It seems to me more probable that the word 
is formed from fenwm, hay, designating a vehicle, or part of a vehicle, 
used for conveying hay. 

61. Φόρμη, 9,1; the Latin forma, last, for the Greek καλόπους, which 
is mentioned in the same place. 

62. Φοῦρκα, 15,9; the Latin fwrca, prop, supporting the vehicle 
while the cattle are put in. 


2. From the Fragments of Karystos in Euboea. 


1. ᾿Ακκουβιτᾶρις, 16, 6; evidently a Latin word, either a change of 
acceubitorius * or accubitalis. 

2. ᾿Ακκούβιτον, 16, 6; the Latin accubitum. 

3. ᾿Απάιος, or ἀπάιον, 16, 90; not yet explained. 

4, "Adpos, 16, 7; the Latin Afer, for the Greek AiBuxéds. 

5. BapBapixapios, 16, 48 ; one who weaves golden threads into cloth. 
See Du Cange, s. v. 

6. Βλάττη, 16, 87; the Latin dlatta, purple. 

7. Tepdia, 16,55; a female weaver, for the earlier Greek ὑφάντης. 

8. Δελματικομαφε, 16, 68; evidently a compound or derivative of δελ- 
ματική, but I do not know the precise meaning. 

9, Δελμάτιον, 16,56; perhaps a diminutive of δελματικήῆ. See Du 
Cange, s. v. dalmatiwm. 

10. Δευτερεῖος, 16, 49. 92. 95; the lengthened form for δευτέριος. 

11. Εἱμάτιον, 16, 55; the dimiutive of εἷμα, garment. 


* Petronius 30, 11, is quoted as an instance, but the best MSS. have cubitoria. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 95 


12. ᾿Ἐνλογεῖσθαι, 16,12; formed after the analogy of ἀπολογέομαι, but 
with what meaning I do not know. 

13. Ἱσγένη, 16, 94. 95. 96. 97. Mommsen suggests that it may be 
a corruption for ὕσγινον, a vegetable color, from ὕσγη; a shrub from which 
that color is obtained. 

14. Καβαλλαρικός, 16, 5; relating to a horse. 

15. Koxknpa, 16, 93; either another form for κόκκος, or it signifies the 
searlet color, obtained from the κόκκος. 

16. Λαδικηνός, 16, 9. 10. 11. 12. 47. 56. 74. 75. 77, for Λαοδικηνός, 
from Λαοδίκεια, the name of a city in Phrygia. 

“17. Μεταξαβλάττη, 16, 86. 98; a compound of pera€a* (which is not 
a Greek, but perhaps a Persian word, meaning si/k), and βλάττη, the 
Latin blatta, purple. 

18. Μουτουνήσιος, 16, 46. 56. 71. 72.73; or μοτονήσιος, 16, 473; ac- 
cording to Mommsen’s ingenious conjecture, the adjective of Movurivy or 
Morivy, the Latin Mutina, whose wool was highly valued. 

19. Νεικαηνός, 16, 93; for Nixanvos, the adjective of Νίκαια. 

20. Νερβικός, 16, 10.15.76; the Latin Nervicus, relating to the 
Nervii. 

21. *Oykia, 16, 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 99. 100. 101 ; the inscription has 
in most of these places ὁ alone, which Mommsen, by mistake, completes 
into dyxia instead of odyyia or ovyxia, the Latin uneia. 

22. ᾿Οξυτυρία, 16, 89; probably the same as the later Latin ozy- 
blatta (see Du Cange), purple of the greatest brightness. 

23. Παραγαῦδιν, 16, 12. 

24. Πεξαπρωτεία, 16, 101; evidently a compound of πέκτειν and πρω- 
τεία ; perhaps combing or shearing of the first quality. 

25. Πεξουτός, 16, 55; shorn ; perhaps a verbal adjective from a form 
πεξόω. 

26. Πλουμάριος, 10, 44; the Latin plumarius, embrotderer. 

27. Πλούμαρσις, 16, 8; from πλουμάριος ; it is formed like a verbal 
noun, as if there were a verb of the same stock; embroidery ; for the 
Greek ποικιλία. 

28. Πρωτεῖος, 16, 48. 52. 94; first. The noun τὸ πρωτεῖον, occurring 
in earlier writers, presupposes the existence of this adjective, although 
it does not occur in earlier writers. 


* See Du Cange, 5. Υ- metararii, with its two very different meanings, sericorum 
negotiatores and qui rebus venalibus imponunt metam pretii. 


96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


29. ειπήσιος, 16, 78 ; for Ριπήσιος, derived from the Latin ripa, and 
intended for a translation of the Latin ripensis, referring to Dacia 
ripensis. 

30. Σηρικάριος, 16, 52; the Latin sericarius, for the Greek σηρικο- 
πλόκος, silk-weaver. 

31. Σκειπάζω, 16,6; for σκεπάζω. 

32. Στίχη, 16, 45; tunie; perhaps from the Latin stica, of which 
there is also a form stigium. See Du Cange. 

33. Συψηρικόν, 16, 52. 100; the Latin subsericus, not entirely of silk. 

34. Τάπης, 16, 2. 4. 5. 6. 7; used in these places as a masculine in- 
stead of a feminine. 

30. Ταυρογαστρικός, 10, 78: from ταυρογάστωρ. Mommsen supposes 
the word to express the shape of the garment. 

36. Ὑποβλάττη, 16, 88; according to analogy somewhat scarlet, light 
scarlet. 

37. Φιβουλατόριον, 16, 73. 74; the Latin fibulatorius, from φίβουλα, 
the Latin fibula, buckle, a garment fastened by a buckle. 


Professor Goodwin read the following paper on the relations 
of the Greek Optative to the Subjunctive. 


From the time of the Alexandrian grammarians a special mood, 
called the Optative (ἔγκλισις εὐκτική), has been recognized in Greek as 
distinct from the Subjunctive (ἔγκλισις ὑποτακτική). The ancient classi- 
fication has been called in question in later times, and many gramma- 
rians of high authority have adopted or favored a union of the Subjunc- 
tive and Optative in one mood, to be called the Subjunctive or Con- 
juncetive, in which the Subjunctive (commonly so called) is to supply 
the primary tenses, and the forms commonly assigned to the Op- 
tative the secondary tenses. Thus the Present Optative would be 
called an Jmperfect Subjunctive ; ποιῶ and ποιοῖμι, for example, being 
supposed to bear the same relation to each other as faciam and facerem 
in Latin. 

This was first reduced to a systematic form by Kiihner, who, in- 
deed, discards the common names Subjunctive and Optative (except 
as explanatory terms), and adopts the cumbrous expressions “ Con- 
junctive of the primary tenses” and “ Conjunctive of the secondary 
tenses.” His views have become widely known in England through 
Jelf’s Grammar, based on the larger work of Kiihner, and still more 
in America through the Andover translation of Kiihner’s School Gram- 


— ee ee 


ee te eee ee δ ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 97 


mars. Rost, in his Griechische Grammatik, § 118, says: “The so-called 
Optative is nothing but a peculiar form of the Subjunctive, and stands 
to the Greek Subjunctive in the same relation as in other languages 
the Imperfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive to the Present and Perfect.” 
Donaldson in his New Cratylus (p. 617, 2d ed.) says: “It has long 
been felt by scholars on syntactical grounds, that, considered in their re- 
lations to each other and to the other moods, they [the Subjunctive and 
Optative ] must be regarded as differing in tense only.” Again (p. 618): 
“These moods have no right to a separate classification.” Crosby, in 
his Grammar, § 591, says of this classification, that “it deserves the 
attention of the student, although it is questionable whether it is best to 
discard the old phraseology.” 

As the classification of Kiihner has thus been introduced into no 
small proportion of the elementary grammars used in our schools, 
so that many boys are now taught to call the tenses commonly 
known as the Present and Perfect Optative by the strange names of 
Imperfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive, the question becomes not merely 
of theoretical, but eminently of practical importance. In fact, it meets 
every scholar, and more especially every teacher of Greek gram- 
mar, the moment he reaches the paradigm of the regular verb. If it 
were merely a question of convenience, therefore, it would be highly 
important to have it settled, for the sake of uniformity. 

The question, What shall constitute a distinct mood in any language ? 
must be settled to some extent arbitrarily. No precise rule will meet 
all cases; yet we may safely maintain, that when any series of verbal 
forms, in which the chief tenses are represented, exhibits a closer con- 
nection in form and use among its members than it bears as a whole 
to any corresponding series, it is entitled to the rank of an independent 
mood. That this is true of the Latin Subjunctive is clear; and it is 
equally clear that the Imperfect and Pluperfect of that mood have suf- 
ficiently strong bonds of connection with the Present and Perfect to 
prevent them from being marked off as a distinct mood. A merely 
superficial view of the relation of the Greek Subjunctive and Optative 
might lead us to the idea, that the two combined would form a mood 
similar to the Latin Subjunctive, thus simplifying the Greek conjuga- 
tion and introducing a new analogy with the Latin. But it is this fatal 
error of carrying the analogy between the Greek and Latin further 
than the connection of the two languages warrants, which has thrown 
this whole subject into confusion. When the Latin was looked upon 

VOL. V. 15 


98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


as an offspring of the Greek, as the result of a union of the Aeolic 
dialect of Greece with barbarian languages in Italy, the presumption 
was decidedly in favor of such an analogy, and it would even have re- 
quired strong proof to convince us of any radical difference in the modal 
systems of the two languages. But the more correct views now enter- 
tained of the origin of the Latin would rather lead us to believe that 
each language developed its syntax, and especially its modal system, 
independently. The modal system of the parent language of the Indo- 
European group is of course hopelessly unknown ; and yet the compar- 
ison of the Latin and Greek verb with the Sanskrit (as the oldest rep- 
resentative of the family) sometimes enables us to determine special 
points in regard to the primitive forms with an approach to certainty. 
Thus, to take the simplest case, when we find asti in Sanskrit meaning 
is, we may be sure that some similar form existed with that meaning in 
the parent language of the Sanskrit, the Greek, the Latin, the German, 
&e., from which ἐστί, est, ist, &c. were derived. So when we find a 
Potential mood in Sanskrit, which presents striking analogies both to 
the Greek Optative and to the Latin Subjunctive, and furthermore find 
the analogy extending even to the Gothic, we must conclude that the 
primitive language contained the elements which the Greek developed 
into its Optative, and the Latin into its Subjunctive. (See Bopp’s Ver- 
gleichende Grammatik, 11. pp. 257-259.) Again, the absence in later 
Sanskrit of any form corresponding to the Greek Subjunctive might 
give rise to the conjecture, that the Greek developed that mood by it- 
self; but in the Vedic dialect a few relics are found of a true Subjunc- 
tive, with a long connecting-vowel as its characteristic ; for example, 
patati, bearing the same relation to the Present Indicative patdti, as 
βούληται to βούλεται. ‘This seems to show that a similar mood existed 
in the parent language. If this testimony can be relied on, we must 
conclude, not only that the Latin and Greek derived the rudiments of 
their modal forms from a common ancestor, but that they inherited 
them from a period anterior to the separation of the Indian branch 
from the Indo-European family. We should therefore expect to find 
that the elements are generally the same in the two languages, but that 
the development is essentially different ; and that the refinements in sig- 
nification, for which the Greek modal forms are especially conspicuous, 
have been for the most part developed by each language within itself. 
Let us now examine the forms themselves, to see how far a parallel 
can be drawn between the Greek and Latin moods. In clauses ex- 


ΡΥ as 


τ jaca ὦ ἃ Na iat Eee te BNR ae 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 99 


pressing a purpose or object after iva, &c. we find the Subjunctive and 
Optative used like primary and secondary tenses of the same mood: 
thus, where in Latin we have manet ut hoc faciat, and manebat ut hoc 
Saceret, we have μένει wa τοῦτο ποιῇ , and ἔμενεν ἵνα τοῦτο ποιοίη. But 
even in this case of strongest resemblance there is no place for the 
Future Optative, which corresponds to the Future Indicative. Again, 
in clauses expressing general suppositions after ἐάν or εἰ, or after rela- 
tives or temporal particles, depending on verbs which denote general 
truths or repeated actions, a correlation of the Subjunctive and Opta- 
tive is found, analogous to that of the two divisions of the Latin Sub- 
junctive; for example, in ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιῇ θαυμάζουσιν, st hoe faciat 
mirantur, and εἰ τοῦτο ποιοίη ἐθαύμαζον, st hoe faceret mirabantur. 
Here, however, the analogy ceases, if we except certain cases of indirect 
question hereafter to be noticed, and a Homeric construction in relative 
sentences expressing a purpose, which almost disappears from the more 
cultivated language. 

Let us turn now to the Optative in wishes ; for here, if anywhere, 
we may look for the primary meaning of this mood. From this use 
it derives its name; and especially this is its only regular use in inde- 
pendent sentences, except in Apodosis with ἄν. Here some have been 
so far misled by the supposed analogy of the Latin, as to translate the 
Present Optative by the Latin Imperfect Subjunctive (see, 6. g., Damm’s 
Lexicon Homer. et Pind., 8. v. 78d); but a slight examination will 
show that the Present and Aorist Optative are here so far from being 
secondary tenses of the Subjunctive, that they are equivalent to the 
Present Subjunctive in Latin, and refer to the future, while the Greek 
Subjunctive cannot even regularly stand in such expressions. Thus 
εἴθε εἴην is utinam sim, O that I may be; εἴθε γένοιτο, utinam fiat, O that 
it may happen; whereas utinam esset and utinam factum esset cor- 
respond to εἴθε ἦν and εἴθε ἐγένετο. 

Τὴ ordinary Protasis and Apodosis the same relation is seen. ‘The 
four Greek forms, ἐὰν ποιῇ; ἐὰν ποιήσῃ; εἰ ποιοίη; and εἰ ποιήσειε, 
have only one Latin equivalent, si faciat ; the four shades of mean- 
ing for which the Greek required four forms being thought worthy 
by the Latin of but one. Here therefore the absurdity of classifying 
the last two as secondary forms of the first two, in conformity to a 
Latin analogy, is especially clear. What the Latin analogy would lead 
us to expect as secondary forms, the equivalents of 8ὲ faceret and si fe- 
cisset, can be expressed in Greek only by the Indicative. In Apodosis 


100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the Optative with ἄν is equivalent to the primary tenses of the Latin 
Subjunctive, and not to the secondary tenses: thus, ποιήσαιμι ἄν is equiv- 
alent to faciam (not to fecissem, which would be ἐποίησα ἄν). Here 
likewise the Subjunctive cannot be used in Attic Greek. This analogy 
between the Optative and the primary tenses of the Latin Subjunctive 
might lead us even to the view that the latter ought rather to be called 
an Optative, for which view there are certainly much stronger reasons 
than for the opposite one which we are considering. The analogy of 
the Sanskrit also seems to show that the Present Subjunctive of the 
Latin and the Optative of the Greek are descended from the same 
original forms. 

In indirect quotations and questions the Optative is used after past 
tenses, each tense of the Indicative or Subjunctive in the direct discourse 
being then changed to the corresponding tense of the Optative. Thus, 
εἶπεν ὅτι ἃ δύναιτο ποιήσοι, he said that he would do what he could, implies 
that the direct discourse was, ἃ ἂν δύνωμαι ποιήσω. Here the Optative may 
be the correlative of the Subjunctive ; but it is quite as often the correla- 
tive of the Indicative, as the Subjunctive can stand after primary tenses 
only when it would have been used in the direct discourse. One tense 
of the Optative, the Future, can never represent a Subjunctive, as that 
mood has no corresponding tense ; but it always represents a Future 
Indicative. Nothing more need be said to show the absurdity of call- 
ing this tense a secondary tense of the Subjunctive. The three remain- 
ing tenses of the Optative can with no more propriety be called secon- 
dary tenses of the Subjunctive than of the Indicative, for they represent 
both on precisely the same principles. This is especially obvious in 
regard to the Aorist, which has two distinct meanings in indirect ques- 
tions, — one when it represents an Aorist Indicative, and another when 
it represents an Aorist Subjunctive, the direct form. Thus, ἠγνόει τί 
ποιήσειεν may mean either he knew not what he had done, or he knew 
not what he should do; as the direct question may have been either τί 
ἐποίησα ; what did Ido? or τί ποιήσω; (Aor. Subj.), what shall 7 do? 
Strangely enough, this very class of sentences is supposed to furnish 
the most striking analogy between the Latin Subjunctive and the Greek 
Subjunctive and Optative combined. Non habet quo se vertat, and non 
habebat quo se verteret, are indeed equivalent to οὐκ ἔχει ὅπη τράπηται and 
οὐκ εἶχον ὅπη τράποιτο, but a single example like ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύ- 
σειεν, I asked him whether he had set sail (Dem. in Polycl. p. 1223, 
21), in which ἀναπλεύσειεν represents an Aorist Indicative, shows that 


ν 
ἢ 
bY 
> 

Ἷ 
( 

i 
; 

4 

i 


& - » 
"νῶν 9}... ——— ἜΣ δ. ee Ὡ ὲ 


——————— «Ὡ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 101 


the argument proves too much. Indirect quotations and questions 
therefore afford us more proof that the Optative is a secondary form of 
the Subjunctive, than that it is a secondary form of the Indicative. 

Two tenses of the Indicative, the Imperfect and Pluperfect, have no 
corresponding tenses in the Optative, so that these are regularly re- 
tained in the Indicative in indirect discourse; thus εἶπεν ὅτι ἐμάχοντο 
means, he said that they had been fighting, i. e. he said ἐμάχοντο. A rare 
exception to the last principle shows conclusively the propriety of the 
names commonly given to the tenses of the Optative. The want of a 
tense in the Optative to represent the Imperfect Indicative in examples 
like the last was naturally felt as a defect ; and in the Infinitive and the 
Participle this want was supplied by using the Present in a new sense to 
represent the Imperfect, the peculiar use being always denoted by some- 
thing in the context. In a few instances we find the Present Optative 
used in the same way to supply the want of an Imperfect, the context 
making it clear that the tense is not used in its ordinary sense. Such 
an instance is found in Dem. in Onet. I, 869, 12 ; ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι οὐδεὶς 
μάρτυς παρείη, κομίζοιτο δὲ λαμβάνων καθ᾽ ὁποσονοῦν δέοιτο "AdoBos παρ᾽ 
αὐτῶν, they replied that no witness had been present, but that Aphobus had 
received the money from them, taking it in such sums as he happened 
to want. Were παρείη represents παρῆν, and κομίζοιτο represents ἐκομί- 
¢ero, which would ordinarily be retained in such a sentence. Other in- 
stances may be found in Xen. Hell. VII, 1, 88 (quoted by Madvig, 
Synt. § 180); and in Xen. Hell. I, 7,5. If now the name of Lmper- 
fect be given to the Present Optative in its ordinary use, when it rep- 
resents a Present of the direct discourse, and is merely translated by an 
Imperfect to suit the English idiom, what shall we call this true Jmper- 
fect Optative, which really represents an Imperfect Indicative, and 
stands where an Imperfect Indicative is the regular form ? 

We see then that the Optative was used in the whole class of con- 
structions known as oratio obliqua, or indirect discourse, as the correla- 
tive not merely of the Subjunctive, but also of the Indicative, and that 
it possessed the power of expressing in an oblique form every tense of 
both those moods in a manner of which the Latin presents hardly a 
trace. In fact, this use of the Greek Optative presents one of the most 
striking examples of the versatility and flexibility of the language, and 
of its wonderful adaptation to the expression of the nicest shades of 
thought of which the human mind is capable. This single use of the 
mood seems sufficient in itself to prevent any one who has any appre- 


102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ciation of its force from assigning to it the subordinate rank of a secon- 
dary form attached to the Subjunctive. 


Some general remarks by President Felton, upon the connec- 
tion of the Greek and Latin modal forms as illustrated by the 
Sanskrit, led Professor Agassiz to offer some remarks, express- 
ing a general disbelief in the supposed derivation of later lan- 
guages from earlier ones, he regarding each language and each 
race as substantially primordial, and ascribing the resem- 
blances and coincidences of language to a similarity in the 
mental organization of the races. Whereupon President Felton 
pointed out some of the lexical and inflectional coincidences 
among affiliated languages, which were in his opinion utterly 
inexplicable upon any supposition other than that of historical 
relation. 

Professor Bowen made some general observations on the sup- 
posed hereditability of peculiar traits of bodily and mental 
organization, and especially of mental disease. 


There has been, he thought, an increasing tendency of late years fo 
enlarge the number of such traits, and to insist more and more upon 
the certainty of their transmission. It has even been proposed to pro- 
hibit by law the intermarriage of persons who have mental or bodily 
defects or diseases which might be transmitted to their offspring. And 
as to insanity, there is too much reason to fear that persons have been 
actually driven mad through the fear, which has been carefully incul- 
cated upon them, of having inherited insanity. It will be admitted, 
that, if there is anything which can foster and rapidly develop some 
latent tendency towards mental disease, it is dreading, and brooding 
over the dread, of that great calamity, regarded as an inevitable event, 
which must sooner or later happen. In the opinion of many, crime 
and sin are no longer imputable to individual men and women, but to 
what the lawyers call “the act of God,” which entailed upon the offend- 
ers inevitably a wicked temper, a perverted will, or a diseased brain. 
The only proper name to be given to this doctrine is physiological fa- 
talism. It rests upon a perversion of one of the darkest sayings of the 
old Jewish Scripture, that the sins of the fathers shall be visited upon 
the children, even to the third and fourth generation ; — a seemingly 
harsh doctrine, though, in the meaning which was probably intended, it 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 103 


is certainly true ; and which, at any rate, is not so terrific as that per- 
version of it, which teaches, that not merely the sins, but the congenital 
defects and diseases, implanted in us before birth, shall be visited upon 
our innocent offspring, not for two or three generations only, but for all 
future time. 

Professor Bowen maintained that the assumed evidence upon which 
this theory rests is unscientific and unsatisfactory, and can be confronted 
by a great amount of testimony leading to an opposite conclusion. He 
began by admitting, or taking for granted, every fact which is commonly 
adduced in its support, — excluding, of course, such a statement of that 

_fact as may involve any theory respecting its nature. Thus, it is a fact 
that insane persons can generally find among their ancestors, or their rela- 
tives in the ancestral line, one or more persons who also have been insane. 
The illogical, because hypothetical, statement of this fact is, that the 
former inherited their insanity from the latter. It is also a fact, that 
children often bear a certain measure of resemblance, in body, mind, or 
character, to their parents or grandparents; and the hypothetical state- 
ment of this fact is, that they have inherited these traits. 

Now, one of three suppositions must be true ;—either, 1. there is a law 
of nature that bodily and mental peculiarities shall be transmitted by 
inheritance ; or, 2. there is a law that they shall not be so transmitted ; 
or, 8. there is no law about the matter, and it is mere accident whether 
parental or ancestral peculiarities reappear in the offspring or not. The 
physiological fatalists maintain the first of these suppositions ; Professor 
Bowen said he believed the second; but, as against the fatalists, it is 
enough to substantiate by satisfactory evidence the third. 

The mistake of those who favor the doctrine of hereditary descent 
arises from the common error, —an Idol of the Tribe, as Bacon calls 
it, —— which consists in regarding only the affirmative cases; “and 
though there be a greater number and weight of instances to be found 
on the other side, yet these it either neglects and despises, or by some 
distinction sets aside and rejects.” “Such is the way of all supersti- 
tion,” Bacon continues ; “but with far greater subtilty does this mischief 
insinuate itself into philosophy and the sciences... .. It is the peculiar 
and perpetual error of the human intellect, to be more moved and ex- 
cited by affirmatives than by negatives; whereas, it ought properly to 
hold itself indifferently disposed towards both alike. Indeed, in the 
establishment of any true law of nature, the negative instance is the 
more forcible of the two.” Dr. Johnson pithily described this popular 


104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


fallacy, when he said, that the one dream which comes to pass is re- 
membered and quoted, while the ninety and nine which do not come 
to pass are forgotten. Just so, one case of an insane child or grandchild, 
nephew or niece, of an insane person, is quoted as proof of the doctrine 
of hereditary transmission ; while the twenty other offspring of the same 
person, who never showed a trace of insanity, are forgotten. It is dif- 
ficult to adduce evidence on this point; for while it is comparatively 
easy to trace back the pedigree of a madman, and find insanity some- 
where in his family, either in the direct or collateral line, since statis- 
tics prove that at least one out of a thousand in the whole community 
suffer more or less from this disease, — it is not so easy to trace the line 
forward, to lay bare the history of a whole family, and to prove that no 
one of them, at any time or in any degree, has suffered from insanity. 
Only in the case of a prominent historical family, where all the facts are 
on record, or are generally known, is such evidence attainable. 
Fortunately, there is one case of this sort that bears directly on the 
question. George III. may be said to have been constitutionally insane, 
the malady breaking out several times in the course of his life with 
great violence. In 1788, in 1801, and again in 1804, the disease ap- 
peared, each attack incapacitating him for the exercise of his royal 
functions for several months. In 1810, there was a fourth and final 
attack, the disease then darkening into hopeless imbecility, and contin- 
uing for ten years, the remainder of his life. It is now stated, also, 
though the fact was not divulged in his lifetime, that he had an earlier 
attack, in 1764, when for some weeks he was under restraint. But if 
we trace back his lineage for six generations, as far as James I. of 
England, not one of his ancestors can be found to have ever suffered 
from this complaint. Besides, he had seven brothers or sisters, and 
seven uncles or aunts; and as several of these married and had fam- 
ilies, he had a goodly number of cousins and of nephews or nieces. Yet 
it does not appear that one of these ever showed a trace of insanity. 
Evidently, then, George III. did not inherit the disease. Did he trans- 
mit it? Here the evidence is equally abundant and satisfactory. This 
insane king had fifteen children; and as many of these had families, 
either legitimate or illegitimate by English law, there was a crowd of 
grandchildren. ‘The Duke of Clarence alone had, by Mrs. Jordan, ten 
children. A very hurried search will enable one to enumerate 15 chil- 
dren, 22 grandchildren, and, including the children of the present 
Queen, 18 great-grandchildren, — say, in all, 55 descendants. Yet in 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 105 


this large number there does not seem to have been one undoubted case 
of insanity ; and as kings and princes live in glass houses, if there had 
been one such case, we should probably have heard of it. Not one 
undoubted case, we say; for there is a doubtful one. The oldest of 
the FitzClarences, created Earl of Munster, committed suicide in 1842; 
and as he had shown great despondency for six weeks before his death, 
so that a physician was at last called in, a coroner’s jury, if one had sat 
in his case, might have brought in a verdict of insanity ; and the phys- 
iological fatalists, remembering his grandfather, would probably have 
called it a case of hereditary insanity, overlooking the fifty-four other de- 
scendants of George III., who have appeared as sane as other people. 

One such example as this of George III. appears conclusive against 
the doctrine of the necessary hereditary transmission of mental disease. 
We thus exorcise the terrific phantom which, as already said, has prob- 
ably driven many persons mad. There is more than one prophecy, 
the mere announcement of which has caused its own fulfilment. But 
the case is not a solitary one. Observation among the families of his 
own acquaintance, Professor Bowen remarked, always made on the prin- 
ciple of collecting the negative as well as the affirmative instances, had 
satisfied him, that the rule — that is, the law of nature —is against the 
hereditary transmission. If there are apparent exceptions, the majority 
of the descendants manifesting the same disease as the parent or ances- 
tor, they are explicable through the action of sympathy, unconscious 
imitation, or exaggerated fears proceeding from the cause just men- 
tioned. Cases enough can be cited of the recurrence of the phenom- 
enon from such causes, wherein the persons concerned were not related 
by blood, so that inherited disease was out of the question. 

Thus, up to 1839, there had not been for sixty years a case of suicide 
by precipitation from the top of the London monument. In that year, 
a young woman named Moyes threw herself off from it and was killed. 
Within three months, a boy only sixteen years old, whose previous con- 
duct had shown nothing unusual, jumped off with the same result. To 
prevent another case, the keeper was required to accompany every person. 
who ascended the stairs. But before the year was ended, another young 
woman, never before thought to be insane or to have any cause to wish 
for death, contrived to elude him by going to the other side of the bal- 
cony, where she also jumped off and was killed. Then, at last, the iron 
railing of the balcony was carried up and united to the stone work 
above, making a sort of cage which had no exit except by the stairs. 

VOL. V. 14 


106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


If these three suicides had been brothers and sisters, their case would 
have been put down as a strong instance of family insanity. Then 
may not the repetition of suicide or other insane acts by members of 
the same family be the result of this sympathetic propensity, or blind 
imitativeness, roused into keener action by the example being set near 
home, rather than the result of inherited mental disease? If so, how 
forcible is the lesson that we ought in every way to discourage and dis- 
prove this doctrine of the hereditability of insanity! Other cases are 
not wanting. One was reported to the Paris Academy of Medicine, 
that, a soldier at the Hétel des Invalids having hanged himself on a 
post, his example was soon followed by twelve other invalids, and only 
by removing the fatal post was the suicidal epidemic at last arrested. 
Thus far we have treated only of insanity. But the question is a 
broader one. Do any peculiarities of mental or bodily organization, 
appearing for the first time in one generation, tend to perpetuate them- 
selves by the law of hereditary descent? Besides the specific traits, 
which every animal has in common with the species to which it belongs, 
it has also ¢ndividual traits or peculiarities, always prominent enough 
to enable us easily to distinguish every individual from its fellows of the 
same kind, even if they are the offspring of the same parents, and some- 
times so strongly marked as to deserve the name of monstrosity or dis- 
ease. Does nature tend to perpetuate or efface this distinction between 
specific and individual traits? The question is one of great importance 
and the highest generality, affecting the basis of zdological science. If 
this distinction is feebly marked and transitory, then there is no fixed 
system or plan in the animal kingdom, and nothing for science to do 
except to chronicle a succession of fleeting peculiarities and shifting 
boundaries. If, on the other hand, the distinction is broad and stable, if 
what Blumenbach calls the nisus formativus necessarily tends to per- 
petuate the species by restricting the law of hereditary transmission to 
the specific traits, and excluding it from the individual peculiarities, 
then the dominion of law, the unchangeable purposes of the Creator, 
extend alike over the inorganic and the organic kingdoms, and nature 
becomes one consistent, permanent, and intelligible whole. Undoubtedly 
apparent exceptions occur, through a complexity of circumstances which 
science cannot always unravel. Sometimes a specific trait is wanting, 
and the result is a monstrosity, a Jusus nature ; but nature takes care 
to kill out such monsters, usually in the first generation. Sometimes an 
individual peculiarity of the parent, not so strongly marked as to deserve 


Ee ον eg ete top ae ft 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ᾿ 107 


the name of a monstrosity, reappears in the offspring. But such cases 
are infrequent, exceptional, and, at the utmost, not continued beyond two 
or three generations. They are casual repetitions, such as are always 
possible in the perpetual shifting and shuffling of individual traits ;they 
are not the results of hereditary transmission. Otherwise, — if a law 
of nature favored the transmission, —all individual peculiarities would 
successively disappear, being merged in specific traits, and each new 
birth would present successively a more perfect copy of its parent, until 
at last, all differences being effaced, individuals of the same species 
could no more be distinguished from each other, than a heap of silver 
coins freshly struck from the same die at the mint. But God’s creative 
processes are not thus mechanical; infinite variety, no less than perfect 
order, is a law of nature. 

The first argument, then, against the doctrine of hereditary resem- 
‘blance, is founded on this admitted fact of the marvellous variety in 
nature. Among millions of human faces, no two can be found so nearly 
alike as to be mistaken one for another. All judicial inquiries, all 
property in animate beings, rest upon the universal recognition of this 
fact. Otherwise, a jury could never be satisfied that th’s man is the 
horse-thief, and ¢his horse is the very animal that he stole. Herein is 
one striking difference between the organic and the inorganic king- 
doms ; that whereas, in the latter, the laws of nature work with absolute 
uniformity, the typical form, the typical act, being always exactly re- 
produced ; in the former, the organic kingdom, the operation of the law 
is infinitely varied, and Nature never exactly repeats herself. As in- 
stances of the former, take the chemical composition of a drop of water 
whencesoever obtained, the fall of a heavy body from a height, the 
forms assumed by various crystallizing substances. In these cases, the 
similarity is perfect ; man’s machine-work offers but a faint copy of the 
marvellous accuracy of nature’s action and workmanship. For an in- 
stance of the latter, take Leibnitz’s challenge to his companions, to find 
any two leaves upon the same tree or bush, one of which should be the 
precise counterpart of the other. They could not. But the dividing 
line is strongly marked and permanent between the personal or individ- 
ual traits that are thus infinitely varied, and the specific traits which are 
reproduced with great, but not absolute uniformity. The most striking 
proof that there is a law of nature prohibiting the repetition of abnor- 
mal forms is found in the fact, that, as the most fertile source of such 
forms is from the crossing of distinct races, nature invariably makes the 
product of such crosses sterile or very short-lived. 


Ψ τ Ee ee ee ὐχσεν: 


108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


How came it, then, ever to be supposed, that nature favors the hered- 
itary transmission of personal traits of mind, character, and external 
form. From the popular fallacy, already exposed, which leads the ob- 
server to fasten upon the few affirmative, to the exclusion of a crowd of 
negative, instances. The different features of mind and body are very 
numerous, and every one of them may show likeness or unlikeness with 
the corresponding feature in the parent. Analyze any case of supposed 
strong resemblance, and it will be found to consist in one or two fea- 
tures only, to the exclusion of six or eight others, which are wholly 
unlike those of the parent. Thus, a strongly marked nose, together 
with eyes of a peculiar shape and hue, are enough to make out what is 
called a marked case of family likeness ; though mouth, chin, forehead, 
complexion, hair, outline of the face, and shape of the head may be as 
unlike as if they belonged to a stranger by blood; and though even 
eyes and nose of the same pattern may be found, almost as often as we 
choose to look for them, among the community at large. Again, as like- 
ness to a grandparent is held to prove hereditary transmission just as 
much as likeness to the immediate parent, and as everybody has at 
least two parents and four grandparents, there is no cause for wonder, 
if, among these six progenitors within two generations, a counterpart 
should be found for every feature of the offspring, though accident, and 
not inheritance, formed the law of distribution. For, excluding mal- 
formation, there are not more than half a dozen varieties of each fea- 
ture which are strongly marked enough to constitute a ground of like- 
ness. Thus, a nose peculiar enough to be a recognized point of like- 
ness, and yet not deformed, must be decidedly either aquiline, Roman, 
Grecian, flat, pug, or a vez retroussé. Here are but six possible forms, 
and according to the law of chances, we might expect to find a counter- 
part for any one of them among the six progenitors. It is because re- 
semblance between parent and offspring is found much less frequently 
than, according to these considerations, we should have a right to ex- 
pect it, even if the forms were distributed at random, or without any 
law at all, that we are led to believe the law of nature, if there be one 
in the case, favors unlikeness rather than resemblance ; or that Nature 
takes care to vary her work, as she certainly does with the leaves of the 
same oak-tree, among which you may hunt for hours without finding 
two whose indented outlines are at all similar. 

But supposed family likeness more frequently consists in the general 
expression of the countenance, in which respect, a large family often bear 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 109 


a marked resemblance to each other, while their features, taken sepa- 
rately, are wholly unlike. This similarity of expression, however, is not 
congenital, but is gradually superinduced upon Nature’s work, through 
living together a long while in sympathy and confidence under similar 
influences and education, whereby, as is often remarked, husband and 
wife, after a long life of matrimony, come to resemble each other. And 
if this is the case even with adults, who come together only after age 
has given rigidity to the face and stereotyped its expression, how much 
more readily will the plastic features of infancy and children yield to 
similar influences and adopt the family pattern. Hence it is, that this 
likeness of expression generally cannot be seen in early infancy, and 
appears very faintly at first, but deepens and strengthens as the. child 
advances in years. Through the same cause, also, the handwriting of 
the different members of the same family is often strikingly similar, 
though they may have learned how to write from different teachers ; 
and probably no one will maintain handwriting to be hereditary. 

All that has been said of the external features is applicable, also, mz- 
tatis mutandis, to traits of mind and character. The hereditary trans- 
mission of the latter is even less probable than of the former, on account 
of the acknowledged almost immeasurable diversity of mental traits, and 
because the few points of similarity can be more probably referred to 
the influence of education, imitation, involuntary sympathy, and other 
like bonds which draw together and assimilate parent and child, however 
originally unlike. But in spite of these causes all tending to create 
ultimate resemblance, we still find genius and stupidity, temper, affec- 
tion, and taste so very unequally and capriciously distributed among 
members of the same family, that the diversities can be attributed only 
to nature’s own ordinance established for this very purpose. Analyze 
any case presented as evidence of the opposite theory, and we see more 
plainly than ever the error of laying stress upon the affirmative points, 
while the negative instances are overlooked or forgotten. 

Mr. George Combe cites an author who attributes the fatality which 
attended the House of Stuart “to a certain obstinacy of temper, which 
appears to have been hereditary and inherent in all the Stuarts except 
Charles II.” But this perverse wilfulness seems more probably attrib- 
utable to the education received, every Stuart being trained by a Stuart, 
and by an Anglican clergy then fanatically attached to the dogmas of 
the divine right of kings, and the subject’s duty of passive obedience. 
Charles II. had his training in the hard school of adversity and exile, 


110 PROCEEDIDGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


where he became more pliant. But how many other points of resem- 
blance can be found in the succession of Stuart kings? Compare the 
first of them who sat on an English throne, the slobbering, pedantic, 
cowardly, fondling James I., with his grave, decorous, and melancholy 
son, treacherous as a prince, but rigidly moral as a man, and dying at 
last the death of a martyr and a saint. Or compare this martyr-king 
with his good-for-nothing though good-natured son, Charles II., or the 
latter with his brother, the stupid and cruel bigot, James II. Only in 
“the good Queen Anne,” as she was sometimes called, weak and preju- 
diced, but motherly and fondling, and much under the influence of 
favorites, do we find a reproduction of some characteristic traits of her 
ereat-grandfather James I. Take any other line of European kings, 
and as great diversities of character and ability may be found among 
them as among the Stuarts. On the whole, the doctrine of the heredi- 
tary transmission of mind and character may be said to be contradicted 
by all history, as well as by every day’s experience. 


The President, Dr. Bigelow, remarked that undoubtedly 
many of the errors in science, and still more in popular belief, 
arose from hasty generalization, and the acceptance of a few 
striking or remarkable facts, to the exclusion of a greater 
number of common negative or uninteresting facts, thus estab- 
lishing as general rules things which were only exceptions to 
such rules. The medical profession, however, were agreed, as 
the result of general observation, that although most diseases 
terminate with the individual, yet that certain peculiarities, not 
only of bodily structure, but of tendency to disease, are trans- 
missible by inheritance. Thus. a sixth finger, near-sightedness, 
squinting, and peculiarities of complexion, features, and stat- 
ure, are more or less transmissible from one generation to 
another. So also, among diseases, consumption, scrofula, gout, 
some eruptive complaints, nervous affections, and, to a certain 
extent, carcinoma, apoplexy, and insanity. The hereditary 
predisposition is most marked when both parents are subjects 
of the peculiarity or disease. Dr. Bigelow cited some cases in 
which, both parents having been affected with a disease, all the 
children had eventually died of the same disease. If procrea- 
tion could be regulated by authority, he did not see why the 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 111 


peculiarities of individuals could not be perpetuated as races 
or varieties of men, as well as they now are of domestic animals. 
According to the nature of the transmitted peculiarity, such 
races would either be multiplied indefinitely, or the race would 
die out and disappear. 

The great obstacle and safeguard against the transmission of 
such diseases consists in the crossing of the race or breed. 
Every cross effected with a healthy stock reduces the liability 
one half, and every second cross reduces it to one quarter, and 
soon. If it were otherwise, certain races would become ex- 
tinct. There is probably no individual in this room, who does 
not inherit from some of his ancestors a title to phthisis or gout 
or insanity. Yet the great dilution or weakening of this title, 
under repeated crosses, renders the predisposition inconsider- 
able and ineffectual. 

Mr. Ritchie exhibited a quantity of liquefied nitrous oxide, 
condensed by a very powerful pump, of his own contrivance, 
and exhibited the instantaneous freezing of mercury in the 
liquid, while charcoal burned with vivid ignition, as in oxygen 
gas, at its surface. 

The President read the following letter from the venerable 
Josiah Quincy. 


To Jacos Brieetow, M. D., President of the American Academy of 
Arts and Sciences. 


Sir,—TI shall be obliged if the Academy will so far deviate from 
their usual practice as to anticipate their regular time of meeting in 
February next, and, instead of the 12th, assemble at my house on 
the evening of the 4th of that month, on which day I enter my nine- 
tieth year. 

The occasion is peculiar, and not likely soon to recur again, or to be 
drawn into a precedent. To me “the silver cord is not yet loosed,” 
though much frayed and life-worn, and the favor will be to me a grati- 
fication and rejuvenescence. 

With perfect respect, I am yours, &c. 
JOSIAH QUINCY. 
Boston, January 8, 1861. 


112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Whereupon it was unanimously voted that the invitation be 
accepted, the letter placed upon the record of the present meet- 
ing, and that the officers of the Academy communicate to Pres- 
ident Quincy the expression of the extreme interest of the 
Fellows of the Academy in the occasion which prompted this 
invitation, and their most cordial acceptance of it. 


Four hundred and ninety-first meeting. 


January 90, 1861. — Sratute MEETING. 


The PREsIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from the Hon. 
G. M. Dallas, the American Minister at London, enclosing a 
copy of correspondence with Lord John Russell, Secretary of 
State, and announcing the liberal donation by the British Goy- 
ernment to the American Academy, of a complete set of the 
Geological Maps and Sections of the Survey of the United 
Kingdom of Great Britain. 

Mr. J. E. Oliver, of Lynn, was elected a Fellow, in Class I. 
Section 1. 

Professor Peirce presented the results of an investigation of 
the phyllotaxic numbers and their relations. 

President Felton gave an account of the progress that had 
been made, and the results attained, in unrolling and decipher- 
ing the Herculanean manuscripts. 

Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited specimens of eocene tertiary 
coal from the Isthmus of Darien, near Chiriqui, similar in 
character to cannel coal, although of so much more recent for- 
mation. 

Mr. Newcomb presented the results of an investigation of 
the dynamical theory of gases. 


One of the most beautiful hypotheses ever propounded in physics is 
that which has lately been known as the dynamical theory of gases. 
This theory supposes a gas to be composed of isolated particles, moving 
about in every direction with great velocity, and continually striking 
and rebounding from each other. The expansive force is due to col- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 113 


lisions against the sides of the containing vessel. The temperature 
depends upon the rapidity of the motion, being represented by the 
vis viva of the separate molecules. This theory has therefore a very 
intimate relation with the mechanical theory of heat, and is in part de- 
pendent on it. The truth of such a theory must be judged of from the 
agreement of the results deduced from it with observed phenomena. The 
following physical laws and properties of gases follow from this theory. 

1. Mariotte’s law. 

2. Equal volumes of all gases set free the same amount of heat when 
compressed by the same fractional part of their volume, this amount being 
the exact mechanical equivalent of the force employed in producing the 
compression. Hence, if the compression is considerable, the amount of 
heat will vary with the rapidity of the compression, being much greater 
when the whole amount of heat set free is confined in the gas, than 
when it is suffered to escape as rapidly as it is formed. 

3. Gases expand equally for equal increments of temperature. 

4, Equal volumes of all gases, measured at the same temperature 
and pressure, contain the same number of particles.* 

5. Gases will diffuse into each other in accordance with the follow- 
ing laws. 

a. Gases at the same temperature and pressure will diffuse into each 
other with a velocity directly as the square root of the specific gravity, 
when measured by the mass which is diffused, and therefore inversely 
as the specific gravity when measured by volume. 

8. The temperature of the gas being increased, while its volume 
remains constant, the diffusive power will increase as the square root 
of the elasticity. 

y- The temperature varying, while the pressure remains constant, 
the diffusive power will vary inversely as the volume. 

Or, in general, gases diffuse into each other according to the laws 
which regulate their flow into a vacuum. 

6. A body moving rapidly through a gas will be subject to an in- 
crease of temperature, varying as the square of its velocity. For dif- 
ferent gases this increase will be directly as the specific gravity of the 
gas; but the effect of radiation being eliminated, the increase of tem- 
perature will in the case of the same gas be independent both of the 
temperature and the density of the gas. 


* Maxwell, Philosophical Magazine, January, 1860. 
VOL. V. 15 : 


114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


7. If the particles were perfectly hard and spherical, the specific heat 
under constant volume would be to that under constant pressure as 3 to 
5. Ifthey were hard, but not spherical, this ratio would be that of 
3 to 4. The latter result follows from an elegant theorem given by 
Professor Maxwell in Vol. XX. of the Philosophical Magazine ; viz. 
that if the particles are hard, but not spherical, the sum of their vires 
vive of translation will be equal to that of their vires vive of rotation. 
Unless it can be shown that this ratio will be lessened by supposing 
that the non-spherical particles are not hard and unyielding, which cer- 
tainly seems improbable, this result will present the greatest difficulty 
which the theory has to encounter. 

Considering the number and variety of the phenomena of gases 
which are accounted for on this theory, and especially the exactness 
with which it accounts for the hitherto inexplicable phenomena of dif- 
fusion, there seems to be a considerable probability in its favor. The 
small discrepancy between the observed and computed ratio of 
the specific heats (1.42 and 1.33) may be found to proceed from 
some property of the particles not taken account of in the mathemati- 
cal analysis. 

The laws of diffusion are obtained on the hypothesis that the gases 
are separated by an exceedingly thin partition, pierced with extremely 
small holes. ‘The change of temperature produced by motion proceeds 
from the changed velocity of impact of the particles against the body, 
each molecular impact producing a heat-wave. 


Professor Gray presented the following papers : — 


1. Characters of some Composite in the Collection of the 
United States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under 
Captain Wilkes, with Observations, &. By Asa Gray. 


Vernoniacee. 


Monosis INSULARUM (sp. noy.): fruticosa, laxe ramosa; foliis ob- 
longis acuminatis repando-dentatis basis cuneatis in petiolum attenuatis 
puberulis supra glabratis subtus ad costam venasque cum ramis adpres- 
so-tomentellis ; capitulis corymbosis ; pappi setis rigidis vix denticulatis, 
majoribus apice clavellatis. —'Tonga and Feejee Islands. A true con- 
gener of JZ Wightiana, DC., the type of the genus, which stands in 
nearly the same relation to Gymnanthemum that De Candolle’s section 
Eremosis does to Vernonia. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 115 


ALBERTINIA BRASILIENSIS, Spreng. To this belongs Gardner’s 
Vernonia platycephala, and Nuttall’s Symblomeria Baldwiniana. 

PARANEPHELIUS UNIFLORUS, Poepp. & Endl. Of this three varie- 
ties may be recognized, viz. a. PINNATIFIDUS, 8. BULLATUS (P. bullatus, 
Gray, Wedd. Chl. And. 1, p. 214), y. ovatus (P. ovatifolius, Gray, 
ined. P. ovatus, Wedd. 1. ο. t. 37), which Weddell as well as I myself 
had distinguished as species; but an attentive examination of various 
specimens leads to the conclusion that they are all forms of one. 

LIABUM LYRATUM (sp. noy.): herbaceum; foliis supra hirsutiusculis 
glabratisve subtus arachnoideo-tomentosis, caulinis lyrato-lobatis peti- 
olis basi auriculatis plerumque connatis, summis sessilibus basi dila- 
tata connatis, lobo terminali maximo subinciso et repando-denticulato ; 
pedunculo terminali elongato mono-—oligocephalo; involucri squamis 
oblongis substriatis ; pappo e setis paleolisve rigidis inzqualibus, exte- 
rioribus dimidio brevioribus. Alibum liaboides, Less.? — Obrajillo, 
Peru: also collected by Matthews, no. 3057. If this proves to be the 
Alibum liaboides of Lessing, that genus cannot stand upon the char- 
acters indicated. For, as well as can be told from imperfect spe- 
cimens with the heads injured by insects, the pappus is similar in the 
disk and ray, the exterior not really coroniform; and the plant nearly 
accords with Ziabum, in the extended sense, or with Andromachia 
§ Pleionactis, DC., except that the bristles of the pappus are more 
stout and rigid, and also fewer. ‘They are fragile and deciduous, when 
the summit of the achenium appears somewhat like a short crown. 


Hupatoriacee. 


CoNOCLINIUM SUBGLUTINOSUM (sp. nov.) : glabrum; caulibus basi 
suffruticosis ; foliis longe petiolatis late deltoideo-ovatis acuminatis 
serratis membranaceis tripli—quintuplinerviis utrinque subglutinosis ; 
corymbo polycephalo; inyolucri squamis 10-13 dorso subglutinosis 
bicarinatis, exterioribus ovatis, intimis spathulatis acutis; achenio gla- 
berrimo. — Brazil, at the base of the Organ Mountains, near Rio. 
This may be somewhere described as an Hupatorium, but I do not iden- 
tify it with any published species. The receptacle is acutely conical. 


Asteroidee. 
VITTADINIA, A. Rich. 


Char. emend. Capitulum multiflorum, heterogamum ; fl. radii uni — 
pluriserialibus foemineis, disci (pluribus paucisve) tubulosis hermaphro- 
ditis. Involucrum obconicum seu hemisphericum, imbricatum, pauci- 


116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


seriale, squamis inaequalibus angustis appressis. Receptaculum planum, 
nudum, pl. m.alveolatum. Ligule parve, tubo suo fere semper breviores, 
nunc exigue stylo ipso breviores. Corolla disci tubulosze, 4 — 5-dentatz. 
Anthere Huasterinearum. Stylirami fl. herm. superne elongato-subulati 
hirtelli. Achenia compressa, striata, vel 4 — 6-costata, vel tantum margi- 
nato-bicostata lateribus enerviis, apice sepius contracto, disco epigyno 
parvo. Pappus simplex, conformis, e setis capillaribus scabris uni-—pau- 
ciserialibus. — Suffrutices vel herbe Oceanice, caulibus ramosis ple- 
rumque foliosissimis, foliis alternis. Capitula aut solitaria ramos termi- 
nantibus aut corymbosis: ligule abe vel purpuree. 

Vittadinia, A. Rich. Bot. Voy. Astrol. Fl. N. Zel. (1834), p. 250. 

Tetramolopium, Nees, Ast. (1833), p. 202, pro parte. 

Vittadinia, Tetramolopium § 1 & Eurybiopsis, DC. Prodr. 

De Candolle’s Hurybiopsis is essentially identical with the older Vit- 
tadinia of A. Richard, and has been referred to it by Dr. Hooker. 
The only observed difference is, that the faces of the achenium of Hury- 
biopsis macrorhiza, if I rightly identify the plant, are nerveless ; those 
of Vittadinia are striate-nerved. There must, however, now be added 
to the genus several Hawaian species, one of which is strictly an Hury- 
biopsis ; another, the type in part of Zetramolopium, Nees, differs only 
in its less copious uniserial pappus, and in the shorter, mostly four-ribbed 
achenia ; while others, with corymbose and still smaller heads, have 
decidedly pluriserial rays, with their more reduced ligules sometimes 
even shorter than their styles, and the hermaphrodite flowers fewer, — 
in one instance even reduced to unity, — so that these are to Vittadinia 
proper what the Conyzoid Erigerons are to Stenactis or to true Hri- 
geron. The genus, thus augmented, while by its larger-flowered species 
nearly related to Hurybia (from which De Candolle and Dr. Hooker 
remark that it technically differs only in its compressed achenia), and 
nearly congruous with the group of ambiguous Asters designated under 
the name of Orthomeris by Torrey and Gray, is now seen, on the other 
hand, to be the analogue of Hrigeron. From the latter already too 
polymorphous genus, Vittadinia would be well distinguished by its 
striate or ribbed achenia, and the slender subulate tips of the styles, 
except that, unfortunately, some of the species show neither facial ribs 
nor striz, while a few species of Hrigeron, as Weddell regards them, 
have long and slender tips to their styles, and some North American 
ones have four-nerved achenia. The habit generally is not that of 
Erigeron, and the achenia and the more imbricated involucre will dis- 


ΠΝ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Itt 
tinguish those species which might otherwise be confounded with the 
Cenoti. The short, but always distinct ligules are characteristic of the 
genus. Most of the Sandwich-Island species are decidedly shrubby 
plants, those of New Zealand and Australia woody at the base ; but 
there are two Australian species which appear to have annual roots. 
On the other hand, Hrigeron fruticosum of Juan Fernandez, which 
forms a shrub, is apparently a genuine Hrigeron. 

De Candolle assigns uniserial rays to his Hurybiopsis and to the 
New Zealand Vittadinia, and bi-triserial rays to the Australian Vitta- 
dinie; Dr. Hooker regards them as uniserial throughout. When 
ligules are numerous and narrow, this character has neither definiteness 
nor significance, as the genus Lrigeron shows. To both Hurybiopsis 
and Vittadinia De Candolle ascribes a “pappus uniserialis,” a term 
which he seems not always to have employed in one and the same 
sense. In the species known to De Candolle, the very copious bristles 
of the pappus certainly occupy two or more ranks, just as in Aster. 
From these there is a gradual transition to the more scanty and obvi- 
ously uniserial pappus of Κ΄. tenerrima and the smaller-flowered species 
of the Sandwich Islands. 

For the genus, as here augmented, the name of Tetramolopium might 
be assigned in virtue of its priority, as it antedates Vittadinia by a 
year. But the former name was given to two heterogeneous species, 
viz. one from the Sandwich Islands, which has long remained obscure, 
and one from the Quitensian Andes, which is a Diplostephium, and with 
which De Candolle rightly associated two other of Humboldt and 
Kunth’s Asters. In this case the name Vittadinia may fairly be kept 
up. The three generic names thus brought together may be retained 
for as many sections, characterized as follows : — 


81. VITTADINIA vera. Achenia elongata, faciebus pluristriatis. 
Pappus copiosus pluriserialis. Ligule pl. m. conspicue. Capitula ma- 
juscula, solitaria. 

V. rriLoBa (DC. non Hortul.): caule erecto 6 radice annua apice 
subcorymboso cum foliis spathulatis cuneatisve basi longe attenuatis 
superne trilobis vel tridentatis (ramealibus angustioribus sepius inte- 
gerrimis) scabro-hirtellis vel hirsutis ; ligulis purpureis breviter exser- 
tis; acheniis clavato-linearibus pluristriatis immarginatis pubescentibus, 
maturis involucro etiam pappo pluriseriali fulvo equilongis. — Variat 
foliis caulinis tripartitis, lobis trifidis seu laciniatis. — Eastern Austra- 
lia. —— The plant which was generally cultivated in the European gar- 


118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


3 
dens, a few years ago, as Vittadinia triloba, and which Dr. Sonder, mis- 


taking it for the genuine Australian plant of that name, has described 
as Erigeron trilobum, is manifestly De Candolle’s Hrigeron mucrona- 
tum, of Mexico and Venezuela. 

V. cunEATA, DC. (Hurybiopsis gracilis, Hook. f. and probably V. 
dentata, DC.) is not well named. The perennial root, undivided leaves, 
and less rough pubescence distinguish it from the preceding species. 

V. scaBra, DC. (Hurybiopsis scabrida, Hook. f. 2. Hookeri, Son- 
der). Miiller’s plant, or at least the var. angustifolia, accords pretty 
well with the character of De Candolle’s V. scabra. It appears to be 
distinguishable by the less copious and shorter pappus, and by the less 
attenuated achenia, which are evidently margined by ribs considerably 
stronger than the facial nerves. 


§ 2, EURYBIOPSIS. — Achenia minus elongata, marginato-biner- 
via, faciebus haud striatis. Pappus uni—pluriserialis. Czet. sect. prae- 
cedentis. 

V. uispipuLa (F. Miill. ined.): undique scabro-hispida seu hispi- 
dula; caule erecto e radice annua stricto oligocephalo; foliis caulinis 
linearibus sessilibus imisve spathulatis paucidentatis ; ligulis e pappo 
leviter exsertis ; acheniis appresse-hirtellis obovatis apice breviter acuta- 
tis faciebus enerviis pappo fere uniseriali brevioribus. — Eastern and 
Tropical Australia. 

V. macroruiza (Lurybiopsis macrorhiza, DC.) if rightly identified 
with Dr. Miiller’s specimens from “ Providence Hill,” considerably re- 
sembles dwarf and narrow-leaved forms of V. scabra, but the faces of 
the achenia are nerveless, as in V. hispidula. The pappus is more 
copious than in the latter, and about the length of the (immature) linear 
achenia. 

V. HUMILIS (sp. noy.): suffruticosa, e basi crassa multicaulis ; cauli- 
bus foliosissimis ; foliis anguste spathulatis integerrimis undique hispidis 
seu hirtellis aveniis, costa subtus incrassata; pedunculis brevibus soli- 
tariis vel subumbellatis ; ligulis uniseriatis flores disci (6 -- 12) vix super- 
antibus stylis duplo longioribus ; acheniis lineari-oblongis marginato- 
binervatis hirtellis estriatis pappo subtriseriali ineequali dimidio brevi- 
oribus. — Variat foliis hirsutioribus vel subglabratis, nunc fere linearibus 
basi longe attenuatis. — Sandwich Islands, on the mountains of Hawaii 
and Maui.— This species manifestly connects the original Tetramolo- 
pium with Hurybiopsis. A depressed and glabrate variety, from the 
district of Waimea, Hawaii, makes the nearest approach to the Tetra- 


ee ——eEEOEeeEEEEeEEEEOEEEEEOEeEeEeEEEeeEee— ee «ι΄, 


πὰ νυ Ὡβὺἡνυι πῆ υνοΝ  ὐνψυδι ΩΝ δει 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 119 


molopium tenerrimum of Nees, which, however, is distinguished by its 
smoothness as well as smaller size, the more exserted ligules, uniserial 
pappus, and glabrous, mostly four-ribbed achenia. It belongs therefore 
to the following section. 

§ 3. TETRAMOLOPIUM (Tetramolopium, Nees, pro parte). — 
Achenia breviuscula, quadricostata, nempe costis 2 marginalibus vali- 
dis, 2 facialibus angustioribus, his raro inconspicuis quandoque gemi- 
natis. Pappus uniserialis. Capitula nunc solitaria ligulis exsertis, 
nune parva corymbosa ligulis pluriserialibus discum haud superantibus, 
floribus disci paucis vel paucissimis. 

V. TENERRIMA (Aster tenerrimus, Less. Tetramolopium tenerrimum, 
Nees): suffruticulosa, glabra, czespitoso-multicaulis ; foliis in caulibus 
(brevissimis seu decumbentibus) confertis lineari-spathulatis uninerviis 
aveniis parce hispidulo-ciliatis basi longe attenuatis ; pedunculis soli- 
tariis gracilibus bracteis pluribus setaceis instructis ; ligulis uniseriatis 
discum pluriflorum superantibus tubo subzquilongis ; acheniis obovato- 
oblongis 4—5-costatis; pappo uniseriali equali.— Oahu, Chamisso, 
Macrae. The character from a specimen collected by Macrae. 

V. Remy (sp. nov.): fruticosa, corymboso-ramosissima, glabra; 
foliis secus ramulos confertissimis acerosis deorsum leviter attenuatis 
supra canaliculatis ; pedunculis terminalibus solitariis elongatis puberulis 
bracteis parvis setaceis instructis monocephalis ; involucri hemispherici 
squamis lineari-subulatis margine vix scariosis ; ligulis biseriatis discum 
pluriflorum superantibus tubo breviusculo subduplo longioribus ; ache- 
niis appresse hirsutulis obovato-oblongis quadricostatis ; pappo albo uni- 
seriali.— Maui, Sandwich Islands, coll. Remy, no. 239.— This is a 
shrub, at least a foot or two in height, with rigid branches squarrose 
with the crowded leaf-scars, the laricine leaves much crowded on the 
ultimate branchlets ; the heads about as large as those of Κ΄. tenerrima. 
It is the only species known in which the ligules are decidedly longer 
than their tube. Although it is not surprising that Lessing should have 
failed to recognize the close relationship of his Hrigeron lepidotus with 
his Aster tenerrimus, he would surely have associated them had he 
known the present species, which, with the inflorescence and the 
exserted ligules of the former, has the habit of the latter, especially 
of the variety arbuscula. 

V. Cuamissonis (Hrigeron lepidotus, Less. E. pauciflorus, Hook. 
& Arn.): fruticosa, ramosissima, glabella ; ramulis corymbosis puberu- 
lis usque ad apicem foliosissimis ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis seu linearibus 


120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


basi sensim attenuatis et seepius hirsuto-ciliatis integerrimis subdentatis 
rariusve laciniato-incisis creberrime papuloso-punctulatis submembrana- 
ceis venulosis; pedunculis brevibus filiformibus corymboso-oligocepha- 
lis ; capitulis parvis (2 lin. longis) ; involucri squamis lineari-lanceolatis 
acutis vel acuminatis ; ligulis 15 -- 20 tubo sub-brevioribus flores disci 
5 —10 vix superantibus stylis plerumque longioribus ; acheniis obovato- 
oblongis parce hirtellis vel glabratis quadricostatis, costis marginalibus 
calloso-incrassatis, facialibus angustioribus nunc fere obsoletis raro 
geminatis ; pappo uniseriali. — Kaala Mountains, Oahu. 

Var.? ARBUSCULA: foliis secus ramulos ultimos confertissimis rigi- 
dioribus angustioribus nunc fere filiformibus; pedunculis abbreviatis ; 
capitulis paucioribus majoribus. — On the Great Crater of the eastern 
part of Maui, Sandwich Islands. —'This would naturally be taken for a 
distinct species, and may prove to be so. The heads are decidedly 
larger than those of V. Chamissonis, being three lines in diameter, and 
the flowers more numerous, but similar. 

V. CONSANGUINEA (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, corymboso-ramosissima, gla- 
bella; ramulis usque ad apicem foliosissimis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis 
seu lineari-spathulatis basi attenuatis et subciliatis integerrimis (raro 
1 —2-dentatis) ; pedunculis brevibus corymbosis mono —oligocephalis ; 
capitulis parvis (2 lin. longis) ; involucri pluriseriali squamis lineari- 
oblongis obtusissimis scarioso-marginatis, margine creberrime denticu- 
lato-ciliato; ligulis 25-350 tubo subaquilongis flores disci adaquan- 
tibus; acheniis V. Chamissonis sed glabris.— Sandwich Islands, on 
Hawaii and the mountains of Kauai. Much resembles the preceding, 
but the involucre is more imbricated, its scales broader, very obtuse, 
and bordered with a more definite scarious margin, which is fringed 
with fine and close denticulations: the ligules are more numerous. 

V. ARENARIA (sp. noy.): suffruticosa, laxe ramosa, hirtella; ramis 
usque ad apicem foliosis; foliis lanceolatis seu oblongo-lanceolatis basi 
attenuatis hirto-ciliatis integerrimis mucronatis; capitulis (3 lin. dia- 
metr.) breviter pedunculatis corymbosis ; involucri squamis linearibus 
acutis submembranaceis ; ligulis plurimis (90 -- 85) tubo brevioribus 
flores disci 5-9 subzequantibus; acheniis oblongis quadricostatis hirsu- 
tulis seu glabratis; pappo uniseriali, setis inaequalibus. — Sandwich 
Islands, on sand-hills of Maui, and district of Waimea, Hawaii. 

V. CONYZOIDES (sp. πον.) : fruticosa, ramosissima, cinereo-pubescens ; 
ramulis usque ad apicem foliosis ; foliis angusto-lanceolatis basi longe 
attenuatis integerrimis membranaceis; capitulis minimis compluribus 


Ὁ δ 4 
ue 3 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 121 


congestim corymbosis ; involucri squamis linearibus subacutis; ligulis 
plurimis brevissimis pappum uniserialem adquantibus stylis suis bre- 
vioribus ; flore hermaphrodito szepius unico; acheniis parce hirsutulis 
2 —4-costatis. — Sandwich Islands, on the sand-hills of Maui. — The 
facial ribs of the achenia are often obsolete. If the species which con- 
nect it with the original Tetramolopiwn were unknown, this would 
surely be referred to the Canotus section of Hrigeron. 

CALOTIS PALMATA (sp, nov.): hispido-pubescens; foliis cuneatis 
seu flabelliformibus palmato-3 —5-fidis (nunc pedatifidis) inferne longe 
quasi in petiolum alatum attenuatis basi leviter auriculatis, summis line- 
aribus oblongisve integerrimis vel apice tridentatis ; involucro biseriali 
fere 20-phyllo; acheniis complanatis levibus; pappo e paleis 2 — 4 et 
aristis 1-2 versus apicem parce retrorsum aculeolatis. — Hunter’s River, 
New South Wales. An herbaceous species, with larger heads than 
those of Οἱ dentex. Cunningham’s ©. dilatata has the awns of the 
pappus similarly but more sparingly barbed; but its leaves are not 
lobed, and the basal auricles are more conspicuous. 

LaGrenorHoraA PIcKERINGH (sp. noy.): foliis hirsutis primum 
villoso-lanatis oblongis ovalibusque in petiolum attenuatis repando-den- 
tatis; scapo gracili nudo; involucri squamis linearibus fere glabris ; 
acheniis radii oblongo-lanceolatis erostratis insigniter costatis glaberri- 
mis, disci sterilibus.— Mountains of Muthuata, one of the Feejee 
Islands. Among the largest species of the genus, the scape 6 to 8 
inches high, but the head is proportionally rather small, in fruit only 
three lines in diameter. The achenia are coarsely striated by 8 or 
10 strong and salient ribs (in a manner unknown in other species), 
not beaked, but terminated by an epigynous disk about the size of the 
basal callus. 

APLOPAPPUS PdPPIGIANUS, var. RADIATUS (Diplopappus Peppi- 
gianus, Hook. & Arn., forma eradiata. Aplopappus sericeus, Phi- 
lippi): humilis, fruticosus; foliis seeus ramos breves confertissimis 
anguste lanceolatis rigidis utrinque attenuatis cuspidatis integerrimis 
undique sericeis; pedunculis elongatis nudis parce setaceo-bracteatis 
monocephalis ; involucri hemisphzrici squamis lineari-subulatis glandu- 
loso-puberulis, apicibus squarroso-patentibus ; ligulis discum vix super- 
antibus; acheniis sericeis. — Chili, on the Andes above Santiago. The 
rigid, entire, silvery-silky, Protea-like leaves are crowded on the short 
and tufted woody branches. Head rather larger than that of A. pul- 
chellus. 

VOL. V. 16 


122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ApLopapeus Macraanvus, will be a proper name for Pyrrocoma 
(Chromocheta) angustifolia, DC., P. Macreana, Remy in Gay. ΕἸ. 
Chil. ?), in honor of one of its discoverers. 

APLOPAPPUS PARVIFOLIUS (Pyrrocoma parvifolia, DC.), although 
nearly related to the last, is known by its smaller leaves and heads, and 
thinner, acutish scales of the involucre. The genus Pyrrocoma cannot 
be sustained upon the rayless heads, as De Candolle and Remy would 
have it; for intimately related, and even identical species are both ra- 
diate and rayless in different specimens, and the original Pyrrocoma 
has rays, as was long ago shown; the shape and the smoothness of the 
achenia also fail as characters; the form of the involucral scales offers 
no definite distinction, and the color of the pappus is of no account. 
That of A. Macreanus varies from deeply rufous to fulvous. A.? (Pyr- 
rocheta) Henkei, DC., is Corethrogyne filuginifolia, and was doubtless 
collected in California. 

NarDOPHYLLUM REVOLUTUM, DC. To this belongs Dolichogyne 
stehelinoides and 7). gnaphalioides, DC. (D. Candollei, Remy). Con- 
trary to Weddell’s opinion, it seems clear that Remy’s second thought 
(in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, 12, p. 184) was best, when he approximated 
Dolichogyne DC. to Dr. Hooker’s section of Chiliotrichum, his genus, 
Anactinia. The wonder is that he did not combine such evident con- 
geners. Dolichogyne, however, is antedated by Nardophyllum, Hook. 
& Arn. Here it is again remarkable that De Candolle, who had 
established the latter genus upon Hooker and Arnott’s data, did not 
suspect its identity with his subsequent Dolichogyne, probably because 
he had ascribed to the former “ anthera basi bisetose ” and “ pappus 
plumosus.” The anthers, like the corolla, are strictly Asterineous, and 
the bristles of the pappus moderately barbellate along their thicker 
upper part, not “ plumose,” as Hooker and Arnott write in their ge- 
neric character, and hardly “subplumose” as they give it under the 
species. As to Weddell’s extension of Dolichogyne to include (in his 
section Zola) three species with heterogamous flowers, the pistillate 
ones incipiently ligulate, I remark that the adoption of this view would 
merge the whole in a still older genus, Lepidophyllum, Cass., which 
differs only in having the ligules a little more developed (yet often bila- 
biate or irregularly cleft), and the pappus of stouter bristles. The 
leaves of Lepidophyllum cupressiforme are indeed opposite; but both 
opposite and alternate leaves occur in the nearly allied South African 
genus Pteronia ; and the difference between L. cupressiforme and L. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 123 


Meyeni (Baccharis quadrangularis, Meyen, Dolichogyne lepidophylla, 
Wedd.) is paralleled in Pteronia and Aplopappus, &c. I should there- 
fore propose to keep up the two genera, Lepidophyllum and Nardophyl- 
lum, and refer to the former (as above) Weddell’s Dolichogyne lepido- 
phylla, which he has figured, and probably his D. rigida and D. rupes- 
tris, with linear leaves. The nearest relatives of both genera (if we 
may distinguish them as genera) inhabit the corresponding cool and 
dry portion of the northern part of the American Continent, where they 
constitute similar features in the vegetation, i. 6. are mostly social, fru- 
tescent plants on naked plains or plateaux, — Nuttall’s Chrysothamnus 
(section of Linosyris, Torr. & Gray) strictly representing Mardophyl- 
lum, and his Ericameria being analogous to Lepidophyllum. ‘Taken in 
connection with geographical distribution, slight characters in the pap- 
pus (though weakened in L. ( Chrysothamnus) Bigelovit) and in the style 
may serve to separate the North American from the South Ameri- 
can species. Yet in a general system and under a truer valuation of 
generic characters, they may well be combined. To Nardophyllum 
belongs : — 

Narpopuytyum Kine the Ohiliotrichum Kingii, Hook. f. ΕἸ. 
Antarc., this being a strict congener of V. revolutum, and therefore the 
following, of which I have no specimens to examine; and which per- 
haps are not all specifically distinct : — 

NARDOPHYLLUM HUMILE. Chiliotrichum humile, Hook. f. Anac- 
tinia Hookert, Remy. 

Narporuytium Darwint. Chiliotrichum Darwini, Hook. f. 

NARDOPHYLLUM CHILIOTRICHOIDES. Dolichogyne chiliotrichoides, 
Remy. — Weddell’s Dolichogyne armata, with the branches of the style 
subspatulate and obtuse, appears doubtful. 

BaccuHaris GILuiesi (sp. nov. . paucidentata, var. 8. Hook. & 
Arn. pl. masc.): herbacea e basi lignescente, glabra, humilis; caule ra- 
mosissimo ; ramis corymbosis gracilibus striato-angulatis foliosis, ulti- 
mis capitulo solitario terminatis; foliis sessilibus leviter uninerviis 
aveniis, caulinis linearibus basi attenuatis integerrimis seu dentes 2 -- 4 
patentes gerentibus, ramealibus parvis angustissimis ; involucro campa- 
nulato, squamis oblongis obtusissimis coriaceis dorso herbaceis margine 
tenuiter scariosis apice lanato-ciliatis; acheniis glaberrimis; pappo 
feemineo involucrum ter superante.— Rio Negro, North Patagonia: 
also gathered”* by Tweedie, and at Buenos Ayres by Gillies. One 
specimen in the Hookerian herbarium is ticketed B. nana, Don, a 


124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


name which I do not propose to revive, since the stems when well 
developed are a foot high. It is distinguished from B. paucidentata by 
its solitary heads, and its campanulate involucre with broader and very 
obtuse scales. Bb. coridifolia has clustered and much smaller heads, 
and scabrous-ciliate leaves. — B. juncea, Desf, to which belongs B. 
subulata, Don, often has the stems leafy, and so lignescent at the base 
that the root would seem to be perennial. 


Senecionidee. 

TITHONIA PUSILLA (sp. nov.) : annua, hispidula; foliis oppositis 
subalternisve lanceolatis fere integerrimis breviter petiolatis; capitulis 
nudis pedunculatis ; involucri squamis lanceolatis hirsutis subpaucis ; 
acheniis villosis ; pappi paleis 4— 6 aristisque binis plumoso-ciliatis. — 
Obrajillo, Peru. : 

VIGUIERA PERUVIANA (sp. nov.): foliis alternis ellipticis seu ovato- 
oblongis acutatis vel mucronatis acute serratis trinervatis utrinque cine- 
reis supra hispidulo-scabris subtus appresso-hirsutulis basi acutis sub- 
sessilibus ; involucri squamis oblongo-lanceolatis apice patentibus extus 
presertim ad margines albo-hirsutis ; receptaculo obtuse conico ; ligulis 
elongatis ; pappo 4-squamellato biaristato.— Andes of Peru, between 
Obrajillo and Culluay. 

Coreopsis (AGARIsTA) PicKERrINGII (sp. nov.): suffruticosa, fere 
glaberrima ; ramis apice longe nudis monocephalis ; foliis oppositis pe- 
tiolatis triternatisectis, segmentis lineari-subulatis rhachi tenui vix lati- 
oribus ; involucri squamis exterioribus linearibus interioribus oblongis 
dimidio brevioribus; paleis receptaculi oblongis obtusissimis, exteriori- 
bus dorso villosis; acheniis lineari-oblongis dorso sub palea glabris 
adventrem et presertim margines villosissimis biaristatis ; aristis villoso- 
barbellatis corolla paullo achenio dimidio brevioribus. — High Andes of 
Peru above Obrajillo. — This is one of a group of species of the Andes 
which unite De Candolle’s Californian genus Agarista to Coreopsis. 
Of these C. fasciculata, Wedd. is in the present collection, and is no. 
571 of Matthews’s collection in the same district, wherefore I had named 
it C. Matthewsti in the Hookerian herbarium. It has both faces of the 
achenia glabrous, but the margins ciliate with long villi. (Οὗ venusta, 
H. B. K., or an apparent variety of it with nearly filiform leaves and 
smaller heads on short peduncles, was gathered by Matthews in the 
province of Chachapoyas. (Οἱ capillacea, H. B. K., was collected by 
Seemann at Loxa. And the two succeeding species (of which the latter 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 195 


most nearly approaches De Candolle’s genus Agarista) are described 
from specimens in the Hookerian herbarium. 

Coreopsis (AGARISTA) FOLIOSA (sp. noy.): ramis hirtellis usque 
ad apicem confertissime foliosis ; foliis (subpollicaribus) oppositis gla- 
berrimis rigidis crassiusculis tripartitis, segmentis lateralibus .anguste 
spathulato-oblongis, terminali tripartito; capitulis paucis subcorymbosis 
breviter pedunculatis; involucri externi squamis 8 lineari-oblongis ob- 
tusissimis pubescentibus quam interiores ovales 4 brevioribus ; ligulis 
(flavis) oblongis ; corollis disci luteis demum brunneis; acheniis ob- 
longis hirsutis utrinque unicarinatis margine hirsutissimis biaristatis ; 
aristis subsquamelliformibus triquetris dense ciliato-hirsutis corollam 
adzequantibus. — Andes of Peru, Matthews, No. 1576. 

Coreopsis (AGARISTA) SPECTABILIS (sp. nov.): suffruticosa? glabra ; 
foliis oppositis circumscriptione rotundis bipinnatisectis vel 9 —5-sectis, 
segmentis 5-partitis, lobis linearibus acutis integerrimis bi-—trifidisve 
laxis; ramis in pedunculum longissimum (6-—10-poll.) nudum mono- 
cephalum desinentibus ; involucris ambobus 8-phyllis glaberrimis basi 
connatis, squamis exterioris linearibus quam interiores ovato-oblongz 
colorato-marginate dimidio brevioribus ; ligulis 8 magnis; disco luteo 
brunnescente ; acheniis lineari-oblongis extus sub palea glabris mar- 
ginibus et costa ventrali longissime villosis aristas 2 paleoliformes 
villoso-ciliatas corollam subzquantes gerentibus. Folia sesquipoll. 
diametro, capitulum disco semipoll. et ultra diam.; ligule pollicaria, 
flavee. — Andes of Peru, McLean. 

Coreopsis Maurensis (sp. nov.): fruticosa, diffusa, parce hirtella, 
mox glabrata ; foliis trisectis, segmentis oblongis vel subcuneatis inciso- 
dentatis (nunc 3—d-partitis seu terminali pinnatipartito) ; pedunculis 
elongatis monocephalis ; involucri exterioris phyllis linearibus (apice 
nunc glandula instructis) interiores zquantibus ; acheniis glabris an- 
guste oblongis modice alatis haud contortis apice bidentatis, dentibus 
triangulari-subulatis. — Maui, Sandwich Islands, on sandy or dry hills 
near the coast; a form with more dissected leaves also collected by 
Remy. ἡ 

Coreopsis and Bidens are separated by a single, artificial, and not 
wholly constant character. The group of species on which Nuttall 
grounded his genus Diodonta wholly accords with the Platycarpea sec- 
tion of Bidens, except that the awns or teeth are antrorsely hispid or 
naked. Recently we have received, from Mr. Fritchey of Missouri, 
specimens of C. aristosa, Michx., or perhaps of a wild cross between 


126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


that species and some Aidens, with retrorsely hispid awns. The Sand- 
wich Islands offer a series of species which equally connect the Psilo- 
carpea section of Lidens with Coreopsis. Some of these, having their 
achenia remarkably curved or twisted at maturity, were naturally dis- 
tinguished as a separate genus, Campylotheca. But its adoption merely 
gives us three limitless genera unmarked by any peculiarity of habit in 
the place of two artificially separated ones. The foregoing species is in 
all respects a good Coreopsis. The first of the following ones differs 
merely in its elongated achenium, slightly disposed to curve or twist. 
The others are Campylothece, with more or less curved or spirally 
twisted achenia, either narrowly wing-margined or wingless, but mani- 
fest congeners of the rest. Their union with Coreopsis is suggested 
both by their wanting the technical character of Lidens, and by the fact 
that the former already contains species with winged and with curved 


achenia. On the other hand only a slight and arbitrary line is to be 


drawn between Bidens Sandwicensis, Less., and Campylotheca micran- 
tha. Yet when the (always straight) achenia of the former bears awns, 
these are retrorsely hispid, although sparingly so. Vain is the attempt 
to draw absolute limits where Nature luxuriates in gradations; but, on 
the whole, the old distinction between Lidens and Coreopsis appears to 
be practically the best one. 

Corrorsis (CAMPYLOTHECA) MACROCARPA (sp. noy.): herbacea ? 
glabra ; foliis pinnatim 5-sectis, segmentis ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis 
argutissime creberrime serrulatis ; pedunculis oligocephalis folia sub- 
superantibus ; acheniis pro capitulo magnis (subpollicaribus) linearibus 
striatis alatis vix tortis subapice biaristulatis seu bicorniculatis. — Sand- 
wich Islands, on the mountains of Oahu. 

Coreopsis (CAmpyLoTHeca) Macrati (Campylotheca grandiflora, 
DC. Prodr.) : herbacea, puberulo-hirtella; ramis elongatis patentibus ; 
foliis ternatim sectis, segmentis lanceolatis acuminatis creberrime ser- 
ratis ; capitulis laxe paniculatis haud magnis; acheniis linearibus gla- 
berrimis calloso-marginatis calvis “aut junioribus vix bisetosis” spirali- 
ter tortis. — Hawaii, Sandwich Islands, Macrae, Remy. The above 
character is drawn up (with De Candolle’s in view) from no. 287 of 
Remy’s collection, supplied by the Paris Museum. The species does 
not merit the name grandiflora (preoccupied in Coreopsis), although 
the heads are nearly twice the size of those of C. micrantha. 

Coreopsis (CAMPYLOTHECA) COSMOIDEsS (sp. nov.) herbacea, fere 
glabra; foliis caulinis pinnatim 5-sectis summisve trisectis, ramealibus 


ea ae 7 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Το 


spe indivisis segmentisque ovato-oblongis acuminatis argute serratis 
membranaceis ; pedunculis breviusculis monocephalis ; capitulo magno 
(pollicem longo) ; involucro exteriori 8-phyllo interius adeequante, phyl- 
lis oblongis seu oblongo-lanceolatis ; ligulis (subpollicaribus) apice in- 
ciso lobatis; genitalibus prasertim stylo longissimo valde exsertis ; 
acheniis (immaturis) linearibus exalatis nunc flexuoso-curvatis margine 
hispidulis apice setuloso-coronulatis aristis 2 brevibus seu brevissimis 
fere nudis subterminatis. — Hawaii, Sandwich Islands: also in coll. 
Remy, no. 278. : 

Coreopsis (CAMPYLOTHECA) Menziesir (sp. nov. Campylotheca 
australis, Less. pro parte ?): suffruticosa, fere glaberrima, corymboso- 
ramosa ; foliis bipinnati-(vel subternati-) sectis, summis 3 —5-partitis, 
segmentis longe anguste linearibus integerrimis ; capitulis parvis (2 lin. 
longis) plurimis in corymbum digestis breviter pedunculatis ; involucro 
exteriori breviore ; acheniis angustissime linearibus elongatis glaberri- 
mis apice calvis rariusve obsolete 1 -- 2-setulosis, exterioribus sepe 
tenuiter subalatis, maturis leviter flexuosis vel tortis. — Variat inflores- 
centia foliisque (segmentis interdum laciniatis) pl. m. pubescentibus. 
Ligulz 3 lin. longe.— Hawaii and Maui, Sandwich Islands. Also 
collected by Menzies, Chamisso? and Remy. 

Coreopsis (CAMPYLOTHECA) MICRANTHA (Bidens micrantha, Gaud. 
Campylotheca micrantha, Cass. ©. australis, Less. excl. syn. Forst. 
& Spreng.): basi suffruticosa, glabra, paniculato-ramosa; foliis pinnatim 
3—7-sectis partitisve, summis nunc indivisis, segmentis lanceolatis seu 
oblongo-lanceolatis grosse argute serratis nunc incisis nune 3 -- ὅ-Π 15 
venosis ; capitulis parvis (2 lin. longis) plurimis corymbosis; involucris 
subzequilongis ; acheniis elongatis angustissime linearibus glabris exa- 
latis apice nudo aut truncato aut sepius mucrones vel aristulas 1 -- 2 
breves leves gerentibus, maturis brunneis arcte spiraliter contortis. — 
Sandwich Islands, especially Oahu. Variable in the foliage, which is 
commonly more dissected than in Gaudichaud’s figure. Chamisso 
seems to have had specimens of OC. Menziesii intermixed with va- 
rious forms of the present species. The achenium, described by 
Lessing as “anguste alatum” would appear to belong to the former 
species. 

Brmens SANDWICENSIS (Less.): herbacea, glabra; foliis membra- 
naceis plerisque trisectis, segmentis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis acumi- 
natis argute serratis, lateralibus petiolulatis vel sessilibus ; capitulis laxe 
corymboso-paniculatis parvis radiatis ; involucri phyllis linearibus gla- 


128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


bris eciliatis ; acheniis anguste linearibus glabris vel marginibus parce 
hispidulis apice setulosis aut exaristatis aut aristulis 1-2 (nunc nudis 
nune parce retrorsum hispidulis) superatis.—To this belongs B. mi- 
crantha, Hook. & Arn., but not of Gaudichaud; B. peduncularis, DC., 
but not of Gaudichaud; B. mutica and B. gracilis of Nuttall. In more 
than one collection it has been confounded with Campylotheca mi- 
crantha. Moreover, the awnless state is doubtless the Adenolepis pul- 
chella of Lessing ; a gland-like thickening at the tip of the involucral 
scales being often obvious in this, and also in some allied species (espe- 
cially in Coreopsis Mauiensis), but it is inconstant. To this species 
may also be referred Bb. paniculata, Hook. & Arn., from Tahiti (as a 
simple-leaved state, with the awns more developed and more barbed 
than usual), and probably B. angustifolia, Nutt. (with dissected leaves) ; 
likewise the following varieties : — 

Var. HETEROPHYLLA (B. luxurians, Hook. & Arn.): caule basi 
suffruticosa? foliis longe petiolatis plerisque simplicibus oblongo-lanceo- 
latis acumine longo integerrimo caudatis basi attenuatis, paucis trisectis, 
seomentis sublinearibus ; acheniis szpius biaristulatis. 

Var. OVATIFOLIA: caule herbaceo; foliis simplicibus ovatis sub- 
cordatis longissime petiolatis; ovariis coronula setularum superatis 
exaristatis. 

Bivens Hawatensis (sp. nov.) : herbacea, glaberrima ; caule elato 
ramoso polycephalo; capitulis corymboso-paniculatis ; foliis omnibus 
simplicibus longe petiolatis oblongis vel ovatis acutis vel acuminatis 
crebre serratis crassiusculis; involucri glaberrimi phyllis linearibus 
obtusis eciliatis; ligulis 7 -- ὃ elongatis; acheniis anguste linearibus 
glabris apice nudo breviter biaristatis, aristis erectis retrorsum bar- 
batis. — Hawaii, Sandwich Islands, at various stations. Disk of the 
capitulum when in flower 3 or 4, in fruit fully 6, lines long; ligules 
yellow, 5-9 lines long. 

BIDENS LANTANOIDES (sp. noy.): fruticosa, ramosa, hirsutulo-pube- 
scens ; foliis omnibus simplicibus ovalibus oblongisve creberrime serratis 
petiolatis ; pedunculis solitariis monocephalis folia subzequantibus ; in- 
volucri exterioris phyllis lineari-oblongis discum adzequantibus; ligulis 
brevibus; acheniis lineari-subtetragonis marginibus apiceque _hispi- 
dulis breviter vel brevissime biaristatis.— Eimeo, Society Islands. 
Head 4 lines in diameter. 

Var.? GLABRATA: magis herbacea; foliis utrinque attenuatis ; ca- 
pitulis subpaniculatis. — Tahiti. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 129 


LIPOCHZETA, DC. excl. sp. Amer. 


Lipotriche, pro parte, Less. in Linnea, 6, p. 510, & Syn. p. 231, non R. Br. 
Lipocheta, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 610, excl. sp. Amer. (i. 6. sp. Zermenie). 

Microcheta, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 7, p. 450, excl. sp. Wollastonic. 
Schizophyllum, Nutt. 1. c. p. 452, non Fries. 

Aphanopappus, Endl. Gen. Suppl. 2, p. 43. 

Macrea, Hook. f. in Proceed. Linn. Soc. n. 28, p. 278, & Linn. Trans. (ΕἸ. Galap.). 
Trigonopterum, Anderss. Veg. Galap. in Voy. Eugen. Bot. t. 6, f. 1. 


I cannot doubt that the following Sandwichian species are all con- 
generic, notwithstanding their diversified habit, and the complete abor- 
tion in two of them of the short awns or chaffy scales of the pappus. 
With the latter may also be associated Dr. Hooker’s Macrea, in which 
the coronula is generally a little more developed, and the awns obsolete, 
but not always entirely wanting. To merge all these plants in Wollas- 
tonia (which shows no tendency to winged achenia) would hardly be 
permitted, although the earlier-enumerated of the following species would 
not there appear widely out of place. On the whole, it will be more 
difficult to separate them clearly from Wedelia on the one hand and 
Zexmenia on the other. 

Since the last-named genus takes in all the American species of De 
Candolle’s Lipocheta, which genus was essentially founded upon Les- 
sing’s Lipotriche, and this mainly upon the leading Sandwichian species, 
it is evident that the present group should in strictness bear the name 
of Lipocheta. If the rule of priority be waived on account of the inap- 
propriateness of this name to one or two of the species, the succession 
would best fall upon Macrea. But convenience in the present instance 
coincides with precedence. 

L. austraLis (Lipotriche australis, Less.): suffruticosa, hirtello- 
seabra vel hispidula; foliis ovatis ovato-lanceolatisve 3—5-plinerviis 
acuminatis argute serratis nunc incisis aut sessilibus aut in petiolum 
brevem marginatum decurrentibus ; involucri squamis ovato-lanceo- 
latis subacuminatis. 

Var. a. CONNATA (Verbesina connata, Gaud. Lipocheta connata, 
DC.) : foliis sessilibus basi nunc angustata connatis nune late connato- 
amplexicaulibus. 

Var. 8. DECURRENS: foliis basi in petiolum plerumque alatum con- 
tractis, lamina nunc ovata seu rhombea nunc oblongo-lanceolata, in 
latifoliis seepius argute duplicato- vel laciniato-serrata.— Here prob- 
ably belongs Microcheta lanceolata, Nutt. 

VOL. V. ΤΊ 


130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Var. y. LoBATA (Verbesina lobata, Gaud. V. hastulata, Hook. & 
Arn. Lipocheta lobata & hastulata, DC.): foliis subsessilibus vel bre- 
viter petiolatis basim versus utrinque lobatis seu laciniato-dentatis. 
— Pappus, in all the forms of this polymorphous species, of 2 or 3 
short chaffy awns or narrow scales. In all the species an epigynous 
gland, at the base of style of the disk-flowers, fills the bottom of the 
tube of the corolla. 

L. SUBCORDATA (sp. noy.): herbacea? erecta, cinereo-strigulosa ; 
foliis deltoideo-subcordatis acuminatis duplicato-serratis reticulatis longe 
petiolatis, petiolis gracilibus ; involucri squamis ovato-oblongis obtusi- 
usculis. — Hawaii, on the coast. 

L. CALYCOSA (sp. nov.): fruticosa, hispidulo-scabra ; foliis lanceo- 
latis oblongisve obtusis obsolete subserratis vix triplinerviis brevissime 
petiolatis ; involucri squamis 5-8 ovalibus seu obovatis obtusissimis 
foliaceis discum subsuperantibus ; paleis receptaculi convolutis trunca- 
tis. — Diamond Hill, Oahu. 

L. ravarum, DC. (Verbesina lavarum, Gaud.) Well marked by 
its silvery-canescent (but scarcely strigose) leaves, which vary from 
narrowly to broadly lanceolate or oblong, the veins and triple ribs con- 
spicuous beneath. Achenia all fertile, very variable (as in the other 
species and in the manner of many Verbesinoid genera) as to the 
wings, &c. The wings, when developed, are extended upwards into a 
salient process as long as the pappus (which is of 2 or 3 stout, puberu- 
lent, more or less clavate and blunt awns or palez) but wholly free 
from it. 

L. inteGRiroLia (Microcheta integrifolia, Nutt.) : herbacea e ra- 
dice lignescente, humifusa, ramosissima, minutim sericeo-canescente ; 
foliis subearnosis parvis (pollicaribus) spathulatis linearibusque integer- 
rimis, venis haud perspicuis ; pedunculis solitariis terminalibus ; involu- 
cri squamis biseriatis ovatis vel rotundis obtusissimis disco brevioribus ; 
paleis receptaculi obtusissimis. — Oahu and Maui. Achenia generally 
less winged than in the preceding. 

L. succuLentA, DC. (which Remy has collected both upon Nihau 
and Kauai), has the habit of Helipta, and ranges between L. australis 
and L. integrifolia. The leaves are not absolutely glabrous; a lens 
shows some minute strigose hairs. 

L. HETROPHYLLA (sp. nov.) : suffruticosa, ramosissima, erecta, aspero- 
hispidula; foliis plerisque trifidis, segmentis oblongo-linearibus seu line- 
ari-lanceolatis denticulatis nune laciniatis vel inciso-pinnatifidis ; involu- 


- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 151 


cri squamis late ovatis sepius acuminatis disco parum brevioribus ; 
paleis receptaculi mucronatis. — Folia 1-3-pollicaria, nunc petiolata 
petiolis marginatis, nunc connato-amplexicaulia. — Maui. Pappus of 
2 or 3 very short and squamellate awns or pale, which are somewhat 
coroniform concreted at their base. 

L. TENUIFOLIA (sp. nov.) : herbacea, erecta, gracilis, fere glabra: 
foliis pinnatipartitis, segmentis rhachique angustissime linearibus seu 
filiformibus integerrimis; involucri squamis lanceolatis discum ade- 
quantibus ; paleis receptaculi acutatis.— Oahu. The achenia are 
2—-4-angled, their angles sometimes slightly winged, or produced at 
the summit ; and the pappus consists of 2 to 4 short and somewhat de- 
ciduous awns. 

L. (APHANOPAPPUS) MICRANTHA (Schizophyllum micranthum, Nutt. 
Aphanopappus Nuttallii, Walp.) : herbacea, minutim strigulosa; cauli- 
bus gracillimis ramosissimis diffusis ; foliis tenuibus bi — tripinnatipar- 
titis, segmentis parvis subcuneatis seepe bi—trilobatis ; capitulis parvis 
breve pedunculatis ; involucri squamis exterioribus lineari-spathulatis 
laxis, interioribus oblongis ; ligulis 2 -- ὃ ovalibus; fl. disci 6-8; ache- 
niis apteris; pappo obsolescente. — Kauai (Atooi). Ovaries pubes- 
cent at the summit, as in Lipocheta generally, the short hairs, or part 
of them, apparently forming a minute coronulate pappus, of which only 
mere vestiges remain upon the mature short-obovate achenium. The 
exterior achenia are the most fertile, and turgid, 3—4-angled ; the inner 
more compressed or lenticular ; the central ones by no means always 
infertile. 

L. (ApHANOPAPPUS) Remyi (sp. nov.): herbacea, ramosissima, 
diffusa, cinereo-hirsuta ; foliis oblongis petiolatis obtusis seepius parce 
dentatis vel sublobatis, superioribus alternis; capitulis parvis sub- 
paniculatis breviter pedunculatis ; involucri squamis oblongis obtusis ; 
ligulis 5-7 obovatis brevibus; acheniis radii presertim ad angulos 
tuberculatis vel interrupte subalatis, disci inanibus; pappo obsoleto. — 
Oahu, Remy, no. 260. 

L. (APHANOPAPPUS) LARICIFOLIA. Macrea laricifolia, Hook. f. 
Trigonopterum Ponteni, Anders. — Galapagos Islands. 


GunTHERIA Mecapotamica, Spreng. Polypteris Brasiliensis, 
Less. in Linnea. Cercostylis Brasiliensis, Less. Syn. Compos. Spren- 
gel’s name for the genus, founded like Lessing’s upon Sellow’s speci- 
mens, and revived by Schlechtendal (Linnea, 11, p. 4), is the earlier by 
several years, and nothing stands in the way of its restoration. The 


132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


genus is the representative, on the plains of Buenos Ayres, &c., of 
Gaillardia and Agassizia in the equivalent region of North America ; 
and the three genera are very closely related. The style of the Gun- 
theria is intermediate between that of these two related genera, from 
both of which it recedes in the want of rays, and of an involucellate 
coma around the achenia. 

Var. SCABIOSOIDES: foliis pinnati- vel sub-bipinnati-partitis. C. sea- 
biosoides, Arn. in DC. 


RAILLARDIA, Gaud.— Although the rays of the pappus are 
sete instead of palez, the true place of this genus is next to Dubautia, 
among the Heleniee. It differs from Dubautia chiefly in the slender 
and truly plumose setz of the papus, the absence of chaff to the recep- 
tacle (which is convex or obtusely conical and pubescent) and in the 
nearly valvately uniserial involucre, the scales of which connive or 
lightly cohere into a cylindrical cup. These two genera, with Argyro- 
xiphium and Wilkesia (a connecting link between Argyroxiphium and 
Dubautia) are the striking, characteristic, and wholly peculiar shrubby 
or arborescent Composite of the Sandwich Islands, especially of their 
high mountain region or elevated lava plains. The present collection 
contains specimens of the four published species of Raillardia, in such 
perfection and variety as to enable me to characterize them properly, 
and also five others. Some of these are so polymorphous — after 
the fashion of the characteristic plants of those Islands — that, at the 
first view of the collection, one would be disposed to double the number 
of species here admitted. The species now known may be arranged as 
follows, under three sections ; of which the third, by its nervose leaves 
and more numerous flowers in the capitula, most approaches the 
genus Dubautia. 


§ 1. Venoso-reticulate. 


1. RAILLARDIA LATIFOLIA (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : foliis oppositis planis amplis 
oblongis penninerviis reticulato-venulosis dissitis subpetiolatis cum ramis 
elongatis patentibus glaberrimis ; capitulis 4—5-floris numerosissimis in 
panicula nuda composita effusa.—Island of Kauai. A rambling 
shrub. 5 


§ 2. Uninervie, avenie. 


2. RAILLARDIA scABRA (DC.): humilis; caulibus floridis (ξ -- ὥ- 
ped.) gracilibus superne parce foliatis fere herbaceis e basi decumbente 
fruticosa ramosa; foliis plerisque alternis linearibus uninerviis supra vel 


ens ῥὴμ χτῳ.- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 133 


undique hispidulo-scabris marginibus revolutis haud raro parce dentatis, 
inferioribus confertissimis reflexis ; capitulis plurimis paniculato-corym- 
bosis 5 — 7-floris. — Var. 8. HISPIDULA: gracilior, foliis anguste line- 
aribus utrinque hispidulis. y. LEIOPHYLLA: foliis anguste linearibus 
leevigatis vel superne obsolete marginibusque hispidulo-scabris. — Ha- 
waii and Maui. 

3. RAILLARDIA LAXIFLORA (DC.): ramis etiam floridis ligneis 
seepius foliosissimis ; foliis latiuscule linearibus seu lanceolatis planis 
vel marginibus (scabris nunc denticulatis) parum revolutis uninerviis 
crassis supra lucidis scaberulis seu levigatis patentibus serius reflexis, 
plerisque ternato-verticillatis, superioribus szepe alternis ; panicula sub- 
simplici laxa; capitulis plerumque longe pedicellatis 6— 13-floris. — 
Hawaii. Intermediate between the preceding and the following, ap- 
parently very different, species. 

4, RAILLARDIA CILIOLATA (DC.): ramosissima; ramis usque ad 
apicem confertissime foliosis ligneis; foliis lanceolatis lineari-oblongis 
vel obtuse lanceolato-subulatis cra$sis uninerviis infra convexis seu ca- 
rinatis supra concavis vel marginibus (semper hispidulo-ciliatis scabro- 
ciliolatisve) leviter involutis lucidis oppositis ternisve plerisque arrectis 
seu erectiusculis et secus ramos steriles imbricatis; capitulis paucis 
subracemosis 5 — 12-floris. — Variat foliis vernicoso-lucidis vel opacis, 
leevigatis scaberulis vel hispidulis, et (in extremis), 8. LAXIFOLIA: 
foliis patentibus subplanis minus crebris. y. JUNIPEROIDES: foliis 
minoribus involuto-canaliculatis quasi acerosis confertissimis imbricatis ; 
capitulis subsolitariis. — Hawaii. 


§ 8. Nervose. 


* Folia plana, 3-—11-nervia, omnia opposita vel plerumque terna, sub- 
patentia vel patentissima, nunc denticulata. 


5. RAILLARDIA LINEARIS (Gaud.): orgyalis; ramis laxis paten- 
tibus ; foliis confertiusculis lanceolatis linearibusve 3 —5-nerviis utrin- 
que vel basi attenuatis glabris vel sericeo-puberulis ; paniculis composi- 
tis polycephalis nudis; capitulis cymuloso-fasciculatis 8 -- 7- (raro 12-) 
floris. — Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui. 

6. RarLLARpDIA ΜΈΝΖΙΕΒΙΙ (sp. nov.): ramis‘rigidis usque ad 
apicem conferte foliosissimis ; foliis ellipticis seu lanceolato-oblongis 
arcte sessilibus 3—5-nerviis scabro-hirsutulis (nunc levigatis) ; panicula 
subsimplici; capitulis pedicellatis 7 —15-floris.— Variat foliis laxius- 
culis subpatentibus seu confertis fere imbricatis, oblongo-lanceolatis seu 


134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ovato-ellipticis, opacis hirsutulis vel nitidis glabratis, marginibus hispidu- 
lo-ciliatis. — Hawaii and Maui. 

7. RAILLARDIA PLATYPHYLLA (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : fruticosa; ramis validis 
conferte foliosissimis ; foliis oppositis lanceolato-ovatis e basi semiam- 
plexicauli ad apicem sensim angustatis subacutis 7 -- 11-nerviis undique 
scaberrimis, junioribus glanduloso-viscosis ; panicula nuda; capitulis 
10 -- 20-floris. — Variat foliis angustioribus oblongo-lanceolatis ternis. — 
Maui. Leaves 2 or 3 inches long, commonly an inch-wide next the 
base. 

8. RAILLARDIA ARBOREA (sp. noy.): trunco 20-pedali; ramis 
validis conferte foliosis ; foliis elliptico- seu elongato-oblongis utrinque 
obtusissimis arcte sessilibus 3—5-nerviis glanduloso-scabridis, junioribus 
viscoso-pubescentibus ; panicula basi foliosa cum involucro 9 -- 14-phyllo 
25 —45-floro hirsutis et glanduloso-viscosis. — Hawaii, on Mouna Kea. 
Leaves 14 to 2 inches long. 


** Folia pl. m. concava, erecto-imbricata, terna, leviter vel infra obso- 
lete 3—5-nervia. 


9. RAILLARDIA STRUTHIOLOIDES (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : caule arborescente 3 
foliis secus ramos imbricato-confertis oblongo- seu elliptico-lanceolatis 
acutiusculis arcte sessilibus cinereo-hispidulis vel scabridis, junioribus 
hirsuto-ciliatis ; panicula seu racemo simplici; involucro 6—-—9-phyllo 
12 — 20-floro. — Hawaii, on Mouna Kea, with the preceding and higher. 
Leaves 14 to 2 inches long. 


DUBAUTIA, Gaud. — The best published description is that of 
Lessing, who rightly ascribed to D. plantaginea a couple of palez on 
the receptacle. These, overlooked by Hooker and Arnott, and there- 
fore, it would seem, ignored by De Candolle and Endlicher, are gener- 
ally if not always present whenever the flowers are more numerous 
than the scales of the involucre, subtending the flowers which are not 
subtended, and their achenia embraced, by the involucral scales. In 
D. laxa, accordingly, these palez are more obvious, and still more strik- 
ing are they in a new species with many-flowered heads, which is 
moreover remarkable for its truly paleaceous, instead of aristiform, 
pappus. As the old species need diagnoses as well as the new, I ap- 
pend the characters of all of them. 

1. DUBAUTIA PLANTAGINEA (Gaud.): foliis glabratis glabrisve 
elongato-lanceolatis sensim acuminatis basi modice angustatis ; capitulis 
parvis 7 —10-floris numerosissimis in ramos divergentes folioso-bracte- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 135 


atos panicule thyrsoidee magne congestis; receptaculi parvi paleis 
1-38; corolle tubo gracili limbo abrupte campanulato duplo longiore 
pappi sordidi paleas aristiformes barbellatas subsuperante. — Oahu and 
Hawaii.— In Gaudichaud’s original specimens the inflorescence is 
undeveloped, so that his plate gives no idea of the ample, thyrsoid, com- 
pound panicle, the divaricate primary branches of which are sometimes 
six inches long, nor of the great number of the small heads. The 
leaves, also, are represented as much too broad at the base.. 

2. DUBAUTIA LHVIGATA (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : foliis oblongo-lanceolatis deor- 
‘sum longe attenuatis quasi petiolatis ultra medium argute serratis laxe 
inconspicue plurinerviis nitidis ramisque glaberrimis ; panicula thyrsi- 
formi pedunculata nuda; receptaculo parvo. Flores desunt. — Kauai, 
Sandwich Islands. Incompletely known; possibly a variety of the 
foregoing. 

3. DupautTiA τάχα (Hook. & Arn.) : foliis glabratis vel strigoso- 
hispidis oblongo-lanceolatis rariusve ovali- seu cuneato-oblongis antice 
argute serrulatis acuminatis deorsum longe attenuatis; capitulis 10-15- 
floris parvulis in cymam brevem congestis ; corolla paleas pappi (mox 
rufi) subulato-aristiformes serrato-fimbriolatas vix superante, tubo 
glanduloso.— Oahu. Badly named, the inflorescence being less lax 
than that of D. plantaginea in fully developed specimens. 

4, DUBAUTIA PALEATA (sp. noy.): foliis strigoso-hispidulis lato 
lanceolatis utrinque vix angustatis sessilibus; capitulis 12 -—50-floris 
corymbosis paucis majusculis (5-6 lin. longis); receptaculo elevato 
paleis pluribus onusto ; corolla tubo pappi paleas lanceolatas margine 
eroso-denticulatas superante, fauce vix ampliata, limbo 94-partito. — 
Kauai, Sandwich Islands. 


ARGYROXIPHIUM and WiixestA. The characters of the latter 
genus, and of a new species of Argyroxiphium, with the announcement 
that this had a circle of palez at the margin of the receptacle, — and 
epappose ray-achenia enclosed in the involute subtending scales of the 
involucre, and therefore belonged to the Madiee,— were published 
by me, in the Proceedings of the Academy (Vol. II. p. 160), a dozen 
years ago. These notes appear to have escaped attention. Having 
now further to add that the palez of Argyroxiphium are concreted into 
a cup, in the manner of several Madiee, —so that, indeed, Wilkesta 
may be viewed as an Argyroxiphium with the ray-flowers and the 
subtending involucre suppressed, — it is worth while to reproduce the 
characters with emendations. 


136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


WILKESIA, Gray. 


Capitulum homoganum, multiflorum. Involucrum campanulatum, 
14 —28-dentatum, hine inde subincisum, herbaceo-membranaceum, den- 
tibus villoso-ciliatis. Receptaculum convexum, nudum, glabrum. Flo- 
res hermaphroditi, conformes. Corolle tubulose, glabra, e tubo gra- 
cili cyathiformes, lobis 5 brevibus recurvis. Anthere ecaudate. Styli 
rami reyoluti, cono hispidulo complanato apice subulato superati. Ache- 
nia elongata, compresso-quadrangulata, ad angulos seu costas hispidula. 
Pappus paleaceus, persistens, uniserialis, paleis 8 lanceolato-subulatis 
hirto-ciliatis. — Arbuscula? Sandwicensis, Yucceformis; caule simplici 
orgyali seu biorgyali; foliis lineari-gladiatis summisve lanceolatis cori- 
aceis crebre nervulosis preter margines tomentoso-ciliatos glabris 
(nascentibus sericeis) in verticillos propinquos polyphyllos congestis 
et per baseos pl. m. coadunatis; pedunculis gracilibus glandulosis 1 -- ὅ- 
cephalis ex axillis fol. supr. ortis paniculam laxam amplam efficientibus ; 
capitulis post anthesin nutantibus. 

WILKESIA GYMNOXIPHIUM, Gray, ]. c. — Kauai, Sandwich Islands, 
alt. 3,700 feet. 


ARGYROXIPHIUM, DC. 


Capitulum hemisphericum, heterogamum, multiflorum ; fl. radii uni- 
serialibus ligulatis foemineis, disci hermaphroditis tubulosis. Involu- 
crum uniseriale, squamis numerosis (tot quot ligula) discum subzequan- 
tibus angustis convolutis achenia radii involventibus. Receptaculum 
convexum vel conicum, inter radium et discum gerens paleas uniseriales 
gamophyllas, ceterum nudum. Ligule breves, plerumque tridentate. 
Corolle fl. herm. glabra, e tubo gracili sursum ampliate, 5-dentate. 
Anthere ecaudate ; filamenta sub apice articulata. Styli rami line- 
ares, fl. herm. cono complanato hispidulo superati. Achenia elongata, 
glabra, 4—5-angulata angulis costeformibus, radii incurva, aut omnia 
preter coronulam brevem calva, aut disci pappo persistente, e paleis 
paucis valde inzqualibus subconcretis, superata. — Herbe ? insignes, 
Sandwicenses, 3—6-pedales; caule simplici percrasso foliis angustis 
pugioniformibus plerumque sericeo-argenteis confertissimis undique 
horrente, panicula ampla laxius foliata terminato ; pedunculis viscoso- 
pubescentibus ; capitulis nutantibus; floribus radii luteis, disci roseo- 
purpureis. 

1. A. SanpwIcensE, DC.: ligulis 12-16 longiusculis; styli fl. disci 
ramis breviter obtuseque appendiculatis; acheniis disci inzqualiter 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 137 


paleaceo-papposis ; receptaculo convexo. — Hawaii, alt. 6,300 -- 12,000 
feet. 

2. A. MACROCEPHALUM (Gray in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 2, p. 160) : 
capitulo sesqui—bipollicari ; ligulis 20 — 30 brevibus ; styli fl. disci ramis 
cono acuto superatis ; pappo nisi coronula brevissima disciformi nullo ; 
receptaculo conico. — Maui, above 9,000 feet. 


ABROTANELLA (CERATELLA) SUBMARGINATA (sp. nov.) : pulvinato- 
cespitosa ; foliis crebris linearibus e basi erecta patentibus sursum leviter 
calloso-marginatis truncato-obtusis vel retusis ; capitulis solitariis sub- 
sessilibus paucifloris ; involucri squamis subuninerviis ; acheniis obsolete 
3—4-nervatis angulatisve inferne hirtellis pappo coroniformi et pauci- 
aristulato vel dentato superatis. — Orange Harbor, Fuegia. — In foli- 
age nearly intermediate between A. emarginata and the following 
species, in general appearance very like A. ( Ceratella, Hook. f.) rosu- 
lata, but the leaves smaller and narrower. Heads and flowers nearly 
as in A. emarginata, but with a rather conspicuous pappus, consisting 
of a thin and scarious coronula, two to four teeth of which are com- 
monly extended into short awns.— Nothing is less reliable, at least 
generically, than distinctions founded upon the presence, degree of de- 
velopment, or absence of a paleaceous, coroniform, or other reduced 
kind of pappus. Dr. Hooker will not be surprised that this and the 
following species demand the reduction of his Ceratella, Trineuron, 
and therefore Scleroleima, to Abrotanella. 

ABROTANELLA (CERATELLA) LINEARIFOLIA (sp. nov.) : laxe cespi- 
tosa ; foliis linearibus seu lineari-subspathulatis immarginatis patulis, 
supremis capitulum pedunculatum adzquantibus; involucri squamis 
ovalibus sub-2—3-nervatis; floribus foemineis 2 -- ὃ, hermaphroditis 
6—8 stylo pl. m. bifido, omnibus seepissime fertilibus ; acheniis glaber- 
rimis elongato-obovatis 4-costatis apice subcontractis pappo obscure 
cupulato truncato nunc sub-4-dentato nunc plane 4-aristulato superatis. 
— Orange Harbor, Fuegia.— With the aspect and foliage (although 
on a rather smaller scale) of A. spathulata (Trineuron, Hook. f.) this 
has the floral characters of A. (Ceratella) rosulata, except that the 
flowers are all fertile ; and as to the pappus, it is intermediate between 
Ceratella and Scleroleima. 


ARTEMISIA AUSTRALIS, Less. Frutex ! 

Var. a. ESCHSCHOLTZIANA: foliis adultis subtus canescentibus supra 
glabratis, lobis planis seepius parce incisis. — Oahu and Kauai. 

VOL. V. 18 


138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Var. 8. Mautensis : foliis utrinque incanis, vetustissimis glabrescen- 
tibus, divisionibus lobisque plerumque filiformibus integerrimis. — Cra- 
ter of Maui. 

LucitiA, Cass., remanded to the Gnaphaliee by Remy, and right- 
ly described as to the pappus by Weddell, ought to include elloa, 
too slightly distinguished by the papillose instead of silky achenia, as 
is Merope, by the at length spreading, instead of connivent, scales of the 
involucre. In some specimens they appear neither to spread nor to 
connive. — Nuttall’s Gnaphalium depressum, described from Pichincha 
specimens of Professor Jameson’s collection (no. 642 and 57) is not 
the G. radians, Benth. i. e. L. (Merope) Kunthiana, but apparently the 
L. conoidea, Wedd., or near it, although larger. JL. gnaphalioides, 
Less. includes Z. argentea, Hook. & Arn., in which, by a typographi- 
cal error of the Prodromus, the heads are said to be three-flowered in 
place of thirty-flowered. : 

Lucit1a (Merore) preToLeris, Wedd., a form with more cau- 
lescent sterile shoots from the Peruvian Andes. 

Lucit1a (Merore) Scuuritrzu (Gnaphalicum evacoides, Schultz 
Bip. and Merope Schultziit, Wedd.), a depressed, pulvinate plant, with 
the habit of Silene acaulis, has glabrous achenia. 

Lucri1a (Merore) PICKERINGII (sp. πον.) : cano-tomentosa, multi- 
ceps, depressa; caulibus confertis uncialibus foliatis; foliis spathulatis seu 
obovatis planis dense undique lanuginosis; capitulis subsolitariis sessili- 
bus cylindraceis ; involucri squamis interioribus linearibus obtusiusculis 
badiis discum zquantibus; acheniis minutim papillosis.— Var. β. ὃ 
MINOR: condensata, pube appressa, capitulis minoribus aggregatis. — 
High Andes of Peru. 


ANTENNARIA ὃ MNIODES. — Plante andicole, musciformes, 
densissime pulvinato-cespitose, cinereo-tomentosz ; foliis obovatis squa- 
mzformibus creberrimis arcte imbricatis; capitulis solitariis in apice 
ramulorum inter folia sessilibus fere absconditis: dioica. 


1. ANTENNARIA (MNIODES) ANDINA (sp. noy.): foliis lingulato- 
subcuneatis fere truncatis retusisve utrinque pilis longis crebris villoso- 
crinitis ; involucri squamis lineribus obtusis; acheniis glabris ; pappi 
setis fl. masc. apice subito valde clavato-incrassatis. — Alpamarca, high 
Andes of Peru. Also collected by Hzenke, in the same region. Form- 
ing cushion-like perennial tufts, like those of Lewcobryum, and of the 
related Maja, Wedd. Flowers as in Antennaria. 


‘2. =e 


> 


————— 


ἢ δε 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 139 


2. ANTENNARIA (MyriopEs) ARETIOIDES (Baccharis aretiodes, 
Schultz Bip., Werope aretioides, Wedd. Chlor. And. t. 25), from the 
Andes a little farther south, has more obovate, less truncate, and much 
less villous leaves, papillose sterile ovaria (fertile plant not known), 
and the bristles of the male pappus very gradually and moderately thick- 
ened upwards. These distinctions are derived from Weddell’s figure 
and description, and from a small specimen of no. 1823 of Lechler’s 
collection, kindly communicated by Dr. Schultz. But what he has 
communicated under the same name, from Henke’s reliquia, is plainly 
the A. andina. 

WerneriA, H.B.K. This interesting and now rather polymor- 
phous andine genus, like its analogue Senecio, is either radiate or dis- 
coid, the rays either yellow, white, or rose-color ; the branches of the 
style are either truncate, or, in a few species, tipped with a setiform 
appendage. In one remarkable species the receptacle is alveolate; in 
one or two the leaves on the branches, or some of them, are opposite ; 
in several there are five abnormal nerves to the disk-corollas, occupy- 
ing the axis of the lobes, as in De Candolle’s Mesogramma ; but this is 
an inconstant character. The collection of the Exploring Expedition 
comprises the following species, viz. : — 

WERNERIA NUBIGENA, H. B. K,, including, with Weddell, W. dis- 
ticha and graminifolia, but not W. rigida (misprinted frigida by De 
Candolle), which is apparently the larger form of W. pumila. 

WERNERIA ORBIGNYANA, Wedd., var. BREVIRADIATA: involucri 
laciniis 10 -- 14 ligulas breves adzequantibus ; foliis seepius integerrimis. 
— High Andes of Peru, near Casa Cancha. This, which I had for- 
merly named W. nuda, is perhaps W. nubigena var. caulescens, leio- 
scapa, Wedd. 1]. ο. 

WERNERIA VILLOSA (sp. nov.) : rhizomate repente ; caule florifero 
gracili simplici usque ad capitulum parce folioso villoso-lanato ; foliis 
angustissime linearibus primum villosis mox glabratis, summis brevi- 
bus filiformibus capitulum bracteantibus seu involucrantibus, radicalibus 
obtusis deorsum longe attenuatis, basi dilatata scariosa intus fulvo-crin- 
ita; involucro 12—15-fido, lobis lineari-lanceolatis margine scariosis ; 
ligulis exsertis ; styli ramis apice truncato penicillato-hispidis ; achenio 
glabro.— High Andes of Peru near Alpamarca.—'To be compared 
with W. staticefolia, Wedd., especially the var. celmisiotdes ; but that 
is said to have the branches of the style subulate, ὅσο. 

WERNERIA PYGMHA, Gillies, including W. Rhizoma, Remy, W. mi- 


8 


140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


nima, Walp., W. graminifolia, Benth., W. brachypappa, cherlerioides, and 
apiculata, Schultz Bip. Andes of Chili and of Peru. 

WERNERIA CHSPITOSA, Wedd., which was long ago collected by 
Dombey, on the high Andes of Peru. 

WERNERIA CARNULOSA (sp. πον.) : acaulis, caespitosa, parva (polli- 
caris), undique glabra; rhizomate crasso fere lignoso ramoso ; foliis con- 
fertissimis linearibus vel spathulatis brevibus integerrimis obtusissimis 
carnosis capitulum sessile vix zquantibus ; involucro 12-lobo, lobis tubo 
parum brevioribus lineari-oblongis obtusis apice ciliolatis; ligulis nullis; 
acheniis glabris ; antheris luteis. — High Andes of Peru. 

WERNERIA STRIGOSISSMA (sp. nov.) : ceespitosa, subpollicaris ; rhi- 
zomate ramoso crasso repente ; foliis rosulatis brevibus spathulatis inte- 
gerrimis capitulum sessile fulerantibus cum involucro 10 -- 14-fido stri- 
gosissimis ; vaginis crinitis ; ligulis exsertis ; styli ramis apice truncato 
hispidulo penicillatis et appendice setacea auctis ; achenio pubescente ; 
pappo rigidulo.— High Andes of Peru near Casa Cancha. Bristles 
of the leaves themselves denticulate, or the larger ones resolved above 
into a tuft of slender hairs. 

WERNERIA CILIOLATA (sp. nov.) : czespitosa, ramosissima, depressa, 
glaberrima; ramis brevibus confertissime foliosis ; foliis (sepe oppo- 
sitis) linearibus subcomplicatis vel canaliculatis acutiusculis subcarnosis 
sub lente spinuloso-ciliolatis ; capitulis sessilibus ; involucro cylindraceo 
pluricostato 8-fido, lobis triangulato-lanceolatis obtusis subscariosis, 
costa valida ; ligulis paucis brevibus; styli ramis truncatis apiculo brevi 
vel obsoleto; acheniis glabris. — High Andes of Peru, near Alpa- 
marca. 

WERNERIA pDIGITATA, Wedd. <A scanty specimen was collected 
along with the preceding and the succeeding species, exhibiting some 
minor discrepancies from Weddell’s description. The leaves bear some 
woolly hairs ; their lobes are incrassated, although far less so than in 
the following, and are blunt, instead of acute; a few of them are truly 
opposite. Involucre costate or nerved; the divisions 13 to 20, scarcely 
if at all longer than the tube. The branches of the style, as well in the 
ray as in the disk, sometimes bear a conspicuous, slender, setiform ap- 
pendage (either naked or sparingly setulose) ; sometimes this is obso- 
lete, or not distinguishable from the coarse hairs of the truncate obtuse 
summit. 

WERNERIA DACTYLOPHYLLA, Schultz Bip. This extraordinary 
species was first detected by Dombey. On account of the habit, the 


ee)” ee ee ee 


eo oe Ὑ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 141 


appendage of the style, and the alveolate receptacle, I was disposed to 
regard this (as was Dr. Schultz) as the type of a new genus, sustaining 
to Gynoxys the relation which Werneria does to Senecio. But all these 
characters break down; that of the style is inconstant even in the same 
species ; the closely allied preceding species has a naked receptacle ; 
and in this the alveoli vary, being sometimes very deep and here and 
there irregularly extended into scarious fimbrille, some of them even 
half the length of the flowers; while in Dombey’s own specimens, in 
the Parisian herbarium, the receptacle is only moderately alveolate. 


SENECIO LEUCOMALLUS (sp. nov.): fruticosus, ramosus, undique 
albo-lanosissimus ; ramis 1 — 3-cephalis ad apicem usque foliosis ; foliis 
spathulatis integerrimis obtusis planis (denudatis glabratis aveniis) > 
capitulis breviter pedunculatis ; involucro lanosissimo, bracteolis lineari- 
subulatis squamas proprias subequantibus ; ligulis nullis ; acheniis gla- 
berrimis. — Var. 8. INCISUS: caulibus laxis adscendentibus; foliis ple- 
risque apice 3—5-lobatis vel inciso-dentatis. — Orange Harbor, Fuegia. 
Related to S. Patagonicus, Hook. & Arn., of which S. Andersonit, 
Hook. f. and S. Duyausii, Hombr. & Jacquinot are forms. 

SENECIO WessTeERI, Hook. f., var. SUBDISCOIDEUS: ramis adscen- 
dentibus ; foliis flabellatis grosse crenato-dentatis, basi nunc truncata 
nunc late cuneata; ligulis paucis parvis tubo brevioribus. — Orange 
Harbor, Fuegia. 

Senecio Darwint, Hook. & Arn., var. ERADIATUS: pumilus, con- 
densatus ; foliis parvis; ligulis nullis. S. Laseguei, Homb. & Jacqui- 
not? With the preceding. 

Senecio ΕἸΘΉΤΒΙΙ, Hook. & Arn., in its more luxuriant states 
shows indications of being only another variety of S. Darwinit. 

SENECIO TRIFURCATUS, Less., is stoloniferous, a character not men- 
tioned in any published description ; but a young stolon is delineated 
on one specimen in Dr. Hooker’s excellent figure. 

SENECIO SUBCANDIDUS (sp. nov.) : herbaceus vel basi frutescens, 
laxe arenoso-lanatus; caule mox glabrato erecto sesquipedali apice 
corymboso ; foliis membranaceis, caulinis oblongis ovato-subcordatis vel 
subdeltoideis grosse duplicato-dentatis crenatisve supra glabratis subtus 
tomentoso-incanis, petiolo szepius alato; capitulis in corymbo 3—9 longe 
pedicellatis ; involucro circiter 20-phyllo glabrescente (squamis lineari- 
bus) basi bracteolis brevibus subulatis parce calyculato ; ligulis elon- 
gatis; acheniis sericeo-puberulis. — Ludit foliis sinuatis et, var. MINOR: 
caule subaphyllo oligocephalo; foliis lyrato-pinnatifidis seu pinnatipar- 


142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


titis, petiolo basi seepius stipulato-appendiculatis. — Andes of Peru near 
Obrajillo. Also crest of Purruchucha, by Matthews, and in some part 
of Peru by Pavon. 

SENECIO GRACILIPES (sp. nov.) : herbaceus, pruinoso-pubens ; caule 
erecto simplici pedali parce foliato oligocephalo; foliis membranaceis, 
inferioribus longissime graciliter petiolatis ovatis subrotundisve sinuato- 
5—7-lobatis lobis denticulatis, superioribus parvis paucis pinnatifidis 
petiolo basi aurito-dilatatis ; capitulis longiuscule pedunculatis discoi- 
deis ; involucro parce bracteolis setaceis calyculato 20-phyllo, squamis 
lineari-lanceolatis dorso hirtellis; acheniis minutim hirtellis. — Andes 
of Peru, near Obrajillo. 

Senecio Ricuui (sp. nov.): herbaceus, glaber; caule erecto gracili 
apice corymboso polycephalo ; foliis angustissime linearibus plerumque 
laciniatis vel pinnatipartitis ; capitulis parvis discoideis pedicellatis ; in- 
volucro parce minutimque bracteolato 12—13-phyllo, squamis lanceola- 
tis obtusiusculis; acheniis hirtellis. — Var. 8.? foliis latioribus, lobis 
lanceolatis ; ramis floridis patentibus. — With the preceding. 

Senecio PicKEeRINGU (sp. nov.): fruticosus, humilis, ramosissimus, 
glaber; ramulis brevibus rigidis, floriferis capitula 1 -- ὃ sub-pedicel- 
lata seepius nutantia gerentibus; foliis crebris linearibus seu lineari- 
oblongis sessilibus subcarnosis grosse pinnatifido-dentatis rariusve in- 
tegris; bracteolis calyculi ovatis seu obovatis squamis involucri 10 -- 
12 late oblongis triente brevioribus; ligulis nullis; acheniis glabris ; 
pappi setis barbellulatis. — Var. 8.? foliis minus carnosis magis inci- 
sis; capitulis minoribus; bracteolis squamisque involucri angustioribus. 
— High Andes of Peru, between Culluay and Casa Cancha, &c. 

Senecio Dana (sp. noy.): suffruticulosus, caspitoso-depressus, 
glabratus ; foliis crebris carnosulis linearibus inciso-3 — 5-dentatis sub- 
pinnatifidis vel integerrimis primum cum caule apice subaphyllo mono- 
cephalo lanulosis; capitulo nutante discoideo; involucri squamis 14-- 
16 lato-linearibus obtusis cum bracteolis calyculi dimidio brevioris 
dorso nigro-pubescentibus; acheniis cinereo-puberulis. — Alpamarca, 
high Andes of Peru. 

SENECIO DICLINUS, Wedd. This collection contains male as well 
as female specimens, as also does the Hookerian herbarium, in speci- 
mens collected by Mr. McLean. The female flowers have imperfect 
anthers; the male have a style like that of the female, only its 
branches are minutely papillose externally, as in Weddell’s S. codopap- 
pus. The style in the female flowers, instead of resembling that of 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 143 


the hermaphrodite blossoms of Senecio generally, imitates that of the 
ray-flowers of the genus. 

SENECIO EVACOIDES, Schultz Bip., is also in the present collection, 
but with a pappus the bristles of which are indistinctly, if at all, bar- 
bate at the apex. 

SENECIO PELLITUS (sp. nov.): subdioicus? manus, herbaceus, surcu- 
losus, acaulescens, undique pilis longis sericeis dense crinitus; foliis 
rosulatis obovatis vel subrotundis integerrimis sub-3—5-nerviis in petio- 
lum brevem attenuatis; scapo brevi vel subnullo monocephalo; invo- 
lucro 20-phyllo ecalyculato; ligulis nullis; floribus creberrimis; styli 
ramis obtusis (nec truncatis) hirtulis; acheniis glabris; pappo rigidulo. 
— High Andes of Peru near Casa Cancha. The flowers in the spe- 
cimens are structurally hermaphrodite; but the anthers bear very little 
pollen, and the style resembles that of the female flowers of S. dicli- 
nus, &c., to the same group with which this species evidently belongs. 

SENECIO WERNERIOIDES, Wedd. Chlor. And. I. p. 128, t. 19. 

Var. 8. EXSCAPUS: capitulo inter folia rosulata creberrime pinnati- 
fido-dentata sessili.— Alpamarca, high Andes of Peru. 

Var. y. SCAPOSUS: scapo multibracteato 3-pollicari folia spathulata 
simpliciter dentata subeequante.— At a lower elevation, between Cul- 
luay and Obrajillo. 


Bilabiatiflore. 


ONosERIS ODORATA, Hook. & Arn. To this species (which in- 
cludes O. Oumingit, Hook. & Arn.) belongs the Cursonia Peruviana 
of Nuttall. The bristles of the pappus, said by De Candolle to be bi- 
serial, are better described by Don as in‘a triple order, the innermost 
much larger and stouter, the outermost very short. ; 

HYALIS ARGENTEA, Don. The receptacle is naked, with broad are- 
ole, between which one or two minute setulae may often be found; 
these hardly answer to the character “fimbrillis callosis singulis sub 
achenio singulo.” Pappus no more connate at the base than in all the 
allied genera, pluriserial, the bristles denticulate. Tails of the an- 
thers plumose with cobwebby hairs. A more remarkable addition to 
the generic character, — one which rather militates against Weddell’s 
group of Plaziee,—is that the corollas, although more commonly uni- 
form and bilabiate, are not rarely, in one or more of the flowers of the 
head, deeply and equally five-parted, the lobes narrow and revolute, — 
in this and in some other respects indicating an affinity with Weddell’s 
genus Aphyllocladus. 


144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


CH2ZTANTHERA PERUVIANA (sp. nov.) : annua, tenella, diffuse ra- 
mosa; foliis lineari-cuneatis vel spathulatis versus apicem spinuloso- 
dentatis laxe villosis mox glabratis, summis angustioribus circa capitu- 
lum confertis ; involucri squamis subscariosis retusis, exterioribus ova- 
libus, costa in appendicem nunc folioformem producta, interioribus 
lineari-oblongis seepe mucronulatis; ligulis linearibus fere glabris in- 
volucrum vix superantibus, labio interiori parvo brevi apice bidentato. 
— Andes of Peru, above Bafios. Near Οἱ tenella: the first species 
detected north of Chili. 

ORIASTRUM COCHLEARIFOLIUM (sp. nov.) : pulvinatum, laxe arach- 
noideo-lanatum ; foliis in caules breves confertis imbricatis sessilibus 
crassis obtusissimis muticis dorso mox glabratis intus sub margine in- 
curvo concavis lanuginosis, inferioribus oblongis, superioribus spathu- 
latis capitulum sessile arcte rosulato-cingentibus; involucri squamis 
omnibus scariosis, apice radiante colorato ovato-lanceolato acuto rigidi- 
ori; pappi setis capillaribus rigidis basim versus parce barbellulatis 
superne fere levibus. — Alpamarca, high Andes of Peru. A very 
distinct species, interesting from its extending the range of the genus 
farther north than before. Ray-flowers perhaps fertile; their linear 
ligule obscurely tridenticulate at the apex, and with two minute teeth 
at the base on the inner side, representing the lower lip. Mature ache- 
nia unknown. — Those of O. Chilense, Wedd., are pyriform ; the papil- 
le of their surface when soaked swell into a jelly, and then the ache- 
nium appears as if glabrous. Its pappus in the ray-flowers, generally 
of two or three caducous bristles, is sometimes wholly wanting ; that of 
the disk-flowers is nearly uniserial, the bristles united at the base into a 
ring. They are finer and softer than in O. pusillum; but it is not 
worth while on this account to keep up Aldunatea as a section. — O. 
pusillum has abortive stamens in the ray-flowers, not before noticed, 
still more approximating the genus to 7ylloma and Egania, which last 
might well enough be referred to Oriastrum, and even both, perhaps, 
back to Tylloma. 

A serious error in transcription vitiates Weddell’s amended character 
of Oriastrum, i. e. the achenia of the disk, instead of those of the ray, 
are said to be glabrous and effete ; those of the ray, instead of those of 
the disk, papillose and fertile. 

JUNGIA FERRUGINEA (Linn. ἢ): scandens vel sarmentosa; foliis 
5 —9-lobatis subtus pannoso-villosis ; capitulis 5 —10-floris glomerulatis, 
glomerulis in corymbos vel thyrsos congestis; squamis involucri 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 145 


interioribus paleisque arcte involutis flores et pappum subsquanti- 
bus; acheniis glabris. Bogota, Mutis? Holton. Quito, Jameson, 
Couthouy, ὅσο. 

JUNGIA PANICULATA (Dumerilia paniculata, DC. Jungia ferrugi- 
nea, Don et auct., non Linn. f. J. spectabilis, Less., non Don.) : fruti- 
COSA ; foliis subtus tomentosis, tomento albido implexo; capitulis con- 

ferte cymosis plerisque pedicellatis multifloris ; involucri squamis inte- 
rioribus paleisque floribus “ luteis” pappoque subdimidio brevioribus ; 
acheniis pilosiusculis. Petioli nunc nudi nunc basi quasi stipulati. — 
Peru. —I suppose (although I cannot now verify the supposition) that 
Linneus received his J. ferruginea, along with most of the new species 
from “ America Meridionali” described in the Supplement, from Mutis, 
therefore probably from Santa Fé de Bogota, where Dr. Holton col- 
lected what is manifestly the Linnean species. In this species the in- 
dividual heads, only 5 —10-flowered, are commonly so closely clustered 
in fascicles as to explain, if not to justify, the view taken by the younger 
Linnzus of a compound capitulum. ‘The Peruvian species referred by 
Don to J. ferruginea is quite different. De Candolle’s (but not Don’s) 
J. spectabilis is the same as his Dumerilia paniculata without the stip- 
ular appendages, which are inconstant. 

Prrezia. Dr. Schultz goes too far when he refers the Mexican 
and North American species of this extensive genus to Zrixis. In the 
former even the fewest-flowered species have a gradated imbricate in- 
volucre and erostrate achenia. The latter has a uniserial involucre, 
the scales all of the same length, with or without a circle of spreading, 
mostly foliaceous bracts. 

To Trixis frutescens I refer 7. paradoxa, Cass., T. cacalioides, Don, 
and 7. Neeana, DC. T. angustifolia, DC., which is probably a nar- 
row-leaved form of the older 7. corymbosa, Don, is known by the linear- 
lanceolate scales of the involucre gradually tapering to a point, the 
margins of the leaves usually revolute. 70. obvallata, Hook. & Arn. 
probably belongs to 7: longifolia, Don. 


Cichoracee. 


ACHYROPHORUS CHONDRILLOIDES (Oreophila chondrilloides, Don 
in herb. Hook. Seriola Brasiliensis, subvar. b., Hook. & Arn. 
Comp. Bot. Mag. I. p. 80): glaucescens, undique glaberrimus, radice 
fusiformi; caule folioso stricto mono — oligocephalo ; pedunculis elonga- 
tis; foliis subcarnosis lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis seu obsoletissime 

VOL. V. 19 


146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


denticulatis, superioribus subamplexicaulibus, imis in petiolum basi 
dilatatum sensim angustatis; involucri squamis lanceolatis subacutis. 
— Rio Negro, North Patagonia, in saline soil. 

ACHYROPHORUS SESSILIFLORUS (A.°Quitensis, Schultz Bip. Wedd. 
with A. Humboldtit and albiflorus, Schultz), a widely variable species, 


must include not only A. sonchoides, DC. (the most caulescent form), 


but also a 

Var. 8. BARBATUS (A. barbatus, Schultz Bip. Rev. Crit.) : minor ; 
involucri phyllis exterioribus superne pl. m. setosis. 

Var. y. SUBRUNCINATA (A. setosus, Wedd. & A. eriolenus, Schultz 
Bip.) : foliis runcinato-dentatis vel incisis margine szpius setuloso-cili- 
atis; involucri phyllis exterioribus oblongis seu obovatis dorso setosis 
vel nudis. Ludit, 1, involucro tomentoso, 2, foliis rhombeo-ovatis lon- 
gius petiolatis. 

ACHYROPHORUS STENOCEPHALUS, Gray (including A. taraxacoides 
Wedd.) is perhaps only an extreme variety of the preceding. Meyen’s 
specific name was taraxacifolia, which Walpers, perhaps accidentally, 
changed to taraxacoides, which name both Weddell and Schultz cite 
under A. Meyenianus (which is most probably a form of A. sessili- 
Jlorus) as well as under the present species, showing some confusion, to 
avoid which I have retained the appropriate name of A. stenocephalus. 

PicROsIA LONGIFOLIA, Don. The pappus is fulvous and soft, not 
fragile, and the genus is probably nearest related to Pyrrhopappus. 

Fircuia nutans, Hook. f. Of this curious arborescent Cichoracea 
Professor Dana collected a single specimen on the mountains of Tahiti, 
which is about 25 degrees of longitude farther east than Elizabeth 
Island, where it was discovered by Mr. Cuming. The single capitu- 
lum in the collection being male adds nothing for the completion of the 
character of the genus. The plant from which it was taken is said to 
be a tree, with yellow flowers. 


2. Notes on Lobeliacee, Goodeniacee, sc. of the Collection of 
the U. S. South Pacific Exploring Expedition. By Asa 
GRAY. 


͵ 

Lobeliacee Sandwicenses. The Sandwich Islands are remarkable 
for their arborescent, shrubby, or fleshy-stemmed Lobeliacex. The 
species are numerous and peculiar, but very difficult to investigate in 
herbaria, owing to the imperfection of materials in collections and to 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 147 


the injuries from insects to which these and other lactescent plants are 
especially liable. There are moderately good materials extant in dif- 
ferent collections of ten or eleven species, and indications of almost an 
equal number; while many others doubtless remain to reward the la- 
bors of future explorers of the forest region of Hawaii, a large part 
of which lies still untrodden by the naturalist. Exclusive of three 
true Lobelias, and of a striking new Jsotoma? of Kauai or Nihau in 
Remy’s collection, the known species of the Sandwich Islands may all 
be referred to Gaudichaud’s genera Delissea, Cyanea, and Clermontia, 
three genera which also shade off into each other in a somewhat 
troublesome manner. The only essential character of Gaudichaud’s 
genus Lollandia, viz. the adnation of the stamineal tube with one side 
of the tube of the corolla, is as I suppose a mistake. At least it does 
not occur organically in flowers of the plants which well accord with 
the (now flowerless) specimen of Δ). lanceolata collected in Freycinet’s 
voyage, upon which Gaudichaud founded the genus, nor, I believe, in 
the plant which answers to his more miserable specimen of &. erispa. 
The former is a good Delissea; the latter, having larger and somewhat 
foliaceous calyx-lobes, is one of the species through which Delissea grad- 
uates into Cyanea. To the latter genus we may confidently refer 
Presl’s Macrochilus (Lobelia?) superba, Cham., of which the calyx- 
lobes are probably incorrectly said to be imbricated in estivation, and 
also a new and most remarkable arborescent species, which by its ex- 
tremely long and apparently petaloid calyx-lobes, equalling the corolla 
in length, approaches Clermontia ; but these divisions are perfectly 
separate down to the ovary, almost filiform, spreading in anthesis, and 
not deciduous. Our Delissee are: — 

1. DeLISSEA LANCEOLATA. ollandia lanceolata, Gaud. Bot. Voy. 
Freye. 2. montana on the plate, the upper leaves reduced in size. 
R. lanceolata var. grandifolia, A. DC. Prodr. is really just the type of 
the species, which Gaudichaud characterizes as having “ foliis magnis.” 

2. DELISSEA CLERMONTIOIDES, Gaud. Bot. Voy. Bonite, t. 47, 
which may probably also be D. Kunthiana, t. 77, and even Rollandia 
Humboldtiana, of the same author, t. 76. 

8. DevissreA DeLesseRTIANA. Lollandia Delessertiana, Gaud. 1. ο. 
t. 75. We have what may be a variety of this species, pinnatiloba, 
from Kauai. 

4. DELISSEA CORIACEA (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, glabra ; foliis amplis 
(pedalibus et ultra) oblongo-lanceolatis coriaceis repando-serrulatis basi 


148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


acutis longiuscule petiolatis, venulis conspicue reticulatis ; racemis plu- 
rifloris petiolum haud superantibus ; calycis limbo obsoleto seu dentibus 
5 minutis instructo ; corolla pollicari subcurvata. — Kauai, Remy. 

Var. 8. foliis spathulato-lanceolatis in petiolum brevem longe attenu- 
atis. — Crater of East Maui. Fruit as large as a cherry. 

5. DELISSEA OBTUSA (sp. που.) : suffruticosa; ramis junioribus 
floribusque undique pubescentibus; foliis (5 — 6-pollic.) membranaceis 
oblongis serrulatis apice vel utrinque obtusis subtus parce pubescentibus ; 
racemis plurifloris petiolum gracilem haud superantibus ; calycis limbo 
fere obsoleto ; corolla gracili subpollicari incurva. — Mountains of Maui. 

Var.? MOLLIs: caule crassiori; foliis elongatis (subpedalibus) ob- 
longo-lanceolatis basi in petiolum breviusculum attenuatis supra pube- 
rulis subtus molliter pubescentibus ; “ floribus pollicaribus crassiuscu- 
lis ceeruleis.” — Mouna Kea, Hawaii. — Possibly both may be varieties 
of the following. 

6. DreLisseA ACUMINATA, Gaud. Bot. Freye. p. 457, t. 76.— Oahu. 

Var. ANGUSTIFOLIA : foliis elongato-lanceolatis aut angustatis aut 
latiuseulis. D. (Lobelia) angustifolia, Cham., DC.— Oahu. 

7. DeLiss—EA UNDULATA, Gaud., to which belongs D. subcordata of 
the same work ; leaves with the base subcordate, obtuse, or acute being 
found on the same stem. ‘The small protuberances on the tube of the 
corolla represented by Gaudichaud occur in all the forms, but are in- 
constant. 

8. DreLissEA? PLATYPHYLLA (sp. noy:): caule fruticoso orgyali 
petiolisque tuberculis aculeisve conicis mollibus obsitis; foliis sesqui- 
bipedalibus obovato-oblongis repandis membranaceis glabris ; peduncu- 
lis axillaribus brevibus crassis paucifloris : lobis calycis glabri brevissi- 
mis subulatis. — District of Puna, Hawaii. The port is rather that of 
Cyanea, and the resemblance to Gaudichaud’s Lollandia crispa is not 
remote. 

To Cyanea, Gaud., distinguished by the foliaceous or enlarged and 
persistent lobes of the calyx, I refer all the following : — 

1. CyANEA GrIMESIANA, Gaud. 1. ὁ. t. 75.— Oahu. The corolla is 
variously stated to be “bluish rose-color,” or “white striped with red- 
dish-purple externally.” 

Var.? CITRULLIFOLIA: foliis bipinnatipartitis, segmentis sinuatis ; 
caule aculeis conicis creberrimis horrido.— Mouna Roa and Mouna 
Kea, Hawaii. Flowers unknown. 

2. CYANEA ASPERA (sp. nov.): foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis 


ey 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 149 


denticulatis subtus ad venas venulasque ochraceo-hirtellis utrinque se- 
tulis basi papillatis asperis, petiolo muricato ; calycis glabri lobis ovali- 
bus obtusissimis foliaceis tubum elongato-obconicum eequantibus ; corolla 
24-pollicari curvata.— Oahu. (Leaves of one or two seemingly allied 
species were collected, without flowers or fruit.) 

3. CYANEA? PILOSA (sp. nov.): caule frutescente; foliis subpedali- 
bus membranaceis obovatis utrinque acutis vel acuminatis eroso-crenatis 
pilis brevibus mollibus hirsutis ; racemis brevibus in pedunculo 1 -- 2- 
pollicari hirsutissimo paucifloris ; floribus “ parvis griseo-ceruleis ” pedi- 
cellisque glabris; lobis calycis linearibus foliaceis ovario oblongo equi- 
longis. — Mouna Kea, Hawaii. This and the preceding are doubtless 
related to Chamisso’s Lobelia calycina, ambigua, and pinnatifida, — ob- 
scure species, referred by Pres] and De Candolle to Delissea, but by 
their foliaceous calyx-lobes apparently effecting a transition to Oyanea. 
The next species, of which materials are also incomplete, is equally 
ambiguous. 

4. CyangA? Roxianpia (Rollandia crispa, Gaud. Lobelia caly- 
cina, Cham.?): fruticosa; foliis sesqui—tripedalibus obovato-lanceolatis 
inferne longe attenuatis breviter petiolatis membranaceis fere glabris 
margine serrulatis undulatis vel integerrimis ; pedunculo petiolum ade- 
quante superne bracteato paucifloro ; floribus cinereo-puberulis ; calycis 
lobis oblongis seu lanceolatis foliaceis ovario zquilongis ; corolla sesqui- 
pollicari; fructu pyriformi pollicari. — Oahu. 

5. CYANEA TRITOMANTHA (sp. nov.): caule simplici arborescente 
orgyali; foliis lato-lanceolatis membranaceis subintegerrimis fere glabris 
basi acutis tripedalibus (incl. petiolo crasso 5 —8-pollicari) ; floribus 
“confertis” magnis; calyce pubescente, lobis linearibus pollicaribus 
foliaceis ovario cylindraceo longioribus ; corolla tripollicari extus tomen- 
toso-pubescente in segmenta 3 longo-linearia mox divisa.— Mouna 
Kea, Hawaii. 

6. CYANEA SUPERBA, Lobelia superba, Cham. Macrochilus super- 
bus, Pres]. — Oahu. , 

7. CYANEA LEPTOSTEGIA (sp. noy.): glabra; foliis ad apicem cau- 
lis simplicis arborei confertis lanceolatis subsessilibus integerrimis undu- 
latis (bipedalibus et ultra) ; racemis brevissimis confertifloris ; calycis 
sepmentis prelongis e basi latiori angustissime linearibus patentibus 
corolla gracili longioribus persistentibus. — Upper edge of the forest 
- near the tabular summit of Kauai. Calyx-lobes fully two inches long, 
and, except at their broader base, less than half a line wide! 


150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Of Clermontia, Gaud., the specimens examined are reducible to two 
species, viz. : — 

1. CLERMONTIA GRANDIFLORA, Gaud., with its several varieties, 

‘Var. a. BREVIFOLIA (Οἱ grandiflora, Gaud. Bot. Voy. Freye. p. 
459, t. 73): foliis membranaceis ovalibus leviter obovatis ovatisve utrin- 
que angustatis vel acutatis modice serratis bi—tripollicaribus, petiolo 
gracili pollicari.— The flowers are evidently amplified_or exaggerated 
on Gaudichaud’s plate. 

Var. 8. OBLONGIFOLIA (C. persicefolia and C. oblongifolia, Gaud. 
1. ο. t. 71, 72): foliis oblongis seu elongato-oblongis spe obtusis de- 
orsum attenuatis repando-serratis 4 -6-pollicaribus, petiolo bi-tri- 
- pollicari. 

Var. y. LoNGIrOLIA (Ὁ. grandiflora, Hook. & Arn. C. Kakeana, 
Meyen in Presl. Lob. (Οἱ macrophylla, Nutt. C. macrocarpa, Gaud. 
οί. Voy. Bonite, t. 49. Οἱ viridis, Gaud. ined. in herb. Mus. Par.) : 
foliis subcoriaceis vel membranaceis oblongo-lanceolatis seu anguste 
oblongis creberrime serrulatis 3—9-pollicaribus basi in petiolum 1 -- 2- 
pollicarem attenuatis. 

2. CLERMONTIA PARVIFLORA, Gaud. ined. (C. oblongifolia, Hook. 
& Arn. non Gaud. Οὐ Byront, pyrifolia, seu parviflora, Gaud. in 
herb. Mus. Par.): fruticosa, glabra; foliis membranaceis lanceolato- 
vel subspathulato-oblongis breviter acuminatis crebre repando-serrula- 
tis; pedunculo pauciflora pedicellisque brevibus petiolum haud superan- 
tibus; floribus vix pollicaribus gracilibus leviter curvatis “ ceruleis” ; 
calyce breviter 5-lobo corollam hine alte fissam aquante.— Hawaii 
(and Oahu ?), first collected by Macrae. 

There are three species of true, fleshy-frutescent Lobelias, viz. : — 

1. Loperia MAcrostacuys, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. p. 88; 
Gaud. Bot. Voy. Bonite, t. 46.— Oahu and Hawaii. Gaudichaud’s 
plate exhibits flower-buds only. These when fully formed are 14 to 
2 inches long and mostly recurved; the developed corolla 2 or 3 
inches long, “ pale” or “ white with the summit lilac.” 

2. Lopetia GAaupicHaupn, A. DC.; Gaud. 1. ο. t. 45.— Oahu. 

Var. KAUAENSIS: racemo puberulo; calycis viscosi lobis breviori- 
bus, i. e. tubo paullo longioribus.— Kauai. “Corolla pale, with pink 
veins.” 

3. LOBELIA NERIFOLIA (sp. nov.): caule fruticoso crasso medulla 
farcto ; foliis confertis elongato-linearibus utrinque angustatis in petio- 
lum attenuatis coriaceis transverse venosis margine integerrimo revolu- 


ee Ό τ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 151 


tis supra glabris subtus incanis; racemo virgato densifloro; bracteis 
lobisque calycis subulato-setaceis ; corolla rectiuscula caerulea. — East 
Maui. Leaves a foot or less in length, only a third or half an inch 
long. Capsule dehiscent through the short and obtusely conical vertex. 


Scevole Polynesia. The collection contains, 

1. Scavoia Lopexia, Linn., De Vriese. Coast of all the coral 
islands, and of the Feejees, &c. 

2. SCHVOLA SERICEA, Forst., of which S. plumeriotdes, Nutt., of the 
Sandwich Islands, is a variety with ample and almost glabrous leaves. 
Tonga, Samoan Islands, ὅσο. 

3. SCAVOLA CORIACEA (Nutt.) : fruticosa, decumbens ; axillis bre- 
vissime barbatis; foliis parvulis carnoso-crassis obovato-spathulatis in 
petiolum brevem attenuatis aveniis seepe retusis; pedunculis axillari- 
bus uni- (raro tri-) floris ; calycis limbo truncato vel obscure quinque- 
lobo ; corollz lobis lineari-lanceolatis, alis angustis. — Sandwich Islands. 

Var. a. (S. coriacea, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soe. n. ser. 8, Ρ- 
253): cinereo-puberula vel glabella ; foliis integerrimis; corolla extus 
glabra vel pilosula, lobis intus piloso-barbatis. — Kauai and Maui, on 
sand-hills. 

Var. 8. corolla intus imberbi extus foliisque glabris. — Nihau, Remy. 

Var. y. foliis cinereo-tomentulosis apice 3—5-denticulatis; corolla 
extus pubescente, lobis intus glabris. — Molokai, Remy. — To this spe- 
cies probably belongs the Sandwich Island specimen referred by De 
Vriese to S. montana, Labill.; but that species is an upright shrub, 
with well-developed calyx-lobes. 

4. Scamvota GaupicuAup!, Hook. & Arn. (non Gaudichaudiana, 
Cham.), includes S. montana, Gaud., non Labill., and apparently S. 
Menziesiana, var. glabra, Cham. It will probably prove to be only an 
extreme form of the following polymorphous species ; but it has a less 
developed’ inflorescence, narrower and somewhat fleshy-thickened, 
nearly veinless, more entire, and smaller leaves, a more slender and 
usually glabrous corolla, ὅθ. The flowers of this and the following 
species are white, not yellow as De Vriese implies. De Vriese’s 
genus Temminckia, founded on these Sandwichian species, is said to 
differ from Scevola in the inflorescence not being cymose, nor the fila- 
ments bearded, nor the fruit fleshy (baccate). But it would be difficult 
to find a more purely cymose inflorescence than in these species when- 
ever the peduncle is several-flowered ; the filaments are equally beard- 
less in the original and perhaps in every known species of Scevola, and 
the mature fruit is a baccate drupe. 


152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


5. Sc#voLta CHAMISSONIANA, Gaud. (a form with pubescent co- 
rolla), Hook. & Arn., Cham. (corolla, &c. glabrous), clearly includes 
S. Menziesiana, Cham. (excl. var.), a small-leaved form, either glabrous 
or pubescent; S. ezliata, G. Don; S. Kigustrifolia, Nutt. 1. c. (a form 
with small and almost entire leaves) ; S. pubescens, Nutt. 1. c.; S. pu- 
bescens, Gaud. in the Paris herb. (with the younger leaves beneath and 
the inflorescence softly pubescent, the corolla externally pubescent) ; 
S. intermedia, Gaud. 1. ὁ. (with the corolla and the lanceolate nearly 
entire leaves glabrous) ; S. Dielliana, Gaud. 1. ¢., with larger, puberu- 
lent, and sparingly serrate leaves, the peduncle elongated. ΑἸ] are 
forms of one species, which has more veiny and toothed leaves than the 
foregoing, mostly slender and often several-flowered peduncles, and 
broader, broadly wing-margined lobes to the corolla. 

6. ScazvoLA MOLLIs, Hook. ἃ Arn., of Oahu, also on Kauai with 
the leaves not so downy, is well marked by the soft and dense canescent 
pubescence or close tomentum of the lower surface of the large, oblong- 
lanceolate leaves, short-peduncled inflorescence, and outside of the 
corolla. The latter has not a particularly long tube, nor are its lobes 
unusually pointed. 

7. Scwvota (Campnusia, De Vr.) GLaBra, Hook. & Arn. The 
limb of the more or less curved yellow corolla is nearly equally five- 
cleft, although some of the lobes are apt to be conglutinate; and the 
anthers are normal for the genus. The connective is similarly pro- 
duced in the following species, and, as figured by Labillardiere, in S. 
montana. 

8. ScH@VOLA FLORIBUNDA (sp. noy.): fruticosa, orgyalis; ramis 
puberulis mox glabratis, axillis vix barbatis ; foliis lanceolato-oblongis 
subspathulatis submembranaceis repando-dentatis obscure penninerviis 
glabris basi attenuata sessilibus vel subpetiolatis ; cymis multifloris ex 
axillis supremis et terminali thyrsum amplum efficientibus ; calycis lobis 
ovatis oblongisve ovario brevioribus ; corolla extus incana, lobis intus 
glabris .oblongis ; stylo glabro; indusio ciliato extus piloso.— Feejee 
Islands, where it was also collected by Professor Harvey. 

Of Campanulacee the only thing of interest is 

WAHLENBERGIA PERUVIANA (sp. nov.) : hirtella, humilis ; caulibus 
ramosis diffusis ; ramis usque ad apicem foliosis ; foliis alternis parvis 
spathulatis subintegerrimis sessilibus, summis florem bracteantibus ; 
calycis tubo hemisphzrico hirsuto lobis oblongis brevioribus; corolla 
brevi-campanulata ultra medium quinquefida; capsula semisupera, parte 
libera conico trivalvi.— Andes of Peru above Bafios. 


: 
| 


«ai. 


“.- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 159 


3. Enumeration of a Collection of Dried Plants made by L. 
J. Xantus, at Cape San Lucas, &c. in Lower Califor- 
nia, between August, 1859, and February, 1860, and com- 
municated to the Smithsonian Institution. By ASA GRAY. 


Such scanty knowledge as we have hitherto possessed of the bot- 
any of Lower or Peninsular California was nearly all supplied by the 
notes and hasty collection made by the late Mr. Hinds, in the voyage 
of the British surveying ship Sulphur, which touched at the Bay of 
Magdalena, Cape San Lucas, &c., late in the autumn of 1839. These 
notes, and an account of the collection, with descriptions of the new 
species by Mr. Bentham, were published in the Botany of the Voyage 
of the Sulphur, in 1844. The present collection was made by the in- 
defatigable Mr. Xantus, at San Lucas and the vicinity, while in the 
employment of the U. S. Coast Survey in charge of a station for tidal 
observations. Small as this collection is, it contains not a few novel- 
ties, and I trust is an earnest of many more. Where the coast fur- 
nishes so large a percentage of new species, the interior, and especially 
its mountains, may be expected to yield a richer harvest to future ex- 
plorers. Mr. Xantus has already made one successful visit to the 
mountains within his reach, with very interesting zodlogical results. 
At the same time he made a good botanical collection, which has most 
unfortunately been lost. 

The numbers in the ensuing list are those under which the speci- 
mens have been distributed, as far as the extent of the collection 
allowed, among leading herbaria, the full set being reserved for the 
national collection in charge of the Smithsonian Institution. 


1. ArcemMoNE Mexicana, Linn. 

2. Lyrocarpa Coutrert, Hook. & Harv. in Lond. Jour. Bot. 4, 
p- 76, t. 4. — Radix annua. Folia inferiora cordato-oblonga, repanda, 
petiolo longo submarginato, superiora brevi-petiolata, dentata vel in- 
cisa. Petala latiora quam in exemp. Coulterianis, elongato-spathulata, 
rosea? post anthesin purpurascentia. Fructus haud maturus. 

3. PoLYGALA XANTI (sp. nov.): nana, cinereo-pubescens; caulibus 
adscendentibus e caudice perenni usque ad racemum densiflorum folio- 
sis; foliis ovalibus subaveniis breviter petiolatis; floribus (majusculis) 
mox recurvis; pedicellis bractea sepalisque angustis quilongis; alis 
ovali-oblongis ; carina imberbi; fructu ovato sinu profundo emarginato 

VOL. V. 20 


154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


pubescente. — Caules vix spithamei, simplices. Folia 4—6 lin. longi. 
Flores 3 lin. longi, albi luteo et purpureo tincti: corolla basi valde 
gibbosa: stamina 8. 

3°, POLYGALA PUBERULA, Gray, Pl. Wright. 1, p. 40; floribus mi- 
noribus. 

4, IONIDIUM FRUTICULOSUM (Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 6, t. 2): 
var. DENTATUM: caulibus herbaceis 9-pollicaribus; foliis lanceolatis 
seu linearibus, majoribus argutissime dentatis. — This must belong to 
Bentham’s Δ fruticulosum, a bad name; for in our plant the stems are 
wholly herbaceous, and I am not sure that the indurated and stout root 
is really perennial. The leaves vary from linear to broadly lanceolate, 
and the larger ones especially are beset with sharp salient teeth. The 
short peduncles, flowers, &c., accord with the published character and 
figure. 

5. DRYMARIA FRANKENIOIDES, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6, p. 
21, t.515; Torr. in Mex. Bound. Surv. 2, p. 36. Spergularia rupes- 
tris, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 17? non Camb. The leaves are nar- 
rower than in the figure above cited, and the small intermediate lobes 
of the petals are three instead of four; otherwise there is no obvious 
difference, and No. 698 of Coulter’s Mexican collection (from Zima- 
pan) is intermediate in appearance. Without examining the petals 
the plant might naturally be taken, as I suppose it was by Bentham, 
for a Spergularia. 

6. DryYMARIA CRASSIFOLIA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 16. D. 
polycarpiotdes, Gray, Pl. Fendl. p. 12. 

7. TRIANTHEMA MONOGYNA, Linn.; Gray, Pl. Wright. 1. p. 15. 

8. Siva Exxriorti, Torr. & Gray, var.? Gray, Pl. Wright. 2, p. 
21. Frutescens. 

9. ApuTiILon Catirornicum, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 8; var. 
foliis sublobatis discoloribus. | 

10. SPHHRALCEA INCANA, Torr. in Gray, Fl. Fendl. p. 23, & 
Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 39. One of the less canescent forms. 

11. Hrsiscus (BomBIcELLA) RIBIFOLIUS (sp. noy.): fruticosus, 
humilis, fere glaber; stipulis setaceis persistentibus; foliis rotundatis 
subcordatis crenato-dentatis szepe trilobis chartaceo-membranaceis venu- 
lis reticulatis; pedunculis axillaribus unifloris folio longioribus sub 
apice articulatis ; involucello ὃ —9-phyllo, phyllis lineari-setaceis calycis 
lacinias ovato-lanceolatas subsuperantibus corolla (purpurea?) triplo 
brevioribus capsulam subglobosam zquantibus ; seminibus in loculis 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 15 


plurimis laxe crinitis. — Caulis subpedalis. Folia semi—sesquipollica- 
ria. Corolla sesquipollicaris. — Most allied perhaps to H. pheniceus ; 
but the leaves are all rounded and obtuse, mostly lobed, and resem- 
bling those of a Ribes, the corolla much exceeding the calyx and invo- 
lucel, &c. The young stems and petioles are slightly pubescent; the 
leaves perfectly glabrous. 

12. Gossypium, foliis omnibus integris cordato-ovatis, Benth. 1. c.— 
Like the specimens noticed by Bentham from the same district, desti- 
tute of fruit. The leaves of one specimen, however, begin to show 
lobes. It is probably a cultivated Cotton run wild. 

13. Menocuia TOMENTOSA, Linn. “A common West Indian 
and Central American species, of which this is probably the northern 
limit.” 

14. KALLSTREMIA GRANDIFLORA, Torr. in Pl. Wright. 1, p. 28: 
var. DETONSA, Gray. 

15. GALPHIMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 9, t. 5. 
Apparently G. linifolia, Gray, Gen. IIl., is the same species, which 
extends across the continent on the southern border of the U. S. 

16. KarwinskiA ΗΥΜΒΟΙΡΤΙΑΝΑ, Zuce.; Gray, Pl. Wright. 1, 
p- 32. (= Berland. coll. no. 820, 889, 689, 906, 2340, 2359, 
1230, &c.) 

17. MAYTENUS PHYLLANTHOIDES, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 54. 
This has also been found on the eastern side of the continent, on the 
lower part of the Rio Grande, and at Key West. 

18. CARDIOSPERMUM MOLLE, H. B. K.? <A single specimen with- 
out fruit. 

19. CARDIOSPERMUM? sp. nov. A shrubby species, with the habit 
of Bentham’s Cardiospermum tortuosum, from the same district, but 
wholly glabrous and with a different foliage ; the fruit unknown, and 
therefore the genus uncertain. 

20. Dopon#A viscosa, Linn.? Destitute of flowers or fruit. 

21. BuRSERA MICROPHYLLA (sp. noy.): foliolis 14—16-jugis cum 
imparri 2 -- lin. longis oblongo-linearibus seu oblongis obtusis sessili- 
bus in rhachi superne marginata; pedunculis 2-3-floris brevibus. — 
(In Sierras Tule, Sonora, leg. A. Schott, ex herb. Torr.) Frutex 
rigidus. Folia ad apicem ramulorum brevissimorum conferta. Flores 
hermaphroditi, an polygami? Petala 5. Stamina 10. Discus 5-lobus. 
Ovula ex cl. Torrey in loculis solitaria suspensa. Cotyledones contor- 
tuplicatissima.— Mr. Schott collected this with a few flowers and young 
fruit. Mr. Xantus, with fruit only, which is that of a Bursera. 


156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


22. DALEA CHRYSORHIZA (sp. πον.) : pilosula; caulibus perpluri- 
mis e radice annua? filiformibus procumbenti-diffusis ; foliolis 7 -—10- 
jugis parvis (sesquilineam longis) obovato-linearibus emarginatis subtus 
nigro-glandulosis ; stipulis minimis ; pedunculis folia superantibus apice 
capitato-plurifloris ; calycis pubescens dentibus oblongo-linearibus obtu- 
sis tubo fere zquilongis. — Radix perpendicularis, ut videtur annua, 
cortice aurantiaco. Caules pedales et ultra, tenues, parce pilosuli. 
Spice breves circiter 12-flore ; rhachi inter flores glandulis? singulari- 
bus fusiformibus acutis obsita. Calyx inter costas glandulosus, lobis 
cum bractea ovata calyce breviori foliaceis glandula acuta apiculatis. 
Corolla brevis, violacea. Legumen pilosulum.— A well-marked species 
of this large, prevailingly North Mexican genus. 

23. PHASEOLUS FILIFORMIS, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 13. But 
the whole plant is puberulent. The root is certainly annual. 

24. PHasro.ius (Macropritium) atrorurrurevs, DC. Fl. Mex. 
Ic. ined., & Prodr. 2, p. 395; Torr. in Mex. Bound. Surv. 2, p. 50; 
var. SERICEUS. I do not possess any specimen of Dr. Torrey’s P. 
atropurpureus, which, described as a new species, may well be iden- 
tical with its homonyme of De Candolle. Our South California speci- 
mens are identical with those of Mr. Schott, from the Rio Grande, 
dubiously appended to this species by Dr. Torrey, only they are for the 
most part still more silky-downy. The plant is of the section Ma- 
croptilium, but has a short calyx. The wings are deeply colored. 
The root is perennial. 

25. COURSETIA ? GLANDULOSA (sp. nov.): foliis ramisque glabratis, 
petiolo in setam desinente, foliolis ellipticis mucronatis ; racemis sape 
fasciculatis sessilibus brevibus plurifloris cum calyce viscoso-glandulosis. 
— Rami tortuosi, nodosi, nascentes cinereo-villosi. Stipule setacez, 
persistentes. Foliola 7-—9-juga, haud stipellata, petiolulata, 0 -- ὃ lin. 
longa, 5-4 lin. lata, parce appresso-puberula, mucrone conspicuo. 
Flores ex axillis foliorum annotinorum orti; racemi brevissimi szepius 
bini vel terni; pedicelli conferti, 5 lin. longi. Bracte parva, caducz. 
Calyx ebracteolatus, breviter campanulatus, 5-fidus, pilis capitato-glan- 
dulosis viscosus ; lobis triangulari-lanceolatis acutis, 2 superioribus paullo 
brevioribus et connatis. Corolla ut videtur pallide lutea; vexillum 
latissimum, emarginatum, basi biauriculatum, auriculis parvis; carina 
obtusa alis paullo breviori. Stamina diadelpha; antherz conformes. 
Ovarium subsessile, lineare, glanduliferum, 10 —12-ovulatum, continuum. 
Stylus gracilis a medio ad apicem subunilateraliter villosus: stigma 
capitatum. Legumen ignotum. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 157 


26. SryLosaAnTHES viscosa, Sw. (S. glutinosa, H. B.K.): var. 
ACUTIFOLIA. 

27. CROTALARIA LUPULINA, DC. 

28. CmsALPINIA Mexicana (sp. nov.): inermis, glabra; pinnis 
3 — 4-jugis cum impari; foliolis 4—5-jugis ; racemis plerumque simpli- 
cibus laxis; filamentis inferne villosis petala flava vix superantibus ; 
ovario canescente; legumine glabrato acinaciformi 5 —6-spermo. — 
Var. a. foliolis venosis. In Nueva Leon et Chihuahua, Mexico, Ber- 
landier, no. 941, 2371, Gregg, Eaton & Edwards. Var. 8. CaLiror- 
NICA: foliolis plerumque aveniis, coll. Rich. no. 4, & coll. Xantus. — 
Foliola 6-9 lin., in var. Calif. 8-7 lin. longa, oblongo- vel subrotundo- 
ovalia. Alabastra 3 lin. longa. Sepala intus sericeo-puberula. Pe- 
tala 4 -- lin. longa, glabra, suberosa. Legumina acinaciforma vel cul- 
triformia, plana, sesqui—bipollicaria, in spec. Berland. magis oblonga 
rectiuscula.— This has long been extant in several collections, but we 
have only now, with the complete specimens of Xantus, fit materials for 
description. 

29. Mimosa XANTI (sp..nov.): Eumimosa, fruticosa, cinereo-pu- 
bescens ; ramis aculeis infrastipularibus vel sparsis rarisve armatis : 
pinnis unijugis; foliolis 5—9-jugis oblongis supra velutino-puberulis 
subtus canescenti-pubescentibus et praesertim ad margines rhachique 
strigoso-setulosis ; capitulis globosis ; bracteolis hispidis corollam qua- 
drifidam squantibus ; calyce parvo hyalino setoso-ciliato. — Legumen 
ignotum. Pinnz petiolo duplo longiores. Foliola 9 -- 4 lin. longa, in- 
zequilatera, pennivenia, hinc nervo laterali percursa, setulis validioribus 
incumbentibus quasi marginata. Pedunculi solitari vel bini, monoceph- 
ali, semipollicares. — Apparently a well-marked species of the Caste 
or Pectine subdivision, not described in Bentham’s monograph. 

30. LysILOMA MICROPHYLLA, Benth. in Lond. Jour. Bot. 3, p. 83, 
& Pl. Hartw. p. 345. Legumen generis, ὃ -- poll. longum, 5-8 lin. 
latum, stipite 2 -- ὃ lin. longo. — Berlandier’s no. 3144, coll. distributed 
by Dr. Short, is a Lysiloma, in fruit, belonging to Mr. Bentham’s second 
division; compared with Hartweg’s no. 75, in flower only, it appears to 
be the same species. Therefore the character of L. desmostachys may 
be completed as follows : — Legumen lineari-oblongum, 6 —7-pollicare, 
14-2 poll. latum, substipitatum. 

31. CaLLianDRA Caxirornica, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 14, t. 
11. Only a fragment, depauperate, with the pinne reduced to a single 
pair. Stamens bright red. 


158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


382. LEUCENA MACROPHYLLA, Benth. 1]. 6. p. 90? In fruit only; 
doubtful if Bentham’s plant, which was collected at Acapulco, and in 
flower only. From the pod and the look of the foliage it may be an 
Albizzia. 

33. ACACIA FLEXICAULIS, Benth. in Lond. Jour. Bot. 1, p. 505. 
In fruit. 

34, AcaciA FarnesIAna, Willd. — Also foliage of another species, 
perhaps A. Greggii. 

35. CENOTHERA SINUATA, Linn., var. HUMIFUSA, Torr. & Gray. 
Except that the flowers are larger, the specimens accord with those 
from the counterpart peninsula of Florida. 

36. MeNTZELIA ASPERA, Linn. 

37. TurNnERA ΡΌΜΙΠΕΑ, L. 

38. FouqureriA spinosa, Gray, Pl. Wright. 1, p. 706. Bronnia 
spinosa, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6, t. 528; Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 
p- 16. This was collected at Rayon in Sonora by Professor Thurber, 
but is not enumerated in the Botany of the Mexican boundary. 

39. ECHEVERIA FARINOSA, Lindl. in Jour. Hort. Soe. 4, p. 292, ex 
Walp. Ann. Bot. 2, p. 669. . lanceolata, Nutt.? sed floribus longe 
pedicellatis. — The broad-leaved Echeveria collected by Dr. Bigelow 
in Whipple’s Exploration, and referred to 2. lanceolata, Nutt., is evi- 
dently Lindley’s Z. laxa. 

40. Lorantuus. A species of the section Notanthera, Oscillanthera, 
indeterminable for want of foliage. 

41. Ranpia ArMATA, DC.? In fruit only. 

42. MiIrRACARPIUM LINEARE, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 20. The 
leaves vary from linear to lanceolate. Seeds as in 77. breviflorum, 
which is probably a form of JZ lineare with a smaller corolla. 

43. Houstonta (ANOTIS) ASPERULOIDES. Hedyotis asperuloides, 
Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 19, t. 13. This nearly approaches some of 
the various forms of H. angustifolia ; but the capsule is more clavate- 
turbinate and the seeds are smooth, not pitted. 

44, PrEcTIs MULTISETA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 20. 

45. Protis (PECTIDIUM) PUNCTATA, Jacq. A single fragment, per- 
fectly resembling the West Indian plant. 

46. HorMerISTERIA FASCICULATA, Walp. Repert. 6, p. 106. He- 
logyne fasciculata, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 20, t.14. The leaves are 
less dissected than in the specimens figured, often cordate-orbicular and 
obtusely or obscurely lobed, or only crenate, others three-cleft. 27. ure- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 159 


nifolia would seem to differ mainly in the greater number of sete and 
palez of the pappus. HZ. pluriseta is more different, having much fewer 
involucral scales as well as flowers, the innermost of the former much 
broader, the bristles of the pappus, &c. more numerous. The slender 
and numerous interior scales of the involucre of HZ. fasciculata are de- 
ciduous with the flowers. 

47. CARPHEPHORUS ATRIPLICIFOLIUS (sp. nov.) : caule basi fruti- 
coso ; ramis patentibus ; foliis oppositis hastatis vel triangulatis plerum- 
que laciniato-dentatis petiolatis utrinque appresso-pubescentibus seu hir- 
tellis ; corymbis nudis polycephalis; capitulis circiter 20-floris pedicello 
brevioribus ; involucri squamis oblongis, exterioribus brevioribus cine- 
reo-pubescentibus, interioribus paleisque receptaculi fere scariosis ; pap- 
po plumoso albo; achenio piloso; corollis antherisque ut videtur flavi- 
dis. — Folia cum petiolo 4-6 lin. longo 1—2-pollicaria; floralia parva, 
sessilia. Pedicelli 4 -- 8 lin. longi, glanduloso-puberi. Capitula semi- 
pollicaria. Involucrum floribus dimidio brevius, squamis leviter striatis 
obtusiusculis, interioribus glabris. Corolla e tubo brevi extus glanduli- 
fero infundibuliformis, glabra, lobis brevibus late ovatis siccitate flavis 
extus parce hispidulis. Antherz semi-exserte. Stylus basi haud bul- 
bosus ; ramis planiusculis obtusiusculis minutim hirtellis. Pappi sete 
circa 20, longe et molliter plumosus. — Without the palez on the recep- 
tacle, which subtend each flower and are rather persistent, this plant 
would be taken for a plumose Brickellia. It is a close congener of the 
other South Californian species, Οἱ junceus. 

48. PrriryLe Cairornica, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 23, t. 15; 
forma biaristata, aristis achenio brevioribus.— The awns of the pap- 
pus are less barbellate as well as shorter than in the published figure, 
and uniformly two in the flowers examined. The achenium is broader 
than in any other species, being obovate-oblong, with the summit, bear- 
ing the pappus, narrow; when mature broadly obovate with a much 
thickened callous margin, more so than is represented in the figures, or 
than appears in the younger fruits; the corona of the pappus is much 
more delicate than is shown in the figure, and dissected into slender 
hyaline squamelle. 

49. SoLtipaco (EvuTHAMIA) DIFFUSA: laxe ramosissima, subgluti- 
nosa; foliis fere filiformibus subcanaliculatis ; capitulis oblongis subcla- 
vatis ; floribus disci 4 -- ὅ, ligulis -- 2 ; alveolis receptaculi paucis longe 
paleato-productis. Hricameria diffusa, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 23. 
—“Fruticulus humilis” according to Bentham; but our specimens, 


160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


although they include not the root or base, seem to be herbaceous. I 
cannot doubt that the plant is a true congener of Solidago (Huthamia) 
tenuifolia and lanceolata, of which it has the habit (though more loosely 
branched), involucre, flowers, stigmas, &c. Only the flowers are fewer, 
and therefore also the fimbrille of the receptacle, which are more elon- 
gated, chaffy, and combined in the centre of the receptacle. Com- 
monly, however, all the flowers are hermaphrodite and tubular, but one 
or two of the marginal ones are becoming liguliform and their stamens 
abortive. This adds another to the many intricate transitions among 
the Chrysocomeous genera which I have had occasion to notice. If, 
in any revision, Huthamia is adopted as a genus, it may well embrace 
Bigelovia of De Candolle. 

50. APLOPAPPUS ARENARIUS, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 24. Fo- 
lia ramealia oblonga vel lanceolata, caulina (prasertim inferiora) spathu- 
lata, magis inciso-dentata quam undulata (dentibus mucrone cuspida- 
tis), ima nune lyrato-subpinnatifida, majora pollicaria vel paullo longi- 
ora.— Mr. Bentham’s specimens were probably older, and wanted 
the lower cauline leaves. In ours the stems are nearly or quite her- 
baceous. 

51. BACCHARIS CHRULESCENS, DC. Prodr. 5,p. 402. Same as the 
Northern Mexican plant. 

52. BACCHARIS VIMINEA, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 400? This accords 
with what was named Bb. Douglasii in Whipple’s Pacif. R. R. Explora- 
tion, and with specimens gathered in California by Fremont in 1845. 
Although allied to B. Douglasii, it is not the same, but I believe is De 
Candolle’s B. viminea. ‘The heads are larger and looser than those of 
B. Douglasii ; the scales of the involucre broader, the outermost ovate, 
the innermost oval-lanceolate, smooth, and more scarious. ‘The speci- 
mens of Xantus all have the heads diseased or monstrous, probably by 
the puncture of insects. 

53. PLUCHEA SUBDECURRENS, DC.? var. PARVIFOLIA. Folia ses- 
quipollicaria vel breviora, 24—3 lin. lata, fere ad basin usque argute 
serrulata, basi in alas lineares decurrentia.— This is quite different 
from Hartweg’s no. 112, and probably really belongs to P. subdecur- 
Tens. 

54, FRANSERIA AMBROSIOIDES, Cav. Ic. 2, p. 79, t. 200. 

55. FRANSERIA TENUIFOLIA, var. TRIPINNATIFIDA, Gray, Pl. Lindh. 
2, p. 227, & Pl. Wright. 1, p. 104. Ambrosia fruticosa (excl. B.) 
and A. confertiflora, DC. Canescent forms. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 161 


56. FRANSERIA PUMILA, Nutt. <A single specimen, without flow- 
ers; perhaps a dwarf and more canescent state of the preceding. 

57. HyMENOCLEA sp. without flowers or fruit, the branches bearing 
abnormal growths, incited by the punctures of insects. Doubtless one 


_ of the two published species. 


58. H&rLIOPSIS BUPHTHALMOIDES, Dunal. ἢ. canescens, H. B. K. 
Forma minor. 

59. ALDAMA UNISERIALIS, Gray, Pl. Lindh. 2, p. 228. Somewhat 
depauperate specimens, well agreeing with the Texan plant. 

60. VIGUIERA DELTOIDEA (sp. nov.) : herbacea, pubero-scaberula, 
ramosa; ramis polycephalis ; foliis inferioribus oppositis, superioribus 
alternis, omnibus deltoideis vel subcordatis obtusis subintegerrimis lon- 
giuscule seu breviuscule petiolatis supra scabris subtus albido-pubes- 
centibus ; capitulis corymbosis; involucro biseriali disco breviori, squa- 
mis lineari-oblongis obtusiusculis canescentibus ; receptaculo breviter 
conico, paleis latis mucronatis ; acheniis presertim ad margines longe 
villosis ; pappi aristis breviusculis paleis intermediis latis bis terve longi- 
oribus. — Folia 13-2 poll. longa, basi 1-14 lata, trinervia; petioli 
3-6 lin. longi. Pedunculi 4-2 pollicares. Capitula semipollicaria. 
Ligule 0 -- 8, oblong, 10-nerves. Achenia matura fere 2 lin. longa: 
pappi pales ex angulis orte lanceolate, in aristam hispidam corolla 
breviorem productz; intermediz utrinque 2 latz vel 1 latissime, trun- 
cate, subintegre, firme, 2 lin. alte.— A well-marked species. Plant 
apparently more than two feet high, the base of the stem not seen. 

61. VIGUIERA TOMENTOSA (sp. nov.): fruticosa; foliis oppositis 
petiolatis subcordatis (raro subhastatis) sensim acuminatis serratis pube 
molli utrinque tomentosis subtus incanis; capitulis corymbosis; invo- 
lucri discum subzequantis squamis 1 -2-serialibus lanceolatis incanis ; 
receptaculo parvo subconico, paleis lanceolatis muticis ; acheniis villosis ; 
aristas 2 longis et squamellas plures parvas gerentibus. — Frutex vel 
suffrutex ramosus, ramulis junioribus molliter pubescentibus. Folia 
(cum petiolo 3-6 lin. longo) 3—5-pollicaria, e basi leviter cordata 
(nunc truncata, raro hastata) sensim attenuata, argute serrata, basi 
trinervia; floralia parva, linearia. Pedunculi 1-3-pollicaria. Capi- 
tula quam precedentis paullo minora. Ligule ample, pollicares, cir- 
citer 15-nerves. Pappi ariste subulate, achenio equilonge ; squamelli 
intermediz utrinque 4-6 anguste vel 2 profunde 2 —3-fida, laciniato- 
fimbriate, aristis multo breviores.— A true Viguiera, with the habit 
rather of Oyedea. 

VOL. V. 21 


162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


62. COREOCARPUS HETEROCARPUS (sp. noy.): annua; foliis mem- 
branaceis punctatis bipinnatifidis, segmentis brevibus hine inde denta- 
tis; acheniis exterioribus obovatis ala pinnatisecta cinctis, interioribus 
longioribus clavatis plerumque exalatis nunc tuberculosis exasperatis, 
omnibus calvis.— Herba gracilis, pedalis, capitulis corymbosis, involu- 
cro 2 lin. longo, ligulis 2 -- 4, lineas 3 longis.—I am confident that 


Bentham’s Coreocarpus parthenioides, and his Acoma dissecta, along 


with the present plant, belong to one genus, for which, from its analogy 
to Coreopsis, the name of Coreocarpus may be preferred. Its nearest 
relationship is with Leptosyne on one hand, and, still more, with Chry- 
santhellum and Heterospermum on the other. In the next complete 
revision of the Bidentoid or Coreopsoid genera with fertile rays, I ex- 
pect to see all these four and some others reduced to one (/eterosper- 
mum), which will be the analogue of Coreopsis, and about equally 
polymorphous in the achenia, &c. — Although the Coreocarpus (Acoma) 
dissecta is described as a “suffrutex,’ with linear entire lobes to the 
leaves, and the achenium with a narrow entire wing, yet I am not sure 
that it is really distinct from the present plant. The indurated stems 
and roots of some annuals of a dry region are not rarely described as 
fruticose ; and the achenia of Bentham’s plant, I suspect, were far from 
mature. Yet our specimens are those of a tender and slender annual, 
and even the ovaries show the rudiments of the lobed wing, which at 
maturity is dissected in the manner of most Coreopsides of the section 
Coreoloma, only more coarsely. ‘The inner disk-achenia are longer and 
much narrower than the rest, are more or less roughened or tuberculate, 
and mostly quite wingless. The disk-corollas show a bearded ring at 
the summit of the proper tube. This Bentham describes, but the artist 
has neglected to delineate, in his C. parthenioides ; on the other hand, 
the artist delineates the same thing in the Acoma dissecta, while it is 
not noticed in the description. Of the latter plant, also, the appendages 
of the style are described as “vix puberula,” while the artist makes 
them hairy: In our plant these appendages are elongated linear-subu- 
late and minutely hispid. 

63. HeTEROSPERMUM XANTI (sp. nov.): tenue, glabrum; foliorum 
segmentis paucis angustissime linearibus integerrimis; pedunculis fili- 
formibus; involucri exterioris squamis haud ciliatis interiores vix 
eequantibus; ligulis 7—8 elongatis; acheniis radii calvis ala lobata, 
disci linearibus longiuscule biaristatis.— Only a single specimen was 
collected, of a slender annual, 6 or 7 inches high, hardly sufficient for 


. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 163 


description, but interesting from the resemblance of the marginal 
achenia to those of the foregoing plant in the wing, as far as can be 
judged from the immature state. The disk-achenia, and indeed the 
whole structure, except the fertile achenia, accord with Bidens. 

64. POROPHYLLUM GRACILE, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 29. The 
specimens accord with Bentham’s description, except that the involu- 
eres are five or six (instead of four) lines in length. Into this my P. 
Greggit appears to pass, with involucres from six to eight lines in 
length, and with mostly rostrate achenia. 

65. DysoODIA SPECIOSA (sp. nov.): fruticosa, glabra, valde ramosa ; 
ramis apice nudis monocephalis; foliis oppositis trisectis, segmentis 
petiolulatis rotundatis argute inciso-dentatis vel trifidis lobis incisis den- 
tatisve, dentibus nonnullis glandula grossa infraterminali instructis ; in- 
volucro bracteis subulato-setaceis grosse uniglandulosis cincto, squamis 
linearibus subulato-acuminatis, ligulis involucrum longe superantibus ; 
acheniis glaberrimis. — Frutex vel suffrutex ut videter ultra-bipedalis, 
ramis patentibus, ramulis floridis herbaceis gracilibus in pedunculum 
1-—38-pollicarem sub capitulo leviter incrassatum desinentibus. Foliola 
4—6 lin. longa, membranacea, nunc rigidula, glabra vel tenuissime pu- 
berula, aut rotundata grosse inciso-dentata, aut 3—5-fida lobis argute 
incisis. Petioli et petioluli interdum lobulis dentibusve parvis 1 -- 2 in- 
structi. Capitulum fere pollicare. Bractez tenues, aristate, involu- 
crum dimidio breviores. Involucri squame 17 -- 20, rigide, sub acu- 
mine setaceo grosse uniglandulose, inferne glandulis 2 -- 4 juxtamargi- 
nalibus elongatis seepe notate. Ligule 14 -- 10, conspicue, aurantiacee, 
oblongz, semipollicares. Receptaculum breviter hirsutum. Pappus 
albus, 10-paleolatus, paleolis lato-lmearibus 7-—9-setosis. — A striking 
species, helping to connect Clomenocoma with Dysodia. But the invo- 
lucre is as uniserial as in other Dysodie. So it also is in D. montana 
( Clomenocoma montana, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 86, 351), which Bentham 
is disposed to refer to D. grandiflora of De Candolle. It is, I think, 
distinct from, though strictly congeneric with, that species. 

66. GNAPHALIUM LEUCOCEPHALUM, Gray, Pl. Wright, 2, p. 99. 

67. MALACOTHRIX PARVIFLORA, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 321? 

68. MACREIGHTIA INTRICATA (sp. nov.) : tenuiter sericeo-puberula, 
mox glabra; foliis coriaceis cuneato-oblongis retusis leviter triplinerviis 
parvis (6-12 lin. longis).— Intricato-ramosus, ramulis rigidis. Pe- 
dunculi fructiferi 3 lin. longi, solitarii. Bacca globosa, magnitudine 
pruni, calyce crasso-coriaceo trilobo stipata, 6-sperma.— The flowers 


164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


are unknown τ΄ but the plant must be a Macretghtia, and the most north- 
ern species of the genus. 

69. DICLIPTERA RESUPINATA, Juss.; Nees. in DC. Prodr. 11, p. 
474; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 125. 

_ 70. Sertcocrapuis Carirornica, Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 

Surv. p. 125. eloperone Californica, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 38. 
This is very variable in the foliage and pubescence; the leaves on 
some specimens less than an inch, on others over two inches long; the 
inflorescence, calyx, &c. sometimes cinereous-puberulent, sometimes 
conspicuously glandular-pubescent. The corolla is minutely puberulent 
or glandular. The pedicels vary from one to three lines in length. 
Sterile base of the capsule twice the length of the seed-bearing portion. 
Seeds turgid-lenticular, with a very smooth testa. 

71. Hypris LANIFLORA, Benth. Bot. Sulph. p. 42, t. 20. The figure 
does not represent the wool of the calyxes and pedicels half dense 
enough: it forms a wide white nzmbus, more than thrice the breadth of 
the enclosed flower, the hairs of which, moreover, are beautifully and 
dendritically branched. — Hyptis Emoryi, Torr., from the interior Cali- 
fornian desert, on the upper Colorado, is an allied species, but with fur- 
furaceous-canescent and barely serrulate leaves, and the branched wool 
of the calyxes also short and furfuraceous. 

72. Hyptis TEPHRODES (sp. nov.): herbacea? erecta, pube brevis- 
sima molli undique canescens ; foliis lanceolatis acutis obtuse serrulatis 
in petiolum brevem attenuatis, floralibus subulatis parvis; verticillastris 
plurifloris laxis approximatis in racemos vel spicas crebriores panicula- 
tas confluentibus ; bracteis minutis setaceis; calycibus cum pedicello 
subeequilongo lana brevi nivea dense vestitis, tubo aquali oblongo-cam- 
panulato dentibus setaceis equalibus; corolla vix calyce longiore.— 
Folia utrinque tomento appressisimo albido mollia, obsolete venosa, cau- 
lina 2-pollicaria, 4 -- 6 lin. lata; ramealia decrescentia linearia. Pani- 
cule floribunde, aphylle. Calycis fructiferi tubo vix sesquilineam 
longo. — A well-marked species of this great genus, of the same section 
with H. albida, to which it is considerably related. In both the pubes- 
cence of the calyx is dendritic. 

73. TOURNEFORTIA VELUTINA, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 3, p. 79, 
t. 201. 

74. HeLtiorroprum CurassaAvicum, Linn. 

75. ERITRICHIUM (RUTIDOCARYUM) HELIOTROPIOIDES, Torr. Bot. 
Mex. Bound. Surv. p. 140. Antiphytum helitropioides, A. DC. Prodr. 
10, p. 122. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 165 


76. ERITRICHIUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Rep. 5, p. 
363. Accords with no. 500 of Coulter’s Californian collection, which 
is referred to this species by Dr. Torrey. No. 85 of a former collec- 
tion of Xantus, made in the State of California, is a different species, 
near to or a variety of Μ΄. erassisepalum, ‘Torr. 

77. BUDDLEIA CROTONOIDES (sp. nov.): tomento albido denso; 
foliis e basi subcordata ovato-oblongis seu ovato-lanceolatis sensim acu- 
minatis vel acutatis creberrime crenulatis, venis subtus prominulis reti- 
culatis; ramis teretibus; panicula densa pyramidata; capitulis flori- 
busque tomentosis sessilibus; corolla calycem vix superante. — Frutex. 
Folia 3 — 4-pollicaria, dense ac molliter tomentosa, tomento albo in cos- 
ta venisque mox fulvello, venulis subtus conspicuis versus margines 
leete reticulatis. Corolle sicut calyces extus dense tomentose. — Re- 
lated to B. Humboldtiana and B. cordata, but distinct in the woolliness, 
the terete branches, &c. The tomentum probably falls with age from 
the upper face of the leaves. 

78. EvusToMA EXALTATUM, Griseb. in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 51. 

79. QUAMOCLIT CoccINEA, Meench. 

80. Ipomma (PHARBITIS) Nix, Roth. 

81. Ipomaa siInuATA, Ort. A form with the divisions of the leaves 
nearly entire. 

82. JACQUEMONTIA ABUTILOIDES, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 34. 

83. EVOLVULUS ALSINOIDES, Linn. 

84. SOLANUM ELZAGNIFOLIUM, Cav. Ic. t. 243; Dunal in DC. 
Prodr. 18, p. 290. S. Hindsianum, Benth. 1. ¢. 

85. PHYsALIS GLABRA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 39. But the 
leaves are not thickish. 

86. DATURA DISCOLOR, Bernh.; DC. Prodr. 13, p. 541. D. Tho- 
masii, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Rep. 5, p. 862, & Bot. in Mex. Bound. 
Sury. p. 155. Stramonia Curassavica, &c., Herm. Par. Bot. p. 233, 
cum ic. Cinereo-pubescens. Corolla quam D. Stramonii longior. 
Capsula mox nutans, aculeis gracilibus zqualibus pubescentibus ultra- 
pollicaribus horrida. —I have little doubt that this is the West Indian 
D. discolor, although the name is not appropriate to it. The plant of 
Professor Thurber from Corralitas, mentioned by Dr. Torrey, is, I sup- 
pose, D. quercifolia, H. B. K., which has also been collected by C. 
Wright (no. 527) and others, on the Rio Grande in New Mexico. 
This bears an erect fruit, the spines of which are unequal (the larger 
an inch or more in length), compressed, and with dilated bases, gla- 
brous or nearly so. 


166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


87. Nicotiana Mexicana, Schlecht. in Linnea, 15, litt. p. 95? 
Belongs to the section Zabacum; perhaps the same as JV. caudata, 
Nutt. Pl. Gamb. 

88. NICOTIANA IPOMOPSIFLORA, Dunal. (Mog. and Sesse. Ic. Mex.) 
in DC. Prodr. 18, p. 559. NW. Tabacam, var.?? Benth. Pl. Hartw. 
no. 205. WV. trigonophylla, Dunal. in DC. 1. ¢. p. 562. “NW. multi- 
flora, Nutt. Pl. Gamb.?” (sed ubi?) Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Rep. 5, p. 
362?— A common North Mexican species extending into the United 
States, rather variable, but well marked. When fully developed the 
fruiting racemes are long, virgate, and unilateral, and the corolla (6 or 
8 lines long) is white or greenish-white, or yellowish, with a small five- 
angled border. The whole plant is viscid. It is no. 579 of Coulter's 
Californian, and 1255 of his Mexican collection. It occurs in Wright’s 
first Texan-New-Mexican collection without a number (unless the num- 
ber is lost from my set), in his later collection it is no. 1607. Wright 
also collected it in Texas as early as the year 1848; also Lindheimer, 
in his coll. 1850 (500), “WV. rupicola, Lindh. mser.”; Dr. Gregg in 
Mexico (no. 61, and without a number); Thurber in Sonora (no. 
987); and Dr. Bigelow in the interior of California. I believe it is 
also Berlandier’s no. 1361, from San Louis Potosi; but the specimens 
(in fruit) are too poor to determine. No. 75 of Xantus’s Fort Tejon 
collection is of a different but allied species, perhaps 1. sordida, 
Lehm. I cannot find any “J. multiflora” in Nuttall’s paper on Gam- 
bell’s collection. 

89. Lycrum BReyiPEs, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 40; Miers, Ill. 
S. Amer. Pl. 2, p. 117, t. 69. 

90. VALLESIA DIcCHOTOMA, Ruiz & Pay. ex Benth. Bot. Voy. 
Sulph. p. 83. Leaves lanceolate-oblong, even the nascent ones gla- 
brous. 

91. ASCLEPIAS SUBULATA, Decaisne?; Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Rep. 
5, p. 362, t. 7, & Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 164. 

92. BOrRHAAVIA ERECTA, Linn. A slender form, not uncommon 
in Sonora, Western Texas, &c. 

93. BOERHAAVIA sPIcATA, Chois.?; Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 
171. This is most allied to B. Wrightii. The lowest leaves are ovate 
or oblong and obtuse, but the uppér ones narrower and cuspidate-acute, 
often attenuate-acuminate, the margins mostly very undulate, the sur- 
faces brown-dotted. Nothing is more variable than the size of the 
perianth in this genus. Instead of being small, as in the specimens 


a ey 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 167 


described by Dr. Torrey, in the present specimens when well expanded 
they are three lines in diameter; the fruit from 1} to 13 lines long, 
usually obtuse, sometimes truncate at the summit; pedicels half a line 
or a line long. The stamens are 3 or 9. τ 

94, ERIOGONUM ANGULOSUM, Benth. in Linn. Trans. 17, t. 18. 

95. ANTIGONON LEPTOPUS, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. p. 308, 
t. 69. In some specimens all the upper leaves are subsessile, and the 
rest short-petioled. Sepals rose-red. 

96. STEGNOSPERMA HALIMIFOLIUM, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 17, 
t. 12. In flower and fruit. But the kernels of the mature seeds have 
been destroyed by insects, so that the form of the embryo cannot be 
made out. ‘The ovary shows the rudiments of the dissepiments at the 
summit of the cell. The five arilli cohere so that, after dehiscence, the 
contents of the capsule fall as a globular mass. 

97. CHENOPODIUM ALBUM, Linn. 

98. CeELOSIA FLORIBUNDA (sp. nov.) : caule herbaceo (vel suffruti- 
6080 3) ramoso fere glabro ; foliis coriaceis deltoideo-ovatis nunc subhas- 
tatis trilobisve basi in petiolum decurrentibus subtus tomentulosis pu- 
berulisve reticulatis ; spicis subdensifloris paniculatis, paniculis in thyr- 
sum amplum corymbiformem confertis; floribus plerumque digynis ; 
sepalis albidis ovalibus obtusissimis ecarinatis obsolete ὃ —5-nerviis 
bracteas uninerves triplo superantibus; ovulis seminibusque ϑ -- 4 ; utri- 
culo calycem adzequante. — Rami validi, striata. Folia cum petiolo 
4—6-lin. longo 2—3-pollicaria, crassa, scabrida, mucronata, ovata seu 
ovato-lanceolata, nunc integra, nunc subtriloba vel subhasta, lobis rotun- 
datis. ‘Thyrsus maxime floribundus densus. Flores sessiles, vix ses- 
quilineam longi, scarioso-albi, denique fuscescentes. Stamina ima basi 
monadelpha. Utriculus ovoideus, circumscissus. —'This would appear 
to be allied to the Arabian and Abyssinian C. populifolia. 

99. AMBLOGYNE (SARRATIA) FIMBRIATA. Sarratia Berlandiert, 
var. fimbriata (ἃς var. denticulata? ), Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 179. 

100. AMBLOGYNE (SAaRRATIA) Torreyi. Sarratia Berlandieri ἃς 
var. emarginata, Torr. 1. ¢., non Moq.* 


* Moquin-Tandon’s first thoughts, which were to combine his Sarratia and Am- 
blogyne, seem to have been the best, and, in the next general revision of the order, 
when the subdivisions come to be grounded upon characters of more consequence 
than transverse dehiscence or the want of it, will probably be acted upon. Amblogyne 
will thus form a natural and pretty well defined genus, distinguished by the nature 
of the sepals of the female flowers, their union at the base, which hardens more or 


168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


101. FR@LICHIA INTERRUPTA, Mog. in DC. Prodr. 13, 2, p. 421. 

102. Mozinna CANESCENS, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 52, t. 25. 

103. CNIDOSCOLUS ANGUSTIDENS, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 198. 

104. Ricinus communis, Linn. Cultivated? 

105. APHORA SERRATA, Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 197. 

106. Eupnorsia Hinpsiana, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 51, t. 24. 
Without flowers or fruit. 

The following determinations and notes upon Euphorbia are com- 
municated by Dr. Engelmann. 

107. “ EUPHORBIA LEUCOPHYLLA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 50. 


less, and the separation of the fructiferous calyx from its insertion with the achenium 
enclosed. ‘The known species may be disposed as follows : — 


AMBLOGYNE, Raf. (Amblogyne & Sarratia, Moq.) 


§ 1. AMBLOGYNE vera. Sepala fl. foem. inferne modice connata, fructifera 
urceolata- seu infundibuliformi-conniventia apice patentia. Utriculus haud seu vix 
circumscisse dehiscens. 

1. A. ΡΟΓΥΘΟΝΟΙΡΕΒ, Raf. (A. polygonoides & Sarratia Berlandieri, Moq. in 
DC. Prodr. 13, p. 268, 270.) Sepala 9 subspathulato-linearia, subsequalia, triner- 
vata, nervis simplicibus. — Berlandier’s specimens of no. 2276 [= 859], on which 
Mogquin founded his Sarratia Berlandieri, are very poor, and perhaps did not really 
afford a circumscissile dehiscence. In these, and in much better specimens of the 
same species from Bexar (Berlandier’s 2411 = 981) I find the utricle to open irreg- 
ularly or vertically near the base; and the plant clearly belongs to A. polygonoides. 
— The Amarantus polygonoides of Wight’s Icones Ind. Or., t. 512, is no more an 
Amblogyne than his t. 719. The former probably represents Kuxolus polygamus. 

2. A. urcEoLATA. (Amaranthus urceolatus, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 158. 
Sarratia urceolata, Moq.1.c.) Sepala 2 inzqualia, infra laminam spathulato-orbi- 
culatam [pinnato-] nervosam (nervis ramosis viridibus) 2 exteriora subangustata 
tricarinata, 8 interiora valde angustata unicarinata.— Bentham makes no mention of 
a circumscissile dehiscence in this species, nor indeed does Moquin. 

Var. opcorpDATA: lamina sepalorum emarginata fere obcordata. Amblogyne po- 
lygonoides, Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 170, quoad pl. coll. Wright, no.+1746. — 
This, I suppose, is a variety of A. urceolata (which I have not seen), with the char- 
acters of which it well accords, except that the lamina or dilated summit of the 
sepals is strongly notched (otherwise quite entire), and nearly obcordate in shape. 
The utricle is not cireumscissile. The pinnately-veined or nervose dilated lamina, 
and the great contraction below of three of the sepals, at once distinguish this from 
A. polygonoides. 

§ 2. SARRATIA. (Sarratia, Mogq. pro parte.) Sepala fl. foem. basi tantum con- 
nata, fructifera pl. m. patentia. Utriculus circumscisse dehiscens. — Caules erecti. 

8. A. ΕἸΜΒΕΙΑΤΑ (Sarratia Berlandieri, var. fimbriata, Torr. 1. ¢.): caule ramis- 
que virgatis ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis ; glomerulis globosis in axillis foliorum sessi- 
libus et superne in spicam subaphyllam congestis seu approximatis ; bracteis calyce 


ian 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 169 


These specimens, from the original locality of the species, perfectly 
agree with Bentham’s description, but would be called rather grayish- 
hoary than snow white; the leaves are very deeply and almost pecti- 
nately dentate, supported by extremely short petioles; the appendages 
of the dark red or almost black glands are very unequal, as they com- 
monly are in Anisophyllum, and in no species more so than in LZ. ade- 
noptera, Bertol. (#. dioica, H. B. K.), the posterior ones being always 
the largest ; in the specimens before me the posterior appendages are 
one line broad and half as long, the anterior ones scarcely more than 
half a line broad and somewhat shorter; they are always crenate or 


brevioribus muticis; sepalis αἰ obtusis, 9 basi connatis subeequalibus ὁ basi angusta 
(uninervi seu in latioribus obsolete trinervi) in laminam flabellatam tenuiter scario- 
sam radiato-nervosam ambitu fimbriato-incisam (fructif. patentissimam) maxime 
cuneato-dilatatis. — Valley of the Rio Grande near ΕἸ Paso, and on the San Pedro, 
W. Texas, Wright, 582, pro parte. On the Gila River, Schott. Lower California, 
Xantus, supra, 99. — Nearly dicecious; the female plant only collected, among the 
flowers of which a male flower, with five narrowly-oblong and obtuse sepals, may 
rarely be detected. Female sepals more connate at the base than in any of the fol- 
lowing. 

4, A. Torreyi (Sarratia Berlandieri, cum var. emarginata, Torr. 1. c., non Moq.) : 
dioica ; foliis ovato-oblongis seu oblongo-lanceolatis ; glomerulis paniculato-spicatis 
et axillaribus; bracteis sepalisque masculis cuspidato-acuminatis; sepalis 9 ima 
basi coalitis subeequalibus obovato-spathulatis uninerviis, nervo simplici seu leviter 
pinnatim ramoso, apice rotundato integerrimo retuso vel emarginato. — On the Mex- 
ican border from the Rio Grande (Dr. Bigelow, Dr. Parry, &c.) to Lower Califor- 
nia, Xantus, supra, no. 100. A variety with linear or oblong-linear leaves and vir- 
gate spikes was collected near the sources of the Nebraska, by Mr. Henry Engel- 
mann. —I have not seen Dr. Torrey’s S. Berlandieri var. denticulata, with narrow 
leaves and erose-denticulate sepals, gathered by Thurber at Santa Cruz, Sonora, 
which seems to connect the present species with A. fimbriata. 

5. A. SCARIOSA (Amarantus scariosus, Benth. 1. ¢. t. 51, Sarratia scariosa, Moq. 
1. c.), from Western Tropical America, I have not seen. From the figure and de- 
scription it is apparently most nearly related to the foregoing species, but is a much 
coarser plant, with the “habit and inflorescence of Amarantus retroflexus,” aristate 
bracts surpassing the flowers, deeply emarginate sepals to the female flowers and 
obtuse ones to the male flowers, which is far from the case in A. Torrey: if the male 
specimens in the Lower Californian collection really belong to that species. 

6. A. SQUARRULOSA (Scleropus squarrulosus, Anderss. ined., from the Galapagos) 
is another species with the broadly ovate or rhomboid-obovate lamina of the female 
sepals all abruptly contracted into narrow claws. 

The genus Scleropus was evidently founded upon an abnormal character, a thick- 
ening of the peduncle and pedicels which occurs in various Amarantacee. Schra- 
der’s S. crassipes is an Huxolus. A part of no. 582 of Wright’s Texano-New Mexi- 


WOLA., Vis 2 


170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


even deeply incised, the posterior more so than the anterior ones.* 
Ovary and capsule together with the styles hairy, but the stipe gla- 
brous: styles longer than ovary, distinct, about two thirds divided: 
stigmas scarcely clavellate. Seed oval, sharp angled, slightly undulate, 
nearly 0.5 line long. 

108. “ EUPHORBIA SETILOBA, Engelm. in Bot. Williamson, Pacif. R. 
R. Rep. 5, p. 564. Identical with the plant from the lower Colorado, 
described in the report above cited. Root thick, but evidently annual ; 
many stems from a few inches to a span long, almost verticillate from 
the very base, an arrangement which is very striking in the Californian 
E. polycarpa and the European Μ΄. Chamesyce, but not so distinct in 
most other Anisophylla. Lower leaves coarsely serrate; upper ones 
entire; in the Colorado plant all nearly entire. Involucra minute, 
scarcely a third of a line long; the glands perpendicular, not horizontal, 
dark red, with conspicuous white laciniate appendages. Male flowers 
5-8; in the original specimens scarcely ever more than 38. Ovary and 
capsule covered with short pubescence (not hispid); styles nearly 4 
line long, very slender, their branches remarkably club-shaped; seeds 
scarcely 0.4 lines long, sharp angled, acute, transversely rugose. — 
Distinguished from the closely allied 2. polycarpa by the slit in the 
posterior part of the involucrum, the shape of the appendages, and the 
more acute and much more rugose seeds. — #. setiloba has also been 
collected by Dr. Newberry in the sandy deserts west of the lower Col- 
orado river. 

109. “EvpHORBIA POLYCARPA, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 50. 
No doubt identical with the original form, collected in the same neigh- 
borhood, but with rather larger leaves than Bentham describes. The 
specimens referred here by me in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 186, undoubtedly 
belong here, as also H. ocellata, Nutt. in Hb. Hook., from San Diego, 
Coulter’s no. 1448 in Herb. A. Gray, and specimens collected by Dr. 
Newberry near Los Angeles and in the Mohave desert. Mr. Boissier, 
however, distinguished, and perhaps justly, Wright’s no. 1854, from 


can collection is Amarantus Blitum, var. greecizans, in this Scleropus condition. As 
specimens of the same species were mixed with no. 859 in Berlandier’s reliquiz, 
which number is the equivalent of his 2279, this may have been what Moquin took 
for Scleropus crassipes in De Candolle’s herbarium (Prodr. ].c. p. 271), from that col- 
lection. 

* These petaloid appendages vary, in different specimens, from almost entire or 
crenulate to laciniate-multifid. —A. G. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 171 


the San Pedro River in Arizona, under the name of 1. micromera, in 
DC. Prod. ined., by the very small involucres (0.2 lines long), the 
entire absence of appendages on the small yellow, not purple, glands, 
and the extremely short styles with subglobose stigmas. The length 
of the styles in these Huphorbie, however, is not a very safe character, 
as this specimen from San Lucas, and some others from Arizona and 
the Colorado desert prove: they have suberect styles shorter than the 
ovary (only about 4 line long), while most forms from the State of Cali- 
fornia have elongated styles with divaricate clavate branches, twice as 
long as the ovary. My remarks about the variability of the plant may 
be extended to the shape of the leaves, which are usually oval, oblong, 
or oblong-linear, and obtuse at the base, but in specimens collected by 
Dr. Newberry at Laguna I find them almost orbicular and deeply cor- 
date at the base. The stipules are divided on the upper, and united 
on the lower side of the stem, lanceolate-subulate, mostly entire and 
ciliate, in the specimen from San Lucas, however, glabrous. Stem and 
leaves usually glabrous, sometimes with a few scattered hairs, or entirely 
pubescent. The pubescent forms have always very narrow appendages, 
and the pubescence extends even to the ovary and capsule. The seeds 
are 0.4 line long, sharp-angled, with the sides almost smooth, or usually 
more or less distinctly undulate. 

110. “ EUPHORBIA HYPERICIFOLIA, Linn., var. COMMUNIS, Engelm. 
in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 188. #. Preslii, Gussone FI. Sicul. 1, p. 531; 
Boiss. in DC. Prod. ined. — Boissier’s weighty authority has not con- 
vinced me that the Linnean L. hypericifolia, with smaller flower- 
heads, smaller capsules, and smaller and paler seeds, is distinct from 
our common northern var. communis. This latter has become natural- 
ized in Italy, where it has been described under different names (Z. 
androsemifolia, Presl, H. trinervis, Bertol., and Δι, Preslit, Guss.) ; 
nor can I distinguish Z. lastocarpa, Klotzsch, from the West Indies 
and South America, by any character besides the pubescent capsules. 
Intermediate forms unite all these forms. 

111. “EupHorBIA GYMNOCLADA (sp. noy.): fruticosa? ramis basi 
lignescentibus teretibus gracilibus strictis glabratis ; foliis rameis terna- 
tis internodio elongato multoties brevioribus linearibus seu oblanceolato- 
linearibus integris carnosulis (siccitate conduplicatis) subtus puberulis 
supra subnudis in petiolum brevissimum attenuatis; cyme terminalis 
umbelliformis puberule radiis ternis iteratim dichotomis; pedicellis 
bracteas anguste lineares et involucra magna equantibus; involucri 


18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


hemispherici extus intusque minute puberuli dentibus orbiculato-ovatis 
fimbriatis dentatisve, glandulis 5 transversis bilabiato-cyathiformibus 
appendice iis duplo latiore (alba seu rosea) orbiculata integra sufful- 
tis; bracteolis paucissimis linearibus fimbriatis; florum masculorum 
numerosissimorum stipitibus demum exsertis; flore foemineo breviter 
stipitato erecto glaberrimo; stylis distinctis 2 bifidis ovario zquilongis ; 
ramis clavatis divaricatis ; capsule coccis globosis; seminibus ovatis 
obseuris depresso-tuberculatis ecarunculatis. — Base of stem unknown, 
probably fruticose ; the slender branches below ligneous; internodes 
2-3 inches long. Leaves very deciduous, on the branches in threes, 
4—7 lines long [the larger almost an inch long], and 1-14 lines wide, 
on a petiole less than a line long. Cyme 1-14 inches in diameter. 
Involucres with the large appendages 4 or 5 lines wide. Bracteoles very 
few (probably 5) outside of the 20 or 80 male flowers. Styles scarcely 
half a line long. Capsule 24 lines in diameter; cocci with a slight 
groove on the back: seeds about 14 lines long, blackish-brown, cov- 
ered with flattened tubercles. — Distinguished from the closely allied 
Mexican EL. peganoides, Boiss. Cent. Euph. p. 21, by the small size of 
the bracts, the pubescence of the involucre, the shape of the glands, the 
large and entire appendages, and the short stipe of the ovary. The 
seeds of λ΄. peganoides are unknown.” ἢ 


* Notes to the Kuphorbie of the Botany of the Mexican Boundary Survey, by 
the author, Dr. Engelmann. 

Page 185. 27. petaloidea, y. Nuttallii is distinguished by Mr. Boissier (Cent. 
Euph. p. 10) under the name of 17. zygophylloides, no doubt correctly. Another 
of Mr. Boissier’s new species, 17. polyclada, from Texas, sent by Wright and Lind- 
heimer, seems to be only a smaller flowered form of 17. petaloidea with narrower 
appendages and smaller seeds. 

P. 186. 2. cinerascens, 8. appendiculata must give way to the earlier name of L. 
melanadenia, Torrey in Bot. Whipp. p. 135.— 17. cinerascens will have to be named 
E. melanadenia, 8. subinappendiculata. 

P.187. 4Ε. inequilatera, Sonder. A careful examination of the original speci- 
men of £. serpyllifolia, Pers. Syn. 2, p. 14, preserved in Herb. De Candolle (a frag- 
ment of which has been kindly communicated to me), proves that this is the type 
of the American forms, referred by me to LE. inceequilatera; they will therefore have 
to bear Persoon’s name. Mr. Boissier, discriminating perhaps too nicely, consid- 
ers the Asiatic and African forms as distinct, and comprises them under the name 
of E. sanguinea, Hochst., to which 27. incequilatera and many other synonymes are 
referred. 

The following two new€pecies, of the section Tithymalus, were collected by Dr. 
Newberry in the recent expedition under Lieutenant Ives : — 


diese’ 


ee ee ee Cea ee. pe προς 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 173 


112. Folia pinnata Palme cujusdam. 

113. CommMELYNA VIRGINICA, Linn. 

114. ANTHEPHORA ELEGANS, Schreb. Gram. 2, t. 44. 

115. CENCHRUS TRIBULOIDES, Linn., var. ©. pauciflorus, Benth. 
Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 56. Οἱ echinatus, Benth. Pl. Hartw. no. 246. 
Apparently not distinct from the common plant of the eastern side of 
North America. 

116. MUHLENBERGIA CALAMAGROSTOIDES, ΗΠ. B. K., ex Benth. Pl. 
Hartw. p. 347. MW. longiseta, Benth. 1. ὁ. p. 28. 

117. Bourrioua poLystacuya, Thurber. Chondrosium polysta- 
chyum, Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. p. 56. Οἱ subscorpioides, C. Miill. in 
Bot. Zeit. 1856, p. 347. To this belongs no. 754 and 2021 of 
Wright’s Texano-New-Mexican collection, and 792 of Coulter’s Cali- 
fornian collection. 

118. DactTyLocTEentum /KeyptTiacum, Willd. 

119. Gram. που. of uncertain genus, the single specimen mislaid. 

120. Vitra Vireinica, P. de Beauv. Only sterile plants. 

121. Brizopyrum sprrcatum, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. p. 
403; Munro in Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 342. Female specimens with 
the spikelets an inch and a half long, quite unlike any Uniola spicata, 
Linn., met with on the eastern coast of the United States. 


EUPHORBIA SCHIZOLOBA (Engelm. in Lieut. Ives’s Rep.) : perennis, erecta, gla- 
berrima, glaucescens ; foliis breve ovatis integris breviter cuspidatis in petiolum 
brevem attenuatis; umbellee trifide bracteis inferioribus rhombeis, superioribus 
transversis cuspidatis ; involucri glandulis stipitatis crenatis incisisve nec cornutis, 
lobis glandulosis emarginatis ; stylis ovario longioribus basi connatis. — East of the 
Lower Colorado, lat. 35°, alt. 2000 feet. Dr. J. S. Newberry, in Lieutenant Ives’s 
Exped., March 26, in flower.— Amply distinguished from 27. montana and other 
allied species by the peculiar shape of the glands and lobes of the inyolucrum. 
Stems 8-12 inches high. Leaves 5-7 lines long and 3-4 lines wide. Fruit and 
seeds unknown. 

EvurPHORBIA LURIDA (Engelm. 1. c.): perennis, multicaulis, glaberrima, junior 
tota lurida; foliis oblanceolatis integris basi angustatis subsessilibus patulis; um- 
bellz 5-fide bracteis cuspidatis, inferioribus obovatis, superioribus suborbiculatis ; 
involucri glandulis transversis crenatis, lobis ovatis membranaceis; stylis ovario 
multo brevioribus vix basi connatis.— Base of the San Francisco Mountains, lat. 
35°, alt. about 7000 feet; in flower at the end of April. Dr. J. S. Newberry. — 
From the nearly allied /. esuleformis it is distinguished by the absence of horns on 
the glands, &e. Stems of the very young specimens six inches high. Leaves 5 to 
8 lines long and 13 to 2 lines wide. Fruit and seeds unknown. | 


174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


4. A Cursory Examination of a Collection of Dried Plants 
made by lL. C. ErRvenpBere around Wartenberg, near 
Tantoyuca, in the Ancient Province Huasteca, Mexico, 
in 1858 and 1859. By Asa GRay. 


This collection, being made by a person of limited botanical knowl- 
edge, contains a number of plants which are common weeds in most 
warm regions, but also a fair number of new or little known spécies, — 
enough to show that this district of country, in which Mr. Ervendberg 
resides, would well reward a proper botanical exploration, which it 
is the object of this notice to encourage him to undertake. This Mr. 
Ervendberg is fully disposed to do, if the possessors of herbaria could 
be sufficiently interested in this regard, by subscribing for his collections 
at the usual rates, to defray the necessary expenses. Supplied with 
proper appliances and facilities, Mr. Ervendberg would make a good, 
as he is a zealous, collector. The numbers (in parentheses) are those 
affixed by the collector and under which the specimens have been 
distributed. 

The enumeration, beginning with the Polypetale, follows something 
like the Candollean order. 

Clematis sericea, H. B. K., a glabrate form (214); Argemone Mexi- 
cana, L. (292); Bocconia frutescens, L. (202); Cardamine hirsuta, 
L. (188) ; Cleome polygama, L. (149); and a single specimen of some 
other species (136); male specimens only of what seems likely to be 
a new species of Mayna (273); Prockia Crucis, L., and fine and 
abundant specimens of the following : — 

Banara Mexicana (sp. noy.): foliis glabris oblongis seu ellipticis 
breviter obtuse acuminatis a basi biglandulosa 5-costatis; panicula 
laxa, ramis elongatis pedicellisque velutino-puberulis; perianthio ca- 
nescente. —“ A tree in woods; flowers April to May, white,” rather 
large; the sepals, or outer divisions of the softly canescent perianth, 
from 23 to 3 lines long, strictly valvate in exstivation. Mr. Bentham, 
who has just revised this genus, informs me that he has another Mexi- 
can species, B. dioica, from near Vera Cruz, but that belongs to an- 
other group (121, 247). 

Casearia hirsuta, Sev.? (828) and ©. nitida, Jacq. (838). oni- 
dium longifolium, Mog. & Sesse, but with much shorter peduncles than 
that species is described (210). 

Polygala paniculata, L. (187); and a Seeuridaca, without fruit, ap- 


tin «ων. te 


———— 


ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 1th 


pears to be the S. volubilis, L. (119); there is also just the northern 
Hypericum Canadense, L. (218). 

A broad-leaved Stellaria (194) is perhaps a variety of the South 
American S. cuspidata; Drymaria cordata, Willd. (228) could not 
fail to be in the collection; but a less familiar plant accords with Gli- 
nus Cambessedit of Fenzl, and no less with G. parviflorus of Wallich 
(271). 

The Malvacez of the collection are some common species of Stda, 
viz. S. urens, L. (297), paniculata (203), carpinifolia (220), rhombi- 
folia (296), and Hlhottit, Torr. & Gray (176); Malvaviscus arboreus, 
Cay. (289) ; Malvastrum tricuspidatum, Gray (290, 291) ; Anoda has- 
tata, Cav. (331); Abutilon (Wissadula) periplocifolium, Don (151), a 
form with narrow and tapering leaves, and slightly and bluntly pointed 
carpels; the “corolla flesh-color” according to the collector’s memo- 
randum ; also A. ( Wissadula) mucronulatum (152), that is, Wissadula 
mucronulata, Gray, Rel. Berland., mscr., & Torr. in Bot. Mex. Bound. 
p- 39, the flowers of which are said to be “golden yellow.” It is no. 
3109 of Berlandier’s collection, also from Tantoyuca. Butif W. hirsu- 
ta, rostrata, and other plants recently referred by Grisebach to A. peri- 
plocifolium really belong to one species, it may well include the pres- 
ent plant also, which is, perhaps, Sida hernandioides L’Her. ‘There 
is, finally, a true Abutilon (161), the species undetermined for the want 
of fruit, and the following :— 

Abutilon notolophium (sp. nov.) : fruticosum ; foliis lato-cordatis acu- 
minatis integerrimis supra puberulis subtus ramis calycibusque furfu- 
raceo-tomentulosis sepius ferrugineis; pedunculis axillaribus folium 
subeequantibus et corymbosis ad apicem ramorum; floribus magnis ; 
calyce quinquangulato ; capsula (immatura hirsuta) polycocca, coccis 
compressis truncatis muticis dorso toto alatis 4—5-spermis demum bi- 
valvibus, ala bipartibili chartacea margine muricato-denticulata, denti- 
bus fasciculo pilorum terminatis.— Hills at Tantoyuca, Mexico, Jan. 
1831 (“flores lutei”), coll. Berlandier 743, 2163. — Leaves 3 to 6 
inches in diameter. Peduncles 2 to 3 inches long, one-flowered. Ca- 
lyx an inch long, apparently strongly 5-angled, or as if crested at the 
base, 5-cleft. Petals an inch and a half long, broadly obovate, veiny. 
Carpels more than 20, forming a depressed-globular umbilicate fruit of 
an inch in diameter, separable at maturity, glabrous except on the 
back ; the proper cell small (about 2 lines broad and 3 lines long), and 
lunate, chartaceous, but the whole produced into a dilated crest or wing, 


176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of 3 lines or more in width, which splits into two in dehiscence. Seeds 


superposed in a single series, puberulent. 

Of Bombacex, Byttneriacex, Tiliacew, &e., there is Hriodendron 
anfractuosum, DC. (861) ; and specimens with male flowers of a tree 
apparently allied to Myrodia (373) ; Melochia pyramidata, L. (269) ; 
the ever-recurring Waltheria Americana, L. (356); Guwazuma tomen- 
tosa, Kth. (131); Triumfetta semitriloba, L. (145); a form of Helio- 
carpus Americana, L. (225); and Corchorus pilolobus, Link “(the Οἱ 
stliquosus of Torrey and Gray’s Flora, &c.), mixed with C. siliquo- 
sus, L. and C. villosissimus, St. Hil. (196, 197). 

Amoreuxia Wrightii, Gray, Pl. Wright, 2, p. 26 occurs in a single 
specimen (124). 

Oxalis corniculata, L. (847) could hardly fail to be present. 

Vitis Caribea, DC. (120, 376), Gowania Domingensis, L. (279), 
and a dubious, perhaps unpublished Huonymus (139), are solitary rep- 
resentatives of their respective orders. 

The Malpighiacez are represented by Galphimia glauca, Cav. (150, 
233), Malpighia glabra, L. (183), a Stigmaphyllon allied to S. pube- 
rum (323), and a variety or near relation of Heteropteris cotinifolia, 
Juss. (209).* 

Spondias lutea, L. (853), Bursera gummifera, Jacq. (344), and Icica 
Copal, Rich. (185) represent the Terebinthacex ; and Rowrea glabra, 
Ἢ. B. K. (171), the Connaracez. 

The Leguminose are Crotalaria sagittalis, L. (30), Οἱ ineana, L. 
(33, 295), OC. anagyroides, H. B. K. (26); and Οἱ striata, DC. (22); 
Indigofera subulata, Vahl (20, 27) ; Eysenhardtia amorphoides, H. B. K. 
(15, 250); Dalea nigra, Mart. & Gal., which is Bentham’s D. lasio- 
stachya and D. elegans of Seemann (7), and the following apparently 
undescribed species, which abounds in Berlandier’s collection : — 


* T append characters of a Mexican Maple, specimens of which were distributed 
among Berlandier’s reliquie. It is the only Mexican species known to me, and be- 
longs to the same group with A. saccharinum. 

Acer Mexicanum (sp.nov.): glabratum ; foliis subtus pallidis dilatato-cuneatis alte 
trilobis basi truncatis vel subquinquelobis basi magis rotundatis, lobis parce repando- 
sinuatis margine integerrimis ; floribus umbellato-corymbosis simul cum foliis evo- 
lutis polygamis; pedicellis filiformibus barbatis ; calyce campanulato subdentato 
(petalis nullis 1) ; staminibus 8; fructibus mox glabris, alis parvulis semi-obovatis 
basi angustatis arrectis. — ‘‘ Nuevo Leon, in ruderatis, Junio, 1843,” Berlandier, 


coll. no. 3122. Leaves 2 inches in diameter. Wings of the fruit 8 or 9 lines long, 


but probably not full grown. 


—— eS ΑΝς  ὰφ' 


be cma ti 


: 
— ee 


ΜῊΝ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 177 


Dalea thyrsiflora (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, cinereo-pubescens ;- caulibus 
erectis paniculato-ramosis ; foliolis 38 —5-jugis (seu fol. supr. 1 — 2-jugis) 
ovalibus membranaceis subtus ramulisque grosse nigricanti-glandulosis ; 
spicis axillaribus et terminalibus breviter pedunculatis thyrsoideo-pani- 
culatis confertis brevibus (nunc inferne sublaxifloris) ; calyce cum brac- 
tea oblongo-ovata acuminata tubo equilonga grosse glanduloso, dentibus 
subulato-setaceis villosis demum patentissimis apice uncatis tubo sub- 
longioribus. — Monterey and San Fernando in the northern part of 
Mexico, and farther south from Victoria to Tula, coll. Berlandier, no. 
763, 846, 1886, 2188, 2266.— Shrub 10 feet high, according to Er- 
vendberg ; the branches herbaceous. Leaves pale and dull. Leaflets 
3 to 6 lines long, obtuse at both ends, copiously dotted underneath with 
dark glands. Spikes very numerous, on short and slender, often 
branching peduncles, forming a leafy crowded panicle, the flowers often 
scattered on the lower part of the rhachis, or a few glomerate in the 
axils of the uppermost and reduced leaves. Flower about 3 lines 
long ; corolla apparently flesh-color or ochroleucous, scarcely exceeding 
the lower tooth of the calyx. Legume villous.* 

Also Tephrosia cinerea, Pers. (19) and 7. Schiedeana, Schlecht. 
(307), but with axillary racemes and more acute calyx-teeth. 

Diphysa Carthaginensis, Jacq.? (23): the pedicels are long, and 
the leaflets are emarginate, as in Seemann’s specimens from Panama; 


* The other Daleas of Berlandier’s collection are : — 

Dalea frutescens, Gray (1887); D. tuberculata, Lag. (783, 1238, 2203), agreeing 
with Lagasca’s character “ foliis canescentibus” better than with De Candolle’s ; 
D. pulchella, Moric. (782, 1337, 2202) ; D. leucostoma, Schlecht. ? but more pubescent, 
and with fuscous spikes, perhaps Lagasca’s D. virgata, which is imperfectly charac- 
terized (837, 2257 and 761, 2181) ; D. triphylla, Pav. (1214); D. laxiflora, Pursh, 
which is mainly Moricand’s D. penicillata (1747) ; D. pogonathera, Gray (613, 2023) ; 
D. lasiathera, Gray (1014, 2444); D. nana, Torr. (2053); 2). aurea, Nutt. (953, 
2383, and a very silky variety, 1016, 2446); and the following, which I am unwill- 
ingly obliged to describe as new : — 

Dalea Berlandieri (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, erecta, glaberrima, ramosissima ; ramulis 
egracilibus vix glandulosis; foliolis 2—3-jugis parvis obovato-oblongis cuneatisve 
retusis subcrassis glaucescentibus subtus rhachique grosse glandulosis ; spicis villo- 
sis laxifloris ; bracteis carnosulis ovato-lanceolatis sensim acuminatis carinatis cilia- 
tis calyce brevioribus deciduis; dentibus calycis e basi lata aristatis villosissimis 
infra medium denticulis 2 setaceis plerumque instructis tubo campanulato pubes- 
cente grosse glanduloso subduplo longioribus; petalis rubescentibus.—In the 
mountains near San Carlos, Tamaulipas, Berlandier coll. 942, 2372. — Petiole and 
rhachis 2—5, leaflets 1-3, lines long. Calyx teeth in fruit 3 lines long. 


VOL, V. 23 


178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


but the latter are from 13 to 19 in number. And the pedicels of Coul- 
ter’s plant, D. sennoides, Benth., are sometimes nearly twice the length 
of the calyx. 

Harpalyce arborescens (sp. novy.): foliolis ovali-ellipticis utrinque 
rotundatis vel retusis glabratis subtus resinoso-atomiferis ; labiis calycis 
obtusis (18).— The same species, but with adult leaves, which are 
more coriaceous, I have from Coulter’s Mexican collection, ticketed 
Harpalyce formosa. If Mr. Bentham had possessed this when he wrote 
his little paper on Harpalyce in the third volume of Hooker’s Journal of 
Botany, probably he would have distinguished it from the original spe- 
cies, still known only by Mogino and Sesse’s drawing. The tapering 
of the leaflets to the base might indeed have been charged to the rude- 
ness of the drawing, but the drawing plainly represents an herb, which 
Coulter’s and the present specimens are ligneous. Ervendberg’s mem- 
orandum states that his were taken from “a small tree, growing on high 
and dry land.” The specimens are poor, with very few flowers; these 
accord throughout with the genus, except that the obovate vexillum 
bears a pair of small and rather obscure inflexed auricles. The ten 
stamens are monadelphous, with the tube cleft to the base: the anthers 
are linear and basifixed. 

Zornia diphylla, Pers., var. reticulata, Griseb. (12); Stylosanthes 
gracilis, H. B. K.? (11); dschynomene Americana, L. (16); Desmo- 
dium triflorum, DC. (82, 34), D. barbatum, Benth. (31), D. ineanum 
or adscendens, DC. (48), and two undetermined species (29 and 299). 

Piscidia Erythrina, L. (9); some Dalbergieous tree, but the speci- 
mens imperfect (28). 

Centrosema Virginianum, Benth. (99) and C. Plumiert, Benth. (36, 
362); Phaseolus Truxillensis, H. B. K. (41) ; Stenolobium ceruleum, 
Benth. (98), and some apparently common Galactia (40) ; Rhynchosia 
Caribea, DC., with some R. minima (35), and R. reticulata, DC. (37, 
42, 311). 

Cassia hirsuta, L. (21), C. obtusifolia, L. (24), C. Humboldtiana, 
DC. (25), and C. patellaria, DC. (14). 

Guilandina glabra, Mill. (229); Casparea latifolia, the Bauhinia 
latifolia, Cav. Ic. t. 405, the same as Berlandier’s no. 2189. 

Neptunia lutea, Benth. (3) ; Prosopis (Algarobia) dulcis, H. B. K., the 
same as Hartweg’s no. 70 (319); Mimosa floribunda, H. B. K. (1), and 

Mimosa Ervendbergit (sp. nov.) : M. rubicauli simillima, sed villoso- 
pubescens, aculeis minoribus magis retrorsis armata, seta interpinnas 


| 
| 
| 
| 


et all 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ~ a 


manifest, foliola paullo majora mucrone cuspidata, calyx corolla usque 
ad medium quadrifida dimidio tantum brevior, lobis hispidulis. Fruc- 
tus ignotus (2). This is said to be “a shrubby plant, six feet high, 
growing in the savannas near Wartenberg”; therefore doubtless in- 
digenous. But its resemblance to the Indian JZ. rubicaulis is striking. 
In the absence of fruit the points above mentioned are all that are ob- 
served. The adult leaflets are 4 or 43 lines in length. 

Calliandra Houstoni, Benth. (5) and C. tetragona, Benth. (8); Leu- 
cena pulverulenta, Benth. (6), mixed with some specimens of Acacia 
villosa, Willd., and A. glabrata, Schlecht. Perhaps Lagasca’s prior name 
of A. penicillifera belongs to and should be revived for this species (in- 
cluding A. euspidata, Schlecht., A. hirta, Nutt., and A. Texensis, Torr. & 
Gray). The unapt name of A. cuspidata has been given by Cunning- 
ham to a received phyllodineous species. Acacia spadicigera, Schlecht. 
(343) was collected with male flowers only, in a cylindrical-oblong 
spike, the stamens monadelphous. To this species, rather than to A. 
spherocephala (if the two are really distinct), should be referred Ber- 
landier’s no. 2145, gathered between Tampico and Tula, with mature 
fruit only. The pod is similar to that of A. Farnesiana, only even 
more thickened, oblong or ovoid-oblong, straight and pointed, 14 to 2 
inches long, the oval and turgid seeds imbedded in pulp.* 

Pithecolobium lanceolatum, Benth. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 3, p. 
198 (17); Inga leptoloba, Schlecht.? in flower only (4), and JL erto- 
carpa, Benth., perhaps also 1. Xalapensis (10). 

The only Rosaceous plant is a Rubus, said to climb 50 feet high, 
with the main stem an inch thick. It does not well agree with any 
species in the late Dr. Liebmann’s revision of Mexican and Central 
American Rubi; perhaps it is a form of δ. fagifolius, Schlecht., with 
the leaves silky-pubescent underneath. 

There are two species of Hugenia (193 and 312), the former agree- 
ing with no. 133 of Coulter’s collection, from Xalapa. 

The Melastomacez are an Arthostemma (159), Okdemia pauciflora, 
DC.? (138), and Conostegia Xalapensis, Don, with the flower-buds con- 
spicuously acuminate (207). 

Lythrum alatum, Pursh (800) resembles some of the northern varie- 


* Berlandier’s no. 3144 is Lysiloma desmostachya, Benth., in fruit. The pods are 
remarkably large, being from 5 to 7 inches long, 1} to 2 inches broad, the flat, char- 
taceous or coriaceo-membranaceous valves neatly falling away from the scarcely 
thickened persistent margin. 


180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ties; nothera tetraptera, Cay. (201) and @. rosea, Ait. (367) are 
common Mexican plants. 

Mentzelia aspera, L. (206) is in all collections ; Gronovia scandens, 
L. (149) is not so common, nor is Zurnera Pumilea, L. (134). 

Passiflora fotida, L. (158°), P. serratifolia, L. (226), and P. diffor- 
mis, H. B. K. (211); Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. (318); Sicyos angula- 
tus, L. (806), an Hlaterium ? with only male flowers (258), and male 
flowers only of another Cucurbitacea (354). 

There are four species of Begonia (261, 268, 334, 370), which will 
soon be determinable by the forthcoming (15th) volume of De Can- 
dolle’s Prodromus. 

Eryngium fetidum, L. (260) and Helosciadium leptophyllum, DC. 
(190, 256, 257) are the commonest subtropical weeds. 

Loranthus Schiedeanus, Cham. & Schlecht. is the only representative 
of that order. 

The Rubiacez are a doubtful Spermacoce (181) ; Diodia villosa, DC. 
(255) ; Richardsonia scabra, St. Hil. (238) which, by the way, inclines 
to be naturalized in the United States, and is probably Pursh’s Sper- 
macoce tnvolucrata; Geophila reniformis, Cham. & Schlecht. (292) ; 
the common Chiococca racemosa, Jacq. (241) ; Psychotria mollis, Poir.? 
(246) ; Randia Xalapensis, Mart. & Gal.? (820); flowers of another 
Randia mismatched with leafy branches of a Casearia (329); Bou- 
vardia ternifolia, Schlecht. (105); Oldenlandia ( Gerontogea, Cham. 
& Schlecht.) microtheca, DC. (200), and fine specimens of the follow- 
ing apparently new species : — 
᾿ς Exostema Mexicanum (sp. nov.) : foliis ovalibus acuminatis basi ro- 
tundatis vel obtusis breviter petiolatis membranaceis insigniter pinni- 
nerviis ramisque glabris ; cyma corymbosa composita floribunda flori- 
busque cinereo-puberulis ; pedicellis ovario clavato longioribus; calycis 
limbo brevi quinquefido ; corollz (albz ?) lobis tubo aquilongis. — Ar- 
bor elata, foliis pallidis semipedalibus, corollis pollicaribus, eestivatione 
generis, 1. 6. quincuncialiter imbricatis, nec valvatis,* antheris anguste 
linearibus basifixis. Filamenta epigyna, a corollz libera (125). 


* Weddell, in his tabular synopsis of the Hucinchonee assigns an exstivation of 
the valvate type to Exostema; but it is not so in the genuine Caribzan species, nor 
in the present one, which is a manifest congener of λ΄. Peruvianum. I know not 
Bentham’s 15. occidentale, in which the estivation of the corolla is said to be valvate. 
The wonder is that the manifestly imbricative zxstivation in Hxostema could have 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 181 


Mitreola petiolata, Torr. & Gray occurred in the collection without 
anumber. Valeriana scandens, L. (3857) is one of the commonest of 
Tropical American plants. 

The Composite of course are numerous. We have Vernonia Dep- 
peana, Less. (46), Κ΄. Sehiedeana, Less., ex Schultz Bip. (51), V. stri- 
gosa, Schultz Bip. in coll. Linden, mixed with V. canescens, H. B. K. 
(47), and V. liatroides, DC., which is 229 of Coulter’s collection (70) : 
also Hlephantopus tomentosus, L. (79, 335); Hlephantosis angustifolia, 
DC. (60); Distreptus spicatus, Cass. (237) ; and Lagascea latifolia, 
DC. (317). 

Peetis Seemanni, Schultz Bip. in Bot. Voy. Herald, p. 809 (137). 

Peetis latisquama, Schultz Bip. in coll. Mex. Schaffn., var. Berlan- 
diert : caule pedunculisque elongatis ; foliis interdum pinnatifido-denta- 
tis; involucri squamis minus latis spathulato-obovatis. — Pappus in the 
ray commonly multisetose like that of the disk, but sometimes scanty. 
This is no. 8159 of Berlandier’s collection, from Nueva Leon (63). 

Celestina ageratoides, var. latifolia, DC., apparently Οὐ. corymbosa, 
DC. also (100). 

Isocarpha oppositifolia, R. Br., the Dunantia Achyranthes of De 
Candolle (72). 

Stevia paniculata, Lag., DC., which is the S. rhombifolia and S. 
origanoides, H. B. K., and S. nepetefolia, DC. (Berlandier’s no. 2273), 
not of H. B. K. (50). 

Brickellia Cavanillesii, Benth., the same as no. 1247 of Berlandier’s 
collection (310). : 

Eupatorium divergens, Less., which is probably no more than a va- 
riety of Δ΄. conyzoides (54); HE. graciliflorum, DC., from the character, 
but the heads are 15-flowered (44); Δ΄. tvefolium, L. var. B. DC., 
with the tips to the scales of the involucre green and decidedly squar- 

.Tose-spreading ; the same as no. 1948 of Fendler’s Venezuelan collec- 
tion (53); E. collinum, DC. (52); EH. quadrangulare, DC., with the 
flowers more developed than in Berlandier’s collection from the same 
district (840) ; Μ΄. pyenocephalum, Less. (H. Schiedeanum, Schrad. &e.) 
according to Dr. Schultz (57) ; Μ΄. Berlandieri, DC. (56) ; and Crito- 
nia daleoides, DC., or Hupatorium sessile, Schultz Bip. (88, 341). 


been overlooked. This rectification of the character leaves my genus Badusa to be 
distinguished almost alone by the dorsifixed and at length versatile anthers, which 
will hardly be deemed sufficient. 


182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Mikania suaveolens, H. B. K., which is JZ gonoclada, DC. (82) ; 27. 
Houstonis, Willd., or a plant well agreeing with the character of that 
species, and with the points mentioned by Bentham in Plante Hart- 
wegianz ; but Ervendberg notes it as an erect plant, and the branches 
are herbaceous (87, 222). 

Aster ( Oxytripolium, Nutt.) divaricatus, Torr. & Gray (81) ; Hrige- 
ron scaposum, DC. (60); 4, (Cenotus) linifolium, Willd. (93) ; and 
a species not unlike HL. (Polyactidiwm, DC.) delphinifolium, but with 
entire leaves (69). 

Solidago Canadensis, L., var. procera, Torr. & Gray (62); Hetero- 
theca Chrysopsidis, DC. (71). 

Baccharis cerulescens, DC., a narrow-leaved variety, which is also 
B. Alamani, DC. (48); B. rhexioides, H. B. K. (44). 

Pluchea subdecurrens, DC.? var. canescens ; probably a variety of 
the plant of Xantus, no. 53, from Lower California (p. 160), referred to 
P. subdecurrens ; but the leaves are larger (3 inches long by half an inch 
or more in width), the stem niore winged, and both clothed with a ten- 
der white woolliness, which, being easily detached, is probably deciduous 
(348) ; also the very common P. odorata, Cass. (50), Pterocaulon vir- 
gatum, DC. (59), and Salmea scandens, DC. (49, 316). 

Polymnia maculata, Cav., which is apparently only a variety of P. 
Ovedalia (206) ; Melampodium heterophyllum, Lag. (80) ; M. divarica- 
tum, DC. (86), and 

Melampodium gracile, Less. var. oblongifolium: foliis oblongis seu 
lanceolatis nune subintegerrimis (JZ. oblongifolium, DC.) nune sinuato- 
lobatis vel panduratis (92).— This is from the same district as Ber- 
landier’s plant on which JZ. oblongifolium was founded, and is clearly 
of the same species; but the cauline leaves are mostly sinuate or pan- 
duriform, and, although they are not rhomboidal, the plant is pretty 
clearly a form of JZ gracile. 

Ambrosia artemisiefolia, L., one of the commonest weeds (168, 
180). 

Melananthera hastata, Rich., a very small-leaved form, apparently 
M. oxylepis, DC. (77). 

Gymnolomia ? patens (sp. nov.) : vix pubescens; caulibus herba- 
ceis; ramis gracilibus patentissimis oligocephalis ; pedunculis filiformi- 
bus; foliis membranaceis ovatis vel subcordatis caudato-acuminatis 
argute serratis trinerviis, petioli gracili; involucri vix biserialis squamis 
lanceolato-subulatis disco brevioribus; paleis receptaculi suabmembrana- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 183 


ceis rectis complicatis corolla paullo brevioribus achenia compressa calva 
amplectentibus (95).— This is apparently a congener of Bentham’s An- 
drieuxia Quitensis (an unfounded genus, as A. Mexicana is a Heliopsis) 
and of his Gymnopsis? Costaricensis, as well as of Steetz’s G. vulca- 
nica, although the broader and emarginate-truncate young achenia are 
much compressed, and not in the least tetragonal. ‘There is no trace of 
a pappus. Not to multiply genera upon inconsiderable characters, 
these should probably all be referred to Gymnolomia, Kunth ( Gymnop- 
sis, DC., excl. Aldama). Weads in the present species 33 lines long; 
rays 6 to 8, yellow, 4 or 5 lines long. 

Aldama ( Gymnopsis, DC.) Schiedeana (98) ; var. foliis elongato-lan- 
ceolatis (99) ; and A. uniserialis, Gray, Pl. Wright., no number. 

Simsia lagasceformis, Benth. Pl. Hartw. p. 19, an DC.? (878). 

Oyedea ovalifolia (sp. πον.) : scabrida ; foliis ovalibus utrinque acu- 
tis obsolete denticulatis seabris ; involucro disco dimidio breviori, squa- 
mis appressis inappendiculatis rotundatis.— Folia submembranacea, 
4-pollicaria, triplinervia, rete venarum lAxa; petiolo brevi. Capitula 
iis O. verbesinoidis dimidio minora (97).— This is a true Oyedea, the 
species well marked by the short involucre, the rounded and obtuse 
scales of which altogether want the foliaceous tips. Rays, achenia, and 
pappus much as in O. verbesinotdes, but smaller. The plant was found 
on the road between Wartenberg and Huaulta, and is said by the col- 
lector to “climb high up on trees”: there may have been some mistake 
about this, through some transposition of memoranda. 

Bidens tereticaulis, DC., forma foliolo terminali angustiore (67).— 
Lessing may have been right in referring this to b. squarrosa (which 
I have, as collected by Miss Alderson at Caracas, and which is also 
Fendler’s no. 696), the principal difference being in the smaller size 
and greater number of the heads. ‘The achenia are similar, and in both 
ciliate with strong divergent bristles down their whole length. For 
“ apice ciliatis” De Candolle probably meant “ versus apicem,” but the 
ciliation extends to the base in Berlandier’s as well as in the present 
specimens. There is, however, in B. squarrosa a crown of erect bris- 
tles fringing the apex of the achenium, between the awns, of which 
there is no trace in B. tereticaulis. 

Verbesina persicefolia, DC. (84, 91), in which, as in Berlandier’s 
original specimens, the leaves are not “ elongato-lineari-lanceolatis ” (as 
indeed the dimensions assigned by De Candolle testify), but oblong- 
lanceolate or oblong, tapering to both ends. 


184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Verbesina microptera, DC., only a variety of V. Virginica, L. (58). 

Stemmodontia scaberrima, Cass. in Dict. Sci. Nat. 46, p. 407. Buph- 
thalmum scabrum, Cav. Wedelia hispida, H. B. Κα.  Liipocheta 
Texana, Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. & Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 92. Wirt- 
genia Texana, Schultz Bip. in Bot. Voy. Herald, p. 304. A form 
with small heads (89).— Doubtless this is the plant upon which 
Cassini founded his genus Stemmodontia, in the description of which 
he even indicates the appendages on each side of the base of the 
achenium. So that Wirtgenia of Schultz must give place to Stemmo- 
dontia, Cass. 

An undetermined, apparently new Composita, with the aspect and 
fertile ligules of Verbesina, but with a chaffy pappus (78). Also Oli- 
gogye Tampicana, DC. (85). 

Dysodia pubescens, Lag., a mere variety of D. chrysanthemordes, Lag. 
(379); Tagetes lucida, Cav. (94), and 7. peduneularis, Lag. (377) ; 
and a variety of Porophyllum ellipticum, Cav. (75). 

Calea urticefolia, DC. (90); Tridax procumbens, L. (61); Helenium 
microcephalum, DC. (76) ; also a remarkable plant, which, not to multi- 
ply genera on single species, I am disposed to append to Bahia, viz. :— 

Bahia? (Anisostemma : eligulata, anisopappa) nepetefolia (sp. nov.) : 
erecta, tomentella, corymboso-ramosa, foliis oppositis deltoideo-ovatis v. 
subcordatis grosse obtuseque dentatis incisisve subtus albo-tomentosis, 
petiolo gracili; capitulis conferte corymbosis ; involucri squamis ovali- 
lanceolatis ; corollis albis; pappi paleis 3 ad latus exterius linearibus 
tubum corolle adequantibus, 3-4 ad latus interius perbrevibus. — 
Folia 1-2-pollicaria, petiolo }-pollicari. Pedicelli 4-12 lin. longi. 
Capitula 4 lin. longa, multiflora, homogama. Involucrum laxum, squa- 
mis circ. 12 utrinque angustatis dorso carinatis extus tomentulosis disco 
paullo brevioribus. Achenia gracilia, basi longe attenuata, hirsuta, 
corollis omnibus tubulosis 5-dentatis (ut videtur albis) longiora. Pappi 
palez fere enerves (65).— Technically this might well enough be taken 
as the type of a new genus; but if it had rays it would certainly be re- 
ferred to Bahia proper, of which it has the habit and whole general struc- 
ture. The white, or possibly flesh-colored flowers, with a glandular tube, 
&c., show an affinity to Florestina ; —but the opposite leaves, and the 
capitellate tips of the branches of the style (which accord with Bahia ὃ 
Eriophyllum) are quite different. The extraordinary reduction of the 


palez of the pappus on the side toward the centre of the receptacle is 
constant. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 185 


Gnaphalium polycephalum, Michx., is the only Gnaphalineous plant in 
the collection. 

KHrechthites hieracifolia, Raf., agreeing with 2. Miradorensis, Schultz 
Bip. Pl. Lind. (3860); Neurolena lobata, R. Br. (66), and Neurolena 
(Sehistocarpha) Lindenti, Schultz Bip. in Pl. Lind. ined. (45, 272) ; 
Gynoxys Berlandieri, DC. (79), which according to Weddell’s views 
would be referred to Senecio, notwithstanding the style ; Senecio lobatus, 
Pers., which is not only S. Mississippianus, DC., but probably also S. 
Tampicanus, DC., not of Gray, Pl. Wright. (90). 

Leria nutans, DC. (78) and L. integrifolia, Cass.? (74); also Pi- 
naropappus roseus, Less. (64). 

Lobelia Cliffortiana, Willd., both smooth and hairy forms, the cap- 
sule nearly all inferior (249, 308), and L. cardinalis, L., a variety with 
almost entire leaves (160). 

Ardisia Pickeringia, Torr. & Gray in DC. Prodr. Said by Mr. 
Ervendberg to be common in all the woods and prairies. Accords very 
well with the plant of Key West. Corolla sometimes with a completely 
convolute estivation, rarely quincuncial (216). 

Jacquinia racemosa, A. DC.? a form with oblong-lanceolate leaves, 
14 to 33 inches in length, the tube of the corolla not exceeding the 
calyx (245, 369). | 

Plumbago scandens, L. (213). 

Plantago Virginica, L., a fertile form with the lobes of the corolla 
connivent over the fruit, P. floccosa of Decaisne being the same with 
the lobes of the corolla spreading (182). 

The Bignoniacee are Bignonia Andrieuxii, DC.? (166) ; Amphilo- 
phium molle, Cham. & Schlecht.,a mere variety of A. paniculatum 
(113); Zecoma stans, Juss. (103); ZT. leucoxylon, Mart. (also Tabe- 
buia rosea, DC.?), said to be “a large tree with rose-red flowers, called 
Palo de Rosa” (929) ; an undetermined flowering plant of the order 
(195, 326) ; Martynia diandra, Glox (114). 

The Acanthacez are a nearly stemless form of Hlytraria caulescens, 
Ledeb. (173) ; Blechum Brownei, Juss. (294); Dicliptera assurgens, 
Juss. (264); Rhytiglossa dasyclados, Nees? (349); Cryphiacanthus 
angustifolius, Nees? (109, by error distributed as 104); and Drejera 
Willdenowiana, Nees, the lower lip of the corolla merely three-lobed at 
its summit (333). 

The Verbenacee are Callicarpa acuminata, H. B. K. (212); Lan- 
tana odorata, L. (162 in part); a variety of LZ. canescens, Kunth (107) ; 

VOL. Voe 24 


186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


and an undetermined Lantana said to climb 15 or 20 feet high and to 
have orange-yellow flowers (851); Lippia dulcis, Trev. (330); L. 
stechadifolia, H. B. K. (162*, 515) ; L. callicarprefolia, H. B. K. (278) ; 
L. myriocephala, Cham. & Schlecht. (288); Δ. geminata, H. B. K.* 
(162 in part); Zamonea scabra, Cham. & Schlecht. (110); Priva 
echinata, Juss. (148); Bouchea Ehrenbergii, Cham., a stout form 
(280), and a variety with laciniate-toothed leaves (102) ; Stachytarpha 
dichotoma, Vahl (150) ; Petrea arborea, H. B. K., but it is scandent, 
“ ascending to the tops of the highest trees” (542) ; Verbena Aubletia, 
L. (236), and V. Ehrenbergiana, Schauer ? (153). 

The Labiate are Ocimum micranthum, Willd. (117, 252); Hyptis 
capitata, Jacq. (809); H. suaveolens, Poit. (108); H. spicata, Poit. 
(118); H. spictgera, Lam., to which belongs Anderson’s H. subverti- 
cillata, from the Galapagos (116); Micromeria Xalapensis, Benth. 
(106) ; Hedeoma Drummondi, Benth. (141, 366), and Scutellaria mi- 
crophylla, Mog. & Sesse? (242). 

The Borraginacee are Cordia ferruginea, Reem. & Schult. (170) ; 
Heliotropium inundatum, Sw. (165); H. phyllostachyum, Torr. Bot. 
Mex. Bound. p. 137, which is apparently H. myosotoides of Chapman’s 
Flora S. U.S., and probably some old tropical species (129) ; Heliophy- 
tum Indicum, DC. (164) and H. parviflorum, DC. (168). 

The Scrophulariacez are Angelonia angustifolia, Benth. (104); Pus- 
selia sarmentosa, Jacq. (223, 263), and R. yuncea, Zuce. (115) ; Stemo- 
dia parviflora, Ait. (248); and S. peduncularis, Benth., which I sup- 
pose is also S. Jorullensis, H. B. K., and probably a variety of 3. 
trifoliolata, with peduncles an inch or an inch and a half long (267) ; 
Capraria biflora, L. (184) ; Pogostoma saxifragefolia, Schrad. (111) ; 
Scoparia dulcis, L. (253, 305); Buchnera lithospermifolia, H. B. K., 
too near B. elongata (117, 365); and Lamourouxia cordata, Cham. 
& Schlecht. (112). 

The Solanacezx are a single and poor specimen of Solanum Jamesii, 
Torr., perhaps S. appendiculatum, Dunal (175); Dunal’s S. torvum, 
var. ochraceo-ferrugineum (285) ; S. verbascifolium, L. (801) ; a single 
specimen of S. seabrum, Vahl.; S. volubile, Sw.? (270) ; S. quadriflo- 
rum, Mart. & Gal.? (126); S. nudum, H. B. K.? (352); some com- 
mon Physalis (215); Cestrum dumetorum, Schlecht. (322); Datura 
Stramonium, L. (298); and Nicotiana plumbaginifolia, Viv. (262). 


* Dr. Torrey’s Lippia Berlandieri, in Bot. Mex. Bound., as to the specimens of 
Wright, &c., is not the real one, but is Z. graveolens. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 187 


The Polemoniaceex, Gilia incisa, Benth., before known in Mexico as 
far south as Monterey (255, 250) ; Leselia coccinea, Don (381). 

The Hydroleacex, Hydrolea spinosa, L. (128); Nama Jamaicensis, 
L. (189) ; and Wigandia macrophylla, Cham. & Schlecht. (155), the 
latter apparently a good species. In De Candolle’s Prodromus, for 
“foliis plusquam pollicaribus,’ we should read “foliis plusquam 15- 
pollicaribus.” 

The Convolvulacez are Calonyction speciosum, Chois. (350); Jac- 
quemontia hirsuta, Chois. (157°) ; and Hvolvulus linifolius, L. (169). 

The Gentianacee, Hustoma exaltatum, Griseb. (259, 315); and Hry- 
threa Chilensis, Willd. ? (186, 265), doubtless the Mexican plant of 
Hartweg’s collection, but probably not the Chilian ; the collector notes 
the flowers of 265 as golden-yellow. 

The Apocynacee are Rauwolfia heterophylla, R. & S., var. puberula 
(374) ; the smooth variety of Thevetia Yecotli, DC., but with the veins 
of the leaves nearly inconspicuous (327) ; an Hehites? in flower only 
(240), and another species, an Amblyanthera of Miiller Argov., appar- 
ently a new species, in foliage, calyx, and very torose slender fruit very 
much resembling Δ. tenuicaulis of Spruce from the Amazon (a variety 
of Amblyanthera versicolor, Mill. Argov.), but the leaves are pubescent 
beneath, and with a deeper basal sinus, the corolla only half as long, its 
tube fusiform, the throat above the constriction not wider than the body 
below, a squamula under each lobe of the calyx (217); also 

Prestonia Mexicana, A. DC. (127). In addition to the flowering 
specimens, we have in the collection a pair of follicles of this species, 
which help to complete the generic character. They are quite different 
from those of Hemadictyon, as described by Miiller in the Flora Bra- 
siliensis, but more like those of H.? Mexicana, as described by De 
Candolle from Mogino and Sesse’s figure. They may be thus char- 
acterized: Folliculi oblongo-conici, 3-pollicares, basi fere pollicem lati, 
prurienti-hirsutissimi, pericarpio crasso. Semina oblonga, sursum at- 
tenuata, apice comosa, testa fere suberosa. 

The common Asclepias Curassavica, L. (182), represents its order, 
along with a plant which must be Sarcostemma elegans, Decaisne. 
But the leaves are rather broadly cordate or oblong-cordate, and tipped 
with a conspicuous cusp, the lobes of the corolla minutely puberulent 
within (174). 

But the most interesting plant of the collection, and for which I 
am now enabled to complete the character, is the 


188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Cytinus Americanus (R. Br.) : dioica ; floribus arcte sessilibus ebrac- 
teolatis, masculis e bractea paullo remotis ; perianthio profunde 8 -- 
9-fido patentissimo, zstivatione contorto-imbricata; columna et stylo 
modice elongatis; cuspide connectivi antheris equilonga; placentis 
14-16 integris? (101). These specimens are very interesting, both 
as furnishing the female flowers and the habitat of this plant, both be- 
fore unknown. They were collected by Mr. Ervendberg at Warten- 
berg, in wet places in the woods. The male plant from Mr. Barclay, 
which Mr. Brown examined, was in all probability also Mexican. As 
to the male flowers, the only thing of any importance to add to Mr. 
Brown’s brief account is, that they are supra-axillary, being at a small 
distance above their subtending bracts. ‘These bracts appear to be 
much more thick and coriaceous (as also is the perianth) than in C. 
Hypocystis. The flowers also are larger, and the perianth more deeply 
cleft. The latter when fully developed is half in inch long, and rotately 
campanulate ; in estivation only one lobe is exterior and one interior, 
the others overlapping one another in the convolute manner. The 
stamineal column becomes a line and half long, rather longer than the 
anthers. These are from 8 to 10 in number; their fleshy connective 
in some blossoms appear to be as much combined as in C. Hypocystis, 
while in others, probably older ones, they are less combined above, as 
Brown describes them, and radiate-spreading. The cusp terminating 
the connective is fleshy, and of the same nature as that of the other spe- 
cies, but is prolonged and subulate, usually as long as the anther itself. 
The female flowers collected are in an advanced state. The globose 
and very closely sessile gravid ovary is close to the subtending bract ; 
the style between 14 and 2 lines in length; the stigma radiate, but ob- 
securely lobed. A cross-section of the gravid and enlarged ovary shows 
from 10 to 14 thin lamellar placentz projecting far into the cell, and 
three to five smaller ones, only slightly projecting, all apparently simple 
{not lobed), and not approximate in pairs, covered with linear-oblong 
ovules; and moreover the parieties between the placentz are ovulife- 
rous as (apparently) Hooker figures them in C. dioicus. No one can 
examine the flowers without being struck (as were Linnzus, Jussieu, 
and Brown) with their affinity to Aristolochiacez. 

The common Loerhaavia erecta, L. (156), and Pisonia aculeata, L.? 
the species uncertain for want of fruit (331), represent the Nyctagi- 
nex ; and Coccoloba Humboldtii, Meisn. (364) the Polygonacez. 

The Phytolaccacexr are Rivina levis, var. pubescens, Griseb., the R. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 189 


humilis, L. (142, 302, 339), and the interesting Agdestis clematidea, 
Mog. & Sesse (146), of which Berlandier’s no. 2367 is the female 
plant, in fruit. Concerning this genus, see Grisebach, Erlaut. PI. 
Amer. Trop. p. 4. 

Anredera scandens, Moq. (227), and the following Amarantacez (all 
common weeds, except the first), Zelanthera gracilis, Moq. (287) ; Al- 
ternanthera Achyrantha, R. Br. (179); Lresine celosioides, L. (221) ; 
Gomphrena globosa, L. (140) ; Cyathula achyranthoides, Moq. (254) ; 
Achyranthes aspera, L. (859); Chamissoa altissima, H. B. K.; Ama- 
rantus paniculatus, L. (283). 

The single Laurineous plant in the collection is an interesting and 
little-known one, viz. Misanteca capitata, Schlecht., with flowers and 
fruit. It well accords with the published description, except that the 
cupule of the fruit (which is said to be red, and is probably somewhat 
fleshy when fresh) is not sulcate, and its border is evenly truncate. 
The fruit itself seems to be a nut rather than a berry, as may also be 
inferred from the fact that the collector took the tree for an Oak. It 
is “a tall tree” (375). 

The Euphorbiacee are Acalypha alopecuroides, Jacq. (804) ; an un- 
determined Croton (192), C. Hleuteria, L., or near it (199, 243), and 
the male of C. trichocarpum, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound., p. 196 (167) ; 
Dalechampia scandens, L. (158*), and another species allied to D. con- 
volvuloides (348), an Huphorbia near to or identical with 2. hexagona, 
Nutt. (157°) ; Z. pilulifera, L. (183) ; and LE. dioica, H. B. K., which is 
H. adenoptera, Bertol., and, according to Dr. Engelmann, Μ΄. anceps, 
Benth., and Anisophyllum densiflorum of Klotzsch and Giirke, in their 
recent dissection of the natural Linnean genus (251). 

The Urticacee are Pilea microphylla, Liebm. (P. muscosa, Lindl., 
&ec. 172); an undetermined Ficus (992) ; Dorstenia Contrayerva, L. 
(198), and D. excentrica, Moricand (1238); the interesting Castilloa 
elastica, Cerv. (871); and a Celtis (nearly of the section Mertensia, 
H. B. K.) which appears to be new, but which I am unwilling now to 
describe as such (821). 

There is a,common Callitriche (143) ; an Artanthe (234) ; Peperomia 
Berlandieri, Mig. (858) ; a Salix (178) ; Myrica Xalapensis, H. B. K. 
(204) ; and a Quercus, the same as Berlandier’s no. 2194 (346). 

The Endogenz of the collection are very few, consisting of the in- 
florescence of a “ Palm, 30 or 40 feet high, with flabelliform leaves, 
used for covering roofs, and a sweet, edible fruit,” apparently the same 


- 


* 


190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


as Berlandier’s 3207, probably Sabal umbraculifera, Mart. (814) ; two 
Oannacee (274, 282); Bomarea hirtella, Herb. (205) ; a Tillandsia 
(276) and a Bromelia? (3872); Pontederia sagittata, Presl. (277); 
Smilax mollis, H. B. K. (825), S. platyeentra, Schlecht.? but nearly 
unarmed (244, 336, 337), and another, perhaps the male of S. glauco- 
carpa, Schlecht. (563); a Tradescantia (275) ; Hleocharis geniculata, 
L. (208); Panicum divaricatum, L. (281) and P. hirtellum, L. (266). 

The Ferns, separately numbered, are, Polypodium incanum, Sw. (8), 
P. repens, Sw. (16), P. decumanum, Willd. (15), and P. lycopodiotdes, 
L. (9); Gymnogramme (Hemionitis) palmata, L. (6); Cheilanthes 
elongata, Willd. (19) ; Adiantum Chilense, var. hirsutum, Hook. (11), 
and A. tenerum, Sw. (17); a variety of Pteris aquilina, L., nearly P. 
caudata (4), and P. grandifolia, L. (5); Asplenium pumilum, Sw. 
(10); Phegopteris tetragona, Mettenius (2,18, 14); Aspidium trifo- 
liatum, Sw. (1) ; Anemia adiantifolia, Sw. (38); and Lygodium Mexi- 
canum, Presl. (7). 


5. Note on the Genus Graphephorum, Desv., and its Synony- 
my. By Asa Gray. 


This communication announced the discovery by Dr. Charles Pick- 
ering, in August last, at the Falls of the Riviere du Loup, in Lower 
Canada, of the “ Avra melicoides” of Michaux, on which Desvaux and 
Beauvois founded the genus Graphephorum; also that the Dupontia 
Cooleyi, of the second edition of Gray’s Manual of the Botany of the 
Northern United States, proves to be a large variety of the same spe- 
cies. Carrying out the view indicated in the Manual, Dr. Gray pro- 
poses to dispose the genus —so extended as to include Dupontia, R. 
Br., Scolochloa of Link, and Arctophila of Ruprecht —as follows : — 


Genus GRAPHEPHORUM, Desv., Beauy. 


Graphephorum, “ Desy.,” Beauy. Agrost. p. 76, t. 15, f. 8 (1812); “ Desv. Jour. Bot. 
ann. 1813, p. 71”’; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 250, & Suppl. p. 193, t. 14, f. 9 (pistil- 
lum et squamulz) = G. melicoides, Desy. (Aira melicoides, Michx.). 

Dupontia, R Br. App. Voy. Parry, p. 190 (1824) = D. Fischeri, R. Br. 

Scolochloa, Link, Hort. Berol. Deser. 1, p. 136 (1827) = S. festucacea, Link (Arun- 
do festucacea, Willd. Festuca borealis, Mert. & Koch. F. arundinacea, Lilijeb). 

Dupontia et Arctophila (sub Poa), Rupr. ΕἸ. Samoj. (in Beitr. Pflanz. Russ. Reiches, 
2), p. 62, 64, t. 6 (1845) = Spp. plur. 

Fluminia, Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand. 1, p. 247 (1845 5. 1846) = F. arundinacea, 
Fries, seu Festuca borealis, Mert. & Koch. 

Scolochloa (Link), Dupontia (R. Br.), et Colpodium ὃ Arctophila (C. fulvum et C. 
pendulinum), Griseb. in Ledeb. ΕἸ, Ross. 4, pp. 385, 386, 393 (1853). 


ae ae a er. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 191 


§ 1. Palex firmiores, inferior nervis 7 prominulis: glume flores 3-4 
aequantes. — SCOLOCHLOA. 


1. G. FestucAcEUM. Arundo festucacea, Willd. Festuca borealis, 
Mert. & Koch.; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2, t. 251. Scolochloa festucacea, 
Link, Griseb. Fluminia arundinacea, Fries. 


§ 2. Rhachis spicule etiam barbata; glume scabre, inzquales, flores 
3 —4 subequantes. — GRAPHEPHORUM, Desv. 


2. G. MELICOIDES, Beauv. 1. c. Azra melicoides, Michx. 


Var. MAJOR. Dupontia Cooley, Gray, Man. Bot. N. U. 5. ed. 2, p. 
556. (Caryopsis libera !) 
§ 3. Palez tenuiores; glume flores 2 -- ὃ subequantes. — Dupontia. 

3. G. Fiscuert. Dupontia Fischeri, R. Br. Poa (Dupontia) pel- 
ligera, Rupr. 1. 6. 

Var. PSILOSANTHUM. Poa (Dupontia) psilosantha, Rupr. 1. 6. Du- 
pontia psilosantha, Rupr. 1. ὁ. t. 6; Griseb. 1. ¢. 


§ 4. Glumez spicula 2—7-flora breviores; flores parvuli.— ArcrTo- 
PHILA. 


4. G. rutvum. Poa fulva, Trin. Poa (Arctophila) fulva, selero- 
clada, latiflora, & pccilantha, Rupr. ex Griseb. Glyceria Sulva, 
Fries. Colpodium (Arctophila) fulvuum, Griseb. 

5. G. PENDULINUM. Poa pendulina, Fl. Dan. t. 2343. Poa (Are- 
tophila) deflexa, remotiflora, & similis, Rupr.  Gilyceria pendulina, 
Leestad. Colpodiwm (Arctophila) pendulinum, Griseb. 


Four hundred and ninety-second meeting. 


February 4, 1861.— Montuiy MEETING. 


The PRrEsIDENT in the chair. 

In accordance with the vote passed at the last preceding 
monthly meeting (vide p. 112), the Academy convened at the 
house of the venerable Josiah Quincy, upon the occasion of his 
entering his ninetieth year. The Academy by its President 
offered an appropriate address to Mr. Quincy, who responded 
in some interesting remarks, and the Academy was addressed 
upon the occasion by the President of Harvard University, the 
Hon. James Savage, and Professor W. B. Rogers. 


192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Four hundred and ninety-third meeting. 


March 12, 1861.— MontHiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

Professor Horsford exhibited excellent drawings, by Mr. 
Hand, of New York, of magnified dissections and preparations 
of the grain of wheat, especially of the coats and superficial 
portion or bran, which has been long since ascertained to 
contain the principal part of the gluten, this indicating the 
importance of retaining as much of the bran in the bread as 
possible. 

Professor C. W. Eliot read the following paper : — 


On the Chromate of Chromium, and analogous Chromates, 
with a New View of the Constitution of the Black Oxide 
of Manganese. By Frank H. Storer and CHARLES W. 
ΕἸΠΟΤ. 


I. Curomate or CuHromium (Cr,0; CrQs). 


1. When a solution of monochromate of potash is mixed with a solu- 
tion of any ter-salt of chromic oxide, the mixture immediately becomes 
brownish red, a bright brown precipitate subsides, and when this pre- 
cipitate has been completely deposited, the liquid separated by filtration 
will present the clear yellowish-red color of bichromate of potash. The 
chrome salt may be chrome alum, or sulphate of chromic oxide, or hy- 
drated sesquichloride of chromium, and, if a sufficient excess of chro- 
mate of potash be added to the solution, the precipitate and the filtrate 
will present the appearances described. This filtrate may be evaporated 
and crystallized ; the resulting crystals will be a mixture of bichromate 
of potash and of sulphate of potash or chloride of potassium, as the case 
may be: often crystals of monochromate of potash will also present 
themselves. We prepared the precipitate for analysis by mixing a 
solution of chrome alum with an excess of monochromate of potash. 
The brown precipitate was washed with cold water: the color of the 
wash-water, at first bright yellow, became gradually paler, but never 
colorless. Twice in the course of the seven days during which the wash- 
ing was continued, the precipitate was transferred from the filter to a 
mortar, stirred up with water, and thrown upon a fresh filter. This pro- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 193 


cess deepened the yellow color of the wash-water in each case. It being 
quite evident that the color of the wash-water was due to chromic acid 
abstracted from the precipitate, the washing was stopped on the eighth 
day, the precipitate was dried at 50° to 55°, and analyzed as follows. 
A portion was dissolved in very dilute nitric acid by the aid of a gentle 
heat; the color of the solution was ἃ red brown. Ammonia, added in 
very slight excess to this solution, kept at the boiling point for half 
an hour, produced a brownish-green precipitate of chromic oxide, which 
looked the browner because it floated in a bright yellow liquid. This 
precipitate was filtered off and thoroughly washed with hot water; it 
then presented the common appearance of chromic oxide, and was 
ignited and weighed in the usual manner. The filtrate from this pre- 
cipitate and the wash-waters were concentrated by evaporation, and 
acidified with acetic acid. Acetate of lead then precipitated the whole 
of the chromic acid contained in the yellow liquid, and after the sub- 
sidence of the precipitate the supernatant liquid was perfectly colorless. 
The chromate of lead was washed and weighed on a tared filter as 
usual. The result of the analysis was 


CrO;”" = 16.27 per cent 
Cr,O, = 46.43 se se 
Water = 37:30 “ “ (by difference). 


This examination showed, first, that the washed precipitate was a 
compound of chromic acid and chromic oxide; secondly, that it was 
more basic than any supposable definite compound of these two bodies ; 
thirdly, that the prolonged washing removed chromic acid from the sub- 
stance originally precipitated. To study the effect of the washing 
upon the precipitate, we prepared a considerable quantity of the brown 
precipitate by mixing a concentrated solution of pure chrome alum 
with a large excess of a concentrated solution of monochromate of 
potash. The precipitate as first collected upon the filter of course re- 
tained a considerable quantity of the bichromate of potash, chromate of 
potash, and sulphate of potash which existed in the filtrate. The pre- 
cipitate was quickly rinsed with cold water until these mechanically 
adhering salts seemed to have been removed. During this short wash- 
ing the substance underwent no change in color or in any other exter- 
nal property. A portion was now removed from the filter, air-dried 
on a brick, and submitted to analysis (analysis @). The rest of the 
precipitate was washed for six hours with cold water; another portion 


VOL. V. 95 


194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


was then taken from the filter, air-dried, and analyzed (analysis ὁ). 
Through the remainder (perhaps two teaspoonfuls) of the precipitate 
five litres of water were passed; another portion was then dried. at 
100° and analyzed (analysis 6). When dried at 100° the precipitate 
is much less readily soluble in dilute nitric acid, than when not so 
heated, but the difficulty is easily overcome. The method of analysis 
was that described above. 


Analyses. 
a. b. Ὁ. 
Cr,0; 39.69 per cent. 45.26 per cent. 65.17 per cent. 
CrO, 22.42 ς « 15:12. «τὰ ρον ὦ ὦ 
HO (by diff) 87.89 « « 39.62 « « 25.96 « « 


A comparison of these three determinations teaches that the abstraction 
of chromic acid by washing with cold water stops at no definite point, 
and probably has no limit except the complete change of the original 
precipitate into chromic oxide. The composition of the substance a 
must be a close approximation to the composition of the original pre- 
cipitate, for the slight rinsing which was intended merely to remove 
the chromates belonging to the filtrate could hardly have abstracted 
much of its combined chromic acid. In the chromate of chromium 
whose formula would be Cr,O; CrO;, the ratio of the chromic oxide to 
the chromic acid would be that of 3: 2; and we find that the ratio of 
the chromic oxide to the chromic acid in analysis ὦ is but little larger 
than that of 8:2. The substance a is probably therefore a chromate 
of chromium of the formula Cr,O, CrO,, from which a little of the chro- 
mic acid has been removed by washing. 

Assuming for the present that the precipitate produced by the reac- 
tion of chrome alum on monochromate of potash is in truth this chro- 
mate of chromium, let us inquire into the nature of the reaction between 
these two salts by which this precipitate could be formed, and bichro- 
mate of potash leit in the filtrate. Concentrated solutions of pure 
chrome alum and of pure monochromate of potash were prepared of 
known strengths, in order to determine the amount of either solution 
required to produce a precipitate in the other. A single drop of chrome 
alum solution produces an immediate and permanent precipitate in the 
chromate solution ; but if the process be reversed and the solution of 
monochromate of potash be dropped into the alum solution, no perma- 
nent precipitate is formed till an apparently large excess of chromate 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 195 


of potash has been added. By accurate quantitative experiments we 
have proved that five equivalents of chromate of potash must be added 
to one equivalent of chrome alum to effect precipitation. If a less 
quantity be added, any precipitate which may form will at once redis- 
solve when the mixture is made complete by agitation.* The reaction 
between the two salts may therefore be expressed by the formula, 


5 (KO CrO;) + KO SO,, Cr,0, 8 SO,;= 4 (KO SO,) + 2 (KO 2 Cr0,) 
+ Cr,0; CrOs, 


and if to one equivalent of chrome alum more than five equivalents of 
chromate of potash be added, the excess above five remains inactive. 


x (KO CrO,) + KO S0,, Cr,0; 3 SO, = 4 (KO 80} + 2 (KO 2 Cr0,) 
+ Cr,0, CrO,-++ (2 —5) (KO Cr0,). 


If any other normal salt of chromic oxide be used, a similar formula 
will express the reaction ; thus : — 


Cr,Cl, +5 (KO CrO;) =3 (K Cl) +2 (KO 2 Cr0,) + Cr,0; CrO;. 


σα, ὃ $0s + 5 (KO Cr0,) = 8 (KO 800 + 2 (KO 2 C10,) + 
Cr,O, ΘΙ ΘΝ 


With the exact proportions of chrome alum and chromate of potash 
which are by the formula necessary for the precipitation of chromate of 
chromium we prepared a quantity of the precipitate for a second series 
of analyses in corroboration of analyses a, b,ande. The precipitate 
thrown upon a filter was very slightly rinsed with cold water, a por- 
tion of it was taken off, pressed between folds of filter-paper under 
heavy weights, and air-dried for analysis (analysis d) ; the rest of the 
precipitate was washed for six hours till no trace of the filtrate could 
possibly be supposed to be retained by the precipitate, when another 
portion was taken out for analysis, pressed, and air-dried (analysis e) ; 
lastly five litres of water were passed through the remaining precipi- 
tate, which was then dried at 100° and submitted to analysis (analy- 


* Tn this connection we would call attention to the inaccuracy of the statement 
made by Berzelius in his Traité de Chimie, (Paris, 1846, Vol. II. 307), to the 
effect that a compound whose formula is Cr2O3 3 CrOs is precipitated, when a few 
drops of the solution of monochromate of potash are added to the solution of a 
neutral chrome salt. No permanent precipitate whatever is produced under these 
circumstances, as any one may satisfy himself by repeating the simple experiment 
described above. 


196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


sis f). The process of analysis was the same described above, and the 
results were as follows : — 


Analyses. 
d. 6. oe 
Cr.O3 38.85 per cent. 44,01 per cent. 59.83 per cent. 
(το, Dow Ae ῦσς 19.80 5 ς 13.43" Ὁ ς 
HO (by diff.) 8ὅ.24 “ « Ho 1 αϑ Ὁ 26.04 he 


This set of analyses corroborates the first series in every respect, and 
the ratio of the chromic oxide to the chromic acid of the substance d is 
almost precisely the ratio 3: 2 of the chromic oxide to the chromic acid 
in the chromate of chromium Cr,O; CrO;. We again see that there is 
no definite limit to the removal of chromic acid by prolonged washing, 
and that the substance may be readily made more basic than any imag- 
inable definite compound of chromic oxide and chromic acid would be. 
In these analyses the precipitates had been somewhat washed before 
any analysis was made; it remained to analyze the substance precipi- 
tated with so much of the adhering filtrate as could not be removed by 
pressure between folds of filter-paper without washing. One precipi- 
tate (analysis g) was prepared by mixing a solution of one equivalent 
of chrome alum with eight equivalents of chromate of potash in solu- 
tion, and a second by mixing a solution of one equivalent of chrome 
alum with sixteen equivalents of chromate of potash in solution (analy- 
sis h). In both cases the solutions used were concentrated and the 
precipitates air-dried. The method of analysis which we had hereto- 
fore employed was open to one objection, —a trace of chromic oxide 
was liable to be dissolved in the excess of ammonia, to be again sep- 
arated when the filtrate and wash-waters from the chromic oxide pre- 
cipitate were concentrated by evaporation, and the process would obvi- 
ously be altogether inadmissible in any case where the sulphates of the 
mother-liquor had not been removed by washing before submitting the 
precipitate to analysis, since sulphate of lead would be formed and 
vitiate the determination of the chromic acid. We therefore resorted 
to Rose’s method of separating chromic oxide from chromic acid, by 
means of the nitrate of the suboxide of mercury.* The solution of the 
substance to be analyzed in dilute nitric acid was nearly neutralized 
with carbonate of potash, and when the carbonic acid had been allowed 
sufficient time to escape, nitrate of the suboxide of mercury was added, 


* Handbuch der Analytischen Chemie, (Braunschweig, 1851,) II. 379. 


ee eee > ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 197 


the precipitate filtered off, washed, strongly ignited, and the chromic 
acid calculated from the pure chromic oxide which remained. To the 
filtrate from this first precipitate ammonia in excess was added, and the 
washed precipitate, strongly ignited, was the chromic oxide contained 
in the original substance. 


Analyses. 
gq: h. 
Cr,03 33.06 per cent. 33.54 per cent. 
στο, Oras θυ. 
HO (by difference) 34.91 “ “ PC es i Ὁ. ὦ 


It is quite evident from these analyses that the precipitate caused by 
mixing chromate of potash with a neutral chrome salt cannot contain 
more than one equivalent of chromic acid in combination with its chro- 
mic oxide, since in the above determinations the chromic acid is nearer 
one equivalent than two with reference to the chromic oxide found, in 
spite of the fact that the considerable amount of chromic acid which, 
combined with potash, has adhered mechanically to the precipitate, is 
thrown down by the nitrate of the suboxide of mercury, together with 
the chromic acid which was originally united to the chromic oxide. 
But the fact that the substance under examination cannot be purified 
by washing without altering its constitution, renders it impossible to 
ascertain the exact composition of the body by the methods of analysis 
heretofore used, or by any similar methods; for this purpose the pro- 
cess used by Vogel * in analyzing this same substance, obtained by him 
from a different source and miscalled CrO,, is admirably adapted. The 
precipitate examined by this method was not washed at all, but was 
simply dried by pressure between folds of filter-paper and exposure 
to the air. A weighed portion was placed in the bulb of a reduction- 
tube, with which a weighed chloride of calcium tube was connected ; a 
current of dry air was then drawn through the apparatus, and the re- 
duction-tube was cautiously heated till all the water of the precipitate 
had been absorbed by the weighed chloride of calcium tube, the heat 
finally rising to dull redness. ‘The salts with which the precipitate 
under examination was contaminated were sulphate of potash, bichro- 
mate of potash, and a little chromate of potash, and since the solutions 
from which the precipitate was prepared were concentrated, it was to be 


* Jour. pr. Ch., LX XVII. 484 (1859). 


198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


expected that a considerable quantity of these salts would adhere to the 
precipitate ; but since all these salts are fixed at a low red heat, they 
were not altered by the heat to which the precipitate was exposed. 
The rest of the precipitate must have lost by the ignition all its water 
and all the oxygen over and above that necessary to the constitution of 
chromic oxide. By subtracting the weight of the water collected from 
the total loss by ignition, the weight of the oxygen expelled is obtained. 
The ignited residue was then washed out of the bulb of the reduction- 
tube, digested in hot water, thrown upon a filter and washed with hot 
water till only pure chromic oxide remained; lastly, this oxide was 
ignited and weighed. By subtracting the weight of the chromic oxide 
from the weight of the whole ignited residue, the weight of the soluble 
salts which adhered mechanically to the precipitate was obtained. The 
following are the figures of an analysis by this method : — 


Weight of reduction-tube +- precipitate 10.3848 gram. 
“ “ “ ν 9.6136 “ 
τε “ precipitate 0.7712 “ἃ 
Weight of reduction-tube after ignition 10.2673 °“ 
Loss by ignition 01s = 
Weight of residue 0.6537 Ὁ 
Weight of CaCl tube after ignition πος 
Ἢ ΣΝ ah i: betere 17.3204 « 
gd “ water 0.0992 ἐς 
fs “ oxygen =.1175 — .0992= 0.0183 “ 
Weight of crucible + Cr,O, 13.1275 « 
+ = « - filter ash 129601, το 
τ “« Cr,O; 0.1674 “ 
τ “ soluble salts = .6537 —.1674 = 0.4863 “ 


In the compound whose formula is Cr,0; CrO,, the ratio of the number 
of atoms of oxygen to the number of atoms of chromium is that of 2 : 1. 
By adding another equivalent of oxygen to the chromic oxide found, 
we shall make the ratio of the atoms of oxygen to the atoms of chro- 
mium that of the compound Cr,O; CrO;. Hence the proportion. 


(Equiv. Cr,03) (Equiv. O) = (Cr,0; found) (1 equiv. O) 
76.48 : 8 = 0.1674 :. 20017 


a ee ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 199 


If the original precipitate was the compound whose formula is 
Cr,0; CrO , the loss of oxygen by ignition would have been 0.0175 
gram.; the actual loss was 0.0183 gram., being within 0.0008 gram. 
of the theoretical amount. A loss of eight tenths of a milligramme 
in the water determination would of course account for this very 
small excess of oxygen. 

A second analysis by this method of a precipitate containing a 
smaller proportion of soluble salts corroborated the first determination 
in every respect, and left no doubt that the true composition of the 
precipitate produced in the aqueous solution of a neutral salt of 
chromic oxide by the solution of chromate of potash is represented 


by the formula Cr,0; CrQ,. 


2. Schweitzer* observed that, when nitric oxide is passed through a 
moderately dilute solution of bichromate of potash, a brown precipitate 
separates after some time, especially if the liquid be slightly warmed. 
He did not analyze the substance, but remarks that it presents all the 
appearance of the brown oxide of chromium (so called). We pre- 
pared this compound by passing a stream of nitric oxide through a 
very dilute solution of bichromate of potash (a strong solution will not 
give the reaction so readily, if, indeed, at all) for three hours; in a few 
minutes the liquid became dark-colored and ceased to be transparent, 
but after standing twenty-four hours, during four of which it had 
been gently heated, there was still no apparent deposit; it was again 
warmed, and after sixteen hours more a slimy red-brown deposit was 
found at the bottom of the vessel. During forty-eight hours longer 
this deposit was allowed to accumulate, when the supernatant liquid 
was decanted and the precipitate thrown upon a filter. The decanted 
fluid continued to deposit very slowly this red-brown matter for days 
and weeks ; indeed, in this, and several similar experiments, we have 
found no limit of time to the continuous, though very gradual, accumu- 
lation of this deposit. The slimy precipitate which had been filtered 
off was washed with hot water for twelve hours, the water at first 
coming through of a dark-red color, but growing gradually paler till it 
retained only a feeble yellow. The washing was continued for a week 
with cold water, and more than nine litres of water passed through the 
small precipitate. Whenever the color of the wash-water became so 


* Jour. Pr. Ch., XX XIX. 269 (1846). 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


pale as to be hardly perceptible except with a considerable thickness 
of liquid, it was only necessary to transfer the precipitate to a mortar, 
rub it with water and throw it upon a fresh filter, in order greatly to 
intensify the yellow color of the filtrate. Believing that the chromic 
acid which colored the wash-water was derived from the decomposition 
of the precipitate, we stopped the washing on the eighth day, dried the 
precipitate at 50° —55°, and analyzed it by the first method described 
above. The color of the solution of the substance in dilute nitric acid 
was red-brown, and of the precipitate produced by ammonia, dirty 
green, which washing changed to the usual color of chromic oxide. 
The result of the analysis was, — 


Cr,O; = 53.31 per cent. 
CrQ, «τς 18.64 ae δὲ 
HO (by difference) = 28.05 “ « 


In regard to the ratio of the chromic oxide to the chromic acid, this 
result is very much like that of the first analysis given above (page 
193), and leads to the same conclusions, viz. that the original precipi- 
tate is a compound of chromic oxide and chromic acid, from which 
prolonged washing abstracts chromic acid to an indefinite extent. We 
next prepared a new precipitate by passing nitric oxide through a di- 
lute solution of bichromate of potash, and, without washing it at all, 
pressed it between folds of filter-paper, dried it by exposure to the air, 
and analyzed it by Rose’s method, above described, with the following 
result : — 

Cr,0; = 28.55 per cent. 
στο, ΞΞΞ AS st ee Pn 
HO (by difference) = 42.12 “ « 


The object of this analysis was to prove that, even when the precipi- 
tate was contaminated with the chromates of the filtrate, the proportion 
of the chromic acid to the chromic oxide fell far below that which 
would exist in a compound containing two equivalents of chromic acid 
to one of chromic oxide, thus making it probable that the true formula 
of the precipitate is Cr,O; CrQ. 

To determine the exact proportions of chromic oxide and chromic 
acid in the original substance evidently requires a different process of 
analysis, and the third method of analysis described above is applicable 
to this purpose, with this advantage over the case to which we first 


SL Se Ὁ. ΟΝ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 201 


applied it, that the precipitate separates from such a dilute solution as 
to carry but a small proportion of soluble salts into the wholly un- 
washed deposit. The following are the figures of such an analysis of 
the precipitate pressed between folds of filter-paper without washing, 
and air-dried. 


Weight of the reduction-tube + precipitate 9.1856 gram. 


6 “ (ς 8.5520 6c 
- “precipitate 0.6336 “ 
= “Ὁ reduction-tube after ignition 8.9342 « 
Loss by ignition 0.2514 “ 
Weight of residue 0.38822 “ 
Weight of CaCl tube after ignition 17.6352 “ 
ray τ ( before “ 17.4210 « 
nee. yee WALEE 0.2142 “ 
“« © oxygen = .2514 — .2142 Ὅν ὦ 
Weight of crucible + Cr,O, 35.0227 ὦ 
“c ςς “ -- filter ash 84.7340 (ς 
.  « CrO, 2882 “ 
«© soluble salts = .3822 — .2882 =  .0940 τ 


(Equiv. Cr,O;) : (Equiv. O) = (Cr,O, found) : (1 equiv. O). 


The proportion 76.48 : ὃ = .2882 : x = .0302 gives the theoreti- 
cal amount of oxygen necessary to bring the chromic oxide found up to 
the composition expressed by the formula Cr,O; CrO at 0.0302 gram. ; 
the oxygen actually found was 0.0372 gram., being seven milligrammes 
in excess of the theoretical amount. When it is remembered that the 
unavoidable loss in the water determination, however small, tends to 
increase the amount of oxygen found, and that the loss in the chromic 
oxide determination tends to decrease the theoretical amount of ox- 
ygen, a discrepancy of only seven milligrammes will be considered 
allowable. A second analysis of the same precipitate by the same 
method gave even a nearer result, viz. : — 


Oxygen required to raise the Cr,O, found to the 
composition Cr,O; CrO; 0.0235 gram. 
Oxygen actually found 0.0264 “ 
These two analyses, in connection with the preceding determinations 
by the other methods, seem to us to prove conclusively that the precip- 
itate produced by passing nitric oxide through a solution of bichromate 
VOL. V. 26 


202 PROCEEDINGS’ OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of potash is a chromate of chromic oxide, having the formula Cr,O, 
CrO;. Schweitzer expressed his conception of the reaction by the 
formula 


4 (KO 2 CrO;) + 2 NO, = 2 (KO CrO,;) + 2 (KO NO;) + 6 (CrO,) ; 
we shall write it, in accordance with the results of our analyses, 


2 (KO 2 CrO,) + NO, = KO NO, + KO Cr0, + Cr,0; Crs. 


3. The same partial reduction of the chromic acid in bichromate of 
potash, which in the reaction just described is effected by nitric oxide, 
may be accomplished by alcohol with the aid of light. The precipitate 
so produced has been analyzed by Vogel,* who assigns to it the com- 
position which would be expressed by the formula Cr,O; CrO;, though, 
for reasons hereafter to be considered, he seems to prefer the formula 
CrO, The precipitate thus obtained by alcoholf is identical in color 
and texture with that produced by nitric oxide, or by the double re- 
action between a neutral salt of chromic oxide and monochromate of 
potash. It is unnecessary in this connection to refer to the well-known 
reduction of aqueous chromic acid by sulphurous acid, by certain or- 
ganic acids, by alcohol, and by paper; light and heat facilitate the re- 
duction, and the brown chromate of chromic oxide is often produced 
when the reduction is but partial. ἢ 


4. Again, the chromate of chromic oxide may be obtained by the oxi- 
dation of the hydrate of chromic oxide. When pure hydrated chromic 
oxide is treated with chlorine water, the oxide is converted into the 
brown chromate of chromic oxide, provided that the quantity of chlo- 
rine water be not sufficient to effect the solution of the chromate of 
chromic oxide formed in the chlorhydric acid which results from the 
reaction. Of course, the chromate of chromic oxide cannot be pre- 


* Jour. pr. Ch., LX XVII. 482, (1859,) and Dingler’s Polyt. J., CLIII. 391. 

{ We desire to correct a serious misprint in Vogel’s note, as given in the Journal 
fiir praktische Chemie (LXXVII. 482), and thence transferred into Kopp & 
Will’s Jahresbericht fiir 1859, p. 171. In the second line of the Article, “ Ammo- 
niak” should be “ Alkohol.” We trust this correction may save others the trouble 
we took before it occurred to us that the error was a typographical one, in endeay- 
oring to verify or account for the marvellous statement that bichromate of potash 
was reduced by ammonia. The word is correctly printed in the abridgment of the 
same article given in Dingler’s Journal, CLIII. 391. 

t Gmelin’s Handbook (Cavendish Soc. Ed.), IV. 119. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 203 


pared for analysis in this way, because a mixture of substances is the 
result to be expected from the incomplete reaction. Again, the partial 
oxidation of hydrated chromic oxide may be effected by exposing it for 
a long time to a temperature above 200°, but below redness, with free 
access of air.* 

The most precise statement on this subject has been made by Krii- 
ger, | whose main purpose was to prove that the glowing of ignited 
chromic oxide was due to the sudden escape of oxygen absorbed at a 
lower temperature, but who incidentally maintains that this absorption 
of oxygen gives rise to a definite oxide of chromium whose formula is 
CrO,. We think to be able to show, first, that no definite compound 
whatever is formed during this imperfect oxidation; secondly, that the 
substance which really results from the prolonged heating contains 
chromic acid, and is an indeterminate approximation to the body whose 
formula is Cr,0; CrO;. It is obviously impossible to expose all parts 
of a substance in powder, like the hydrated chromic oxide, to the uni- 
form action of the same quantity of air at the same temperature for 
the same time, and the limits of temperature between which the de- 
sired absorption of oxygen will take place most readily are not very 
clearly defined. Under these circumstances we should expect to ob- 
tain, not a definite compound, but a mixture, and the figures of Kriiger’s 
own analysis fully confirm this expectation. Kriiger found 63.70 per 
cent of chromium and 36.30 per cent of oxygen in the body which 
he analyzed; the supposed oxide of chromium, CrO,, would contain 
62.12 per cent of chromium, giving a discrepancy of 1.58 per cent 
between the chromium of Kriiger’s substance and the chromium of 
the imaginary CrO,. This does not seem an inadmissible error, till we 


* The partial conversion of chromic oxide into chromic acid by gentle roasting 
seems to have been applied in the arts years ago. Cooley, in his Cyclopedia of 
Practical Receipts, (London, 1845, p. 263,) describes Charles Watt’s process of 
preparing chromic acid from the oxide of chromium precipitated by lime from the 
residual liquor of the process of bleaching with chromic acid. The precipitate was 
heated evenly in a thin layer on a flat iron plate, with frequent stirring, till the mass 
assumed a yellow color. If too much heat.was employed, the product of this op- 
eration was easily decomposed, assuming a green color. This process was appar- 
ently a true conversion of chromic oxide into chromic acid by roasting, and should 
not be confounded with the method of preparing chromate of lime described by 
Jacquelain (Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., [3.] XXI. 478), in which a mixture of lim’ 
and chrome-iron ore was heated to redness in a reverberatory furnace. 

+ Jour. pr. Ch., XXXII. 383, (1844,) and Pogg, Ann., LXI. pp. 219, 406. 


204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


observe that the whole difference between the chromium in chromic 
oxide (68.62 per cent) with which Kriiger began, and the chromium 
in the supposed higher oxide CrO, (62.12 per cent), is only 6.50 per 
cent, and that his error of 1.58 per cent in the amount of chromium is 
therefore nearly twenty-five per cent of the whole difference between 
the bodies Cr,O; and CrO,. With so fatal a discrepancy between the 
actual and the theoretical figures, it is of course impossible to main- 
tain that a definite oxide is obtained by such an indefinite process. 
We pass to the second point, the existence of chromic acid in imper- 
fectly oxidized chromic oxide. Kriiger thought to disprove the pres- 
ence of chromic acid by heating the substance with sulphuric acid and 
common salt; no chromate of chloride of chromium being visible, he 
inferred the absence of chromic acid. This test is at best but an un- 
satisfactory one when applied to a very insoluble substance containing 
only a small proportion of chromic acid, and there seems to be no 
reason for trusting to a coarse reaction in a difficult case when very 
delicate tests are at hand. By heating hydrated chromic oxide for five 
hours to a temperature varying between 200° and 210° we obtained a 
brownish black powder, which dissolved with great difficulty in dilute 
acids, communicating a dark yellow color to the liquid. Digested with 
water, the powder yielded a partial solution of a bright yellow color, 
and this solution gave a very marked reaction for perchromic acid with 
the solution of peroxide of hydrogen.* When quickly boiled with an 
aqueous solution of chloride of ammonium, the filtered solution was 
bright yellow, and gave the reaction of perchromic acid with peroxide 
of hydrogen. Would it not be difficult to explain this effect of aqueous 
chloride of ammonium on the brown powder on the supposition that its 
real composition was represented by the formula CrO,? Kriiger en- 
deavored to strengthen his position with regard to the absence of chro- 
mic acid, by heating with common salt and sulphuric acid a precipitate 
prepared by mixing bichromate of potash, sulphate of chromic oxide, 
and ammonia, and finding as before no chromate of chloride of chro- 
mium; he used the precipitate in one experiment air-dried, in another, 
dried at 110°. This precipitate was probably a mixture of chromic 
oxide with the chromate of chromic oxide, and, unless the last ingre- 
dient was present in very small proportion, it should have readily pro- 
duced chromate of chloride of chromium. From a portion of the pre- 


* Storer, Proc. Amer. Acad., IV. 138; Jour. pr. Ch., LX XX. 44. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. _ 205 


cipitate used in analysis f, we obtained without difficulty the red chro- 
mate of chloride of chromium by heating it with chloride of sodium and 
strong sulphuric acid. We shall have occasion to cite below a similar 
experiment upon an anhydrous mixture of chromic oxide and chromic 
acid, obtained by gently igniting the nitrate of chromic oxide, in which 
the chromate of the chloride of chromium was very readily obtained. 
Relying on the yellow color imparted by the substance under examina- 
tion to water and to chloride of ammonium, and on the ready exhibition 
of perchromic acid by means of peroxide of hydrogen, and explaining 
Kriiger’s failure to obtain chlorochromic acid by the fact that only a 
very small amount of chromic acid proportionally exists in the mixture, 
we conclude that, by long heating in the air, a part of the chromic oxide 
is converted into chromic acid, which instantly combines with other 
chromic oxide, and that the end of this process, seldom if ever attained, 
is the conversion of the whole mass into the chromate of chromic oxide, 


Cr,O; CrO3. 


5. Many chemists, among whom may be mentioned Vauquelin, Berze- 
lius, Débereiner, and Thomson, have tried the experiment of gently ignit- 
ing the nitrate of chromic oxide, or, what amounts to the same thing, of 
evaporating to dryness nitric acid in contact with metallic chromium or 
hydrated chromic oxide, and moderately heating the residue. Some, 
like Berzelius,* have thought that they obtained in this way a definite 
oxide of chromium, intermediate between chromic oxide and chromic 
acid, and answering to the formula CrO, ; others, like Vauquelin,f have 
imagined that they obtained chromic acid by repeated evaporation of 
nitric acid with chromium, or have believed, with Thomson { and Go- 
don,§ that a great part of the green oxide was converted into chromic 
acid ; while others still have maintained, with Dobereiner, || that the 
chromate of chromic oxide was formed by the decomposition of the 
nitrate. . 

In order to a clear knowledge of the effect of evaporating nitric acid 
with chromic oxide, it is necessary in the first place to answer qualita- 


* Thomson’s Ann. Phil., III. 104, (1814,) and Schweigger’s J. fiir Ch. u. Phys., 
XXII. 56. 

7; Ann. de Chim., XXV. 201 (1798). 

t Phil. Trans., 1827, Part I. p. 206. 

§ Rapport par MM. Berthollet et Vauquelin, Ann. de Ch., 1.111. 224. 

|| Schweigger’s Jour. fiir Ch. u. Phys., XXII. 482 (1818). 


200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


tively the question, Is chromic acid formed during the process? A 
mixture of nitric acid and hydrated chromic oxide was gently evapo- 
rated, first on a water-bath, then upon a sand-bath, and before the free 
nitric acid was completely driven off, a portion of the moist mass was 
treated with a solution of caustic potash; it partially dissolved with a 
yellow color, and the solution gave the distinct blue of perchromic acid 
with peroxide of hydrogen. The rest of the evaporated residue was 
heated till it looked like a perfectly dry powder, but still retained the 
smell of nitric acid. In this condition a portion was treated with water, 
in which it slowly and partially dissolved, yielding a brownish yellow 
solution, which readily gave the blue of perchromie acid. A half of 
the remaining residue from the original evaporation was strongly heated 
in a porcelain dish on a sand-bath, and then digested with water during 
four hours; the solution so obtained was decidedly yellow, and gave 
easily the blue of perchromic acid. The other half of the residue was 
heated on platinum foil, till the platinum was of a dull red color in a 
darkened room, and was then soaked in water for thirty-six hours; the 
supernatant liquid was of a pale yellow color, and gave a faint blue with 
peroxide of hydrogen. The same substance treated with caustic potash 
gave a yellow solution. 

With this qualitative evidence of the formation of an abundance of 
chromic acid at a moderate temperature, which is not wholly destroyed 
even at incipient redness, we proceeded to the quantitative determina- 
tion of the amount of chromic acid formed at the different stages of the 
process. A quantity of pure hydrated chromic oxide was treated in a 
porcelain dish with an excess of pure nitric acid, and evaporated on a 
water-bath nearly to dryness; those parts of the substance which dried 
completely were moistened with nitric acid and again dried. The nitric 
acid could not be completely driven off on the water-bath; though the 
larger part of the mass seemed dry, yet portions of it were still moist 
when the process was stopped, and it was far from being homogeneous. 
The brownish black substance imparted a strong yellow tinge to water, 
and dissolved with difficulty in dilute nitric acid, giving a brownish 
yellow solution. A portion of it, analyzed by Rose’s method, gave 

Cr,0; = 64.85 per cent. 
Οὐ  ΞΞΞ᾿ 9 1551 - ; 
NO; and HO = 3.64 “ = (by difference). 
It was now necessary to prepare for analysis from the evaporated resi- 
due a series of homogeneous substances, each of which had been exposed 


4 
¥ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 207 


to a little higher temperature than the preceding one, in order to exhibit 
the effect of different temperatures in the production of chromic acid. 
A portion (No. 1) of the evaporated residue was heated on a porcelain 
dish at a low temperature, with constant stirring, to complete dryness ; 
a second portion (No. 2) was first thoroughly dried at the same temper- 
ature to which No. 1 had been exposed, and was then somewhat more 
strongly, but still very gently, heated for a few moments, during which 
nitrous fumes escaped in abundance; in this manner each substance 
was dried at the highest temperature to which the preceding one had 
been exposed, and was then subjected to a little stronger heat during 
five or ten minutes; the last substance (No. 5) was heated as hot as 
was possible, while avoiding incipient redness. ‘The chromic acid of 
each substance was determined by precipitating it with nitrate of the 
suboxide of mercury; the chromic oxide was also determined in two or 
three cases, but only to control the analyses. All five substances were 
soaked in water for five hours; pure nitric acid was then added in very 
small quantity, and, at the end of forty-four hours more, solution had 
been effected in each case. The color of the dry powder was brownish 
black, that of the solutions brownish yellow. The percentage of chromic 
acid in each substance was as follows : — 


CrO,. 
No: 1; 25.18 per cent. 
No. 2, 20 0. πε 
No. 3, 48.52 “ 
No. 4, Joao 
No. 5, 9 


It therefore appears that a variable amount of chromic oxide may be 
converted into chromic acid by evaporation with nitric acid, and that” 
the quantity so changed increases with the increase of temperature till 
incipient redness is reached. If this mixture of chromic oxide, chromic 
acid, and nitric acid be exposed to a red heat, the nitric acid and the 
absorbed oxygen are driven off together, and nothing remains but insol- 
uble chromic oxide. It is sufficiently clear from these results, that no 
definite compound can be formed during this evaporation of nitric acid 
in contact with chromic oxide; the result is simply an indeterminate 
mixture of chromic oxide and chromic acid. It may be remarked, in 
passing, that this mixture closely resembles in every external property 
the brownish black powder obtained by gently heating chromic oxide in 


208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


contact with the air, a substance which, as we have seen, is also an in- 
determinate mixture of chromic oxide and chromic acid, containing, how- 
ever, very much less chromic acid than the mixture just examined. 
Substance No. 5 of the preceding series, although anhydrous, yields 
chlorochromic acid with salt and sulphuric acid with the greatest facil- 
ity, another indication that the true explanation of Kriiger’s not obtain- 
ing chlorochromie acid from his heated chromic oxide is to be found in 

, the fact that it contains too small an amount of chromic acid to be ex- 
hibited by that somewhat coarse reaction. 


6. Many distinguished chemists have observed the reactions and 
studied several of the substances which we have here described, and 
no treatment of the subject can be complete which does not embrace 
an abstract of their labors. We shall therefore relate as concisely as 
possible the history of the substance which has been variously called 
brown oxide of chromium, or chromate of chromic oxide, and review 
the discussion as to its composition which has heretofore been brought 
to no satisfactory conclusion. 

Vauquelin,* the discoverer of chromium, obtained what he thought to 
be a brownish-red oxide of chromium by several methods, the details 
of which it is unnecessary to describe ; it will be enough to observe, 
that neither of his methods gave him a definite compound; they all 
gave rise to indeterminate mixtures of the bodies now known as 
chromic oxide and chromic acid. He proved that nitric acid, whether 
cold or boiling, cannot oxidize chromic oxide, but that the calcination 
of the nitrate of chromic oxide produced a substance whose aqueous 
solution was red; ammonia precipitated from this solution the green 
oxide, and the separated filtrate was yellow. His experiments led 

“ Vauquelin to the conclusion, that there are two kinds of oxide of 
chromium, which differ only in the quantity of oxygen they contain. 

Two errors, into which the reader of Vauquelin’s papers might 
easily fall, demand notice. It might be inferred from some of his Ἶ 
statements that the chromate of ammonia was a body readily decom- 
posed by simple boiling with separation of the so-called brown oxide 
of chromium. We have found the chromate of ammonia to be a body 
possessing much greater stability than has been usually attributed to 
it ; its aqueous solution will resist, without change, prolonged boiling, 


* Ann. de Ch., LXX. pp. 85, 86 (1809). 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 209 


concentration, and exposure for weeks to the direct rays of the sun. 
It is true that repeated evaporation to dryness may partially decom- 
pose it, and it is of course destroyed by ignition. . 

Again, Vauquelin asserts that ammonia will precipitate the brown 
oxide of chromium from an aqueous solution of chromic acid through 
which sulphurous acid has been passed, and this assertion seems to 
be confirmed by some statements, made without quoted authority in 
Gmelin’s Handbook (Cavendish Soc. Ed., TV. 114), concerning salts 
of the brown oxide of chromium obtained by dissolving this hydrated 
oxide in acids, from which solutions it may be again precipitated by 
ammonia. ‘This is an important point in determining the real exist- 
ence of such an oxide of chromium, and we have therefore made it the 
subject of careful experiment. We have dissolved in dilute chlorhy- 
dric and dilute nitric acids such precipitates as analysis had shown to 
have very nearly the composition which is expressed by the formula 
CrO, (as, for instance, the precipitate of analysis d, and of the analysis 
on page 201), and have added to the solutions ammonia of every 
strength, from the strongest to the weakest, and have so obtained one 
invariable result, viz. a precipitate of common green chromic oxide, 
and a filtrate made yellow by chromate of ammonia. It is true that 
the fresh precipitate has a dirty or brownish look, caused by its im- 
pregnation with the yellow liquid in which it floats; and this-is the 
most probable explanation of the opinion held by some previous 
observers, that this precipitate was something more than ordinary 
chromic oxide. 

The chief authority upon which the existence of salts of the brown 
oxide of chromium is asserted, seems to be that of Brandenburg,* who 
obtained solutions of substances which his own experiments, rightly 
interpreted, prove to have been mixtures of chromic acid and salts of 
chromic oxide, but which he thought were salts of an imaginary higher 
oxide of chromium. ‘There is no such thing as a salt of the brown 
oxide of chromium, for the reason that there is no such base. 

It was the opinion of Débereiner{ that the substance produced by 
the calcination of the nitrate of chromic oxide was a chromate of 
chromic oxide and not an oxide of chromium, and he referred to the 
same formula the substances formed by the reduction of chromic 


* Schweigger, Jour. fiir Ch. u. Phys., XIII. 287 --289 and 299 - 304. 
{ Ibid., XXII. 482 (1818). : 


VOL.) We OF 


210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


acid by paper, and by the digestion of chromic oxide with chromic 
acid. 

Thomson * prepared a brown precipitate, which he called brown 
oxide of chromium, by passing a stream of sulphurous acid through a 
solution of chromate or bichromate of potash. We have found, as did 
Berthier,f that no precipitate whatever is produced by passing sul- 
phurous acid through bichromate of potash; but this is a point of no 
importance in this connection. Thomson washed the precipitate which 
he had obtained for two months, and noticed the steady abstraction of 
chromic acid from the precipitate. He finally analyzed the washed 
oxide (as he called it) and made it to be a very basic chromate cor- 
responding to the formula (Cr,O,), CrO;. His opinion of the effect 
produced by the ignition of the nitrate of chromic oxide we have already 
cited. Under the head of chromate of chromium he remarks that, when 
chromic oxide is dissolved in chromic acid and the solution evaporated, 
there remains a substance quite similar in appearance to the brown 
oxide of chromium. Again, he observed the precipitate produced by 
mixing chromate of potash with sesquichloride of chromium, and says 
of it that it is evidently composed of chromic acid and the green oxide 
of chromium. Guided by the analogy of chromium and iron, he pre- 
pared a chromate of iron by mixing chromate of potash with sesqui- 
chloride of iron; an analysis of the edulcorated brown precipitate led 
him to the formula (Fe,O;); CrO , and in the filtrate and wash-water 
he thought he found another less basic chromate, corresponding to the 
formula (Fe,O 3); (CrO;).;. On the whole, Thomson seems to have 
believed in the existence of a brown oxide of chromium, intermediate 
between chromic oxide and chromic acid; but every one of his experi- 
ments and analyses points directly to the conclusion, that the supposed 
oxide is in reality a chromate of chromic oxide, or rather in most cases 
an indeterminate mixture of chromic oxide and chromic acid. 

We come now to the researches of Maus,{ contemporaneous with 
those of Thomson, but much more conclusive upon the disputed point 
as to the existence of a distinct oxide of chromium answering to the 
formula CrO,. Maus mixed an aqueous solution of sesquichloride of 
chromium with chromate of potash, and digested the washed precipitate 


* Phil. Trans., 1827, Part I. p. 186. 
+ Ann. der Ch. u. Pharm., XLVI. 185 (1843). 
t Pogg. Ann., ΙΧ. 127 (1827). 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 211 


with acetate of lead, thereby obtaining a green solution of acetate of 
chromic oxide and a yellow precipitate of chromate of lead; he treated 
the same substance with arsenic acid, and obtained the insoluble arse- 
niate of chromic oxide and chromic acid in solution. By washing the 
original precipitate for three weeks he claims to have removed all the 
chromic acid, and says that nothing but chromic oxide remained. By 
mixing sesquichloride of iron with chromate of potash he prepared a 
similar chromate of iron, from which all the chromic acid could be 
removed by washing in the same way. He believed that the calcina- 
tion of the nitrate of chromic oxide produced a chromate of chromium, 
but containing always nitric acid, because a heat sufficient to drive 
off all the nitric acid also converted the chromate of chromium into 
chromic oxide. Maus did not analyze quantitatively any of these 
precipitates, probably because he was embarrassed by the impurities 
from which he could not free the precipitates without altering their 
composition; but his qualitative results are amply sufficient to prove 
that they all contained chromic acid as part of their original constitu- 
tion. Maus did analyze two substances prepared by digesting chromic 
oxide and ferric oxide in chromic acid; the results of these analyses 
were, — 


if: 2. 
Cr,O; ΞΞ 27.79 per cent. Fe,0; = 25.06 per cent. 
Cr@; == (2.21 (= τὸ: = (4.94 


And he assigned to them the formule Cr,O; 2 CrO; and Fe,O; 2 CrO, 
respectively. These formulz are incorrect; the figures of the first 
analysis would give about four equivalents of acid to one of the oxide, 
and those of the second analysis would give more than four equivalents 
of chromic acid to one of ferric oxide. Both substances were unques- 
tionably indeterminate mixtures. Dumas, recounting the experiments 
of Maus, says, “ These results would be decisive, but they are contested 
by Berzelius.”* It is therefore necessary to review the opinions of 
Berzelius on this subject. 

In 1814 Berzelius, writing an essay on the “Cause of Chemical Pro- 
portions,” 7 mentions the new oxide of chromium, prepared by Vauque- 
lin, intermediate between the green oxide and chromic acid. Berzelius 


* Traité de Chimie Appliq., (Liége, 1848,) VII. 319. 
+ Thomson’s Ann. Phil., III. 104, (1814,) and Schweigger’s Jour. fiir Ch. ἃ. 
Phys., XXII. 56. 


ΡΝ τῶ PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


prepared this oxide, as he supposed, by igniting the nitrate of chromic 
oxide, observed the external properties of the substance, but did not 
analyze it, and made use of it only as an aid in establishing the con- 
tents of oxygen in chromic acid. In this essay he states the formulz 
of the oxides of chromium as CrO,, CrO,, and CrO,, the last being the 
acid. In a subsequent paper,* in speaking of the oxides of chromium, 
he lays special stress upon the close relation between manganese and 
chromium, and on the isomorphism of the sesquioxides of aluminum, 
chromium, manganese, and iron. He now writes the formula of chromic 
oxide as Cr,O;, and in all probability the peroxide of manganese 
(MnO,) was in his mind an argument for the oxide CrO,, though he 
does not mention it in the paper referred to. Finally, in 1829, Berze- 
lius 7 rejects the conclusions arrived at by Maus, and gives the follow- 
ing reasons for his continued belief in the existence of the oxide CrO,. 
The first reason urged is the analogy between the sulphur acids and 
the oxides of chromium; this comparison is based merely on the iso- 
morphism of chromic and sulphuric acids. In the light of the better 
knowledge both of the sulphur acids and of the oxides of chromium 
which thirty years have given us, and with the clearer notions of chem- 
ical classification which now prevail, we can find in the existence of 
sulphurous acid no argument for the existence of an oxide of chromium 
containing two atoms of oxygen. Secondly, Berzelius gives his own 
idea of the reaction consequent upon mixing chromate of potash with 
sesquichloride of chromium, which he thinks is not correctly described 
by Maus; according to Berzelius, the decomposition between these two 
salts does not take place at once, but the mixed solution first becomes 
dark yellow, soon changes to brown, a brown precipitate separates, and 
the liquid remains brown; hence he infers the formation of two com- 
pounds of chromium and oxygen, one soluble and represented by the 
formula Cr,O;, the other the insoluble CrO,. We have accurately 
described in the first sentences of this paper the phenomena presented 
on mixing a solution of sesquichloride of chromium with a solution of 
chromate of potash, and have subsequently given the formula which 
represents the reaction. There is no reason to suppose that any such 
compound as Cr,O; remains in solution; when the brown precipitate 
first formed has completely subsided, the color of the filtrate is that of 
bichromate of potash. Lastly, Berzelius accounts for the fact that the 


* Pogg. Ann., VII. 415 (1826). + In his Jahresbericht, VIII. 123. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 213 


supposed oxide yields to analysis chromic acid and chromic oxide by 
imagining that the original oxide is decomposed by contact with water 
into chromic acid and chromic oxide, as hyposulphurous acid is decom- 
posed by water into sulphurous acid and sulphur, or as nitrous acid is 
resolved by water above 0° into nitric oxide and a solution of nitric 
acid (3 NO; ++ Aq = 2 NO,-++ NO;-++ Aq). This might perhaps be a 
possible supposition, if the brown substance in question were prepared 
by methods in which water had no part; but when we see it precipitated 
from dilute solutions of monochromate of potash and a neutral chrome 
salt, or subsiding in the course of days from a very dilute solution of 
bichromate of potash, we are forced to the conclusion, that the substance 
is from the first composed of the chromic acid and chromic oxide which 
analysis shows it to contain. In short, we have all the evidence, analyt- 
ical and synthetical, that this brown precipitate is a chromate of chromic 
oxide, which we have of the real constitution of sulphate of potash. 
The compound is well worthy the attention of those chemists who 
deny that formule ever express the actual constitution of bodies; it 
seems questionable whether any formula for the chromate of chromium 
can readily be written on the unitary theory which will express its 
properties and reactions as well as the dualistic formula. When. at 
this distance we look back at the feebleness of the theoretical argu- 
ments which Berzelius opposed to the facts of Maus, Thomson, Débe- 
reiner, and others, we marvel at the weight of a name whose authority 
outweighed the accumulated evidence of several trustworthy observers, 
and prevented the truth from prevailing thirty-four years ago. Ber- 
zelius himself became much less confident in after years of the truth of 
his earlier views; in his Zraité de Chimie* he calls the precipitate 
formed by mixing a neutral chrome salt with chromate of potash, chro- 
mate of chromic oxide, and in a subsequent paragraph merely says that 
it is very possible that this compound is the oxide of chromium, CrQ,. 
An observation made by Rammelsbergt added something to our 
knowledge of the precipitate formed by mixing a solution of chrome 
alum with a solution of chromate of potash. He made a determination 
of the water contained in the washed precipitate, and weighed the 
chromic oxide obtained by igniting it; the oxygen which was expelled 
by ignition was determined by loss. The analysis led to the formula 
(Cr,O;)3 (CrO3).-+ 9 HO, showing that the washing of the precipitate 


* II. 307 (Paris, 1846). + Pogg. Ann., LX VIII. 274 (1846). 


214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


had been sufficient to make it somewhat basic. The point specially 
noticeable in Rammelsberg’s statement is his assertion that the precipi- 
tate was. washed till it imparted no color to celd water. This is not 
credible, for the testimony of all other chemists is unanimous upon the 
point, that there is no limit to the removal of chromic acid by washing 
from this precipitate. We have often prepared much more basic pre- 
cipitates, and have never yet seen colorless wash-water from the most 
basic of them. The color may become so pale as not to be very no- 
ticeable in small vessels. 

The discussion which we have traced left the subject in such doubt 
and obscurity, that most writers of text-books have given both views of 
the substance in question, some leaning to one theory of its composition, 
some to the other. In our endeavor to settle the question, we shall next 
bring to bear upon the subject the arguments to be drawn from analogy. 


II. AnaLtocous CHROMATES. 


The metals with which chromium is allied are aluminum, iron, and 
manganese, and the existence of chromates of the sesquioxides of 
these metals with properties analogous to those which we have de- 
scribed as belonging to the chromate of chromic oxide, will be addi- 
tional evidence that this substance is rightly so called. 

1. Chromate of Alumina. Maus* observed, but did not analyze, 
the chromate of alumina which is precipitated when chromate of potash 
is added to a solution of alumina in chromic acid; he speaks of it as 
“consisting of chromic acid with much alumina.” When the precip- 
itate was thoroughly washed, pure hydrate of alumina remained on the 
filter and acid chromate of alumina passed into the filtrate. Fairrie Ὁ 
also describes a chromate of alumina prepared by mixing alum solution 
with the solution of chromate of potash, and his analysis led to the ex- 
act formula Al,O; CrO,; he states, however, that the precipitate was 
thoroughly washed, which in connection with the result of his analysis 
is quite incomprehensible ; for Maus observed, and our own experiments 
fully confirm his observation, that all the chromic acid may be readily 
washed out of this compound. | 

The yellow precipitate which appears when chromate of potash is 
dropped into a solution of alum, is constantly re-dissolved until the pro- 
portion of chromate of potash added amounts to five equivalents to each 


* Pogg. Ann., XI. 82 (1827). + Jour. Chem. Soc., IV. 301 (1852). 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. AIS 


one of alum; the precipitate then becomes permanent; it is light yellow 
in color, and has a gelatinous appearance which suggests an excess 
of alumina. The reaction is evidently the same as that above given 
for the precipitation of chromate of chromic oxide. 5 (KO CrQ3;) 
+ 410, 8 80,, KO 50,ΞΞ4 (KO SO,) + 2 (KO 2 CrO,) + Al,0; 
CrO;. The precipitate was drained, pressed between folds of filter- 
paper under heavy weights, and air-dried. The filtrate, when evap- 
orated and crystallized, gave crystals of bichromate of potash, and of 
sulphate of potash mixed with the slight excess of chromate of potash. 
The presence of soluble salts in the pressed precipitate, and its decom- 
position by washing, determined us to the third method of analysis above 
described (p. 197). Omitting the subsidiary weighings, we give the 
essential figures of our first analysis of this substance. 


Weight of the precipitate analyzed 0.5997 gram. 
( “ water found 0.1948 « 
τὶ Oxy mens ὦ ὁ: 0 1.9.7... 5S 
τ “ soluble salts found 0.1969 « 


τ “ mixed precipitate of Cr,0; + AlO;, 0.1883 “ 


It will be remembered that the water and the precipitate of chromic 
oxide and alumina are actually weighed, the oxygen being determined 
by subtracting the water found from the total loss by ignition, and the 
soluble salts by subtracting the weight of the precipitate of chromic 
oxide and alumina from the weight of the whole residue after ignition. 
The amount of chromate of alumina corresponding to the oxygen lost 
by ignition may be calculated as follows:— ignition drives off half of 
the oxygen originally combined with the chromium ; hence 


Oxygen in the chromic acid of precipitate = 0.0894 
Chromic acid corresponding to this oxygen = 0.0825 
Chromate of alumina “ “ chromic acid = 0.1666 


This calculation rests entirely upon the single determination of the 
oxygen, and an inspection of the steps of the process will show that any 
error in the amount of oxygen, or rather in the water determination on 
-which the weight of oxygen depends, is multiplied by eight and a frac- 
tion in the calculated amount of chromate of alumina. <A considerable 
discrepancy is therefore to be expected between the amount of chro- 
mate of alumina so calculated, and the amount actually found in the 


216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


analysis, the sum of the oxygen and of the mixed precipitate of chromic 
oxide and alumina. That sum is in this analysis 0.208 gram.; sub- 
tracting the calculated amount 0.1666 gram., we find a discrepancy of 
0.0414 gram. By subtracting 0.005 gram. only from the weight of the 
water determined, this error would be corrected, and the precipitate would 
coincide exactly with the formula Al,O; CrO,, or, as the figures stand, 
its composition is very nearly that represented by the formula (A1,O3); 
(CrO;),. Of course a method of analysis involving such a multiplica- 
tion of an error, however small, is objectionable, but we were at a loss 
to devise a better. A second analysis gave a similar result; the dis- 
crepancy between the calculated and the actual numbers was four 
milligrammes larger than in the first analysis, and the figures of the 
analysis gave a chromate of alumina a little more basic than that 
represented by the formula (Al,O;), (CrO 3), We attach very little im- 
portance to any such formula. The fact seems to be that the normal 
composition of the chromate of alumina precipitated by the double de- 
composition of alum and chromate of potash is represented by the for- 
mula Al,O; CrO,, but that*the compound is a feeble one, and parts read- 
ily with some of its chromic acid to the water of the solutions from 
which it is precipitated; hence the basic character of the precipitate 
analyzed. How Fairrie obtained a thoroughly washed chromate of 
alumina having the formula Al,O; CrO,; is a mystery upon which our 
experiments have thrown no light. 

2. Chromate of Iron. We have already cited the observations of 
Thomson concerning this chromate, which he found after washing to be 
very basic, and also the statement of Maus concerning the acid chromate 
of iron with four equivalents of chromic acid, obtained by digesting hy- 
drated sesquioxide of iron in aqueous chromic acid. It remained for 
us to analyze, as exactly as the circumstances permit, the unwashed 
chromate of iron which is precipitated when chromate of potash is 
mixed with perchloride of iron. ‘The method of analysis was the same 
as that used for chromate of alumina, with the disadvantage that the 
error in the amount of oxygen found is multiplied by ten instead of by 
eight in calculating the chromate of iron, because the atomic weight of 
the sesquioxide of iron is larger than that of alumina. The stability 
of the chromate of iron is greater, however, than that of the chromate 
of alumina, and the results of the analyses are very much nearer to the 
formula Fe,O, CrO,, than those of chromate of alumina to the formula 
Al,O; CrO;. The formula for the reaction whereby the brown chro- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 217 
mate of iron is precipitated, is the same as those already given for chro- 
mate of chromic oxide and chromate of alumina, viz. : — 

Fe,Cl; + 5 (KO CrO;) = 8 (KCl) + 2 (KO 2 CrO,) + Fe,0, Cr . 


Until the requisite amount of chromate of potash had been added to the 
perchloride of iron, the precipitate re-dissolved ; when it became per- 
manent, it was drained, pressed, and air-dried for analysis. 


Analysis 1. 


Weight of the precipitate analyzed, 0.6626 gram. 
“« water found, 0.0966 « 
a Soxyecn μἡ ἃ 0.0395 ὦ 
“ “soluble salts found, 0.2288. τὰ 


« © mixed precipitate of Fe,O;-+ Cr.O;, O:2974, 


From these data may be obtained by the necessary proportions, — 


Oxygen in the chromic acid of precipitate, 0.0790 
Chromic acid corresponding to this oxygen, 0.1654 
Chromate of iron corresponding to this chromic acid, 0.4287 
Chromate of iron found = Fe,O; +- Cr,0; + O weighed -- 0.3943 
Excess of the calculated chromate of iron over the found = 0.0344 


This error would be perfectly corrected by a loss of three milli- 
grammes in the water determination, or as the figures stand without 
any correction they would lead to the conclusion that the precipitate 
was a chromate of iron of the formula Fe,O; CrO;, but containing a 
very small excess of chromic acid. 


Analysis 2. 


Weight of the precipitate analyzed, 0.6590 
“« ἐς water found, 0.0990 
ei oxyeen . ‘ 0.0360 
“« = soluble salts found, 0.2254 


« « mixed precipitate of Fe,O; + Cr,0s;, 0.2986 


From these data may be obtained by the necessary proportions, — 


Oxygen in the chromic acid of precipitate, 0.0720 
Chromic acid corresponding to this oxygen, _ 0.1197 
Chromate of iron corresponding to this chromic acid, 0.5597 


VOL. V. 28 


218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Chromate of iron found = Fe,0; + Cr,0; + O weighed == 0.3346 
Excess of the calculated chromate of iron over the found = 0.0251 


This error would be corrected by a supposed loss of little more than 
two milligrammes in the water determination. This second analysis, 
therefore, confirms the view that the normal composition of this chro- 
mate of iron is represented by the formula Fe,O; CrQ3. 

It is unnecessary to call attention to the great similarity of the prop- 
erties of the chromates of chromic oxide, ferric oxide, and alumina; 
their normal composition is represented by the formula R,O; CrO,, but 
they are such feeble compounds as seldom to be found of the exact 
constitution which the formula indicates.* Of the three, the chromate 
of chromic oxide is the most stable, and we have been able to prepare 
it with the exact theoretical composition, from which it so easily varies. 
It should be observed, that a variation in the composition of these chro- 
mates, amounting to even ten per cent of their chromic acid, does not 
affect in the least their external properties, and it is by no means im- 
possible that they are examples of that variation in the law of definite 
proportions which has been ably discussed by Professor J. P. Cooke 
in the Memoirs of this Academy ;f but unfortunately, as must often be 
the case, the limits of error of our methods of analysis are wider than 
those of the supposed variation, and moreover, on this border-land 
between the kingdoms of Chemical and of Mechanical Force, there 
must always be doubt and difference of opinion concerning the cause 
to which a proved effect is to be ascribed. 

3. Chromate of Manganese. 'The existence of this chromate has 
been so clearly demonstrated by previous observers that we have 
thought it unnecessary to add any experiments of our own. On mix- 
ing a solution of sulphate of the protoxide of manganese with a solution 
of chromate of potash, a chocolate-colored precipitate subsides after 
some time, to which Warington ᾧ assigned the formula (MnO), CrO, 
2 HO. Bensch§ also analyzed a similar precipitate, for which he 
gives the same formula. In Warington’s analysis the amount of pro- 
toxide of manganese is larger than the compound which his formula rep- 


* The monochromate of glucina mentioned by Gmelin (Handbook, IV. 155, 
Cavendish Soc. Ed.) evidently belongs to this class. 

+ New Series, V. pp. 348, 352 (1854). 

t Phil. Mag., [3.] XXI. 380 (1842). 

ὁ Pogg. Ann., LV. 98 (1842). 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 219 


resents would contain, and it is, moreover, questionable if the protoxide 
of manganese could exist in contact with chromic acid. The subse- 
quent observations of Fairrie* explain these difficulties. He mixed 
the solutions of chloride of manganese and chromate of potash, and so 
obtained a precipitate whose composition by analysis was 3 (Mn,O, 
CrO;) + Cr,0; + 6 HO. Fairrie’s criticism on the analyses of War- 
ington and Bensch, that they overlooked the chromic oxide formed by 
the reaction, is no doubt just. He also remarks, that the precipitate 
appeared to be formed by the action of seven equivalents of chromate 
of potash on six equivalents of chloride of manganese, but offers no 
explanation of the reaction. The decomposition is explained by the 
formula, 


7 (KO σοὺ + 6 (MnCl) = 3 Mn,0, CrO,) - Cr,0; - 6 (K Cl) 
+ KO 2 CrO,. 


Six equivalents of the protoxide of manganese are oxidized into three 
equivalents of sesquioxide of manganese, at the expense of the three 
atoms of oxygen which two equivalents of chromic acid give up in 
changing into one equivalent of chromic oxide; probably the chromic 
oxide so formed enters into combination with the chromate of manga- 
nese, rendering it basic. Chloride of potassium and bichromate of pot- 
ash remain in the filtrate. 


* Jour. Chem. Soc., IV. 300 (1852). 

+ We do not wish to leave the subject of the metallic chromates without noticing 
the remarkable analyses published by Malaguti and Sarzcau (Ann. de Ch. et de 
Phys., [3.] [X. 431, 1843) of the chromates of copper, zinc, cadmium, and nickel. 
The figures of these analyses correspond exactly with the following singular for- 
mule :— 


(CuO)s CrO3 + 5 HO, (CdO)- (CrOs)2 - 8 HO, 
(ZnO); στο + 5 HO, (NiO), στο: + 6 HO. 


All these precipitates were washed with boiling water till no color came from 
them, and it is clear that these chromates, like those which we have studied, may 
be deprived of the greater part of their chromic acid, if not the whole, by prolonged 
washing ; hence the basic character of the substances analyzed. The marvel is, that 
the analyses corresponded so exactly with such peculiar formule ; it is hardly con- 
ceivable that the publication of many analyses of each of these substances should 
not show the existence of a series of compounds, which conform to no definite for- 


mule. 


220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


11. Tae Brack Oxipe or MancGanese (3 MnO, = Mn.O; Mn0O,). 


Another question now suggests itself, — Would analogy lead us to 
suppose that there was an oxide of chromium containing two atoms of 
oxygen? Comparing chromium, as before, with the allied metals, alu- 
minum, iron, and manganese, we meet with no such oxide of aluminum, 
and we have Fremy’s* direct statement that he could find no oxide of 
the formula FeO,. Manganese, however, forms a compound with oxy- 
gen, stable, insoluble, and natural, which has heretofore always been 
spoken of as an oxide of manganese and been represented by the for- 
mula MnO,. Is not the existence of this compound a strong argument 
for the oxide CrO,? We propose to adduce the evidence which makes 
it most probable that this so-called peroxide of manganese is in reality 
a compound, sometimes definite but oftener indefinite, of manganic acid 
and manganic oxide, and that its normal composition is to be rep- 
resented by the formula Mn,O; MnQ. 

We shall not expect to resolve this substance into manganic oxide 
and manganic acid with the same facility with which we analyze the 
chromate of chromic oxide. This latter body is less stable than either 
chromic oxide or chromic acid, whereas manganic acid and oxide are 
both exceedingly unstable substances, obtained with difficulty but easily 
destroyed. On the other hand, there is no more stable compound of 
manganese than that called the peroxide. It is not therefore decom- 
posed, as the chromate of chromium is, by boiling water, boiling caustic 
potash, or a boiling solution of chloride of ammonium. We prepared 
artificial peroxide of manganese by passing a stream of chlorine through 
water in which carbonate of protoxide of manganese was diffused, and 
washing the precipitate, first with dilute nitric acid and then with water. 
The artificial peroxide thus prepared resisted solutions of chloride of 
sodium and of caustic potash, even when heated with these liquids in 
closed tubes to a temperature of 180° by means of a wax bath. 

But, notwithstanding the stability of this black oxide of manganese, 
it is not impossible to obtain from it manganic acid under circumstances 
which seem to preclude the possibility of any oxidation of the substance 
during the process by which the manganic acid is exhibited. Mitscher- 
lich Ὁ observed and reported the formation of the green manganate of 


* Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., [3.] XII. 381. 
+ Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wiss. zu Berlin, 1831, p. 218. Ann. de Ch. 
et de Phys., [2.] XLIX. 114. Pogg. Ann., XXV. 287. 


i BO, 2 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 291 


potash, when caustic potash is fused in a retort with peroxide of man- 
ganese without access of air. Upon such authority this statement must 
have great weight, although the omission of the details of the experi- 
ments renders it impossible to form any opinion of the sufficiency of the 
evidence upon which it rests. Fortunately the results of Mitscherlich 
find full confirmation in the recent experiments of Bekétoff.* This ob- 
server has shown that, when a mixture of caustic potash and black oxide 
of manganese is heated, in a closed tube filled with oxygen, to a tempera- 
ture of 180°, an abundance of the green manganate of potash is formed 
without the slightest absorption of oxygen. Unless these experimental 
results can be disproved, it seems impossible to escape the conclusion 
that the substance called peroxide of manganese contains manganic 
acid, since it yields manganic acid while the ratio of its manganese to 
its oxygen remains unchanged. 

In 1817 Chevillot and Edwardsf published an account of some ex- 
periments in which they endeavored to prove that the presence of air 
or oxygen was absolutely necessary to the formation of chameleon from 
caustic potash and black oxide of manganese. ΤῸ demonstrate this, 
they first heated the mixture of these two substances in a silver cruci- 
ble, within a glass vessel which was filled with nitrogen, and found that 
no manganate of potash was produced. The amount of heat applied is 
not stated, but the nature of the apparatus indicates that a high temper- 
ature was used. Secondly, they heated the same mixture of caustic 
potash and black oxide of manganese in an atmosphere of oxygen, and 
measured the considerable quantity of oxygen absorbed during the for- 
mation of the manganate. These experiments seem at first sight abso- 
lutely to contradict those of Mitscherlich and Bekétoff; but it is easy to 
show that they have no such tendency, and that the conclusions which 
Chevillot and Edwards drew from them were entirely erroneous, though 
the experiments themselves were perfectly correct and faithfully re- 
ported. It is obvious that an absorption of oxygen is just as necessary 
in order to convert the substance, whose formula would be written 
Mn,O; MnO, completely into manganic acid, as it is for the entire conver- 
sion of the so-called oxide MnO, into the same acid. The same amount 
of oxygen must be absorbed in changing one gramme of the black ox- 
ide of manganese into manganic acid, however the rational formula of 


* Bulletin de Soc. Chim. de Paris, Séance 13 Mai, 1859, I. 43. 
+ Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., [2.] IV. 290. 


bo 


22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


that substance may be written. To prove that oxygen is absorbed dur- 
ing the formation of manganate of potash from caustic potash and black 
oxide of manganese, is therefore not at all to the purpose; the only 
question is, Can any manganate be formed without absorption of oxygen? 
This question the experiments of Mitscherlich and Bekétoff answer in 
the affirmative. But if manganate of potash is formed from caustic 
potash and black oxide of manganese without any addition of oxygen, 
how is the fact of its non-formation in an atmosphere of nitrogen, as 
proved by Chevillot and Edwards, to be accounted for. We have re- 
peated the experiments of Chevillot and Edwards with a somewhat dif- 
ferent apparatus. A combustion-tube of small diameter was nearly 
filled with copper turnings, and beyond the copper a platinum boat con- 
taining a mixture of caustic potash and peroxide of manganese was 
inserted. ‘The tube was then connected with an aspirator, and a slow 
current of air was drawn through the hot copper. When time enough 
had elapsed to secure the complete filling of the tube with nitrogen, the 
platinum boat was heated gradually up to dull redness without produc- 
ing a trace of the green manganate. When the tube had cooled, the 
contents of the boat was a fused, brownish mass. Another experiment, 
however, showed conclusively that the non-appearance of the green 
manganate is accounted for by the fact that this manganate cannot ex- 
ist in an atmosphere of nitrogen at such a temperature. We prepared 
some manganate of potash in a platinum boat by fusing a mixture of 
carbonate of potash and black oxide of manganese in the air, and then 
heated this boat with its contents in an atmosphere of nitrogen by 
means of the apparatus just described. At a temperature very much 
below a red heat every trace of the green manganate disappeared, and 
when the tube was cool the appearance of the contents of the boat was 
that of a fused, brownish mass, precisely like that described above in 
the former experiment. Repetitions of the experiments fully confirmed 
these results, which perhaps ought to have been anticipated, since it 
seems more than probable that nitrogen would be oxidized in contact 
with a hot manganate. Similar experiments with an atmosphere of 
carbonic acid led to the same negative results. It must be borne in 
mind that our present purpose is merely to show the fallacy of the in- 
ferences which Chevillot and Edwards drew from their experiments, 
which were made at an uncertain but high temperature. We by no 
means wish to assert that it is impossible to obtain the green manganate 
of potash from a mixture of caustic potash and black oxide of manga- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 923 


nese in an atmosphere of nitrogen, if the temperature be sufficiently 
low. On the contrary, we have made several experiments which tend 
to the conclusion that this is perfectly possible under certain conditions. 
A mixture of caustic potash and natural black oxide of manganese was 
placed in a glass tube, which was then filled with nitrogen and sealed. 
Thus hermetically closed, the tube was heated in a wax-bath to 180° 
for three hours; at the end of the experiment, we found that portions 
of the mass in the tube had been changed into green manganate of pot- 
ash, though the greater part seemed to be unaltered. Again, a mixture 
of potash and the black oxide, artificially prepared, was gently heated 
in a combustion-tube in a current of nitrogen to a temperature barely 
high enough to fuse the mass, and the manganate of potash was formed, 
small in amount, but perfectly unmistakable. In repeating this last ex- 
periment, however, we failed quite as often as we succeeded, for it is dif- 
ficult to heat the mixture hot enough to insure the formation of the man- 
ganate without also heating it hot enough to destroy it. Moreover, no 
experiments, intended to exhibit the formation of manganate of potash 
in nitrogen from potash and the black oxide, can be conclusive, so long 
as the experimenter is unable to answer any one who may please to al- 
lege that the nitrogen used contained a trace of oxygen. Unless some 
method of preparing the nitrogen is used which will enable the chemist 
to assert that the gas is free from oxygen and from all other impurities 
which might affect the reaction, such experiments will establish nothing. 
The only conclusive method of testing the question whether manganate 
of potash can be formed from the black oxide and potash alone, is that 
so well applied by Bekétoff, who proved that the manganate can be 
produced from these materials in an atmosphere of oxygen at a low 
temperature without the slightest absorption of that gas. His experi- 
ments were obviously performed with such care that we have thought 
it superfluous to repeat them. 

We have been at such pains to review and explain the experiments 
of Chevillot and Edwards, in order to put the decomposition of the 
substance called peroxide of manganese into manganic oxide and man- 
ganic acid in its true light, as an uncontradicted fact, resting upon the 
highest authority. If we add to this decomposition of the black oxide 
of manganese by potash the other fact, that it is a perfectly neutral or 
indifferent body, possessing none of the properties either of an acid or 
of a base, we have evidence, not sufficient perhaps absolutely to prove 
that its true rational formula is Mn,O; MnO, but quite enough to show 


224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


that the formula MnO, is no argument for the formula CrO,, in the face 
of the demonstration of the true character of the chromate of chromium 
heretofore given. On the contrary, the fact that the supposed brown 
oxide of chromium is in reality composed of chromic oxide and chromic 
acid, gives additional weight to the experimental evidence already 
accumulated, that the peroxide of manganese is a compound of manga- 
nic oxide and manganic acid. There is a striking similarity between 
the methods of preparing chromate of chromium and manganate of 
manganese, the more noticeable in view of the very different stabilities 
and solubilities of the oxides of these two metals. Thus the action of 
chlorine on chromic oxide gives rise to the formation of chromate of 
chromium, while its action on the carbonate of manganous oxide pro- 
duces the manganate of manganese.* Again, the gentle ignition of the 
nitrate of manganous oxide produces a mixture of manganous oxide 
with the higher oxides of manganese ; this mixture contains so much 
manganate of manganese that the process has been patented as a meth- 
od of obtaining a manganese oxide adapted to the preparation of chlo- 
rine.f This result corresponds precisely with the result of igniting the 
nitrate of chromic oxide. Again, the absorption of oxygen by heated 
chromic oxide exposed to the air, observed by Kriiger, finds its exact 
parallel in the absorption of oxygen by manganous oxide under the 
same circumstances. A mixture of the higher oxides of manganese is 
so obtained, and this process of ignition has been long known in the 
arts as a means of “revivifying” black oxide of manganese, rendering 
it available for the preparation of chlorine a second time, or through 
an indefinite series of alternate reductions and oxidations. { 


* Gmelin’s Handbook of Chemistry, IV. 207, Cavendish Soc. Ed. 

+ Berthier, Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., [2.] XX.187. Gatty, Eng. Patent Spe- 
cifications, 22 Aug. 1857, No. 2230, p. 3. 

¢ Pfaff. Schweigger’s Jour. fiir Ch. u. Phys., LIII. 122, (1828). 

Binks, C. Eng. Patent Specifications, 8 Feb. 1839, No. 7963, pp. 4, 8, and 9. 

Ebelmen. Ann. des Mines, [3.] XVII. 517 (1840). 

Walters, G. S. Eng. Patent Specifications, 24 Mar. 1843, No. 9676. 


Balmain, W.H. “ « « 31 Mar. 1855, No. 723, p. 4. 
Dunlop. = 2 es 22 Nov. 1855, No. 2637, p. 3. 
Barrow. ee 5, ue 26 Feb. 1856, No. 485, pp. 4, 9. 
Elliot. 7 re γι 13 Oct. 1856, No. 2392, p. 4. 
Pattinson. iy δὰ ΕἾ 21 Oct. 1856, No. 2475. 
Gossage. δ: τ᾿ ve 8 Noy. 1856, No. 2630, p. 7. 


Reissig. Ann. der Ch. u. Pharm., CIII. 27 (1857). 
In several of these specifications the removal of alumina and sesquioxide of iron 


sr a el a a  ον ΕΝ σ.ἐ») 


» 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. J25 


While it is much easier to obtain the manganate of manganese in a 
state of tolerable purity than it is to prepare the chromate of chromium, 
because of the greater insolubility of the first substance, it would never- 
theless be very difficult, to say the least, to precipitate it by the method 
of double decomposition. We can readily mix chromate of potash and 
a normal salt of chromic oxide, and throw down the chromate of chromic 
oxide: till we can prepare a pure and neutral manganate of potash, the 
true composition of the manganate of manganic oxide cannot be illus- 
trated in this way. 


IV. Orger CHROMATES OF CHROMIC OXIDE. 


Under the head of “ Bichromate of Chromic Oxide” the English 
Editor of Gmelin’s Handbook of Chemistry * has described two pro- 
cesses, neither of which has any connection with the name and for- 
mula at the head of the paragraph; the first is the description of a 
washed, and therefore basic, chromate of chromic oxide, prepared by 
Traube,f identical with the substance analyzed by Rammelsberg, as 
Traube himself remarks, and having the same formula by Traube’s 
analysis, viz. (Cr, O3)3 (CrO;).; the second is the description of the 
mode of precipitating the chromate of chromic oxide, Οὐ, CrO;, from 
chrome alum by chromate of potash in the manner we have fully ex- 
plained. | 

For the existence of what the translator of Gmelin’s { Handbook 
calls the “Neutral Chromate of Chromic Oxide,’ with the formula 
Cr,O; 3 CrO,, there seems to be no sufficient evidence. Unverdorben, 
Berzelius, and Maus have proved beyond a question, what hardly re- 
quired proof, that when heated above the melting point chromic acid is 
ultimately resolved into oxygen and chromic oxide. Traube§$ has 
thought to show that by using a temperature but little above 250° a 
definite chromate can be obtained, corresponding to the formula 
Cr,0O; 3 CrO;. By heating a quantity of chromic acid to this re- 


is described, preparatory to the roasting of the manganous salt or oxide. The more 
manganic acid formed by the roasting the better, — may not then the admixture of 
a certain amount of these bases be chemically advantageous? Very possibly there 
are mechanical advantages to be gained by their removal. 

* Handbook of Chemistry, IV. 115 (Cavendish Soc. Ed.). 

+ Ann. der Ch. u. Pharm., LX VI. 108 (1848). 

t Handbook of Chemistry, 1V.116 (Cavendish Soc. Ed.). 

§ Ann. der Ch. ἃ. Pharm., LX VI. 106 (1848). 


VOL. «Ve 29 


226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


quired temperature he obtained a black mass which had taken the 
shape of the crucible; this he powdered and digested with water, with the 
expectation of dissolving that portion of the chromic acid which had not 
been affected by the heat ; the wash-water after some days still remain- 
ing yellow, he concluded that the substance itself gradually dissolved, and 
proved this to his own satisfaction by analyzing two portions, one of 
which had been washed more than the other, with the same result, viz. 
57.93 per cent of chromium and 42.07 of oxygen. These figures cor- 
respond to the formula Cr,O; 3 CrO;. Now chromic acid contains 
52.23 per cent of chromium and chromic oxide 68.62 per cent, and in 
changing from the first into the second, under the influence of a mod- 
erate heat, the heated substance will at some moment contain 57.95 per 
cent of chromium ; before that moment it would contain less, after that 
moment more. We were not so fortunate as to hit on the right time 
for stopping the experiment. We subjected a mass of chromic acid to 
a temperature a little above 250° for three hours, and obtained a brown- 
ish black substance, such as Traube has described, which, powdered 
and boiled with water, imparted a faint yellow color to the liquid. 
Analysis showed that it contained 54.12 per cent of chromium. It is 
quite clear that any substance prepared in such a way must be a mix- 
ture, and that the particular mixture analyzed by Traube has no claim 
to the name and formula of a definite compound. 

Still another hypothetical chromate, called “Soluble Brown Chromic 
Oxide or Acid Chromate of Chromic Oxide,” figures in Gmelin’s Hand- 
book (doc. cit.). Maus and many others have made a solution of hy- 
drated chromic oxide in aqueous chromic acid, but Maus alone has 
analyzed the solution; we have already expressed our opinion that the 
liquid he analyzed was only an indeterminate mixture (p. 211). The 
observation and the conjecture of Berzelius, cited by Gmelin in this 
paragraph, we have already remarked upon; the precipitate which 
Berzelius speaks of is the chromate of the formula Cr,O; CrQ,. 

To sum up the case, — there is not a particle of evidence of the ex- 
istence of any chromate of chromium containing more than one equiva- 
lent of chromic acid, Such may be hereafter discovered, but it does 
not seem probable that they will be found to be insoluble compounds. 
Until the realities are made known to us, why cumber the science with 
names and formule, which fill no gaps, extend no analogies, bridge no 
difficulties, but are merely a perplexity and a hinderance? It has been 
too much the custom to call the chromate of the formula Cr,O, CrO, 


ee 


a 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Tat 


the basic chromate of chromium ; this proceeds on the assumption that 
there is some other salt better entitled to the name of normal or neutral 
chromate, as, for example, the imaginary chromate containing three 
equivalents of chromic acid. Until some such chromate is discovered, 
the word baste would be better omitted from the name of the only defi- 
nitely determined chromate of chromium. 


Professor G. P. Bond exhibited a drawing of the great 
nebula surrounding the star @ Orionis representing its ap- 
pearance in the twenty-three-foot refractor of the Observatory 
of Harvard College. 


The feature to which attention was particularly directed was the 
spiral structure of the principal masses of light, or, more correctly, the 
tendency to an arrangement in elongated wisps or whirls, sweeping out- 
ward from the bright region of the Trapezium. <A disposition of the 
nebulosity in some localities to radiate from the vicinity of the Trapezium, 
noticed in the memoir published by Professor W. C. Bond in 1848, 
has repeatedly attracted attention in subsequent years. The idea of a 
spiral character in the radiations had even been suggested, without how- 
ever presenting itself definitely to the mind as the true conception of 
the leading features of the nebula. 

During the past winter, opportunities were taken to review the whole 
region, with particular reference to this peculiarity; attention being 
given exclusively to the arrangement of the diverging wisps of nebulos- 
ity, and the alternating dark spaces by which they are separated from 
each other. A particular scrutiny of the latter was of considerable 
_assistance in tracing the fainter convolutions. The form and disposition 
of the whirls were thus defined by two independent processes, the neb- 
ula being first sketched as a bright object on a dark ground, and, again, 
its darker openings and channels as dark objects on a white ground. 

The quarter designated in Herschel’s chart * as the Regio Godiniana 
was first explored. The nebulosity was here resolved into an assem- 
blage of three or four long wisps, interlaced with each other, or crossed 
by offsets; these were ultimately traced from a point near the northern 
margin of the Sinus Magnus, over the whole length of the Regio Picar- 
diana and the Regio Godiniana, forming a sweep of 120°. After pass- 
ing the well-defined northern boundary of the last-named region, and 


* Mem. Astr. Soc., Vol. II. 


228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


beyond Herschel’s stars o and ἕξ, these wreaths bend rather suddenly, 
and tend towards the south-preceding direction. Indications of their 
presence in this quarter are imperfectly suggested in Lassell’s and in 
Sir J. Herschel’s latest drawing. From this point feeble traces exist 
for 10’ or 15’ in-a south-preceding direction. Their course over the 
hk. Picardiana gives a decidedly reticulated aspect to the whole region ; 
but, though bright, they are here so closely intertwined and connected 
by offsets, that it is a matter of no little difficulty to gain a clear com- 
prehension of their proper relations. The complexity of the details is 
further increased by several offshoots from this quarter, which cross over 
into the adjacent 2. Derhamiana ; still the general effect is easily re- 
cognized. 

From the southern corner of the Regio Picardiana, and from those 
parts of 2. Derhamiana and R. Huygeniana which lie near the Trape- 
zium on its north-preceding and preceding sides, a number of narrow 
and bright branches diverge, their extremities tending also to the south- 
preceding direction. Some of these cross the 70, Gentiliana and seem 
to merge together, forming a nebulous mass, which can be followed 
through an are of 10’ or 15’. Others, which are less curved, originate 
near the Sinus Gentilii ; these are narrow and somewhat tortuous. 

It is to be noticed that the initial direction of the wreaths (Nebelstrez- 
fen) changes continuously from an angle of position of 330° on the 
northern margin of the Sinus Magnus, to one of 220°, or less, at the 
S. Gentilii, and the sweep of the curve correspondingly diminishes, so 
that throughout the whole nebulous region preceding the sharply de- 
fined apex of the A. Huygeniana, the extremities of the filaments have 
a pretty uniform tendency in the angle of position 220°. As soon, how- 
ever, as we pass to the fields on the following side of the apex, a change 
is immediately apparent. The ultimate direction being about in the 
angle 160°. The principal group of wisps results from the resolution 
of the &. Messeriana, and the region between the Trapezium and the 
Proboscis Minor, including both these features, into four or five distinct 
wreaths having a common initial direction in the angle of position 110°. 
The very bright nebulosity lying between the S. Gentilii, the Trapezium, 
and the 2. Subnebulosa, cannot be resolved into a regular structure, but 
three or four condensed spots, constituting the most brilliant part of the 
nebula close on the south-preceding side of the Trapezium, are plainly 
distinguished as tufts or curled offsets from a prominent wisp of light 
which extends from its origin, near the Trapezium, across the R. Gen- 
tiliana. 


ne bh 2 a 


“δῶ 


a) -- 


Se Oe ee ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 2929 


The general aspect of the greater part of the nebula is therefore that 
of an assemblage of curved wisps of luminous matter, which, branching 
outward from a common origin in the bright masses in the vicinity of 
the Trapezium, sweep towards a southerly direction, on either side of an 
axis passing through the apex of the Regio Huygeniana, nearly in the 
angle of position 180°. About twenty of these convolutions have been 
distinctly traced, while others giving a like impression are too faint or 
too intricate to be subjected to precise description. It may therefore be 
properly classed among “the spiral nebule,” under the definition given 
by their first discoverer, Lord Rosse; including in the term all objects 
in which a curvilinear arrangement, not consisting of regular re-enter- 
ing curves, may be detected. 

That the existence of this feature in the great nebula of Orion should 
have hitherto escaped notice, after the many careful scrutinies to which 
it has been subjected, with the help of the largest instruments and the 
most skilful observers, may seem scarcely credible; a few words of 
explanation on this point will not therefore be amiss. It is to be 
ascribed partly to the confusing effect produced by the crossing and 
intersection of the principal sér¢e and of their offsets, which the eye 
cannot unravel without the aid of some clew to their mutual relation 
and significance ; and partly also to the faintness of some of the details, 
which are, nevertheless, very essential features in a correct apprehen- 
sion of its structure, supplying, as they do, what would otherwise appear 
as breaks of continuity, and assisting materially in the recognition of 
a principle of regularity pervading the whole structure. Until the law 
of relation and continuity in the several parts of such an object is en- 
tertained in the mind, it must remain an incoherent, confused assem- 
blage of material, having no orderly or connected arrangement. 

The change from the previous notion of its configuration is not more 
considerable than that which took place with reference to the celebrated 
nebula 51 Messier, in which the original discovery of the spiral arrange- 
ment was made. ‘This object had been subjected to a careful examina- 
tion and description by both the Herschels, but neither their drawings 
nor descriptions furnished the slightest intimation of a spiral structure. 
It deserves particular notice, too, that there was no want of sufficient 
optical power to exhibit the appearance in question ; for the spirality of 
51 Messier is seen with perfect distinctness in a refractor of 15 inches’ 
aperture, and must certainly be within reach of the twenty-foot Her- 
schelian reflectors. Nor can it for a moment be thought that the earlier 


230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


observations and delineations were in any proper sense erroneous. They 
were simply made at a great disadvantage, in the absence of a clear con- 
ception of the general plan of structure presented in the object. Some of 
the details indispensable to its recognition, being only faintly presented, 
were overlooked, or, appearing by mere suggestions and glimpses of 
vision, they conveyed an erroneous impression ; in this way the mutual 
relation of the various parts came to be entirely misconceived. The 
missing links were supplied by the larger optical power of Lord Rosse’s 
telescope, too plainly not to insure notice; and the nebula then pre- 
sented itself under a totally different aspect. Instances of similar reve- 
lations, completely at variance with previous conjectures, have indeed 
so often occurred in the history of astronomical discovery, that the pro- 
cess ought to be regarded as the ordinary rule, rather than as an un- 
usual exception. 


Professor Bowen read a paper arguing against the wisdom 
of legal enactments requiring banks to keep a fixed and con- 
stant proportion of specie in reserve. 

Mr. Felton read a paper on the honey of Mount Hymettus, 
of which he had received a supply from the Rev. Dr. Hill of 
Athens. He gave an account of the Grecian bee, citing pas- 
sages from the poets, beginning with Homer: next, the vari- 
ous occasions, religious and social, on which honey was used 
by the ancients were enumerated. The employment of honey 
in the medical practice of the Athenian physicians, especially 
by Hippocrates and Galen, was explained, and passages were 
cited from the writings of Hippocrates. The next topic was 
a philological one, the use of honey as a term of comparison, 
and the frequency with which the word μέλι (honey) is com- 
pounded with other words in descriptive epithets. This was 
shown by a series of passages in the poets and prose-writers, 
from Homer to Plato and Aristotle. The reputation of the honey 
of Mt. Hymettus in ancient times was then illustrated by quo- 
tations from Strabo and Pliny; and in modern times, by the 
testimony of the old traveller, Wheeler, and others. The wild 
thyme which flourishes in abundance on the mountain, and 
which gives its peculiar flavor and fragrance to the honey, was 
described, and specimens exhibited. 


sl et a ee > 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ae 


Greece has been overrun, it was remarked, by hostile and 
barbarous hordes. Persians, Gauls, Romans, Vandals, Goths, 
Slavonians, Albanians, and Turks have successively swept over 
the land, until some, like Fallmereyer, have come to the con- 
clusion that the ancient Hellenic population have been utterly 
displaced, and not a drop of Hellenic blood flows in Grecian 
veins. This is a paradox, as any one may see who will visit 
Dr. Hill’s school or the Panepistemion of Otho, or the Par- 
thenagogeion, and look into the animated countenances which 
might furnish models for another Panathenaic procession. But 
let the speculative sceptic doubt this if he pleases; even he 
cannot doubt that the bees of Hymettus are descended in a 
bee-line from those that, clustered round the lips of the infant 
Plato as he slept among the myrtles while his parents were 
sacrificing to the Hymettian nymphs. 


‘¢ And still his honeyed wealth Hymettus yields ; 
There the blithe bee his fragrant fortress builds, 
The free-born wanderer of thy mountain air.” 


A small quantity of the Hymettus honey was placed on the 
table as a further and final illustration of the subject. 


Four hundred and ninety-fourth meeting. 


April 11, 1861. — Montaiy MEETING. 


The ῬΒΕΒΙΡΕΝΤ in the chair. 

Mr. Charles G. Loring announced the death, upon the same 
day, of two venerable and distinguished Fellows of the Acad- 
emy, viz. Chief Justice Shaw and Judge White, in the follow- 
ing terms : — 


Mr. President: Since the last meeting of the Academy, and within 
the lapse indeed of a few days, two of its most venerated members, 
whose age, social position, and eminent endowments added much to 
its dignity and influence, having been called from earth by the angel of 
death, it becomes us to turn from our ordinary avocations for a moment 
in contemplation of their departure, and to place upon record a testi- 
monial of our appreciation of their worth. And as both were in the 


99 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


department in the classification of members in which 1 stand, and as 
long and very friendly professional and social relations with one, and a 
cordial acquaintance for many years with the other, have rendered my 
remembrance of each of peculiar and affectionate interest, I readily com- 
ply with your suggestion, in a very humble and brief attempt to com- 
memorate their claims upon our regard this evening, — confining myself 
to the consideration of their peculiar moral and intellectual character- 
istics, leaving the more particular elements of biographical account for 
their appropriate place in the annual narrative. 

If I were influenced by no other motive to avoid all semblance of 
exaggeration in such delineations, I should feel myself constrained to 
the severest simplicity of truthfulness by the consciousness of the stern 
reverence of it in one, and the equally firm and gentle love of it in the 
other, as illustrated in their daily lives and conversation, and of the 
reproach pressing on me, as in their presence, should I be guilty of 
departure from it in speaking of them. 

Both were members of the legal profession; both devoted their 
best energies to the service of society in that department of moral 
science; and both illustrated its true dignity as a science in knowledge 
of the principles of human nature and of society; and as an art, in the 
application of them to the relations of life and the rights and duties of 
members of a community. 

I believe that the records of the juridical career of the late Chief 
Justice Shaw justify the assertion, that no judge ever adorned the 
bench, in England or America, whose decisions are more strikingly 
illustrative of the law as a science, both in the abstract and the con- 
crete. His mind seemed ever dwelling in principles and their unfold- 
ings ; and with equal power and delight whether in abstract develop- 
ment or practical application. It was thoroughly absorbed in the 
perception and contemplation of the nature of Law, in its universal 
application, as portrayed in Hooker’s celebrated description: “Of Law 
there can be no less acknowledged than that her seat is in the bosom of 
God, — her voice the harmony of the world; all things in heaven and 
earth do her homage, the very least as feeling her care, and the great- 
est as not exempted from her power.” 

No subject was presented, whether of morality or civil polity, of 
science or of art, concerning which he did not instinctively seek the 
ascertainment of its fundamental law, its reduction to first principles. 
It mattered not whether it were the government of a state or the con- 


—— 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 233 


struction of a contract; the revolution of a comet or the circulation of 
the blood ; the working of a steam-engine, or a machine for the manu- 
facture of a pin. 

This great faculty of perceiving and developing the principle of 
everything brought within the range of his intellectual vision, was the 
foundation of his imposing mental power; and had it stood alone, and 
been exercised and expended in abstract research and the develop- 
ment of systems, embodied in scientific treatises, there can be no doubt 
that it would have ranked him among the men of genius of his day, 
and transmitted his name to posterity with a more dazzling diadem 
than ever rests upon the brow of those whose lives and powers are de- 
voted to the service of man in the daily walks of life. 

But happily for our Commonwealth, and happily, I may safely 
say, for the jurisprudence of our country, this was but one, though 
the most conspicuous, of the many talents with which he was gifted, 
and which enabled him to extend broadly and deeply the foundations 
of jurisprudence in its adaptations to the ever-changing phases of human 
life in the progress of civilization, and the ever-novel and multifarious 
developments of industrial skill and enterprise. To this great power 
were added the willing capacity for long-continued labor in details ; an 
earnest love and curiosity for the application of principles to practice ; 
a ready faculty for subtile logic, rejoicing in the play and conflict of 
polemic discussion; a marvellous faculty of individualization, from 
which nothing escaped; a comprehensive, tenacious memory ; and, per- 
haps above all, a great heart filled with generous dispositions and 
kindly emotions, an incarnation of the sentiment, ‘“‘ Homo sum, humani 
nihil a me alienum puto,” ever impelling to the use of all his facul- 
ties and attainments for the service of his fellow-men in all that was 
nearest to their interests and their affections. 

Human law is but the reflex of the habitual feelings and opinions 
of the people. The law of causality is as strictly applicable to hu- 
man actions as to the world of matter. Law is therefore in the 
strictest sense a science, whose fundamental principles are to be found 
in the construction of human nature and civil society; and he only 
can be esteemed a scientific lawyer whose studies and reflections 
extend beyond the learning of books and the authority of precedents 
— essential instruments and guides though they be in his daily 
work — to the sources of individual and social, intellectual and moral 
life. 

MOL... Υ͂. 30 


234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


No code of statute law, however elaborate, or erected upon experi- 
ence however universal, could provide for a multitude of novel cases 
that would be presented for adjudication within one year after its en- 
actment. The infinite variety of human capacities, feelings, interests, 
and motives, and the ever-multiplying novelties in enterprise and social 
relations, must ever throw back legal judgment on rights and duties in 
human life upon first principles ; and hence the inevitable necessity for 
what is termed judicial legislation, —the establishment of the law by 
the court in an individual case, to govern all thereafter arising, falling 
within the like application of the same principles. And no department 
of human labor, therefore, in science or art, calls for greater capacity 
of comprehension and investigation, more acute penetration and far- 
seeing wisdom, or more entire soundness of heart, than that of the 
judgment seat. And more especially is this combination of faculties 
demanded at periods when the expansion of commerce and of business 
relations to new dimensions and in multiplied varieties, and the intro- 
duction of new modes of enterprise, call for a corresponding enlarge- 
ment of the foundations and boundaries of jurisprudence. 

And it was at such a stage in the affairs of men that this great judge 
was commissioned for his high trust. The changes and modifications 
of public sentiment concerning laws regulating the domestic relations ; 
the vast and rapidly augmenting increase of commercial adventure, in- 
volving corresponding multiplied connections and calling into birth new 
species and forms of obligation, written and implied ; the comparatively 
recent introduction of a new system of associated enterprise in manu- 
facturing corporations, already widely spread if not originating in New 
England, and before unknown; and the gradual ingrafting of the Eng- 
lish system of Equity Jurisprudence upon the administrative duties of 
our courts of common law, opened wide and constantly enlarging fields 
for the development of principles of previous comparatively limited ap- 
plication, and for the unfolding of others, before unrecognized, lying at 
the foundation of the new combinations thus brought into being. Hap- 
pily his associates upon the bench, at his accession to it, were also 
men of eminent ability and great learning, and some of them of long 
judicial experience; thus with him constituting a combination of in- 
tellectual power and moral influence remarkably adapted for the exist- 
ing and coming emergencies, for maintaining the pre-eminence of the 
Commonwealth in these new fields of science which their predecessors 
had established in the old, and for transmitting to posterity her system 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 2935 


of jurisprudence with broader foundations and ampler superstructure, 
adapted to the unprecedented and ever-increasing growth of her mate- 
rial interests, and, as it may be hoped, of her ever-advancing progress 
in moral and intellectual civilization. And it is believed that she can 
point to no one of her many illustrious sons whose intellectual power, 
faithful service, and moral influence have done more for the honor and 
perpetuity of her most cherished civil institutions. 

But the services of this great and good man were not confined to the 
discharge of his official duties; his comprehensive mind and heart em- 
braced all fields in which he could serve his fellow-men; his broad and 
philosophical benevolence assisted in the management and dispensation 
of many public charities; his love of learning and appreciation of 
the inestimable benefits of thorough science, and his profound wisdom, 
aided in the government of many institutions for their cultivation. 
He was for more than twenty years a member of the Corporation of 
Harvard College, ever faithfully attentive to the laborious and often 
minute duties of that station, and earnestly intent upon the promotion 
of her highest interest and honorable fame. 

The moral nature of Chief Justice Shaw was on the same grand 
scale with the intellectual. It was founded upon a firm will and cour- 
ageous spirit, fitting him for enduring enterprise and resolute fulfilment 
of his purpose. His perception of duty was elevated and controlling ; 
his regard for truth stern and unyielding; his sense of justice acute 
and comprehensive, generous and benevolent; and crowning all was a 
warmth and sensitiveness of feeling often in seemingly strange contrast 
with his otherwise massive character. He was singularly emotional ; 
the utterance of a noble sentiment, the witnessing of a generous action, 
the unexpected appeal to any of the exalted principles of our nature, 
the suffering of a fellow-being, however humble, would suffuse his 
eyes and cause his lips to quiver and his voice to tremble, alike on the 
judgment seat and in the privacy of social intercourse. Had he lived 
in earlier times it might well be believed that his demeanor upon the 
bench had prompted the apothegm, “'The sentence of condemnation is 
best steeped in the judge’s tears.” Indeed, in witnessing his discharge 
of this painful duty of his office upon the prisoner, it was often difficult 
to believe that he was not at the time the greater sufferer of the two. 
In private life our departed associate was an earnest, faithful friend, a 
genial and most instructive companion. His resources in general infor- 
mation upon the science, literature, and humanities of the day, seemingly 


236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


marvellous in contemplation of the absorbing duties of his office; his 
rich fund of racy anecdote and illustrative historic remembrances; a 
keen relish of wit and humor, and the faculty to contribute his share of 
them; and a cordial enjoyment of social intercourse in all its refined 
and elevated forms, ever rendered him a gladly welcomed and honored 
guest, though ever in seeming unconsciousness “wearing the kingly 
crown ” of acknowledged intellectual and moral power. 

Into the sanctities of his domestic life, and the sorrows of those most 
dear to him and to whom he was most dear, it is not for us to intrude, 
further than in expression of our sympathy in the grief attending the 
final departure of the venerated and beloved from the home which he 
had so long blessed and adorned, and where he so faithfully illustrated 
the highest virtues of the husband, father, and friend. 


In the Christian faith and hope, by the light and guidance of which” 


he had lived, he serenely reached the close of his long, laborious, suc- 
cessful, and honored life, dying in the confidence that, though “the dust 
shall return to the earth as it was, the spirit shall return to God who 
gave it.” 

In turning from the contemplation of the life and character of Chief 
Justice Shaw, to those of the other venerated and distinguished mem- 
ber of the Academy, whose place was on the same day and nearly at 
the same hour made vacant, I feel still more impressively a painful 
inability to approach any just presentation of them; and lament that 
a duty so grateful as this must have been to one of his intimate asso- 
ciates, has not devolved upon some one thus privileged, and more 
familiar with the studies and learning which were the joy and crowning 
glory of his life. 

The late Judge Daniel Appleton White, although not so prominently 
known to public fame as his cherished friend of whom we have just 
spoken, nor occupying a like elevated official position, held a high rank 
in the department of letters, and exercised a wide-spread and benefi- 
cent public influence. He probably had few superiors in this country 
as a scholar in English literature, to which his life was mainly devoted ; 
and certainly he had none in the virtues and graces of a Christian gen- 
tleman, neighbor, friend, and patriot. 

Having been graduated with the highest honors of the University, 
and officiated for four years as its Tutor in Latin, he entered upon the 
study and practice of the law; and soon made such progress as raised 
high expectations of future eminence, and led to his election as a Rep- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ὭΣΤ, 


resentative in the Congress of the United States. Entertaining, how- 
ever, no ambition for popular distinction, and preferring a sphere of life 
more congenial to his peculiar faculties and tastes, he resigned that sta- 
tion before entering upon its duties, and accepted the office of Judge of 
Probate for the County of Essex, — a station of far greater importance 
to the domestic peace and welfare of the community than is generally 
understood, involving indeed great responsibilities, and requiring for 
the due discharge of its duties thorough knowledge of a peculiar de- 
partment of law, sound judgment, gentleness of manner, beneficent 
patience, and spotless integrity; but absorbing no time beyond the 
special days appropriated for their administration, and leaving a large 
portion therefore for other pursuits. He retained this office for the 
period of thirty-eight years, fulfilling its duties not only to entire ac- 
ceptance, but in such manner as to attract a degree of veneration and 
affectionate confidence throughout the county. 

But great as must have been the satisfaction from the consciousness 
of duty thus discharged, and without which one, of his philanthropic 
affections and high sense of obligation to others could not have been 
satisfied, this was not the field in which his highest enjoyment, or per- 
haps his highest usefulness, was found. He was by nature intended 
for a general scholar. His moral and intellectual faculties were all 
attuned to communion with the sages, philosophers, poets, historians, 
and thinkers of all ages, assembled around him in his extensive, quiet 
library, where, far above the rivalries, contests, juggles, and jostlings 
of professional or political life, well might he say, “ My library is 
dukedom large enough.” 

He had gathered around him an extensive and choice collection of 
books, amounting within a few years of his death, and until reduced by 
the liberal donation to be presently mentioned, to about ten thousand 
volumes, with the best of which he was familiar, being accustomed not 
only to constant and careful study, but to taking notes of all that he 
deemed worthy of especial remembrance. History was one of his 
favorite studies, and his knowledge of it was extensive and accurate. 
With that of England and this country he was entirely acquainted ; 
and especially were the records of the lives and doings of the Pilgrim 
Fathers of New England as familiar to his memory as were the occur- 
rences of his own life. He was highly accomplished in classical lore, 
and, with his friend, Mr. Pickering, prepared for publication an edition 
of Sallust, believed to be the first Latin classic edited in this country. 


» 
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


He was thoroughly versed in the theology of the times and its history, — 
a study which early attracted his attention from the naturally devotional 
tendency of his nature and the earnest desire ever impelling him to lofty 
themes of inquiry and contemplation. His fervently devotional spirit, 
in all the diversified scenes of life, found utterance in the divine music 
of the Book of books, and the hardly less moving strains of later lyrical 
inspiration, all familiar to him as household words. 

But he was entirely unostentatious of his rich possessions ; and no 
one, from ordinary intercourse with him, would suspect their fulness, 
excepting as seen in the refinement, purity, elevated moral tone, and 
serene, comprehensive wisdom pervading his life and conversation, 
which the highest mental and moral culture can alone produce. He 
was indeed liberal in communicating his knowledge whenever sought ; 
and earnest in constant efforts to secure as widely as possible for others 
the blessings of the cultivation which he so well knew how to appre- 
ciate. He was a zealous and efficient leader in all enterprises for ex- 
tending and advancing education and popular instruction; the founder 
of the Salem Lyceum, when the system of popular lectures was intro- 
duced ; an earnest and judicious worker in the establishment of the 
Salem Athenzum, and, with his friend, Dr. Bowditch, chiefly instru- 
mental in procuring for it the means of its present prosperity. He 
was at the time of his decease the President of the Essex Institute, 
devoted chiefly to the advancement of the study of natural history, and 
had a few years previously bestowed upon it about five thousand valua- 
ble books from the treasured library which he had been so long and with 
such pains collecting. For very many years he served as Overseer of 
the University, fulfilling his duties with active zeal and loving care, and 
retaining to his last hours a deep interest in all that pertained to her 
usefulness or glory. He was for a long period one of the most atten- 
tive and useful members of this Academy, until advancing age and 
distance of residence precluded his habitual attendance; and he was 
selected to pronounce the well-remembered eulogy upon the decease of 
its President, Mr. Pickering. In fine, he was the uniformly recognized 
patron and beneficent friend of all benevolent and educational institu- 
tions within the scope of his labor or influence. 

The intellectual and spiritual elements of Judge White’s character 
are fully illustrated in the chosen occupations of his life. This was 
peculiarly transparent, illuminated with the mild and genial radiance 
of mingled wisdom, piety, refinement, benevolence, and love of truth 


S——., 


— ree δ 


= 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 239 


and beauty in all their forms, united with strong affections, and a 
resolute but gentle firmness of purpose, adding alike to his personal 
dignity and his efficiency for the good of others. The close of his life 
was in beautiful accordance with his character and its crowning illus- 
tration. Conscious of the near approach of the angel to lead him 
through the dark valley, he lost none of his usual serene composure 
and affectionate tenderness to those around him; none of the calm 
and childlike trust in God and Christ which had guided his daily 
walks; none of the delight he was accustomed to take in the poetry 
with which his memory was stored; none even of the genial pleas- 
antry that ever cast its gentle rays upon his social and domestic life. 
Just before his own departure, that of his friend the Chief Justice 
was announced to him. “It is in good time,” he replied, and soon 
afterwards a simple, calm prayer, an utterance of unfaltering trust, the 
repetition of a part of a favorite hymn, and his spirit had taken its 
flight. 

For the purpose, Mr. President, of placing upon our records a humble 
memorial of our appreciation of their worth and our loss, I submit for 
the consideration of the Academy the following resolutions : — 

Resolved, That in the death of the late Chief Justice Shaw the 
Academy of Arts and Sciences mourns the departure of one of its most 
honored and venerated associates, of a great magistrate and good man, 
whose labors adorned and elevated the jurisprudence of his country, 
and whose life, devoted to the service of his fellow-men in their highest 
interests, should ever be held in grateful remembrance. 

Resolved, That in the decease of Judge White the Academy recog- 
nizes the departure, in a ripe old age, of one of its most venerated mem- 
bers and brightest ornaments, whose eminent Christian virtues and 
graces adorned society, and whose distinguished scholarship and earnest 
labors in the causes of learning and charity entitle him to be ranked 
among the benefactors of the Commonwealth. 

Resolved, That we sympathize with the families of our departed 
associates in the grief which the death of the revered and loved 
must ever excite, and sympathize with them also in the grateful 
reflection that, although we may see those whom we thus venerated 
and loved no more on earth, the influence of their labors and char- 
acters can never die. 

And that the Secretary be requested to communicate to them copies 
of these resolutions. 


240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The resolutions were seconded by the Rev. President 
Walker, who paid an additional tribute to the memory of 
Judge White. He referred to the collection of distinguished 
men living in Salem forty years ago, such as was hardly to 
be met with in any other part of the country, — Bowditch, 
Story, Pickering, &c.,— and of Judge White as one of this 
select number. Alluding to the present cloud over our pub- 
lic affairs, he spoke of Chief Justice Shaw and Judge White 
as the product and the representatives of the best days of 
our country, adding that he could not divest himself of the 
feeling, that our way is darker and more insecure now that 
they have fallen asleep. 

Also, by the Hon. John C. Gray and Judge Washburn, who 
illustrated in detail leading traits and particulars in the char- 
acter and career of the late Chief Justice. 

The resolutions were unanimously adopted. 

By invitation, after some introductory remarks by Mr. 
Felton, the Rev. Dr. Cyrus Hamlin, of the Constantinople 
Mission of the American Board, addressed the Academy upon 
the subject of Education in European Turkey, and upon the 
plan and prospects of a collegiate institution about to be es- 
tablished in the vicinity of Constantinople. 


Four hundred and ninety-fifth meeting. 
May 14, 1801. --- Montuiy MEETING. 


The VickE-PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read various letters rela- 
tive to the exchanges of the Academy with other institu- 
tions; and he exhibited the large and invaluable collection 
of Geological Sections, Maps, Charts, &c. of the Geological 
Survey of Great Britain, presented to the Academy by the 
Director of the Survey under the sanction of the British 
Government. ᾿ 

Professor James Hall, of Albany, made a communication 
upon some points in North American Geology, in which he 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 9241 


proposed and illustrated some novel views in respect to the 
formation of mountain-chains. 

These views were discussed with Professors Agassiz, Rogers, 
and others. 


Four hundred and ninety-sixth meeting. 
May 28, 1861.— AnnuaL MEcrrTING. 


The Vice-PRESIDENT in the Chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the 
exchanges of the Academy. He also read, as Secretary of the 
Council, 


The Annual Report of the Council relative to the Personnel 
of the Academy. 


During the past year the Academy has elected four Resident Fel- 
lows, four Associate Fellows, and three Foreign Honorary Members. 

Three of the Resident Fellows belong to the Third Class, and one 
to the First Class. 

Two of the Associates were elected into the First Class, one into 
the Second, and one into the Third Class. 

Two of the Foreign Honorary Members chosen, viz. Dove and 
K6iirke_r, fill places vacated in the Second Class. The third, the 
distinguished and aged Von Ravcu, the Nestor of sculptors, who was 
nominated by the Council a year ago, had deceased some time before 
the election took place. 

From our immediate ranks, three Resident Fellows have been re- 
moved by death during the past year; viz. the Rev. Dr. Heman 
Humpurey, formerly President of Amherst College, the late Cuinr 
JusTICE SHAw, and the Hon. Daniet AprpLeToN WHITE, being 
three of the most venerable members, and all three belonging to the 
First Section of the Third Class of the Academy. 

Dr. Humphrey, who has long held the rank of one of the most dis- 
tinguished New England divines, was the first President of Amherst 
College, and he worthily presided over that institution for twenty-two 
years. Upon retiring from this position, in the year 1845, he resumed 
his residence at Pittsfield, of the First Church in which place he 

VOL. Υ͂. 31 


242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


had formerly been pastor; and here he closed his useful and honorable 
earthly career, in September last, at the advanced age of eighty-two 
years. He was elected into the Academy in the year 1842; but, 
having resided at a great distance from Boston, has rarely, if ever, 
attended its meetings. 

Our loss in the death of the late Chief Justice, and of J udge White, 
of so recent occurrence, is more immediately and sensibly felt. For in 
that event the Academy was bereaved, upon the same day, of two of 
our most experienced and efficient, as well as most venerated members. 
In the eulogies pronounced at the meeting which immediately ensued, 
and in the resolves then adopted, this society has so fully expressed its 
exalted estimation of the character and services of these great and 
good men, and its deep sense of the loss it has sustained in their re- 
moval, that it would be supererogatory for the Council to undertake 
anew a duty already performed so lately and so well. 

We have only to record that the Hon. Lemuel Shaw was chosen a 
Fellow of the Academy in the year 1825. He was born in Barnsta- 
ble, on the 9th of January, 1781; he died on the 30th of March last, 
at the age of eighty years. 

Judge White was born five years and two days earlier, viz. on the 
7th of January, 1776, in that part of Methuen which is now the city of 
Lawrence ; and he survived for a few hours only his associate and 
friend. Having been elected in the year 1812, the late Judge White 
was for almost. half a century a Fellow of this Academy, — a length of 
service which is surpassed by only five surviving members. 

Only one Associate Fellow is known to have deceased since the last 
annual meeting, viz. the Rey. Professor CoarLtes B. Happock, for- 
merly of Dartmouth College, New Hampshire, who died on the 15th 
of January last. He was born in Franklin, then a part of Salisbury, 
New Hampshire, in the summer of 1796; his father was a trader in 
that town; his mother was an older sister of Ezekiel and Daniel Web- 
ster. He entered Dartmouth College in 1812, was graduated with 
distinguished honors in 1816, and immediately began the study of the- 
ology at Andover. In 1819 he was was chosen to fill the newly estab- 
lished chair of Rhetoric in the College where less than three years be- 
fore he had taken his first degree; and in 1838 he was translated to 
the department of Intellectual Philosophy. In 1850 he received from 
Mr. Fillmore the appointment of Chargé d’ Affaires at the Court of Por- 
tugal, which he held until the year 1855; and, returning to his native 


‘a ΄. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 243 


State, he passed the remainder of his life at West Lebanon, in literary 
pursuits and in the occasional discharge of the duties of the clerical 
profession. His colleagues at Dartmouth College speak of him as hay- 
ing been an admirable instructor, of rare courtesy and kindness, a dis- * 
criminating and suggestive critic, with sufficient knowledge and an unu- 
sual power of expression. In 1846 he published a volume of Addresses 
and Miscellaneous Writings, marked by the completeness, the simplicity 
of style, the good sense, and the pure taste which characterized all his 
literary productions. His more recent writings, notes of foreign travel, 
lectures, and discourses, he had begun to prepare for the press, and 
some of them may yet be published. 

Professor Haddock was as urbane and courteous as he was accom- 
plished. He never obtruded himself upon public notice, but it was im- 
possible that he should remain unregarded in whatever community he 
might reside. One of his maxims, “ Do well and wait,” he so exemplified 
in his life, that his friends sometimes wished he were less moderate 
in his desires, and more strenuous in literary activity. In his position 
as Minister to Portugal, not indeed one of great responsibility, yet im- 
portant, he so performed its duties as to make one feel that, if they had 
been far more delicate and onerous, he would have been quite equal to 
them. 

Two Foreign Honorary Members have deceased during the past year, 
both German, one of the Second, the other of our Third Class; viz. the 
venerable and profound anatomist and zodlogist, TIEDEMANN, and the 
distinguished scholar, BUNSEN. 

FRIEDRICH TIEDEMANN died at the age of eighty years, having been 
born in Cassel in 1781. His father was distinguished as a Professor of 
Philosophy at Marburg, where the son was graduated in 1804, remain- 
ing there as a privat-docent until the following year, when he was 
appointed Professor of Anatomy and Zodlogy at Landshut. In 1816 
he was chosen to fill the Professorship of Physiology at Heidelberg, 
where he remained until 1849, enjoying a distinguished reputation 
throughout Europe, both for his fidelity as a teacher, and for the mer- 
its of his anatomical and physiological investigations. During the po- 
litical disturbances of 1849, his son, commandant of the fortress at Karl- 
stadt, was shot on account of his sympathies and co-operation with the 
popular movement, when the father refused any longer to hold an office 
in the gift of the government. Since then he has lived in retirement, 
and died in Munich, at the residence of his son-in-law, Bischoff, so dis- 
tinguished for his embryological investigations. 


244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


His published scientific works are numerous, relating to comparative 
anatomy, to special anatomical studies, to normal development, to mon- 
strosities, and to the physiology of digestion. His investigations on 
this last subject were made conjointly with Gmelin, who brought in 
aid his extensive knowledge of chemistry. They studied especially 
the free acids which are found in the stomach during digestion, and the 
influence of them on the solution of the food, the changes which take 
place in the nutritive materials during the passage through the intes- 
tines, and the effect of the prevention of the entrance of the bile into 
the duodenum by the tying of the bile duct. They demonstrated the 
absorption of fatty substances by the lacteals, and their relation to the 
color of the chyle; also some of the more important differences be- 
tween the kind of materials taken up by the lacteals and the veins. 
On account of the accuracy with which their experiments were 
performed, and of their having brought both chemistry and ana- 
tomical physiology to their aid in conducting them, they have been 
looked upon, until within a very short time, as of the highest au- 
thority on every question connected with the subject of digestion, 
and Miiller commended them as containing all that was positively 
known with regard to the changes which the chyme undergoes in the 
small intestines. 

Among the anatomical labors of Tiedemann his great work entitled 
“Tabula Arteriarum Corporis Humani” deserves especial mention. 
It is the most admirable of the works of the kind which have been 
published. The plates are accurately drawn, of the size of nature, and 
mostly from recent dissections. This work not only gives a full de- 
scription of the arterial system as it ordinarily exists, but also the most 
complete account of the anomalies to which the arteries are liable, 
and especially the arch of the aorta and its branches. It is not as well 
known as it should be out of Germany, though it has proved a fruitful 
resource to those anatomists westward of the Rhine who have written 
upon the same subject. 

In 1821 he published an important work on the brain of monkeys, 
and those of certain rare mammals which had not been previously de- 
scribed, as compared with the brain of man. This was fully illustrated 
by plates, very carefully prepared, and great pains were taken to make 
the proportional measurements of the different parts described precise. 
Among the more important conclusions which he draws from these 
examinations are the following ; namely, that the cerebral hemispheres 


Re, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 945, 


of man are larger than those of monkeys when compared with the 
dimensions of the spinal cord of the cerebellum, medulla oblongata, or 
optic lobes; that, in the proportions of most of the parts just referred 
to, the seals, after the monkeys, are among the animals which ap- 
proach nearest to man; and in the proportions of the brain to the 
spinal cord are nearer than these, and stand next to man. 

His work on the development of the human brain has become clas- 
sical. This was the result of patient labor, extending through several 
years, and has for its object a complete description, from his own dis- 
sections, of the changes which the brain undergoes from early fetal 
life to the end of gestation. The gradual evolution of parts is de- 
scribed for each month of intro-uterine life. In addition to the de- 
velopmental phases which the brain presents under such circum- 
stances, he has given a comparative exposition of its structure in the 
different classes of vertebrates, in order to show how far the for- 
mation of this organ in the human feetus goes through, in different 
embryonic periods, stages which correspond with, or resemble, the 
mature brains of the lower animals. These resemblances, which had 
been partially recognized by Meckel, were far more satisfactorily de- 
monstrated and illustrated by Tiedemann. This work was published 
in 1816, and treats of a subject then new to physiological science; and 
out of Germany the ideas which it taught were generally received 
with ridicule by the physiologists of his time. To-day they are 
almost universally adopted. Better microscopes, and a more exten- 
sive use of them than was possible in his time, have added much 
to our knowledge of the development of the brain. No one work 
relating to the same subject presents better results than those con- 
tained in his monograph, and to this day it is the best authority. 

In 1836 he presented to the Royal Society a memoir on the brain 
of the Negro compared with that of the European and the Orang- 
outang. In this he discusses the question, whether there is any essen- 
tial difference between the brain of the Negro and that of the Euro- 


" pean, and whether the former resembles that of the Orang more 


closely than the brain of the European does. His desire to substan- 
tiate everything by the accumulation of facts is conspicuous in this 
memoir. His results are based upon a comparison of the weights of 
more than fifty brains, and the measurement of the internal capacity of 
two hundred and sixty-eight crania of different nations. From the 
data drawn from these sources, he concludes that, although the Negro 


246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


brain in some respects (as, for example, in its breadth as compared 
with its length, as also, to a slight extent, as regards its size and 
weight) is inferior to that of the European, in most others it is not so, 
and that the difference between the brain of the Negro and that of the 
Orang is far greater than between the former and the European. He 
concludes his memoir with a general survey of the contributions of 
Negroes to literature and science, and expresses full confidence in 
their capacity for progress in civilization, and believes that, but for 
the depressing influence of the African slave-trade, this capacity might 
soon become manifest. 

He commenced a “ Complete Treatise on Human Physiology,” but 
this was never finished. The first two volumes, which are merely 
introductory, are remarkable for their broad and philosophical views, 
and are based upon a very extensive knowledge of comparative anat- 
omy and physiology. The importance of these last sciences to the 
progress of human physiology no one more fully appreciated than he. 
Among other monographs published by him, those on the following 
subjects may be mentioned : — 

On the Nerves of the Uterus. 

On the Ophthalmic Ganglion and the Ciliary Nerves of Animals. 

On the Comparative Anatomy of the Hearts of Fishes. 

On the Anatomy of Anencephalous and Acephalous Monsters. 

This last is a very complete monograph, and comprises the results of 
very numerous dissections. 

His monograph on the structure of the Echinoderms was one of his 
most celebrated works, and received the prize of the French Institute 
in 1811. It was not published until 1816. 

In forming an estimate of the value of Tiedemann’s labors, we must 
not judge him by the standard of the present day. It is nearly twenty 
years since his period of activity ended, and in the mean while physi- 
ology has undergone a complete revolution. When he was retiring 
from the field of active life, the importance of the test-tube, the bal- 
ance, and the microscope were only beginning to be appreciated. 
Liebig had just commenced his researches in physiological chemistry, 
and histological discoveries had only begun to influence the scientific 
world. Nevertheless, we are very largely indebted to him for the 
impulse which, during the last thirty years, has advanced physi- 
ology to the rank which it now holds among the sciences.. Tie- 
demann’s influence is to be attributed quite as much to the spirit 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 247 


which he brought to his inquiries, and the thoroughness of his teaching, 
as to his actual contributions to the progress of science, though these 
have always been acknowledged as of great importance. With a mind 
eminently qualified for the work by an extensive knowledge of natural 
history and comparative anatomy, as well as by methodical and careful 
habits of investigation, he devoted himself earnestly and truthfully to 
the advancement of his science. Animated by the spirit of an aphorism 
of Bacon’s, which he uses as a motto for one of his own works, “ Non 
fingendum aut excogitandum, sed quid natura faciat observandum,” he 
labored to bring everything to the test of direct observation and ex- 
periment. 

CurisTIAN CHarves Josias (Baron) Bunsen died at Bonn on 
the 28th of November, 1860, aged sixty-nine years. 

The key-note to Bunsen’s literary life is struck in a single sentence 
in one of Dr. Arnold’s letters: “I find in you that exact combination 
of tastes which I have in myself, for philological, historical, and philo- 
sophical pursuits, centring in moral and spiritual truths.” In philology 
he sought to work his way up to the auroral life of mankind. Believ- 
ing that language is in itself the most ancient and most certain record 
of the human race, and firmly persuaded of the unity of the race, he 
valued the remains of early speech as the oldest testimony to mental 
development, and studied them as great historical facts. In them he 
hoped to find a clew to the moral and spiritual formation of society. 
The reconstruction of the history of language would, as he conceived, 
furnish a scaffolding for the primeval history of religion. With these 
views, he welcomed every new round in the ladder, as it was fixed or 
supposed to be fixed by himself or his younger friends, and in his 
work on Egypt dwelt with peculiar satisfaction on the intermediate, 
but not unconnected, position which he thought was established for the 
language of that country, between the Semitic and Indo-Germanic 
families ; thus bringing together the two great factors of modern civ- 
ilization, which have supplied the chief elements of his favorite study, 
the philosophy of universal history. 

Philology, philosophy, and theology were thus cemented in his mind. 
To him the cardinal truth of historical philosophy was the final victory 
of the divine principle of truth and justice. He saw in the past a 
sure movement in that direction, and had no doubt that the future 
would carry it through. Thus his method was professedly historical. 
With the wrhistorical spirit, of which he saw about him the evils and 


248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the dangers, he had no patience. “ Christianity,” he said, “stands or 
falls with the person of Christ as represented in the Gospels.” Believ- 
ing that the Christian religion had begun a new world, he warmly 
assailed whatever in the past or present appeared to clog its appointed 
work. He glorified the memory of the German Reformers, whom he 
honored as the regenerators of modern society. In this sense at least 
he was the most Protestant of Protestants. A revelation of God’s will 
and truth he found not less in the providential advance of order and 
virtue, than in the Bible itself. He sought to unite the two revela- 
tions, and to express in broad generality the lessons of Scripture under 
the form of a philosophy of development. He calls the Bible “the 
mirror of universal history.” With destructive rationalism, as such, he 
had no sympathy. Indeed, reconstruction seems to have been the 
dream of his life. He saw with sorrow the signs of a waning and 
setting faith around him. But he thought he also saw a deep and 
wide-spread yearning for a better light. ‘To open the way to that was 
his cherished wish. His “ Bibelwerk,” as he himself explicitly de- 
clared, was undertaken in that spirit. Under this impulse, also, he 
strove to pierce through what he deemed the inventions of synods and 
councils, into the simple beliefs of the Apostolic age. And in the same 
temper he speculated hopefully on the Church of the Future. This 
may serve for a meagre sketch of his philosophy. It belongs to the 
theologian to decide on the value of his researches and theories. If 
some of his expressions are wanting in sharpness of boundary, and 
seem to play about the mind rather than to enter it, it is but just to 
their author to add his declaration, that his system forms in his own 
mind a connected whole. Dr. Arnold once wrote to him in reference 
to a theological point: “I believe that you have got hold of a truth 
which is as yet to me dark; just as I cannot understand music, yet 
nothing doubt that it is my fault, and not that of music.” This is a 
modest and friendly expression of a real difficulty. 

Bunsen has said that “ Restoration, both in a philosophical and an 
historical sense, is the problem of the present day.” His character- 
istic traits come out in his attempts at restoration. Reconstruction is 
always a delicate, often a slippery work. It involves a certain ratio 
of destruction, and it offers a tempting stage for the exhibition of favor- 
ite theories. To strike the exact proportion between what is to be 
saved and what thrown away, and to be duly jealous of one’s own 
idols, is a hard trial to that sanguine cast of intellect which is almost 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 249 


indispensable to the idea of restoration. Bunsen was undoubtedly san- 
guine. His language glows with the warmth of his convictions and the 
ardor of his hopes. It is even as strong as this: “The chronological 
dates which we deduce from Egyptian research render it necessary to 
remodel history, and enable us to remodel it.” And surely a more 
honorable instance of steadfast industry can hardly be named in our 
day than his attempt to accomplish this. The title of his great work, 
“ Koypt’s Place in Universal History,” bears witness to the wide range 
of his purpose and wish, and its execution is a monument of hopeful 
study. In restoring ancient chronology he knew the extreme difficulty 
of the task he undertook. He is very positive in his conclusions, 
though many of them are contested by able scholars. Egyptologers 
must fix Bunsen’s place in their science. They can perhaps tell us 
how many degrees of Egyptian darkness he has cleared off. What is 
here said merely aims to point out his purpose and connect it with the 
great objects of his life. 

Though Bunsen’s apothegms and theses are not always transparent, 
at least to a common reader, he was not a man to deal in vague and 
sounding phrases that found no echo in his own heart. Se far from 
this, it is impossible for his reader, even when a little doubtful of his 
meaning, to have the shadow of a doubt as to his zealous, hearty, and 
liberal spirit. Whoever approaches him, whether he agrees with the 
thinker or not, must respect the man. He was a stanch and fearless 
friend of liberal institutions in church and state, and found the war- 
rant for them in the Christian religion itself. He rejoiced in the grow- 
ing importance of the middle class in his own country, and made it his 
boast to have sprung from it himself. If in controversy his polemic 
zeal fell sometimes heavy on an opponent, it was not in any poor or 
grovelling cause. Materialism and despotism he hated with all his 
soul. He had the eye to recognize and the force to stimulate the stud- 
ies and efforts of others, and his death snaps one of the last links be- 
tween men of the past, like Heyne, Niebuhr, and Arndt, and younger 
scholars, like Lepsius and Max Miiller, whose co-operation he gladly 
sought and fairly acknowledged. His long residence at the Court of 
St. James’s, the last of a line of diplomatic distinctions, naturalized 
him in the English language and in English society; and it was en- 
riched with the cordial regard of such men as Arnold, Hare, and 
Kingsley. In all the variety of his active toils, whether in spinning 
again the thread of ancient history, in denouncing ecclesiastical in- 

VOL. ¥. 32 


250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


tolerance, or in gathering up the hymns of the Church, we meet a man 
who clung to his belief in progress, and knew no synonyme for selfish- 
ness but sin. 

A more noble and dignified retirement than that of his last years it 
would be difficult for a public servant to find. For a while out of favor 
at court, he withdrew to a beautiful home on the banks of the Neckar, 
where he lived in his family and surrounded by his books and other 
friends. Any one who has passed a day under that hospitable roof 
will not soon forget the kindly greeting of the benevolent and vener- 
able man. Honors returned to him in due time, and he removed to 
the seat of that University which had heard the last teachings of his 
early friend and patron, Niebuhr. He lived long enough to witness 
the breaking away over Italy of that cloud which had nearly filled him 
with despair. And when death came upon him, it found him cheerful 
and ready. With higher names, the name of Niebuhr lingered on his 
lips, and now he sleeps beside him. The words he wrote for Arnold’s 
epitaph might well come back to furnish his own: “Strenuus, unice 
dilectus, populi Christiani libertatem vindicavit.” 

At present the Academy consists of 156 Resident Fellows, of which 
the First Class contains 48; the Second Class, 48; the Third Class, 
60. The proportions in the sections remain nearly unchanged from 
last year, except that the section of Philosophy and Jurisprudence, 
which was before the smallest of the Third Class, is reduced from thir- 
teen to ten members. 

There are 81 Associate Fellows, of which the First Class contains 
85; the Second Class, 30; the Third Class, 16. 

The actual Foreign Honorary Members are 71; of the First Class, 
27; the Second Class, 27; the Third Class, 17. 


The Treasurer submitted his Annual Report, which was 
ordered to be entered in full upon the records. 

Professor Lovering read the Report of the Committee on 
Publication, and Dr. A. A. Gould that of the Library Com- 
mittee. 

Appropriations were voted, on motion of the Treasurer, 
of $800 for the Library, $1,100 for general expenses, 
and $1,400 for publications for the ensuing year. On motion 
of Mr. Emerson, a special appropriation of $400 was voted 
for the continuation of Dr. Storer’s Report on the Fishes of 
Massachusetts. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 251 


Rey. Professor Andrew P. Peabody of Cambridge was 
elected a Fellow, in Class III. Section 4. 

William Ferrel of Cambridge was elected a Fellow, in 
Class I. Section 1. 

At the election, the officers of the preceding year were re- 
chosen by ballot; and the members of the several standing 
committees were re-appointed by the chair. 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY, 
FROM MAY 29, 1860, TO MAY 28, 180]. 


American Philosophical Society. 

Transactions. New Series. Vol. XI. Part TI. 4to. Phila- 
delphia. 1860. 

Proceedings. Vol. VII. Jan. 1859 to Jan. 1861. 8vo. Phila- 
delphia. 1861. 

Laws and Regulations and List of Members. 8vo pamph. 
Philadelphia. 1860. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 

Journal. N.S. Vol. 1V. Part IV. 4to. Philadelphia. 1860. 

Proceedings. Vol. XII. pp. 97-144; 3861-476; 517 to end 
of vol. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1860. 

A Notice of the Origin, Progress, and Present Condition of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By W. 5. W. Rus- 
chenberger, M. D. 2d Ed. 8vo. pamph. Philadelphia. 1860. 

American Antiquarian Society. 

Proceedings in Boston, April 2ὅ, 1800 ; — in Worcester, Oct. 22, 
1860;—%in Boston, April 24, 1861. 8vo. 3 pamph. Boston. 
1860 -- 61. 

Archeologia Americana. Transactions and Collections of the 
American Antiquarian Society. Vol. IV. 8vo. Boston. 1860. 

Hon. Henry Wilson. 

Message and accompanying Documents. Vol. I. 8vo. Wash- 
ington. 1860. 

Chicago Historical Society. 

Transactions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society, with 
Notices and Proceedings of County Societies and kindred Associa- 
tions. Vols. 11. and III. 1856-58. 8vo. Springfield. 1857-59. 

Second Biennial Report of the Superintendent of Public Instruc- 


ag 


ξ , \ 
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


tion of the State of Illinois, for the Years 1857-1858. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Springfield. 1859. 

Report of the Water Commissioners of the City of Chicago, made 
to the Common Council, Dec. 8, 1851; together with an Act of In- 
corporation, and a Statement of the Financial Condition of the City, 
Nov. 10,1851. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1851. 

City Comptroller’s Third Annual Statement of the Receipts and 
Expenditures of the City of Chicago, for the Financial Year 1859 -- 
60. ὅνο pamph. Chicago. 1860. 

Eleventh Semi-Annual Report of the Board of Water Commis- 
sioners to the Common Council of the City of Chicago, Jan. 1st, 1857. 
8vo pamph. Chicago. 1857. 

Report and Plan of Sewerage for the City of Chicago, Ilinois, 
adopted by the Board of Sewerage Commissioners, Dec. 31, 1855. 
8vo pamph. Chicago. 1855. 

Report of the Board of Sewerage Commissioners of the City of 
Chicago, for the Half-year ending June 30, 1860. 8vo pamph. 
Chicago. 1860. 

Chicago Sewerage. Report of the Results of Examinations made 

ΟΠ in Relation to Sewerage in several European Cities, in the Winter 
of 1856-57. By the Chief Engineer of the Board of Sewerage 
Commissioners. 8vo pamph. Chicago, Ill. 1858. 

Second Annual Statement of the Trade and Commerce of Chica- 
go, for the Year ending Dec. 31,1859. By Seth Catlin, Secretary. 
8vo pamph. Chicago. 1860. 

Rights of Congregationalists in Knox College: being the Report 
of a Committee of Investigation of the General Association of IIli- 
nois; with an Appendix. 8yvo pamph. Chicago. 1859. 

Proceedings of the Fourteenth Annual Meeting of the American 
Institute of Homeeopathy, held in Chicago, Wednesday, June 3, 
1857. Svo pamph. Chicago. 1857. 

Geological Society, Dublin. 

Journal ‘Vols. TIL, V., VI. Part IL, VII. Parts TI. and TV; 
VIII. Part II. 8vo. Dublin. 1844-59, 

Experimental Researches on the Granites of Ireland. By Rev. 
Samuel Haughton, M. A., F.G.S., ete. [From Quart. Jour. of the 
Geol. Soc. for Aug. 1858.] 8vo pamph. 

On some Rocks and Minerals from Central India, including two 
new Species, Hislopite and Hunterite. By Rev. Samuel Haughton. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. DES) 


Sate eee [From the Phil. Mag. for Jan., 1859.] 8vo pamph. 
Dublin. 

On the Iron Ores of Carnarvonshire. By Rev. Samuel Haughton, 
[From Jour. of Geol. Soc. of Dublin, Vol. VI. Part II.] ὅνο 
pamph. Dublin. 1804. 

On the Lower Carboniferous Beds of the Peninsula of Hock, 
County of Wexford. By Rev. Samuel Haughton. ..... 8vo 
pamph. 

On the Black Mica of the Granite of Leinster and Donegal; and 
its probable Identity with Lepidomelane. By Rey. Samuel Haugh- 
ἔπ pow Nee [From Quart. Jour. of Geol. Soc. for Feb. 1859.] 
8vo pamph. 

On the Felspar and Mica of the Granite of Canton. By Rev. 
Samuel Haughton...... [From Phil. Mag., April, 1859.] 8vo 
pamph. Dublin. 1859. 

On Serpentines and Soapstones. By Rev. Samuel Haughton. 
ae [From Phil. Mag. for Oct. 1855.] ὅνο pamph. Dublin. 

Imperial Society of Natural Sciences, Cherbourg. 

Mémoires. Tom. VI. et VII. 8vo. Paris et Cherbourg. 
1859 — 60. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, ete., Dijon. 

Mémoires. Deux. Serie. Tom. VII. 1858-59. 8vo. Dijon. 
1859. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, ete., Caen. 

Mémoires. 1 vol. 8vo. Caen. 1860. 

Alexis Perrey. 

Note sur les Tremblements de Terre en 1856, avec Supplements 

pour les Années Anterieures. 8vo pamph. Dijon. 1858. 
Académie des Sciences de U Institut Impériale de France. 

Mémoires. Tom. XXV.; XXVII.2™ Pt.; XX XI. 1" et 2° Pts. 
4to. Paris. 1860. 

Mémoires presentes par divers Savants...... Sc. Math. Tom. 

XV. 4to. Paris. 1860. 

Comptes Rendus. Tom. XLIV. Nos. 1, 2, et Table des Matiéres ; 
XLVII. Nos. 25 et 26; XLIX. Tables des Matiéres; L. Nos. 8, 9, 
15-17, 19-26; LI.; 1.111. Nos.1-17. 4to. Paris. 1859-61. 

Séances et Travaux de Académie des Sciences Morales et Poli- 
tiques.. 3° Série. Tom. XXX. 10° Livr. Oct. 1859. 8vo. Paris. 

Société de Physique et d Historie Naturelle de Genéve. 

Mémoires. Tom. XXV. 4to. Geneve. 1860. 


254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Société Imperiale Zodlogique d’ Acclimatation. 

Bulletin. Tom. III. Nos. 1,3-—12; V. No. 12; VI. Nos. 7-9; 

VII. Nos. 1, 2,4-10,12; VIII. No. 8. 8vo. Paris. 1856-61. 
Royal Prussian Academy. 

Abhandlungen. Jahr. 1858 und 1859. 4to. Berlin. 1858-59. 
1854 Zweiter Suppl. Band. 

Monatsbericht. Jahr. 1859. 8vo. Berlin. 1859. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna. 

Denkschriften. | Math.-Natur. Classe. Band. XVI., XVII, 

XVIII.— Phil.-Hist. Classe. Band. IX und X. 4to. Wien. 
_ 1859 - 60. 

Sitzungsberichte. Phil-Hist. Classe. Band. XXX., XXXI. 
Heft. 1-3; XXXII. Heft 1; XX XIII., XXXIV., XXXV., Heft. 
1 und 2; Register zu den Biinden 21 bis 30.— Math.-Natur. Classe. 
Band. XX XVII., XXXIX., XL. XLI., XLII. No. 21; Register 
zu den Biinden 21 bis 30. 8vo. Wien. 1859-60. 

Almanach der Kais. Akad. der Wissen. 9 und 10 Jahr. 16mo. 
Wien. 1859-60. 

Jahrbucher der K. K. Central-Anstalt ziir Meteorologie und 
Erdmagnetismus yon Karl Kriel. Band VI. Jahr. 1854. 4to. 
Wien. 1859. 

Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences. 

Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandice. Vols. I.—IV. 
4to. Batavia. 1856-58. 

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederl. Indie. Deel IV.—XVIIL., 

“XX. 8vo. Batavia. 1853-60. 
Natural-History Society of the Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia. 

Verhandlungen. XVI. Jahr. 8vo. Bonn. 1859. 

University of Bonn. 

Index Scholarum que in Universitate Frid. Guil. Rhen. 1859 a 
die II. Mai, publice privatimque habebuntur. — Precedunt Porcii 
Licini de Vita Terentii Versus Integritati Restituti. 4to pamph. 
Bonne. 1858. 

Index Scholarum, ete. 1859 et 60 a die XV. Octobris, ete. — Pre- 
cedit Disputatio de Poetarum Testimoniis que sunt in Vita Terentii 
Suetonia. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

Indicia Quinque Ordinum Univ. Frid. Guil. Rhen. de Litterarum 
Certaminibus Anni 1858-1859 facta novaeque Questiones 1858 — 
1860 proposita. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1898. 


—— a .. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 55 


Vorlesungen auf der Rheinischen Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universitiit 
zu Bonn im Sommerhalbjahr 1859.— Vorlesungen im Winter- 
halbjahr 1859-60. 2 pamph. 4to. Bonne. 1859. 

Natalicia Regis Augustissimi Friderici Guilelmi III. publice 
concelebranda ex officio indicit Fridericus Ritschelius. — Pracedit 
Catalogi Chirographorum in Bibliotheca Academica Bonnensi Ser- 
vatorum Fasciculus II. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Sacram Memoriam ..... Frideric: Guilelmi ἘΠ᾿ ono: pie 
celebrandam indicit Fridericus Argelander. — Inest de Stella 6 Ly- 
re Variabili Commentatio Secunda. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1858. 

Ad Audiendam Orationem de Ratione, que inter Theologiam 
Dogmaticam Ethicenque Theologicam intercedit, pro aditu muneris 
Prof. Ord. in Ordine Theol. Evang. Univ. Frid. Guil. Rhen. die 
XII. Nov. 1859, in Aula magna habendam qua par est Observantia 
invitat Albertus Ritschl.— Inest Commentatio de Ira Dei. 4to 
pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

Der Tod der Sophaniba auf einen Wangemalde. Von Otto Jahn. 
4to pamph. Leipzig. 1859. 

Observationes de Retinz Structura Penitiori. Commeatatio qua 
ad audiendam Prezlectionem pro Loco in Fac. Med. Bonn. ..... 
publice habendam invitat Auctor Maximilianus Schultze. 4to 
pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

De Refractione Luminis in Crystallis Biaxibus. Scripsit et ad 
Summos in Philosophia Honores .... - publice defendet Antonius 
Lieck. ὅνο pamph. Bonne. 1859. 


De Dysenteria. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica quam scripsit 


et publice defendit Gustavus D’Hauterive. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 
1859. 

De Dilatatione Pelvis Halisteretice, in Partu bis observata. — 
Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica quam scripsit et publice defendet 
Franciscus Robert. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 18959. 

De Trepanatione Cranii. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica quam 
scripsit et publice defendet Michael Josephus Dapper. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1859. 

De Intestini Tenuis in Variis Gasibus Motibus Peristalticis. — 
Dissertatio Inauguralis Physiologica quam scripsit et publice de- 
fendet Adolphus Arens. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

De Passione Iliaca. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica quam scripsit 
et publice defendet Josephus Rheindorf. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 
1859. 


256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


De Extensione in Nareosi Chloriformio effecta in Inflammationibus 
Articuli Cox. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Chirurgica quam scripsit 
et publice defendet Franciscus Josephus Berghausen. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1859. 

Quid Censendum Sit de Hemorrhoide.— Dissertatio Inaugura- 
lis Medica quam scripsit et publice defendit Carolus Haun. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

De Generalibus Motus Legibus. — Dissertatio Inauguralis quam 
publice defendet scriptor Guil. Hect. Lexis. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 
1859. 

Quenam fuit Ratio cur Ecclesia Matrimonium quod Ingenuus 
Homo cum Ancilla (vice versa) Liberam Eam putans contraxerat 
Nullum esse dixerit.— Dissertatio Inauguralis quam publice de- 
fendet Auctor Ignatius Stobze. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

De Ficticiis Actionibus ex Jure Romano. — Dissertatio Inaugu- 
ralis quam scripsit et publice defendet Ferdinandus Augustus Eich. 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1859. 


De Principiis Philosophiz Kantiana.— Dissertatio Philosophica 


quam publice defendet scriptor Theodorus Straeter. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1859. 

Quzstionum Suetonianarum Particula. — Dissertatio Philologica 

scripsit Augustus Reifferscheid. 8vo pamph. Lipsiea. 1858. 
Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. 

Det Kongelige Nordiske Oldskrift-Selskab-Aarsberetning 1858. 
— Aarsmode den 14 de Mai, 1859. 1 vol. 8vo. Kjébenhavn. 
1859. 

Antiquarisk Tidsskrift. Udgivet af det Kong. Nord. Olds. Selsk. 
1855-57. lvol. 8vo. Kjdébenhayn. 1859. 

Sulla Costruzione delle Sale dete dei Giganti Memoria di S. M. 
Il Re Federico VII. di Danimarca. Versione dal Francesco, pre- 
ceduta da un Discorso del Conte Giancarlo Conestabile. 1 vol. 
8vo. Firenze. 1860. 

Works presented to the Society 1855-57. 1 vol. 8vo. Copen- 
hagen. 

The Northmen in Iceland. 1 vol. 8vo. Copenhagen. 1859. 

En Vandring gjennsm Jzgerspriis’s Have og Lund. 8vo pamph. 
Kjébenhayn. 1859. 

Cabinettet for Americanske Oldsager. pp. 9-16. 8vo. Copen- 
hagen. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 257 


Kalkar, Dr. Chr. H. Kort Udsigt over den Evangeliske Missions 
Fremgang i China. 12mo pamph. Kjobenhavn. 1860. 

Nunalerutit, imdipok: Silap pissusianik inuinigdlo ilikarsautinguit. 
16mo pamph. Nungme. 1808. 

Pok, kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame nunakatiminut okaluglu- 
artok. — Angakordlo palasimik napitsivdlune agssortuissok. 16mo 
pamph. Nongme. 1857. 

Royal Danish Society of Sciences. 

Oversigt over det Kong. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs. For- 
handlinger og dets Medlemmers Arbeider i Aaret 1859. 1 vol. 
8vo. Kjobenhavn. 

British Government. 

Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Ob- 
servatory at St. Helena. Vol. II. 1844-1849. 4to. London. 
1860. 

Report on the Geology of Cornwall, Devon, and West Somerset. 
By Henry T. De La Beche, F.R.S., &c., Director of the Ord. Geol. 
Survey. Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of her 
Majesty’s Treasury. 1 vol. 8vo. London. 1839. 

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain and of the 
Museum of Economic Geology in London. Vols. I. and IJ. (II. in 
2 Parts). 8vo. London. 1846, 1848. 

Records of the School of Mines and of Science applied to the 
Arts. Vol. I. Parts 1, 3,4. 8vo. London. 1882 -- ὅθ. 

Figures and Descriptions illustrative of British Organic Remains. 
Decades I.-IX. 1849-58. 4to. London. 

Monograph I. 8vo. London. 1859. Plates to accompany. 4to. 

Mining Records. — Mineral Statistics for 1853-56, 1858, 1859. 
6 pamph. 8vo. London. 1855 -- 60. 

Iron Ores of Great Britain. Parts I. and II. 8vo. London. 
1856 - ὅδ. 

On the Tertiary Fluvio Marine Formation of the Isle of Wight. 
8vo pamph. London. 1856. 

On the Geology of the Country around Cheltenham. 8vo pamph. 
London. 1857. 

Geology of Parts of Wiltshire and Gloucestershire. 8vo pamph. 
London. 1858. 

On the Geology of the South Staffordshire Coal-Field. 8vo 
pamph. London. 1859. 

VOL. V. 33 


258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The Geology of the Warwickshire Coal-Field. 8vo pamph. 
London. 1859. 

The Geology of the Country around Woodstock, Oxfordshire. 
8vo pamph. London. 1809. 

The Geology of the Country around Prescot, Lancashire. 8vo 
pamph. London. 1860. 

The Geology of Part of Leicestershire. 8vo pamph. London. 
1860. 

The Geology of Part of Northamptonshire. 8vo pamph. Lon- 
don. 1860. 

The Geology of the Leicestershire Coal-Field and of the Country 
around Ashby-de-la-Zouch. 8vo pamph. London. 1860. 

The Geology of Parts of Northamptonshire and Warwickshire. 
8vo pamph. London. 1861. 

List of Geological Maps and Sections of the Geological Survey 
of the United Kingdom: Index Maps: Ord. Survey of Scotland: 
Survey of England and Wales: Lancashire Sheets: Horizontal and 
Vertical Sections. 223 Sheets. 

Department of Science and Art. Tenth Session. 1860-61. 
8vo pamph. London. 1860. 

Annual Report of the Director-General of the Geological Survey 
of the United Kingdom, ete. 8vo pamph. London. 1860. 

Martyn Paine, M. D. 

The Institutes of Medicine. Fifth Edition. 1 vol. 8vo. New 
York. 1859. 

J. G. Norwood, M. D. 

Abstract of a Report on Illinois Coals ; with a General Notice of 
the Coal-Fields. 8vo pamph. Chicago. 1858. 

J. W. Foster. 

Report on the Mineral Resources of the Illinois Central Railroad. 

8vo pamph. New York. 1856. 
J. Smith Homans. 

Report on the Importance and Economy of Sanitary Measures to 
Cities. By John Bell, M. D., of Philadelphia. 1 vol. 8vo. New 
York. 1860. 

War Department. 

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Missis- 
sippi River to the Pacific Ocean. — Vol. XI. Senate Document. 
4to. Washington. 1809. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 259 


B. A. Gould, P. D. 

Astronomical Journal. Vol. VI. Nos. 14-24. 4to. Cambridge. 
1860 - ΟἹ. 

Charles W. Eliot and Frank H. Storer. 

On the Impurities of Commercial Zinc, with special Reference to 
the Residue insoluble in Dilute Acids, to Sulphur, and to Arsenic. : 
4to pamph. Boston. 1860. 

Frank H. Storer. 

On the Alloys of Copper and Zinc. 4to pamph. Cambridge. 
1860. 

Review of Dr. Antisell’s Work on Photogenic Oils, ete. [From 
the Am. Jour. of Sc. and Arts. Vol. XXX. 1860.] ὅνο pamph. 
1860. 

D. F. Weinland. 

Ueber Inselbildung durch Korallen und Mangrovebiische. 8vo 
pamph. Stuttgart. 1860. 

Fiihrer durch den Zool. Garten in Frankfurt am Main. 16mo 
pamph. Frankfurt am Main. 1860. 

John Amory Lowell. 

Review of Darwin on the Origin of Species... .. . 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1860. 

J. W. Dawson, LL. D., F. G. 5. 

Supplementary Chapter to “ Acadian Geology.” 16mo pamph. 
Edinburgh, ete. 1860. 

Smithsonian Institution. 

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. XI. 4to. Wash- 
ington. 1859. 

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. — Catalogue of Publica- 
tions of Societies and of other Periodical Works in the Library of 
the Smithsonian Institution, July 1, 1858. — Foreign Works. 1 vol. 
8vo. Washington. 18059. 

Catalogue of the described Lepidoptera of North America. Pre- 
pared for the Smithsonian Institution. By John G. Morris. 1 vol. 
8vo. Washington. 1860. 

Catalogue of the described Diptera of North America. Prepared 
for the Smithsonian Institution. By R. Osten Sacken. 1 vol. 8vo. 
Washington. 1858. 

United States Patent- Office. 

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the Year 1859, — 

Agriculture. 1 vol. 8vo. Washington. 1860. 


260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Lovlogical Society of London. 

Proceedings. Parts 10-27; Part 28, pp. 1-336. 18 vols. and 

2 pamph. 8vo. London. 1842-60. 
Linnean Society of London. 

Transactions. Vol. XXII. Parts 3 and 4. 4to. London. 
1888 -- ὅ9. 

Journal of the Proceedings. Zodlogy, Nos. 7-15. Botany, Nos. 
7-15. Suppl. to Botany, Nos. 1 and 2. 8vo. 1858-59. 

List of the Society, and Annual Addresses for 1858-59. 8vo. 
London. 1858-59. 

Royal Society, London. 

Philosophical Transactions for the Year 1859. Vol. 149, 
Parts 1 and 2. 4to. London. 1860. 

Proceedings. Vol. VII. Nos. ὃ and 4; X.; XI. No. 42. 8vo. 
London. 1854 and 1860. 

Report of the Astronomer Royal to the Board of Visitors of the 
Royal Observatory, Greenwich, read at the Annual Visitation of the 
Royal Observatory, 1860, June 2; and Address of the Astronomer 
Royal to the Board of Visitors, 1860, May 12. 4to pamph. Lon- 
don. 

Reduction of the Observations of the Moon, made at the Royal 
Observatory, Greenwich, from 1831 to 1851: computed under the 
Superintendence of George Biddell Airy, Esq., M. A., Astronomer 
Royal. Forming a Continuation to the Reduction of the Observa- 
tions of the Moon from 1750 to 1830. 1 vol. 4to. London. 
1859. 

Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations, 
made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Year 1858. 1 
vol. 4to. London. 1860. 

The Oceanic Hydrozoa: a Description of the Calycophoride and 
Physophoride observed during the Voyage of H. M. S. “ Rattle- 
snake,” in the Years 1840 -- 1860. With a General Introduction. 
By Thomas Henry Huxley, F.R.S., ete. (Ray Society.) 1 vol. 
4to. London. 1859. 

Geological Society, London. 

Transactions. 2d Ser. Vols. 11.-- VII. 4to. London. 1826-56. 

Proceedings. Nov. 1853 to June, 1842. Vols. 11. and III. 4to. 
London. 1898 -- 42. 

Quarterly Journal. Nos. 5, 0, 8--(ὅ, 8vo. London. 1846-61. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 261 


ol 


Catalogue of the Books and Maps in the Library of the Geological 
Society of London. 1 vol. 8vo. London. 1846. 

Supplemental Catalogue of the Books, Maps, Sections, and Draw- 
ings in the Library of the Society. 1 vol. 8vo. London. 1856. 

Classified Index of Publications. 1 vol. 8vo. London. 1858. 

List of the Geological Society, Sept. 1st, 1860. 8vo pamph. 
London. 

J. Phillips, Esq., F. B.S. 

Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological 

Society of London, Feb. 17, 1860. 8vo pamph. 1860. 
Col. Everest, F. R. S. 

Rectification of Logarithmic Errors in the Measurements of two 
Sections of the Meridional Are of India. 8vo pamph. London. 
1859. 

Royal Academy of Sciences, &c. of Belgium. 

Mémoires. Tom. XX XI. 4to. Bruxelles. 1859. 

Mémoires Couronnés et Mémoires des Savants Etrangers, publiées 
par l Académie, \s....... Tom. X XIX. 1856-58. 4to. Bruxelles. 
1858. , 

Mémoires Couronnés et autres Mémoires...... Collection in 
8vo. Tom. VIII. IX. et X. 8vo. Bruxelles. 1859-60. 

Bulletins de PAcadémie. 2™° Série. Tom. IV.- VIII. 
Bruxelles. 1858-59. 


Annuaire de PAcad. Roy. de Belgique, 1859, 1860. 12mo. 
Bruxelles. 


8vo. 


Sur la Difference de Longitude des Observatoires de Bruxelles 
et de Berlin, determinée en 1857. Par des Signaux Galvaniques. 
(Extr. des Ann. de l’Obs. Roy. de Bruxelles.) 4to pamph. Brux- 
elles. 

Tables Generales et Analytiques du Recueil des Bulletins de 
eXcads Rayicd nis cous de Belgique. 1% Serie. Tom. J.— XXIII. 
1832-1856. I1vol. 8vo. Bruxelles. 1858. 

Rymbibel van Jacob van Maerlant, Tweede und Derde Deel. 
Royal 8vo. Brussel. 1859. 

Royal Observatory, Brussels. 

Annales de ’Obs. Roy. de Bruxelles. Tom. XIV. 4to. 

elles. 1859. 
A. Quetelet. 


Annuaire de YObservatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Par A. Quete- 
let. 1859-60. 2 vols. 16mo. Bruxelles. 1858-59. 


Brux- 


- 


262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Observations des Phénomenes Périodiques. [Extr. du Tomes 
XXXI. et XXXII. des Mém. Acad. Roy. de Belgique.] 4to. 2 
pamph. Bruxelles. 

Sur la Difference des Longitudes entre Berlin et Bruxelles, deter- 
minée par le Télégraphie Electrique. Par M. Encke. ὅνο pamph. 
Bruxelles. 1858. 

Eclipse de Soleil du 15 Marz, 1858. Par A. Quetelet. 8vo 
pamph. Bruxelles. 1858. 

Météorologie et Astronomie. Par A. Quetelet. ὅνο pamph. 
Bruxelles, 1859. 

Table de Mortalité pour le Brabant. 1856. Par A. Quetelet. 
8vo pamph. Bruxelles. 

Sur les Travaux de lAncienne Académie de Bruxelles. Par A. 
Quetelet. 8vo pamph. Bruxelles. 1858. 

Sur les Annales de l’Observatoire Royal de Bruxelles. Par A. 
Quetelet. 8vo pamph. Bruxelles. 1859. 

Observations des Passages de la Lune et des Etoiles de Meme 
Culmination, en 1857 et 1858. Par A. Quetelet. 8vo pamph. 
Bruxelles. 1859. . 

Sur le Magnetisme Terrestre. Deux Lettres addressées ἃ M. 
Quetelet par Δ. Hansteen. 8vo. 2 pamph. Bruxelles. 1859. 

Note sur Aurore Boréale du 24 Avril, 1859. Par E. Quetelet. 
8vo pamph. Bruxelles. 1899. 

J. S. Newberry, M. D. 

Report on the Economical Geology of the, Route of the Ashtabula 
and New Lisbon Railroad..... made Nov. 1, 1856. 8vo pamph. 
Cleveland, Ohio. 1857. 

Report on the State-House Well, Columbus, Ohio. 8vo pamph. 
Columbus. 1860. 

Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Ohio. 8vo 
pamph. Columbus. 1860. 

Academia Imperialis Nature Curiosorum. 

Novorum Actorum Acad. Czs. Leopold. Nat. Curios. Vol. 
XXVII. 4to. Jene. 1860. 

Society of Naturalists of Freiburg, in Briesgau. 

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Band II. Heft 11. 8vo. 
Freiburg I. B. 1860. 

Upper Lusatian Society of Sciences. 

Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Band. 36 und 97. 8vo. Gdrlitz. 
1859 -- 60. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 263 


Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam. 

Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklije Akad. van Weten- 
schappen. Afdeeling Letterkunde. 5° Deel. — Afd. Natuurkunde. 
10° Deel. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1860. 

Jaarboek..... voor 1859. 8vo. Amsterdam. 

Catalogus van de Boekerij der..... Akademie..... Eersten 
Deels. Tweede Stuk. 8vo pamph. Amsterdam. 1860. 

Verslag over den Paalworm, uitgegeven door de Natuurkundige 


Afdeeling...... 1 vol. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1860. 
Monographie des Brachiopodes Fossiles du Terrain Crétacé Su- 
périeur de Duché de Limbourg par J. Bosquet...... Premiere 


Partie. Craniade et Terebratulide (Subfamilia Thecidiide). 4to 
, pamph. Haarlem. 1859. 
odlogical Society, Frankfort. 

Der Zoologische Garten: Herausgegeben von Dr. F. Weinland. 

I. Jahrgang. 8vo. Frankfurt am Main. 1860. 
Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg. 

Mémoires. 6" Série. Se. Math. Phys. et Nat. Tom. IX., X. 
et Dernier: Seconde Partie. — Sec. Nat. Tom VIII. et Dernier. — 
Se. Politiq. Hist. et Philol. Tom. IX. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 
1859. 

Mémoires. VII" Série. Tom. I., II. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 
1859 — 60. 

Mémoires presentes ἃ PAcadémie..... par Divers Savants. 
Tom. VIII., IX. et Dernier. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1859. 

Bulletin. Tom. I. et II. Nos. 1-3. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 
1860. 

Chas. M. Wetherill, Ph. D., M. D. 
On the Relative Cost of Illumination. 8vo pamph. Lafayette, Ind. 
Edward Tatnall. 

Catalogue of the Phenogamous and Filicoid Plants of Newcastle 
Co., Delaware. Arranged according to the Natural System, as re- 
cently revised by Prof. Asa Gray and others...... 1 vol. 8vo. 
Wilmington, Del. 1860. 

Academy of Science, St. Louis. 
Transactions. Vol. I., No. 4. 8vo. St. Louis. 1860. 
T. Sterry Hunt. 

Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for the Year 

1858. 1 vol. 8vo. Montreal. 1859. 


264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Royal Astronomical Society, London. 
Memoirs. Vols. I.—IX., XV.—XXVIII. 4to. London. 1822 


— 60. 
Monthly Notices. Vols. XIV.-XVIII. 8vo. London. 1854 
— 58. 
Samuel Swett. 
Monthly Law Reporter...... Vol. XXIII. No. 6. 8vo. Bos- 


ton. 1860. 
Charles Darwin, M. A., ete. 

On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the 
Preservation of Favored Races in the Struggle for Life. (Fifth 
Thousand.) 1 vol. 8vo. London. 1860. 

Rev. Charles Barnard. 

Proceedings of the Twenty-third Annual Meeting of the Associa- 
tion for the Support of the Warren Street Chapel, together with 
Mr. Barnard’s Report. 12mo pamph. Boston. 1860. 

Record of Charity. Vol. I. Nos. 10-12. 4to. Boston. 1860. 

Ed. Mailly, Aide aU Observ. Roy. de Bruxelles. 

Relation d’un Voyage fait en Sicile et dans le Midi de l’Italie, pen- 
dant les Mois de Mai et de Juin, 1858. 12mo pamph. Bruxelles, 
1859. 

Précis de Histoire de l’Astronomie aux Etats-Unis d Amérique. 
12mo pamph. Bruxelles. 1860. 

Sur la Population de la Terre, d’aprés M. Dieterici. [Extr. de 
YAnn. de l'Observ. Roy. de Bruxelles, pour An 1859.] 12mo 
pamph. Bruxelles. 1809. 

Imperial Geological Institute, Vienna. 

Jahrbuch, 1859 ; 1860, No. I. 8vo. Wien. 1859 — 60. 
Imperial Geographical Society, Vienna. 

Mittheilungen. III. Jahr. Heft 3. 8vo. Wien. 1859. 
Observatory of Pulkova. 

Recueil de Mémoires presentés ἃ Académie des Sciences par les 
Astronomes de Poulkova, ou offerts ἃ YObservatoire Central par 
d’autres Astronomes du Pays. Publié avec l Autorisation de Aca- 
démie, par Otto Struve, Vice-Directeur de l’Observatoire Central. 
Second Volume. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1859. 

Librorum in Bibliotheca Specule Pulcovensis Anno 1858, Exe- 
unte Contentorum Catalogus Systematicus. Edendum curavit et 
preefatus est Otto Struve..... 4to. Petropoli. 1860. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 265 


British Association for the Advancement of Science. 

Report of the Twenty-ninth Meeting, held at Aberdeen, in Sep- 

tember, 1859. 8vo. London. 1860. 
Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester. 

Memoirs, Second Series. Fifteenth Volume. 8vo. London, ete. 
1860. 

Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. 

Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in Union. 
Vol. VIII. Nos. 876-417; IX. Nos. 418-427. 8vo. London. 
1860-61. 

Imperial Zoilogical and Botanical Society of Vienna. 

Verhandlungen. Band IX. Jahr 1859. 8vo. Wien. 1859. 

Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen. 

Abhandlungen. Band VIII. von den Jahren 1858 und 1899. 
4to. Géttingen. 1860. 

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitiit und der Kon. 
Gesell. der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, vom Jahre 1859. 16mo. 
Gottingen. 1860. 

Dr Heinrich Georg Bronn. 

Rede zum Geburts-Feste des héchsteeligen Grossherzogs Karl 
Friedrich von Baden und zur akademischen Preisvertheilung am 22 
Nov. 1859. 4to pamph. Heidelberg. 1859. 

Natural-Philosophy Society in Emden. 
Fiinfundvierzigster Jahresbericht der Naturforschenden Gesell- 
schaft 1859. 8vo. Emden. 1860. 
Kleine Schriften. VI. 4to. Emden. 1860; VII. 4to. 
Clausthal. 1860. 
Society of Geography of Paris. 

Bulletin. 4° Série. Tom. XIX. 8vo. Paris. 1860. 
Natural-History Society in Augsburg. 

Dreizehnter Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins, im Jahre 

1860. 8vo. Augsburg. 
Administration of Mines of Russia. 
ν Annales de ᾿Ρβογναίοιρθ Physique Central de Russie. Année 
1857, Nos. 1 et 2. 2 vols. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1860. 

Compte-Rendu Annuel...... Année 1858. 4to. St. Peters- 
bourg. 1860. 

Recherches Expérimentales sur VElasticité des Métaux, faites ἃ 
VOL. V. 34 


266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


YObserv. Phys. Central...... Par A. T. Kupffer. Tom. I. St. 
Petersbourg. 1860. 
Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow. 

Mémoires. Tom. XI, ΧΙ XIII. Livr. I. 4to. Moscou. 
1859 — 60. 

Bulletin. Année 1859, Nos. 2—4; 1860, No.1. 8vo. Moscou. 
1859 — 60. 

Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. 

Proceedings during the Forty-ninth Session, 1859 -- 60, No. XIV. 
1 vol. 8vo. Liverpool. 1860. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Belles-Lettres, and Arts, Lyons. 

Mémoires. Classe des Sciences. Tom. VIII. et [X.— Classe des 
Lettres. Tom. VII. (Ν. 8.) 8vo. Paris et Lyon. 1858-59. 

Imperial Society of Agriculture, &e., Lyons. 
Annales des Sciences Phys. et Nat. d’Agricult. et d’Industrie. 
3° Serie. Tom. 11. et WI. 8vo. Lyon et Paris. 1858-59. 
Royal Society of Sciences. 
Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Serici 
Tertie. Vol. II. Fasc. Posterior. 4to. Upsalia. 1858. 

Arsskrift Utgifven af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Societeten I. Upsala. 

Forsta Argingen. 1 vol. 8vo. Upsala. 1860. 
Natural Philosophy Society in Altenburg. 

Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande Gemeinschaftlich herausgege- 
ben vom Kunst und Handwerks-Vereine und von der Naturfor- 
schen den Gesellschaft zu Altenburg. XV. Band. Heft. 1 und 2. 
8vo. Altenburg. 1860. 

Royal Society of Sciences, Leipzig. 

Abhandlungen der Kon. Siich. Gesell. der Wissenschaften. — 
Math.-Physisch. Classe. Band V. pp. 81 -- 628. — Philolog.- 
Histor. Classe. Band III. pp. 1-858. Roy. 8vo. Leipzig. 
1859 -- 60. 

- Berichte iiber die VWerhandlungen. — Math.-Physisch. Classe. 
1859, Nos. I.-IV.— Philolog.-Histor. Classe. 1859, Nos. I.-IV.; 
1860, Nos. I. und 11. 8vo. Leipzig. 1859-60. 

Royal Bavarian Botanical Society, Regensburg. 

Denkschriften der K6n. bayer. Botanische Gesellschaft. Band 
IV. Erste Abth. 4to. Regensburg. 1859. 

Flora, oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung...... Neue Reihe. 
Jahrg. XVII. 8vo. Regensburg. 1859. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 267 


Silesian National Agricultural Socicty, Breslau. 

Denkschrift zur Feier ihres 50-jiihrigen Bestehens, herausgegeben 
von der Schl. Gesell. fiir Vaterl. Kultur. 1 vol. 4to. Breslau. 
1853. 

Gruridzuge der Schlesischen Klimatologie...... 1852 -- 55. 
1 vol. 4to. Breslau. 1857. 

Verzeichniss Sammtlicher Mittglieder der Schlesische Gesellschaft 
is nebst einer Uebersicht der zu den Sitzungen der Gesell. 
und ihrer Sectionen bestimmten Tage — Fiir die Statszeit von 1860 
und 1861. 16mo pamph. Breslau. 

State of Massachusetts. 

General Laws and Resolves passed by the Legislature of Massa- 
chusetts during the Session of 1861. (Published by the Secretary 
of the Commonwealth, under Authority of General Statutes, Chap. 
3, Sec. 5.) 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Royal Dublin Society. 

Journal. Nos. 28 and 29, July and Oct. 1860. 8vo. Dublin. 
1860. 

Nathaniel Bowditch Morton. 

Trials of a Public Benefactor, as illustrated in the Discovery of 
Etherization. By Nathan P. Rice,M.D. 1 vol. 8vo. New York. 
1859. 7 

W. Whewell, D. D. 

The Mathematical Works of Isaac Barrow, 10. D., Master of 
Trinity College, Cambridge. Edited for Trinity College by W. 
Whewell, D. D., Master of the College. 1 vol. 8vo. Cambridge. 
1860. 

Essex Institute. ᾿ 
New England Congregationalism in its Origin and Purity: illus- 
trated by the Foundation and Early Records of the First Church in 
- Salem, and various Discussions pertaining to the Subject. 1 vol. 
8vo. Salem. 1861. 
Entomological Society, Stettin. 
Entomologische Zeitung. 21st Jahrgang. 8vo. Stettin. 1860. 
Linnea Entomologica. Band XIV. 8vo. Leipzig. 1860. 
Minister of Public Instruction, Santiago de Chili. 

Observaciones Astronomicas hechas en el Observatorio Nacional 
de Santiago de Chile en los Afios de 1855, 1854 i 1855, por el Dr. 
Carlos Guillo. Moesta, Dir. del Observatorio..... Tomo I. 4to. 
Santiago de Chile. 


268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY ' 


Natural-Philosophy Society of Bamberg. 

Ueber das Retschen und Wirken des Naturforschenden Vereins. 

Bericht Ist-— 4th. 4to. Bamberg. 1852-59. 
Royal Academy of Sciences, Stockholm. 

Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlingar. Sex- 
tonde ArgAngen, 1859. 8vo. Stockholm. 1860. 

Meteorologiska Takttagelser i Sverige utgivna af Kongl. Svenska 
Vetensk. Akad. Bearbetade af Er. Edlund. Forsta Bandet. 1859. 
1 vol. 8vo. Stockholm. 1860. 

Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden under Befiil af C. A. Virgin, 
Aren 1851-53. Zoologi IV. 4to. Stockholm. 1859. 

Royal Physical Geonomical Society of Koinigsberg. 

Schriften der Kon. Phys. Okonomische Gesell. Erste Jahrgang. 
Erste Abtheilung. 4to. Kénigsberg. 1860. 

Die Metamorphose des Caryoborus (Bruchus) gonagra Fbr. (mit 
einer Abbildung) von H. L. Elditt. 4to pamph. KG6nigsberg. 
1860. ‘ 

Senckenberg Society of Naturalists, Frankfort. 

Jahresbericht ueber die Verwaltung des Medicinalwesens die 
Krankenalstalten und die Offentlichen Gesundheitsverhaeltnisse der 
Freien Stadt Frankfurt. Herausgegeben unter Mitwirkung des 
Physikats von dem Aerzlichen Verein. II. Jahrgang. 1808. 1 
vol. 8vo. Frankfurt A. M. 1860. 

Natural Historg Society, Riga. 
Correspondenzblatt. Elfter Jahrgang. 1 vol. 16mo. Riga. 
1859. 
Royal Academy of Sciences, Berlin. 
Abhandlungen. Jahr. 1859. 4to. Berlin. 1860. 
Dr. C. A. F. Peters. 

Astronomische Nachrichten ..... herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. C. 
A. F. Peters, Dir. der Sternwarte in Altona. Band. 52 und 53. 
4to. Altona. 1860. 

G. Forchhammer. 

Om Sévandets Bestanddele ogderes Fordeling i Havet. 1 vol. 
8vo. Kjébenhavn. 1859. 

Academy of Science of the Institute of Bologna. 

Memorie della Accademia. ..... Tomo VII; ΟΣ 0: 
Bologna. 1857 — 58. 

Rendiconto delle Sessioni de? Accademia...... Anno Accade- 


AEA EGE 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 269 


mico 1857 — 58, 1858 —59, 1859-60. 3 pamph. 16mo. Bologna. 
1858 — 60. 
Capt. George G. Meade, U.S. A. 

Report of the Survey of the North and Northwest Lakes by 
Capt. George G. Meade, Corps of Topographical Engineers, being 
a Part of the Report of the Chief Topographical Engineer accom- 
panying Annual Report of the Secretary of War, 1860. 1 vol. 
8vo. Detroit. 1861. 

National Observatory. 

Zones of Stars observed at the National Observatory, Washing- 
ton. Approved by Capt. G. A. Magruder, Chief of the Bureau of 
Ordnance and Hydrography ; and published under Authority of the 
Hon. Isaac Toucey, Secretary of the Navy. By Comm. M. F. 
Maury, LL. D., Superintendent...... Vol. I. Part 1.  Contain- 
ing the Zones observed with the Meridian Circle in 1846. 4to. 
Washington. 1860. 

Edward S. Ritchie. Ἶ 

Ritchie’s Illustrated Catalogue of Philosophical Instruments and 

School Apparatus. 1 vol. 12mo. Boston. 1860. 
William Parker Foulke. 

Remarks on Cellular Separation. By William Parker Foulke. 

8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 1861. 
Edward Jarvis, M. D. 

Report of the State Librarian to the General Assembly, relating 
to the Registration of Births, Marriages, and Deaths. 1856-59. 
4pamph. 8vo. Hartford. 1857 -- 60. 

Bill of Mortality of the City of Lowell, 1851-59. 9 pamph. 
8vo. Lowell. 1852 — 60. 

R. C. Winthrop. 

Proceedings of the New York Historical Society, on the An- 
nouncement of the Death of William Hickling Prescott, February, 
1859. 8vo pamph. New York. 

Isaac Lea, LL. D. 

Observations on the Genus Unio, together with Descriptions of 

New Species...... Vol. VIII. Part 1. 4to. Philadelphia. 
Natural History Society, Passau. 

Dritter Jahresbericht ..... fir 1859. ὅνο pamph. ~ Passau. 

1860. 


* 


270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Royal Academy of Sciences, Lisbon. 

Memorias da Academia Real das Sciencias. Tomo XII. Parte 2. 
Ato. Lisboa, 1859. — 2° Serie. Tomo II. Pt. 1 e 2; Tomo III. 
Pt. 1 e 2. 4to. Lisboa. 1848-—56.— Nova Serie. 1° Classe. 
Το Pte 1: 6.2%) Romor EE: }Pt..1.— 2°-Classes., Tonio I ῬΕῚ 
e2. TomolIlI. Pt.1. 4to. Lisboa. 1884 -- ὅτ. 

Annaes das Sciencias e Lettras. Classe I. Sc. Math. Phys. Hist.- 
Nat. e Medicas. Tomo I. e II. Marco-Julko. — Classe II. Se. 
Mor. Politic e Bell-Lettr. Tomo I. e II. Marco — Novembro. 
8vo. Lisboa. 1857-59. 

Collegcdao de Monumentos Ineditos para a Historia das Conquistas 
dos Portuguezes em Africa, Asia e America. Publicada de Ordrem 
de Classe da Sciencias Moraes Politicas e Bellas-Lettras da Acade- 
mia....esoba Direccao de Rodrigo José De Lima Felner..... 
1° Serie. Tomo I. Pt. 1 e 2, Historia da Asia. 4to. Lisboa. 
1858 -- 59. 

Portugaliz Inscriptiones Romanas Edidit Levy Maria Jordao. 
Volumen I. 4to. * Olisipone. 1859. 

Portugaliz Monumenta Historica a Seculo Octavo post Christum 
usque ad Quintumdecimum, Jussu Academiz Scientiarum Olisipo- 
nensis Edita. 

Scriptores, Vol. I. Fase. 1. 

Leges et Consuetudines, Vol. I. Fasc. 1 et 2. Folio. Olisipone. 
1856 -- 58. 

Quadro Elementar das Relacoes Politicas e Diplomaticas de Por- 
tugal com as Diversas Potencias do Mundo, desde o Principio do 
XVI. Seculo da Monarchia Portugueza ate aos nossos Dias, Colli- 
gido e Coordenado pelo Visconde de Santarem e Continuado e Diri- 
gido pelo Socio da Acad. .... Luiz Augusto Rebello da Silva. 
Tomo XVI.e XVII. 8yo. Lisboa. 1858-59. 

Essex Institute. 
Proceedings, Vol. II. Pt. 2. 1857-59. 8vo. Salem. 1860. 
Essex Agricultural Society. 

Address before the Society, by John L. Russell, December, 1860. 

8vo pamph. Newburyport. 
American Oriental Society. 

Journal, Vol. VI. No.2. 8vo. New Haven. 1860. 

Proceedings at New Haven, October 17 and 18, 1860. ὅνο 
pamph. New Haven. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. A 


Translation of the Sfrya-Siddhanta, a Text-Book of Hindu As- 
tronomy ; with Notes, and an Appendix, containing Additional Notes 
and Tables, Calculations of Eclipses, a Stellar Map, and Indexes. 
By Rev. Ebenezer Burgess, formerly Missionary of the A. B. C. 
F. M. in India; assisted by the Committee of Publication of the 
American Oriental Society. [From the Jour. of the Am. Or. Soc., 
Vol. VI., 1860. ] 

eB. Trask, M.D. 

Contributions to the Anatomy of the Spinal Cord. ὅνο pamph. 

San Francisco, California. 1860. 
Richard F. Bond. 

Description of Bond’s Isodynamic Escapement for Astronomical 
Clocks. [From “Brunnow’s Astron. Notices,’ Oct. 1860.] ὅνο 
pamph. Boston. 1860. 

Felix Flugel, Ph. D. 

Bulletin de la Société Paleontologique de Belgique, Fondée a 
Anvers, le 1% Mai, 1858. Tom. 1. Feuilles, Nos. 1 ἃ 5. 8vo 
pamph. Anvers. 1859. 

Dr. Johannes Gistel. 

Achthundert und Zwanzig neue oder unbeschriebene Wirbellose 
Thiere charakterisirt von Doctor Johannes Gistel. 8vo pamph. 
Straubing. 1857. 

Literatur-Historisches. 8vo pamph. Straubing. 1857. 

Prof. Arnold Guyot. 

Carl Ritter: an Address to the American Geographical and Sta- 

tistical Society. 8vo pamph. Princeton, N. J. 
Harvard College. 

Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College 
appointed to visit the Library for the Year 1861. 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1861. 

Josiah Curtis, M. D. 

Eighteenth Report to the Legislature of Massachusetts relating to 
the Registry and Return of Births, Marriages, and Deaths in the 
Commonwealth, for the Year ending December 31, 1859. By 
Oliver Warner, Secretary of the Commonwealth. 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1861. 

Joel Parker. 

An Address before the Citizens of Cambridge, Oct. 1, 1856, on 
Non-Extension of Slavery and Constitutional Representation. 8vo 
pamph. Cambridge. 1856, 


212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


‘Personal Liberty Laws (Statutes of Mass.), and Slavery in the 

Territories (Case of Dred Scott). 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 
Royal Institution of Great Britain. 

Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members. Vol. 
ΠῚ. Part 10. Nov. 1859 -—July, 1860. 8vo. London. 1860. 

List of the Members, Officers, &c. for the Year 1859. ὅνο. 
London. 1860. 

Radcliffe Trustees. 

Radcliffe Catalogue of 6317 Stars, chiefly Circumpolar, reduced 
to the Epoch 1845.0; formed from the Observations made at the 
Radcliffe Observatory, under the Superintendence of Manuel John 
Johnson, M.D., late Radcliffe Observer ;— with Introduction by 
Rev. Robert Main, M. A., Radcliffe Observer. 1 vol. Roy. 8vo. 
Oxford. 1860. 


Four hundred and ninety-seventh meeting, 
August 14, 1861. — Statute ΜΈΕΤΙΝα. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the ex- 
changes of the Academy ; also letters from the Rey. Professor 
Peabody and Mr. Ferrel, in acknowledgment of the official 
notification that they had been chosen Fellows of the Acad- 
emy, and from the family of the late Chief Justice Shaw, and 
from that of the late Judge White, in acknowledgment of the 
reception of copies of the resolves of the Academy adopted 
upon the occasion of the announcement of their decease. 

A quorum for the transaction of business not being present, 
scientific communications only were received. 

Dr. Beck gave an account of the principal manuscript copies 
of the Satyricon of Petronius Arbiter preserved in various 
European libraries, and which he had examined ; and he pre- 
sented to the Academy a collation of the various readings 
of these manuscripts, with a view to the construction of an 
amended text of this author. 

The Corresponding Secretary communicated, from the au- 
thor, the following paper: — 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. oie 


Musci Cubenses, or Mosses collected by Charles Wright in the 
Eastern Part of the Island of Cuba during the Years 1856, 
1857, and 1858. By ΠΑΝ S. SULLIVANT. 


Gen. SPHAGNUM, Dill. 


1. 5. cympirotium, Hhr.; Sch. Nat. Hist. Sphaig. p. 73, t. 19. — 
Wet places on the tops of high mountains. — Specimens without fruit : 
the cortical utricles of the branches often destitute of fibres. 


Gen. POTTIA, Ehr. 


2. P. Tortuxa, C. Mull. Synop. Muse. 1, p. 559; Schwegr. Suppl. 
t. 175. — On rocks. 

ὃ. P. Barsura, Οἱ Mull. lc. p. 558; Schwegr. Suppl. ἰ. e. — On 
rocks along mountain rivulets. — Remains of a peristome resembling 
that of Larbula were found on some of the specimens. 


Gen. WEISSIA, Hedw. 


4, W. EDENTULA (sp. nov.) : dioica, capsula oblonga gymnostoma 
exannulata, ceterum W. crispate simillima.— On the ground in shady 
thickets. 

5. W. viripuLa, Lrid.; Bryol. Hurop. t. 21 & 22.— On banks 
by road-sides. 

Gen. PHYSCOMITRIUM, δια. 


6. P. spatHuLatum, C. Mull. Synop. Muse. 1, p. 118? — Wet places 
by road-sides in woods. 


Gen. GYMNOSTOMUM, Hedw. 


7. G. immeRsuM, Sulliv. Icones Muscorum, ined. t. 56. — Moist 
places along shaded roads. 

8. G. RUPESTRE, Schwegr., var. statura majore, cespite laxa, foliis 
lineari-lanceolatis acutis: forsan species propria. — On steep, shaded 
banks, along rivulets. 

Gen. FUNARIA, Schreb. 


9. F. nyeromerrica, Hedw.; Bryol. Europ. t. 305.—On the 
ground ; common. 
Gen. FISSIDENS, Hedw. 
10. F. potypopiorweEs, Hedw. Muse. frond. 3, p. 63, t. 27. — On 
banks in dense woods. 
VOL. ὃν: 35 


274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


11. F. minuturus, Sulliv.in Mem. Amer. Acad. n. ser. 3, p. 58, t. 2; 
Icones Muse. ined. t. 24. — On calcareous banks in thickets. 

12. F. minvrutus, var. foliis latioribus, capsula inclinata.— Same 
locality. 

13. F. SIMILIRETIS (sp. nov.) : dioicus exiguus simplex ; caule ri- 
gido inferne nudo; foliis 20-30-jugis confertissimis subhomomallis 
linearibus acutis minute subopace guttulato-areolatis toto ambitu im- 
marginatis minutissime crenulato-serrulatis, duplicatura 2 producta, 
lamina dorsali angusta ad basin vel supra desinente, costa valida pellu- 
cida flexuosa sub apice dissoluta ; capsula terminali brevius pedicellata 
oblongo-obovata ; operculo et calyptra desideratis. — On cliffs among 
mountains. — A larger species than the last: fronds 4—5 lines high and 
about one line wide, pale olive-green above and reddish-brown below: 
leaves not crisped when dry. 

14. F. pissirrroxius (sp. nov.) : dioicus simplex erectus mollis re- 
moti-folius ; foliis elongato-oblongis lineari-oblongisve breviter acutis 
fere ad apicem subdenticulatam anguste marginatis, lamina dorsali lata 
ad basin sensim vel abrupte desinente, e cellulis laxis amplis hexagono- 
rotundatis (illis duplicaturz basilaribus oblongis amplioribus) areolatis, 
costa infra apicem evanescente ; capsula terminali ovali-oblonga ; oper- 
culo longirostrato ; calyptra dimidiata. — Wet rocks in shaded ravines. 
— Somewhat larger than the last species, with distant, dark green, and 
when dry crisped leaves. 

15. F. DENSIRETIS (sp. nov.) : dioicus parvus gracilis simplex rigi- 
dus ; foliis 20 — 25-jugis confertis subsecundis linearibus sensim acutatis 
minutissime crenulato-serrulatis opacis ad apicem usque pellucido-cos- 
tatis, lamina duplicaturee + producta limboque pellucido intromarginali 
instructa, lamina dorsali apicalique immarginatis; capsula terminali 
brevius pedicellata obovato-oblonga ; operculo longirostrato ; calyptra 
dimidiata. — On the bottom of dried-up rivulets. — Fronds slender, 5-8 
lines high, gradually increasing in width from the base upwards, but 
nowhere more than about half a line wide: leaves dark green, opaque, 
with very minute cells, remarkable for the band composed of three 
rows of pellucid, linear cells, just within the margin of the duplicature. 

16. F. cUSPIDULATUS (sp. nov.) : dioicus pusillus simplex gracilis ; 
foliis 16 — 20-jugis elongato-oblongis obtusiusculis costa pellucida exce- 
dente cuspidulatis opacis crenulato-serrulatis minutissime guttulato-are- 
olatis, lamina duplicature 3 -- producte hyalino-marginata, lamina 
apicali et dorsali ad basin late rotundata immarginatis ; capsula termi- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. O15 


nali oblonga; operculo et calyptra precedentis: — On rocks in ravines. 
— Fronds slender, 4—5 lines high, dark olive-green. Near δ. Rave- 
nelit, but a taller plant with more oblong leaves, their dorsal lamina 
broad and obtuse at the base. 

17. F. RUFULUS (sp. nov.): synoicus perparvulus simplex; foliis 
ὃ —7-jugis lanceolato-linearibus sensim acutis rufulis integerrimis im- 
marginatis, e cellulis majusculis hexagono-rotundatis pellucidis areo- 
latis, duplicatura 4 producta apice inzequali, lamina dorsali latiuscula ad 
basin abrupte desinente, costa concolori percurrente ; capsula breviter 
pedicellata ovali-oblonga ; calyptra conica longum operculi rostrum 
solum tegente. — On reddish earth, attached to the roots of trees uptorn 
by wind. — A minute species, 1 -- 2 lines high, of a pale brownish-red 
color: agrees in many respects with the description of a Surinam spe- 
cies, L’. pellucidus, Hornsch. in Linnea, 1841, p. 146, but the leaves are 
of a firm texture, and the areolation, though large, not splachnoid; fur- 
thermore, the inflorescence is synoicous, which is not asserted of the 
Surinam plant. 

18. Εἰ. ANGUSTIFOLIUS (sp. nov.) : dioicus pusillus conferte flabella- 
_ tim foliosus ; foliis linearibus angustissimis longissimis acutis cireum- 
circa marginatis integerrimis densius pellucido-hexagono-areolatis, 
duplicatura 3 producta, lamina dorsali ad basin desinente, costa cum 
apice dissoluta; capsula terminali ovali-oblonga seu oblongo-obovata ; 
operculo capsulam excedente; calyptra dimidiata operculum vix tegente. 
— Wet places on the ground in dense wooods. — Fronds 1 -- 2 lines 
high and nearly as wide. Leaves bright green, crisped when dry, short 
below, rapidly increasing in length as they ascend. Pedicels 4 -- lines 
high. 

19. F. SPHAGNIFOLIUS (sp. nov.) : dioicus pusillus; fronde decli- 
nata ; foliis flaccidis 5 — 9-jugis confertis flabellatim expansis longe line- 
ari-lanceolatis integerrimis hic illic submarginatis, cellulis amplissimis 
subrhombeis flexuose circumscriptis utriculo primordiali valde evoluto, 
_ duplicatura inzequali vix 3 producta, costa longe infra apicem dissoluta ; 
capsula terminali in pedicello geniculato-ascendente inzquali-oblonga 
incurva ; operculo longe rostrato calyptram lineari-conicam excedente. 
— Found growing with No. 17.— Fronds similar in size and outline to 
those of No 18; pedicels longer. 

20. F. CLAVIPES (sp. nov.) : dioicus perpusillus simplex vel parce 
ramosus laxifolius; foliis 8 —10-jugis lineari-lanceolatis ubique densius 
pellucide rotundato-areolatis basi duplicaturze 3 productz laxius oblongo- 


276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


areolata excepta, lamina dorsali ad basin sensim evanescente, margi- 
nibus omnibus limbo angusto integro e cellulis linearibus constructo 
circumcinctis, costa cum apice evanida; capsula terminali ovali-oblonga, 
pedicello apice incrassato ; operculo longirostrato ; calyptra dimidiata. 
— Wet banks of rivulets. — A very small species, remarkable for the 
apophysate appearance of its capsule, owing to a thickening of the 
upper part of the pedicel. Stems 2-3 lines high, with bright-green 
foliage, crisped when dry. 

21. F. PETROPHILUS (sp. nov.): monoicus rigidus gracilis, basi 
nudiuscula fasciculatus, prolifero-elongatus ; foliis circiter 50-jugis con- 
fertissimis erectis longissimis angustis e basi ad apicem sensim acumi- 
natis, duplicatura inequali 2 et ultra producta, lamina dorsali angusta 
supra basin sensim evanescente, cellulis firmis pellucidis flavidis sub- 
rotundis illis secus costam sub apice evanidam majoribus; capsula 
terminali inzquali-oblonga subinclinata brevipedicellata ; operculo et 
calyptra precedentis. — On rocks in ravines. — Fronds 8-10 lines 
high, slender, gradually increasing in width towards the top, where 
they are nearly one line wide. Foliage of a firm texture, dark green 
dashed with light brown, not crisped when dry. 


Gen. TREMATODON, Lich. 


22. T. Lonercouuis, Rich.; Schwegr. Suppl. t. 126. — On banks, 
rare. 


Gen. TRICHOSTOMUM, Hedw. 


23. T. CANALICULATUM, Hampe.— Same as a Venezuelan speci- 
men from Hampe: where described ? — On the rocky banks of streams. 

24. T. MACROSTEGIUM (sp. nov.): dioicum gregarium ; caule sim- 
plici brevi gracili; foliis e basi pellucide ampliuscule areolata longa 
vaginante superne latiore undulata erecto-patentibus ovato-acuminatis 
vel lanceolatis, perichztialibus longioribus margine flexuoso-involutis, 
omnibus superne dense quadrato-areolatis apice plus minus serratis, 
costa percurrente ; capsula anguste cylindracea curvula inclinata ; 
operculo longissime aciculari capsulam superante ; perist. dentibus 
longis leniter contortis atropurpureis papillosis filiscenti-attenuatis. — 
On rocky banks. — The distinguishing characters of this species are, 
the sheathing base of its leaves, particularly the perichetial, the 
remarkably long operculum, exceeding in length the slender, cylindri- 
cal, inclined, and often horizontal capsule, and the finely attenuated 
apices of the teeth of the peristome. 


Ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 208 


25. T. INVoLUTUM (sp. nov.) : dioicum dense cexspitans caule 
subsimplici densifolioso ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis e basi brevi erecta 
horizontali-recurvis involuto-concavis marginibus angustissime inflexis, 
costa cum apice evanida; capsula cylindracea in pedicello breviusculo 
erecta; operculo conico-rostrato ; perist. dentibus brevissimis erectis 
plus minus irregularibus bifidis vel pertusis. — On rocky ground. — 
Stems thick, 8 -- 4 lines high; pedicels about the same height; foliage 
very dark green. The main characters of this species are, the imper- 
fect peristome, and the strong involution of the leaf, which, when flat- 
tened, is of a broad elongato-lanceolate outline. 

26. T. INVOLUTUM, var. statura minore, foliis fusco-flavescentibus 
minus divergentibus. — In similar localities. 


Gen. BARBULA, Hedw. 


27. B. craciiis, Schwegr.; Bryol. Europ. t.145.— On wet, rocky 
banks. 

28. B. acraria, Swartz ; Doz. et Molkb. Prod. Bryol. Surinam. p. 
15, t. 8. — Rocks, and dry, sandy places ; common. 

29. B. vinearis, Swartz; Schwegr. Suppl. t. 30.— Moist, rocky 
ledges. : 

30. B. Crucert, Sond. ; Mull. Synop. 1, p. 618. — Banks of earth 
in coffee-fields. 

81. B. opscura (sp. nov.): dioica; czspite arctius coherente ; 
caule gracili fastigiato-ramoso laxifolioso; foliis recurvo-patentibus 6 
basi oblonga sensim longe lineari-acuminatis ad apicem costatis sub- 
tortilibus ; capsula elongato-cylindracea curvula; operculo conico- 
subulato. — Dry banks. — Near B. gracilis, but has less crowded 
and more spreading leaves, not tapering so suddenly from the base, 
nor reflexed on the margins. The capsule is longer and slightly 
curved. 

32. B. SUBULIFOLIA (sp. nov.): dioica laxe cespitans; caulibus 
gracilibus erectis dichotome ramosis ; foliis laxis erecto-patentibus 
strictis e basi ovato-lanceolata sensim in subulam longam costa valida 
fere impletam productis ; capsula cylindracea erecta ; operculo acicu- 
lari. — Wet rocks, along mountain rivulets. — Resembles b. campylo- 
carpa, Tayl., but has a straight and shorter capsule, and leaves with a 
more predominant costa. 

33. B. MNIIFOLIA (sp. nov.): dioica laxe cespitosa; caule humili; 
foliis laxis mollibus patulis pellucidis e basi oblonga carinato-concava 


278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


lingulato-spathulatis inferne oblongo-, superne hexagono-, amplissime 
areolatis anguste marginatis, costa apicem vix attingente ; capsula 
cylindracea erecta; operculo conico-lineari obtuso. — Dry, shaded 
banks. — Stems 3-4 lines, pedicels 7-8 lines high. The foliage 
much resembles that of Mniuwm punctatum. 


Gen. DICRANUM, Hedw. 


34. D. pEeBILE, Hook. et Wils.; Sulliv. Icon. Muse. ined. t. 20. — 
Ground, wet places. 

35. D. ALBULUM (sp. nov.) : dioicum albido-viride tenerum laxe 
ceespitans flexuoso-erectum ; ramis incurvis; foliis pellucidis confertis 
homomallis subfaleatis anguste longe lanceolato-subulatis convolutis, 
margine lineari-areolato ad basin lato apicem versus angustiore vel 
‘evanescente circumductis, cellulis superioribus quadratis, inferioribus 
lineari-oblongis, alaribus ventricosis aureo-fuscis, costa debili percur- 
rente apice dentata ; capsula elongato-cylindracea erecta ; operculo 
conico-aciculari. — On decayed logs. — A pale-green species, resem- 
bling small forms of D. congestum. Teeth of peristome light brown at 
base, yellow above; spores large. Belongs to the section Leucoloma 
of Dicranum (Mull. Synop. Muse.). 


Gen. ANGSTRGEMIA, Br. et Sch. 
36. A. GUILLEMINIANA, Mont. Syll. Cryptog. p. 44. — Banks, 


on mountain-sides. 
37. A. VARIA, var. Hedw.; Bryol. Europ. t. 57, 58. — Road-sides. 


Gen. CAMPYLOPUS, Brid. 


38. C. GIGANTEUS (sp. nov.) : procerus robustus luteo-viridis nitidus 
fusco-tomentosus parce ramosus; foliis in sicco vel humido reflexo- 
patulis longissime lanceolato-subulatis supra medium argute serratis 
minute quadrato-areolatis, cellulis alaribus permultis amplis fuscis, 
costa percurrente dorso maxime lamellosa; capsula in pedicello brevi 
cygneo-demissa ovato-gibbosa sulcata strumulosa; calyptra dimidiata 
basi albo-fimbriata ; operculo longe rostrato. — Grows in wide, dense 
masses, on the summit of high mountains. A very large species, with 
stems ὃ -- inches high, and leaves three fourths of an inch long. 

39. C. CUBENSIS (sp. nov.) : robustiusculus lutescenti-viridis nitidus 
purpureo-tomentosus innovando-ramosus subinterrupte foliosus ; foliis 
longissimis siccis vel humidis reflexo-patentibus angustissime lanceo- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 279 


lato-subulatis superne argute serratis minute quadrato-areolatis, cellulis 
alaribus amplis ventricosis fusco-purpureis, costa dorso versus apicem 
lamellosa, lamellis serratis ; capsula gibboso-ovali in pedicello sicco 
erecta, humido decurvo-cygneo demissa; operculo aciculari; calyptra 
dimidiata basi fimbriata. — Grows in dense tufts on the ground. — Not 
unlike large forms of Οἱ flezuosus, but the margins of its leaf and the 
lamellze on the back of the costa are serrulate. 

40. C. TENUISSIMUS (sp. nov.): laxe cespitans parce purpureo- 
tomentosus ; caule tenuissimo flexuoso-erecto 4—5-ies innovando-con- 
tinuo, innovationibus inferne appresso-foliosis veluti nudis; foliis co- 
malibus paucis subverticillatis horizontalibus longissime setaceis apice 
dentatis, angulis baseos maxime dilatatis e cellulis magnis ventri- 
cosis purpureis constructis, areolatione alibi minuta subquadrata viri- 
descente ; archegoniis normalibus ; capsula desiderata.— On decayed 
logs in dense forests. — A very slender species 1-2 inches long, 
remarkable for the subverticillate comal: leaves on the successive 
innovations, which give the plant somewhat the aspect of a minute 
Chara or Galium. 


Gen. HOLOMITRIUM, Grid. 


41. H. crisputum, Mont.; Schwaegr. Suppl. t. 309.— Logs and 
bushes in thick woods. 

42. H. Wrieuti (sp. nov.) : dioicum? robustum innovando-ramo- 
sum ; foliis confertis horizontali-recurvis elongato- vel lineari-oblongis 
latiusculis acuminatis canaliculato-concavis vel subcomplicatis apice 
erosse irregulariter dentatis, cellulis oblongis apicem versus ellipticis 
chlorophyllosis, costa percurrente, perichztialibus longissime vaginan- 
tibus subito longe subulatis ; capsula elongato-ovato-cylindracea ; oper- 
culo e basi conica subulirostro ; calyptra lineari dimidiata.— On trees 
in dense woods. — A dark-green species resembling HH. crispulum, 
Hfornsch., which, however, has cauline leaves suddenly acuminate from 
a broad obovate base: in the present species the leaves are of a uni- 
form width throughout, except at the point. 


Gen. LEUCOBRYUM, Hampe. 


48. L. TENUIFOLIUM (sp. nov.), L. subulato (Hampe) simillimum sed 
foliis latioribus brevioribus inferne multo angustivs marginatis differt. 
— On decayed logs in thick woods. — Specimens without capsules. 

44, L. ropustum (sp. nov.) : a L. longifolio, cui proximum, statura 


280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


majore, foliis confertioribus secundis subfalcatis longioribus margine 
apicisque dorso integerrimis (nec scabris) distat.— Logs and roots of 
trees, in dense woods. 


Gen. CALYMPERES, Swartz. 


45. C. TENUIFOLIUM (sp. nov.): subacaule comoso-foliosum ; foliis 
longissime setaceis siccis vel humidis strictis apice breviter acuminatis 
dentatis, habitu CO. Mulleri (Dz. & Mb.) et lonchophylli (Schw.), qui 
distant hie foliis brevioribus siccis confertissimis, illic tamen affinior, 
foliis flavidis apice repando-truncatis edentatis. — Decayed wood. — 
Specimens without fruit. 


Gen. SYRRHOPODON, Schw. 


46. 5. protirer, Schw. Suppl. t. 180: var. foliis longioribus angus- 
tioribus siccis non tortuosis, humidis margine non flexuosis: forsan 
species propria. — Decayed wood. 

47. S. Gaupicnaupi, Mont. Ann. Sc. Nat. (1834), p. 376, t. 16. 
— Grows in large dense mats on logs in thick woods. 

48. S. Hogsont, Grev. in Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, 1. p. 
271, t. 23. — Trunks of trees in forests. 

49. 5. ELONGATUS (sp. nov.) : cxspite valde compacta magna pro- 
funda; caulibus subsimplicibus erectis strictis longissimis ; foliis e basi 
hyalina vaginante plus minus ciliato-dentata subito squarroso-reflexis 
subpendulisve lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis carinato-subcomplicatis an- 
guste pellucido-limbatis, e cellulis minutis subquadratis opacis areolatis, 
apice spinuloso-dentato radiculas ramosas atropurpureas copiose emit- 
tentibus, costa percurrente: fl. et fr. desideratis. — Decayed logs and 
stumps. — Grows in deep close turfs, pale green above, reddish brown 
below. Stems ὃ -- ὅ inches high, closely matted together throughout 
their entire length by masses of dark purple radicles growing from the 
points of their leaves, and forming a conspicuous feature. 


Gen. MACROMITRIUM, Srid. 
50. M. mucroniro.ium, Schw. Suppl. t. 170. — On trees. 
51. M. cirruosum, Brid.; Schwegr. Suppl. t. 201.— Branches 
of trees on high mountains. 
Gen. SCHLOTHEIMIA, Srid. 


52. S. rorguata, Brid. Bryol. Univ. 1, p. 333; Hedw. Sp. Muse. 
t. 65. — Same locality as the last. 


| 
| 


So” SO ee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 281 


Gen. LEPTOTHECA, Schwegr. 


53. L. Wricutit (sp. nov.): pseudo-monoica robusta densissime 
cxspitosa; caule subsimplici apice congesto-folioso ; foliis obovatis spa- 
thulato-obovatisque tenuiter marginatis laxe mnioideo-areolatis, costa 
excurrente breviter cuspidatis, perichztialibus minoribus; capsula 
erecta gracili longe cylindracea annulata; perist. ext. dentibus lon- 
gissimis linearibus valde papillosis, int. ciliis rudimentariis ; operculo 
conico breviuscule rostrato; calyptra dimidiata subulata. — Decayed 
logs in dense woods. — A large species growing in compact dark-green 
turfs. Stems +—1 inch high, matted together by reddish-brown tomen- 
tose radicles. Leaves crisped when dry, small and scattered on the 
lower part of the stem, rapidly increasing in size and crowded above. 
Pedicels 3-1 inch high. Capsule light olive-green when ripe, the 
rim of the mouth coral-red. Annulus large, compound. Operculum 
whitish. ‘Teeth of the peristome slender, remotely articulated, yellow- 
ish white above, reddish below, strongly papillose throughout. Minute 
male plants, evidently from the germination of spores, occur on vari- 
ous parts of the fertile plants. According to description, L. speciosa, 
H. & W., from the mountains of Jamaica, appears to be near our plant, 
but that species has ovate-lanceolate leaves. 


Gen. DISSODON, Grev. & Arn. 


54. D. ἢ rotunpirotius, C. Mull. Synop. 1, p. 140; Hook. Muse. 
Exot. t. 76. — Moist rocks in ravines. 


Gen. OCTOBLEPHARUM, Hedw. . 


55. O. atBipum, Hedw. Muse. Frond. 8, p. 15, t. 16. — Decayed 
logs, etc. 
Gen. BARTRAMIA, Hedw. 


56. B. rene~ua, C. Mull. Synop. 1, p. 481. — Shady banks, on 
mountain-sides. 


Gen. POGONATUM, Beauv. 


57. P. CuBense (sp. nov.): P. Liebmanniano manifeste proximum, 
distinctum tamen statura graciliore, foliis oblongis brevius acuminatis 
laxioribus latioribus et brevioribus, capsula papillosa, ete. — On dry 
banks. 

VOL. Υ. 36 


282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Gen. RHIZOGONIUM, Brid. 


58. R. sprntrorMe, Bruch. ; Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3, t. 25.— Ground, 


near the roots of trees; common. 


Gen. BRYUM, Dill. 


59. B. arcenteum, L.; Bryol. Hucep. t. 384; var. lanatum.— On 
the ground ; common. 

60. B. coronatum, Schwegr. Suppl. t. 71. — Old logs in fields. 

61. B. caspiricium, L.; Bryol. Europ. t. 874. — On the ground. 

62. B. LEPTOCLADON (sp. nov.) : dioicum tenellum laxe cespitosum 
flavescenti-viride ; caulibus brevissimis prostratis, innovationibus per- 
multis erectis julaceis tenuissimis remotifoliis ; foliis appressis oblongis 
breviter acutatis cymbiformi-concavis e cellulis amplissimis pellucidis 
inferne oblongis superne elongato-rhomboideis areolatis, unica serie 
cellularum indistincte marginatis, costa cum apice evanida; capsula 
oblongo-pyriformi leniter inclinata late annulata; perist. int. ciliis 
lanceolato-linearibus vix pertusis, ciliolis nullis; operculo hemispherico- 
apiculato. — Moist places on the ground. — A very small species, 
forming loose yellowish-green patches, well marked by its numerous 
thread-like innovations, 2 lines high, and about 4 of a line wide. 
Leaves with a large areolation in proportion to their size. Pedicels 
5-6 lines high. This species belongs to Muller’s section Areodictyon 
of Bryum. 

63. B. OVALIFOLIUM (sp. nov.) : dioicum cespitans ; foliis laxius- 
culis ovali-oblongis obtusiusculis modice cochleariformi-concavis, mar- 
ginibus planis erectis, apice subincurva lenissime serrulatis, areolatione 
laxa, costa vix excurrente ; capsula oblongo- vel clavato-pyriformi 
pendula. — Banks of rivulets. — A medium-sized species, distinguished 
from its allies by its oblong-oval, borderless leaves, with erect margins. 


Gen. MNIUM, Linn. 


64. M. Wricutit (sp. nov.): dioicum czspitosum ; caule arcuato- 
ascendente simplici complanato-folioso ; foliis dimorphis lateralibus 
ovali-obovatis apiculatis dorsalibus accessoriisve multo minoribus’ an- 
guste lanceolatis biseriatis, omnibus dissitis incrassato-marginatis ultra 
medium costatis laxe rhomboideo-areolatis, apice serrulatis; capsula in 
pedicello erecto pendula pyriformi; operculo depresso-convexo: flore 
masculo terminali disciformi, perigonialibus lineari-lanceolatis. — Shady 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 283 


banks of mountain rivulets.— This remarkable moss, in its dimor- 
phous leaves and their arrangement, may be looked upon as the acro- 
carpous analogue of Rhacopilum, as Calomnion is of Hypopterygium. 
About the size of Mnium cuspidatum. Leaves thin, rather firm, at 
first pale green, when old vinous red, the margins and costa deeper- 
colored. Pedicels ὃ -- 1 inch long, occasionally two from the same 
pericheth. 
Gen. CLASMATODON, ἢ & W. 

65. C. parvuLus, Hampe; Sulliv. Mosses of U. States, p. 60, & 
Icones Muse. ined. t. 79. — On roots and trunks of trees. The speci- 
mens vary from those of the Southern United States in a fuller devel- 
opment of the teeth of the peristome, and in the occasional presence 
of a few scattered hairs on the matured calyptra. 


Gen. FABRONIA, Raddi. 


66. F. ΟΥΒΕΝΒΙΒ (sp. nov.): monoica, statura F. pusille ; foliis 
ovato-lanceolatis integerrimis ultra medium costatis, cellulis ovali- 
rhomboideis laxiusculis chlorophyllosis, alaribus subquadratis granu- 
losis ; capsula oblonga subapophysata ; perist. ext. dentibus sedecem 
per paria approximatis fuscidulis longiusculis, int. ciliis octo equilongis 
filiformibus ; operculo conico acuto. — On trees. — Remarkable for its 
double peristome, the inner of 8 cilia. 


Gen. CRYPHZA, Mohr. 


67. C. ritirorMis, Swartz.; Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3, t. 16.— On 
coffee-bushes. The excurrent portion of the costa of the perichztial 
leaves is scabrous. 

68. C.? LEPTOCLADA (sp. nov.) : majuscula rigida; caule primario 
repente aphyllo, secundario pendulo subdendroideo-ramoso, ramis hic 
illic ramulos singulos fasciculatosve minutissimos appresso-foliosos pro- 
ferentibus ; foliis patentibus e basi subauriculata ovato- vel oblongo- 
acuminatis concavis margine erectis superne leniter serrulatis, cellulis 
alaribus permultis quadratis mediis lineari-fusiformibus prosenchyma- 
tosis apicalibus elongato-ellipticis, costa debili subpercurrente ; capsula 
desiderata. — Bushes in ravines. — Grows in rather large masses. 
Secondary stems about 2 inches long, 14-2 lines wide: foliage pale 
green and yellowish. A noticeable feature is the lateral fascicles of 
very minute straight shoots from the upper part of the branches : these 
shoots with their distant closely appressed ecostate lanceolate leaves 
are about 2 lines long and 3, of a line wide, nearly concealed by the 
principal leaves. 


284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Gen. ANOMODON, JZ. ὃ T. 
69. A. ATTENUATUS, Hedw.; Bryol. Europ. t. 475.— Rocks in ra- 


vines. 


Gen. LESKEA, Hedw. 
70. L. capityaris, Hedw. Muse. Frond. 4, p. 25, t. 10.— On trees. 


Gen. CYLINDROTHECIUM, Schimp. 


71. C. macropvopium, Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3, p. 55, t. 23. — Rocks, 
mountain-sides. 

72. C. AMPLIRETE (sp. nov.) : robustum pallide virens nitidum late 
czxspitosum appressum dichotome divisum ; ramis latis complanatis ob- 
tusis ; foliis oblongis apice plus minus obtusis ibidemque grossius serra- 
tis, cellulis amplis; capsula: deficiente. — Rocky ledges in woods. — 
The characters above given appear to distinguish this species from 
any of its known congeners. 


Gen. HELICOPHYLLUM, Brid. 


73. H. rorquatum, brid. ; Hook. Muse. Exot. t. 41.— On decayed 
wood. 


Gen. RHACOPILUM, Beauv. 
74, R. romentosum, Brid.; Hedw. Muse. Frond. 4, t. 19.— On 
logs in woods. 
Gen. PILOTRICHUM, Beauv. 


75. P. unpULATUM, Beauv.; Hedw. Muse. Frond. 3, p. 51, t. 21.— 
Trunks of trees. 

76. P. FiticinumM, Beauv.; Hedw. 1. c. t. 18.— Rocks in dense 
woods. 

77. P. cymprrotium, Sulliv. Mosses U. States, p. 81, 8. Icon. 
Muse. ined. t. 76. 

78. P. LOPHOPHYLLUM (sp. nov.): dioicum ? pusillum ; caule pri- 
mario repente, secundario erecto vix unciali inferne simplici reflexo- 
folioso superne pinnatim et bipinnatim dendroideo-ramoso ; ramis 
ramulisque rigidis tenuissimis brevibus ; foliis trifariis erecto-patenti- 
bus ovatis breviter acuminatis concavis subserrulatis sparsim papillosis 
pellucidis, cellulis oblongis ab invicem discretis, costis binis infra api- 
cem abruptis dorso late cristatis ; capsula ovali-oblonga ramigena brevi- 
pedicellata annulata ; perist. ext. dent. lanceolato-subulatis, ciliis linea- 
ribus brevioribus ; calyptra mitriformi sparsim erecto-pilosa operculum 


eee ee 


ἧι. 
Ὗ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 285 


conico-subulatum solum tegente; perichetialibus apertis elongato-lan- 
ceolatis breviter bicostatis. — Trees and decayed logs. — A small pale- 
green species scarcely 1 inch high, of a dendroid habit, with branches 
and branchlets very slender, about } of a liné wide. Near P. composi- 
tum ; but that species, if the figure and descriptions of it are reliable, is 
a much larger plant, with different habit and leaves. 


Gen. METEORIUM, Dz. & Mo. 


79. M. macrantuum, D. & M. Pugil. Fl. Bryol. Venez. p. 47, 
t. 12.— Trees and bushes. 

80. M. patutum, D. & 77. op. cit. p. 21, t. 10. — On trees. 

81. M. crinitum, Sulliv. in U. S. Expl. Exped. p. 22, t. 20.— On 
bushes in dense thickets. 

82. M. rricHorHorum, Mont. Ann. d. Sci. Nat. (1843), p. 236.— 
On trees. 

83. M. aff. nigricanti? — Without fruit; probably a new species: 
materials too imperfect to furnish a specific character. 

84. M. 11LecEBRUM, C. Mull. Synop. Muse. 2, p. 1387.— On high 
mountains. 


Gen. HOOKERIA, Smith. 


85. H. CusBernsis (sp. nov.) : dioica ? dense cespitans flavo-viridis ; 
caule prostrata, ramis ascendentibus subsimplicibus compressis latis ; 
foliis oblongis subobovato-oblongisve breviter acuminulatis pellucidis 
ampliuscule elliptico-areolatis immarginatis superne serratis, costis bi- 
nis tenuibus ad medium evanidis ; capsula in pedicello brevi superne 


. seabro oblongo-elliptica erecta exannulata ; perist. dent. longissimis an- 


gustissimis late marginatis linea mediali angusta notatis, ciliis equilon- 
gis, membrana basilari vix ulla; operculo e basi elongato-conica sub- 
ulato; calyptra mitriformi pilis latis sursum curvatis adspersa basi 
8-10 fida.— On bushes in thick woods.— The erect capsule, pilose 
cealyptra, and pedicel scabrous only on its upper half, sufficiently dis- 
tinguish this species. 

86. H. cymprroria, Hampe in Linnea, 1855, p. 783. — Logs in 
dense woods. 

87. H. apnata, H. δ᾽ W. in Fl. N. Zeal. p. 123, t. 93, f. 4.— Var. 
foliis oblongioribus minus acuminatis densius areolatis. — On the bark 
of trees. 

.88. H. vVARIANS (sp. nov.): polygama dense cespitosa flavicans ; 
caulibus ramisque complanatis ; foliis ovato-acuminatis et lJanceolatis 


286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


flaccidis hyalinis amplissime rotundato-oblongoque-areolatis vix serru- 
latis limbo angusto e cellularum serie unica circumductis, ad medium 
tenuiter bicostatis ; capsula elongato-oblonga horizontali ; operculo 
conico subulato; calyptra mitriformi glabra, basi multifida; perist. 
HT. lete-virentis.— Logs in dense woods. — Near H. Olfersiana and 
H. albicans, but the first species has entire leaves, an obovate capsule, 
and a calyptra scabrous at its apex; in the second, the leaf is oblong, 
shortly acuminate, and strongly dentate at apex. Specimens under 
this number (88) have synoicous and monoicous inflorescence. 

89. H. VARIANS, var. infloresc. monoica colore glauco-viridi. — On 
decayed logs in forests. 

90. H. varrans, var. infloresec. monoica foliis oblongioribus altius 
bicostatis. — Banks, mountain-sides. 

91. H. wwourva, Hook. & Grev.; Schwaegr. Suppl. t. 275.— Logs 
in dense palm-woods. 

92. H. Merxetu, Hornsch. Fl. Bras. 1, p. 62, t. 3.— Same local- 
ity as the last. 

93. H. ΡΑΡΙ ΚΑΤΑ, Mont. Ann. d. Set. Nat. 1845, 4, p. 93. — De- 
eayed logs in woods. 


Gen. HYPNUM, Linn. 


94. H. EXILIssimuM (sp. nov.) : monoicum minutissimum viride ni- 
tidum czspitulosum ; caule arcte repente ; ramis capillaribus erectis 
simplicibus ramulosisque ; foliis erecto-patentibus anguste oblongo- 
lanceolatis sensim acuminatis serrulatis mediotinus costatis, laxe areo- 
latis, cellulis lineari-oblongis pellucidis alaribus numerosis quadratis 
concoloribus ; capsula oblonga subeequali parum inclinata macrostoma ; 
peristomio eciliolato; sporis majusculis; operculo oblique aciculari- 
rostrato. — On the bark of trees. — H. acanthophyllum, Mont., from the 
description (J/ull. 2, p. 398) appears to be very near this moss, but 
differs in its horizontal capsule and carinate leaves destitute of special 
alar cells. 

95. H. minututum, Hedw.; Bryol. Europ. t. 481.— Decayed logs 
and stumps in woods. 

96. H. scuistocaLtyx, C. Mull. Synop. 2, p. 691? — Locality same 
as the last. mvs 

97. H. ramariscinum, Dill. ; Bryol. Europ. t. 482 and 483. — De- 
cayed logs. 

98. H. invotvens, Hedw. Muse. Frond. 4, t.11.—Same as the 
last. 


he. Ed 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. I87 


99. H. micropHytitum, Sw.; Hedw. Spec. Muse. t. 69.— Ground 
and stones in fields. 

100. H. apicutatum, Hornsch. Fl. Bras. p. 87.— Logs on mar- 
gins of rivulets. 

101. H. cupressomweEs, ΟἹ Mull. Synop. 2, p. 303. — Fallen trees 
in forests. 

102. H. INSULARUM (sp. nov.): monoicum HH. cupressiformi similli- 
mum majusculum ; ramis latiuscule complanatis; foliis faleato-secundis 
longe subulatis vix serrulatis, cellulis alaribus utrinque ternis magnis 
oblongis aureis vesiculzformibus, perichetialibus erectis ; capsula in 
pedicello tenui longissimo parva gibboso-ovali; operculo longe aciculari- 
rostrato. — Decayed logs. — The broad flat, shining branches, the long 
slender pedicel, the small capsule, the long rostrate operculum, and the 
large ventricose alar cells of the leaf, are the distinguishing marks of 
this species. 

103. H. serruLatum, Hedw. Sp. Muse. p. 238, t. 60.—On the 
ground among decayed leaves. 

104. H. punerens, Hedw.; D. & M. Prod. Fl. Bryol. Surinam. 
». 39, t. 19. — Trees and bushes. 

105. H. Wrieuti, Sulliv. Mosses of U. States, p. 65, δ᾽ Icon. Muse. 
t. 127 ined. — Roots of trees, ete. 

106. H. Loxensr, Hook. ; Schwegr. Suppl. t. 259.— Bushes in 
ravines. 

107. H. renerum, Sw. ; Mull. Synop. Muse. 2, p. 397. —On the 
ground and decayed wood, common. 

108. H. ACESTROSTEGUM (sp. nov.) : Monoicum exiguum prostra- 
tum intertextum luteolo-viride nitidum ; caule ramis ramulisque nume- 
rosis compressis inordinate subpinnatimve dispositis instructa ; foliis con- 
fertis e basi constricta oblongo-ellipticis cymbiformi-concavis in pilum 
longum denticulatum productis ecostatis pellucidis minute lineari-areo- 
latis, cellulis alaribus magnis ventricosis aureis; capsula in pedicello 
levi oblongo-ovali exannulata cernua vel pendula; perist. dent. linea 
lata notatis, ciliolis singulis; operculo longissime aciculari; calyptra 
angusta dimidiata.— On the bark of trees.— The leaf in shape and 
structure resembles that of H. Schwaneckianum (C. Mull. in Bot. Zeit. 
1858, p. 172), which however is a larger species with different ramifi- 
cation and inflorescence. 

109. H. pranum, Brid.; Schwegr. Suppl. t. 280.— Logs and 
stumps. 


288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


110. H. pLanoum, var. flavescens ; Mull. Synop. 2, p. 261.— Decayed 
wood. 

111. H. Beyricui, Hornsch. in Fl. Bras. 1, p. 81, t. 4, f.1.— 
Logs in dense woods. 

112. H. FLExvUOSUM (sp. nov.): dioicum ; caule arcte repente pin- 
nato ; foliis flaccidis pellucidis albido-viridibus confertis leniter incurvis 
subdecurvisque lanceolatis in acumen longum loriforme flexuosum grosse 
dentatum productis laxissime ample elongato-areolatis ecostatis ; cap- 
sula in pedicello longiusculo apice clavato-incrassato cylindracea hori-— 
zontali curvula annulata: operculo conico-rostrato.—On dead wood.— 
Resembles Schwegrichen’s figure (Suppl. t. 200) of H. leptocarpon, but 
that appears to be a larger species with monoicous inflorescence, and 
leaves with large ventricose alar cells. 

113. H. rLexvosum; planta mascula. — With the last. 

114. H. teucostecum, C0. Mull. Synop. 2, p. 344. — Logs in dense 
woods. 

115. H. cariipum, Mont. in Ann. Sei. Nat. 1845, 4, p. 90.— 
On trees. 

116. H. senrosum (sp. nov.): H. papilloso simillimum, diversum 
tamen caulibus prostratis subpinnatis, foliis apice tenuiore grosse den- 
tato papillisque longioribus instructis, pedicello toto levi, perist. denti- 
bus linea lata pellucida notatis, ete. — On branches of trees. 

117. H. Scawanecrianum, Οἱ Mull. in Bot. Zeit. 158, p. 172. — 
On trees. ᾽ 

118. Η. pemissum, Wils.; Bryol. Europ. t. 507. — Moist rocks, 
mountain-sides. 

119. H. rerrans, Schw.; Hedw. Sp. Muse. t. 68.— Logs in shady 
woods. 

120. H. Monraenet, Schimp. in Mont. Crypt. Cub. p. 530, t. 20. 
— On decayed logs in forests. — A widely distributed species, found in 
Manilla, Java, Loo Choo, Hong Kong, Nepal, West Indian Islands, 
Venezuela, Brazil, Peru, Tahiti, and Sandwich Islands. Subject to 
considerable variation in its size, and also in the length of the point 
of the leaf; in other respects quite uniform. Authentic specimens 
of H. Montagnet, Schimp. ; Meyenianum, Hampe ; Surinamense, D. & 
M.; apertum, Sulliv.; suecosum, Mitten, show that they all belong 
to the same species; and to this list of synonymes it is highly prob- 
able the following should also be added: HZ. rutilans, Brid.; Pap- 
pigianum, Hampe; vesiculare, Schwegr.; subdenticulatum and cono- 
stegum, Mull. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 289 


121. H. apmistum (sp. nov.) : H. microcarpo (Mull.) simillimum 
sed differt capsula ineequali obovata leniter incurva cernua, ete. — On 
the bark of trees. — Scarcely distinguishable from Leskea adnata, 
Michx. (= H. microcarpum, Mull.), founded on Southern United 
States specimens, except by the capsule, which in that species is 
always oblong, erect, and equal-sided. It is probable the moss under 
notice is the same as the St. Croix specimens, referred to Michaux’s 
species by Schwegrichen (Suppl. t. 84), and from which Figs. 1 and 2 
of that plate were taken. 

122. H. pissoLutum (sp. nov.) : monoicum H. admisto simile, diver- 
sum tamen statura majore, cespite laxe cohwrente, ramis eradiculosis 
longioribus robustis rectis obtusis, foliis latioribus vix secundis, capsula 
majore oblongo-incurva cernua, etc. — On dead wood. 

123. H. pissoLUTUM, var. statura robustiore. — Same locality. 

124, H. rHELIsteGum, Οἱ Mull. Synop. 2, p. 269.— Rocks in shaded 
ravines. 

125. H. THELISTEGUM, var. major. — Similar localities. 

126. H. CULTELLIFORME (sp. nov.): monoicum prostratum com- 
planatum parce ramosum sericeo-viride ; foliis laxe bifariis asymetrice 
ovato-oblongis obtuse acuminatis lateralibus seepe subaciniformibus ad 
medium costatis serrulatis, cellulis exilissimis lineari-flexuosis alaribus 
quadratis ; capsula oblongo-ovali horizontali; operculo conico longius 
rostrato. — Flat rocks in shaded ravines. — Resembles in general as- 
pect and manner of growth H. deplanatum, Schimp., but that species is 
somewhat larger, with a dioicous inflorescence. 

127. H. camsrrrosum, Swartz? — On decayed wood, very com- 
mon.— This species agrees well with the description by Miiller (Synop. 
2, p. 330) of the moss above named, but can hardly be the one figured 
by Hedwig (Sp. Muse. t. 49) as Swartz’s species. Hedwig’s figure, 
according to Wilson (fl. WV. Zeal. p. 118), does not agree with speci- 
mens in Herb. Hook. named H. cespitosum by Swartz himself. The 
specimens here under notice accord exactly with South American ones 
from Hampe marked 4. Gallipense, C. Mull., which in the synopsis 
1. c. is reduced to H. cespitosum, Swartz. 

128. H. rerum, Brid.; Sulliv. Ieon. Muse. t. 115, ined.; non 
Bryol. Europ. — Rocks, mountain rivulets. 

129. H. Rrparium, Linn. ; Bryol. Europ. t. 570.— Wet places. 


VOL. V. 37 


290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Gen. HYPOPTERYGIUM, Brid. 


130. H. Brasiviense, Sulliv. in Bot. U. δ. Expl. Exped. p. 26, t. 
26. — Rocks, in dense woods. 


Gen. PHYLLOGONIUM, Brid. 
131. P. ΕΠ ΕΝ, Hedw. Muse. Frond. t. 39.— Trunks of trees. 


In this interesting collection are to be found eight or ten other spe- 
cies, several of them doubtless new, but the specimens are too imperfect 
for satisfactory identification or description. 


Mr. F. H. Storer made the following remarks, in behalf of 
Mr. John M. Ordway and himself, upon 


The Frozen Well at Brandon, Vermont. 


Respecting the geological situation and general character of this 
remarkable well, which has been fully and accurately described by 
others,* we have nothing new to offer; but we desire to call the 
attention of the Academy to an important phenomenon that appears 
to have escaped the notice of previous observers. On visiting the 
locality in the early part of the present summer, we ascertained the 
existence of a variable but well-marked current of cold air continually 
flowing upwards out of the mouth of the well. 

When we first visited the spot, in the morning of the 8th of June, 
the external air being somewhat cool, the ascending current was not 
noticed ; but returning at two o’clock in the afternoon for a more 
thorough examination, the atmosphere having in the mean time be- 
come uncomfortably warm, we at once became sensible of a rush of 
cold air on bending over the well-curb to look down. This current 
was still more distinctly felt by placing the hand down near the mouth 
of the well. Bits of any light material dropped in were buoyed up 
‘and forcibly blown out. The mature pappus of the dandelion, which 
was then in full puff all around, afforded an abundance of very sen- 
sitive current indicators. Rolls of paper, slightly damp, being burned 
just within the mouth of the well, furnished volumes of smoke, which 
were rapidly expelled, and not only confirmed the existence of a 


* See Proceedings of the Academy for 1859, IV. 269. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. 
History (1859-61), VII. 71, 74, 81. Wells’s Annual Sci. Disc., 1860, p. 316; 
compare Ibid. 1856, p. 190. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 291 


current, but enabled us in some measure to trace the deviations in 
its course. At three o’clock, the ascent of a column of cold air was 
still further proved, by holding a thermometer in the opening’of the 
well, the bulb being at the level of the ground, at a point where 
surely mere radiation from the ice, some thirty feet below, should be 
fully counterbalanced by the heat radiated to the mercury from the 
curb and windlass that had been all day exposed to the hot sun. 
The thermometer there indicated 45°.5 F., the temperature of the 
external air being 78°. About five feet below the mouth, the ther- 
mometer stood at 45°, and twelve feet down, at 40°. Water drawn 
up from the bottom — without stepping to cool the bucket — was at 
34°. Water drawn up at other times contained lumps of ice detached 
from the coating of ice lining the well to the height of some five feet 
above the surface of the water. When a candle was lowered down, 
this ice appeared to be worn away on the northwest side, as though 
small rills of warmer water were coming in from that direction. 

We visited the well at different times during the two following days, 
and found the current as decided as when first perceived. In the 
cool of the morning it expelled the dandelion pappus as readily as at 
any other time, though then, from the want of contrast with exter- 
nal heat, it was less felt by the hand or face. Calling the atten- 
tion of the owner and one of his neighbors to the sensible upward 
flow of air, we were told by both, that “cold air blows out” of the well 
constantly, and has always done so. A remark expressed in such 
terms was somewhat surprising, since the proprietor had assured us 
on our first visit that no current existed in the well, as had been 
repeatedly proved by lowering down a candle, which burned steadily in 
any part. We finally repeated the candle experiment, and found, as 
might have been expected from the gentle upward current filling the 
whole circumference of the well, that the flame was not positively 
deflected, except just below the edge of the opening in the marble 
slab capping the wall. This hole, being of less diameter than the 
well itself, compels the air, rising at the sides, to sweep towards the 
centre, and accordingly, at all points within reach of the influence 
of this centripetal contraction in the column, the flame of the candle 
was turned inwards. This blowing of the candle towards the middle 
from all parts of the circumference of the orifice, is worthy of remark, 
as showing — what, indeed, the appearance of the ground outside 
would indicate —that the dirt is so compacted around the marble 


292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


slab, that the motions of the external atmosphere can do nothing 
towards producing the current. It shows, too, that at the only place 
where*an wpward flow could affect a candle, there the deflected flame 
renders the rush of air apparent. We dwell more particularly on 
this point, because Messrs. Jackson and Blake, in their communication 
to the Academy,* have denied the existence of any current in the 
well, since the flame of their candle was not observed to deviate from 
its natural course ; and because, from the confusion of ideas exhibited 
by those residing at the locality, it would seem as though there had. 
been entertained a vague notion that a draught or current ought 
necessarily to be horizontal. In r sality, the direct upward course is 
what would naturally result from the combination of numerous oppos- 
ing rills of air, coming in from all sides through the loose gravel and 
cracks in the frozen deposit, and, while seeking the point of least 
resistance, gradually curving towards the perpendicular direction, even 
before reaching the stones of the lining wall. If there are, indeed, 
any single streams of more than the average force, they might be 
found by running an impervious vertical partition down the middle 
of the shaft, and then making a smoke close to the joints of the stones 
in the wall. But the fact that the owner of the ground has only 
this well to supply water for the daily use of his family, precludes 
the carrying out of such experiments. 

We had hardly begun to make close observations, before it occurred 
to us that we were dealing with a case of compressed air, which 
might be accumulated by some natural subterranean water-trumpet 
( Wassertrommel), or “Catalan blower,” and which, expanding as it 
approached the surface of the earth or escaped into this artificial 
outlet, would absorb and render latent a large amount of heat, and 
could thus effect the gradual refrigeration and actual freezing of a 
considerable body of wet gravel.f The flow of air — which would 
otherwise be so diffused as to have no appreciable force at any part 
of the surface of the drift bed—should become especially apparent 
in this vent bored down through the overlying clay and fine soil into 
the very coarse and uncommonly pervious gravel. That the gas ex- 


* Proceedings, ΙΥ͂. 270. 

ἡ For a valuable series of experiments made by Dr. John Gorrie, on the absorp- 
tion of heat by condensed air in the act of expanding, — with particular reference 
to the economical production of ice, —see Am. Journ. Sci. foy 1850, [2.] X. 39, 
214; Ann. Sci. Dise., 1851, p. 57. 


‘OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 293 


pelled differs little, if any, from atmospheric air, is shown by the free 
burning of the candle, as well as by the lack of any impression pro- 
duced on the senses, except that arising from mere coldness. 

Considering that the drift heap in which the well is situated rests 
evidently on limestone, and is not far distant from the junction of the 
limestone with the mica slate, or gneiss, we may easily conceive of 
the occurrence of such caverns, fissures, natural conduits, and sub- 
terranean water-courses as might complete an arrangement on the 
principle of the water-trumpet,—one of the oldest contrivances for 
securing a blast to be used in iron-furnaces,— and thus afford a 
constant and ever-renewed supply of condensed air. And, as the 
experiments of Dr. Gorrie show that but a moderate degree of con- 
densation is necessary to enable air to become freezing cold by its 
return to the normal bulk, we may be warranted in saying that such 
‘a cause, though of moderate power and having various impediments 
to overcome, would be sufficient to produce all the effects observed 
in the case under consideration. Of course, the colder the air at first, 
and the colder the compressing and cooling water, the greater would 
be the refrigeration resulting from the subsequent expansion. And 
the actual freezing must proceed with greater rapidity at that time 
of the year when the accumulated heat of the soil is allowed the 
freest radiation, together with the least chance of increase. In fact, 
it is said to be a matter of yearly observation, that the well “begins 
to feel the cold weather,” and to freeze over in autumn long before 
there are any heavy frosts above, and, indeed, while the ground is 
still open for tillage. This, certainly, would seem to indicate a cause 
continually operating with almost uniform force. 

Since our return from Brandon, we find that the senior editor of 
the American Journal of Science,* in commenting on an account of 
the frozen well at Owego,f makes the simple remark, that the phe- 
nomenon might possibly be occasioned by the escape of compressed 
air; but how the air could be condensed, and how or why the effect 
should follow from such a cause, he does not point out. It does not, 
therefore, appear whether or not Prof. Silliman had in his mind a 
theory similar to ours. Excepting this indefinite suggestion, we have 
met with no hypothesis capable of explaining all the facts in the case. 


* Am. Journ. Scig, 1839, [1.] XXXVI. 185. 
+ The Brandon well was not in existence at that time, 


294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The supposition that the current observed might come from air of 
ordinary tension, cooled and stored in ice-caverns during the winter 
months, and afterwards expelled by water filling up these reservoirs, 
fails to meet the case. For if there were any accumulation of cold 
air made during one winter sufficient to hold over till the next, we 
might expect a gradual diminution of effect from spring till the middle 
of the following winter, instead of an increase on the first approach of 
cold weather in autumn. The same objection applies with equal force 


to the conjecture that winds penetrate the earth through some dis- - 


tant lower inlet, and in winter refrigerate the mass of gravel to an 
extraordinary degree. And it may be further said respecting the 
latter idea, that in summer cold air could not rise through a great 
body of gravel and flow out into the warmer and lighter superincum- 
bent atmosphere, without some powerful vis a@ tergo to enable it to 


overcome inertia, friction, and gravity, — a force which, being then ° 


entirely unaided by any forward draught, must be far greater than 
could be supplied by any ordinary winds, even under the most favor- 
able circumstances. But even if we suppose winds could blow through 
ice-caves underground, and permeate the earth above, we still have 
the ice-caves themselves to account for, as well as the constant re- 
newal of the ice. 

But not intending to lay too much stress on the water-trumpet 
hypothesis, which, of course, is not entirely free from drawbacks, and 
may or may not be the true explanation of the singular phenomena 
under discussion, we wish more particularly to bring forward to the 
notice of the Academy the fact of the continual rush of cold air out 
of the well at Brandon,—a current probably having some connection 
with the freezing below. And we may be allowed to remark that, 
in the case of this particular well at least, any theory which fails to 
assign a sufficient cause for the continued efflux leaves out of account 
a matter hardly less wonderful than the perennial congelation itself. 

An incidental point worthy of attention is the asserted uniformity 
in the depth of the water— or ice and water —at all times of the 
year. Had there been an engineer’s level at hand, enabling us to 
ascertain the relation of the surface of the water in the well to the 
level of brooks and low grounds not far distant, we might have gath- 
ered some positive data having a bearing on the subject. But it 
would be useless to reason on uncontrolled estimates ; and, without 
dwelling on some other facts not sufficiently studied, we will simply 


ee ΨΨ ΘΝ 


ene — TT 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 295 


put on record the temperatures of other sources of water opened in 
and near this limited drift bed. 1st. In a spring sunk to about the 
depth of ten feet from the surface, —a stone’s throw northwest of the 
frozen well, at the side of the lane leading out of the main road, — 
the water at top stood at 54° F., and that near the bottom, at 50°. 
2d. A similar spring about twelve feet deep, three or four rods west 
of No. 1, showed a temperature of 50° in water drawn from the 
bottom. Both these small wells are evidently fed by surface water, 
and, at the time of our visit, they were filled nearly up to the level 
of the ground. 3d. In a shallow spring at some distance southwest 
of the frozen well, in lower ground, and apparently near the limit of 
the drift, the water stood at 48° F. A deep well in the mica slate 
formation, about half a mile west, stood at 45° F, 

It is to be hoped that the well, and the bed of frozen gravel in which 
it is situated, may be made the subject of careful experimental inves- 
tigation. It would, of course, be interesting to ascertain the precise 
limits and conditions of variation in the current of air. It is also 
desirable that the contour of the drift heap and the grounds adjoining 
should be accurately determined. 


Four hundred and ninety-eighth meeting, 


September 10, 1861.— Monruty ΜΈΕΤΙΧΝα. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the ex- 
changes of the Academy. 

Professor Horsford illustrated the several methods recently 
suggested and employed for rendering linen and cotton fabrics 
uninflammable. 

Professor Peirce made a communication upon the discrep- 
ancy between the observed and the calculated acceleration of 
the moon’s motion, and the question whether it may be due 
to the influence of meteoric bodies about the earth. 

Mr. Swett exhibited a piece of leather, in the form of a 
breastplate, prepared so as to be impenetrable by the thrust 
of a bayonet, and explained the method of preparation. 


296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Four hundred and ninety=-ninth meeting. 


October 8, 1861.— Montuiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 
Professor Sophocles read the following communication : — 


Remarks on the Dialect of Tzakonid. 


THERE is no historical evidence that the less-cultivated dialects of 
ancient Greece were written or spoken after the close of the third 
century of our era.* The language of Constantinople, the new capital 
of the Roman empire, was a continuation of later Greek. For about 
eleven centuries it was the language of books, of imperial edicts, of 
ecclesiastical canons, and of the ritual of the Eastern Church. Which 
being the case, it was naturally more or less employed by all those 
whose mother tongue was the Greek, in whatever part of the empire 
they might be found. ‘This seems to be the principal reason why the 
Byzantine Greek was not subdivided into new dialects. 

The Romaic, or Modern Greek, the immediate offspring of Byzan- 
tine Greek, cannot be said to have dialects, as this word is commonly 
used by grammarians. The Greek inhabitant of Epirus, Macedonia, 
or Thrace finds no difficulty in conversing with the native of Crete, 


* The following passage, in which Porphyrogenitus speaks of the Agean 
Sea, is apparently a confused quotation from Artemidorus the geographer, 
who died very near the beginning of the first century before Christ. Por- 
PHYROGENITUS, Them. 1,17, p. 42 Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος τὰ αὐτά 
φησι τῷ Στράβωνι - ἤΑκρα τις ἔστιν Αἰολίδος, ἣν Αἶγα οἱ ἐπιχώριοι ὀνομάζουσιν, 
ἀφ᾽ ἧς καὶ τὸ πέλαγος τὴν τοιαύτην ὀνομασίαν προσείληφεν. Αἰολίδος δὲ λέγω 
οὐκ ἔθνους ὀνομασίαν, ἀλλὰ γλώττης ἰδίωμα - ἡ γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων γλῶττα εἰς πέντε 
διαλέκτους διήρηται. . ... Καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Μιλήτου μέχρι τῆς ᾿Εφεσίων πόλεως 
καὶ αὐτῆς Σμύρνης καὶ Κολοφῶνος ᾿Ιώνων ἐστὶ κατοικία, οἵτινες τῇ τῶν ᾿Ιώνων 
διαλέκτῳ χρῶνται. ᾿Απὸ δὲ Κολοφῶνος μέχρι Κλαζομενῶν καὶ τῆς ἀντιπέραν τῆς 
Χίου γῆς καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Μιτυλήνης καὶ τοῦ καλουμένου Περγάμου Αἰολέων ἐστὶν 
ἀποικία, οἵτινες διαλέκτῳ χρῶνται τῶν Αἰολέων. Τὰ δὲ ἐπέκεινα τούτων ἀπὸ τοῦ 
λεγομένου Λεκτοῦ καὶ ἕως ᾿Αβύδου καὶ αὐτῆς Προποντίδος καὶ μέχρι Κυζίκου καὶ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ λεγομένου Tpavixov πάντες Τραικοὶ ὀνομάζονται καὶ κοινῇ δια- 
λέκτῳ χρῶνται, TARY Βυζαντίων, ὅτι Δωριέων ἐστιν ἀποικία. It will be observed 
that Artemidorus divides the northwestern coast of Asia Minor, not according 
to race, but according to language. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 297 


Rhodes, or Cyprus. As to vulgarisms and local and slang terms, 
which abound in every district and large town, they cannot with any 
degree of propriety be classed with dialectic peculiarities. Their ex- 
istence is usually ephemeral, and as a general thing they are of little 
value to the philologist. 

A few centuries ago, a Greek by the name of Kabhasilas asserted 
that the number of dialects into which the popular Greek was sub- 
divided was over seventy. Now, if by dialects he meant anything, he 
must have meant patois ; and if so, he ought to have added many 
more; for the illiterate of almost every village have their peculiar 
barbarisms. If it be asked why he selected seventy as the round 
number, we may answer that Kabhasilas, in common with all the 
ignorant of the East, was a believer in the marvellous properties of 
certain numbers, of which seventy is one. For, in the first place, it is 
the product of the sacred number seven and of the perfect number 
ten ; the perfection of the latter emanating -from the mystical fact that 
it is contained in the quaternary, the source of inexhaustible nature, as 
the Pythagoreans express it. Secondly, this number appears more 
than once in the Bible. Thus, we have threescore and ten palm-trees 
in the desert of Sinai, and seventy disciples. Thirdly, the Old Testa- 
ment was translated by seventy interpreters (the celebrated Septua_ 
gint), every one of whom was inspired during the laborious process 
of translating, and often mistranslating, Hebrew into Greek. It is 
true that, according to the legend, the version was the work of sev- 
enty-two learned Jews, each tribe having furnished six accomplished 
scholars ; but as seventy-two is not remarkably mystical, it was 
thought proper by the regulators of religious opinion to reduce it to 
seventy. Further, the ignorant believe that Saint Luke the Evan- 
gelist painted seventy wonder-working pictures of the Virgin, one of 
which is now in the principal church of Tenos, and another in Bo- 
logna. And if any one doubts whether Luke was a painter, the priest 
informs him that Saint John of Damascus, one of the great fathers of 
the Church, distinctly states that the Evangelist painted the picture of 
the Virgin, and sent it as a present to his frierid Theophilus.* And 
if he could paint one, he might have painted seventy. 


- 


* JOANNES DAMASCENUS, I, p. 618 D Βλέπε μοι καὶ τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν καὶ 
ἄντ ᾿ a ae ine JA , . 3 , , 4 , 
ἀπόστολον Λουκᾶν - οὐχὶ τῆς παναχράντου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας τὴν τιμίαν 
εἰκόνα ἀνιστόρησε καὶ πρὸς Θεύφιλον ἔπεμψε ; 

VOL. V. 38 


298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


On the eastern shores of Peloponnesus there is a small district 
called 7zakonta, or Tzakonia (in three syllables). It is contained in 
the ancient Cynuria, which lay between Argolis and Laconia.* The 
language spoken by the inhabitants of this region is unintelligible to 
those whose mother tongue is the Romaic. To the philologist it is 
nothing more than a very barbarous Romaic. In the common lan- 
guage of the Greeks, the corruptions or changes are in a great meas- 
ure systematic, and it is very easy for the critical scholar to trace 
them to their medieval and ancient sources. But the dialect of Tza- 
konia is apparently a jargon, in the usual acceptation of the term. It 
is broken Greek. Many of its roots, indeed, are traceable to the 
Greek, but its inflections usually deviate from the Greek type. In 
short, it is not a regularly developed modern Greek patois. And 
the question is, when and under what circumstances it came into 
being. 

In investigating the affinities of a language, one of the first requisites 
is to examine its pronouns, pronominal adjectives, pronominal adverbs, 


numerals, case-endings, and personal endings (which are in reality 


fragmentary pronouns). These elements constitute its essential char- 
acteristics. And when a language loses them, it loses, as it were, its 
consciousness. If we apply this rule to the language of Tzakonia, it 
will be found that many or most of these characteristics are so different 
from those of the Romaic, and their resemblance to the corresponding 
words in Greek is so general, that they may be referred to more than 
one of the Indo-European languages. Thus, its word for ἐγώ is ἐσού, 
which has the elements of the ecclesiastical Slavic &¢. For ov it has 
ἐκιοῦ (in two syllables), and for ri, 7¢és, which does not differ from 
the Slavic ἐβλεσὸ. 

Some scholars fancy they discover Doricisms and Ionicisms in this 
dialect ; and by a natural process of reasoning they infer that the Tza- 
koniots are a remnant of the ancient Cynurians, an aboriginal people, 
whom Herodotus was inclined to regard as Doricized Jonians, that is, 
Jonians who in the course of time adopted the manners, customs, laws, 


* The villages in which this dialect is spoken are. the following : ἡ Kaord- 
νιτζα, ἡ Sireva, τὸ Πραστόν, τὸ Aevids, τὸ Μελανόν, τὸ Aepdv, τὰ Καλύβια τοῦ 
ἁγίου ’Avdpéov, τὰ Κουνούπια. The original forms of Σίτενα, Πραστόν, and 
Aevids are Προάστειον, Λεωνίδας, and 6 Siravas, all found in PHRANTZEs, 
p- 159. 


eae x 


: 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 299 


and dialect of the Dorians.* Now whenever a classical scholar goes 
to Greece to find Dorians and Ionians, it is ten to one but that he suc- 
ceeds in finding Dorians and Ionians. He selects such words and 
phrases and facts as are agreeable to his hypothesis, and takes no 
notice of those which contradict it. He lays much stress upon coinci- 
dences, but disregards differences. He overlooks the fact that the gen- 
uine Romaic contains infinitely more Doricisms than the jargon of 
Tzakonia. If the modern Tzakoniots were the descendants of the 
Doricized Ionians of Herodotus, we should naturally expect to find a 
great similarity between their language and that now used in Crete, 
Melos, Thera, Carpathus, Rhodes, and other Doric islands; 

What was, then, the origin of this dialect? Before we attempt to 
answer the question, it will be necessary to ascertain what foreign 
races migrated to Greece after it became a Roman province. 

Of all the barbarians that overran Greece previously to the ninth 
century, the Slavs alone are represented by the Byzantine historians 
as having permanently settled in Greece. They began to come in 
contact with the Greeks in the early part of the sixth century. And 
for nearly two hundred years after they crossed*the Danube they, 
conjointly with other barbarians, did little else than devastate Illyria, 
Thrace, and Greece.f Soon after the terrible plague which, in the 


* Heron. 8, 73 Οἰκέει δὲ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔθνεα ἑπτά. Τούτων δὲ τὰ μὲν 
δύο αὐτόχθονα ἐόντα κατὰ χώραν ἵδρυται νῦν τῇ καὶ τὸ πάλαι οἴκεον, ᾿Αρκάδες τε 
καὶ Κυνούριοι ....-.- Οἱ δὲ Κυνούριοι αὐτόχθονες ἐόντες δοκέουσι μοῦνοι εἶναι 
Ἴωνες, ἐκδεδωρίευνται δὲ ὑπό τε ᾿Αργείων ἀρχόμενοι καὶ τοῦ χρόνου, ἐόντες ᾽Ορ- 
νεῆται καὶ περίοικοι. THuc. 5,41 Τῆς Κυνουρίας γῆς . . - - νέμονται δ᾽ αὐτὴν 
Λακεδαιμόνιοι. STRAB. 8, 6,17 Κυνουρία, substantively. 

+ Procortus, II, p. 397, 18 (A. Ὁ. 547) Ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Σκλαβηνῶν 
στράτευμα διαβάντες ποταμὸν Ἴστρον ᾿Ιλλυριοὺς ἅπαντας ἄχρι ᾿Επιδαμνίων ἔδρα- 
σαν ἀνήκεστα ἔργα. 449 (A. D. 550) Ἴστρον δὲ ποταμὸν διαβάντες ἀμφὶ Nai- 
σὸν ἦλθον, κατ. dX. MENANDER, p. 404, 15 (A. 1). 576) Ὅτι κεραϊζομένης τῆς 
Ἑλλάδος ὑπὸ Σκλαβηνῶν, κι τιλ. MALALAS, p. 490, 6 Μηνὶ μαρτίῳ ἰνδικτι- 
ὥνος Ζ' ἐπανέστησαν οἱ Οὗννοι καὶ οἱ Σκλᾶβοι τῇ Θράκῃ; καὶ πολεμήσαντες πολ- 
λοὺς ἀπέκτειναν, καί τινας ἐπραίδευσαν. 'THEOPHANES, p. 800 (A. D. δ51 -Π 8) 
Τῷ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔτει ἐπανέστησαν Οὗννοι καὶ Σκλάβοι τῇ Θράκῃ πλήθη πολλά. 582 
(A. Ὁ. 6566 -Π 8) Οἱ δὲ Σκλαβινοὶ τούτῳ [τῷ ᾿Αβδεραχμὰν] προσρυέντες σὺν 
αὐτῷ ἐν Συρίᾳ κατῆλθον χιλιάδες πέντε, καὶ ᾧκησαν εἰς τὴν ᾿Απάμειαν χώραν ἐν 
κώμῃ Σκευοκοβούλῳ. 559 (A.D. 6834-8) Τούτῳ τῷ ἔτει ᾿Ιουστινιανὸς ἀπελέ- 


- > - 
Eato ἐκ τῶν μετοικισθέντων ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ Σκλάβων καὶ ἐστράτευσε χιλιάδας A’, καὶ 


300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


middle of the eighth century, visited Southern Italy, Sicily, and Greece, 
the Slavs established themselves as settlers in the depopulated prov- 
inces of continental and peninsular Greece. “Only those escaped 
death who fled from the infected regions,” says Saint Nicephorus the 
Confessor.* According to Porphyrogenitus, all the rural districts 
of Greece (ἡ χώρα) were occupied by the Slavs and became barbarous, 
when Constantine Copronymus the iconoclast was Emperor.f The 
anonymous epitomizer of Strabo, who must have lived after the eighth 
century, says, “And now the Slavic Scythians occupy nearly the 
whole of Epirus, Hellas, Peloponnesus, and Macedonia.” And again, 
‘But now the names Pisatae, and Caucones, and Pylians are not 
used; for all these regions are inhabited by Scythians”; { Seythians 


ψ' ld > ‘ > , 9 ‘ 4 ’ ” ‘ > ΄ 
ὁπλίσας αὐτοὺς ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτοὺς λαὸν περιούσιον, ἄρχοντά τε αὐτῶν 
Νέβουλον τοὔνομα. 

The K in Σκλάβος, Σκλαβηνός, and the © in Σθλάβος, do not belong to the 
radical portion of these forms: they were introduced by the Greeks in order 
to bring them under the analogy of σκληρός, σθένος or rather ἐ-σθλός. 

* THEOPHANES, p. 651 (A.D. 738 -Π 8) Τῷ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔτει λοιμώδης θάνατος 
ἀπὸ Σικελίας καὶ Καλαβρίας ἀρξάμενος, οἷόν τι πῦρ ἐπινεμόμενον ἐπὶ τὴν Μονοβα- 
σίαν καὶ Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὰς παρακειμένας νήσους ἦλθεν Sv ὅλης τῆς IA’ ἰνδικτιῶνος. 
652 Ἡ δὲ αὐτὴ λοιμικὴ νόσος τοῦ βουβῶνος ἀνέδραμεν τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἐπινε- 
μήσει ἐν τῇ βασιλίδι πόλει. NiICEPHORUS CONSTANTINOPOLITANUS, p. 70, 11 
Καθ᾽ ods τόπους τὸ φθοροποιὸν ἐπεφύετο πάθος, ἅπαν ἀνθρώπων γένος ἐπινεμό- 
μενον διέλυέ τε καὶ ἄρδην ἐξηφάνιζε. Διεσώθη δ᾽ ay τις θείᾳ πάντως βουλήσει; 
ὅστις ὡς πορρωτάτω τούτων τῶν χωρῶν ἀπέδρα. ᾿Επετείνετο δὲ τὰ τῆς φθορᾶς 
μάλιστα περὶ τὸ Βυζάντιον. 

+ Poreayrocenitus, Them. p. 53 ᾿Εσθλαβώθη δὲ πᾶσα ἡ χώρα καὶ γέ- 
γονε βάρβαρος, ὅτε ὁ λοιμικὸς θάνατος πᾶσαν ἐβόσκετο τὴν οἰκουμένην, ὁπηνίκα 
Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ τῆς κοπρίας ἐπώνυμος τὰ σκῆπτρα τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων διεῖπεν 
> a “ 4 εκ > ΄ ΄ a gs aps > ee ’ 
ἀρχῆς. Ὥστε τινὰ τῶν ἐκ Πελοποννήσου μέγα φρονοῦντα ἐπὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ εὐγενείᾳ, 
“ ‘ ΄ , > U ᾽ ΄“ sy , \ ΕΣ ΄ 
iva μὴ λέγω δυσγενείᾳ, Εὐφήμιον ἐκεῖνον τὸν περιβόητον γραμματικὸν ἀποσκῶψαι 


, > A » A 2 » ΄ 
εἰς αὐτὸν τουτοῖ τὸ θρυλούμενον ἰαμβεῖον, 
Ταρασδοειδὴς ὄψις ἐσθλαβωμένη. 


"Hy δὲ οὗτος Νικήτας ὁ κηδεύσας ἐπὶ θυγατρὶ Σοφίᾳ Χριστοφόρον τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ 
καλοῦ Ῥωμανοῦ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ βασιλέως. 

¢ Srras. Chrestomath. III, p. 507 Καὶ νῦν δὲ πᾶσαν ἼἬπειρον καὶ Ἑλλάδα 
σχεδὸν καὶ Πελοπόννησον καὶ Μακεδονίαν Σκύθαι Σκλάβοι νέμονται. 519 Nov 
δὲ οὐδὲ ὄνομά ἐστι ΠΠισατῶν καὶ Καυκώνων καὶ Πυλίων : ἅπαντα γὰρ ταῦτα Σκύθαι 
νέμονται. In the first of these passages, Σκλάβοι may be a gloss. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 301 


in the Byzantine writers meaning simply Northern Barbarians. But 
although they did not enter Greece as conquerors, they disdained to 
consider themselves as subjects of the Byzantine Emperor. They en- 
joyed their national independence, and were a source of trouble to the 
government at Constantinople.* In the ninth century, the Emperor 
Basil, according to his son, Leo the Wise or the Philosopher, succeeded 
in thoroughly subjugating, Romanizing, Christianizing, and Grecizing 
the Slavs in his dominion. Their soldiers, being trained after the Ro- 
man system of tactics, were of essential service to the Greeco-Romans. 
Their own princes, of course, had lost their power over them.f 


* THEOPHANES, p. 663 (A. D. 7504-8) Τούτῳ τῷ ἔτει Κωνσταντῖνος τὰς 
κατὰ Μακεδονίαν Σκλαβινίας ἠἡχμαλώτευσεν, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ὑποχειρίους ἐποί- 
noe. 707 (A.D. ττὸ - 8) Τούτῳ τῷ ἔτει εἰρηνεύσασα Eipnyn μετὰ τῶν ᾿Αρά- 
βων καὶ ἄδειαν εὑροῦσα ἀποστέλλει Σταυράκιον τὸν πατρίκιον καὶ λογοθέτην 
τοῦ ὀξέος δρόμου μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς κατὰ τῶν Σκλαβίνων ἐθνῶν. Καὶ κατελ- 
θὼν ἐπὶ Θεσσαλονίκην καὶ Ἑλλάδα ὑπέταξε πάντας καὶ ὑποφόρους ἐποίησε τῇ 
βασιλείᾳ. Εἰσῆλθεν δὲ καὶ ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ καὶ πολλὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν καὶ λάφυρα 
ἤγαγεν τῇ τῶν Ρωμαίων βασιλείᾳᾳ. PorpHyroGenitus, Cer. p. 634,11 Χρὴ 
εἰδέναι ὅπως ἐδέξατο Μιχαὴλ ὁ βασιλεὺς Σκλάβους τοὺς ἀτακτήσαντας ἐν χώρᾳ 
τῇ Σουβδελιτίᾳ καὶ ἀνελθόντας εἰς τὰ ὄρη καὶ πάλιν καταφυγόντας τῇ αὐτοκρατο- 
ρικῇ καὶ ὑψηλῇ βασιλείᾳ... ... Καὶ εὐθέως εἰσήχθησαν ἕτεροι Σκλάβοι Θεσσαλο- 
νίκης ἀρχοντίας, κι τιλ. Adm. p. 217 (A.D. 802 -- 811) Νικηφόρος τὰ τῶν 
Ῥωμαίων σκῆπτρα ἐκράτει, καὶ οὗτοι ἐν τῷ θέματι ὄντες τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἀπό- 
στασιν ἐννοήσαντες πρῶτον μὲν τὰς τῶν γειτόνων οἰκίας τῶν Τραικῶν ἐξεπόρθουν 
καὶ εἰς ἁρπαγὴν eridevto .... μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες καὶ ᾿Αφρικοὺς καὶ Σαρακηνούς. 
221 Καὶ πάντας μὲν τοὺς Σκλάβους καὶ λοιποὺς ἀνυποτάκτους τοῦ θέματος Πελο- 
ποννήσου ὑπέταξε [Θεόκτιστος] καὶ ἐχειρώσατο. Μόνοι δὲ οἱ ᾿Εζερῖται καὶ οἱ 
Μιληγγοὶ κατελείφθησαν ὑπὸ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίαν καὶ τὸ Ἕλος, k. τ. λ. 

{ Leo, Tactic. 18, 100 Καὶ τὰ Σκλαβικὰ δὲ ἔθνη ὁμοδίαιτά τε ἦσαν καὶ ὁμό- 
τροπα ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἐλεύθερα, μηδαμῶς δουλοῦσθαι ἢ ἄρχεσθαι πειθόμενα, καὶ 
μάλιστα ὅτ[ε] πέραν τοῦ Δανουβίου κατῴκουν ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ χώρα. Ὅθεν καὶ ἐνταῦθα 
περαιωθέντα καὶ οἱονεὶ βιασθέντα δέξασθαι τὴν δουλείαν οὐχ ἑτέρῳ ἡδέως πείθε- 


σθαι ἤθελον, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ ἑαυτῶν. Κρεῖττον γὰρ ἡγοῦντο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρχοντος 


τῆς ἑαυτῶν φυλῆς φθείρεσθαι, ἢ τοῖς Ῥωμαϊκοῖς δουλεύειν καὶ ὑποκλίνεσθαι νόμοις. 


Οἱ δὲ τοῦ σωτηρίου βαπτίσματος τὸν [φωτισμὸν 7) καταδεξάμενοι ἄχρι τῶν ἡμετέ- 


“-“ [ > ~ 

_ ρων χρόνων. τοῦτο ὅσον κατ᾽ αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀρχαίας ἐλευθερίας συνήθειαν διατηροῦνται. 

The text is corrupt here. 18, 102 Ταῦτα οὖν ὁ ἡμέτερος πατὴρ καὶ Ρωμαίων 
: A 2 a 3 
αὐτοκράτωρ Βασίλειος τῶν ἀρχαίων ἐθνῶν [read ἐθῶν] ἔπεισε μεταστῆναι, καὶ 
᾿ aa ΄ , 
é γραικώσας καὶ ἄρχουσι κατὰ τὸν Ῥωμαϊκὸν τύπον ὑποτάξας καὶ βαπτίσματι 
; τιμήσας, τῆς δὲ δουλείας ἠλευθέρωσε τῶν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ στρατεύεσθαι κατὰ 
‘ ’ ρ 
ἔ 
; : 
§ 


302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


With regard to the Slavs of Peloponnesus, Porphyrogenitus informs 
us that those who occupied the slopes of the Pentadactylus (the me- 
dieval name of the Taygetus) were called Ἐζερῖται and Maanyyoi.* 
The word ’E¢epirae means simply natives of E¢epdv, the medizval name 
of Ἕλος ; ἔζερο (neuter) in Slavic meaning Jake, and in this case apply- 
ing to the dake or swamp (ἕλος) in the vicinity of the ancient Ἕλος. 
As to Μιληγγοί, it is analogous to the ancient word Λεοντῖνοι, that is, it 
applies both to the place and to the people inhabiting it. In the 
“Book of the Conquest of the Morea by the Franks,” this place is 
called Medtyyot or Μελιγοί, or in the singular Μελιγγόν or MeAcyév.T 
The same book uses also ra Σκλαβικά, the Slavie settlements, and τῶν 
Σκλαβῶν ὁ Spdyyos, the district of the Slavs, with reference to the Slavs 
of Laconia.{ The neuter τὸ Μελιγόν͵ occurs once in Phrantzes, an 
author of the fifteenth century. These Slavs are represented as an 
arrogant and refractory people. “They have no respect for mas- 
ters,” says the “ Book of the Conquest of the Morea by the Franks.” || 


τῶν Ῥωμαίοις πολεμούντων ἐθνῶν ἐξεπαίδευσεν οὕτω πως ἐπιμελῶς περὶ τὰ τοι- 
aura διακείμενος. Διὸ καὶ ἀμερίμνους Ῥωμαίους ἐκ τῆς πολλάκις ἀπὸ Σκλάβων 
γενομένης ἀνταρσίας ἐποίησε, πολλὰς ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων ὀχλήσεις καὶ πολέμους τοῖς 
πάλαι χρόνοις ὑπομείναντας. ; 

If ypatkaoas, having Grecized, is not a corrupt reading, it is formed from 
γραικόω, to make one Tpackés, atter the analogy of σθλαβόω, from ΣΘλά- 
Bos. See σθλαβόω, in the Glossary of Later and Byzantine Greek, and 
compare ἐκδεδωρίευνται (from ἐκδωριεύομαι, a compound of ἐκ and Δωριεύς) 
in Herodotus (8, 73). 

* See above, p. 301. 

t+ ConquEst, 1666 Ὅτι 6 ζυγὸς τῶν Μελιγγῶν ἔνι yap Spdyyos μέγας, For 
the ridge of Melingi is a large district. 3205 Τῶν ἀρχηγῶν ἐμήνυσαν τῶν Me- 
λιγγῶν τοῦ Spdyyov, equivalent to ᾿Εμήνυσαν τῶν ἀρχηγῶν τοῦ δρόγγου τῶν 
Μελιγγῶν. 386 Ἔκ τῶν ζυγῶν τῶν Μελιγῶν ἦλθαν τὰ πεζικά τους. 1671 
Ὅτι ἀφότου ἐγείνετον τοῦ Μιζιθρᾶ τὸ κάστρον Καὶ ἔνι ἀπάνω εἰς τὸν ζυγὸν τοῦ 
Μελιγγοῦ τὸν δρόγγον. 3262 Εἰς τὸν δρόγγον γὰρ τοῦ Μελιγοῦ ὁμοίως τῆς 
Τζακωνίας. 

t Isip. 1713. 3279. 

§ PHRANTZES, p. 159 Μελίγον. 

|| Conquest, 1666 Ὅτι ὁ ζυγὸς τῶν Μελιγῶν ἔνι yap δρόγγος μέγας, Καὶ 
ἔχει κλεισούραις δυναταὶς, χώραις γὰρ καὶ μεγάλαις, ᾿Ανθρώπους ἀλαζονικοὺς 
κ᾽ οὐ σέβονται αὐθέντην. In this poem, γάρ is often introduced simply to fill 
out the line. 


ae te. 


eg 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 908 


And from Porphyrogenitus we learn that the ᾿Εζερῖται and the Μιληγγοί 
were the last to submit to the government at Constantinople.* 
According to an anonymous writer of the fourteenth century, Pelo- 


ponnesus was at that time inhabited by a mongrel population, the prin- 


cipal elements being Lacedzmonians, Italians, Peloponnesians, Slavs, 
Illyrians, Egyptians, and Jews. By Lacedemonians and Peloponne- 
stans he must mean the modern Μανιᾶτες and Mapaires. His 
Illyrians are our ’ApBavires. ΑΒ to his Αἰγύπτιοι, they are most 
probably the Τύφτοι, Gypsies, of the present day, who are currently 
believed in the Levant to be of Egyptian origin, perhaps because the 
Gypsies who first appeared among the Greeks came from Egypt. It 
is possible, however, that this writer’s Egyptians may be the descend- 
ants of the Saracens and the Africans, who, conjointly with the Slavs, 
were plundering the Greeks of Peloponnesus in the early part of the 
ninth century, as Porphyrogenitus informs us.} 

It is sometimes asked, what became of the language of the Grecized 
Slavs? If the modern Greeks are Slavs, why is not Greece now 
another Servia or Bosnia? For although the Slavic language has 
left behind it a number of names of places,$ and tinctured the Greek 


* See above, p. 301. 

+ Borssonapr’s AnEcD. Grasc. II, p. 174 Ἔν Πελοποννήσῳ, ὡς καὶ 
αὐτὸς οἶδας, ξεῖνε, οἰκεῖ ἀναμὶξ γένη πολιτευόμενα πάμπολλα, ὧν τὸν χωρι- 
σμὸν εὑρεῖν νῦν οὔτε ράδιον οὔτε κατεπεῖγον. “A δὲ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς περιηχεῖται, ὡς 
πᾶσι δῆλα καὶ κορυφαῖα, τυγχάνει ταῦτα " Λακεδαίμονες, ᾿Ιταλοὶ, Πελοποννήσιοι; 
Σθλαβῖνοι, ᾿Ιλλυριοὶ, Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, οὐκ ὀλίγοι δὲ μέσον τούτων καὶ 
ὑποβολιμαῖοι" ὁμοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπαριθμούμενα ἑπτά. A poor imitation of ΠΕ- 
RODOTUS, 8, 78. Οἰκέει δὲ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔθνεα ἑπτά. 

The Μάζξαρις of this unknown author seems to be an imaginary person, 
suggested perhaps by the Er (Ἤρ) of PLat. Rep. 10, p. 614 B ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ 
μέντοι σοι, ἦν δ᾽ ἐγὼ, ᾿Αλκίνου γε ἀπόλογον ἐρῶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἀλκίμου μὲν ἀνδρὸς, Ἢρὸς 
τοῦ ᾿Αρμενίου, τὸ γένος Παμφύλου - ὅς ποτε ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ἀναιρεθέντων 
δεκαταίων τῶν νεκρῶν ἤδη διεφθαρμένων, ὑγιὴς μὲν ἀνῃρέθη, κ. τ. dr. 

866 above, p. 301. 

§ Examples: Tovpa, as, 7, Ghura, the ancient ἤορθυς; from the Slavic 
yopa, mountain (ὄρος). Τορίτζα, as, 7, Ghoritza, the site of the ancient 
Δημητριάς ; from yopir¢a, the diminutive of the Slavic yopa, because it is 
a little mountain, as compared with Pelion. Zayopd, as, ἡ, Zaghord, a town 
behind Pelion with respect to Volo; from the Slavic ¢a, behind, back, and 
yopa. Zaydpt, ιοῦ, τὸ, Zaghori, a town in Epirus; from the Russian ¢a- 


304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


with some of its own formative endings, it is not now spoken in any 
part of Greece. Questions of this sort ean be asked only by those 
who are but imperfectly acquainted with the history of medieval 
Greece. Such persons seem to forget that language, as expressive of 
ideas, is, as it were, an artificial thing; and consequently one race 
may adopt the language of another; and, what is more remarkable, 
the same race changes its language constantly, and usually by an 
endogenous process, so to speak. The argument from language, 
therefore, is of no weight, when it is opposed. to direct historical evi- 
dence. The preservation of the Greek language would indeed be an 
extraordinary phenomenon, if we assumed that the Greek race ceased 
to exist after the great plague in the eighth century. “ Languages,” 
says a distinguished linguist,* “adhere so tenaciously to their native 
soil, that, in general, they can be eradicated only by the extirpation of 
the races that speak them.” The vitality or tenacity of the Greek 
language is too well known to require any comments here. 

But the Greek race was not extirpated by the great plague. There 
is sufficient historical evidence that the Greeks (of Ἑλλαδικοί) did not 
entirely disappear during the eighth century. Thus, Saint Nicephorus 
the Confessor says that, as Constantinople was all but depopulated by 
the plague, it became necessary to replenish it with people brought 
from the continental parts of the empire and from the islands.— And 
there is no proof that these new Constantinopolitans did not speak 
Greek as their vernacular tongue. Again, Porphyrogenitus tells us 
that when the Slavs of Peloponnesus rebelled against the government 
in the reign of Nicephorus, nearly two generations after the plague, 
they plundered the houses of the Greeks (τῶν Τραικῶν) in their vicinity.} 
In another place he observes that the inhabitants of Maivn, a fortified 
town near Twnarum, were not Slavs; they were descended from the 
earlier Romans (and by Romans he means Greeks). In his time they 


y ope (neuter), a place behind a mountain. KdpXas, a, 6, Karlas, the an- 
cient Βοιβηΐς ; from the Russian kapha, a dwarf, because the Kirlas is a 
little sea or lake ? 

* GrorGeE P. Marsa, Lectures on the English Language, p. 25. 

+ NicepHorUS CONSTANTINOPOLITANUS, p. 72 ᾿Εντεῦθεν τοίνυν ἀνοίκητον 
σχεδὸν ἤδη γεγονυῖαν τὴν πόλιν ταύτην κατοικίζει ἐκ τῶν χωρῶν καὶ τῶν νήσων 
τῆς ὑπὸ Ρωμαίοις ἐξουσίας λαῶν πλήθη μετάγων. 

1 See above, p. 801. 


x. 
: 
Ἂ 
" 
4 


05 


ise) 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 


were called Ἕλληνες by their neighbors, because they continued to 
worship idols as late as the time of his grandfather Basil ; * Ἕλληνες 
in Hebraistic and Byzantine Greek being usually equivalent to gen- 
tiles, heathens, idolaters. Now it cannot be easily believed that the 
Greeks mentioned by these authors were the only Greeks in existence 
at that time. 


* PORPHYROGENITUS, Adm. p. 224 Ἰστέον ὅτι of τοῦ κάστρου τῆς Μαΐνης 
οἰκήτορες οὐκ εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῶν προρρηθέντων Σκλάβων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πα- 
λαιοτέρων Ῥωμαίων " ot καὶ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν παρὰ τῶν ἐντοπίων Ἕλληνες προσαγο- 
ρεύονται, διὰ τὸ ἐν τοῖς προπαλαιοῖς χρόνοις εἰδωλολάτρας εἶναι καὶ προσκυνητὰς 
τῶν εἰδώλων κατὰ τοὺς παλαιοὺς Ἕλληνας. Οἵτινες ἐπὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ ἀοιδί- 
μου Βασιλείου βαπτισθέντες χριστιανοὶ γεγόνασιν. Ὃ δὲ τόπος ἐν ᾧ οἰκοῦσίν 
ἐστιν ἄνυδρος καὶ ἀπρόσοδος, ἐλαιοφόρος δὲ ὅθεν καὶ τὴν παραμυθίαν ἔχουσι. 
Διάκειται δὲ 6 τοιοῦτος τόπος εἰς ἄκραν τοῦ Μαλέα [write Ταινάρου], ἤγουν 
ἐκεῖθεν Tod ᾿Εζεροῦ πρὸς παραθαλασσίαν. 

In this extract, for Μαλέα we must read Ταινάρου, which is beyond 
(ἐκεῖθεν) Ezeron, with respect to Constantinople, the author’s residence. Ac- 
cording to the “ Book of the Conquest of the Morea by the Franks,” Μαΐνη 
stood near the celebrated cave of Teenarum. Several centuries after the age 
of Porphyrogenitus, the French erected a fort in the vicinity of this cave, and 
named it Maivy, Maivy (in two syllables), or Μάνη. From which it would 
appear that, in the thirteenth century, of the Maivyn of Porphyrogenitus only 
the name remained. CONQUEST, 1677 Kal ἐπέρασε τὸν Πασαβᾶν καὶ ἐδιέβη 
eis τὴν Mdivnv. °Exet ηὗρε σπήλαιον φοβερὸν εἰς ἀκρωτήρι ἀπάνω. Διατὶ τοῦ 
ἄρεσε πολλὰ, ἐποίησεν ἕνα κάστρον, Καὶ Μάϊνην τὸ ὠνόμασε, οὕτω τὸ λέγουν 
πάλιν. 1711 Καὶ ἀφότου γὰρ ἐκτίσθησαν τὰ κάστρη ὁποῦ σὲ εἴπω, Τὸ Λεῦτρον 
καὶ τ[ οὔ] Μιζιθρᾶ καὶ τῆς παλαιᾶς Μαΐνης : perhaps the true reading is μεγάλης 
Μάϊνης. 3004 Τὸ κάστρον τῆς Μονοβασιᾶς καὶ τῆς μεγάλης Mdivys. 3174 
᾿Ἐδιέβη εἰς τὸν Μιζιθρᾶν, αὐτὸν ἐδῶκε πρῶτον, ᾿Απέκει τὴν Μονοβασιὰν, καὶ τρί- 
τον δὲ τὴν Μάνην. PACHYMERES, I, p. 88, 4 Μονεμβασίαν, Maivny, ἹἹεράκιον, 
k.t.A. NicEpHORUS GrREGORAS, I, p. 80, 1 Τήν τε Μονεμβασίαν καὶ τὴν 
περὶ τὰ Λεῦκτρα Μαίνην (write Μαΐνην), ἣ Ταιναρία πάλαι παρ᾽ Ἕλλησιν ΓΑκρα 
ἐκαλεῖτο. PHRANTZES, Ρ. 17, 10 Τὰ Λεῦκτρα Μαΐνης, ἣ καὶ Ταιναρία πάλαι 
”Axpa ἐκαλεῖτο παρ᾽ Ἕλλησι. Incorrectly copied from the preceding passage. 
131, 1 Τὸ Λεῦκτρον Maivns, τὸ ὁποῖον Kerapia (write Tavvapia) πάλαι [”Axpa } 
ἐκαλεῖτο. 133, 5 ᾿Ανδροῦσα λέγω καὶ Καλαμάτα, Μαντίνεια, ᾿Ιάννιτζα, Πίδημα 
(write Πήδημα) καὶ Μάνη καὶ Νησὶν καὶ Σπιτάλιν καὶ Τρεμπενὴ καὶ Aeros καὶ 
Νεόκαστρον, κι τ. A. 591,4 Τὸ Λεῦκτρον καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς Μάνης ζυγόν, The ridge 
of Mane. 

At present the name Μάνη is applied to a district comprised in the ancient 
Laconia, and including the ruins of the Byzantine and the French Maivn. 

VOL. V. 99 


3806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


It appears, then, that when the Slavs entered Greece, in the eighth 
century, there were Greeks enough left to absorb the Slavic element, 
and to serve as a nucleus for the new race, — the Greeks of the later 
empire, and the progenitors of the modern Greeks. Of course, the 
proportion of the Slavs to the Greeks cannot be determined with any 
degree of certainty. 

It may be well to mention here the curious fact that the French, who 
held possession of Peloponnesus in the thirteenth century, had no doubt 
that those who spoke Greek were the descendants of the ancient Greeks. 
“A great while ago,” said one of them, “these Romans were called 
Ἕλληνες. ‘They were an arrogant nation, and still are so. Their pres- 
ent name comes from Rome. And because of their arrogance and su- 
perciliousness, they have abandoned the ritual of the Church of Rome, 
and pride themselves upon being schismatics.”* The speaker, how- 
ever, was a better fighter than historian or theologian. He was not 
aware of the fact that the Greeks had lost their national consciousness, 
together with their ancient religion, in the seventh century, after which 
time they regarded themselves not as Hellenes and heathens, but as 
Romans and Christians. And as to their ancient appellation (λληνες), 
it was usually employed as a term of obloquy. To infer from lan- 
guage the identity of a modern with an ancient nation, it is necessary 
to prove historically that that nation never had any other language 
since its first appearance on earth. 

When the Emperor Basil is said to have Romanized, Christianized, 
and Grecized his Slavic subjects, in the ninth century, we are not to 
suppose that he interdicted the Slavic tongue, and thus forced those 
whose vernacular it was to use the Greek. We are only to remember 
that the Slavic, when it came in contact with the Greek, was a barbar- 
ous language, an unwritten language, an uncultivated language, and, 
under ordinary circumstances, incapable of resisting the encroachments 
of its powerful neighbor, which, in addition to its full development and 
rich literature, had the advantage of being the language of the Emperor 
and of the imperial city, of the clergy, of the provincial governors, mil- 


* Conquest, Prolog. 794 Διαβάντες yap χρόνοι πολλοὶ αὐτῆνοι of Ῥωμαῖοι 
Ἕλληνες εἶχαν TO ὄνομα (avaient du nom) οὕτως τοὺς ὠνομάζαν. Πολλὰ ἦσαν 
τὸ A Soe. A a > A ‘ , > , Pe ΄ 
ἀλαζονικοὶ, ἀκόμη τὸ κρατοῦσιν. ᾿Απὸ τὴν Ῥώμην ἐπήρασιν τὸ ὄνομα τῶν Ρω- 

, ? > ey - 2 , \ »Ὦ ς A AD > , κ ΕΣ 
μαίων. ᾿Απ᾿ αὔτης τῆς ἀλαζονείας τὴν ἔπαρσιν ὁποῦ εἶχαν ᾿Αφήκασιν τὸν ὄρδιναν 


τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς Ῥώμης, Καὶ στέκουν ὡς ἰσμάτικοι, μόνοι τὸ καῦχο ἔχουν. 


——— μὴ 


ΜΟΎ ΑΝ ae 


> 
2: 
4 
bs 


ae 444 fA. > " ε 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 307 


itary commanders, judges, lawyers, physicians, schoolmasters (such as 
they were), merchants, and, above all, of the ritual of the Greek Church. 
The disappearance of the Slavic from Greece is by no means a singular 
phenomenon. The Latin forced itself upon the Dacians, and upon the 
greater part of the Celtic race; the Egyptians and Syrians adopted the 
language of the Koran, the sacred book of their conquerors, the Sara- 
cens. And it may be added here, that the Tzakones and Albanians of 
Greece will probably, in less than two generations, speak good Modern 
Greek as their native tongue, if education in that country continues to 
advance at its present rate. It would seem further, that the Slavs began 
to learn Greek before the time of Basil. Thus, in the reign of Copro- 
nymus (in the eighth century) we find a Sclavonian eunuch filling the 
cecumenical see of Constantinople. This dignitary, however, was not 
remarkable for his scholarship, his forte being eating and drinking, ac- 
cording to Glycas.* 

An anecdote preserved by Porphyrogenitus seems to imply that the 
Greco-Slavs of Peloponnesus prided themselves upon their lineal de- 
scent from the ancient Greeks, because they spoke Greek and went to 
the Greek Church, although their features sufficiently showed the pre- 
dominance of the Slavic element.f 

If we now suppose that, from some cause or other, the barbarians 
who occupied Cynuria after the disappearance of the original popula- 
tion, found it easier to lose their original tongue than to learn Greek 
as spoken by the Greeks, we have a plausible or probable solution of 


ὲ 


* THEOPHANES, p. 680, 7 Ψήφῳ τοῦ βασιλέως χειροτονεῖται Νικήτας 6 ἀπὸ 
Σκλάβων εὐνοῦχος ἀθέσμως πατριάρχης Κωνσταντινουπόλεως. GLYCAS, p. 527, 
18 Καὶ τότε Νικήτας τις εὐνοῦχος τὰ πρῶτα φέρων παρὰ τῷ Κοπρωνύμῳ μηδὲν 
ἄλλο εἰδὼς ἢ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν χειροτονεῖται πατριάρχης. Οὗτός ποτε τὸ 
εὐαγγέλιον ἀναγινώσκων ἐν τῷ κελλίῳ αὐτοῦ ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰπεῖν Ἔκ τοῦ κατὰ 
Ματθαῖον, Ἔκ τοῦ κατὰ Ματθάϊον ἐξεφώνησεν. ᾿ἜΦ᾽ ᾧ καί τις τῶν πα- 
ρισταμένων εἶπε, Μὴ διαίρει τὴν ΑΙ δίφθογγον. Πρὸς ὃν ἐκεῖνος ἔφη μετὰ 
θυμοῦ, Φλυαρεῖς " τὰ γὰρ δίφθογγα καὶ τρίφθογγα πολλὰ μισεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου. 
The full form of the sentence preceding the gospel of the day, when it is 
found in Matthew, is Ἔκ τοῦ κατὰ Ματθαῖον ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσμα, sc. 
ἐστί. If the gospel is found in Mark, we have Ἔκ τοῦ κατὰ Μάρκον, and so 
on. The words δίφθογγα and τρίφθογγα are used by the author of the anec- 
dote in allusion to the patriarch’s being ἐκτετμημένος. 

+ See above, p. 300. 


308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the dialect of Tzakonia. The hypothesis that it is a remnant of the an- 
cient Doric or Pelasgic is too fantastic to merit any serious considera- 
tion. It may not be amiss to state here, that all the Byzantine writers 
of whom we have any knowledge are silent on the subject of the Tza- 
konic dialect, properly so called.* 

Nothing satisfactory has been proposed in relation to the etymology 
of the word Tfakaves, the name of the inhabitants of Tfaxevia or 
Téakova. It occurs for the first time in authors of the fourteenth cen- 
tury. Pachymeres, Gregoras, and the anonymous writer already 
alluded to, regard it as a corruption of Λάκωνες ; and naturally enough 
confound the modern Tzakones with the ancient Lacones.t It must be 
borne in mind, however, that Byzantine etymologists unsupported by 
higher authority are entitled to little or no credit. Pedants capable of 
deriving I'packés from Τράνικος t will have no difficulty in forming Τζάκωνες 
from Λάκωνες, Καύκωνες, or Κίκονες. The Tzakones of the above-men- 
tioned authors are apparently the modern Maviares. According to 
Curopalates, a writer probably of the fourteenth or fifteenth century, 
the name Τζάκονες was used at Constantinople in the sense of garrison.§ 


* For Tzakonic words and inflections, and ingenious speculations concern- 
ing the origin of this dialect, see LeaKr’s Researches in Greece, p. 196 
(London, 1814). Travels in the Morea, Vol. 11. p. 505 (London, 1830). Pe- 
loponnesiaca, p. 304 (London, 1846). Turerscu’s Article on the Tzakonic 
Dialect, in the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Munich, 
1832. 

+ Pacuymeres, I, 309 ”AdAo τε πλεῖστοι ἐκ τῶν Λακώνων, ods καὶ Τ ζά- 
κωνας παραφθείροντες ἔλεγον, ots ἔκ τε Μορέου καὶ τῶν δυσικῶν ἅμα μὲν 
πολλοὺς, ἅμα δὲ καὶ μαχίμους ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν με- 
τῴκιζεν ὁ κρατῶν [Michael Palaeologus]. Nicern. Grecoras, I, 98, 10 
Συνῆν δὲ τούτοις καὶ στρατὸς ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις θαλάττιος, Λάκωνες ἄρτι προσεὰλ- 
θόντες ἐκ ἸΠελοποννῆσου τῷ βασιλεῖ, ods ἡ κοινὴ παραφθείρασα γλῶσσα Ὑ ζάκω- 
νας μετωνόμασεν. ΒΟΙΒΒΟΝΑΡΕ᾿Β ANECD. Grac. ILI, p.164 Βεβαρβάρωνταί 
γε οἱ Λάκωνες καὶ νῦν κέκληνται Ὑ ζάκωνες. 

1 PorpuyroGenitus, Them. 1, 4, p. 25,9 Τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ 
τὴν Κύζικον κατοικοῦσι Φρύγες τε καὶ Τραικοὶ, ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Τρανίκου τὴν ὀνο- 
μασίαν πλουτήσαντες. 

§ CuROPALATES, p. 12,4 Ὃ στρατοπεδάρχης τῶν Τζακόνων (sic). 27, 5 Τοῦ 
στρατοπεδάρχου τῶν Τζακόνων. 37,10 Εἶτα εὑρίσκονται (se trowvent) οἱ ὀνομα- 
ζόμενοι Τζάκονες φέροντες καὶ οὗτοι πιλατίκια. 42, 18 ‘O στρατοπεδάρχης τῶι 
Τῴακόνων ἐπιμελεῖται τῶν εἰς τὰ κάστρα εὑρισκομένων (qui se trouvent) φυλά- 
ἕεων, οἵτινες Τζάκονες ὀνομάζονται. 


“Ὁ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 309 


In a work attributed to Porphyrogenitus, T¢éx ves (with an E) corre- 
sponds to the Τζάκονες of Curopalates.* The “ Book of the Conquest of 
the Morea by the Franks,” the author of which seems to be well 
acquainted with the topography of Peloponnesus, always distinguishes 
between Τῴακωνία or Τζακωνιά and the different parts of Laconia.t And 
there is no reason for supposing that its Tzakonia did not comprise the 
Tzakonia of the present day. 

It will be asked, also, If the majority of the continental and penin- 
sular Greeks are essentially Grecized Slavs, do they resemble physi- 
cally and mentally the acknowledged Slavs of Turkey and Austria? 
Is there no external difference between the Servians, for instance, and 
the present inhabitants of Peloponnesus? In order to answer this 
simple question, it must be first observed that there are many varieties 
of modern Greeks, although the species is sufficiently distinct. Assum- 
ing that most of the Greek islanders are the best representatives of the 
ancient Greek stock, it may safely be said that the Greek type is not 
often to be met with among the lowlanders of continental and penin- 
sular Greece. Many of them may be taken for Southern Slavs, and 
many more for Albanians. Τὴ fact, the bulk of the rural population of 
Argolis, Megaris, and Attica is confessedly Albanian. On the other 
hand, many Southern Slavs may pass for continental Greeks, if they 
happen to speak Modern Greek with sufficient accuracy. In short, the 
modern Greeks are not a homogeneous people. And here the over- 
curious will ask further, Were all the ancient Greeks alike? Was 
there no physiological difference between the Dorians and Macedoni- 
ans? Could the Dolopes and Dryopes be easily distinguished from 
the Ionians or the Thessalians? How much resemblance was there 
between the Hellenes and the surrounding barbarians? Questions like 


* PORPHYROGENITUS, Cer. 696, 7 Ἐξ ὧν καὶ Τζέκωνες ἀφορίζονται eis 
τὰ κάστρα. 

+ ConquEstT, 610 Ἕξη φίε (fiefs) τοῦ ἐδόθησαν νὰ ἔχη ᾿ς τὴν Τζακωνίαν. 
736 Τὸ μέρος γὰρ τῆς Τζακωνιᾶς καὶ μέχρι εἰς τὸ Ἕλος Καὶ ἐκεῖσε εἰς τὰ Βατικὰ 
καὶ εἰς τὴν Μονοβασίαν ᾿Ενταῦθα ἦλθαν οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς Λακοδαιμονίας (sic), 
Ὡσαύτως γὰρ τοῦ ᾿Αμυκλίου ὁποῦ εἶχαν ταὶς προνοίαις τους (feuds, fiefs, fees), 
Ἐκεῖσε εἰς τὴν Τζακωνιάν. 8219 Ἢ Τῴακωνιὰ, τὰ Βατικὰ, καὶ τῶν Σκλαβῶν ὁ 
δρόγγος. 4288 "Εδραμαν τὰ φουσάτα του τὰ Βάτικα, τὸ Ἕλος, Καὶ μέχρις ᾽ς 
τὴν Μονοβασιὰν ἐκούρσεψαν τὸν τόπον - ᾿Απαύτου τὸν Ταρδάλεβον καὶ ὅλην τὴν 


Τῴζακωνίαν. 


310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


these cannot be satisfactorily answered at the present day. The fol- 
lowing facts, however, seem to bear upon this point. 

When Xerxes was on his way to Greece, some Greek spies were 
sent to Sardis, the capital of Lydia, to observe the movements of his 
army.* This simple incident implies either that a Greek could not be 
easily distinguished from an Asian, and therefore the Greek spies ran 
no risk of being detected by their features; or that many Greeks 
might easily be taken for Lydians, Phrygians, Mysians, Carians, and 
so forth. Had there been any marked difference between the Greeks 
and the nations of Asia Minor, these men would not have ventured 
upon such an undertaking. It may be said, however, that the Persians 
might have taken them for Ionians, in which case they would not have 
molested them, since the Asiatic Ionians at that time were compelled 
to side with the great king. 

Again, when the Greek army under Xenophon were deliberating, in 
the vicinity of Babylon, about their return to Greece, a Lydian spy in 
the employ of the Persians, calling himself Apollonides, and speaking 
the Beeotic dialect, endeavored to persuade the Greeks to surrender to 
the king. Most of the commanders, it would seem, took him for a 
Greek, and told him that he was a disgrace to Greece for proposing 
such a cowardly measure. “I warrant you he is not a Greek,” ex- 
claimed Agasias; “he is a Lydian, for his ears are bored” ; — which 
implies that the Lydians were in the habit of wearing ear-rings, a 
practice discountenanced by the Greeks.f 

During the most flourishing period of Athens, supposititious children 
were not uncommon; the Athenian matrons sometimes exchanging 
babes with their female slaves, if the infant of the slave was a boy, 
and that of the mistress a girl. Occasionally the lady would buy a 
newly born child from some slave, and make her husband believe that 
she was its true mother, and he its true father.{ Now the slaves of 


* Her. 7, 145 seq. 

+ Xen. Anas. 3, 1, 26 (17) seq. Compare Dion Curysostom. Or. 82, 
p. 654, ear-rings worn by Lydian and Phrygian girls and boys. 

1 Eur. Ale. 647 Οὐκ ἦσθ᾽ ap ὀρθῶς τοῦδε σώματος πατὴρ, OVS ἡ τεκεῖν 
φάσκουσα καὶ κεκλημένη Μήτηρ μ᾽ erixte* δουλίου δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ αἵματος Μαστῷ γυναικὸς 
σῆς ὑπεβλήθην Adbpa. Arist. Thesm. 570 Οὐδ᾽ ὡς σὺ, τῆς δούλης τεκούσης 
ἄρρεν᾽ εἶτα σαυτῇ Τοῦθ᾽ ὑπεβάλου, τὸ σὸν δὲ θυγάτριον παρῆκας αὐτῇ. 508 
Ἑτέραν δ᾽ ἐγῷδ᾽, 7 packer ὠδίνειν γυνή Δέχ᾽ ἡμέρας, ἕως ἐπρίατο παιδίον. 


i) tS 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCHS. 311 


Athens, as a rule, were not Greeks; they were barbarians, such as 
Phrygians, Carians, Thracians. And yet their children could not be 
distinguished from those of the descendants of the Autochthones. 
The obvious inference is, either that there was no great difference be- 
tween the exterior of the Hellenes and that of the neighboring races, 
or that many barbarians might be taken for Greeks, and many Greeks 
for barbarians. 


Professor Bond exhibited a diagram of the outline of the 
head of the great Comet of 1858, compared with a parabola 
having its focus at the nucleus, and its axis coincident with 
the initial axis of the tail, the curve touching the outline at 
its apex. 


In this position the two curves should coincide, if we suppose the 
paths of the particles forming the tail, after being emitted with equal 
initial velocity in all directions from the nucleus, to be determined by 
the repulsive force of the sun, alone, or in conjunction with a repulsion 
from the nucleus, sensible only at a small distance from it.* 

The Plate represents a group of normal outlines of the head of the 
Comet, with the position of the nucleus corresponding to each, deter- 
mined from actual observations for the dates September 17 and 30, and 
October 7 and 14, 1858. The second group shows the curve of a para- 
bola having its focus at the nucleus, and enclosing the normal outline of 
the Comet on October 4, with the curve of a catenary imposed upon it. 
The approximation of the latter to the outline of the Comet is remarka- 
“ble. On the other hand, the divergence of the parabola is decided, 
and shows the necessity of some modification of the above hypotheses. 

The existence of an atmosphere holding the particles in suspension 
previously to their being driven off into the tail would tend to contract 
its outline, and afford in this particular a nearer agreement with the ob- 
served figure; a similar effect would be produced if we suppose the 
initial velocity of the particles, on leaving the vicinity of the nucleus, 
to diminish when the angle between the direction of emission and that 
of the sun increases; or, again, if the direction of emission from the 
nucleus is limited to a comparatively small range on either side of 
the sun. 


* Bredichin, Astron. Nach. 1291, p. 292. Norton, Am. Jour. of Science, 
XXVII. p. 87; XXIX. p. 384. 


312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The observed outlines of the head of the Comet have been obtained 
by tracing the curve of the outer edge, and the place of the nucleus, 
upon slips of mica laid over the original drawings. The curves were 
then collected in groups and reduced to a common scale, and finally 
combined in normals. On comparing the groups, it was found that 
there was scarcely any change in the character of the apparent out- 
line during the interval from August 24 to November 12, covered by 
the observations. From this it would seem that there was an actual 
change in the figure of the Comet itself, since the alteration of the in- 
clination of the axis to the line of vision, which intervened, must other- 
wise have occasioned a considerable variation in the apparent figure, 
due to perspective foreshortening. 

The original number of groups was six, subsequently reduced to 
four normals, as represented on the plate. At the date of the normal 
for September 30, the day of perihelion passage, the apparent figure was 
nearly that afforded by a section through the axis of the tail. 

The drawings employed were made at the following places: — 


Copenhagen, wt.—= 3. Aug. 24, 31; Sept. 3, 23, 26, 28, 
29, 30; Oct. 1, 5, 6. 

Munich, wt. ==2.. /Oct.3,.4,'7, 10; 14, L698; 

Markree, wt.=3. Sept. 20, 28; Oct. 4,5, 7, 8, 11, 
16. 

Altona, wt.=2. Sept. 22, 28; Oct. 1, 4, 6, 9, 12. 

Dessau, wt. 1.» 0Oct 4; 10: 


Rome, Collegio Romano, wt.—=1. Sept. 4,11, 16, 22,29; Oct. 2, 4, 
8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 18, 19, 22. 


Melbourne, Australia, wt. 2.7. Octo 12, 18,14, 245 Nova7eae: 

Poulkova, wt.=8. Sept. 12, 16, 18, 22, 24, 25, 30; 
Oct. 5, 7, 8, 9, 13. 

Cambridge, England, wt.=2. Sept. 27, 30; ‘Oct. 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 
11, 15, 16. 

Haddenham, England, wt.=38. Sept. 24; Oct. 5, 8, 11, 17. 

Greenwich, England, wt: == 3. Oct 2a, 4, 0 ies 


Hamilton College, N. Y.. wt. 3. Oct. 7, 10, 15, 17. 
Bradstones, Liverpool, Eng.,wt.—=3. Sept. 12; Oct. 3, 4, 5, 8. 
Observatory of Harv. Coll., wt. 3. Sept. 8, 20, 24, 25, 28 ; Oct. 2, 6, 
8; 9,40, 11, 15,45 ΤΌΣ 
Geneva, wi. 2. Sept. 26.5 -Oct..3; 5, G5 tao tes 
14, 15. 


se ee 


Sept 17 με 77. 
Sept 30% μγεύδ' 
Och 7% were 
Oct 14% w- 63 


op Parabola 
Catenary 
Normal 
Oe 5 6 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Slo 


A similar deviation from the parabolic figure is presented in the out- 
lines of the head of the Comet of July, 1861, and in numerous other 
instances. The strongest case of divergence occurs in the singularly 
well-defined contour of the external envelope of the Comet of June, 
1860. 


Five hundredth meeting. 


November 13, 1861. — Sratute MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read various letters of ac- 
knowledgment of the reception of recent publications of the 
Academy. 

The President presented a letter from the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Boston Atheneum, offering a renewal of the 
lease held by the Academy for three years ensuing. Voted, 
that the Finance Committee be empowered to renew the lease 
upon the terms offered. 

Professor Eustis having declined to serve upon the Rum- 
ford Committee, Professor William B. Rogers was nominated 
and appointed to fill the vacancy. 

Jules Marcou, of Boston, was elected a Fellow of the Acad- 
emy, in Class 11. Section 1. 

Ezra Abbot, of Cambridge, in Class III. Section 2. 

Truman H. Safford, of Cambridge, in Class I. Section 2. 

Hon. Benjamin Εἰ. Thomas, in Class III. Section 1. 

Chief Justice George T. Bigelow, of Boston, in Class ITI. 
Section 1. 

The following, nominated by the Council, were elected As- 
sociate Fellows : — 

J. M. Gilliss, U.S. N., Director in charge of the Naval Ob- 
servatory, Washington, in Class I. Section 2. 

J. M. Ordway, of Manchester, New Hampshire, in Class I. 
Section 3. 

Professor James Hadley, Jr., of Yale College, in Class III. 
Section 2. | 

VOL. V. 40 


314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Dr. F. S. Holmes, of Charleston, South Carolina, in Class 
II. Section 1. 

The following, nominated by the Council at the Annual 
Meeting, were elected Foreign Honorary Members : — 

Professor Bekker, of Berlin, in Class 111. Section 2. 

Professor Trendelenberg, of Berlin, in Class 11. Section 1. 

Captain Duperrey, of Paris, in Class 11. Section 1. 

Professor Peirce read a paper by Captain Anderson, of the 
British Mail Steamer Canada, upon a general plan of educa- 
tion for seamen, and their training in making scientific obser- 
vations. and collections. The advice and co-operation of the 
Academy being requested, a committee on the subject was 
appointed, consisting of Messrs. J. 1. Bowditch, Felton, Agas- 
siz, Rogers, Peirce, Lovering, A. Gray, J. Wyman, and C. W. 
Eliot. 

Professor Agassiz presented a paper, entitled, Contributions 
to the Natural History of the Acalephs of North America. 

Professor Bowen read the second and concluding portion of 
a paper On Specie Reserves and Bank Deposits. 

Professor Gray presented the following communications, 
viz. : — 


1. Notes upon a Portion of Dr. Seemann’s recent Collection 
of Dried Plants gathered in the Feejee Islands. By 
Asa Gray. 


Dr. Berthold Seemann, who, as the naturalist of a former expedi- 
tion in the Pacific of the British surveying ship Herald, had acquired 
a high reputation in scientific exploration, has recently visited the 
Feejee Islands, under a commission from the British government, to 
examine the productive resources and capabilities of that interesting 
group of islands. While attending to this duty he was able to gather 
specimens of above eight hundred and fifty species of dried plants ; 
and a list of them, with such determinations as he could hastily make, 
was published by him, in the number for the 15th of September last 
of the well-known botanical periodical, the Bonplandia, of which Dr. 
Seemann is the editor. It being very desirable that this collection 
should be critically compared with that made by the Pacific Exploring 


ALS 


“a 0ὕ, 


A 
f 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 315 


Expedition under Captain Wilkes, the Phenogamous portion of which 
has mainly been elaborated by me, Dr. Seemann kindly communicated 
to me as full a set as possible of the plants he collected. Having col- 
lated the portion belonging to the orders which have been elaborated 
and published by me, I here offer some brief notes upon that portion 
of Dr. Seeman’s collection, — following the order of his list, and men- 
tioning only those species which suggest some remark. 

No. 4. “ Polyalthia Vitiensis, Seem.” was not supplied to me; and, 
on the other hand, Dr. Seemann does not enumerate my Richella 
monosperma nor Uvaria amygdalina. 

12. “ Agatea violaris, A. Gray,” is the var. 8 of this interesting 
species, a form with still broader leaves. 

28. “Hibiscus Storckii, Seem.” appears not to be sufficiently distinct 
from H. Rosa-Sinensis. 

24. “ Paritiwm purpurascens, Seem.” The living plants may fur- 
nish good characters to distinguish this from P. tiliaceum, but they are 
not apparent in the dried specimen supplied. 

39. “Grewia Mallococea, Linn. f.” The specimen accords with G. 
persicefolia, Gray, Bot. Expl. Exped., which, however, may be only a 
variety of Forster’s species. 

41. “ Trichospermum Richit, Seem.” = Diclidocarpus Richii, Gray, 
1. 6... Mr. Bentham having shown that the latter belongs to Blume’s 
little-known genus, which was wrongly placed in the /lacourtiacee, 
and so overlooked. 

45. “ Ternstreemiacearum, nov. gen. Seem.” ‘There is nothing an- 
swering to this in the American collection. 

47. “Calophyllum polyanthum, Wall.?” = C. spectabile, Bot. Expl. 
Exped. Our specimen from the Mangsi Islands must be Miquel’s Οἱ 
dasypodum ; and all are perhaps C. lanceolatum, Bl. 

46. “Oalysaccion obovale, Miq.” To this apparently belongs the 
foliage which I had referred to Garcinia Mangostana. 

50. “Garcinia (echinocarpa?)” is in the American collection too 
imperfect for determination. 

53. “Pittosporum Pickeringti?” is that species, apparently, although 
it is in fruit, while the American collection has flowering specimens 
only, and with much longer peduncles. 

54, “P, Richi?” (in fruit only) appears to be that species. 

5d. “P. Brackenridget.” This is not our plant, but answers to P. 
Richit in the flowering state. 


316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


56. “P. tobiroides.” Not our species of that name, but it is our 
P. Brackenridge. 

59. “Aglaia? basiphylla.” This is by no means that species, but it 
accords with an imperfect specimen (with young fruit only) mentioned 
in the Bot. Expl. Exped., p. 238. Perhaps it is a mere variety of 
Seemann’s no. 60, A. edulis. 

67. “Cupania apetala, Labill.” The foliage resembles that of Οἱ 
leptobotrys, Gray, but the inflorescence and fruit are different, and ac- 
cord with Labillardiere’s plate. 

68. “Cupania Vitiensis, Seem.” is doubtless a broad-leaved form of 
C. faleata, Gray, 1. c., and of Seemann’s no. 70. 

73. I have not seen. 

74 = 69. Cupania rhotfolia, Gray. 

76. “Vitis saponaria, Seem.” is the same as Cissus geniculata? of 
our collection from the Feejees. 

79. “Smythea Pacifica, Seem. gen. nov.” ΤῸ all appearance this is 
a Ventilago, with a particularly broad fruit. This is only partly grown 
in the specimen communicated,* which differs from my Κ΄. Vitéenszs in 
the pubescent flowers crowded in sessile fascicles). M. Tulasne’s V. 
cernua, from Rawak, excepting “stylo in basi pubente,” well accords 
with V. Vitvensis, of which the fruit alone can determine whether Ben- 
tham’s Κ΄. leiocarpa is really distinct, the difference in the inflorescence 
being unreliable. 

81. “ Alphitonia zizyphoides” is that species, which Remy collected 
in the Sandwich Islands also. My A. franguloides is evidently a mere 
variety of it. 

82. “ Gouania Richii” is probably that species; but the fruit in 
Seemann’s specimen is less winged, and there are other slight dif- 
ferences. 

83, 84. Destitute of flowers and fruit, and altogether dubious. 

85. “ Rhamnea” appears to be an undescribed Colubrina. 

90. “ Melicope?” is a form, with narrower leaflets, of what I bad 
called Huodia drupacea, Labill. ? 

102. “ Zanthoxylon varians, Benth.” is perhaps my Acronychia 
heterophylla, without flowers or fruit. 


* Dr. Seemann’s plate of this plant in a later number of the Bonplandia shows 
nothing inconsistent with this opinion, unless the figures 7 and 8 are intended to 
represent a fruit dehiscent fn the manner of Hippocratea. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ole 


107. “ Tephrosia purpurea, Pers.” Also 7. piscatoria, Pers. 

113. “ Stronglodon ruber, Vog.” is interesting as making known the 
fruit of this plant, an oval and turgid legume, with two large seeds like 
those of Canavalia. 

123. “ Rhynchosia minima” is not that species, nor of the genus, 
having a pluriovulate ovary and I believe monadelphous stamens. It 
is probably a Hedysarea. 

127. “ Pongamia piscatoria, Seem.” is Derris uliginosa, Benth. 

133. “ Storckiella Vitiensis, Seem. gen. nov.” is entirely new to us, 
and not in the American collection. 

156. “ Hugenia confertiflora” is hardly the plant of the American 
Expedition, the leaves being larger and less pale beneath, the flowers 
apparently larger, the calyx-tube longer and striate-angled. But the 
materials for complete comparison are wanting. 

162. “ H. rivularis, Seem.” does not well agree with any of ours ; 
and the same may be said of 163, an unnamed Hugenia. 

166. “ Nelitris fruticosa,” as to the specimen furnished, is WV. Viti- 
ensis. 

168. “ Acicalyptus myrtoides,’ completely as it accords in foliage 
with our plant of that name, is very different in the flower-buds, and 
somewhat so in the inflorescence. The characters of the two species 
may be expressed thus : — 

A. myrtoides (Gray, Bot. Pacif. Exped., 1. p. 551, t. 67): alabas- 
tris elongato-oblongis acute quadrangulatis, operculo subulato ; floribus 
deplanato-cymosis plerisque pedicellatis. 

A. Seemanni (A. myrtoides, Seem. non Gray): alabastris clavatis 
inferne tantum tetragonis, operculo late conico breviter apiculato ; 
floribus subthyrsoideo-cymosis plerisque sessilibus iis A. myrtoidis 
multo minoribus. 

170, 171. “ Metrosideros” seem to be only slender forms of 169, 
which is W. collina, Gray, but of the var. glaberrima. 

172. “ Memecylon Vitiense” is the var. β. of our collection. 

173. “ Astronia Pickeringti” is not that plant, but, as well as can 
be made out from the incomplete fruiting specimen, Astronidium par- 
viflorum, Gray. 

177. “ Medinilla” accords with the specimen of 77. rhodochlena, 
Gray. Seemann’s 175, so named, was not communicated, nor was 178. 

181. “ Melastomacea.” ‘This, with fruit only, accords with some un- 
determined foliage in the American collection. 


318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


182. “ Melastomacea,” seemingly a Medinilla, is none of ours. 

184. “ Crossostylis biflora, Forst.” is by no means that plant, but a 
new species of our allied genus. It should bear the name of 

Haplopetalon Seemanni : a H. Richit differt foliis majoribus obovatis 
subtus cum ramis noyellis molliter pubescentibus ; alabastris hirsutis ; 
calycis segmentis petalisque sepius 5; styli lobis 7. 

196. “ Spireanthemum Vitiense” is not that species, but apparently 
a new one, much nearer S. Samoense. 

198. “ Weinmannia” is new to our collection, unless it be a variety 
of 197, W. affinis, of which 199 and 200 are obviously mere varieties. ; 

206. “ Plerandra Pickeringii” is hardly that species, but appears to 
be identical with 209, a new species of Plerandra. I have no speci- 
men of 207. 

208. “ Araliacea” is also polyandrous, and is a remarkable new 
Plerandra, if its separate stigmas or short styles will allow. 

213. “ Calycosia Milnei, A. Gray,” is the species described under 
that name in the Proceedings of the Academy, 4, p. 807, but with 
longer leaves. Drupe pyriform. 

215. “ Dolicholobium longissimum, Seem.” may be a good species, 
but is not unlikely to be a variety of D. latifolium, Gray, with less 
ample leaves more downy underneath. ‘The specimens of the two are 
not complete or full enough to settle this question. 

216. “ Myrmecodia Vitiensis, Seem.,” is evidently Hydnophytum 
longiflorum, Gray, 1. 6... with shorter leaves. 

217. “ Lindenia Vitiensis, Seem.” was not met with in the Ameri- 
can Expedition. 

218. “ Gardenia Vitiensis, Seem.” This is quite different from the 
only Gardenia from the Feejee Islands in our collection, that being a 
small-leaved form of G. Taitensis. 

220. “ Canthium Harveyi” is not at all the species published under 
that name, but apparently a form of 221, C. lucidum, Hook. and Arn. 

223. “ Morinda” is M. myrtifolia, Gray, 1. 6.) with larger leaves ; 
perhaps a mere variety of JZ. umbellata. 

224. “M. sp. fol. pubescentibus,” not communicated, is probably J. 
mollis, Gray, 1. ¢. 

226. “ M. phillyreoides, Labill.” was not communicated. There is 
nothing answering to that species in the American collection. 

236. “ Stylocoryne corymbosa, Labill.” is Psychotria Forsteriana β. 
Vitiensis, Gray, 1. ὁ. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 319 


240. “ Randia?” Not in the American collection. Perhaps a 
Gynopachys or Griffithia. 

243. “ Psychotria calycosa, A. Gray,” is not that species, but P. ma- 
crocalyx, Gray, 1. ¢. 

246. “P. Vitiensis, Seem.” is P. calycosa, Gray, but with the limb 
of the calyx less lobed. 

247. “ P.? speciosa, Forst.” It may be that plant_and Cephelis fra- 
grans, Hook. and Arn., but the character fails to accord. Certainly it 
is no Psychotria, and is Ixora (Phylleilema) Vitiensis, Gray, 1. c. 

248. “ Psychotria.” Foliage only, not identified. 

249. = P. platycocca, Gray, the inflorescence undeveloped. 

250.— P. insularum, Gray, probably ; the materials scarcely suf- 
ficient. 

251.— P. Pickeringii, Gray. 

252.— P. Pickeringii,a narrow-leaved variety, or else an allied 
new species. 

253. “ Psychotria” is apparently a new species, very much like P. 
Jilipes (the fruit of which is unknown) ; but the calyx is truncate. 

254. = 244 in flower, viz. “P. collina, Labill.,” which it well may be. 

255. “ P. aff. P. turbinate, A. Gray,” is new to me, and more like 
P. Brackenridgei, Gray, the flowers of which are unknown. The 
long corolla of the present species is quite unlike the other Oceanic 
species. 

256. “ Rubiacea, τ. gen.?” is probably a Canthium, near C. lucidum. 

257. “ Vangueria?” Flower-buds too young for investigation. It 
resembles, but is not identical with, Guettarda ( Guettardella) Vitiensis, 
Gray, ined., of which the fruit only is known. 

258. “ Psychotriacearum, gen. noy.” Although the corolla is want- 
ing, the plant may be confidently referred to [xora. 

259. “ Rubiacea, gen. nov.?” Apparently a Psychotria, in flower 
only, near P. Brackenridget, Gray, which is known only in fruit. 

260. “ Rubiacea.” New to me:— perhaps a Griffithia. 

261. “ Erigeron Bonariensis, Linn.” In my view the original Z. 
Bonariense of Linnzus, or Dillenius, is the H. spiculosus, Hook. & 
Arn., and £. spinulosum, DC. The present plant is Zrigeron albidum, 
Gray, ined., the well known Conyza albida, Willd., C. erigeroides, DC., 
C. floribunda, H. B. K., &c. 

268. “Wollastonia strigulosa, DC.” This is rather W. Forsteriana, 
DC., which should include W. insularis, and has awnless achenia and 


320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the involucre shorter and more imbricated (the scales ovate or oblong 
and obtuse) than W. strigulosa, DC. which (in part), along with W. 
scabriuscula, glabrata, and canescens, DC., I refer to W. biflora. 

300. “Geniostoma crassifolium, Benth.” is also G. rupestre var. pu- 
berulum, Gray, in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 4, p. 321, a form of 301. 

304. “Gertnera, sp.” is a new Geniostoma, with small leaves. 

303. “Gertnera pyramidalis, Seem.” is Couthovia corynocarpa, Gray. 

305. “G. barbata, Seem.” is a Couthovia, which, if truly distinct from 
the preceding, should be named ©. Seemanni. The materials collected 
by Dr. Seemann, comprising flowers and fruit, confirm the genus Cou- 
thovia, and fix its position in the vicinity of Strychnos, calling, however, 
for some extension of the character of Bentham’s third tribe. There 
are indications of dimorphism, or incipient difference in sex, in the 
flowers examined. Some corollas of C. corynocarpa are beardless, or 
nearly so, and have the anthers almost sessile in the throat, while 
others of the same cyme are conspicuously bearded in the throat, and 
their equally subexserted anthers are borne on filaments of their own 
length, inserted some way down on the tube. The style is sometimes 
slender and exserted, sometimes shorter or very short; the ovary in 
the latter is certainly fertile.* 

306. “ Fagrea viridiflora, Seem.” This wholly accords with F. 
gracilipes, Gray, 1. c., which was thought to have white or cream- 
colored corollas. 

307. “ Fagrea Vitiensis, Seem.” is not in the collection of the 


American Expedition. 


* COUTHOVIA, Gray, Bot. Amer. Expl. Exped., ined., & Proceed. Amer. 
Acad. 4, p. 324. 

Calyx quinquepartitus, segmentis imbricatis rotundatis crassis, marginibus tenui- 
bus. Corolla brevis, quinquefida, estivatione valvata. Stamina 5, tubo vel fauci 
inserta: filamenta brevia vel brevissima: anthere oblong. Ovarium biloculare, 
ovatum, stylo apiculatum: stigma subcapitatum, bilobum. Ovula in placentis 
medio dissepimento adnatis plurima, amphitropa. Fructus clavatus, drupaceus, 
basi attenuatus, sarcocarpio tenui, putamine lignoso percrasso, 2 -1-loculari, 
2-1-sperma. Semina..... Arbores Vitienses, glabri, stipulis Labordec, foliis 
subcoriaceis penninerviis obovatis, cyma terminali e radiis 2—4 apice multifloris, 
floribus parvis haud pedicellatis, corolla fere Strychnarum breviflorarum. 

1. C. conynocarpa: calycis segmentis ciliolatis; antheris oblongis utrinque 
emarginatis. 

2. C. SEEMANNI: calycis segmentis margine glaberrimis ; antheris subsagit- 
tatis; corolla fauce eximie albo-lanata, an semper? An forma precedentis ? 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. oom 


The remaining Monopetale will be annotated, when needful, in the 


following article. 


2. Characters of New or Obscure Species of Plants of 
Monopetalous Orders in the Collection of the United 
States South Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain 
Charles Wilkes, U. 8. N. With occasional Remarks, &c. 
By Asa Gray. 


Characters of the new or more interesting Composite, Lobeliacee, 
and Scevolee of this collection were communicated to the Academy a 
year ago, and printed in the Proceedings, Vol. V. p. 115, et seg. The 
Rubiacee and Loganiacee were similarly discussed at earlier periods 
(Proceedings, Vol. IV., April, 1858, and September, 1859). 


Calyceree. 


Booris ΟΒΑΒΒΙΒΌΙΙΑ (Acicarpa crassifolia, Miers in Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. 1860, p. 402): glaberrima; caule (spithamzo ad pedalem) 
ramoso adscendente ; ramis ad apicem usque foliosis; foliis carnosis, 
caulinis sessilibus plerumque subamplexicaulibus lanceolatis seu lingu- 
latis repando-denticulatis ; capitulis breviter pedunculatis ; involucro 
subearnoso alte 5-—7-fido, segmentis oblongis; filamentis vix basi 
monadelphis ; acheniis fere pentapteris ; calycis lobis maturis scarioso- 
cartilagineis dorso eximie carinatis intus concavis margine tenui eroso- 
denticulatis pl. m. difformibus, nunc late triangulari-ovatis acutis 
brevibus, nunc ovato-lanceolatis vel subulatis achenium dimidium 
adzquantibus ; paleis receptaculi filiformibus apice spathulatis. — Rio 
Negro, North Patagonia, on the sandy shore, — I do not remember 
the state of Tweedie’s specimen (from Maldonado) in the Hookerian 
herbarium, with which ours was long since compared. But probably 
it is not in fruit; else Mr. Miers would not have referred to Acicarpha 
a plant in which the calyx-lobes are certainly paleaceous and (although 
the narrower ones are rigid) not spinescent, and the achenia not at all 
concreted. He would more probably have found a place for it in his 
genus Anomocarpus, formed of some species of Calycera. Although I 
refer it to Boopis, notwithstanding some difformity in the calyx-lobes 
of different flowers, and the approach to a subulate character in the 
narrower ones, I am inclined to think that even Loopis is likely to 
be reduced to a mere section of the original genus Calycera. 


VOL. V. 41 


322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Mr. Miers has adopted Brown’s very qualified recommendation 
to change the orthography of Jussieu’s Aciearpha to Acicarpa. But 
surely carpha may as well refer to calycine as to bracteal chaff, and 
the substituted name has no great advantage in etymological appro- 
priateness. 


Valerianacee. 


VALERIANA PYCNANTHA (sp. nov.): herbacea, glaberrima, nana, 
multiceps e caudice crasso; foliis carnosis haud ciliatis, radicalibus 
lineari-spathulatis, caulinis 2 vel 3 verticillatis oblongis sessilibus ver- 
sus medium scapi simplicissimi 1 — 4-pollicaris ; floribus scarioso-brac- 
teatis in capitulum demum oblongum arcte congestis ; acheniis anguste 
ovato-oblongis lateribus enerviis; pappo 5-—7-radiato, setis basi con- 
natis. — Alpamarca, high Andes of Peru. 

VALERIANA GLOBULARIS (sp. nov.) : herbacea, depressa, czespitosa, 
glabra ; caudice crasso ; foliis omnibus radicalibus subcarnosis anguste 
spathulatis vel sublinearibus basi attenuatis integerrimis; scapo nudo 
1—38-pollicari capitulum globosum scarioso-bracteatum gerentibus ; ache- 
niis ovalibus lateribus enerviis ; pappo 10—12-radiato, setis basi con- 
natis. — Var. scapo brevissimo. — Casa Cancha, high Andes of Peru. 

VALERIANA RHIZANTHA (sp. noy.): glabra; radice crassa fusiformi 
foliis rosulatis spathulato-rotundatis carnosis capitulum florum arete ses- 
sile depressum circumdantibus coronata; pappo cupulato brevissime 
5-radiato, radiis dentiformibus nudis per anthesin involutis. — Alpa- 
marca, high Andes of Peru. “Succulent and said to be esculent ; root 
fusiform,” very large ; “leaves an inch in length and breadth, obtuse, 
surrounding a central cake of flowers, all even at the surface and 
densely congested.” Pickering, adn. Bracts scarious, not connate. 
Setz of the pappus reduced to short, dentiform, naked processes on 
the border of a cup likes that of many Valerians, within which they 
are inrolled in the usual manner. So that this species militates 
strongly against Persoon’s genus Phyllactis, as recently restored and 
extended by Weddell. 


Ericacee. 


Vaccinium Maperense, Link, and the allied V. Arctostaphylos, 
enumerated by Klotzsch (in Linnea, 24, p. 65) among the “non satis 
note,” having simply five-celled berries, awnless anthers, and at length 
campanulate corollas, belong to the section Vitis-/dea, notwithstanding 
their deciduous leaves. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 323 


VACCINIUM CEREUM, Forst., of Tahiti, appears to me specifically 
distinct from the following, of the Sandwich Islands, which Chamisso 
and Schlechtendal, and afterwards Sir William Hooker, have combined 
with it. V. cerewm, besides its more urceolate corolla, has shorter and 
bibracteolate peduncles, acute calyx-lobes, the anthers mucronulate at 
the base and their tubular horns not much surpassing the dorsal awns. 
The Sandwich Island Vaccinia have ebracteolate pedicels; and their 
very various and diverse forms appear to be reducible to two species, 
as follows : — 

VACCINIUM RETICULATUM, Smith (V. cerewm, Cham. & Schlecht. 
and Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 87),— the Ohelo of the Hawaians,—an ex- 
tremely polymorphous species. Its anthers are wholly muticous at 
the base, the corolla cylindraceous when fully developed, and much 
exceeding the obtuse lobes of the calyx. A small-leaved and lucid 
form of it is V. Macreanum of Klotzsch, which differs little from 

Var. DENTATUM (V. dentatum, Smith), in which the corolla is some- 
times shorter. 

Var. CALYCINUM, the V. calycinum, Smith, described as having de- 
ciduous leaves, appears to be only a thinner-leaved form of V. reticu- 
latum, growing in the shade of thick forest, and is connected with the 
ordinary state by various intermediate forms, among which is V. Mey- 
entanum, Klotzsch. ‘The dorsal awns of the anthers are sometimes 
very short or obsolete. 

Var.? LANCEOLATUM, from the tabular summit of Kauai, is quite 
uncertain, the flowers being unknown ; but it resembles the var. denta- 
tum, except that the leaves are nearly lanceolate. 

VACCINIUM PENDULIFLORUM, Gaud. is distinguished, not so much 
by its longer peduncles drooping in fruit and narrower acutish calyx- 
lobes, as by the shorter, nearly campanulate corolla, not much exceed- 
ing the calyx, and a strong cusp at the base of the anther. This last 
is represented in fig. 4 of Gaudichaud’s plate, but is not referred to in 
the diagnosis, nor noticed by Dunal. Our collection (which has a form 
-of V. reticulatum with equally long and pendulous peduncles) has of 
this species only the 

Var. BERBERIFOLIUM: foliis obovatis seu obovato-oblongis eximie 
reticulatis margine dentibus spinuloso-setaceis crebris pulcherrime 
pectinatis ; pedunculis folia vix excedentibus. — E. Maui, on Mouna 
Haleakala, and apparently on the mountains of Oahu. Anther bear- 
ing at its base a cusp or strong mucro, like that represented in Gaudi- 


324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


chaud’s figure of the anther of V. penduliflorum. Striking as are the 
very reticulated and spinulosely-serrate, Barberry-like leaves, these are 
not diagnostic of the species, since the teeth are not prolonged in the 
plant figured by Gaudichaud, and, on the other hand, this foliage is 
imitated in some specimens from Mouna Kea, which have roundish 
calyx-lobes and no basal cusp to the anthers, therefore belonging to 
the var. dentatum of the preceding species. 

Nuttall’s genus Metagonia is equivalent to Klotzsch’s sections Ma- 
cropelma, Disterigma, Neurodesia, and a part of Vitis-Id@a, including a 
variety of species, which, however distributed, cannot be properly sep- 
arated from Vaccinium. 'The dorsal awns are not always erect in the 
section Macropelma ; in our specimens of V. cereum, from Tahiti, they 
are sometimes (perhaps abnormally) reflexed. 

Our collection has nothing answering to the Epigynium? Vitiense, 
Seem., no. 284 of his Feejee collection. 

GAULTHERIA (Dretycosta) Luzonica (sp. nov.): foliis ovalibus 
utrinque acuminatis supra glabris subtus ramisque novellis parce stri- 
goso-hispidis ; pedunculis fasciculatis petiolo longioribus ; bracteolis 
connatis orbiculatis. — Luzon, in the Majaijai Mountains ; in fruit. 


Epacridee. 


The pollen in all the following species of Cyathodes is four-lobed, in 
the manner of Hricacee, to a suborder of which the Epacridee should 
be reduced. 

CyaTHopes PoMAR& (sp. nov.): fruticosa, erecta; foliis subpatulis 
oblongo-linearibus mucronatis margine integerrimis (novellis prope api- 
cem ciliolatis) subtus glaucis multinervibus, nervis extimis subramosis ; 
sepalis bracteolisque rotundatis subciliolatis ; corolla tubo calycem bis 
superante, lobis imberbibus ; stylo subulato ovario 5—7-loculari triplo 
longiore. — Society Islands, on the mountains of Tahiti. Dr. Picker- 
ing in his notes does not distinguish this from the plant gathered on 
Eimeo, which is not well to be discriminated from the following species ; 
while this has larger flowers as well as leaves, the tube of the corolla 
exserted beyond the calyx, and a longer style. Mr. Brown long ago 
alluded to a Tahitian Cyathodes (Prodr. p. 539), but it seems to have 
been unnoticed from the time of Cook’s voyages down to our own 
Expedition. The two brought by our collectors appear not to be 
uncommon ; so it is remarkable that nothing of the kind was collected 
by Bertero or Merenhout ; at least none is mentioned in Guillemin’s 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. BOE, 


Zephyritis Taitensis. The common Hawaian species having been 
dedicated to a celebrated king of those islands, this may bear the name 
of the gentler Tahitian queen, Pomare. 

The various forms from the Sandwich Islands, including one of the 
Society Islands, appear to be reducible to two species : — 

CyatHopEs TAMEIAMEL# (Cham.): fruticosa; foliis patulis ob- 
longis cuneato-obovatis linearibusve sepius abrupte mucronatis mar- 
gine ad apicem ciliolatis subtus glaucis multinervibus, nervis sepius 
ramosis, floralibus parvis ; sepalis bracteolisque orbiculatis ciliolatis ; 
corolle tubo calycem haud excedente, lobis aut barbatis aut imberbi- 
bus; stylo crasso ovario 5 —8-loculari zquilongo. 

Var. a. CHamisso1 (C. Tameiameia, Cham., Hook. & Arn., DC.) : 
corollz lobis intus pl. m. barbatis. — Oahu, ὅσο. 

Var. 8B. Brownul (C. Banksii (Gaud.?) ἃ Macreana, DC.) : co- 
rolle lobis imberbibus. — Maui, Kauai, and especially Hawaii. 

Var. y. SOCIETATIS: corollz lobis intus parcissime barbatis ; foliis 
plerisque linearibus. — Eimeo, and probably Tahiti. — This is most 
probably the Tahitian plant mentioned by Brown; while to our var. B 
may belong both the Sandwich Island species to which he alludes. 

Cratuopes DovuG.asu (sp. nov.) : fruticosa; foliis suberectis ob- 
longis seu lanceolatis acuminato-cuspidatis margine plerumque his- 
pidulo-ciliolatis subtus pallidioribus vel glaucis 5—9-nervibus, nervis 
seepissime simplicissimis ; sepalis bracteolisque ovatis obtusis ciliatis ; 
corolle tubo calycem quante, lobis intus barbatis; stylo subulato 
ovario 6-loculari bis terve longiore. — Hawaii, on Mouna Loa and 
Mouna Kea; also Maui, on Mouna Haleakala. 

Var. 8. STRUTHIOLOIDES: foliis erectis lanceolatis seu ovato-ob- 
longis ; sepalis acutis! Mouna Kea, high in the pastoral region; and 
perhaps a form on the mountains of Kauai, without flowers or fruit. 

None of the various specimens here combined accord with the C. 
Bankstii_ so imperfectly characterized by De Candolle. For, although 
the leaves are more or less erect, and rarely glaucous-white beneath, 
they are rough and ciliolate or serrulate on the margins, and with 
a pungent point; their nerves usually all simple. Also the larger 
flowers and longer style should distinguish all forms of this from the 
preceding species, unless that is even more polymorphous than I have 
supposed. As to the style in this and allied species, I should rely more 
upon it if I did not entertain some suspicion of dicecio-dimorphism in the 
genus. 


326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The ZLeucopogon of the Feejee Islands, which Dr. Seemann has re- 
ferred to LZ. Cymbule, Labill., of New Caledonia (in Bonplandia, 1861, 
p- 257, no. 285), I had characterized as L. Vitiensis. 


Styracacee, incl. Symplocinee. 


There is no Styrax in the collection of the American Expedition. 
One would be much disposed to adopt the division, not, with Miers, 
into three genera, but into two, viz.: 1. Styrax, and 2. Strigilia, Cav., 
including Cyrta, Lour. Between the latter I can perceive no essential 
distinction. Bentham, however, appears to be justified in his conclu- 
sion, “that Styrax as a whole is far too natural to be thus broken up 
into distinct genera. The degree of adherence of the ovary and of the 
persistence of its dissepiments is variable in species otherwise closely 
allied,” — and the same remark applies to the estivation and texture 
of the corolla. It is remarkable that Miers should have referred that 
most true Styrax, S. Japonica, to his genus Cyrta, and have excluded 
from the latter S. Benzoin. 

SympLocos spicata, Roxb. To this Indian, South Chinese, and 
Archipelagic species Dr. Seemann refers one which he, as well as our 
naturalists, collected plentifully in the Feejee Islands, — probably 
with good reason, although our specimens have for the most part the 
leaves entire or nearly so, and a shorter inflorescence. It runs into 
several varieties, one with very large leaves. 


Ebenacee. 


Diospyros SAMOENSIS (sp. nov.): ramis novellis vix puberulis; 
foliis glabris ovato-oblongis obtuse acuminatis basi acutis laxe venosis 
(3 — 6-poll.) ; pedunculis masculis ὃ —9-floris, fcemineis solitariis uni- 
floris petiolum subzequantibus ; calyce 4-fido sericeo-puberulo, lobis 
obtusissimis, foemineis rotundatis basi intus quasi coronatis corollam 
extus sericeam 4-fidum adzquantibus ; staminibus 8-9; ovario hir- 
suto 8-loculari; fructu globoso.— Tutuila and Savaii, Samoan or 
Navigators’ Islands ; “in woods, and also sometimes planted.” 

Masa Froriosa (Rich, in herb.) : foliis confertis lato-ellipticis utrinque 
rotundatis basi cordatis brevissime petiolatis glabratis (pollicaribus vel 
sesquipollicaribus), novellis cum ramulis fructibusque oliveformibus 
ferrugineo-tomentulosis ; pedunculis fructiferis brevibus 1 —3-floris ; 
calyce trilobo.— Muthuata and Ovolau, alt. 2,000 feet, Feejee Islands. 

Masa eEvuiptica, Forst., which apparently includes MZ. major, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. ΠΥ 


Forst., and which varies considerably in the shape of the leaves (in 
one form lanceolate-oblong and more or less acuminate), was gathered 
at the Tonga or Friendly, and the Samoan or Navigators’ Islands, 
with the nascent leaves and shoots fulvous-hirsute, as described ; while 
the Feejean collection has apparently the same species with the young 
parts glabrous. To this last may probably be referred all three Mabe 
of Dr. Seemann’s collection. 

Masa Sanpwicensis (A. DC.) : foliis lato-lanceolatis oblongis seu 
ovalibus coriaceis pallidis venuloso-reticulatis glabratis, novellis cum 
ramulis floribusque sericeo-pilosis; floribus in axillis subsessilibus, 


masculis 15—17-andris calyce alte trifido, foemineis ; fructu ovali 
calyce breviter trilobo stipato. — Ludit foliis nunc utrinque acutiusculis 
vel obtusiusculis, nunc basi rotundatis, nunc utrinque rotundatis basi 


retusis, sesquipoll. ad 4-poll. — Oahu, Hawaii. 


Sapotacee. 


SERSALISIA GLABRA (sp. nov.) : foliis obovato-oblongis basi attenu- 
atis coriaceis glabris, venis reticulatis ; pedicellis in axillis fasciculatis 
petiolo duplo longioribus ; corolla calyce subsericeo paullo longiori 
campanulata 5-fida glabra, lobis rotundatis filamenta sterilia subulata 
multo superantibus stylo gracili equilongis.—Woolongong, New South 
Wales. ‘There is a specimen of this in the Hookerian herbarium from 
Mr. Backhouse ; also a related one from Fraser, which is perhaps the 
S. laurifolia of Richard, and one from Cunningham, named Mimusops 
myrsinoides, may be the same thing. 

IsonanprA? Ricuit (sp. nov.): undique glabra; foliis chartaceis 
obovatis apice rotundatis nunc retusis basi acutis; pedicellis calyce 
4-fido plusduplo longioribus ; filamentis barbatis. Lassia retusa, Rich, 
in herb. — Tongatabu. Only a single and not very perfect corolla is 
extant from which to determine the genus. As that appears to be 
four-cleft, like the calyx, and with a fertile stamen in the sinuses, as 
well as one before each lobe, and there are no appendages, I refer the 
plant to Zsonandra, notwithstanding the bearded filaments. 

Bassta Amicorvum (sp. nov.): foliis obovatis seu ovalibus retusis 
glabris viridibus (9 — 6-poll.) ; pedicellis elongatis; corolla glabra 6- 
partita (semipollicari) calyce 6-nervi plusduplo longiore ; staminibus 
18; filamentis subulato-filiformibus antheris lineari-sagittatis cuspidatis 
zquilongis. — Tongatabu, on the shore. Mr. Rich supposed this to be 
Forster’s B. obovata, from Tanna; but that has the leaves less veiny, 


328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


more tapering at the base, and somewhat pointed at the apex, shorter 
pedicels, much smaller flowers, and the corolla (probably more than 
six-cleft) pubescent externally. 

SAPOTA? PYRULIFERA (sp. noy.): glabra; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis 
utrinque subacuminatis pallidis subcoriaceis tenuiter transversim ve- 
nosis (9 —95-poll. longis); calyce 5-partito; fructu pyriformi parvo 
(semipollicari) pedunculo paullo longiori semine unico obovato turgido 
repleto. — Ovolau, Feejee Islands. Flowers unknown. 

Sapota? VITIENSIS (sp. nov.): glabra; foliis oblongis seu obovato- 
oblongis obtusis vel retusis subcoriaceis reticulatis (4 — 6-poll. longis) 
basi in petiolum longiusculum attenuatis; fructu subsessili globoso 
3 —4-sperma (pollicem diametro).— Ovolau, Feejee Islands, on the 
coast. 

A third Feejean species was gathered on Vanna-levu, the materials 
wholly insufficient for determination. 

SaroTa SANDWICENSIS (sp. nov.) : foliis elliptico-oblongis basi acu- 
tis tenuiter transversim venosis et reticulatis mox glabris, novellis 
ramulisque pube tenui rufa seu albida tomentulosis, petiolo gracili 
pedicellis longiore ; floribus pentameris; corolla glabra calycem vix 
superante, lobis ovatis acutiusculis ; staminibus sterilibus spathulato- 
lanceolatis cum 5 fertilibus subinclusis; ovario 5-loculari.— Var. a. 
foliis obtusissimis 3 — 6-pollicaribus, petiolo seepe sesquipollicari. β. 
foliis 14 — 3-pollicaribus seepe acutiusculis. — Sandwich Islands: moun- 
tains of Oahu, where it was also collected by Remy (no. 478) in fruit. 
β. Hawaii and Lanai, Remy (no. 475, 476). A genuine Sapota, of 
De Candolle’s second section. Fruit like a small apple. Seeds albu- 
minous. Ovules ascending.* 


Primulacee. 


LysmmacuiA HILLeBranpvti, Hook. f. (sp. nov.) : fruticosa, glabrata, 
ramosa ; ramis undique foliosis ; foliis alternis nunc verticillatis ellip- 


* The doubtful plant from Kauai mentioned in Dr. Pickering’s printed Notes 
(p. 403), in connection with the above “Chrysophylloid” tree, proves to be a 
Xylosma (in fruit only), and one which was likewise gathered by Remy (no. 536) 
in Hawaii, but with less rigid and coriaceous leaves. I think it is not distinct from 
X. orbiculatum, Forst., which, along with X. Lepinei, and perhaps X. goniocarpum 
and X. integrifolium, of Clos’s monograph, may be safely combined with X. suaveo- 
lens, Forst. ‘The leaves of the original species are similarly reticulated, but the 
finer meshes are not sufficiently exhibited in Plate 4 of the Botany of the Explor- 


ing Expedition. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 329 


ticis oblongis lanceolatisve sepius acutatis vel acuminatis subcoriaceis 
laxe reticulato-venosis ; pedunculis ex axillis superioribus nutantibus 
unifloris ferrugineo-pubescentibus ; floribus 5 — 8-meris ; corolla sub- 
rotate lobis late obovatis sepala ovato-lanceolata acuminata fere duplo 
excedentibus ; filamentis basi monadelphis styloque gracilibus. — Sand- 
wich Islands. 

Var. a. foliis ellipticis seu elliptico-lanceolatis basi in petiolum angus- 
tatis. L. HMillebrandi, Hook. f. in litt.— Oahu and Maui. 

Var. 8. DAPHNOIDES: foliis oblongis arcte sessilibus et crebris. — 
Kauai. 

Var. γι ANGUSTIFOLIA: foliis lineari-lanceolatis creberrimis. — 
Maui, coll. Remy. 

A truly shrubby Primulacea, attaining several feet in height, but a 
genuine Lysimachia. 

There are specimens in our collection from the Sandwich Islands, 
ana much better ones in Remy’s, apparently referable to Lysimachia 
lineariloba, Hook. & Arn., from the Loo Choo Islands. At least, no 
notable difference appears between them and fine specimens gathered 
by Mr. Wright, both in the Loo Choo Islands and in Japan, — the more 
luxuriant forms of which accord with Z. lubinioides, Sieb. & Zuce. 
‘But Zucearini’s LZ. lineartloba from Bonin must be different, being 
said to have lanceolate acute sepals, and pedicels scarcely two lines 
long. His description of 7. lubintotdes applies to our plant, except 
that the style is not short, nor are the filaments, even in his own plant, 
monadelphous at the base. ‘The divisions of the corolla are spatulate, 
not linear, so that the specific name is deceptive, the stem is herba- 
ceous, and the thickish leaves by no means “¢mpunctate.” 


Myrsinacee. 


Masa PIckERINGII (sp. nov.): foliis lato-lanceolatis oblongisve 
subintegerrimis mox glabris, nascentibus ramulisque pilosulis ; race- 
mis axillaribus simplicibus rariusve compositis gracilibus ; calyce cum 
bracteis ovato-subulatis hirsuto, lobis ovatis acutis corolle tubum sube- 
quantibus ; drupis ovoideis. — Viti-levu, one of the Feejee Islands. — 
Differs from 77. nemoralis (which we have from the Samoan and 
Friendly Islands) in the hairy pubescence of the inflorescence, espe- 
cially of the calyx, narrower leaves, smaller flowers, and narrower and 
acute bracts and bractlets. The latter is completely glabrous, with the 
bracts, bractlets, and calyx-lobes (especially the latter) broadly ovate 

VOL. V. 42 


330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


and obtuse. To JM. nemoralis probably belongs a portion of no. 286 of 
Dr. Seemann’s collection. The remainder, with ferrugineous-puberu- 
lent inflorescence, is something different, but hardly JZ Indica. 

MsA PERSICZFOLIA (sp. noy.): glabra; foliis lato-lanceolatis in- 
tegerrimis, venis transversis ; paniculis axillaribus folio sub-breviori- 
bus ; floribus parvis ; bracteis bracteolis calycisque lobis ovato-acutis ; 
corollze tubo campanulato calyce paullo longiori; drupis ovoideo-glo- 
bosis brevissime pedicellatis. — Mbua or Sandalwood Bay, &c., Feejee 
Islands. No. 287 of Dr. Seemann’s collection, in his list referred to 
“ M. Indica, var.” is perhaps a form of this species ; but the pedicels 
are longer, the leaves broader, of thicker texture, and the primary 
veins much more ascending. 

Masa CORYLIFOLIA (sp. nov.): foliis ovatis cordatis repando-den- 
tatis cum ramis paniculisque (terminalibus et axillaribus folium ade- 
quantibus) dense mollissime pubescentibus superne mox glabratis ; 
pedicellis flore haud longioribus; bracteis bracteolisque ovato-subu- 
latis parvis ; calycis lobis triangulari-ovatis villosis tubum corollz 
brevi-campanulate fere z2quantibus ; drupis ovoideis puberis. — Moun- 
tains of Muthuata, Feejee Islands. “JL macrophylla, Wall.?” no. 
288 of Seemann’s list, is this species in fruit. The specimens of our 
Expedition are in flower only. 

MyrsINE MYRICZFOLIA (sp. nov.): glaberrima; foliis subspathu- 
latis seu oblongis basi cuneatis in petiolum attenuatis integerrimis 
apice sepius retusis utrinque crebre punctulatis, venis vix perspicuis ; 
floribus tetrameris sessilibus; calycis lobis lato-ovatis obtusissimis ; 
corolla quadripartita; drupis globosis. Muthuata, Feejee Islands. 
Eimeo, Society Islands. Drupe closely sessile or nearly so,— by which 
this species may be distinguished from any form of J. capitellata 
(including neriifolia, Korthalsit, &c.); but the discrimination of some 
forms of this from JZ. crassifolia may be more difficult. The fruiting 
specimens of Seemann’s no. 289 are ambiguous between these two ; 
the female flowering ones, and also no. 290 (foliage only) belong to 
M. myricefolia. 

Myrsine? BRACKENRIDGE! (sp. nov.): glabra; foliis membrana- 
ceis oblongis utrinque acutis vel acuminatis petiolatis margine inte- 
gerrimis vel undulatis ; pedicellis filiformibus fructu globoso 3 —5-plo 
longioribus ; calyce 5-lobo, lobis rotundis ciliatis. — Mountains of Ovo- 
lau, Feejee Islands. In fruit only ; probably of this genus. 

Myrsine Tairensis (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : glaberrima; foliis crasso-coriaceis 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 991 


oblongo-ellipticis seu ovalibus integerrimis utrinque obtusis brevissime 
petiolatis supra nitidis crebre costato-venosis, venis venulisque reticu- 
latis prominulis ; pedicellis fructu longioribus ; calycis fructiferi lobis 
4 triangulari-ovatis acutiusculis.— Mountains of Tahiti, Society Islands. 
Flowers not seen. 

From the Sandwich Islands I have seen nothing answering to Myr- 
sine Gaudichaudii, A. DC., with subsessile fruits and triangular acute 
calyx-lobes, but the collection comprises various forms of JZ Sandwi- 
censis and M. Lessertiana, the latter mostly with obovate- or cuneate- 
oblong and obtuse, or even retuse, leaves, the largest 5 or 6 inches 
in length. Their scanty flowers enable me to ascertain that the petals 
are distinct to the base and valvate in estivation. De Candolle’s tribe 
Embeliee manifestly should be suppressed, and his two suborders cer- 
tainly do not merit such a rank. 

ARDISIA? CAPITATA (sp. noy.): arborea? glabra; foliis ad apicem 
ramorum crassorum congestis obovato-spathulatis ultrapedalibus sub- 
coriaceis integerrimis reticulato-venulosis basi in petiolum brevem 
erassum angustatis; pedunculis axillaribus compressis simplicissimis 
capitulum strobilaceum gerentibus ; bracteis magnis squamaceis per- 
sistentibus. — Ovalau, Feejee Islands. — A. grandis, Seemann, no. 293 
(in fruit only), considerably resembles this in foliage, but has thyrsoid 
panicles. 


Oleacee. 


OLEA SANDWICENSIS (sp. nov.) : levis ; foliis lato-lanceolatis oblon- 
gisve acuminatis integerrimis petiolatis supra lucidis subtus pallidis; 
racemis axillaribus brevibus ; corolla profunde quadripartita ; stamini- 
bus (an semper?) 4; ovario conico; drupa ovoidea (in stirp. angusti- 
fol. oblonga). — Oahu, Sandwich Islands; also in Remy’s collection 
from Kauai (no. 479), and a narrow-leaved form, with the immature 
fruit similar to a common olive, from Molokai (no. 482). Leaves re- 
sembling those of Laurus nobilis. The four stamens, although unusual 
in the family, are not unprecedented, being occasionally met with in 
Chionanthus. 

Blume, followed by Endlicher and De Candolle, attributes to Chio- 
nanthus and Linociera an exalbuminous seed and a thick embryo ; and 
De Candolle founds a tribe thereupon. But this is not the case in the 
original species, —C. Virginica, as I had long ago noted, and Οἱ (Lino- 
ciera) ligustrina, as Charles Wright had observed upon the living plant 


Sie PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


in Cuba, and I have verified in the dried specimens, having the albu- 
men and flat cotyledons of Olea. Ihave no ripe fruit of the Asiatic 
species, but Dr. Hooker informs me that they are truly exalbuminous 
in C. montana, purpurea, &c., and also in the West Indian C. compacta ; 
— from which it would appear that this character is here not even of 
generic importance. 

C. Virginica is occasionally three-seeded. 


Jasminacee. 


JASMINUM TETRAQUETRUM (sp. nov.): erectum, glabrum ; foliis 
oppositis unifoliolatis, articulo petioli obscuro, foliolo ovato-lanceolato 
seu ovato acuminato basi acutiuscula trinervi; pedunculis brevibus 
paucifloris ; calyce fructifero tetraptero, alis angustis deorsum in pedi- 
cellum longe clavatum decurrentibus sursum in dentes lineari-subulatos 
verticales tubum 2-—3-plo superantes productis. — Feejee Islands, on 
the mountain summit back of Muthuata. In fruit. 

J. simplicifolium, Forst. (J. australe, Pers., and by some clerical 
mistake “J. gracile, Forst.,” in Dr. Seemann’s list) was collected on 
the Feejee and other islands; and .7. didymum, Forst. (= J. divari- 
catum, R. Br. and J. parviflorum, Decaisne) on the Tonga and Samoan, 
as well as the Society Islands. 


Apocynacee. 


ALYXIA BRACTEOLOSA (Rich, in herb. Ex. Exped.) : subscandens, 
glaberrima ; foliis plerumque ternis oblongis vel sublanceolatis nunc 
obtusis nune acumine obtuso apiculatis caudatisve basi acutis vel ro- 
tundatis supra nitidis transversim lineatis sublonge petiolatis ; cymis 
axillaribus plurifloris brevissime pedunculatis petiolum vix  super- 
antibus ; pedicellis brevibus arcte imbricato-bracteolatis ; bracteolis 
ovato-triangularibus dorso carinatis intus concavis ciliolatis sepalis 
consimilibus ; corolla lutea longius tubulosa; stigmate imberbi; ova- 
riis glaberrimis, drupis subglobosis breviter stipitatis. — Navigators’, 
Tonga, and Feejee Islands. 

Var. 8. MACROCARPA: fructu oliveformi maximo (sesquipollicari) 
e drupellis 2-5 conflatis. A. macrocarpa, Rich, in herb. Feejee 
Islands. 

Var. γι ANGUSTIFOLIA: alte scandens; foliis minoribus angustiori- 
bus etiam sublinearibus. A. stellata, Seem. in Bonpl. 1861, p. 257, 
no. 310. Tonga and Feejee Islands. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 999 


Var. y. PARVIFOLIA: foliis minoribus ellipticis (ΤΣ -- 2-0 011.) ; pe- 
dunculis paucifloris nunc elongatis, fructiferis petiolo bis longioribus. 
Feejee Islands. 

The other species of the collection are A. stellata, from the same 
groups of islands, and from Tahiti and Eimeo; A. scandens, only from 
the latter ; and the Sandwichian A. oliveformis, Gaud., to which must 
be referred A. suleata, Hook. & Arn., and may be referred a small- 
leaved variety, myrtillifolia. 

CreRBERA ODOLLAM, Gertn., from Tahiti, &c. (where it is not 
indigenous), must be Forster’s and Guillemin’s C. Manghas. 

CreRBERA LACTARIA, Hamilton (C. Odollam of Dr. Seemann’s 
collection) comes from Tongatabu and the Feejee Islands. So also 
does 

OcHROSIA PARVIFLORA, Hensl. (Cerbera, Forst.): it is named O. 
elliptica by Seemann, and perhaps it is Labillardiere’s plant. To the 
lamented Prof. Henslow’s account may be added, that the ovaries are 
not really united except at their apices, that the ovules are eight, four 
on‘each margin of the suture, amphitropous, the micropyle superior. 

OcurosiA SANDwIicensis, A. DC. is not in the collection of the 
Expedition, but is in Remy’s collection; the flower-buds almost an 
inch long, the narrow lobes of the corolla rather longer than the tube, 
which is glabrous within. Ovules 3 or 4 in each ovary. Seeds pel- 
tate on each face of the nearly complete false partition, exalbuminous ? 
Radicle inferior ! 

LYoNnsIA L&VIS (sp. nov.): glabra; foliis ovatis subcordatis acu- 
tato-acuminatis ; calycis lobis triangularibus acutis brevibus; corolla 
fere glabra fauce tantum annulatim barbata; .squamis nectarii dis- 
cretis glaberrimis ovarium subzquantibus ; capsula cylindrica leviter 
bisuleata. — Feejee Islands. This is probably the Hehites scabra? of 
Dr. Seemann’s collection, no. 315, of which I have seen no specimen ; 
but it differs from the New Caledonian plant (judging from Labillar- 
diere’s figure) in the pointed leaves, the general smoothness, smaller 
and acute calyx-lobes, glabrous nectary and ovary, terete capsule, and 
nearly glabrous corolla, within having a bearded ring instead of five 
vertical bearded lines. Of his Zyonsia, Brown well remarked that it 
is Parsonsie nimis affinis. The best distinction is to be found in the 
thickish lobes of the corolla, essentially or nearly valvate in estiva- 
tion; so that here, rather than in Parsonsia, belongs P. ventricosa of 
F. Miiller. 


334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Astonia, R. Br., subgen. DissurAspeRMuM. Semina undique 
equaliter et creberrime ciliato-plumosa, haud vero comosa, basi api- 
ceque in acumen vel caudam producta, cauda superiori apice bifida: 
albumen tenuissimum. Corolle lobi lineari-lanceolati, xstivatione si- 
nistrorsum (sensu Candollii) convoluti: faux barbata.— Frutices vel 
arbusculz insularum, foliis oppositis, petiolis angustissime marginatis 
basi pl. m. dilatatis, cymis patentibus. 

A. (DissuRASPERMUM) cosTaTa, R. Br. (Zchites, Forst.) Soci- 
ety Islands. Brown’s doubt whether the cilia which fringe the seeds 
were elongated at the base and apex into a coma, evinced his usual 
caution. In fact, the seeds are not properly comose at all, but equably 
ciliate-fringed all round, the tails short, flat, and equally fringed with 
the rest of the margin, the lower one entire and rather blunt, the upper 
notched or bifid. ‘The rudiments of one or both of these tails are to 
be seen in A. ophioxyloides, F. Miill., in which the hairs extend both 
ways into acoma. Forster’s description of the seeds “margine eylin- 
drica” is, I presume, a lapsus for “ margine ciliata.” 

A. (DIssSURASPERMUM) PLUMOSA, Labill., to which must belong 
our specimens from the Samoan and Feejee Islands, is more closely 
related to the foregoing than would be inferred from Labillardiere’s 
plate, as that does not well represent the stigma (indusiate-appendaged 
below, and with sharper lobes above), nor the calyx, which is five- 
parted to the base. But the seeds are not badly figured, except that 
the long tails are flat in our specimens, rather than exactly filiform. 
These two species might be wholly detached from Alstonta with better 
reason than Dlaberopus has been. 


Asclepiadacee. 


TYLOPHORA SAMGENSIS (sp. nov.) : herbacea, volubilis, fere glabra ; 
foliis cordatis acuminatis membranaceis ; pedunculis filiformibus peti- 
olo apice glandulifero longioribus ; umbellis plurifloris ; corollis vires- 
centibus ; coronz staminez foliolis subcarnosis lineari-oblongis apice 
acutiusculo antheras adzquante tantum a gynostegio liberis ; polliniis 
cbovato-oblongis adscendentibus brevissime stipitatis. — Savaii, one of 
the Samoan Islands. follicles 6 inches long, slender, smooth. 

TYLOPHOLA BRACKENRIDGEI (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : volubilis, glabrum ; foliis 
ovatis subcordatis mucronatis ; pedunculis petiolum apice haud glandu- 
liferum subequantibus ; umbellulis plurifloris; floribus carneis undique 
glabris ; corona staminea e glandulis seu gibberibus carnosis lateraliter 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Son 


compressis usque ad apicem acutum adnatis (in sicco subulatis) anthera 
brevioribus ; polliniis ovalibus juxta medium stipiti brevi flexuoso af- 
fixis adscendentibus. — Ovolau, Feejee Islands. Stigma depressed. 
Immature follicles smooth, short, acuminate-rostrate. Probably this is 
a congener of Endlicher’s Hybanthera biglandulosa, the pollen-masses 
of which are probably not so pendulous as is represented. The struc- 
ture of the andrcecium is very similar, but the coronal appendages are 
transversely dilated at the base, thence gradually tapering to an acute 
summit, the whole perfectly adnate to the back of the anther. In Dr. 
Wieght’s Jphisia (17. Iphisia and T. Govanii, Decaisne) I find the 
same structure, the fleshy appendages equally adnate and laterally 
compressed. 

GYMNEMA SUBUNDUM (sp. nov.): volubile, undique glabellum ; fo- 
liis membranaceis ovato-lanceolatis seu ovato-oblongis basi rotundatis 
vel subcordatis ; pedunculis petiolum adzquantibus ; umbella szepius 
bifida ; corolla rotata 5-partita imberbi squamulis fere obsoletis sinubus 
instructa ; gynostegio brevissimo. — Mountains of Muthuata, Feejee 
Islands. — To Gymnema both Gongronema and Bidaria must doubt- 
less be restored. The estivation of the corolla, said by Blume to be 
valvate, is convolute, as described by Decaisne, in all the species I have 
examined, but in most of them the margins so slightly overlap that the 
estivation might readily be taken for valvate. 

GYMNEMA STENOPHYLLUM (sp. nov.) : fruticosum, erectum (3 —6-ped.), 
ramosissimum, fere glabrum ; foliis coriaceis linearibus basi attenuatis 
marginibus revolutis, costa subtus pilosula; pedunculis axillaribus bre- 
vissimis ; corolla rotata alte 5-fida inappendiculata, lobis extus glabris 
intus tenuiter barbatis ; gynostegio brevissimo ; polliniarum stipitibus 
gracilibus spiraliter contortis. — Feejee Islands, on the barren upland 
of Muthuata. This has recently been collected by Dr. Seemann (no. 
322), who has obtained it with young follicles. These are slender, 
almost as much so as the leaves, and smooth. The pollinia accord 
with the character of Sarcolobus, R. Br., but they are not “apice late- 
raliter pellucide,” as Miquel has it. Dr. Seemann takes this for a 
new genus, and indeed, as the genera are arranged by Decaisne, it 
does not accord throughout with either Lidaria, Gongronema, or Gym- 
nema proper, while the erect habit is also peculiar. But if the two 
former genera be restored to Gymnema, the present plant could not 
well be excluded. 

HOYA BICARINATA (sp. ΠΟΥ.) : scandens; foliis glabellis subcarnosis 


336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


planis obscure penninerviis ovalibus seu ovatis brevissime abrupteque 
acuminatis basi rotundatis subcordatisve, lamina supra petiolum hir- 
tellum glandulosa ; pedunculo pedicellis haud longiori ; sepalis lineari- 
oblongis ; corolle albz extus glabrz intus puberule lobis ovatis acutis 
planis ; coronz staminez foliolis incrassatis, disco obovato concavo 
angulo interno longiuscule acuminato, marginibus haud revolutis, dorso 
eximie bicarinato. — Samoan, Tonga, and Feejee Islands. This may 
be Forster’s Asclepias volubilis (non Linn.), from Tanna. It is the 
Hoya Billardieri, no. 319, of Dr. Seemann’s list; but hardly that of 
Decaisne. For the pieces of the stamineal crown are strikingly acu- 
minate, instead of “angulo interiore obtuso.” 

Hoya prprera, Seemann, no. 320, we have also from the Feejee 
Islands, along with other indeterminable specimens equally without 
flowers or fruit. 


Oonvolvulacee. 


JACQUEMONTIA SANDWICENSIS (Convolvulus ovalifolius, Hook. & 
Arn., non Vahl. Jpomea ovalifolia, Chois. pro parte): villoso-pubes- 
cens, nunc glabrata; caulibus e radice tuberosa procumbentibus ; foliis 
carnosulis obovatis cuneato-oblongisve emarginatis vel obcordatis bre- 
viter petiolatis ; pedunculis folium zquantibus 1 —3-floris; sepalis 3 
exterioribus ovatis obtusis herbaceis, 2 interioribus multo minoribus 
oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis ; corolla calyce duplo longiore. — Sand- 
wich Islands; common. Root, according to Dr. Pickering, tuberous 
and edible. Stigmas elongated-oblong, flattish. 

BonamiaA ΜΈΝΖΙΕΒΙ (sp. nov.): caule lignoso decumbente ; ramis 
volubilibus, junioribus herbaceis cum foliis ellipticis utrinque obtusis 
vel retusis (supra mox glabratis) aurato-tomentulosis ; pedunculis axil- 
laribus unifloris recurvis, fructiferis deflexis ; sepalis rotundatis coria- 
ceis sericeis ; stylis 2 basi connatis ; capsula ovoidea coriacea evalvi ; 
seminibus baccatis. — Sandwich Islands, where it was discovered by 
Menzies. 

Var. 8. foliis oblongis seu ovato-lanceolatis acutis vel acuminulatis. 
Convolvulus ovalifolius, var.? Hook. & Arn. — Maui, Remy, no. 420. 

We have abundant ripe fruit and a few flower-buds. Remy’s no. 
420 had dropped the corollas, but exhibited the styles. Corolla silky 
externally. Ovary 2-celled, each cell biovulate. Stigmas capitate. 
Seeds 4 or only 2, with a baccate-fleshy purple or crimson episperm, 
covering a hard seed-coat. If Brown has rightly stated the difference 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. bon 


between Bonamia of Thouars and his Breweria, the two genera can- 
not be maintained, and the older genus of Thouars must also include 
Stylisma, Raf. Traces of the fleshy episperm are perceptible in δ. 
Roxburghit and in our B. (Stylisma) humistrata. 


Hydrophyllacee. 


The study of a Nama from the Sandwich Islands led to the ex- 
amination of all the species known to me, with the following re- 
sult : — 

NAMA, Linn. 


§ 1. Folia in caulem alato-decurrentia, obovata vel spathulata, pube 


molli villosa seu pilosa: rami procumbentes. 


1. N. JAMAICENSIS, Linn.: pube brevi ; foliis late obovatis spathu- 
latis ; pedunculis brevissimis vel calyce brevioribus ; capsula oblonga 
demum patente vel reflexa.— Key West, Blodgett. Mexico and 
Texas, Berlandier coll. no. 2049, 2062, 2298; Drummond, coll. 2, 316; 
Lindheimer, no. 476, 642 (the latter with very large leaves) ; Wright, 
Gregg, Ervendberg, no. 189. 

2. N. pirLtora, Chois.: villosa; foliis spathulato-oblongis; pedun- 
culis plerisque in pedicellos filiformes (fructif. semipollicares et ultra) 
bifurcatis ; capsula brevi. — Mexico, between Victoria and Tula, Ber- 
landier, no. 2200, not 220 as recorded in DC. Prodr. 

§ 2. Folia in caulem haud decurrentia, seepius cinerea, nec incana: 
* Omnia in petiolum sat manifestum attenuata: radix dura, “ ligno- 
sa,” perennis ? 

3. N. oriGanirouia, H. B. K.: molliter cinereo-pubescens, czspi- 
toso-diffusa ; foliis parvis (adjecto petiolo 3 —6 lin. longis) obovatis seu 
spathulato-oblongis, venis subtus prominulis; floribus seepius geminis ; 
pedunculis calyce brevioribus; capsula ovali-oblonga. — WV. origani- 
folia & Ν. rupicola, Chois. Hydrol. & in DC. 1. 6. NV. subineana, 
Willd. in Rem. & Schult. 1. c. — WV. dichotoma, var. parvifolia, Torr. 
Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 147.— This occurs in Berlandier’s collection as 
no. 2254, collected “between Santander and Victoria,’ Mexico, upon 
which specimens I suppose that Choisy’s WV. rupicola is partly found- 
ed. The J. origanifolia figured and described by Kunth is, I pre- 
sume, of the same species. But the plant, as I suspect from the 
inspection of Berlandier’s specimens, is not truly fruticulose, but is 


ΜΟΙ. 48 


338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


rather an annual, with the base indurated, as is common in these dry 
regions late in the season. Dr. Torrey’s fine specimens, from Santa 
Rosa, Chihuahua, Dr. Bigelow, and Monterey, Edwards and Eaton, 
accord with Berlandier’s. 


** Folia sessilia vel basi attenuata vix petiolata (radix annua) : 


+ Pube molli sepius pl. m. viscosa cinerea vel hirsutula: sepala (mo- 
do generis) sursum dilatata. 


4. N. unpuLtata, H. B. Κα. Pube molli et hirsutula cinerea; 
foliis margine spe undulatis, superioribus oblongis basi lata arcte 
sessilibus, inferioribus oblanceolatis deorsum longe attenuatis; floribus 
breviter pedunculatis vel subsessilibus plerisque lateralibus; capsula 
elongato- seu lineari-oblonga. Var. 8. (J/acrantha, Chois. Hydrol. t. 
2, f. 1): foliis caulinis basi vix attenuatis; pedunculis nunc brevibus 
nune gracilioribus calyce zequilongis. — Mexico and 5. Texas. To this 
I refer Berlandier’s no. 2116 (the var. β.), 1095, 1455, 2111, 2120, 
2195, 2215, 2328, 2525, and some specimens collected by Dr. Gregg. 
A fragment from California, collected by Mr. Wallace, seems also to 
be of this species. So is a plant collected at Fort Yuma by Major 
Thomas, in herb. Torr. 

5. Nama picHoToMA (Chois.): viscoso-pubescens; foliis spathu- 
lato-oblongis oblanceolatisve basi attenuatis subsessilibus; floribus 
plerisque in dichotomiis sessilibus vel pedunculis calyce dimidio bre- 
vioribus; capsula ovato- seu breviuscule oblonga. LHydrolea dicho- 
toma, Ruiz & Pay. Fl. Per. 3. p. 22, τ. 244. — Taking Spruce’s no. 
5802, from the Equatorian Andes, to represent Ruiz and Pavon’s 
plant, with the alar flowers sessile and the corolla not exceeding the 
calyx, I refer to it Coulter’s no. 916 from Mexico, and his no. 463 
from California; in both of which the flowers in the forks are some- 
times nearly sessile, and sometimes short-peduncled, or short-pedun- 
cled lateral flowers come from the reduction of one fork to a short 
peduncle; and the corollas are twice as long as the calyx. But all 
the species appear to vary in this respect. 

6. N. SANDWICENSIS (sp. nov.): pube brevi hirsutula cinerea ; 
foliis spathulatis deorsum attenuatis; pedunculis terminalibus de- 
mumque lateralibus szpius bifurcatis calyce fructifero longioribus ; 
capsula ovali.— Sandwich Islands: Oahu, Macrae, Nuttall, Remy, 
no. 425. Sand-hills of Maui, Dr. Pickering and Mr. Breckenridge. 
Kauai, Nuttall. Very much branched; the leaves soon revolute, 4—6 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 339° 


' 


lines long. Flowers small. Flower-stalks in fruit from 3 to 6 lines in 

length, divergent. 

+ + Hispida: sepala sursum vix ampliata. 

7. N. HISPIDA: setis albis rigidis undique hispida; foliis oblongo- 
linearibus seu spathulatis; floribus terminalibus demum lateralibus 
subsessilibus szepe geminis vel subscorpioideo-seriatis ; sepalis angustis- 
sime linearibus ; capsula oblonga. V. Jamaicensis? Engelm. & Gray, 
P]. Lindh. 1. no. 130, non Linn. J. dichotoma, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 
Surv. p. 147, excl. var. NV. biflora, var. spathulata, Torr. in Pacif. R. 
R. Sury. 5. p. 362. Texas and the Mexican borders of the Rio Grande; 
Coll. Berlandier, no. 2585, 2448, 2486, and perhaps 1420; Drummond, 
111. no. 195; 11. 309; Lindheimer, no. 130, and in later collections ; 
W. Texas and New Mexico, Wright, no. 493, 494, 495, 1585, 1586; 
Fendler, no. 643. Less hispid forms probably referable to this species 
are from New Mexico or Arizona, no. 1584, Wright; from the moun- 
tains of San Antonita, New Mexico, Dr. Bigelow, and the same from 
Fort Yuma, California, Major Thomas, and from the same district by 
Fremont ; also Arizona, Thurber. 

§ 3. Folia haud decurrentia, abrupte longius petiolata, subtus pube 
sericeo-villosa argenteo-incana; pedunculi cymoso-pluriflori, flori- 
bus pedicellatis pro genere maximis, corolla 3-pollicari. 

8. N. serrcea, Willd.; Rom. & Schult. Syst. 6. p.189. WV. longi- 
flora, Chois. Hydrol. p. 20, t. 2, f. 2, & in DC. Prodr. Mexico: Coll. 
Coulter, no. 914, 915. 

* .* Species dubia. 

N. uirsuta, Martens & Galeotti, ex Walp. Repert. 6. p. 565. 

Oaxaca, Mexico. 


Borraginacee. 


HELIOTROPIUM ANOMALUM (Hook. & Arn.): fruticosum, depressum, 
strigoso-incanum ; foliis confertis lineari-lanceolatis basi attenuatis 
spathulatis ; cymis pedunculatis glomerulifloris ; calycis lobis inzequali- 
bus imbricatis 2 exterioribus ovatis seu oblongis, ceteris linearibus ; 
corolle tubo extus strigoso-sericeo calyce bis longiore ; antheris apicibus 
brevissime barbulatis primum coherentibus, nuculis 4 rarius 5-6 
seabris. Lithospermum incanum, Forst. Pentacarya heliotropioides, 
DC. — Coral Islands, and Sandwich Islands. 

Var. 8B. ARGENTEUM: pube molliore densiore nitente incanum; flori- 
bus paullo majoribus. — Sandwich Islands. 


340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


The anomaly of five nucules to the fruit, which suggested Hooker’s 
specific as well as De Candolle’s generic name, is so far from constant, 
that I could not detect a single instance in a long suite of specimens, 
although Dr. Pickering appears from his notes to have been more 
lucky. I have found six nucules; but a supernumerary carpel is not so 
extraordinary ; and this suggests that the five nucules, when this num- 
ber occurs, result from the abortion of one cell or half-carpel. In all 
essential respects this species is a Heliotrope, in which genus even the 
inequality of the sepals is not altogether unexampled. 

Without hesitation, we may reduce to the genus Heliotropium Nut- 
tall’s Huploca (as I had already indicated), Endlicher’s Schleidenia 
(Preslea, Mart.), and De Candolle’s Pentacarya, and (with Fresenius) 
associate Zournefortia with it rather than with Hhretia. But the plant 
which (in Mem. Amer. Acad. n. ser. 6. p. 403) I had inadvertently 
referred to Heliotropium, viz. H. Japonicum, is only a variety (with 
broader leaves and longer style) of Ammam’s Arguzia ( Tournefortia 
Arguzia, DC.), a connecting link between Heliotropium § Heliophytum 
and Tournefortia. 

Considerations analogous to those which forbid the dismemberment 
of Heliotropium, point, though perhaps less directly, to the reunion 
under Coldenia of several plants which have been distinguished as 


genera.* 


* If we retain under Coldenia both Stegnocarpus, DC. and Tiquilia, Pers. (which 
is Galapagoa, Hook. f.), and add Eddya, Torr. (and even Ptilocalyr, Torr.), a well- 
marked genus, of uniform floral characters and not incongruous in habit, will be the 
result. Otherwise we shall have four or five genera for barely twice as many spe- 
cies. The genus may be thus disposed in sections : — 


COLDENIA, Linn. 


I. Fructus 6 nuculis 4 trigonis dorso convexis intus faciebus planis arcte con- 
junctis, crassis, crustaceis. 
1. Evcotpenta, DC. Styli 2, breves. Fructus globoso-quadrilobus: nucula 
geminatim subconnate, demum partibiles. C. pRocuMBENS, Linn. 
2. Sreenocarrts, DC., Torr. Stylus bifidus. Fructus globosus in nuculas 4 
secedens. C. CANESCENS, DC. Stegnocarpus canescens, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. 
Rep. 2, p. 169, t. 7. 
II. Fructus alte quadrilobus, e nuculis 4 (vel abortu paucioribus) ovatis parvis 
angulo interno basi styli mediante tantum connexis, pericarpio tenui. 


3. Eppya, Torr. Stylus superne bifidus. Nuculez tenuiter crustacez, papilloso- 
scabre. C. HISprpIssiMA, Torr. l. c., t. 9. 


ces 


a 


te i ete Pek 


eS Se 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 941 


CorDIA ASPERA (Forst.): pube ferruginea hirsuta, demum glabres- 
cens ; foliis membranaceis ovatis acuminatis asperulis supra glabratis, 
serraturis subulatis ; floribus parvis cymoso-glomeratis ; calyce ovato- 
cylindraceo ferrugineo-villoso 10-striato, dentibus 5 minimis subulatis ; 
corolle tubo calycem vix superante lobis estivatione inflexis et cor- 
rugatis longiore; drupa ovata acuta nuda, putamine 1 —2-spermo. — 
Tonga, Feejee, Samoan, and some of the Coral Islands. A distinct 
and genuine Cordia, but the specific name is unfortunate, for the 
leaves are by no means rough. — This is no. 336 of the Feejee collec- 
tion of Dr. Seemann, referred by him to C. Sprengelii, DC., but it 
does not accord with Sprengel’s detailed description. 


Labiate. 


GARDOQUIA PILOSA (sp. nov.) : fruticosa; foliis lato- seu rhombeo- 
ovatis petiolatis subserratis lineato-venosis haud coriaceis puberulis 
subtus vix canescentibus ; verticillastris multifloris ; calycis hirsuti 
pedicello longioris dentibus subulatis, fauce intus nuda; corollis “ coc- 
cineis” pilosis calyce (semipollicari) triplo longioribus. — Andes of 
Peru at Bajios. Resembles G. rugosa in the foliage, but the flowers 
are much larger, the corolla elongated, &c. It needs to be compared 
with G. pulchella, H.B. K.; but the branches are glabrous, and the 
leaves not tomentose beneath, nor coriaceous. 

SPHACELE HASTATA (sp. noy.): herbacea; foliis amplis hastatis 
creberrime crenulatis utrinque cauleque cano-tomentulosis, floralibus 
oblongo-lanceolatis sessilibus; cymis laxis multifloris thyrsum elon- 
gatum efficientibus ; corollis “ purpureis ” tubulosis calyce triplo longiori- 


4. TrqurtiA, Pers. Stylus bifidus vel divisus. Nuculz leves, nitide, tenuissime 
crustacee. Embryo generis, i. e. cotyledones plane, integre. (Οὐ. DICHOTO- 
mA, Lehm. C. (Galapagoa, Hook. f.) Darwint & FUSCA. 

5. TrquiLiopsis. Corolle tubus basi intus 5-squamatus. Nucule fere mem- 
branaceze. Cotyledones bipartite, radicule utrinque accumbentes. Czt. 
Tiqulie. C.Nutrauii1, Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. 3, p. 296. Tiquilia parvi- 
folia, Nutt. in herb. Hook. 7]. brevifolia, Nutt. herb. ex Torr. Bot. Mex. 
Bound., p.136. 7. Oregona, Torr. Bot. S. Pacif. Exped. (Calif. & Oregon), t. 12. 


Pritocatyx, Torr. in Pacif. R. R. Rep. 1. ¢., t. 8, where it is admirably figured, 
may be regarded as a Stegnocarpus, with all but one of the cells of the ovary sterile, 
these appearing as lateral vestiges on the cross-section of the monococcous cori- 
aceous fruit. In this view it is not likely to stand as a genus, unless Tiquilia also 
does. Those who regard the reduction here foreshadowed as too great, might be 
better satisfied with three genera, viz. Coldenia, Ptilocalyx, and Tiquilia. 


342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


bus; genitalibus sublonge exsertis. — Sandwich Islands, on Mouna Ha- 
leakala, East Maui, alt. 5,000 —7,000 feet. A most striking and distinct 
species: corolla an inch long, somewhat pubescent. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA, Benth. An examination of the now extant 
materials of this Sandwichian genus leads to the suppression of four of 
Bentham’s species, and the establishment of as many new ones. Two 
of the latter constitute a peculiar section, and P. floribunda may be 
taken for another. ‘The sections, and a key to the species, may be 
presented as follows : — 


§ 1. Genuinaz. Racemi verticillastriflori, nempe verticillastri 6 —20-flori in race- 
mo caulem terminante dispositi, vel infimi (nunc lusu omnes) axillares. 
Corolle albze. 

Calycis lobi tubo eequilongi foliacei, amplissimi: hirsutissima. P. vestita. 

Calycis lobi tubo pl. m. breviores : 

Fructiferi ampliati, explanato-patentes, foliacei. Pedicelli ca- 

lycem sericeo-pubescentem subzequantes. P. grandiflora. 
Fructiferi haud explanato-patentes (P. racemosa forte excepta). 

Glabra: pedicelli graciles. 


Verticillastri pluriflori, haud pedunculati. P. brevidens. 
Verticillastri 6-flori, cymulis szepius pedunculatis ! P. glabra. 
Hirsutissima: pedicelli breves. P. hirsuta. 


Molliter pubescens seu villosa. 
Pedicelli graciles calyce seepissime longiores: pili patentes. P. parviflora. 
Pedicelli calycem cum corolla strigoso-pubescentem subze- 


quantes. P. clavata. 
Pedicelli brevissimi plurimi. 

Calycis lobi subulato-lanceolati tubum subzequantes. P. stachyoides. 

Calycis lobi ovati, obtusi, tubo breviores. P. racemosa. 


ὁ 2. LarerirLrorm. Racemi simpliciflori (pedicellis solitariis), breves, ex axillis 
foliorum inferiorum. Corolle violacez, parve. 
Lobi calycis hirsutissimi, tubo «quilongi, lineares. P. floribunda. 
§ 3. HapLosracuys. Spica simpliciflora terminalis, nuda. Corolle albze, tubo 
longo, lobis subsequalibus ecrispis. Folia subtus cano-tomentosa. 
Folia basi sat cordata: calycis dentes angusti, acuti. P. haplostachya. 
Folia basi vix cordata: calyx repando-truncatus. P. truncata. 


PHYLLOSTEGIA VESTITA, Benth. (racemo laxiore folioso,) takes in 
P. dentata, Benth., racemo denso nudo, foliis floralibus plerisque calyces 
fructif. haud superantibus. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA GRANDIFLORA, Benth. To this, I suspect, belongs 
Gaudichaud’s Prasiwm macrophyllum also, but not Bentham’s Phyllo- 
stegia macrophylla, at least as to Macrae’s plant, from which his de- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 343 


seription is principally drawn, and which I take for a form of P. parvi- 
Jjlora. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA BREVIDENS (sp. nov.): glabra; foliis ovalibus argute 
dentato-serratis ; racemo laxo brevi simplici, verticillastris multifloris ; 
calyce quasi truncato, dentibus brevissimis obtusis erectis; corolla tubo 
dorso pubescente calyce duplo longiore (semipollicari). — Hawaii, in the 
forest of Mouna Kea, alt. 3,000 feet. Inflorescence as in P. grandiflora 
(except in the smoothness), i. e. the pedicels sessile or nearly so; but 
more numerous, from 7 to 11 in each cymule. 

Var. ? β. AMBIGUA: calyce glaberrimo magis dentato, dentibus tubo 
quadruplo triplove brevioribus; corollz tubo calyce triplo longiore 
(subpoilicari) ; foliis subtus nune parce pilosis.— West Maui. This is 
ambiguous between P. brevidens and P. grandiflora, having the corolla 
about the size and shape of the latter, and most of the leaves are spar- 
ingly pilose beneath. But the latter are sharply serrate, the calyces, 
pedicels (about 5 in each cymule), &c. are perfectly glabrous, and the 
calyx-teeth, although manifest and of the same form as those of P. 
grandiflora, are much shorter and hardly spreading. There is reason 
to suppose that this may be the same as a specimen which Menzies 
collected on Maui, which is preserved in the herbarium of the British 
Museum, and which Bentham referred to his P. Chamissonis. In 
which case, if of a distinct species, as is likely, it should be named 
P. Menziesit. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA GLABRA (Benth.): undique glaberrima; foliis ovatis 
serratis basi rotundatis vel truncatis; racemo laxo thyrsoideo, cymulis 
plerisque pedunculatis trifloris; lobis calycis parvulis breviter lan- 
ceolatis tubo dimidio brevioribus, fructiferis vix ampliatis subpaten- 
tibus ; corollz tubo calyce 2—38-plo longiore. Variat calycis lobis angus- 
tioribus acutis, seu latioribus obtusis vel obtusiusculis, fructiferis haud 
raro tubo xquilongis; corolla subpollicari vel dimidio minore.— Gaudi- 
chaud’s plate of Prastum glabrum represents the largest-flowered form 
of this species. Bentham’s Phyllostegia glabra, in Bot. Reg. and in Lin- 
nza, was described from branched specimens with smaller and proba- 
bly later flowers; his P. Chamissonis, from a larger-flowered form. 
The corolla varies much in size, but I have never seen it rival that of 
P. grandiflora. I am persuaded, accordingly, that Bentham’s P. 
Macrei and P. Chamissonis must merge under the original name, 
P. glabra. The species is the only one with pedunculate cymules, ex- 
cept the following. 


344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


PHYLLOSTEGIA HiRsuTA, Benth. This is known only by deflorate 
specimens of Macrae’s collection; but it is probably of this genus. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA PARVIFLORA (Benth.): molliter villosula vel pubes- 
cens; foliis ovatis seu ovato-oblongis serrato-crenatis basi rotundatis 
cordatisve ; racemo laxo glanduloso- seu viscoso-villoso; verticillastris 
plerumque 6-floris, pedicellis gracilibus; calycis lobis breviter lanceo- 
latis tubo 3—4-plo brevioribus, fructiferis vix ampliatis subpatentibus ; 
corolla tubo puberulo calyce 2 —35-plo longiore (semipollicari). — Under 
this I combine the following : — 

Var. a. GAupicuaup! (P. parviflora, Benth.) : foliis subtus molliter 
seu mollissime pubescentibus ; racemis seepe paniculatis; floribus par- 
vulis; corolla gracili; pedicellis seepius calyce (1} lin.) multo longiori- 
bus (3-6 lin.) nunc tantum equilongis. 

Var. 8. GLABRIUSCULA (P. macrophylla, Benth., presertim pl. 
Macrzi): foliis cauleque subpubescentibus vel glabratis; floribus ma- 
joribus ; pedicellis calyce (2 -- ὃ lin.) 2—3-plo longioribus ; verticillastris 
interdum 8-floris. 

Var. y. MOLLIS (P. mollis, Benth.): undique mollissime velutino- 
pubescens, canescens; pedicellis calyce brevioribus vel subzqualibus ; 
corolla (4—5 lin.) calyee duplo longiore. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA STACHYOIDES (sp. nov.): molliter pubescens ; foliis 
ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis vix basi subcordatis crenato-serratis ; race- 
mo denso; verticillastris 10-—14-floris; pedicellis calyce brevioribus ; 
lobis calycis glandulosi-puberuli subulato-lanceolatis tubo paullo brevi- 
oribus ; corolla pubescentis tubo calyce duplo longiore. — Hawaii, in the 
district of Waimea. Leaves much like those of P. racemosa, but 
tapering to an acute point, and scarcely at all cordate. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA CLAVATA (Benth.): pubescens vel hirsuta _pilis 
appressis, foliis ovatis seu ovato-lanceolatis subacutis basi rotundatis vix 
subcordatis crenato-serratis ; verticillastris 6- 14-floris, pedicellis calyce 
subeequilongis ; lobis calycis strigosi late triangulari-ovatis obtusis tubo 
triplo brevioribus ; corolla strigoso-pubescentis tubo calyce triplo lon- 
giore; stylo apice clavato. Variat 1. foliis glabriusculis pedicellis 
fructiferis 2—3-plo longioribus, 2. sericeo-villosa, canescens, lobis calycis 
paullo majoribus.— Style more clavate than usual at its summit, the 
upper lobe smaller and its stigma often abortive. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA RACEMOSA (Benth.): villosula seu tomentoso-pubes- 
cens; foliis oblongis ovato-lanceolatisve obtusis basi sapissime cordatis 
crenatis ; verticillastris 8 -12-floris; pedicellis brevissimis ; lobis calycis 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 945 


tomentulosi ovatis obtusissimis tubo dimidio brevioribus, fructiferis 
auctis patentibus ; corolla pubescente calyce duplo longiore. — Branches 
of the style often unequal, the upper one being smaller, as in the pre- 
ceding. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA HAPLOSTACHYA (sp. nov.): cano-tomentosa; foliis 
cordato-oblongis seu cordato-lanceolatis crenatis; verticillastris bifloris ; 
floribus subsessilibus in spicam simplicem virgatam digestis; calycis 
dentibus lato subulatis erectis tubo 3—4-plo brevioribus; corolla tubo 
longe exserto, lobis crispis. — Maui, on the sands of the low isthmus. 
Also gathered by Remy on Hawaii. Calyx 3 or 4 lines long, cylin- 
draceous, a little curved, and the flower horizontally spreading in 
anthesis. Corolla white; the tube 8 or 9 lines long, the lips less 
unequal than in other species, the upper one and the three lobes of the 
lower lip rotund and with strongly undulate-crisped margins. Style of 
the genus. So of the fruit, which is apparently drupaceous when fresh, 
but is included in the ovoid and nearly closed fructiferous calyx. 

Var. 8. LEPTOSTACHYA: foliis angustioribus e basi minus cordata, 
pagina superiore calycibusque minutim tomentulosis nec incanis; flori- 
bus inferioribus dissitis. — On barren ridges of Kauai; in flower. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA TRUNCATA (sp. nov.) : tomentulosa ; foliis lanceolatis 
crenulatis basi truncatis vel subcordatis subtus incanis; verticillastris 
bifloris; floribus in spicam simplicem digestis brevissime pedicellatis, 
infimis dissitis ; calyce puberulo glanduloso repando-truncato, dentibus 
brevissimis latis obtusissimis; corollz tubo elongato, lobis rotundatis 
subzequalibus crispis. — Maui, Coll. Remy, no. 395. Closely related to 
the preceding. The two would be taken for the type of a distinct 
genus; but I find no sufficient reason for their separation. 

PHYLLOSTEGIA FLORIBUNDA (Benth.): villoso-hirsuta; caule rigido 
(bipedali) ; foliis ellipticis seu oblongo-ovatis acuminatis crenato-serratis 
basi rotundatis vel obtusis; racemis brevibus plurifloris ex axillis fol. 
inf., rhachi pedicellis filiformibus calycibusque patenti-hirsutissimis ; lo- 
bis calycis linearibus tubo suo et corolla “late violacez ” subzequilongis. 
— Hawaii, in woods of the district of Puna. Before known only from 
the specimen gathered (probably on Hawaii) by Nelson in Cook’s last 
voyage, and preserved in the Banksian herbarium. Achenia fleshy, 
projecting from the open mouth of the fructiferous calyx. 

STENOGYNE, Benth., is the other Labiate genus peculiar to the 
Sandwich Islands. In all the species the corolla is more or less hairy 
or downy externally towards its summit, while the lower part of the 


VOL. V. 44 


346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


tube is apt to be glabrous or glabrate. The color is mostly rose or 
pink. The lips, indeed, are often “subaequal”; but it is the upper 
(not the lower) lip which surpasses the other, sometimes strikingly so 
when fully developed. This is especially the case in the small-leaved 
section, where the erect or falcate upper lip, produced much beyond 
the short and 3-cleft lower one, calls to mind the corolla of a Castilleta. 
The bearded annulus is wanting in S. rotundifolia, S. cordata, and 
nearly so in what I take to be S. macrantha, therefore probably in S. 
sessilis. The stamens equal the upper lip, or are exserted beyond it. 
The following conspectus of the species will be convenient. 


* Corolla exannulata. Verticillastri sepius 6-flori. 


Folia longius petiolata: nervi calycis obsoleti. 


Hirsuto-hispida: calyx 5-fidus : cor. lab. superius productum. S. macrantha. 
Glabrata: calyx breviter dentatus: corollz labium superius 
inferiori vix longius: filamenta villosa ! S. rotundifolia. 
Folia vix petiolata, glabra: calyx nervosus, 5-lobus. 
Folia subpetiolata: calycis lobi acuti. S. cordata. 
Folia arcte sessilia: calycis lobi lati obtusi. S. sessilis. 


* * Corolla villoso-annulata. 


Folia majora, longius petiolata: verticillastri seepius 6-flori: labia corolla subequi- 
longa vel superius paullo longius. 
Calycis nervi obscuri, dentes breves obtusi. Folia submembranacea. 
Subglabra, caule angulis hirsutis: folia rotundata: pedicelli 


calycem vix sequantes. S. calaminthoides. 
Glabra: folia ovata, acuta: pedicelli calyce longiores. S. scrophularioides. 
Calycis preesertim fructiferi nervosi, lobi acuti: folia rigida. 
Erecta: folia ovata seu oblonga. S. rugosa. 
Procumbens : folia oblongo- seu lanceolato-linearia : verticil- 
lastri biflori. S. angustifolia. 


Folia parva, plerumque petiolata: caules ramosissimi diffusi: verticillastri biflori: 
corollz (viridula) fauce minus ampliatz, labium superius insigniter pro- 
ductum: stamina exserta. (Jicrophylle.) 


Glabra : folia acute serrata vel incisa, basi angustata. S. microphylla. 
Hispida: folia oblonga, obtusa, grosse crenata. S. crenata. 
Villoso-pubescens : folia rotundata, basi truncata vel subcor- 

data, grosse crenata. S. diffusa. 


STENOGYNE MACRANTHA (Benth.?): pilis patentibus undique mol- 
liter hispida; foliis subrotundis vel ovatis crenatis basi sepius cordatis 
submembranaceis longiuscule petiolatis ; verticillastris 6-floris; pedicel- 
lis calyce 5-lobo zquilongis, utrisque hispidis; filamentis subnudis ; 


\ 
Ι 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 347 


corolla (subpollicari!) fere exannulata extus sericea.—The above charac- 
ter is drawn from no. 381 of Remy’s collection, from Hawaii. It does 
not accord in several particulars with the character of Bentham’s S. 
macrantha, drawn from a single specimen collected by Macrae. That 
is stated to have corollas an inch and a half long, “labio superiore vix 
inferiore breviore.” In Remy’s specimens the lower lip is decidedly 
shorter than the upper, the dilated orifice oblique. 

STENOGYNE ROTUNDIFOLIA (sp. noy.): caulibus basi suffruticosis 
acute tetragonis ad angulos presertim cum petiolis retrorsum hirsutis ; 
foliis glabratis rotundis crenatis basi truncatis vix subcordatis pollicari- 
bus; verticillastris 6-floris; pedicellis petiolo dimidio brevioribus calyce 
glabro breviter dentato subequilongis; filamentis villosis; corolla (10 
lin. longa) exannulata intus villosa. — Mouna Haleakala, E. Maui. 

STENOGYNE CoRDATA (Benth.): glabrata vel preter nodos barbatos 
glabra; foliis subpetiolatis ovatis basi pl. m. cordatis (pollicaribus) 
crenulatis ; verticillastris 2—6-floris; pedicellis brevissimis; calyce in- 
zquali, lobis acutis, anticis tubo subequalibus; corolla exannulata, 
labiis fere zequilongis. — Hawaii and W. Maui. 

STENOGYNE SESSILIS, Benth., nearly related to the last, has been 
found only by Menzies. The specimens in the Banksian and Hookeri- 
an herbaria have larger, rounder, more rugose, and more closely sessile 
leaves than S. cordata, the stem hairy on the angles, the lobes of the 
calyx broad and obtuse, and the downy corolla larger. 

STENOGYNE CALAMINTHOIDES (sp. nov.): subglabra ; caulibus de- 
cumbentibus vel repentibus tetragonis ad angulos retrorsum hirsutis ; 
foliis rotundo-ovatis crenatis basi subcordatis truncatisve longiuscule 
petiolatis subflaccidis (1 —2-poll.) ; verticillastris 0 —8-floris ; pedicellis 
calycem vix equantibus; dentibus calycis obtusis brevissimis; corolla 
elongate superne puberulz (ultrapollicaris) labiis fere equilongis. — 
Hawaii, in the forests of Mouna Kea, &c. Allied both to S. rotundi- 
folia and to S. serophularioides. 

STENOGYNE SCROPHULARIOIDES (Benth.): glabra, divaricato-ra- 
mosa; foliis ovatis acutis serratis basi rotundatis vel truncatis subflacci- 
dis, petiolo gracili; verticillastris sepissime 6-floris ; pedicellis calyce 
breviter dentato longioribus; corolla superne pubescens labiis sub- 
zequilongis. — Hawaii. 

Var. 8. foliis oblongo-ovatis sepius acuminatis argutius serratis 
floribusque majoribus. S. Welsoni, Benth. Pheopsis montana, Nutt. 
— Hawaii and Oahu. 


348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


STENOGYNE RUGOSA (Benth.): sepius glabra vel glabrata; foliis 
coriaceis rigidis oblongis seu ovato-oblongis basi rotundatis vel truncatis 
petiolatis crenato-serratis reticulatis nunc rugulosis; verticillastris ple- 
rumque 6-floris; pedicellis calyce brevioribus; calyce subinzquali, 
lobis seepius mucronato-acutis vel acutissimis tubum subzquantibus ; 
corolle breviuscule labio inferiore paullo breviore. — Variat, 1. fere 
omnino (corolla excepta) glaberrima, levis, seu pedicellis calycibusque 
hirsutulis: 2. hirsutula vel hispidula, foliis nune rugosis asperulis: 
3. pube brevi molli induta, verticillastris ὁ —10-floris. — Hawaii, 
brought by most collectors. 

STENOGYNE ANGUSTIFOLIA (sp. nov.): glaberrima; caulibus filifor- 
mibus sarmentosis szpius procumbentibus; foliis coriaceis oblongo- 
linearibus seu lineari-lanceolatis crenulato-serratis basi in petiolum 
angustatis ; verticillastris bifloris ; floribus fere S. rugos@, lobis calycis 
inferioribus tubo paullo longioribus ; corolla glabrata. — Hawaii, in the 
district of Waimea. Possibly an extreme form of the preceding. 

STENOGYNE MICROPHYLLA (Benth.): glabra, diffuso-ramosissima, 
subscandens ; foliis parvis (}-—4-poll.) oblongis grosse serratis vel 
incisis basi in petiolum marginatum angustatis ; verticillastris bifloris ; 
corolla extus puberula, labio superiore falcato longe producto ; stamini- 
bus exsertis. — Hawaii. 

STENOGYNE CRENATA (sp. noy.): hispida, ramosissima, foliosis- 
sima; foliis parvis oblongis seu ovalibus obtusis grosse crenatis bre- 
viter (nunc brevissime) petiolatis ; verticillastris bifloris; corolla extus 
hispida, labio superiore longiuscule producto; staminibus exsertis. — 
Maui, on Mouna Haleakala. Differs from the preceding in the his- 
pid hairiness, which is retrorse and aculeolate on the acute angles of 
the stems, in the blunt and crenate leaves, less unequal lips of the 
corolla, το. 

STENOGYNE DIFFUSA (sp. nov.) : molliter villoso-pubescens, divari- 
cato-ramosissima ; foliis parvis rotundis grosse crenatis basi truncatis 
vel subcordatis (14-2 lin. latis) petiolatis; verticillastris bifloris ; 
calycis lobis obtusis ; corolla extus pubescente, labio superiore longe 
producto; staminibus exsertis. — Hawaii, in forests of the district of 
Waimea. 

A specimen of what may be still another species of this small-leaved 
section was gathered on East Maui, with ovate-subcordate or deltoid 
leaves, incisely lobed, and with the diffuse branches cinereous-pubes- 
cent ; but the flowers and fruit are unknown. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 349 


Tevucrium AarGutTum, R. Br. var. PINNATIFIDUM: foliis laciniato- 
pinnatifidis fere bipinnatifidis. — Hunter’s River, New South Wales. 

The no. 359 of Seemann’s Feejee collection, inadvertently named 
Coleus atropurpureus, is Plectranthus Forstert. 


Acanthacee. 


ERANTHEMUM LAXIFLORUM (sp. noy.): glaberrimum ; foliis ovato- 
seu lanceolato-oblongis szepius acuminatis acumine obtuso; pedun- 
culis axillaribus petiolo longioribus cymoso-tri—multifloris; bracteis 
oblongis parvis herbaceis; pedicellis calyce longioribus ; laciniis 
calycis setaceo-subulatis tubo brevissimo pluries longioribus; corolla 
“czrulea” hypocraterimorpha, lobis ovalibus. — Sandalwood Bay, 
&e., Feejee Islands. A showy species, of the same group as JZ. δὲ- 
color; “shrub six feet high, ornamental.” The color of the flowers, 
“blue,” is stated on the authority of Dr. Pickering’s notes. This and 
the following mixed were distributed by Dr. Seemann under the name 
of “ Graptophyllum hortense,’ — which throws much doubt on the as- 
signed difference in color. 

ERANTHEMUM INSULARUM (sp. nov.): glabrum; foliis ovatis lance- 
olatisve obtuse acuminatis; pedunculis axillaribus seu ramos. ter- 
minantibus brevibus 1 —9-floris; bracteolis minutis; calycis laciniis 
subulatis tubo duplo triplove longioribus; corolla “ purpurea” infundi- 
buliformi, lobis oblongis. — Feejee Islands, “ frequent and sometimes 
cultivated ; an ornamental shrub, six feet high, with purple flowers.” 
Vavau and Lifuka, Friendly Islands, Prof. Harvey. Perhaps varying 
into the preceding. Is Justicia longifolia, Forst. (J. sinuata, Soland., 
appended by Nees to Anthacanthus) a congener of the above ? 

CHETACANTHUS REPANDUS: glaber, elatus (fruticosus?); [0115 
ovato-lanceolatis seu oblongis acumine obtuso repandis sinuatisve mem- 
branaceis ; pedunculis cymoso-paucifloris ; corolla extus calyceque 
minutim pubescentibus. Justicia repanda, Forst.? * Hranthemum re- 
pandum, Reem. & Schult.? Anthacanthus repandus, Nees in DC. ? — 
Ovolau, Feejee Islands. The small flowers, anthers, &c. correspond 
with the Cape species, upon which Nees founded his Chetacanthus. 

DICLIPTERA CLAVATA, Juss. Our materials from Tahiti barely 
suffice to show that the plant is of this genus. The apparent contra- 
diction in Vahl’s description, which puzzled Nees (Prodr. 11. p. 490), 


5 


is readily harmonized by noting that the word “ bracteis” in the diag- 
nosis refers to the involucral valves, but in the appended remarks it 


applies to those bracts which subtend the ramifications. 


350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Gesneriacee, Cyrtandree. 

Of Cyrtandra biflora, Forst., from Tahiti, the original of the genus, I 
have nothing to remark. The species inhabiting the Sandwich Islands 
I have been able to study under favorable circumstances ; the substance 
of the revision is presented in the following analysis and diagnoses. 


Cyrtandre Sandwicenses. 
1. Flores mediocri, ultra-semipollicares. 


Folia cordata, ampla. 


Calyx rotatus, lobis ovatis: ovarium yillosum. C. cordifolia. 
Calyx campanulatus, lobis lanceolatis: ovarium glabrum. C. platyphylla. 
Folia utrinque acuta vel acuminata. 
Calyx crateriformis breviter 5-lobus. C. Pickeringii. 
Calyx cylindricus, breviter 5-lobus. C. grandiflora. 
Calyx campanulatus vel cylindraceus, 5-fidus. 
Pedunculus communis brevissimus. C. paludosa. 
Pedunculus pedicellis equilongus. C. triflora. 
Calyx 5-partitus : folia utrinque viridia, Var. lysiosepala. 
Calyx 5-partitus: folia subtus ferrugineo-sericea. C. Lessoniana. 


2. Flores parvi, haud semipollicares. 


Folia elliptica, subtus canescenti-velutina: calyx 5-fidus. C. Garnotiana. 
Folia lato ovata, subtus pruinoso-canescens ; calyx 5-partitus, lobis 

lanceolatis. C. Macrei. 
Folia utrinque viridia, oblonga seu lanceolata: calyx 5-partitus, 

lobis setaceis elongatis. C. Menziesii. 


CYRTANDRA CORDIFOLIA (Gaud.): villosissima; foliis rotundo- 
ovatis cordatis acuminatis argute dentatis supra hirsutis subtus calyci- 
busque dense tomentoso-villosis subincanis (5 —7-poll.) ; pedunculis 
plurifloris ; calyce rotato angulato-quinquefido fere quali corollam 
subequantibus, lobis late ovatis acuminatis ; ovario cum stylo brevis- 
simo villoso.— Oahu. Gaudichaud’s plate pretty well represents this 
species, except that the shaggy pubescence is omitted, the leaves are 
not large enough, and the rotate calyx not expanded. 

CyRTANDRA PLATYPHYLLA (sp. nov.) : foliis subrotundo-cordatis 
breve acuminatis (ὅ -- poll. latis) argute denticulatis supra hirsutulis 
subtus canescenti-pubescentibus, costis cum petiolis ramis calycibusque 
pube ferruginea villosis; pedunculis plurifloris ; calyce inaqualiter 
quinquefido, lobis lato-lanceolatis corolla brevioribus ; ovario cum stylo 
gracili glaberrimo. — Hawaii, in forests. Stem 10 feet high. 

CyrTANDRA PICKERING! (sp. noy.): ferrugineo-villosa ; foliis ob- 
longo-lanceolatis utrinque acuminatis subserrulatis supra hirsutis subtus 


él 


| 
, 
| 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. oot 


(preter costas villosas) fulvo- vel canescenti-pubescentibus ; pedunculis 
ὃ —5-floris; calyce crateriformi subzqualiter breviter 4 —5-lobo corolla 
breviore, lobis late deltoideis. — Mountains of Oahu. Except for the 
calyx (which is ampliate in the manner of C. cordifolia, but crateri- 
form or cyathiform rather than rotate, and much less lobed), and the 
soft fulvous down of the lower surface of the leaves, this might be taken 
for a variety of the next species. 

CyYRTANDRA TRIFLORA (Gaud.): glabrata vel primum ferrugineo- 
hirsuta; foliis oblongis seu ellipticis utrinque acutis vel acuminatis 
serrulatis serratisve utrinque viridibus; pedunculis brevibus 2 -6- 
floris ; calyce subequaliter 5-fido cylindraceo, lobis lato-lanceolatis 
corolla brevioribus. 

Var. a. GAUDICHAUDI: ramis foliisque preter costam venasque 
pagine inferioris ferrugineo-pubescentes glabris; calycis lobis tubo 
equilongis. — Oahu, Hawaii. 

Var. 8. ARGUTA: ramulis cum inflorescentia ferrugineo-hirsutis ; 
foliis majoribus ovalibus caudato-acuminatis crebre argutissime serratis 
hirsutulis ; calycis (etiam fructiferi hirsuti) lobis tubo brevioribus. — 
Hawaii, in mountain forest. 

Var. y. LYSIOSEPALA: calyce fere 5-partito; ct. var. 8. — Ha- 
waii, in deep forest. 

CyrRTANDRA GRANDIFLORA (Gaud.): foliis oblongis seu ovatis 
utrinque acuminatis subintegerrimis glabratis subtus pallidis puberu- 
lis, costa venis petioloque pube brevissima ferrugineis ; pedunculo 1 -- 
2-floro bracteis foliaceis ; calyce cylindrico breviter 5-lobo hine sepe 
profundius fisso corolla glabra paullo breviore.— Oahu. Calyx, when 
well developed, an inch long ; teeth three lines long. To this probably 
belong C. Endlicheriana, Nees, and Οἱ Ruckiana, Meyen and Walpers. 

CYRTANDRA PALUDOSA (Gaud.): “suffruticosa,’ glabra; foliis 
oblongis sublanceolatisve utrinque acuminatis serratis subtus pallidis ; 
pedunculis brevissimis nudis 1-—5-floris; calyce cylindraceo-campa- 
nulato inequaliter 5-fido, lobis triangulari-acuminatis, anticis tubo 
zquilongis ; corolla glabra; fructu oliveeformi.— This is most related 
to C. grandiflora, but is glabrous in the adult state, only the nascent 
leaves, &c. ferrugineous-pubescent. 

Cyrtanpra Lessoniana (Gaud.): foliis oblongis utrinque szpius 
acuminatis denticulatis supra hirsutulis subtus cum ramis pedunculis- 
que pube adpressa ferruginea sericeis ; pedunculis elongatis 1 — 3-floris ; 
bracteis lanceolatis ; calyce 5 — 6-partito ; lobis ovatis seu ovato-lanceo- 


352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


latis corolla extus sericeo-villosa brevioribus vel demum equalibus 
laxis ; fructu ovato. — Oahu. 

Var. B. calycis lobis elongato-lanceolatis ; corolla subglabrata. — 
West Maui. 

The deeply-parted divisions of the calyx are at first considerably 
shorter than the corolla, but they enlarge with age: at first silky- 
villous and ferrugineous, when old they are glabrate; they are not 
always so broad as Gaudichaud represents them, nor with such undu- 
late reflexed margins; sometimes they become merely broad-lanceo- 
late; in the variety from Maui they are still narrower, and then 
occasionally six. Corolla white or greenish, as in all these species. 

CyrtTanpDRA GaARNOTIANA (Gaud.): foliis ellipticis vel obovatis 
utrinque szpius anguste acuminatis denticulatis supra hirsutulis sub- 
tus cum inflorescentia ramisque canescenti-velutinis ; pedunculis gra- 
cilibus 3—5-floris ; bracteis parvis; calyce campanulato subaqualiter 
5-fido, lobis triangularibus tubo subzquilongis corolla extus hirsuta 
(4 -- ὅ lin. longa) subdimidio brevioribus. — Oahu. One of the small- 
flowered species. ‘The fruit is figured by Gaudichaud as ovate. 

CyrtTaAnprA Macrt (sp. noy.): foliis lato-ovatis acuminatis den- 
ticulatis supra glabris subtus ramulisque novellis pruinoso-ineanis, 
venis pubescentibus ; pedunculis brevissimis cymoso-multifloris ; calyce 
equaliter 5-partito corolla pruinosa fructuque ovoideo multo breviore, 
lobis e basi lata lanceolatis.— Oahu, gathered by Macrae (1825), 
Gaudichaud (in voyage of the Bonite), and by Brackenridge. “ Shrub 
10 feet high,” but the branches collected are herbaceous. Leaves 4 to 
8 inches long by 3 to 6 wide. Bracts minute. Flowers very small 
for the genus; corolla 44 lines long. Stamens not examined, only a 
single flower having been seen. Pistil of the genus. Immature fruit 
4 lines long, conical-ovoid or ellipsoidal, probably more or less fleshy. 

CyrtTanpra Menzies (Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech., p. 91, adn.) : 
subglabra ; foliis quaternis (an semper ?) oblongis seu lanceolatis utrin- 
que acuminatis serrulatis ; pedunculis petiolo brevioribus umbellato- 
plurifloris; calyce 5-partito, lobis elongatis subulato-setaceis corolla 
vix semipollicari paullo brevioribus; fruct. fere C. Macrei.— Not 
in our collection, but found by Gaudichaud in the voyage of the 
Bonite. 

As to the species of the Feejee Islands, the collection of the Ameri- 
can Expedition contains only three or four of the eight enumerated by 
Dr. Seemann, the characters of which he is about to publish. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 303 


Five hundred and first meeting. 
December 9, 1861.— Montuty MEETING. 


The Vice-PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters of acceptance from 
Chief Justice Bigelow, Commander J. M. Gilliss, U.S. N., 
Professor James Hadley, Jr., Ezra Abbot, Truman H. Safford, 
and Jules Marcou, who had been notified of their election into 
the Academy. 

Professor Cooke was added to the Committee on Captain 
Anderson’s paper, on motion of Professor Peirce. 

Messrs. Peirce, Bond, Lovering, Winlock, J. I. Bowditch, 
and B. A. Gould were appointed a committee to wait upon 
Mr. Alvan Clark, and, with his consent, to examine and report 
upon a new and large telescope said to have been constructed 
by him. 

Professor Peirce presented the following 


Abstract of a Memoir upon the Attraction of Saturn’s Ring. 


The general formula for the attraction of the ring is expressed by 


the aid of elliptic integrals. 
When the attracted point is in the plane of the ring, the formula of 


attraction assumes the simple form, 


k= k,— k,, 
in which 
a T+ Pm χη 43 r? pm 1 
R,, = Κ͵-τ Εἰς, πτ πε. ὐτ μον ἢ 
τ this formula 


r = the distance of the attracted point from centre of ring, 
ρα == the exterior radius of the ring, 
ρι = the interior radius of the ring, 
οἷ, = ee 
(7 + Pm) 
br. log. K = 7.317409. 
VOL. W. 45 


904 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


When the point is very near the inner or outer circumference of the 
ring, it is necessary to substitute for οὔκ the more exact value, 


2 4r Pm 
Ae Ns ar ea Ξ τ 
(7 + pn)? + 
in which 2 6 = the thickness of the ring. 


If we put 
sini 4.) ==, δὲν 
this value gives, 


a VL (r == Pade πἰπ 5] 


cost, = Lae — δ = = 
7 =n 
ihe 
EY cm = 1, 
4 
iA Ἐ--: 
EH? ¢,, == lop ΕΒ 
"» 


When the attracted point is near the plane of the ring, the attraction 
parallel to this plane is given by the preceding formula, and that per- 
pendicular to the ring is given by the formula, 


2 Ke US γῇ, 


in which 


1 1 
Tank Nel aes 


and z = the distance of the attracted point from the plane of the ring. 


V 


γι 


It appears from these formule, that, if Saturn’s ring were one solid 
ring of uniform thickness, its tenacity must be sufficient to sustain, in 
the form of a wire, on the surface of the earth, a weight equal to six 
thousand miles of its own length; that is, it must be six hundred times 
stronger than the strongest iron wire. The demand for a strength 
which so immensely surpasses all experience, is a powerful argument 
against this constitution of the solid ring. 

If the ring were subdivided into smaller rings, and if the plane 
of éither of the secondary rings were not to pass through the centre 
of Saturn, this ring would vibrate back and forth perpendicular to 
its plane, and the whole time of oscillation would be the same as 
that of its revolution about the primary. ‘The different rings would 
consequently have different times of vibration, so that they must con- 
stantly be in opposite phases of vibration. The average extent of 
vibration for all the rings could not then be materially different from 
the average apparent thickness of the whole ring. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. $55 


The following preliminary notice of a memoir was pre- 
sented : — 


On the Double Salts of Cyanide of Mercury, by Wiu1aM P. 
DEXTER. 


An investigation of some of the compounds of cyanide of mer- 
cury having already occupied me for a considerable time, I would 
beg leave to communicate the conclusions at which I have thus far 
arrived ; and would state that I am still engaged in the prosecution 
of this subject. 

For several of these compounds my analyses have led me to infer a 
composition differing from that assigned to them by previous investiga- 
tors. For example, the salts of cyanide of mercury with the. chlo- 
rides of nickel and cobalt, to which Poggiale * gives the formulz 


NiCl, HgCy, 6 HO, 
2 CoCl, HgCy, 4 HO, 


I have found to be expressed by 


ΝΙΟΙ, 2 HeCy, 7 ΗΟ, 
CoCl, 2 HgCy, 7 HO, 


thus removing a difference which was certainly not to be expected in 
bodies so nearly related, and showing their conformity in constitution 
with the other salts of this class. 

The salt to which Desfosses ἡ gives the formula 


KCl, 2 HeCy, HO, 


I find to contain ¢wo equivalents of water; and for the analogous salt 
with chloride of barium, which, according to Poggiale, contains but 
4 HO, I get the formula 


BaCl, 2 HgCy, 6 HO; 
it then agrees in composition with the corresponding salts of strontium 


and calcium. 
The cyanide unites also with chlorides of the type R,Cl;; I have 


* Compt. Rend., XXIII. 762. 
+ Gmelin, Handb. ἃ. Org. Ch. Bd. I., S. 417. The original memoir in Journ. 
Chim. Méd., VI. 261, is not accessible to me. 


356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


formed and analyzed the compound with perchloride of iron. Its 
formula is 


Fe, Cl,, 4 HgCy, 7 HO. 


I hope to get similar salts with Al, Cl;, Be, Cl;, and perhaps with 
Cr, Cl;. 

For the salt of cyanide of mercury and chromate of potash, first 
described by Caillot and Podevin,* Rammelsberg 7 has found the 
formula 


2 (Ko,CrQ,), ὃ HgCy, 
which was changed by Poggiale { to 
(Ko,CrO,), 2 HgCy. 


An analysis of this salt has given me results agreeing very nearly 
with those of Rammelsberg, with the addition of one equivalent 
of water, which has been hitherto overlooked. Its formula would 
then be 


2 (Ko,CrO,), 3 HeCy, HO, 


The analyses of the compound which has been mentioned as con- 
sisting of 


BaCl, 2 HeCy, 6 HO 


have shown that the composition of this salt is not constant, and ts not 
in exact accordance with the laws of chemical proportion. The above 
formula requires 16.73 Ba, and 48.77 Hg in the hundred. In the salt 
as I have obtained it, the barium is always deficient in quantity and 
the mercury in excess. The barium has been found as low as 13.4, 
and I have never found it higher than 15.69; while the mercury 
varied from 54.3 to 50.5. In general, the smaller the excess of chlo- 
ride of barium in the solution from which it crystallizes, the less ba- 
rium and the more mercury will be found in the salt. In some of the 
cases, those which gave the extreme numbers, this may very probably 
be owing to a mechanical admixture of cyanide of mercury, the crys- 
tals of which formed at the same time with those of the double salt, 
and, as I shall on another occasion show, cannot always be distin- 
guished from them. It is possible, too, that there may be a compound 


* Berzelius, Jahrsb., VI. 183. 
+ Pogg. Ann., Bd. XLII. S. 131, and Bd. LXXXV. 5. 145. t Loe. cit. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 367 
of chloride of barium with more than two equivalents of cyanide of 
mercury, and that the analyses were made upon mixtures of the two 
salts.. But the existence of such a body has never been shown, nor do 
we know an instance of a chloride, iodide, or bromide combining with 
cyanide of mercury in any other proportion than one equivalent to 
two. The salts of chloride of nickel and chloride of cobalt which I 
. have mentioned, and a salt said, also on the authority of Poggiale, to 
be composed of 

2 NH,Cl, HgCy, 


are the only exceptions to this statement which I have been able to 
find. In other instances, as in that of the subjoined analysis, which 
was made upon large, perfectly defined, and carefully chosen crystals, 
deposited by spontaneous evaporation from a liquid containing a con- 
siderable excess of chloride of barium, such an explanation seems to 
me entirely inadmissible. The analysis gave 


Calculated. Found. 
Ba 16.73 15.69 
Cl 8.66 8.12 
2 He 48.77 51.32 
2 Cy 12.68 13.34 
6 HO 13.17 11.53 (by difference). 


A direct determination of the water upon another portion gave 6 HO 
== 1,63. 

The above is one of thirteen analyses of this salt, and is chosen 
for no other reason than that the crystals were carefully selected, 
and that its accuracy is vouched for by the agreement of the direct 
determination of the water with the determination by difference. The 
water was determined directly in two other cases, and the variation 
from the determination by difference found to be less than one tenth 
of one per cent. To control still further the exactness of the analyses 
and the purity of the double salt, the chlorine was in one instance de- 
termined ; the analysis gave 7.98, the quantity required by the barium 
present was 8.01. The cyanide of mercury used was also analyzed by 
the same process, and with the addition of the same reagents which 
had been employed in the analysis of the double salt; the result dif- 
fered from the calculated composition only by one in the hundredths of 
a per cent. In all the analyses the deviation from the composition 
of the theoretical or normal salt is unmistakable, and is the more 


358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


striking when the perfect crystalline structure of the body is consid- 
ered. I have observed a similar abnormal composition in the salt of 
chloride of strontian, while the salt of chloride of potassium, for exam- 
ple, even when crystallized in the most confused manner, has a compo- 
sition agreeing completely with theory. 

Reserving further discussion for another occasion, when the subject 


shall have been more thoroughly investigated, the following is the view Ὁ 


which I am at present inclined to take of this, as well as of some other 
cases of similar nature. 

The body in question may be regarded as composed of normal salt, 
of definite atomic constitution, to which is added a certain excess, varia- 
ble in amount, of cyanide of mercury; which latter is not combined 
chemically with the nominal salt, but enclosed like a foreign body in the 
interstices of its crystalline structure. If this view be correct, the water 
and barium should be present in the abnormal in the same relative pro- 
portion in which they exist in the normal salt; and if the excess of cy- 
anide of mercury be deducted from the total salt analyzed, the barium 
found should be in the same proportion in the residue as it is in the 
normal salt. The one of which conditions is virtually included in the 
other. 

The abnormal crystals of this salt, which I have examined, agree 
pretty well with these conditions. Omitting details for the present, it 
may be stated that the water thus calculated on the barium found is in 
general deficient by about 0.5 per cent ; it agreed in one case very nearly 
with the theory, and was found once to be 0.7 per cent in excess. In 
this case unusual and perhaps inadmissible means had been taken to 
remove adhering moisture. The salt is permanent in a not too dry 
air, but in the air of a heated room, or in air kept dry by means of 
sulphuric acid, it effloresces and loses at last nearly the whole of its 
water of crystallization. When it is considered that the only means 
we possess of drying such a salt without expelling the water essential 
to its crystalline constitution is the mechanical operation of pressure 
between paper, the above-mentioned deviation from theory, amounting 
to 6 or 7 milligrammes on the quantity taken for analysis, may not be 
thought to exceed the limits of the unavoidable errors of observation. 

Should this view be borne out by further investigation, and should it 
be admitted that crystallized bodies may hold certain of their constitu- 
ents, or even foreign substances, in a state not of chemical but of physical 
or crystallographic combination, this property would serve to explain the 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 309 


apparent inexactness of certain chemical analyses, as well as facts in 
mineralogy which at present are not reconcilable with the laws of 
atomic proportion ; and would show that, where a deviation from these 
laws is coexistent with crystalline structure, such deviation may be 
merely apparent, and the crystalline form in reality dependent upon 
the presence of a body possessed of a definite atomic constitution. 


Dr. C. T. Jackson exhibited a fragment of the Dhurmsala 
meteorite, which had been presented to the Boston Society of 
Natural History by the Governor-General of India. 

Mr. Safford announced the results of his calculations on the 
perturbations of Uranus. 


Five hundred and second meeting. 
January 14, 1862. — Monruty MEETING. 


The PREsIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read various letters relative to 
the exchanges of the Academy. 

F. H. Storer having declined to serve on the Rumford Com- 
mittee, Prof. Winlock was chosen to fill the vacancy. 

The Report to the United States Government on the 
Physics and Dynamics of the Mississippi, by Capt. Humphries 
and Lieut. Abbot, of the U. S. Topographical Engineers, 
received by the Academy from the authors, was referred to 
Professor Peirce. 

W. P. Dexter communicated the following paper, viz. : — 


Remarks upon the Recent Determinations of the Atomic Weight 
of Antimony. 


The atomic weight of antimony has been successively investigated 
by Berzelius, Kessler, Schneider, H. Rose, myself, and Dumas. Very 
recently Kessler has revised and repeated his determinations, and 
arrived at a result which “completely agrees” * with that previously 


* “ Welches (das Atomgewicht) sich nun nach meinen spiteren Versuchen als 
durchaus ubereinstimmend mit dem von Dexter gefundenen herausstellt.” — Poge. 
Ann., Bd. CXIII. S. 134. 


360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


obtained by me. I have hitherto abstained from making any remarks 
upon these researches, or from entering upon any defence of my own 
work, from the conviction that a determination of an atomic weight, if 
correct, would certainly be in the end received, and if incorrect, would 
as certainly be superseded by a better. 

The equivalent found by Berzelius * was 129, when reduced to the 
scale on which H = 1, and it is remarkable as being the only instance 
in which a grave error has been detected in the numerous determina- 
tions to which he devoted a large part of his life. 

Passing over the equivalent of Berzelius, which is now admitted to 
be altogether too high, the other determinations may be divided into 
two classes; those of Schneider and H. Rose, which place the equiva- 
lent at about 120, and those of Kessler, Dumas, and myself, which 
give a number not varying much from 122. Kessler claims to have 
been the first to show the error in the equivalent which had been uni- 
versally adopted on the authority of Berzelius. His earlier experi- 
ments gave 123.58 to 123.84 for the atomic weight.f 

A few months later appeared the elaborate research of R. Schneider 
of Berlin.{ A native sulphide of antimony, said by him to be free from 
appreciable quantities of arsenic and the metals by which it is usually 
accompanied, served as the basis of this work. The sulphide was 
reduced, at a temperature just sufficient to fuse it, by a slow stream of 
pure hydrogen. The loss of weight, after applying small corrections 
for a minute quantity of quartz present, for a portion of the antimony 
volatilized, and for a trace of sulphur retained by the reduced metal, 
gave the necessary data for the calculation of the atomic weight. 

It is an invidious task, especially for a fellow-laborer, to examine 
into the causes of error in a work so elaborately and conscientiously 
executed. The results show, however, and Schneider himself ad- 
mits the presence of, some constant error, in consequence of which the 
proportion of antimony in the sulphide seemed to increase regularly 
with the quantity of material operated upon. So that those determina- 
tions gave the highest atomic weight in which the largest quantity of 
sulphide was employed. I am inclined to think that the error may 
have arisen in part from the action of the flame upon the glass of the 


* Schweigg. Journ., Bd. VI. S. 144, and Bd. XXII. S. 69. 
+ Pogg. Ann., Bd. XCV. S. 204. 
1 Ibid., Bd. XCVIII. 5. 293. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 361 


tube in which the reduction was effected. It is stated by Stas,* that 
“all kinds of glass, when long exposed to a red heat in contact with 
the flame of alcohol or of gas, lose slowly, but continuously, in weight.” 
This loss would have apparently increased the amount of sulphur in 
the sulphide, and so have led to a too low valuation of the atomic 
weight. That this is not the only constant error is shown by the fact 
that those determinations gave the highest equivalent in which, the 
. quantity of substance being the largest, the glass was longest exposed 
to the action of the flame. 

Secondly, these experiments were made with a native sulphide of 
antimony ; their success depended upon its purity, and upon its having 
the precise atomic constitution attributed to it. On the first of these 
points we have the opinion of Berzelius, that “native compounds are 
never sufficiently pure to be used in such researches.” | We know by 
the experience of Dumas, of Erdmann and Marchand, and of Scheerer 
in the determination of the atomic weights of calcium and magnesium, 
how difficult it is to detect and make allowance for the presence of 
minute quantities of foreign bodies ; and every one who has worked 
with antimony will admit that the difficulty in this cast is still greater. 
On the subject of the precise atomic constitution of these native com- 
pounds I have long had doubts ; and the paper which I recently had the 
honor of submitting to the Academy shows that they may not be with- 
out foundation, even when the body can be obtained in well-defined 
crystals. 

Whatever may be thought of these doubts, which it is indeed easy 
to raise about the best-executed work, the fact of the dependence of 
the atomic weight in Schneider’s experiments upon the quantity of 
matter operated upon, seems to me sufficient to destroy confidence in 
his results. I have, accordingly, not calculated the probable error of 
his determinations ; his extreme numbers are 120.08 and 120.53, the 
mean of eight being 120.3. 

Professor Rose’s work { was published rather as a confirmation of 


* “Sans exception aucune, tout verre chauffé longtemps au rouge dans la 
flamme de l’alcool ou du gaz éclairant, diminue de poids lentement, mais constam- 
ment.” — Recherches sur les Rapports Réciproques des Poids Atomiques, (Brux- 
elles, 1860,) p. 17. 

7 ‘Les composés naturels ne sont jamais assez purs pour étre propres ἃ des pa- 
reilles recherches.”” — Traité de Chimie, (Paris, 1847,) Tom. IV. p. 529. 

ὁ Pogg. Ann., Bd. XCVIII. 8. 455. 


VOL. V. 46 


362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the equivalent obtained by Schneider, than as an independent research 
upon the atomic weight. He gives as trustworthy the result of but 
one analysis of the chloride, and that not made by himself. . From this 
he derived the number 120.7. 

Of the researches which place the atomic weight at about 122, my 
own * was the first in point of time, and was commenced before the publi- 
cation of that of Schneider. After attempting without success to deduce 
the atomic weight from the quantity of gold which a known weight of 
antimony could precipitate, with the view of rendering as small as pos- 
sible the influence of the errors of the operation upon the result, the 
determination was finally effected by oxidizing the pure metal by 
nitric acid, and ascertaining the weight of the resulting antimoniate of 
oxide of antimony. That this body has really the composition SbO, 
was also proved by a separate experiment. The process, besides its 
simplicity and accuracy, has the advantage of giving the atomic weight 
directly dependent upon that of oxygen. In ten determinations the 
equivalent was found from 122.24 to 122.48. The most probable value 
is 122.33; and the probable error of the individual determinations 
is 0.005. * 

In the last edition of the Handwérterbuch der Chemie ¢ this determi- 
nation is spoken of as being not so accurate (weniger genau), by which 
is probably meant that it is not so correct, as that of Schneider. As no 
reason whatever is given for this opinion, I do not think it calls for 
any other remark than that the writer, H. Bolley, apparently had not 
read the paper which he thus criticises. For in the very next article,{ 
by the same writer, the determination of chloride of antimony by means 
of the double chloride of gold and potassium is recommended ; although 
this process had been thoroughly tried by me, in the hope of making it 
available in the determination of the atomic weight, and stated to lead 
to completely erroneous results. That this process had given Pro- 
fessor Rose apparently satisfactory results when the equivalent of an- 
timony was taken at 129, would not generally be thought a good reason 
for supposing that it would give equally good ones when the equivalent 
was found to be only 120. In fact, Rose has since admitted in a 
similar case, and referring to my experiments, that the process must 
be abandoned. § 


* Pogg. Ann., Bd. C. 8S. 563. § Poge. Ann., Bd. CX. S. 541. 
+ Braunschweig, 1858. Art. Antimon., Bd. 11. S. 43. 
¢ Art. Antimon., Bestimmung und Trennung, S. 56. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 908 


In another article of the same work, the objection is raised that “the 
antimoniate of oxide of antimony (SbO,) always contains excess of 
oxide.” * This is, so far as I know, mere assertion, utterly unsup- 
ported by facts. On the contrary, it is stated in another article of the 
same volume of the same work, that the body in question is obtained 
in a state of purity by “ignition of nitrate of antimony or of antimonic 
acid” ; that is, by the very operation by which it was obtained in the 
determination of the atomic weight. The origin of this assertion may, 
I think, be traced to a passage in Schneider’s paper,{ in which he says 
that “there is no proof that this substance (SbO,) does not give off 
oxygen when strongly ignited”; and that to this cause may perhaps 
be ascribed the difference in the results of the earlier and the later 
determinations of Berzelius. But Schneider made no experiments 
himself to prove that it does give off oxygen, and it is not probable 
that, were this the case, the fact would have remained unobserved by 
Berzelius.§ 

Opposed to these unsupported assertions we have the general expe- 
rience of chemists, and the high authority of Bunsen in particular, 
who declares that “the best way of determining antimony is as anti- 
moniate of oxide of antimony, since this body is neither volatilized nor 
decomposed by ignition in contact with air.”|| Finally, it was shown 
by me, by direct experiment, that the product of the action of nitric 
acid upon metallic antimony has, after having been ignited, the compo- 
sition of antimoniate of oxide of antimony, viz. SbO, or Sb,O,. The 
difference between the composition calculated upon this formula and 
that actually found was such as to indicate an error in the analysis 


* “Doch scheint ein Ueberschuss von Antimonoxyd bei dem antimonsauren 
Antimonoxyd kaum zu vermeiden.” — Art. Atomgewichte, 8. 473. 

+ Art. Antimonige Séure, 8. 73. 

t Loe. cit., 8. 294. 

§ The difference in his results was attributed by Berzelius himself to the fact 
that his earlier experiments were conducted in vessels of glass, which were incapable 
of supporting the temperature required for the complete conversion of SbO; into 
500... 

|| “ Was zunichst die Bestimmung des Antimons anbelangt, so wigt man dasselbe 
am zweckmissigsten als antimonsaures Antimonoxyd, Sb2Qsg, indem diese Oxyda- 
tions stufe bei dem Gliihen an der Luft weder fliichtig noch zersetzbar ist.” — Unter- 
scheidung und Trennuny des Arseniks vom Antimon und Zinn, Ann. d. Chem. u. 
Phys., Bd. CVL 5. 3. ᾿ 


364. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


somewhat smaller than the probable error of the individual determina- 
tions of the atomic weight.* 
In the research of M. Dumas,f a known weight of chloride of anti- 


* Poge. Ann., Bd. Ο. 5. 577. An abstract of the memoir referred to is appended. 
Determination of the Atomic Weight of Antimony. By W. P. DextERr. 
(Translated and abridged from the original Memoir in Poggendorff’s Annals.) 


The antimony used in the following determinations was prepared by igniting 
commercial tartrate of antimony and potash, which had been previously purified 
by recrystallization, with an equal weight of nitre, adding to the mass after it had 
become perfectly white a quantity of hydrate of potash equal to half that of the 
nitre employed, and keeping the mixture in fusion at a dull red heat for about half 
an hour. The fused mass was then poured into a clean iron yessel: it dissolved 
easily and completely in hot water. The solution was filtered, and precipitated as 
metantimoniate of soda by a solution of common salt, from which the magnesia 
which it always contains had been separated by means of carbonate of soda. The 
metantimoniate of soda was washed first by decantation, and then upon a filter. 
It was then digested with nitric acid to remove the soda, and finally repeatedly 
washed, by decantation, with dilute nitric acid. 

The hydrated antimonic acid was dried and reduced to the metallic state by ig- 
nition in a porcelain crucible thickly coated with charcoal. To make sure that the 
metal should take up no impurities from the charcoal, the latter was used in the 
state of lampblack, deposited by a lamp fed with oil of turpentine and burning 
under a large porcelain vessel filled with water. The coal thus obtained is abso- 
lutely free from all inorganic impurities, and burns without leaving the slightest 
trace of ash. 

The antimony procured by this process contained sodium, reduced with it from 
some of the soda which had resisted the action of the nitric acid. It was finely 
powdered, mixed intimately with a fresh portion of antimonic acid, and again ig- 
nited in a porcelain crucible. The metal collected in a button at the bottom cov- 
ered with a layer of fused oxide of antimony. 

The atomic weight having been determined upon one portion of this antimony, 
the residue was again fused in the same way with more antimonic acid, and 
another determination made upon the product. The agreement of the two de- 
terminations showed that the sodium had been completely removed by the first 
fusion. 

As it was possible that the metal might retain oxide of antimony in combination, 
a third determination was made upon a portion which had been kept in fusion for 
half an hour in a current of dry hydrogen. The result, however, was not sensibly 
altered by this treatment. 

The determination of the atomic weight was effected by oxidizing the metal with 
nitric acid, and converting the residue, by ignition, into the compound of antimonic 
acid and oxide of antimony expressed by the formula SbO, or Sb,O;. This pro- 


+ Ann. Chim. Phys., 85:9 Série, Tom. LV. p. 175. 


“-Ὃ _— . oe 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 865 


mony (SbCl,) was dissolved in a solution of tartaric acid, and the 
quantity of silver required for the exact precipitation of the chlorine 
determined by volumetric process. Four determinations, said to have 


cess has the advantages of simplicity in execution, and of giving the atomic weight 
directly dependent upon that of oxygen; but in consequence of the high equiva- 
lent of antimony the result is very much affected by the unavoidable errors of the 
operation. ‘This will appear when we consider that the atomic weight is connected 
with the observed values by the equation 
32 p 

Gp 
in which p denotes the weight of metallic antimony taken, q that of the SbO, ob- 
tained, and the atomic weight of hydrogen is taken as unity. 

If we suppose that the whole error of the operation lay in the determination of ἢ, 
and differentiate the above equation in respect to this value, we have 


Sb = 


7 eee mea GR eye ALP 
(q— Pp)? 32 p 
and putting for Sb the value deduced from the determinations, viz. 122.34, and for 
p the number belonging to any one of these determinations, for example 3, we find 
that 
d Sb = —156 dq; 

or, that in this case a small error committed in the determination of q is multiplied 
about 156 times in its effect upon the atomic weight, and that this effect increases 
as the square of the atomic weight to be determined. 

These considerations led to many trials of the possibility of deducing the atomic 
weight from the quantity of gold which a known quantity of antimony could precipi- 
tate from an acid solution of the double chloride of gold and potassium (AuCl;, KCl). 
These attempts proved unsuccessful; the quantity of gold precipitated seemed to 
be dependent upon the amount of acid in the gold solution, being greatest when 
the solution contained the least free acid. They showed that this process, which 
has been recommended for the quantitative analysis of mixtures of SbO; and SbO, 
is entirely unreliable. It was noticed that a solution of SbCl, in hydrochloric acid 
which had been digested with metallic antimony until it no longer gave a blue color 
with starch and iodide of potassium, acquired this property after having been ex- 
posed for some hours to the action of the air. It would seem that absorption of 
oxygen takes place with formation of antimonic acid, or the corresponding perchlo- 
ride of antimony. <A similar absorption of oxygen by the salts of arsenious acid 
has been observed by Fresenius. * 

The nitric acid employed for the oxidation of the antimony was most carefully 
prepared from distilled sulphuric acid, and the purest nitre of commerce from which 
every trace of chlorine was removed by means of nitrate of silver. It was still fur- 
ther purified by a second distillation from the same nitre, conducted at a tempera- 
ture below the boiling-point of the acid, in order to prevent the possibility of any 
solid matter being carried over mechanically with the vapor. The acid thus ob- 


* Ann. d. Ch. u. Pharm., Bd. XCIIL. 8. 384, 


366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


been made with pure material, gave the numbers 122, 122, 122.20, 
and 121.94. The most probable value is 122.07, and the probable 


tained was not perfectly pure, but left, when evaporated, a slight residue, probably 
arising from its action upon the glass of the retort. The amount of this residue 
was ascertained, and allowance made for it in the estimation of the weight of the 
SbO,. The balance upon which the weighings were made was from Oertling in 
Berlin, and was used for no other purpose during the work. The weighings were 
always effected by placing a brass weight of 50 grammes in one pan, while the plati- 
num crucible to be weighed was placed in the other, and brought into equilibrium 
with it by the addition of weights. ‘The weights were made by Staudinger of Gies- 
sen expressly for this purpose; they were entirely of platinum, from 10 grammes 
downwards, and so accurately adjusted, that, although the balance indicated the 
0.00005 of a gramme, not the slightest discrepancy could be observed in comparing 
different combinations of equal value. 

To prevent loss by effervescence in the action of the acid, the platinum crucible 
was provided with an arrangement consisting of a perforated plate of platinum fit- 
ting the inside of the crucible, and having attached to it at some little distance a 
concentric disk of the same metal, and of greater diameter than the perforation in 
the plate. 

The antimony was reduced to the finest powder in an agate mortar, and acted 
upon at first with a somewhat diluted acid, in order to prevent a too violent effer- 
vescence. But as the product then was chiefly nitrate of oxide of antimony, and 
it was possible, although not probable, that, if ignited in this state, a portion of the 
oxide might be volatilized, it was subsequently treated with concentrated acid, to 
convert it as fully as possible into antimonic acid, and evaporated in an air-bath 
to dryness. 

To protect the contents of the crucible during the ignition from the reducing ac- 
tion of the flame, it was inserted in a hole in the centre of a plate of sheet-iron, a 
tightly fitting ring of platinum having been interposed between the crucible and the 
iron.* Of 14 determinations, 4 were rejected as unreliable; the results of the re- 
maining 10 are exhibited in the following table. 


ai eaten! "ind: 7 ea a νεῖν Ὁ Ὁ 
2 a 1.7638 2.2251 1529.4 122.352 
3 δ 1.5909 2.0069 1529.7 122.376 
4 a 3.0640 3.8660 1528.2 122.256 
5 Ὁ 3.2896 4.1501 1529.2 122.336 
a d 1.7488 2.2066 1528.0 122.240 
8 d 1.5186 1.9157 1529.7 122.376 
9 d 3.1330 3.9526 1529.0 122.320 
12 b 1.50265 1.89585 1528.6 122.288 
13 a 2.0759 2.61825 1531.0 122.48 
14 6 1.7944 2.26355 1529.9 122.392 


The letters a, ὃ, c in the second column denote three different preparations of 


* For a more detailed description of the apparatus I must refer to the original paper. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 367 


error of the individual observations is 0.1, or twice that of my own 
determinations. No account is given of the process by which the 


antimony ; d was formed by a second fusion of ὁ with antimonic acid ; e by fusion 
in a current of hydrogen. 

The probable value of the atomic weight deduced from the ten observations by the 
method of least squares is 1529.2 for O = 100, or 122.336 for H =1; with a prob- 
able error, in the individual determinations, of 0.6 in the one case, and of 0.048 in 
the other. This error corresponds to an error in the operation somewhat less than 
0.0003 gramme. 

For the composition of the antimoniate of oxide of antimony the probable value 


is 
Sb 79.266 
? 40 20.734 
100. 


It remains now to be shown, that in the antimoniate of oxide of antimony the 
antimony and oxigen exist in the exact proportion of 1 atom to 4, as has been 
assumed in the foregoing calculations. 

This composition was inferred by Berzelius from his experiments upon the sul- 
phide ; it seemed to me desirable that it should be proved by direct examination of 
the oxides. For this purpose the oxide precipitated from chloride of antimony by 
carbonate of potash or soda, which always retains traces of the alkali, was placed in 
a small platinum boat in a combustion tube, and a stream of dry carbonic acid, gen- 
erated in a self-regulating apparatus, led through the tube, till the air was completely 
expelled. The part of the tube in which the oxide lay being heated by a lamp- 
furnace, the oxide melted, and sublimed in beautiful and perfect crystals, shooting 
across and filling up the tube. 1.52045 gr. of these crystals, which were proved to 
be entirely free from any higher oxide of antimony, gave by oxidation with nitric acid 
1.60385 gr. 500, : consequently 100 SbO; may be regarded as containing 94.8 
SbO;. We have before found that 100 SbO, contain 79.266 Sb; hence the relation 
of the oxygen of SbO, to that of SbO; is that of 100 — 79.266 to 94.8 — 79.266, 
or of 4.004 to 3.* 

It may be stated, then, as the result of this work : — 

1. That oxide of antimony cannot be determined quantitatively, as has been 
asserted, by means of the double chloride of gold and potassium. 

2. That solution of chloride of antimony, after having been exposed to the action 
of the air, will be found to contain a higher degree of oxidation of the metal. 

8. That the relation of the oxygen in the oxide, and in the antimoniate of the 
oxide of antimony, as shown by direct analysis of these oxides, is that of 83:4; as 
has been hitherto assumed. 

4, That the probable value of the atomic weight deduced from ten observations 
is 122.34; the atomic weight of hydrogen being taken as unity. 


* If, conversely, the above experiment be used for the determination of the atomic weight, it 
gives the number 121.84. But it is evidently unsuited to secure any degeee of accuracy ; for we 
have only to admit an error in the operation of 0.00025, that is, less than the probable error of 
the former observations, to derive from it the same number, 122.34. 


908 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


chloride was obtained, except that it was prepared with “very pure 
antimony and dry chlorine, and distilled several times over finely 
powdered antimony.” We have, consequently, no guaranty for its 
purity beyond the assertion of the author. But this is a point upon 
which we are entitled to demand the most precise information in a 
work which claims not only to be an exact determination of a chemical 
constant, but also to decide the question whether the equivalents are 
or are not multiples of that of hydrogen. It is well known that upon 
this very point, the purity of the antimony obtained by a certain pro- 
cess, there was for a long time a disagreement between chemists as 
eminent as Berzelius and Liebig; and that it was finally conceded 
that the metal so prepared does contain an appreciable quantity of 
arsenic. Now what proof have we that the antimony used in these 
determinations may not have been prepared by the process of Liebig? 
and that the trifling differences in the results of M. Dumas and myself 
may not have been caused by the presence of a minute quantity of 
arsenic, a substance difficult of detection when mingled with a large 
amount of antimony, and whose atomic weight is lower than that of 
antimony in the proportion nearly of ὃ to 5? If it be considered 
unfair to M. Dumas to assume that his material was impure, it is 
certainly fair to demand that he should give the proof that it was not. 

The properties of the chloride of antimony, also, are such as to 
render extreme accuracy difficult of attainment. A body which at- 
tracts moisture with the utmost avidity, and which, if every trace of 
moisture be not excluded, gives on distillation a product containing 
free hydrochloric acid, is not one which would willingly be selected 
for the purpose of a normal determination. M. Dumas says that he 
tried without success to effect the determination by the reduction of 
the oxide and of the sulphide, and by oxidation of the metal with 
nitric acid.* 

But the last-named process gave Berzelius agreeing results, and I 
have shown that the accuracy of those obtained by myself in the same 
way is about twice that of the determinations made upon the chloride. 
It is not easy to believe that a process which has succeeded in the 
hands of others would offer any difficulty to so consummate a manipu- 


lator as M. Dumas. 


* “ Jai essayé sans succes de déterminer l’équivalent soit en réduisant les fleurs 
argentines d’antimoine, soit en réduisant le sulfure d’antimoine, soit en acidifiant 
Vantimoine par l’acide nitrique. Je n’ai obtenu par ces divers procédés que des 
résultats tres-discordants.” 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 369 


An experiment of Mulder* deserves notice here, as showing the 
possible existence of a cause of error in the processes made use of 
both by Rose and Dumas. Mulder dissolved 1 gramme of silver 
and 0.13 gr. of antimony in nitric acid, added 5 gr. of tartaric acid 
to retain the antimony in solution, and then determined the silver by 
precipitation with a standard solution of salt. He obtained 999.125 
instead of 1,000, while a similar experiment without the antimony and 
tartaric acid gave precisely 1,000 silver. Upon what this difference of 
nearly 0.9 milligr. depended was not ascertained. It is not impossible 
that a trace of tartrate of silver may be precipitated with the chloride ; 
and if this be so, the chlorine would be estimated too high, whether 
determined volumetrically, as in the case of Dumas, or by weight, as 
was done by Rose; and the atomic weight would consequently be 
found too low. 

It appears from the foregoing remarks that recent investigations 
may be considered as having led essentially to two different numbers 
for the atomic weight of antimony. That of these numbers, the one, 
120, was first deduced by Schneider, and is supported by a single 
analysis of Professor Rose. That the other, 122.34 is the result of 
my own observations, subsequently confirmed by the works of Dumas 
and of Kessler, of which the first differs only by a few decimals from, 
and the second agrees precisely with, the equivalent previously ob- 
tained by me. I have given the reasons which cause me to doubt the 
correctness of the equivalent assigned by Schneider; I cannot think 
that three experimenters, working independently of each other and 
using different processes, would arrive at results so nearly identical, 
were these results very far removed from the truth. 


Five hundred and third meeting. 


January 29, 1862.— SratuTe MEETING. 


The ῬΒΕΒΙΡΕΝΤ in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter of acknowledg- 
ment from the Corporation of Brown University for a copy 
of the Memoirs of the Academy, Vol. VIII. Part I. 

Dr. John Dean, of Boston, was elected a Fellow, in Class II. 
Section 2. 


* Die Silber-Probirmethode, von G. J. Mulder, (Leipzig, 1859,) S. 165. 
VOL. V. 41 


370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Alvan Clark, Esq., of Cambridge, in Class I. Section 2. 

Right Rey. John B. Fitzpatrick, of Boston, in Class II. 
Section 4. 

Sir William Fairbairn, of Manchester, England, was chosen 
a Foreign Honorary Member, in Class I. Section 4; in place of 
the late Robert Stephenson. 

Prof. Treadwell, in a communication upon improvements in 
heavy ordnance, took occasion to criticise a recent work upon 
this subject by Captain Rodman, U.S. A. 


The work in question is contained in a series of Reports made by 
Captain Rodman, of his experiments, performed, through a number of 
years, and at a very great expense to the government, and now printed 
in a very costly form, but not published, in the usual sense of that word. 
The experiments had for their ultimate object the improvement of 
cast-iron ordnance, and more especially to prove the value of a method, 
devised by Captain Rodman, of cooling the gun from its fluid state. 
To accomplish this, he restores the old method of casting the gun upon 
a core, and passes through the axis of this core a stream of cold water. 
The purpose of this is to produce a more perfect equilibrium of the 
particles of iron than they possess when the cooling is performed from 
the outside surface, as is the case when guns are cast solid. This 
seems to be a good method for casting large guns, and the few experi- 
ments that have been made upon proving, to extremity, guns cast in 
this way, show in its favor. He produces, after all, but a cast-iron 
gun, and the labors of others, upon other materials, have established 
the fact that cast-iron guns and round shot are soon to give place to 
another generation, formed of a different material and upon an entirely 
different plan. But of this I shall speak hereafter. 

The first question now is, whether Captain Rodman’s experiments, 
and the deductions drawn from them, are trustworthy. Now, the 
whole superstructure which he lays out, and proposes to raise, depends 
upon an instrument which he has constructed for determining, as he 
supposes, the actual force of the fluid produced by fired gunpowder 
under almost all possible circumstances, and the power of cast-iron 
guns to resist the force thus created without being destroyed by it. 
This instrument is at once the compass, quadrant, and chronometer by 
which he is guided in his voyage of discovery. It is described 
particularly at pages 174 and 175, with a good plate annexed. Plates 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. otk 


of it are given likewise, in some modified form, in several other 
places. 

This instrument and its use will be understood by any engineer or 
intelligent mechanic from the following description. Suppose a row 
of six small holes to be drilled through the side of a cannon, into its 
caliber. These holes are placed 14 inches apart, and, commencing 
near the breech, extend to near the muzzle, or a distance of 84 inches. 
The instrument consists of a small but strong iron frame, having a 
shank or plug forged upon one of its sides. This plug is 14 inches 
in diameter and 13 inches long, and is formed into a screw, the thread 
of which corresponds with a similar screw-thread cut into the outer 
portion of each of the holes in the side of the gun, by which means the 
frame may be secured to either of the holes, at pleasure. A small hole 
is bored through the axis of this plug, making a free passage to the 
caliber of the gun. A piston is nicely fitted to this hole in the plug, 
and thus the end of the piston receiving the whole force of the fired 
gunpowder will be driven outwards at each discharge. A large steel 
head or block is fitted upon the outer end of the piston, and from 
this head rises a pyramidal or lozenge-shaped point, or blunt edge. 
Against this edge, and firmly fixed in the frame, is a piece of thick 
copper. Now when the gun is fired, the piston, being driven outwards, 
forces this dull point or edge into the copper, and leaves a mark or 
impression upon it corresponding in depth to the force with which the 
piston was driven against it. By comparing an impression, made in 
this way, with another impression made upon another piece of copper 
by the actual pressure of weights placed upon a similar tool, Captain 
Rodman supposes that the force of the piston may be estimated very 
nearly. It will be seen, on proceeding a little further, that the force 
of the point, by which the impression is made by the instrument, 
is not the equivalent of the pressure upon the caliber of the gun, 
and that it was a gross oversight in Captain Rodman to consider 
them as equals. It will, of course, be understood, that, when one of 
the holes is used by the instrument, the others are closed by screw- 
plugs made to fit them. 

Let us, then, see whether the instrument will perform what is 
claimed for it. First, then, it is said that the indentation or impression 
made by the blunt or diamond-shaped point indicates the pressure of 
the fired gunpowder; that it acts by pressure purely, as a heavy weight 
acts when placed slowly upon a support, and not by a blow, as the same 


/ 


372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


weight will act when suffered to fall through some sensible space, and 
certain facts are adduced at page 178 to sustain this view. I shall not 
stop here to show the fallacies of these supposed analogies, but appeal 
first to the direct teaching of a simple experiment. ‘Take, then, a little 
spring balance, such as is used at some of the post-oflices for weighing 
letters, and which consists of a little pedestal and column, like a candle- 
stick, which contains a spiral spring, and over the top is the pan, to 
hold the thing to be weighed. Now take any weight that will carry 
the pan just down to the top of the column when slowly applied. Half 
of this weight will carry the pan half-way down, if applied in the same 
way, but if you add to this half weight a small quantity, just enough 
to overcome the friction of the acting parts, and hold this upon the pan 
when at its full height, so as just to touch its surface, and then release 
it suddenly, the pan will descend to the top of the socket, or will mark 
twice the weight that it actually possesses. The cause of this must be 
so apparent to any one well acquainted with the laws of moving forces 
that I shall not stop to explain it here. Yet the action of the weight 
here is perfectly analogous to the action of Captain Rodman’s instru- 
ment, or that part of it which is moved by the powder to make the 
impression, namely, the indenting tool, the block upon which it rests, 
and the little piston which receives the force of the powder. The 
mass of matter of which these are constituted is fired against, or into, 
the copper, as much as the ball is fired out of the muzzle of the gun. 
The analogy with the experiment of the spring balance is this: the 
indenting tool and its appendages are pressed forward by the gun- 
powder. The weight upon the spring balance is pressed down by grav- 
itation. ‘These pressures change the inertia in both cases into living 
force. This living force accumulates during the motion, from the gray- 
itation in the weight, and the powder pressure in the gun, being, 
through the first half of the space, twice as great as the mean force of 
the resistance of the spring in the one case, and the copper in the 
other; and this accumulation is displayed in overcoming the resistance 
during a space equal to that first passed over. 

We see, then, from the analogy of the weight falling upon a spring 
balance, that Captain Rodman’s instrument ought to display and regis- 
ter double the force which he applies to it; even if it acts as freely and 
undisturbedly as a spring balance, it cannot make less than a double 
register. But we shall see by and by that this is but a small part of 
the actual error ; and yet Captain Rodman takes its register as true to 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 3873 


within 1,000 pounds in cases, which he supposes to have been of press- 
ure, of 90,000 or 100,000 pounds. He seems, indeed, to have had no 
suspicion of any error when his instrument gave indications of force 
wholly incompatible with the strength of the materials to which it was 
applied. Thus, at page 197, he takes the force which acted upon it at 
100,000 to the square inch. Now the instrument in this case was held 
to the gun by a screw, formed into the cast-iron body of the gun, 14 
inches in diameter and 14 inches deep. This gives an area of the plug 
of the instrument of 1.75 square inches, which received the full press- 
ure of the fired powder. The pressure upon the end of the instrument 
then was 1.75 & 100,000 = 175,000 pounds, or about 80 tons. He 
must be a very bold engineer who would sleep under a weight of 10 
tons suspended over him by a bolt tapped into a hole, in a cast-iron 
plate of 14 inches in diameter and 14 inches deep; and yet it does not 
seem to have occurred to Captain Rodman that 80 tons’ pressure must 
have driven his instrument from its place. 

But let us go a step further. Captain Rodman, at page 192 et seq., 
relates a course of experiments which may be given in short hand as 
follows. He made 18 cylinders, of three different kinds of iron. They 
were all one foot long, and all bored out through their entire lengths with 
calibers two inches in diameter. ‘They were then turned off on their 
outsides, so as to leave them of six different thicknesses, varying from 
each other from half an inch up to three inches; the variation being, of 
course, by increments of half aninch. Each kind of iron gave one cyl- 
inder of each thickness. The mean strength of the iron, as ascertained 
from specimens of each casting, being 26.866, say 27,000 pounds per 
square inch. ‘These cylinders were then subjected to a bursting force 
produced by firing gunpowder confined within them. This was done 
for the purpose of ascertaining the power of cast-iron of these different 
thicknesses to withstand the force thus produced. The force was 
measured, by Captain Rodman’s instrument, of course, and the first 
two columns in the following table give the strength of each thickness of 
metal according to Captain Rodman’s mean : — 


3 37842 25541 
1 383138 383138 
1: 63384 46057 
2 80229 51085 
91 92270 547382 
8 93702 57468 


374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Upon seeing the enormous strength thus given to the iron, Captain 
Rodman merely remarks that the bursting pressures are greater in the 
whole series than required by the tenacity of the iron, “even suppos- 
ing the whole thickness of metal to resist uniformly as in tensile 
strain.” But no doubt seems to cross his mind as to the accuracy 
of his instrument or his measures; he therefore proceeds forthwith 
to compute the force on the hypothesis “that the strain diminishes 
as the square’ of the distance from the axis increases.” This 
means to reduce the power of the metal to sustain pressure, at 
different thicknesses, according to Barlow’s formula. I have given his 
numbers in the third column above. 

I confess I was puzzled for a long time to find out what these num- 
bers meant. The tenacity of the iron used was 27,000 pounds to the 
inch ; Barlow’s formula gives for a cylinder 2 inches in internal diam- 
eter and 1 inch thick, made of such iron, just half of this tenacity, or 
13,500 pounds. I then went over all the different thicknesses accord- 
ing to Barlow’s formula, and found even stronger cases of discrepancy 
than that here cited; and as I do not profess to be a mathematician of 
a very high order, while Captain Rodman has the calculus “ familiar 
as his garter,” I thought it was possible, after all, that I had misunder- 
stood Barlow’s rule. I therefore laid down, in section, each of the 
cylinders in full size, and requested three of the distinguished mathe- 
maticians of Cambridge to tell me what must be the strength of each 
according to Barlow’s rule. They all calculated separately, and all 
agreed with each other and with me exactly, and I here give the 
whole matter in a tabular form. 

1st column in this table, gives the thickness of the several cylinders. 

2d column, the pressure per square inch, as measured by Captain 
Rodman’s instrument, under which each cylinder burst. 

3d. The pressure which the cylinders ought to have sustained 
according to Captain Rodman’s computations, from Barlow’s formula. 

4th. The true pressure of burstings according to Barlow’s formula 
as computed and ‘applied by me, on iron having 27,000 pounds per 
inch tenacity, —this being the mean tenacity of these specimens, as 
stated on p. 192. 

5th. The errors of Captain Rodman’s experiments, or of his instru- 
ment. 

6th. The errors of Captain Rodman’s computations. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 375 


I | 2 3 4 ὥ 6 


—-—§ | | | ὦ ςςς-ς-. 


ΕἸ 37842 | 25541 9000 | 28842 16541 


| a cS | ET 


1 388313 | 88313 | 18500 | 248138 | 24813 


“ΞΘ  . ἘΞΘ 55 


----θῦ’ῦ’ρῦ»ῦ ΚφΚΡΘ9ὅὅΡΟ---.. .'.-.--.-Ἑςο.ς.--ςςς.ςςς- 


11. 633884 | 46057 16260 | 47184 | 29857 


80229 | 51085 18000 | 62229 | 33085 


24| 92270 | 54732 |} 19286 | 72984 | 35446 


bo 


3 93702 | 57468 | 20250 | 78452 | 387218 


[Notr. — The reader is requested to attend particularly to the 5th and 6th col- 
umns of this table, as these give the errors of the instrument, and of the computa- 
tions.] 


Now how is all this? Why, Captain Rodman in his computations 
took, not the coefficient of the true tenacity of 27,000, as. laid down by 
Barlow, but the tenacity which his instrument gave for the cylinder 
one inch thick. Thus taking at 38,313 what should have been 15,500. 
Not only so, but the law of the inverse square, which he used, and 
which is Barlow’s rule, makes it impossible that any of his last instru- 
mental measures should be nearly right, even if the tenacity be in- 
creased from 27,000 up to 76,626, which is the number that he in fact 
uses. For, according to this law, a cylinder of two inches’ internal 
diameter, made of cast-iron, or any unmalleable material, of 76,626 
pounds’ tenacity, can never be made thick enough to sustain a pressure 
of 76,626, or at least it cannot be done until some one shall contrive to 
make 1 & «=1-+ ἃ), or 1 multiplied by 1 equal to 1 added to 1, ἃ 
feat which Captain Rodman’s instrument must have performed in giv- 
ing several of the results above tabulated. 

I do not think it will be necessary to pursue this instrument any 
further to show its utter worthlessness. It must be given up, and the 
whole family of results born of it must go with it.* 


* T shall be excused for citing one other case, although it may be thought, by 
some, unnecessary. Captain Rodman gives, at page 197, in his table, the force 
produced by firing 12.67 pounds of powder in an 11-inch gun, behind a shot of 
186.4 pounds’ weight, at, in one instance, 100,000 pounds. Now this must have 
given a bursting pressure upon the walls of the gun of 1,100,000 pounds to every 
inch of its length ; consequently, if the gun was 11 inches thick, the iron to sustain 
this pressure must, if Barlow’s formula be true, (and Captain Rodman makes no 


376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


I shall pass, therefore, from Captain Rodman’s instrument to an 
examination of his gunpowder. When the newspapers, some time ago, 
gave the story of Captain Rodman’s experiments with his 15-inch gun, 
there was a great account made of the strange kind of gunpowder used, 
the grains of which were said to be as big as pigeons’ eggs. But Cap- 
tain Rodman’s book gives us the reason for the use of this very coarse 
powder. It is to avoid the great stress laid upon the gun by the rapid 
development of the gas or fluid, as produced by powder of common 
grain, from its quick combustion. Now, Captain Rodman proposes, by 
the slow combustion of these large lumps, not only to avoid the shock 
of the first explosion, but to continue the development of the force 
through the whole length of the bore. This would certainly make it 
much easier work for the breech portion of the gun; but the fact of 
resorting to it shows the suspicion entertained by Captain Rodman of 
his gun’s strength. 

Let us, then, first see how far the idea of equalizing the pressure is 
obtained by increasing the size of the grain. To do this, I must resort 
to the measures given by Captain Rodman’s instrument, which, though 
worthless as absolute measures, may yet give some rude approximation 
to comparative values when used upon the same gun and upon the 
same place, but with different grained powders. Turning to his book, 
then (p. 203), we find that a charge of 8 lbs. of powder grained to .1 of 
an inch diameter, gave against a 43-lb. shot a force of 51,800 Ibs., 14 
inches from the breech, and 6,700 lbs. at the distance of 84 inches, — 
these being the greatest and least forces ; while a charge of 8 Ibs. of 
powder of .4 inch grain, or 64 times the former in size of grain, 
gave against the same shot 31,950 105. for the greatest, and 5,150 Ibs. for 
its least force. The greatest force of the fine powder, then, was about 
7 times that of the least force ; while the greatest force of the coarse 
powder was about 6 times that of the least force. Surely this is no 


doubt of that, but uses it, under the name of the inverse square,) have possessed a 
tenacity of 150,000 pounds to the inch. Not only will no cast-iron bear this strain, 
but no metal, nor any other substance whatever yet known to the art of man, is 
capable of bearing it. Even cast-steel, the strongest body known, when wrought 
down by the best hammering, will not sustain 150,000 pounds to the inch. In- 
deed, if a mass of iron gun-metal, though the strongest ever made, were cast as 
large as the Capitol at Washington, and then bored through with a caliber of 11 
inches, it would, according to Barlow’s formula, be split by a fluid pressure of, not 
150,000, but 50,000 pounds to the inch. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. BET! 


great advance in equalizing the forces between the breech and the 
muzzle of the gun. But let us see what it costs in loss of force from 
the use of the coarse powder. Taking the mean of these two ex- 
tremes as the true force in both cases, we have 51,800 + 6,700 + 2 = 
29,250 for the mean force of the 8 lbs. of fine powder, and 31,950 +- 
5,150 --- 2 = 18,550 for the mean foree of the large powder; from 
which it will be seen that it will require 124 lbs. of the coarse powder 
to produce the same force upon the shot that is produced by 8 lbs. of 
fine powder. The long and short of this whole matter of using the 
powder in lumps rather than grains is a mechanical adulteration, and 
produces the same effect, namely, a slow combustion, such as may be 
produced by making the powder of materials chemically adulterated, or 
by mixing a portion of clay with the paste, or by moistening good 
powder before using it. This reduction of force may be carried to any 
extent by increasing the size of the grains or lumps, or by making it 
in perforated cakes, as Captain Rodman actually proposes to do. 

But suppose that Captain Rodman’s ideas of the advantage of a slow 
development of the force could be carried out, of what use would it be ἢ 
1 assert, although I am not yet quite prepared with a formal demon- 
stration of it, that the same, or very nearly the same, quantity of iron 
will be required in the gun, the iron being used in the manner pointed 
out by me in 1855, to give the same velocity to a given shot, under 
whatever law the force is developed, between the limits of the quickest 
powder now used, and one of equable force development ; and that, to 
" produce this force with the least expenditure of powder, the develop- 
ment of the force should be made as quick as possible. 

I now pass to an examination of Captain Rodman’s proposal to use 
hollow shot. Having, as it seems to me, laid his powder under as 
great a contribution as it would bear, to avoid putting too much 
stress upon his gun, he proceeds to put the same tax upon his shot, and 
he assesses it by taking 9 inches from the heart of every 15-inch shot, 
thus reducing its weight from about 425 pounds to about 320 pounds. 
In the medizval times, when guns and gunnery were in their infancy, 
stone balls were used. ‘The lightness of this material saved the imper- 
fect bombards from destruction. The effect of these balls was of course 
very small, compared with the heavy, solid iron shot brought into 
use in a later age. Are we to return to the medieval practice? This 
certainly seems a step in that direction. 

Sir Howard Douglass, in speaking of the terrible effect of the fire 


VOL. Υ. 48 


378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


of the American frigates in the war of 1812, says that some of them 
used shot weighted by a leaden core. This I believe is not true, but it 
shows the opinion of this old engineer, of the advantage that might be 
expected from increasing rather than diminishing the specific gravity 
of cannon-shot. Yet Captain Rodman’s hollow shot seems to be looked 
to (pp. 289, 307) as the missile to meet iron-plated ships. Whether it 
is intended to explode them against the ship, or to depend upon their 
direct percussion, is not very clearly stated. The effect would proba- 
bly be very much alike in both cases. Indeed, Captain Rodman 
admits (p. 298), that, although “none of these broke in the gun, some 
did break in the sand-bank after the sand had been packed hard by 
repeated firing.” God forbid, then, that we should ever have to try 
them against the sides of the Gloire or the Warrior. 

I have thus examined some of the prominent points in the labors of 
Captain Rodman, as they are detailed in his reports; and, without, as I 
hope, making any remark disrespectful to him as an officer and gentle- 
man, I have declared freely what seems to me the value of the most 
important of the experiments and conclusions given in his work. Re- 
peating here what I declared in an earlier part of this paper, that I 
think well of his method of cooling the hollow casting which is to form 
a gun, I think that there is good reason to believe that these guns will 
be somewhat superior to those made in the usual method. In the prac- 
tice of casting in this way, however, great care must be observed to 
avoid the explosion which may occur should the cooling water find its | 
way from its conductor into the body of the mould. 


Five hundred and fourth meeting. 


February 11, 1862.— Montuaty ΜΈΕΤΙΝΕ. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters of acceptance from 
the Right Rev. Bishop Fitzpatrick and Dr. John Dean, re- 
cently elected Fellows, and from John M. Ordway, elected As- 
sociate Fellow of the Academy. 

Professor Peirce, from the Committee to which the subject 
was referred, made a report upon the work of Capt. Hum- 
phreys and Lieut. Abbot, U. S. Topographical Engineers, 
upon the Mississippi River and the best mode of protecting its 


Ss ΥΨΙΝΝΜαδεϑδαδοΆΩι 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 379 


banks from overflow, — highly complimentary to the scientific 
character of their investigations. Professor Peirce proposed 
to offer a future and more detailed report, in conjunction 
with Mr. Runkle, who, upon his suggestion, was added to the 
Committee. 

Professor Peirce made a second communication 


Upon the System of Saturn. 


The especial subject of this communication was, “ The considera- 
tion of the subdivision of the ring into numerous small solid rings, and 
of the invalidity of the argument derived from statical conditions 
which has been urged against this subdivision.” The investigation 
was conducted by the aid of completely integrated formule, which 
were obtained after much labor. The formule were embarrassed 
by terms which were subject to a reversal of sign when in a finite 
state, which can never happen in physical phenomena of this kind ; 
but the embarrassment disappeared when it was observed that there 
were two different terms subject to the same paradoxical change 
of sign, and which were mutually antagonistic. From an exact numer- 
ical computation, it appears that, without violating the condition of 
statical equilibrium proposed in Mr. Bond’s original memoir, Saturn’s 
ring can be subdivided into about thirty-six rings of 600 miles of aver- 
age breadth, with intervals of 150 miles between them. The inner and 
outer rings must be the broadest of all, and have a breadth of 800 or 
1,000 miles, while the smallest of the intermediate rings will only have 
a breadth of 350 miles. It is curious that, with regard to the inner 
and outer rings, the attraction of each of these rings upon the surface 
which is towards the main body of the ring — that is, of the inner ring 
upon its outer edge, and of the outer ring upon its inner edge —is over- 
balanced by the attraction of the rest of the ring. Each of these por- 
tions of these rings, therefore, depends upon the combined action of 
Saturn and of its own centrifugal force to resist the destructive tendency 
of this external attraction. They have, therefore, each of them a time 
of revolution about Saturn, which properly belongs to no point of their 
mass, but to points of the general ring, intermediate between them. 

The possibility of thus subdividing the ring into smaller ones with- 
out violating the statical condition proposed by Mr. Bond, proves that 
his argument was insufficient to demonstrate that the ring was not 
solid 


980 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


In consequence of observations from Mr. Bond, Professor Peirce 
remarked that, as long as Saturn has a ring, the natural hypothesis of 
its solidity cannot be set aside from any argument of mere improbabil- 
ity, without the suggestion of some more probable hypothesis. The 
argument from uncomputed perturbation is especially vague and un- 
certain, and cannot be admitted into science, which is knowledge, and 
not ignorance. The hypothesis of a fluid ring was at the time of Mr. 
Bond’s memoir more improbable than that of the subdivision into 
solids. For the mutual resistance of the particles of the ring to inter- 
nal currents would sooner or later reduce the ring to one uniform 
velocity of revolution about Saturn, which would at once be its com- 
plete destruction, just as certainly as if it were solid. The fluid consti- 
tution is therefore quite impossible without some kind of action to coun- 
teract this tendency to break to pieces ; and no such action was ever 
suggested or known to science until Mr. Peirce’s own investigations 
upon the tidal action of the satellites. 

Professor Peirce offered some remarks on Captain Rod- 
man’s work and experiments upon the construction of heavy 
ordnance. He regarded this work as of great scientific and 
practical value, and the observations as entitled to the highest 
confidence, on account of the accuracy and fidelity with which 
they are made. He found no corrections in the reductions of 
the observations which materially impair their value for the 
use for which they were made. 


Five hundred and fifth meeting. 


March 10, 1862. — ApJourNED StatuTE MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters from Sir William 
Fairbairn and from Captain Duperrey, in acknowledgment of 
the official notification that they had been elected Foreign 
Honorary Members of the Academy. Also from Alvan Clark, 
Esq., of Cambridge, in acknowledgment of his election as a 
Fellow of the Academy. 

Rey. James Mills Peirce, of Cambridge, was elected a Fel- 
low, in Class I. Section 1. 


ee eee Ee. tees 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 981 


Professor Agassiz made a communication upon the copula- 
tion of the Selachian Fishes. 

Prof. Treadwell read an elaborate paper on the force of fired 
gunpowder, the strength of guns, and the velocity of projec- 
_ tiles; being a continuation of the examination made by him, 
at the January meeting, of Captain Rodman’s instruments and 
experiments. 


The examination of the subject this evening was made in special 
reference to the partial and conditional defence made by Professor 
Peirce, at the February meeting, of the accuracy of the instruments 
and experiments of Captain Rodman. Professor Treadwell explained 
the action of gunpowder, by referring it to the measure of the force of 
a column of liquid by which a jet is projected through an aperture in 
the side of a vessel. He then exhibited diagrams showing the force of 
powder in a cannon, during its development and action upon the ball ; 
and, taking a particular case given in Captain Rodman’s book, page 
197, he showed that the measures of the force, as there given, were 
impossible, both in character and amount, as the ordinates representing 
the forces through the caliber are actually greater near the muzzle 
than nearer the breech. He then deduced, from the mean of all the 
ordinates, that the force produced by 12.67 pounds of powder must, if 
true, in this case have given a velocity of 2,966 feet a second to a ball 
of 186.3 pounds weight ; when it is shown by the experiments of Cap- 
tain Mordecai that a charge of 12 pounds will produce only a velocity 
of 2,046 feet a second in a 24-pound shot. He showed, moreover, that 
in this very experiment of Captain Rodman, where, if the instrumen- 
tal measures of the force had been correct, the resulting velocity must 
have been 2,966 feet, the velocity actually produced was, as measured 
by Captain Rodman himself, only 920 feet a second. He then pro- 
ceeded to demonstrate from all the preceding examination, that the 
actual mean pressure of the powder was but 3,390 pounds per square 
inch; whereas it is indicated by Captain Rodman’s instrument at 
35,213 pounds per inch; and hence that the instrumental measure is 
10.38 times greater than the true measure. 


3882 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Five hundred and sixth meeting, 


April 8, 1862.— Monraiy MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read letters relative to the 
exchanges of the Academy. Also a letter from the Rev. James 
M. Peirce, of Cambridge, in acknowledgment of his election 
as a Fellow. 

Professor Rogers exhibited Plateau’s experiments on thin 
viscid films and bubbles, with some original ones. 

Professor Lovering,in behalf of the majority of the Rumford 
Committee, presented the following Report. 


The Rumford Committee, having examined the subject of Hot-air 
Engines, and the recent improvements in their construction made in 
America, ask leave to report as follows : — 

The Rumford Committee does not recommend that the Academy 
should award the Rumford Premium for the alleged recent improve- 
ments of Mr, Ericsson in the Hot-air Engine, nor for his engine as at 


present constructed. 
Morritt Wyman, 


JosEPH LOVERING, 
Campripce, April 8, 1862. JosePH WINLOCK. 


Professor Horsford presented the following Report from the 
minority of the Committee. 


The minority of the Rumford Committee report : — 

That they dissent from the opinion of the majority, in that they be- 
lieve the improvements in the caloric engine of Mr. Ericsson, which 
he brought out in 1858, are such as to entitle him to the Rumford 
Medal. 

They see in them evidences of high inventive talent, of patient 
thought and prolonged and persevering experimental research, in the 
practical solution, on a large scale, of the various problems underlying 
the hot-air engine ;—especially in the compact arrangement of the 
supply and working pistons, the telescopic tube, the fire-pot, and the 
regenerator in a single cylinder, thereby economizing heat and space; 
in the device for protecting the lubricating material of the packing of 


~~ ae 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 383 


the working piston, by exposing it at each stroke to the current of 
entering cold air; and in the system of cranks, rockshafts, levers, and 
their connecting-rods, by which the varied, complicated, but necessary 
motions of the supply and working pistons are regulated and connected 
with each other and the fly-wheel. 

The minority recommend that the Rumford Medal be awarded to 
Mr. Ericsson for his improvements in the management of heat, particu- 
larly as shown in his air engine of 1858. 

E. N. Horsrorp, 

CAMBRIDGE, April 8, 1862. DANIEL TREADWELL. 


The two Reports being accepted, the subject was discussed 
in detail by Professors Horsford, Lovering, Winlock, Peirce, 
and Treadwell. 

And, on motion of Professor Horsford, an adjourned meet- 
ing was voted to be held on the 22d instant, for the further 
consideration of the subject. 


Five hundred and seventh meeting. 
April 22, 1862. ApsourneD MontHiy MEetiNG. 


The VICE-PRESIDENT in the chair. 

The Corresponding Secretary read a letter from Professor 
Trendelenburg, of Berlin, in acknowledgment of the notifi- 
cation of his election as a Foreign Honorary Member of the 
Academy. 

He presented, from the author, a paper entitled Plante 
Wrightiane e Cuba Orientali, a A. GRIsEBACH: Pars II. 

Also the following communication from Professor Tucker- 
man. 


Observations on North American and other Lichenes. By 
Epwarp Tuckerman, A.M. (Continued from Vol. IV. 
p- 407.) 


OMPHALARIA LEPTOPHYLLA, sp. nov.: thallo membranaceo-carti- 
lagineo glabro atroviridi subtus subconcolore e centro in lobos undu- 
latos apice latiori rotundatos repandos mox sinuato-lobatos diviso ; 


384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


apotheciis minutis submarginalibus innato-prominulis demum pallidis 
tuberculiformibus disco punctiformi impresso. Spore in thecis elongato- 
clavatis octone, ellipsoidez vel demum oblongo-ellipsoidez, incolores, 
simplices, protoplasmate in guttulas (1 -- 2) secedente diam. 14—24-plo 
longiores. “On rocks in rivulets, overflowed after rains,” in the island 
of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus rather thin, but firm, smooth, blackish- 
green or nearly black, (the largest specimens, perhaps, an inch in their 
longest diameter,) dividing at the centre into wavy lobes, with wider, 
rounded, repand tips, and becoming more or less sinuate-lobate, with 
often a plume-like aspect; or, less regularly, passing into narrower 
divisions. Gonimous granules of scarcely middling size, subsolitary, 
the filamentous elements amongst which they are interspersed being 
exceedingly delicate. Apothecia minute, superficial, becoming at 
length a little paler than the fronds, disposed in necklace-like chains, 
or sometimes in heaps, at or near the margin of the lobes, tuberculi- 
form, and the disk punctiform-impressed, or more rarely at length flat- 
tened and sublecanorine. Spores in eights, in long-club-shaped spore- 
sacks, colorless, ellipsoid, or at length oblong-ellipsoid, simple; the 
protoplasm dissolving more or less into roundish drops; once and a 
half to twice and a half longer than wide. Paraphyses distinct, fili- 
form. The subsolitary gonimous granules and more delicate filamen- 
tous elements separate this plant, as does also the thinner and more 
divided thallus, from Omphalaria Girardi, DR. & M., the type of the 
genus, both with Montagne and Nylander ; but I know of no lichen with 
which I should sooner compare it. O. Girardi is, however, only known 
to me in infertile specimens (determined by Dr. Nylander, Syn., p. 99) 
which were detected by T. M. Peters, Esq., in Alabama. Collema 
laciniatum, ΝΥ]. 1. c. p. 116, which accompanies the Alabama lichen, 
grows intertangled with the present in Cuba. The apothecia of the 
present are at length rather prominent, for the most part perithecii- 
form ; but they assume at length, in the oldest condition, a more reg- 
ular and sublecanorine aspect. 

OMPHALARIA LINGULATA, sp. noy.: thallo subcartilagineo viridi- 
fuscescente (fusco-nigrescente) e basi umbilicato-affixo in lobos spathu- 
lato-oblongos subsimplices plano-convexos subtus obscuriores diviso ; 
apotheciis sparsis minutis crinatis pallidis disco impresso margine in- 
tegro subprominulo demum cincto. Spore octonez in thecis clavatis, 
incolores, oblongo-ellipsoidez, simplices, protoplasmate granulosa vel 
guttulosa diam. 2—3-plo longiores. On rocks, “ Farallones la Cavalina 


? 


~ 
- 
Ι 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 385 


(M. Revel, near Sagra),” in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thal- 
lus rather thinnish, but cartilagineous, fragile, of a brownish-green 
becoming at length blackish-brown color above, and mostly, or at 
length, darker below, dividing at the umbilicate base into oblong, spat- 
ulate, or tongue-shaped lobes, which are commonly subsimple, but 
occur also irregularly, and similarly but sparingly lobulate ; slightly 
convex above, and margined for the most part, but scarcely cana- 
liculate, below. Gonimous granules glomerulate, interspersed among 
anastomosing filamentous elements. Apothecia minute, scattered, in- 
nate, pale ; the small impressed disk bordered by an at length slightly 
prominent and entire thalline margin. Spores in eights, in club- 
shaped spore-sacks, colorless, oblong-ellipsoid, simple; the protoplasm 
becoming guttulose or granulose; twice to thrice longer than wide. 
The apothecia resemble the smaller ones of Collema pustulatum, Ach. 
(nor does it appear otherwise than likely that the commonly verru- 
carioid apothecia of the last species express anything else than the 
lecanorine type, in a state the perfect development of which is for 
the most part precluded), and are sprinkled pretty thick over the 
thallus, much as in that species; but the gonidia are not concatenate, 
but glomerulate in the present, which is also affixed at a single point at 
the base, as in Omphalaria. The dimensions of the lichen vary from 
half to three quarters of an inch in the longest diameter, but single lobes 
occur among the specimens, which are much broken, of the same length. 

CoLLEMA COCCOPHORUM, sp. nov.: thallo minuto orbiculari crasso 
nigro lobis periphericis expansis crenato-incisis centralibus adscenden- 
tibus granulato-lobulatis ; apotheciis majusculis subplanis disco rufo- 
fusco margine thallino tenui cincto. Spore octonz, incolores, ellipsoi- 
dex 1. ovoideo-ellipsoidex, diblastee 14-—23-plo diametro longiores. 
On sandy earth in the valley of the Rio Grande, Texas, Mr. Wright. 
Small, roundish fronds, the largest of which a little exceed an inch 
through, of very small, thickish, black lobes, which are radiose-ex- 
panded, and crenate-cut, at the circumference, with mostly raised, at 
length granulate margins ; and becoming towards the centre densely 
lobulate-granulate (with the aspect of a crust of black granules). Go- 
nimous granules concatenate, amongst anastomosing filaments. Apo- 
thecia largish (often a line and a half through), flattish or plano-con- 
vex, the dark-reddish-brown disk enclosed by a thin, at length un- 
even and even granulate thalline margin. Spores colorless, ellipsoid 
and ovoid-ellipsoid, simple, or at length diblastish, once and a half to 

VOL. V. 49 


2 


386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


twice and a half longer than wide. This little species, of which abun- 
dant specimens were collected by Mr. Wright, is comparable with small 
states of C. chetleum (as Moug. & Nestl., n. 1056) ; but is more minute, 
with a different habit of thallus, and spores which appear never to be 
more than diblastish. The latter feature, if constant, separates it 
also from other allied species. 

CoLLEMA CALLIBOTRYS, sp. ΠΟΥ. : thallo mediocri suborbiculari 
membranaceo-cartilagineo rigidulo glauco-virescente lobis radiose ex- 
pansis mox angustatis costatis lobulis adscendentibus capituliformi-dila- 
tatis vel botryoso-difformibus apotheciis confertissimis mox coopertis ; 
apotheciis minutis disco concavo-plano rubello excipulo thallino integer- 
rimo fuscescenti-pallido recepto. Spore octonz in thecis subcylindra- 
ceis, incolores, primo subquadratz, sporoblastis 4 cruciatim dispositis 
dein longiores, ellipsoidez sporoblastis pluribus muriformi-dispositis vel 
oblonge, diam. 2-33-plo longiores. On trunks of Carya, Santee Canal, 
South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. Thallus exceeding an inch in diameter, 
of rather separate, radiose-expanded, somewhat membranaceous_ but 
rigid, glaucescent-green lobes, which become narrowed and _ lacinii- 
form, and more or less ribbed, as well as sparingly divided, and pass 
into short, erectish, dilated branches or clusters, covered at length and 
concealed by the crowded apothecia. Gonimous granules concatenate, 
amongst distinct, much branched, anastomosing, filamentous elements. 
Apothecia in crowded clusters, very minute, depressed-globose ; the 
concave, or at length flat, dark-reddish disk received in an entire, pale- 
brownish, thalline exciple. Spore-sacks subcylindraceous, octosporous. 
Spores at first somewhat square ; the four sporoblasts arranged cross- 
wise, but becoming longer and with more and smaller sporoblasts (more 
or less murally-polyblastish), and at length ellipsoid or oblong-ellipsoid, 
and from twice to thrice longer than wide; the longer ones sometimes 
pretty regularly tetrablastish, but the sporoblasts more often, or some 
of them, divided longitudinally. The affinity of this plant is not 
doubtful. ©. verruciforme, Nyl. (CO. furvum, var. verruciforme, Ach.) 
is its European analogue, differing (as in Scher. Lich. Helv. n. 416, 
and in the excellent description of Mr. Th. Fries, Lich. Arct. p. 279) 
in its minuteness, its ascending, densely complicate lobules, and shorter 
spores, which do not appear to attain to the same development; and 
an Asiatic also exists, in C. coccophyllum, ΝΥ]. Syn. p. 112, from the 
Nilgherry Mountains in India, presenting spores agreeing exactly 
(Nyl. 1. c., t. 4, Ε 20) with the first-described state of the spores of the 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 387 


present, but also, it should seem, not advancing beyond it; with appar- 
ently a different thallus. As this last is described, and as C. verruci- 
forme is represented in the European specimens, we can scarcely avoid 
considering the American lichen as, to appearance, and so far as we 
yet know, distinct. 

COLLEMA CYRTASPIS, sp. nov.: thallo mediocri suborbiculari mem- 
branaceo-cartilagineo rigido fusco-viridi subtus pallido laciniato-lobato 
lobis mox angustatis subradiantibus lobulis adscendentibus granu- 
lato-rugulosis ; apotheciis mediocribus disco convexo nigro-castaneo 
nitido demum tumidulo marginem thallinum crassiusculum crenulatum 
excludente. Spor: octonz in thecis subclavatis, incolores, subfusifor- 
mes, tetrablaste (3-septate) diam. 4—6-plo longiores. On trunks near 
the ground, in woods; common in Southern Pennsylvania, Maryland, 
and Virginia. Ohio, Zea. Illinois, H. Hall, in Hb. Lapham. North 
Carolina, Rev. Dr. Curtis. South Carolina and Georgia, Mr. Ravenel. 
Alabama, Mr. Peters. Thallus of middling size (from an inch to an 
inch and a half in diameter) at first roundish, of cartilagineous-mem- 
branaceous, rigid, brownish or blackish green, expanded lobes, which 
become at length much narrowed, and more or less radiant, passing 
here and there into short, ascending, branch-like lobules, the dilated 
and divided summits of which are wrinkled-plaited, and at length 
densely granulate. Gonidia concatenate. Apothecia of middling size 
(the largest often a line in diameter), the blackish-chestnut polished 
disk soon becoming tumid, and quite excluding the originally thick 
and crenulate thalline margin. Spores in eights, rather broad-spindle- 
shaped (navicular-subfusiform, Koerd.), normally tetrablastish, with reg- 
ular, mostly roundish sporoblasts, the three dissepiments, obscurely 
more or less visible, four to six times longer than wide. The almost 
monophyllous thallus of C. nigrescens becomes irregularly somewhat 
lobed (“lobis czespitoso-fasciculatis,” Sommerf. Suppl. Fl. Lapp., p. 
119) in Οἱ aggregatum, ΝΥ]. (C. fasciculare, var. aggregatum, Ach.), 
and passes, still further, in the present lichen, into at length laciniiform, 
often radiant divisions. The present is sufficiently distinguished from 
C. aggregatum by its different spores, but in this respect agrees better 
with the European C. conglomeratum, Nyl. Syn. p. 115, t. 3, f. 1 (C. 
Jfasciculare, var. conglomeratum, Ach.), which differs especially in its 
minute size; the far less divided and less granulate thallus and more 
entire apothecia (“margine tenui integerrimo,” Sommerf. 1. 6.) being 
perhaps less to be relied upon. — Growing with the present lichen in 


388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Pennsylvania, and also by itself in New York and Western Massa- 
chusetts, I have found another, nearly-related plant, sent to me also 
from Carolina by Dr. Curtis and Mr. Ravenel; the smaller fronds 
of which pass almost wholly into short, erect lobules, crowned with 
“almost contiguous,” smaller, and paler apothecia, with thin, entire 
margins, and containing ovoid, or soon oblong-ovoid (ovoid-ellipsoid) 
diblastish (once-septate) often nebulose (or, apparently, nebulose-mo- 
noblastish) spores, from once and a half to scarcely more than thrice 
longer than wide, and rather larger gonimous granules; this is prob- 
ably C. pyenocarpum, Nyl. Syn. p. 115, described from a North Amer- 
ican specimen in the Paris Museum, and clearly distinguishable, so far 
as appears, as another link or knot in the knotted line of related forms 
which we have been considering. (Οὐ pyenocarpum is not so easily 
referable to the “genus Synechoblastus” (comp. Koerb. Syst. p. 411) ; 
but nothing could be less natural than to separate it generically from 
the present species, which is clearly a “Synechoblastus.” The rela- 
tion of Οἱ conglomeratum of Europe to C. eyrtaspis is perhaps the 
same with that of the European C. verruciforme to C. callibotrys ; and 
the two foreign lichens might be taken, possibly, for reduced forms of 
the American; C. pycnocarpum, Nyl., being in that case regarded a 
small form, with simpler spores, of (Οὐ. cyrtaspis. But I am not ready, 
at present, to go beyond the distinction of these states, — a distinction 
based, as above, in each case, upon a large collection of specimens. 
CoLLEMA STELLATUM, sp. noy.: thallo cartilagineo firmo viridi- 
glaucescente e laciniis anguste linearibus convexis parce vageque 
ramosis ramis subsimplicibus vel demum fastigiato-divisis intricatis 
subtus pallidis canaliculatis ; apotheciis mediocribus adnatis rufo-fuscis 
mox convexis marginem thallinum tenuem excludentibus. Spore 
octone, mediocres, incolores, lato-fusiformes, uniseptate diam. 23—3-plo 
1. demum 33-plo longiores. — On wet rocks, in beds of mountain rivu- 
lets, La Perla, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Occurs in roundish or 
irregular, rather dense masses of narrow, very sparingly and irreg- 
ularly branched, convex lobules, the projecting tips of which are either 
simple, or at length forked, or even fastigiately divided, greenish, or 
brownish-green, with more or less of a glaucescent tinge above, and 
paler and channelled below ; the gonimous granules being connected in 
necklace-like strings. Apothecia of middling size, convex. Spores in 
eights, of middling size, broad-fusiform ; once-septate, about thrice, 
or even thrice and a half, longer than wide. Comparable with C. 


| 
| 
; 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 3889 


laciniatum, ΝΥ]. Syn. p. 116, an Alabama lichen, which Mr. Wright 
has detected in Cuba; but differs in color, in the peculiar habit due to 
its more simple, elongated, teretish, densely intertangled, substellate, 
rather than radiant lobes; also in the slenderer filamentous elements, 
and the constantly once-septate spores. The spores of C. laciniatum 
(Alabama, Mr. Peters) are described by Nylander, 1. c., as simple or 
once-septate, and about thrice longer than wide; and I have never 
observed any differing, unless possibly a little in length; but in the 
Cuba lichen they become 6-nucleolate and thrice-septate, the length 
exceeding also more than four times the diameter, — which taken 
together with the narrower, less uneven lobes, more distinctly chan- 
nelled beneath, may indicate a variety (var. solenarium). 

Cavicium RAVENELU, Tuckerm. in litt.: thallo granuloso glauces- 
cente ; apotheciis turbinato-globosis margine incurvo radiato-striatulo 
stipiteque brevi firmulo fusco-nigris. Sporz octonz, fuscescentes, el- 
lipsoidez) vel fusiformi-ellipsoidez, simplices, diametro 14 —3-plo lon- 
giores. On old garden palings, St. John’s (Berkley), South Carolina, 
H. W. Ravenel, Esq. 'Thallus of glaucescent granules (or obsolete). 
Apothecia smallish, globular, or a little turbinate ; the incurved margin 
radiately wrinkled or striated, and, as well as the short, rather slender, 
but firm stipe, brownish-black. Spores fuscescent, from ellipsoid be- 
coming irregularly somewhat fusiform-ellipsoid, simple, from once and 
a half to thrice longer than wide. This species, which is well distin- 
guished by its striated exciple, is dedicated to my valued friend and 
correspondent, the discoverer. 

CaLICIUM LEUCOCHLORUM (sp. noy.): thalli granulis in crustam 
tenuem subcontiguam inequalem flavidam hypothallo nigro decussatam 
confluentibus ; apotheciis clavato-turbinatis subtus ferrugineis disco 
nigro stipite valido atro. Sporz octonz in thecis cylindraceis, majus- 
cule, biscoctiformes, diblastze, medio nunc constrictz, atro-fuscescentes, 
diam. 14-—2-plo longiores. — On trunks of palm, island of Cuba, Jr. 
Wright. Granules soon confluent, and forming a thin, uneven, pale- 
yellow crust, irregularly here and there decussated by distinct, black 
lines (much as in Lecidea parasema, var. exigua) which I refer to the 
hypothallus. Apothecia large, from tubular- becoming clavate-turbi- 
nate, rusty beneath; the disk flattish, black; the stipes of middling 
length, stout and strong. Spores larger and shorter than those of C. 
hyperellum, from roundish- becoming short obtuse-ellipsoid, more or 
less constricted at the middle, or a little longer and more regularly 


390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ellipsoid, the tips often acutish ; diblastish, at length blackish-brown ; 
the length scarcely exceeding twice the diameter. Nearly akin to CO. 
hyperellum and C. trachelinum ; but differing from both in the crust, and 
especially in the club-shaped apothecia and large spores, which exceed 
in size those of C. roscidum. 

TRACHYLIA LEUCAMPYX (sp. noy.): thallo tenui pulveraceo dein 
subcontiguo rimoso e viridulo cinerascente; apotheciis minusculis 
innato-prominulis (subelevatis), disco subplano atro margine intus albo- 
pruinoso cincto. Spore octonz in thecis lineari-clavatis, e cocciformi 
mox oblong, seepius 5-blaste, dein fuscescentes 2- rarius 3 —4-septate 
ad septa constricte diam. 2—3-plo longiores. On trunks, Monte Verde, 
island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus very thin, leprous, but becoming 
here and there compacted and chinky, and from greenish at length 
ash-colored. Apothecia small, a few of the larger ones occasionally a 
quarter of a line in diameter, rounded, or occasionally oblong, innate, 
at length a little elevated in the manner of 7. tympanella, but (like 
T. Javanica (M. & V. ἃ. B.), Nyl.) not dilated above ; the black mar- 
gin, which, as in 7. Javanica, is always thicker than in the European 
species, conspicuously white-powdery within. The elevation of the 
apothecia is comparatively slight, and often even obscure, and they 
thus contrast evidently enough with the remarkably conical fruit of 
T. Javanica. Spores in long and narrowed spore-sacks, colorless and 
smallish at first, and from short-obtuse-ellipsoid (cocciform, Koerb.) be- 
coming oblong, and commonly 38-blastish, crossed next by colored, 
rather irregular dissepiments, and finally dark brown, and for the 
most part twice, or much more rarely thrice, or even four times sep- 
tate, and more or less strongly constricted at the dissepiments ; the 
length from twice to thrice, or more rarely four times, exceeding the 
diameter. This lichen is nearest allied to a curious subtropical type of 
the Caliciei, found by my liberal correspondent, the late Dr. Joseph 
Hale, on Cypress trunks in Louisiana, in 1851, and named by me (in 
herb. Fries), the following year, Zrachylia Pyrgilla. Mr. Wright has 
since found the plant not uncommon in the island of Cuba, and he de- 
tected it also (as botanist of the U. S. North Pacific Exploring Expe- 
dition) in the Bonin Islands, southeast of Japan. From the last, 
which is inseparable from the American lichen, the Java plant found 
by Junghuhn, and described by Montagne and Van den Bosch, in 
1856, as Calicium Javanicum (Mont. Syll. p. 857, M. & V. ἃ. Bosch, 
Lich. Jav. p. 54) can scarcely differ. Dr. Nylander referred the lat- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 391 


ter the next year (Monog. Calic. p. 33) to Trachylia ; and this con- 
struction is perhaps still preferable to the opinion expressed later, in 
his Synopsis (p. 168), that the plant constitutes a genus; the variation 
from the type of Zrachylia being only such as might be presumed pos- 
sible within Zrachylia. From 7. Javanica the species above described 
differs in its thin and powdery thallus (that of the former plant being 
much better developed, and even approaching, at length, the thickish 
and warted crust of 7. tympanella) ; its much smaller and far less prom- 
inent, more conspicuously white-edged apothecia ; and especially in the 
curious differentiation of the spores, which exhibit the blunt ellipsoid 
(or biscoctiform) type of the genus, not merely (as in 7. Javanica) ex- 
tended to spores with three dissepiments, but also twice or even thrice 
constricted. So strange is the effect of this latter variation, that I have 
hesitated to describe the plant as a lichen; but though there is no col- 
oration of the hymenium with iodine, any more than in 7. Javanica, 
both species equally possess an evident thallus; and their apothecia 
and spores, as already remarked, are explicable as variations from, or 
rather developments of, the type of Trachylia tympanella. — The genus 
Trachylia, as here understood, (indicated by Fries in his Flora Scanica, 
1835, and again in his Summa Veg. Scand., 1846, and taken in the 
same sense by Torssell, a little earlier, and by the present writer in his 
Synops. Lich. N. Eng., in 1848, as also in the various important works 
of Dr. Nylander, q. v. in Lich. Scand. p. 44,) appears preferable to the 
very indefinite Acolium of Fée (Ess. Crypt. p. 28, the name adopted 
being the same as that given by Acharius to the section of his genus 
Calicium which included C. tympanellum), as it is also older than the 
later Acolium of Massalongo, &c. And Cyphelium, Ach. in Vet. Ac. 
Handl. 1815 (lately proposed by Th. Fries, in Gen. Heterolich. Eur. 
p- 100, for the group represented by 7. tympanella), though it included 
Trachylia, by no means expressed it; and is a less distinct conception. 

Criapontia Ditientana, Floerk.: thallo squamuloso-dissecto, podetiis 
superne infundibuliformibus prolifero-ramosis, axillis perviis sub-squa- 
mulosis e stramineo albicantibus, fertilibus subcymosis; apotheciis fuscis. 

a. CRISPATA: straminea; podetiis turgidis, axillis apicibusque infun- 
dibuliformi-dilatatis foliolis lineari-multifidis exasperatis irregulariter 
demum proliferis. ΟἹ stenophylla, ΝΥ]. Syn. p. 201. On rotten logs, 
Monte Verde, Cuba, Mr. Wright. 

8. ELONGATA: albicans ; podetiis gracilioribus subsimpliciter repetito- 
proliferis elongatis, axillis hiantibus foliolis multifidis cristatis. Coral- 


392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


loides pulchrum geniculis acetabuliformibus crispifoliosis. Dill. Hist. 
Muse., p. 100, t. 16, f. 289, Floerk. Clad. 1. θὲ. On rotten logs, Monte 
Verde. Thallus of rather elongated, much and narrowly-lobed squa- 
mules, which are greenish-straw-colored above, and very white beneath. 
Podetia, in the more simple states of a, turgid, and dilated above into 
funnel-shaped expansions, which are finally more or less irregularly 
proliferous-ramose, and, as well as the dilated axils, often squamulose ; 
the fertile ones at length much divided above and crowned by the clus- 
ters of brownish (from pale at length dark-brown) apothecia. This 
state, which exceeds at length four inches in height, appears quite anal- 
ogous to C. furcata, var. crispata, though the larger and more branched 
specimens are more readily comparable with fine ones of C. uncialis, 
var. turgescens. Var. β is a paler, more slender, much elongated form, 
attaining to the height of eight inches; the less dilated, often subcylin- 
drical podetia extended upwards by commonly a single proliferation, 
and the gaping but not dilated axils elegantly fringed by the dissected 
squamules already described, which retain above their greenish hue, 
and thus contrast pleasingly with the white podetia. The scyphiform- 
dilatation of the podetia above, which is more or less evident in a, as 
in the already cited form of ©. furcata, disappears at length entirely 
in B,as in Οἱ fureata, var. racemosa ; but the Cuban lichen differs from 
the latter (occurring in an equally fine condition in Venezuela, Mr. 
Fendler) in a simpler and less-branched habit, in color, and in the ele- 
gant fringe of squamules which borders (and often conceals) its gaping 
axils. It is this last, most developed condition of the lichen, as I think 
scarcely doubtful, which Dillenius describes and figures, from a speci- 
men brought by Catesby from the Isle of Providence. He places it 
next to, and compares it with, C. wncialis. But Floerke more satisfac- 
torily referred the described plant, which he had not seen, to his “ Cla- 
doniz infundibuliformes,” placing it next to C. sqguamosa ; and remark- 
ing, in a note at the end, that C. furcata, var. crispata, in itself consid- 
ered, would scarcely be separable from the same section. The cited 
variety of C. fureata is represented in North America by a rich series 
of forms ; and one of these from the New England mountains, with the 
axils crested with dissected squamules, is exceedingly like, except in 
the important respect of color, small states of the present. (Οὗ furcata, 
var. cristata, Fr., also an inhabitant of our mountains, is a form of the 
last-mentioned variety in which the dilated axils, and especially api- 
ces, are fimbriate-cristate; but the crests are due here (so far as my 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 393 


specimens go) solely to an excessive proliferation of the margin. 
Fries (Index Dillenianus, in Lich. Eur. p. 464) has referred the Dil- 
lenian lichen to Οἱ verticillaris, Raddi; and Nylander (Syn. p. 192) 
takes the same view: but the last-named plant possesses true scyphyv 
which are proliferous from the centre, and the fringe-like extension of 
the margins of these scyphi differs entirely from the crest of dissected 
squamules which borders the axils (as fully described and figured by 
Dillenius) of Οἱ Dilleniana. ©. stenophylla, Nyl.1.c., was founded 
on the first-received, smaller specimens of our a, which were on several 
accounts puzzling, and scarcely to be referred to any known species ; 
but these are now fully explained by Mr. Wright’s further collections, 
and the correctness of Floerke’s opinion as to the Dillenian plant, if I 
mistake not, sufficiently established. The species is worthy to be 
adorned with the name of the illustrious author of the Historia Mus- 
corum. 

CLADONIA HYPOXANTHA, sp. nov.: thallo parvulo czspitoso sub- 
foliaceo ; foliolis lineari-angustatis elongatis ramoso-multifidis margine 
crenulatis supra viridi-stramineis subtus fusco-aurantiis podetia turbi- 
nato-cylindrica cartilagineo-corticata verrucoso-rugulosa scyphis conca- 
vis margine subradiatis aut obliteratis apotheciis coccineis proferentibus. 
On trees in dense woods, Monte Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. 
Folioles (scarcely exceeding half an inch in length, the podetia being 
about a quarter) palmately or pinnately many-cleft; the elongated, 
branched, plano-convex or flattish divisions finely crenulate ; greenish- 
glaucescent, or, at length, straw-colored above, and beneath convex, 
or at the base teretish, and brownish-orange, with white edges. Pode- 
tia short, rather slender, subturbinate, verrucose-rugulose, the seyphi 
at length sparingly radiated, or obliterated. Apothecia scarlet. Foli- 
oles comparable rather with the dissected squamules of Οὐ squamosa, 
than with those of C. aleicornis ; and it is possible that the lichen may 
be rather a macrophylline form of some species (unknown as yet as to 
Cuba, or, I think, Tropical America) analogous to C. cornucopiotdes in 
Northern regions, than an analogue of the typically macrophylline spe- 
cies of the glaucescent series. Epiphylline forms, with reduced foli- 
oles, also occur, and these suggest similar ones of C. cornucopioides. 
But the characters of the plant are too striking not to require separate 
notice. Cenomyce corallifera, Kunz. msc. in Herb. Berol., from Suri- 
nam (Weigelt, 1827), is very probably a state, with better developed 
podetia, and reduced or squamulose, convex folioles, of the present ; 

VOL. V. 50 


394. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


and, except as regards the squamules, is also similar to small forms of 
C. cornucopioides. 

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA, Tuckerm. Suppl. 1, in Amer. Journ. Sci. 
25, p. 428, char. emend.: thalli squamulis firmis crenatis mox sub- 
elongatis incisis; podetiis ascyphis validis ventricoso-cylindricis cartila- 
gineo-corticatis glabris e flavo- mox pallido-virescentibus apice dilatato 
digitato-subdivisis, ramulis fastigiatis fertilibus; apotheciis coccineis. 
C. Floerkiana, Tuckerm. Syn. p. 55, & Exs. n. 133, non Fr. On 
dead wood; and on the earth. New England to Virginia, very com- 
mon. Westward to Indiana, Herb. Van den Bosch; Wisconsin, 77)». 
Lapham; and Lake Superior, Prof. Agassiz. Southward, small 
forms oecur (North Carolina, Rev. Dr. Curtis; South Carolina and 
Georgia, Mr. Ravenel; Alabama, Mr. Peters), apparently belonging 
here; but the species is a Northern one, and the Southern lichen taking 
its place more commonly exhibits the peculiar features of C. pulchella, 
Schwein., which is rather to be regarded a northern state of the sub- 
tropical C. muscigena. Thallus of small, firm, crenate, or at length a 
little elongated and lobed squamules, colored like the podetia above, 
and white below. Podetia ventricose-cylindrical, becoming often more 
or less regularly elongated-turbinate ; the largest specimens two inches 
long and three or even four lines in diameter at the thickest part be- 
low the branches, but passing into slender and shorter states; with a 
smooth, but at length verruculose (never mealy) or even subsquamu- 
lose epidermis; the squamules being, however, rarely other than ad- 
nate, and the whole aspect rather glabrous; from greenish-yellow 
becoming pale-green (varying also to greenish-glaucescent, or even 
cinerascent) dilated at the apex, which is never scyphiferous, and pass- 
ing there into subdigitate, fastigiate branchlets, always crowned by the 
scarlet apothecia. The name now applied to the above-described lichen 
was originally proposed by the writer to distinguish a remarkable state 
which has proved to be inseparable from the other, this last having 
passed, with especial reference to its paler, more slender condition, for 
an American form of the European C. Floerkiana, Fr. But the affin- 
ity of a plant is to be determined, not by its individual peculiarities, 
which may apparently relate it to other types, but by its own type, 
which it may quite imperfectly express. And the type of the dwarf 
forms of the lichen before us, which have been referred to C. Floerki- 
ana, is really remote from the type of the latter. C. Floerkiana (Fr. 
Lich. Suec. n. 82. Scher. Lich. Helv. n. 36, pro parte) is, in fact, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 395 


scarcely more than a smoothish state of C. macilenta (“verbis magis 
quam re vera diversa,” Th. Fr. Lich. Arct. p. 156) ; while most per- 
fectly developed specimens of the American lichen are, as respects col- 
or, size, and, quite commonly, shape, so similar to fine ones of Οἱ cornu- 
coptiotdes, as to be readily at the first glance mistaken for the latter, or 
even—the constant dissolution of the scyphus in C. cristatella being 
interpreted as in some other species — plausibly to be reckoned a hith- 
erto unknown, symphycarpious variety of it. Such symphycarpious 
states should, however, be connected with the scyphiferous states from 
which they descend by intermediate conditions ; and these appear to be 
wholly wanting in C. cristatella, as in C. mitrula; both being always 
ascyphous, and the dissolution of the apices into branchlets appearing 
therefore to be, in both cases, normal. 

ὦ. RAMOSA: podetiis caspitose-conjunctis hic illic inferne patulo-ra- 
mulosis superne demum sub-dichotomo-divisis. Οὐ eristatella, Tuckerm. 
l.c. On the earth, in sterile places; White Mountains, Oakes. Sub- 
czespitose ; the podetia here and there sending out short branchlets be- 
low, not unlike similar ones in some fruticulose species; and above, 
very much dichotomously divided. A luxuriant form of a, exhibiting 
sometimes an approach to a fruticulose habit, and the axils now and 
then subperforate. The apices are commonly much more divided than 
in a; but the cristate habit, which suggested the name, is also conspicu- 
ous in the latter. 

c. OCHROCARPIA, apotheciis carneo-luteolis. C. Floerkiana, ochro- 
carpta, Tuckerm. Exs.1.c. ©. substraminea, Nyl. Syn. p. 204. On 
the earth in high, sterile regions, many years since burnt over, on the 
lower ridges of the White Mountains (Mount Crawford) ; frequent, in 
various states, and passing directly into a Less common in lower 
districts. Saratoga Springs, New York. Manchester, Massachusetts, 
Mr. Oakes. 

CLADONIA GRACILENTA (sp. noy.): thalli squamulis minutis laci- 
niatis stramineis subtus albis ; podetiis scyphiferis elongatis gracilibus 
membranaceo-corticatis glabris stramineis (flavidis) vage elongato- 
ramosis, ramis patulis intricatis hic illic ramulisve subulatis ; scyphis 
angustatis margine dentato proliferis, fertilibus superne incrassatis 
fimbriato-radiatis ; apotheciis coccineis. Rotten logs in the edge of 
savannas near Sagra, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus minute, of 
scattered, at first crenate, but finally linear-lobed, thin, straw-colored 
scales. Podetia slender, or very slender, and much elongated (reach- 


396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


ing six inches in length) ; the thin, smooth epidermis becoming here 
and there uneven, but not squamulose ; straw-colored, becoming pale- 
yellow towards the summits; dividing sparingly and irregularly into 
elongated, spreading, more or less intertangled branches, which are 
mostly seyphiferous, but occur occasionally with subulate tips. Sterile 
scyphi very small, proliferous from the margin (or very rarely from 
the centre), toothed ; the teeth often crowned with the spermagones. 
Fertile podetia somewhat dilated, especially above, when the epidermis 
becomes less regular, and the axils are sometimes (atypically) perfo- 
rate; the scyphi, by prolification from the margin, becoming in this 
condition much divided or fimbriate-radiate. Apothecia scarlet. As 
C. leporina, Fr., represents Οἱ rangiferina, in the scarlet series, the 
present may be taken as analogous, in that series, to C. gracilis in the 
Fuscescentes, Fr., and C. amaurocrea in the Ochroleuce. It is slen- 
derer than the last-named, but sometimes not wholly unlike it. Of the 
searlet-fruited group, C. bellidiflora is possibly nearest, and passes into 
states distantly approaching some specimens of the present, but the 
former is confined to arctic and alpine districts; and the extreme 
slenderness and smoothness of the delicately-corticate, long-branched 
podetia of Οἱ gracilenta, and their different habit, is quite enough to 
separate this inhabitant of tropical savannas. 

DACTYLINA, Nyl. Syn. p. 286.— The genus Dufourea was pro- 
posed by Acharius (Lichenogr. pp. 104, 524, t. 11, ἢ 2) for a Cape of 
Good Hope lichen (Parm. mollusea, Ach.) akin to Roccella, which has 
since been separated by De Notaris as Combea. Only this was illus- 
trated by the author, as expressing the type of the new genus; and 
though he associated with it a plant not congenerical (P. flammea (L.), 
Ach., also from the Cape, the spores of which relate it to Physcia pa- 
rietina), and even gave precedence to this last in the Synopsis, the cita- 
tion here, immediately after the name of the genus, of his figures (of 
D. mollusea) in the Lichenographia, apparently showed that his type 
remained the same. It is not, therefore, without reason that Mr. Th. 
Fries (Genera Heterolich. Eur. p. 115) proposes to retain Dufourea 
for D. mollusca. But Acharius added to the above-named, as “ species 
dubiz,” several lichens of more or less similar habit, the fructification 
of which he was unacquainted with, and one of these (D. madrepori- 
Jformis), though still only known in a sterile condition, which can ill 
determine a generic type, has represented Dufourea with many lichen- 
ists. To this, the remarkable lichen of Arctic America upon which 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 397 


Dr. Nylander has founded his distinct genus Dactylina, stands in obvi- 
ous affinity ; and the equally obvious differences of the two plants seem 
to be fully mediated by our second species, fertile specimens of which 
were first detected on islands of Behring’s Straits, by the careful eye 
of Mr. Wright. 

Dacry ina AroTICA (Hook.), Nyl. Le. Dufourea, Hook. in Richards. 
Append. to Frankl. Narr. p. 762, t. 31. Zvernia, Tuckerm. Syn. p. 11. 
Bear Lake and elsewhere in Arctic America, Richardson. Rocky 
hill-sides, Behring’s Straits, Mr. Wright. Thallus becoming erect, sim- 
ple, or very sparingly divided, ventricose, smooth and shining, rather 
attenuated above towards the obtuse apices, pale yellow, becoming 
brownish at the base, within hollow, the medullary filaments only thinly 
or even obscurely clothing the walls. The taller of these specimens 
rather exceed two inches in height, by two to three, or at the base four 
lines in width ; but they reach nearly twice these dimensions (Hook., 
Nyl.). Rarely, specimens are more divided above, the (2 or 3) simple 
branches showing something of the fastigiate habit of D. madreporifor- 
mis. Apothecia largish (two lines in diameter in my fertile specimen), 
a single one occupying the summit of a branch, or branchlet, which is 
wrinkled below and passes above into a crenulate, at length obscure 
margin, enclosing the flat, shining, dark chestnut-colored disk. Spores 
in eights, in somewhat ventricose or wedge-shaped spore-sacks, small, 
colorless, spherical, limbate ; the paraphyses being indistinct. Spermo- 
gonia unknown. 

DACTYLINA RAMULOSA. Dufourea ramulosa, Hook. Append. to 
Parry’s 2d Voy. p. 414. Hvernia, Tuckerm. Syn. p.11. Arctic Amer- 
ica, Hook., 1.c. Rocky Mountains, Herb. Hook. Hill-sides (on rocks), 
Behring’s Straits, Mr. Wright. Thallus very much smaller than in the 
last (the specimens scarcely exceeding half an inch in height, except in 
the branched state, when they do not exceed an inch), but at first not 
wholly unlike it ; the inflated and rarely somewhat finger-shaped, obtuse 
branches becoming, however, soon nodose (it would be interesting to 
compare here the scarcely known Dufourea nodosa, R. Br., in Ross’s 
Voyage) and lacunose-uneven, and passing into the dichotomously 
branched state, almost muricated with short, elongated-papilliform 
branchlets, which is, if I mistake not, (the specimen from the Hook- 
erian Herbarium referred here being without name,) the type of the 
species as understood by Hooker. Some of the specimens of the sim- 
pler condition are pale straw-colored, the tips only being brownish; but 


398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


the latter hue soon prevails, and becomes at length, in the fully de- 
veloped dichotomous lichen, olivaceous-brown. Within, the branches 
are hollow, as in the last, the wall being clothed with a thin web of 
medullary filaments. Apothecia either lateral, and clearly sessile, 
or terminating branches, when they appear sometimes as if stalked ; 
the shining, chestnut disk at length equalling the crenulate, thalline 
margin. Spores in eights, in cuneate-clavate spore-sacks, spheri- 
cal, like those of the last; but occurring also, now and then, a 
little oblong. Dufourea ryssolea, Ach. Lichenogr. p. 525 (not, as is 
affirmed in the Index Dillenianus of Professor Fries, Lich. Eur. p. 
468, the plant of Dill. Hist. Muse. p. 545, t. 82, f. 4, which seems 
clearly to be Cetraria Richardsonii, Hook.), from Siberia, appears 
almost to approach, so far as the brief character goes, to some less de- 
veloped states of the present, but is really, according to Dr. Nylander 
(Syn. p. 397) a Parmelia, nearly related to P. olivacea ; the branches 
of D. ramulosa being in fact, as already remarked, mostly hollow, or 
in the narrower forms only very loosely webby within, and by no 
means, as Acharius describes his plant, “ swhfistulosi, tela bombycina 
fareti.” But I possess a lichen from Tyrol, collected by Funk, (prob- 
ably Dufourea muricata, Laur. in Sturm D. ΕἸ. 2, 24, t. 12, but my 
specimen, instead of being straw-colored, is rather olivaceous-brown, 
often more or less white-pruinose,) which possibly differs from the next 
(as Laurer’s is said to) in having a rather looser medullary web, or in 
being even subfistulous, and in other respects sufficiently resembles 
specimens of Dactylina ramulosa. 'The last-named lichen is clearly 
congenerical with Dactylina arctica, and it also nearly approaches the 
next. 

DACTYLINA MADREPORIFORMIS. Lichen madreporiformis, Wulf. 
in Jacq. Coll. 3, t. 3, f. 2. Dufowrea, Ach. Lichenogr. p. 525; Syn. 
p- 247; Koerb. Parerg. p. 15; ΝΥ]. Syn. p. 287. Cladonia, Scher. 
Spicil. p. 48, & Lich. Helv. n. 85. Hvernia, Fr. Lichenogr. p. 20. 
Cetraria nivalis, var. madreporiformis, Scher. Enum. p. 14. On the 
earth, on alpine ridges east of Middle Park, Rocky Mountains; sterile ; 
Dr. C. C. Parry. Thallus softish, turgid, about an inch in height, 
rather sparingly, subdichotomously divided; the branches short, lacu- 
nose-uneven, obtuse, ochroleucous; the medullary filaments rather 
closely filling the interior, which is seldom subfistulous. Apothecia 
unknown. Readily distinguishable from the others by its paler color, 
and from the last by its simpler habit, and more compact medullary 


a Σ»..........ὕ.. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 399 


tissue. The place of the species just referred to being determined, I 
cannot hesitate to place this next to it, and in the same genus. 

PARMELIA JAPONICA, sp. noy.: thallo foliaceo-imbricato subcori- 
aceo levi glaucescente, laciniis sinuato-multifidis moniliformi-constrictis 
plano-convexis apice palmato-cristulatis subtus albis pulvinulis spon- 
gioso-pannosis fusco-atris interrupte tectis ; apotheciis mediocribus 
spadiceis margine incurvo subcrenato. On birch trunks at the sum- 
mit of mountains, N. E. of Hakodadi, Japan, Mr. Wright. Thallus 
more rigid than that of P. physodes, and agreeing rather in this, as in 
some other respects, with P. colpodes, from which it differs in the re- 
markable constriction of its narrowed, many-cleft lobes into short, joint- 
like, wedge-shaped, or irregularly-rounded portions, — a feature notice- 
able throughout, but especially so in the repeatedly-palmate or crested 
apices, —and in the spongy hypothallus (consisting, like that of the 
American lichen, as described by Nylander, 1. ὁ. p. 404, of much- 
branched, anastomosing, short-jointed, brown filaments) being broken 
up into separate, roundish-irregular, convex cushions. ‘The only pub- 
lished species with which I can compare this is P. moniliformis, 
Babingt. N. Zeal., p. 23, t. 127, f. 3, referred to the older P. angustata, 
Pers., by Nylander, Syn. p. 403), the lobes of which appear by the 
description to be “constricted, especially towards the apices, or even 
moniliform-constricted,” and the underside clothed “interruptedly with 
spongy pulvinules” (Nyl.1.c.). But the plant of Babington, as fig- 
ured, is a small lichen of the ochroleucous series (“facie fere Parmelie 
incurvé,” ΝΥ]. 1. 6.) with “attenuate apices”; while the present be- 
longs to the glaucescent series, and has the size and aspect of the finest 
conditions of P. physodes and P. colpodes. I have entirely failed to 
detect spores in the apothecia of either of the five specimens. The spores 
of P. colpodes, which are crowded in large numbers in the polysporous, 
wedge-shaped spore-sacks, are more or less oblong or fusiform-oblong, 
and soon hooked or crescent-shaped; the length from three to six 
times exceeding the diameter. Those of P. physodes, on the other 
hand, occur in eights, and vary from spherical to ovoid; and those of 
P. angustata, as described, appear to be similar. 

PHYSCIDIA, Genus novum. Apothecia scutelliformia, excipulo 
thallino recepta. Discus ceraceus, hypothecio tenui strato medullari im- 
posito enatus. Spore aciculares incolores. Thallus foliaceus, expansus, 
hypothallo byssino pannoso-intertexto aut crustaceus subsquamaceo- 
granulosus. Habitu ad Physciam proprie sic dictam accedit, at dis- 
tincta hypothallo sporisque. 


400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


PuyscipiA Wricati. Physcia? Wrightii, Tuckerm. Suppl. 2, in 
Amer. Journ. Sci., 28, p. 204. On various trees, in dense woods, in 
the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus foliaceous (with much of the 
aspect of Physcia proper, as also of smooth states of P. Domingensis, 
Montag.), suborbicular, thin, narrowly lobed; the largest states four 
inches in diameter, and the flat or flattish lobes often exceeding, in 
such states, a line in width, but perhaps as common in smaller and 
more narrowly divided conditions ; imbricated now closely, with even a 
subconnate aspect, and now very loosely, when the delicately linear lobes 
appear often as if ciliated ; irregularly and above somewhat palmately 
many-cleft ; sending out here and there terete, simple, or rarely a little 
branched, finally crowded, coralloid branchlets, the longest of which ex- 
ceed three lines in length ; from pale greenish becoming greenish-straw- 
colored (the larger states often darker, or even glaucescent), and at 
length a little yellowish, when the color of the fruit is also intensified. 
Hypothallus of very delicate, colorless, much-branched, anastomosing 
filaments (resembling those of Parmelia (Amphiloma) gossypina, 
Montag. Cub. p. 217, but less slender), which are closely intertangled 
into a sometimes dense, but more commonly thinnish, and at length 
even obsolescent web. Apothecia scattered, middling-sized (about a 
line in diameter), or largish; the inflexed, plicate-crenulate (or, as it 
were, efligurate) margin becoming flexuous-lobulate, when the exciple 
reaches two or even three lines in diameter; the naked, waxy disk 
varying in color from pale yellow to orange, and imposed upon a thin- 
ner, colorless hypothecium, which rests upon the white medullary layer. 
Spores in eights, in club-shaped spore-sacks, smallish, colorless, acicular, 
commonly tri-septate (tetrablastish), but at length (if I mistake not) 
pluriseptate (pleioblastish), the length from eight to sixteen times ex- 
ceeding the diameter. Paraphyses indistinct. Spermogones not 
observed. — But beside this typical condition of the plant before us, 
there occurs (and is represented by a large set of specimens) another, 
which, though inseparable in essential characters, differs so much as to 
appear at first sight scarcely congenerical. “ Hypothallus optimas 
prebet differentias, sed in speciminibus perfectis et junioribus observan- 
dus.” Fr. Lich. Eur. p. 130. It has been observed already, that the 
lichen above described recedes obviously from Physcia in its pannose 
hypothallus, in which it approaches Pannaria, and especially the aber- 
rant tropical type (Parm. gossypina, Montag.) which Dr. Nylander 
(Enum. Gen. p. 110) has provisionally connected with his genus Am- 


———— ΥΝ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 401 


philoma. And Pannaria (proper) furnishes similar degenerations of 
the foliaceous type to that we are about to describe, but scarcely a 
hypothallus offering in the young state the precise features of this. 

PHYSCIDIA SQUAMULOSA, sp. nov.: hypothallo fibrilloso radiante 
demum byssino-pannoso granula squamacea albida mox lobulata ramu- 
lis coralloideis nune obsessa crustaceo-coacervata proferente ; apothe- 
ciis planis crenulatis dein flexuoso-lobatis subaurantiis. Spore acicu- 
lares, gracillime, diam. 6—12-plo longiores. On trees, in dense forests 
in Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus crustaceous, of minute, roundish scale- 
like granules, scattered over the hypothallus (which does not attain at 
once to its pannose development, but appears at first as rather sparse, 
elongated, radiant, white fibrille), becoming later lobulate, and often 
beset with coralloid branchlets, as in P. Wrightii, and finally crowded 
together into a granulose white crust. Apothecia very like those of 
P. Wrightii and equally large, perhaps more commonly orange: 
spores as in that, or possibly a little slenderer. As respects habit, 
a Lecanera ; but in fact a degeneration of the foliaceous type ex- 
pressed by Physcidia Wrightii. Large sets of specimens of both 
lichens have afforded me no clear indication of the passage of one into 
the other; but such passage appears probable. 

PANNARIA FLABELLOSA, sp. nov.: thallo minuto livido-cineras- 
cente, laciniis lineari-angustatis dissectis, centralibus teretiusculis con- 
gestis, periphericis flabelliformi-expansis planis  striatis, hypothallo 
viridi-czerulescente ; apotheciis minutis biatorinis sparsis, margine in- 
tegerrimo mox viridi-ceruleo (nigro) discum planum rufum (nigri- 
cantem) vix superante. Sporz octonz, oblongo-ellipsoidez, dein sub- 
dactyloidez, tetrablasta, diam. 2}-—3-plo longiores. On talcose schist 
and on granite in Vermont, Mr. Frost. A minute species, occurring in 
rounded or irregular patches, smaller in its parts than P. crossophylla ; 
found on similar rocks in Vermont by Mr. Russell, and described in 
this journal, 4, p. 404, and comparable rather, except as regards 
size, with P. tryptophylla ; from which it differs in the color and divis- 
ion of its thicker, narrower, plano-convex, or, in the circumference, 
flat, but never concave, finely striate lobes, which never become gran- 
ulose-corallinoid. The apothecia are not a little like those of P. nigra 
(Huds.), ΝΥ]. Lich. Scand. p. 126 (Collema nigrum, Ach. ; Parm. tryp- 
tophylla, var. corallinoides, Auct.), with which (separated by Koerber 
and other late writers as a distinct generic type of Collemacei) the 
spores also appear to connect it. But the thallus sufficiently distin- 

ον: 61 


402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


guishes the present plant, which is properly, if I mistake not, insepa- 
rable from Pannaria. Gonimous granules bluish-green, several not 
unfrequently concatenate. 

CoccocarRPIA STELLATA, Tuckerm. in litt.: thallo parvulo orbicu- 
lari membranaceo plumbeo, laciniis radiantibus lineari-angustatis multi- 
fidis subtus albis fibrillosis; apotheciis sessilibus rufo-fuscis (nigrican- 
tibus) subtus albo-fibrillosis. On Holly (dlex opaca), Santee Canal, 
South Carolina, Wr. Ravenel. The larger fronds scarcely surpassing 
half an inch in diameter, rather darker than C. molybdea, and con- 
spicuously differing from the small forms of this last, which often ac- 
company it, in its linear, many-cleft lobes. The apothecia are also 
scarcely appressed, but they possess the other features of those of C. mo- 
lybdea ; and exactly similar ones, which are also fibrillose beneath, 
occur in an Alabama specimen of the latter, collected by Mr. Peters. 
Spores immature in all the apothecia examined. 

LECANORA ERYTHRANTHA, sp. noy.: thallo crustaceo tenui rimu- 
loso albo-glaucescente ; apotheciis mediocribus sessilibus, disco plano 
marginato fulvo-miniato margine thallino crenulato tenuescente. Spore 
octone, incolores, ellipsoidez, polari-diblastz, diam. 2 -- 24-plo longiores. 
On trunks, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. LZ. aurantiaca, on bark (oc- 
curring in the low country of Carolina, in Louisiana, and in Texas), is 
undoubtedly near to this, but contrasts strongly with it in its black 
hypothallus, yellow thallus, and orange fruit. The present and the 
two following species belong to a group, which on the one hand ap- 
pears almost to descend from the yellow Placodiums and Physcie 
(these closely akin elements of the system are brought together in 
Physcia, Massal., and perhaps more happily in Xanthoria, Th. Fr.), 
while it passes, on the other, into conditions not at first sight to be 
distinguished from Lecidea. ‘The group is understood to constitute 
several genera, in the system as developed by the school of Massalongo 
(though these genera, and, in addition to them, Amphiloma, Koerb., and 
Pyrenodesmia, Massal., are now brought together in one, in the “ Pla- 
codium” of Anzi, Cat. Lich. Sondr. p. 89, an arrangement determined 
solely by the spores): but the not inconsiderable difficulties of this dis- 
position are perhaps to some extent avoided by the simpler view of 
Dr. Nylander (Enum. Gen. p. 112), which accords very much with 
the profoundly considered arrangement of Fries (Lich. Eur. p. 161). 

Lecanora FLORIDANA, sp. nov.: thallo parvulo crustaceo tenui 
contiguo inzequabili glauco-cinerascente hypothallo nigricante sublimi- 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 403 


tato ; apotheciis minutis adnatis, disco plano fusco-nigro opaco submar- 
ginato marginem thallinum integrum demum subcoloratum equante. 
Spore octonz, incolores, ellipsoidex, polari-diblaste, diam. 2-plo longi- 
ores. On trees, Western Florida, Mr. Beaumont. On bushes, thick- 
ets of the Blanco, Texas, Mr. Wright. Thallus thin and smooth, be- 
coming ash-colored, limited more or less by the blackening hypothal- 
lus. Apothecia small and closely sessile, lecanorine ; the flat, nearly 
black, opaque disk scarcely or indistinctly marginate ; but the rather 
thickish and entire thalline exciple at length more or less colored. A 
small lichen with much of the aspect of some states of L. sophodes, but 
the spores of the present section. 

LECANORA CAMPTIDIA, sp. noy.: thallo crustaceo tenui inzquabili 
dein rimuloso cinereo-fuscescente hypothallo nigro sublimitato; apo- 
theciis mediocribus biatorinis sessilibus, disco plano-convexo rufo-fusco 
albo-pruinoso marginem integrum albidum mox flexuosum fuscescen- 
tem demum superante; excipulo thallino excluso. Spore octone, in- 
colores, ellipsoidez vel oblongo-ellipsgidex, diam. 2 — 3-plo longiores. 
On various trees, and on rails, in Southern Pennsylvania, Maryland, 
and throughout Virginia (Alexandria, near Richmond, and in Sussex 
County), where it becomes common. North Carolina, Rev. Dr. Curtis. 
South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. Texas, Mr. Wright. 'Thallus thin, 
smooth, becoming chinky and at length much broken, and more or 
less brownish-ash-colored ; the hypothallus, which sometimes appears 
as a white fringe, at length blackening, and in that way conditioning 
the thallus, which it sometimes decussates. Apothecia of middling 
size, biatorine, sessile, the smooth and entire, at first nearly white, but 
soon fuscescent and flexuous margin, at length exceeded by the plano- 
convex reddish-brown disk, which is besprinkled with a white, fuga- 
cious bloom ; the thalline exciple for the most part quite obsolete, but 
sometimes obscurely recognizable as a depressed crenulate border ; or 
much more rarely (as in L. ferruginea) conspicuous, when the apo- 
thecium becomes zeorine, or lecanorine, according as the proper mar- 
gin is more or less evident. The lichen is thus (like ZL. ferruginea) now, 
in its lecanorine state, a Callopisma of Koerber ; and now, in its leci- 
deine condition, a blastenia. In its more perfect states this species is 
sufficiently distinct-looking ; but small forms are not unlike Lecidea 
spadicea, Ach., and large ones may sometimes be passed over for Leca- 
nora subfusea. 

Lecanora Berica. Maronea Berica, Massal. in Flora, 1856, n. 


404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


19. Koerb. Parerg. p. 90. Lecanora constans, ΝΥ]. Prodr. Gall. p. 
89; & Lich. Par. ἢ. 124. Maronea Kemmleri, Koerb. 1. c. p. 91. 
Lecanora polyphora, Tuckerm. in litt. On trunks and dead wood. 
(Italy, Massal. ].c. France, Nyl. 1. 5. Germany, Koerb. 1. ¢.) Not 
uncommon in New England, and southward to Virginia. Pennsylva- 
nia, Dr. Michener. Ohio, Lea. North Carolina, Rev. Dr. Curtis. 
South Carolina, Wr. Ravenel. Alabama, Mr. Peters. Thallus small- 
ish, verrucose-granulate, the granules now and then flattened, or even 
subconfluent, often at first greenish-gray, but with more or less of an 
ashy tinge, which finally (the hypothallus more strongly conditioning) 
prevails, and becomes even fuscescent, limited, rather conspicuously, 
by the blackening hypothallus. Apothecia of middling size (often large 
for the plant, the diameter exceeding half a line), sessile, lecanorine, or 
more or less perfectly zeorine ; the flattish, brownish-black, opaque disk, 
which is received in a stratum of the medullary layer, submarginate, 
and bordered by a thickish or even tumid, inflexed, finally crenulate, 
or flexuously-irregular marging Spores very numerous, in lanceo- 
late-clavate spore-sacks, very minute, colorless, from roundish-ellipsoid 
becoming a little oblong, twice or even twice and a half longer than 
wide, and finally diblastish. A plant which Dr. Koerber has thoroughly 
described ; but his second species (Maronea Kemmleri) scarcely indi- 
eates anything more distinct than a state of the first, in which the 
proper margin, perhaps always potentially present, and by no means 
rarely observable, becomes especially developed. Such states occur 
here, but they are not separable from the others. ‘The lichen has the 
aspect of a common bark form of L. sophodes. 'The spores are de- 
scribed as simple by all the authors who have remarked upon them, 
but I cannot but consider the protoplasm (“so weit es erkannt worden 
kann, groésstentheils wolkig-triib,” Koerb. sub Maronea Berica, 1. ¢.) 
as dividing finally into two pretty regular, opposite parts, as observ- 
able as could be expected in so minute an object, and in the European 
as well as the American specimens; this differentiation of the spore 
resembling that of the younger conditions of the biscoctiform type ; 
as if, in fact, the plant were a remarkable micro- and polysporous de- 
viation from the type of L. sophodes (Rinodina, Massal., Koerb.), in 
which the final development of the spore peculiar to that type has been 
precluded, rather than from the type of Lecanora proper. L. sophodes 
varies with spore-sacks containing twenty or more spores; and is also 
comparable with the present in its often luxuriantly fertile hymenium. ἡ 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 405 


THELOTREMA, Ach. Nyl. Some of the species differ no little 
in aspect from the well-defined 7. lepadinum, Ach.; and Fée (Kss., 
Suppl. p. 88) and others have proposed to separate the latter generi- 
cally. But though the distinction of the excipular margins is often 
obscure in the tropical species, and these vary also very considerably 
in the figure, coloring, and internal differentiation of the spores, which 
are commonly smaller and more simple than those of 7:. lepadinum ; 
it appears to me that the Cuba lichens referable here, in accordance 
with Dr. Nylander’s limitation of the genus (Enum. Gen. p. 117), or, at 
least, those of which the descriptions follow, are none of them properly 
separable from it, or from 7. lepadinum. And this view is, if I mis- 
take not, in full accordance with Eschweiler’s laborious observations 
(Lich. Bras. p. 178). 

THELOTREMA LEPADODES, sp. nov.: thallo effuso tenuissime mem- 
branaceo diffracto cinereo-albicante ; apotheciis submediocribus super- 
ficialibus e conoideo tympaniformibus, apertura ampla excipulo exteri- 
ori urceolato albido (fuscescente) thallo vestito discum nigricantem 
albo-pruinosum excipulo interiori discreto membranaceo albo margina- 
tum margine demum subrecurvo integro cingente. Spore suboctone in 
thecis clavatis, majusculz, fuscescentes, oblong, serialiter polyblastz 
(ser. transversis 16-24, longitudinalibus in medio 4), diam. 3—5-plo 
longiores. On trunks, Filanthropia, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. 
Thallus membranaceous, much and finely broken, or scurfy, ashy- 
white. Apothecia a third of a line in diameter, superficial ; the younger 
ones exactly truncate-conoidal, but the oldest more cylindraceous or 
drum-shaped, with an ample aperture; a proper urceolate exciple, 
more or less clothed by the thallus, but occasionally denuded and fusces- 
cent above, bordering with an entire, finally a little recurved margin a 
blackening white-pruinose disk, which is itself loosely edged by a 
white, membranaceous, inflexed, sometimes obscure interior exciple. 
Spores large, fuscescent, oblong, serially polyblastish. Paraphyses fili- 
form, flexuous. Appearing at first sight to differ from 7. lepadinum, 
mainly in the more erect, finally recurved outer margin, and the colored 
and otherwise somewhat discrepant spores; but the real difference is, 
if we accept the common definitions of 7. lepadinum, much greater ; the 
so-called thalline, outer exciple of the latter being represented in the 
present by what is plainly a proper exciple ; that is, one not formed from 
the thallus, though more or less covered by it. This structure (that is to 
say, a sporigerous disk, veiled by a more or less distinct interior exciple, 


406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


and contained by a proper exciple, clothed by or concrete with the thal- 
lus surrounding it) is, however, though very variously conditioned, and 
often in this or that respect obscurely expressed, (the interior exciple 
being now scarcely distinguishable, and now the proper exciple, and 
the thallus now so predominant as to give a lecanorine character to the 
apothecium, and now without any other than an accidental relation to 
the apothecium,) if I do not mistake, the typical structure of the genus; 
and recognizable even in the well-known species, common to the North- 
ern hemisphere, cited above. 

THELOTREMA PLATYCARPUM, sp. noy.: thallo effuso tenui levigato 
dein ruguloso pallido (subfuscescente) ; apotheciis majusculis innatis 
dilatatis subscutelliformibus, disco plano cesio-pruinato excipulo inte- 
riori membranaceo viridulo inflexo cincto, exteriori reflexo substellatim 
fisso. Spore octone, parvulz, leviter fuscescentes, oblongo-ellipsoidex, 
tetrablaste, diam. 2: -- 3-plo longiores. Trunks, in the island of Cuba, 
Mr. Wright. Thallus thin and often obscure, but becoming interrupt- 
edly thicker, and at length rugulose, and pale-brownish-cream-colored. 
Apothecia large, reaching a line and a half in diameter, innate, much 
dilated ; the flat, thin, pale-fuscescent disk, which becomes blackish 
above and delicately pruinate, bordered by the thin, obscurely greenish, 
erose, inflexed margin of the interior exciple; the exterior margin 
splitting in a somewhat stellate manner into reflexed divisions. Spores 
small, slightly fuscescent, oblong-ellipsoid, often a little narrowed to- 
wards one end or dactyloid-ellipsoid, from diblastish (when a, thin 
dissepiment is observable) becoming finally and regularly tetrablastish, 
the sporoblasts roundish. Paraphyses filiform, conglutinate. ‘The near 
affinity of this elegant Thelotrema to 7. lepadinum can scarcely be 
denied, notwithstanding the marked divergence of its spores. 

THELOTREMA SANTENSE, sp. nov.: thallo crassiusculo tenuissime 
ruguloso excrescentias coralloideas proferente e glaucescente demum 
cinerascente ; apotheciis majusculis innatis urceolato-scutelliformibus 
dilatatis, apertura amplissima, disco plano nigro albo-pruinoso excipulo 
exteriori incurvo lacero-crenato cincto, interiori indistincto. Spore 
octone, fusce, ovoideo-ellipsoidex, demum oblongo-ellipsoidex, 4 -- ὅ- 
blast, sporoblastis irregularibus subdivisis 13 —4-plo diam. longiores. 
On trunks of elm ( U/mus Americana) in the low country of the Santee, 
South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. In Southern Alabama, J/r. Beaumont. 
Thallus at first appearing in thin, roundish, somewhat powdery patches, 
but becoming a quarter of a line thick, with a very delicately uneven, 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 407 


as if powdery, at length finely rugulose, or rimulose-verruculose surface, 
which is beset, more or less thickly, with isidioid, elongated, rarely at 
length branched excrescences, attaining to more than a line in length ; 
from pale greenish-gray becoming ashy-gray. Apothecia large (the 
larger ones little less than a line in diameter), innate, urceolate- 
scutelliform, at length much dilated; the exterior exciple bordering, 
with an incurved lacerate margin, the black disk, which is covered 
with a white bloom (becoming thicker, and more crustaceous, when it 
is broken and perforated, as in 7. schizocarpum, herein described, and 
other species), and is seen, in a section, to be enclosed by a pale-brown- 
ish line, extending above it into the thalline margin. Interior exciple 
indistinct. Spores of middling size, dark-brown, from subcocciform 
becoming ovoid-ellipsoid, and at length rather oblong, or attenuate at 
one end (dacryoid, Koerb.), the length from once and a half to four 
times exceeding the diameter. Certainly akin to a much smaller 
southern lichen, which is referred by Dr. Nylander to a variety of his 
T. compunctum. 'The latter was regarded a species of Urceolaria by 
Acharius, and the present has much of the same aspect; but it is, I 
think, inseparable from Thelotrema. Paraphyses indistinct, but ap- 
parently filiform. 

THELOTREMA LEIOSTOMUM, sp. nov.: thallo tenui effuso levigato 
rimuloso-verruculoso glaucescente ; apotheciis immersis rotundatis 
aut confluenti-difformibus (lirelliformibus), excipulo exteriori urceolato 
margine prominulo integerrimo albido discum nigricantem velo sub- 
crustaceo margini concolore demum perforato vestitum cingente. 
Spore octone, fusca, ellipsoidew, demum oblongo-ellipsoidez, septis 
3 sporoblastisque regularibus 4, diam. 2—3-plo longiores. Trunks, 
island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus smooth, glaucescent. Apothecia 
immersed, minute, rounded, but confluent at length, and passing into 
irregular, often lirelliform shapes, often approaching a line in length; 
the exterior exciple bordering the sunken, blackening disk, with a 
slightly prominent, smooth and entire, white, or pale cream-colored 
margin; the thickish, smoothish veil, which covers the disk, and 
becomes at length, in the larger apothecia, perforated, in the manner 
of 7. Auberianum, being of the same color with the margin. Spores 
regularly ellipsoid, brown, with three dissepiments and four regular 
sporoblasts ; the length from twice to thrice exceeding the diameter. 
Paraphyses filiform, distinct. 

THELOTREMA CUBANUM, sp. nov.: thallo effuso tenui levigato ru- 


408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


guloso rimoso e glauco-virescente pallide luteo-virente ; apotheciis ma- 
jusculis e conico-hemispherico mox dilatatis scutelliformibus aut diffor- 
mibus adnatis, excipulo exteriori margine crasso demum fisso-sublobato 
recurvo albo-velato discum cinereo-nigricantem velo albo subcrustaceo 
coopertum cingente. Spore octone, fusce, ellipsoidex, tetrablaste, 
sporoblastis dein subdivisis diam. duplo longiores. On trunks, Monte 
Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus thin, but at length well 
developed, becoming wrinkled and chinky, from glaucescent-greenish 
at length acquiring a pale yellowish tinge. Apothecia soon superficial, 
and depressed-globular, the sides often gibbously irregular (much as is 
observable in Asctdium Cinchonarum, Fée); the rounded aperture 
white-edged (such apothecia measuring half a line in diameter), but 
becoming finally dilated and scutelliform (or variously irregular), and 
from a line to two lines in the longest diameter; the exterior exciple, 
which is (in section) black within, bordering with an erectish and 
rather acute, but at length cleft and recurved, white-veiled margin, a 
thickish, grayish-black disk, closely covered with a crustaceous, white 
veil. Spores in eights, brown, short and broad-ellipsoid with rounded 
tips (cocciform, Koerb.), tetrablastish, the flattened sporoblasts at length 
irregularly subdivided. The thick, smooth veil sometimes assumes the 
color of the thallus, or is overspread with it; and, more rarely, the 
thalline exciple in its earlier subglobose condition becomes continuous 
above, with the whole aspect of Pertusaria, the interior exciple be- 
ing indicated, here and there, by differently-colored cracks, or these 
cracks even assuming at length the appearance of ostioles or of young 
apothecia. And such pertusariiform apothecia appear also to be com- 
pound, a cross section showing that the disk is divided more or less by 
processes from the veil. Compare the anamorphosis of 7. Auberianum, 
alluded to by Montagne in Crypt. Guyan. p. 55, as depending on a 
“hypertrophie des cloisons des excipulum confluents, qui constituent les 
verrues composées de lespece.” And what appears a further atypical 
variation of structure in the same direction, “ analogue ἃ l’état varioloide 
des Pertusaires,” is described by the same author in Crypt. Cuba, p. 167. 

THELOTREMA AURATUM, sp. nov.: thallo lavigato ruguloso demum 
verrucoso crasso pallide stramineo; apotheciis majusculis superficiali- 
bus subglobosis, apertura rotundata ampla, excipulo exteriori urceolato 
margine coarctato-incurvo eroso nigro-punctato discum flavo-pruinosum 
cingente, interiori indistincto. Sporz octonz, incolores, obtuse ellip- 
soidez vel oblongo-ellipsoidez, 4—6-blastz, sporoblastis mox subdivisis 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 409 


diam. 2—22-plo longiores. On trunks, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. 
Thallus smooth, and at first pretty even, but soon becoming wrinkled, 
and at length coarsely verrucose, pale straw-colored; the specimens 
varying from a greenish to an obscurely brownish tint. Apothecia 
subglobose, oftener a little depressed urceolate, with an ample rounded 
aperture ; the largest exceeding a line in diameter. Exterior exciple 
including, within a thalline layer (as seen by a section), the black walls 
of the proper exciple, which disappears or loses its color below 
(perithecium laterale, Hschw.), and is pruinose above, like the disk ; 
the incurved margin being erose, and black-dotted by the protrusion 
of the edge of the proper exciple. Disk flat, thin, fuscescent, clothed 
with a bright lemon-yellow bloom ; becoming at length brick-colored. 
Spores in eights, of middling size, colorless, from  short-obtuse- 
ellipsoid (cocciform, Koerb.) becoming oblong-ellipsoid, 4 -- 6-blastish ; 
the sporoblasts once, or even twice, more or less divided, the length 
from twice to twice and a half exceeding the width. Paraphyses 
filiform. The larger apothecia not unfrequently become compound, 
processes from the walls of the proper exciple dividing it into two 
or three small ones; and these smaller exciples, which are exter- 
nally more or less brownish-brick-colored, (a modification of the 
coloring not uncommonly affecting also the summit of the common 
margin,) are, of course, entirely free of the thallus, and distinct from it, 
or, in other words, proper exciples, and perfectly visible. But in the 
otherwise sufficiently different 7. Auberianum, Montag. (which Mr. 
Wright has abundantly collected), as explained by my valued friend, 
the author of the species, in the place already cited, the thick veil 
covering the disk conceals its subdivision, though this is seen in a 
cross-section to accord with the subdivision of the veil; the irregularly- 
radiate processes into which the latter passes being continued down- 
ward, more or less, through the disk. 

THELOTREMA WRIGHTII, sp. nov. : thallo crassiusculo fragili levigato 
inzequabili glauco-virescente ; apotheciis majusculis mox apertis dila- 
tatis subsessilibus scutelliformibus, excipulo exteriori margine elevato 
pulverulento crasso obtuso carneolo demum flexuoso discum planum pal- 
lidum albo-pruinosum cingente veloque pulverulento margini concolore 
interrupte demum vestiente. Spor octonz, incolores, lato-ellipsoidex, 
apicibus acutis demum fusiformi-subelongate, 4 -- 6-blaste, sporoblas- 
tis ineequalibus subdivisis diam. 2 — 4-plo longiores. Trunks in woods. 
Monte Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus thickish, with at 

VOL. V. 52 


410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


length a diameter of a quarter of a line, very brittle, glaucous-greenish. 
Apothecia soon open, suburceolate, becoming scutelliform, and sessile, 
or at length often a little elevated, and larger than in any other known 
species (exceeding two lines in diameter) ; the exterior exciple border- 
ing with a somewhat elevated, thick, obtuse, powdery, pale-flesh-col- 
ored, finally flexuous margin the thin, colorless, white-pruinose disk 
(seen, by a section, to be included within a fuscescent layer, passing 
upwards into, and conditioning, the margin), which it also, at length, 
interruptedly covers with thick processes of the same color and sub- 
stance as the margin ; this development (veil) being, however, less con- 
tinuous than in other’ species, and often deficient. Spores colorless, 
ventricose-ellipsoid with acute tips, or at length longer and rather 
broad spindle-shaped, 4 -- 6-blastish ; the sporoblasts unequal in size, and 
one or more of them finally divided, from twice to four times longer 
than wide. Paraphyses filiform, rather distinct. What is above 
described as the veil appears to be analogous to what Montagne (sub 
T. Auberiano, Cuba, 1. c.) has called by the same name ; this being un- 
derstood by him as indicating an extraordinary condition of the interior 
exciple. But in the species before us this veil appears rather to be a 
result of a nisus of the proper exciple (which I understand as concrete 
with, or making the inner wall of, the exterior exciple) to become com- 
pound, exactly as in 7. auwratum ; the processes which make it up being 
evidently similar in all respects to the inner wall, and their color con- 
ditioned, in both the species mentioned, by the color of that. It cannot, 
therefore, if these observations are correct, correspond with the interior 
exciple of 7. lepadinum, which must be regarded as deficient in these 
species, or only represented by the bloom of the disk. 

THELOTREMA GLOBULARE, sp. noy.: thallo cartilagineo-membra- 
naceo levigato e glaucescente pallide fuscescente, hypothallo nigro- 
limitato; apotheciis submediocribus superficialibus depresso-globosis 
urceolatis excipulo exteriori margine obtuso aperturam impressam 
poriformem cingente, disco plano-concavo pallido subyelato. Spore 
octone in thecis lineari-clavatis, incolores, obtuse ellipsoidee vel 
oblonge, tetrablastx ; sporoblastis regularibus diam. 13—23-plo longi- 
ores. Trunks, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus thin, but 
well-developed, smooth, from glaucescent becoming very pale brownish, 
bordered, often conspicuously, by the black edge of the hypothallus. 
Apothecia of the color of the thallus, becoming whiter above, a 
few of the larger ones half a line in diameter, depressed-globular, the 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 411 


base becoming inflexed; an urceolate outer exciple bordering with 
an obtuse, smooth, or at length radiate-striate margin an impressed, 
rounded, and pore-like aperture. Disk not visible until exposed by the 
knife, a little concave, pale within, more or less white-veiled ; a section 
showing it to be included within a brown line, which extends upwards 
into the exterior exciple. Spores at length broad-oblong, colorless, 
from diblastish becoming regularly tetrablastish ; the sporoblasts, or at 
least the middle ones, flattened ; from once and a half to twice and a 
half longer than wide. Paraphyses filiform. A neat and distinct 
Thelotrema, which I cannot refer to any published species. 7. urceolare 
Ach. Syn. p. 115, as described, appears in some respects similar, but 
the spores, according to Nylander, (Lich. exot. in Ann. Sci. 4, 11, 
p- 222,) are brown and murally divided. 

THELOTREMA ACTINOTUM, sp. nov.: thallo effuso membranaceo 
glaucescente mox granulato, granulis minutis demum congestis cesio- 
nigricantibus ; apotheciis majusculis scutelliformibus sessilibus subplanis, 
excipulo exterior! margine crassiusculo obtuso albicante discum nigri- 
cantem velo margini concolore radiatim perforato vestitum cingente. 
Spore parve, incolores ex ellipsoideo subfusiformes, tetrablaste, diam. 

4—4-plo longiores. On trunks, incrusting small ferns and mosses, 
Monte Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus very thin, glau- 
cescent, at length besprinkled with minute granules, which become 
heaped, and grayish-black. Apothecia large, often a line in diameter ; 
scutelliform, adnate, flat; a rather thick and entire, white, outer mar- 
gin bordering a thin, pale disk, which blackens above, and is veiled 
by processes from the inside of the margin, which meet in the centre, 
from which they appear to radiate. Spores small, colorless, tetra- 
blastish. Paraphyses filiform, distinct. In this species, which is strik- 
ingly Lecanorine in aspect, the veil, as in the last species, appears to be 
made up of processes from the inner side of the outer exciple, and, as in 
that, to indicate the otherwise evident tendency of the Thelotremaceous 
apothecium to develop, atypically, into a composite one; sometimes 
curiously suggestive of that of Pertusaria. 

THELOTREMA SCHIZOSTOMUM, sp. nov.: thallo tenui levigato inx- 
quabili e glauco-viridulo lutescente, hypothallo nigricante sublimitato ; 
apotheciis mediocribus innato-prominulis demum dilatatis e rotundato 
difformibus, excipulo exteriori erectiusculo mox fisso recurvo discum 
planum pallidum albo-pruinosum vel velatum cingente. Sporz suboc- 
ton, incolores, fusiformes, 4 — 10-blaste, diam. 4 — 8-plo longiores. On 


412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


trunks, Monte Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright.  Thallus thin, but 
well-developed, smooth, from glaucescent-greenish becoming somewhat 
obscurely yellowish-green, limited more or less by the blackening 
hypothallus. Apothecia from a quarter reaching sometimes three 
quarters of a line in diameter, innate, or at length a little prominent, 
dilated, from roundish becoming irregular; the cleft and recurved 
margin, which is white-powdery within, and flecked more or less on the 
torn edges with brown, from the protrusion of the interior layer, bor- 
dering a thin, pale, white-pruinose disk, sometimes at length veiled 
irregularly, in the manner of the last species and 7. Auberianwmn. 
Spores colorless, fusiform. Paraphyses filiform, conglutinate. In some 
species which possess a distinct interior exciple (as 7. lepadodes and 
T. albilabrum, described here) this is sometimes obscure, as if deliques- 
cent and confluent with the powder of the disk; and it would not be 
difficult, on the other hand, to describe (or misdescribe) some younger 
apothecia of the present as clothed with a delicate, or deliquescent, 
white, interior exciple, bursting in the manner of the other species 
cited; though there is no trace of anything but the bloom, divided, 
more or less, by somewhat radiant cracks, in the older ones. These 
older apothecia are, at length, as already observed, closed more or less 
by a thicker, subperforate vesture, due in part, it should seem, to a 
mere thickening of the powder of the disk, but accompanied also with 
the extension of processes from the inside of the outer exciple, or, in 
other words, finally confluent with the latter. 

THELOTREMA MYRIOPORUM, sp. noy.: thallo tenui subcartilagineo 
verruculoso dein zquabili lavigato subpruinoso glaucescente ; apotheciis 
minutis immersis rotundatis apertis vel sparsis vel in series confluenti- 
difformes aggregatis cribroso-pertusis ; excipulo exteriori urceolato 
margine demum subprominulo discum plano-concavum pallidum sub- 
velatum cingente. Spore octonz, parvulz, incolores, ellipsoidex, regu- 
lariter diblaste, diam. 14-24 longiores. On trunks of various trees, 
Monte Verde, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus thin, but rather 
firm, at first finely warted, but becoming even, glaucescent, dull, or 
even obscurely pruinose, pierced thickly with the minute rounded 
aperture of the very numerous apothecia, which are either scattered, 
or disposed in irregular, confluent groups ; these apertures being either 
even with the thallus, or this last a little raised at their edges, or even 
at length making a slightly prominent, very entire margin; the white 
proper exciple more or less apparent within. Disk a little concave, 


a ae 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 413 


pale, clothed at length with a white, perforated, irregular veil, in the 
manner of many other species. Spores small, colorless, ellipsoid, 
regularly and constantly diblastish ; the two opposite, conoidal sporo- 
blasts being separated by a (not always visible) thin dissepiment ; the 
length from once and a half to twice, or even twice and a half, exceed- 
ing the width. Paraphyses conglutinate. The only described species 
of Thelotrema with diblastish spores. Though the habit of the lichen 
is sufficiently peculiar, and the little group to which it belongs (Myrio- 
trema, Fée, Ess. p. 103, t. 1, f. 25; and Suppl. p. 92, t. 41, f. 1-3) is 
distinguished also by the small size of its colorless spores, there seems 
to be no good reason (as compare Montagne, Pl. Cell. Exot. in Ann. 
Sci. 3, 10, p. 181) for distinguishing it. 

GYALECTA, Ach. It was remarked by Mr. Turner, in describing his 
Parmelia carneo-lutea (Linn. Trans. 9, p. 145), the apothecia of which, 
he well says, “are very different from those of any other Parmelia, 
and more resemble the apothecia of Urceolaria exanthematica,” that its 
place in the system “is that immediately following P. rubra.” But it 
was not till 1852 that the two last-named species were brought together 
in the same genus (Gyalecta, Massal. Ricerch. p. 146), nor till 1857 that 
G. carneo-lutea (Lecidea ὃ Gyalecta, ΝΥ]. Prodr. Gall. p. 101, n.) 
was added to them. The group is an exceedingly difficult one; but the 
remark may be ventured, that however some species, scarcely to be 
excluded from it, appear to pass into Lecidea, others are conditioned 
by the thallus, or by other elements, in a way quite alien to Lecidea ; 
while these differing subsections show obvious points of agreement in 
the internal details of their fructification. The relation of G. rubra to 
G. foveolaris, &c., is illustrated by Th. Fries in Lich. Arct. p. 138. 
Acharius’s type of Gyalecta (Lich. Univ. p. 29, t. 1, f. 7) was G. 
epulotica, since understood differently by Fries and later writers; but 
Nylander (Lich. Scand. p. 189) adds this little-known lichen (of 
which a fine specimen from Mr. v. Krempelhiiber is before me), 
together with the nearly akin G. Prevostii, Fr., with apparently full 
reason, to his section Gyalecta,— from the other species composing 
which the two spoken of especially differ in their simple spores. The 
contrast between such spores and the tetrablastish, and finally pleio- 
blastish spores, which have been understood as characteristic of 
Gyalecta, is however lessened by the intermediate differentiation of 
the spores of G. asteria, described below ; and the genus, in this 
respect, as well as in the variously modified external characters and 


414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


habit of the apothecia, may be considered as analogous to Thelotrema, 
as here taken. 

GYALECTA ASTERIA, sp. noy.: thallo contiguo rimoso dein granu- 
loso-verruculoso glaucescente ; apotheciis minutis superficialibus de- 
presso-globosis thallo adscendente subvestitis, excipulo connivente 
radiato-rugoso albido-carneolo demum denudato nigricante poriformi- 
aperto discum subnucleiformem incolorem fovente. Thece elongate, 
subcylindraceo-clavate, polyspore. Spore parvulz incolores ex ovoideo 
ellipsoidex regulariter dyblaste diam. 14 —23-plo longiores. On shrubs, 
Santiago, island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus well developed, be- 
coming granulose-verruculose, glaucescent; the sometimes radiant 
hypothallus from white becoming brownish at the edge. Apothecia 
minute, superficial, globular, clothed more or less by the thallus, a pale 
flesh-colored proper exciple, which is connivent and radiately notched 
above, opening by a pore-like aperture, and enclosing a nucleiform 
colorless disk. With age the exciple becomes denudate above and 
brownish-black, which is seen, in section, to be the color of the whole 
interior portion. Spore-sacks poly- (12 -—20-) sporous. Spores small, 
colorless, simple at first, but becoming regularly diblastish ; the out- 
line varying from ovoid to ellipsoid, and the length from once and a 
half to twice and a half exceeding the width. Nearest, in aspect, to 
the following species; but remarkably distinguished by its blackish ex- 
ciple, the color of which is concealed below by the ascending thallus, 
and above by a paler vestiture, which is cleft, pretty regularly, into 
portions appearing to radiate from the pore-like aperture; also by 
the spores. 

GYALECTA ABSCONSA, sp. nov.: thallo tenuissimo leproso albido; apo- 
theciis minutis mox superficialibus thallo vestitis excipulo urceolato car- 
neo-rubello margine incurvo radiato-crenato discum pallidum cingente 
Thece subcylindracez, octospore. Spor incolores, primo ellipsoidex, 
diblaste, dein lato-fusiformes, tetrablastz, septis vix irregularibus, diam. 
21 —3.-plo longiores. On trunks of red maple, in the low country of 
South Carolina, accompanying Arthonia spectabilis, Flot.; Mr. Ravenel. 
Near to G. abstrusa (Wallr.), Arn. (G. Wahlenbergiana, var. truncigena, 
Ach.), and the apothecia of about the same size, but more prominent, less 
open, and higher-colored, with a whitish (pruinose ?) disk, and, except 
the radiately-cleft margin, always loosely clothed by the thallus. The 
spores of G. abstrusa (Herb. Borr.; Zw. Exs.n. 80) are not unlike those 
of G. eupularis, having an equally irregular internal configuration ; and 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 415 


contrast with the shorter, quite uniformly thrice-septate spores of the 
present. The spaces between the sporoblasts which represent dissepi- 
ments in spores of this kind, are commonly (as in other species) not 
quite straight. The sporoblasts are sometimes arranged more loosely, 
with wider interspaces; but no indication has appeared of a passage 
into the spores of G. abstrusa. —'The —iast-mentioned lichen appears 
(by the citations of the German writers, the original description being 
perhaps hardly sufficient) to have been first recognized as a species by 
Wallroth (ΕἸ. Crypt. Germ. 1, p. 38), and, this being so, should bear 
the name which he gave it. The fact that Acharius called the same 
plant G. Wahlenbergiana, var. truncigena, can give no precedence to 
the later specific name, Gyalecta or Lecidea truncigena, because the 
Acharian designation expressly asserts the exact opposite to the latter, 
namely, that the plant, instead of being a new, is an old species. And, 
if this opinion is not mistaken, we may venture to say generally, what 
there are some reasons for saying, that the name which may happen to 
be given toa variety has no precedence, but may be adopted, or not, 
if the plant is taken up as a species. 

GYALECTA NANA, sp. noy.: thallo tenuissimo leproso albido vel 
obsolescente ; apotheciis minutissimis innato-emergentibus subplanis, ex- 
cipulo pallido integro ab exteriore thallode lacero-dehiscente evanido 
primitus velato discum carneo-fuscescentem cingente. Thecz subcla- 
vate, 8—12-spore. Spore parvulz, incolores, ex ellipsoideo dactyloidez 
vel subfusiformes, tetrablaste, diam. 3—4-plo longiores. Thallus ob- 
secure or deficient. The very minute apothecia (scarcely more than 
half the size of those of LZ. abstrusa) are flattish, with much the aspect 
of those of G. carneo-lutea (Turn.), and similarly at first innate and 
afterwards emergent; the here entire, pale proper exciple being cov- 
ered at first by a dehiscent and soon disappearing outer veil. Disk 
pale brownish-flesh-colored, for the most part exceeded by the margin, 
easily falling out, as in other species. , Paraphyses filiform, flexuous, the 
summit thickened into a small head. Spore-sacks rather club-shaped, 
commonly 10—12-sporous. Spores small, colorless, from ellipsoid be- 
coming dactyloid or subfusiform ; and from diblastish at length reg- 
ularly tetrablastish ; for the most part four, more rarely five times 
longer than wide. The similar spores of G. carneo-lutea (Herb. Borr. ; 
Welwitsch, Crypt. Lusit. n. 67) are at length regularly 6-blastish. 

GYALECTA CERATINA, sp. nov.: thallo subobsoleto; apotheciis 
minutis sessilibus concavis e fusco-rufo nigricantibus, margine subintegro 


416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


discum concolorem cingente. Thecx clavato-cylindraces, octospore. 
Spore incolores, parvulz, cymbiformes vel subfusiformes, 4 — 8-blastz, 
sporoblastis subregularibus, diam. 3—45-plo longiores. Trunks of elms 
and ashes, Massachusetts. Perhaps not rare, but easily passed over, 
though the apothecia are visible to the naked eye. The lichen is ex- 
ternally exceedingly like G. cornea (Lecidea carneola, Auct.), and long 
passed for it in my herbarium; but it is darker, and the spores are dif- 
ferent. ‘These, in our American lichen, are at first exactly cymbiform, 
with three to four regular sporoblasts, and about twice and a half long- 
er than wide; but the tips are often acuminated, and the spore be- 
comes at length more spindle-shaped, with four to eight sporoblasts, 
and from four to five or even six times longer than wide: while in 
G. cornea (Herb. Borr.; Nyl. Lich. Par. ἢ. 182; Rabenhorst, Lich. 
Eur. n. 445) we have constantly acicular, plurilocular spores, with from 
twelve to twenty sporoblasts, and as many times longer than wide. 
LI. cornea has been regarded by almost all lichenists as belonging to 
Lecidea; but Mr. Borrer considered it, in 1842, nearly related to 
Gyalecta; and Dr. Nylander, in his later works, places it with the same 
group, considered by him as making the first section of Lecidea. 
Paraphyses not unlike those of the preceding species. 

Ca@NOGONIUM MONILIFORME, sp. noy.: thallo effuso margine laxiori 
pallidiori sublimitato e filamentis breviusculis gracillimis articulis ad 
septum constrictis mox subglobosis centro crustaceo-agglomeratis e 
glauco-viridi fulvescentibus ; apotheciis appressis subplanis, excipulo 
cupulari discum carneolo-rubellum margine albo cingente. Spor oc- 
ton in thecis lineari-clavatis, incolores, oblong, diblasta, diam. ὃ — 4- 
plo longiores. On trunks, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. Thallus 
effuse, more crust-like than in other species, made up of short monili- 
form filaments ; the joints, by constriction at the dissepiments, becoming 
more or less rounded, from glaucous-green at length tawny-brown ; 
the margin of the fronds a little paler. Apothecia quite those of the 
genus. Spore-sacks clubshaped ; the eight spores disposed, now in a 
single, and now rather in a double series. Spores oblong-ellipsoid, or 
somewhat fusiform-ellipsoid, scarcely as long as those of C. confervoides, 
ΝΥ]. (to which, described in Lich. Exot. 1. ὁ. p. 242, I refer a Cuba 
lichen collected by Mr. Wright), typically septate-diblastish. Para- 
physes aciculiform, as in all the species. Beside C. confervoides, ex- 
tending northward as far as Louisiana, and approaching near to, though 
it appears distinct from, OQ. Linkiz, upon which Ehrenberg constituted 


AiO eae, eee 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 417 


the genus, Dr. Nylander has described another (C. complexum, Lich. 
Exot. 1. c. p. 222), with shorter, coarser, tomentose filaments, larger 
apothecia, and diblastish spores, which (first collected in Bolivia by 
Weddell, and since in Venezuela by Mr. Fendler) has not yet occurred 
in the Cuba collections. The apothecia of Cenogonium especially 
resemble those of Gyalecta (or Lecidea) lutea ; as if the former were, 
in fact, to use Fries’s words (5. O. V. p. 801), “ Biatora in thallo 
Byssaceo.” But the supposed collemaceous structure appears not to 
be made out, and the plants are perhaps therefore better taken, as by 
Nylander (comp. Enum. Gen. p. 140, note) as expressing an aberrant 
type of the Lecideet. 

Lecmera (PsorA) RusseEttuit, sp. nov.: thalli squamis crassis levi- 
gatis subimbricatis undulato-lobatis e pallide viridi rufescentibus subtus 
margineque albis; apotheciis sessilibus, margine obtuso flexuoso rufo 
discum e subconcolore viridi-nigrescentem demum tumidulum cin- 
gente. Spore incolores, ellipsoidex, limbate, diam. 2 -—24-plo lon- 
giores. On lime-rocks, Burlington, Vermont, Mr. Russell; and at 
Brattleborough, on schist, Mr. Frost. Northward, at Behring’s Straits, 
Mr. Wright. Frederick County, Maryland, on lime-rocks. Alabama, 
on the same rocks, Mr. Peters. 'Texas, (on the earth, and in crevices 
of lime-rocks near the Blanco,) Mr. Wright. Jurassic rocks, head of 
Powder River, Rocky Mountains, Dr. Hayden. Scales at first closely 
appressed, smooth, from pale-greenish becoming brownish, and at length 
reddish-brown ; the ascending white-powdery margins waved and 
sinuously lobed; white beneath. Apothecia middling-sized or largish, 
sessile ; the thick, reddish-brown, shining, at length flexuous margin 
(which becomes sometimes paler, or white-powdery) finally excluded 
by the convex, rufous, at length greenish-nigrescent disk. Rather 
resembling L. testacea than L. globifera; but the colors appear to dis- 
tinguish it. The lichen has also much of the aspect of fine specimens 
of Lecanora cervina, ας glaucocarpa. The disk is pale-brownish within, 
and rests upon a pale hypothecium. — The genus Biatora, in the sense 
of Fries, much as its separation facilitated the study of an obscure 
tribe, appears hardly maintainable, otherwise than as a section of 
Lecidea ; and that part of it to which the present and next-following 
species belong (Psora, Massal.), though obviously analogous to the 
squamulose Lecanorei (Squamarta and Placodium, DC., Nyl., Placo- 
dium, Auct.) is by no means so easily to be distinguished. The spores 
furnish an elegant criterion of the affinity of species, but the significance 

VOL. VY. 53 


418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


and value of the sporal differentiation seem not yet sufficiently well 
understood to make this a safe guide, or, at least, more than a guide, 
in the distinction of genera; as it surely is an insufficient ground, in 
the case of such constructions as Synechoblastus, Trevis., and Mene- 
gazzia, Ochrolechia, Secoliga, Massal., ἕο. And this opinion, which, 
it is proper to say, has resulted from the description and preparation 
for publication of more than ninety North American, beside numerous 
other species referable to Lecidea, as understood by Acharius, during 
which constant use has been made of the instructive works of Koerber, 
as well as of the earlier writers of the same school, is in accordance 
with, as it was first suggested by, the only universal system of Lichenes 
of the present day, — that of the learned Dr. Nylander. This species, 
which is perhaps the finest representative of Lecidea known to North 
America, is dedicated to our colleague, my valued friend and fellow- 
student of the Lichenes, the Rev. John Lewis Russell. 

Leciped (PsoRA) LURIDELLA, sp. πον. : thallo squamoso imbricato 
e viridi-cervino fuscescente, squamis parvulis appressis levigatis sub- 
crenatis ; apotheciis adnatis convexis immarginatis rufo-nigris. Spore 
octonz, parvule, incolores, ovoidex et oblongo-ovoidez, protopl. in gut- 
tulas secedente, diam. 14—2-plo longiores. On the earth. Mountains 
of Santa Fe, New Mexico, Mr. Fendler. On the Snake Fork of the 
Columbia River, in the Rocky Mountains, alt. 6,000 ft., Dr. Hayden. 
Seales of the thallus much smaller, and also thinner, than those of 
L. lurida and L. globifera, the nearest allied species, from roundish 
becoming oblong, appressed, but the edges free, and at length a 
little elevated, crenate, or even obscurely lobed, or also reduced and 
glebulose, from pale-brownish with a greenish tinge when wet be- 
coming tawny-brown. Apothecia small, adnate, convex and apparently 
immarginate from the first, finally subglobose, from blackish-rufous at 
length black. This little lichen (of which more than fifty excellent 
specimens are before me) appears to approach nearest to L. lurida in 
coloration, the thallus never showing the ferruginous tinge of L. globifera, 
and in the more appressed scales; and to ZL. globifera in the convex, 
subimmarginate, at length a little elevated fruit. I have sought in vain 
for any clear trace of amargin. ‘The spores scarcely furnish distinctive 
characters in the present group (Psora, Massal.) : but those of the lichen 
in hand perhaps agree rather with those of ZL. lwrida, both in shape, 
and in the variableness of the sporoblast (a feature taken into his 
specific character of the just-mentioned species by Dr. Koerber), though 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 419 


they are smaller. In one of the specimens from New Mexico the scales 
are white-pruinose. 

Lecrpra (BIATORA) PYRRHOMELZNA. iatora, Tuckerm., Suppl. 
l.c. Trunks, in the island of Cuba, Mr. Wright. 

Lecipra (ΒΙΑΤΟΒΑ) pHmaspis. Diatora, Tuckerm., Suppl. 1. ὁ. 
With the last. 

_ Lecipra (BiaTorA) virELLA. Biatora, Tuckerm., Suppl. 1. ὁ. 
With the last. 

Leciwwka (BIATORA) MELAMPEPLA, sp. nov. : thallo leproso-tartareo 
diffracto-rimoso ferrugineo-fuscescente, hypothallo nigricante ; apotheciis 
submediocribus appressis e plano tumidulis intus incoloribus, disco nigro 
primitus albo-pruinoso margine crassiusculo pallidiore demum concolore 
cincto. Sporz fusiformi-oblong, subincurve, diblaste, diam. ὃ —5-plo 
longiores. On shrubs; hills near Simon’s Town, Cape of Good Hope 
(Ὁ. 5. N. Pacific Expl. Exp.), Mr. Wright. Thallus making small 
roundish patches, from scurfy at length compacted and chinky, rusty- 
brown, rarely black-bordered by the hypothallus. Apothecia grouped 
somewhat concentrically, almost middling-sized or smallish (the larger 
ones from a third reaching rarely half a line in diameter), appressed ; 
a thickish, pale, biatorine exciple bordering a black, originally white- 
pruinose, flat, or at length rather tumid disk (which is colorless within), 
and becoming finally of the same color with it. Spores in clubshaped 
spore-sacks, small, colorless, from oblong-ellipsoid becoming fusiform- 
oblong, often very slightly or scarcely bent, diblastish ; the length 
from thrice to five times exceeding the diameter. Paraphyses con- 
glutinate. Near to LZ. mixta (Fr. Lich. Suec. n. 40), of which Mr. 
Wright collected excellent specimens at the Cape of Good Hope, but 
very distinct in its rusty-brown, subtartareous thallus, and larger 
apothecia. iatorina, Massal. (Ric. p. 134, Koerb. Syst. p. 189, to 
which the present lichen is referable), however unavoidable a part of 
the system to which it belongs, appears none the less a forced associa- 
tion of forms, of distinct and sometimes even remote affinities, held 
together by nothing but the diblastish differentiation of the spores. 

Lecipgea (Bratora) caLorosticta, Tuckerm. Lich. exs. ἢ. 139: 
thallo effuso e granulis subsparsis rotundatis levigatis viridi-glauces- 
centibus ; apotheciis minutis sessilibus primitus convexis subimmargina- 
tis e livido nigris nitidis dein turgidulis papillatis, hypothecio nigricante. 
Spore suboctone, incolores, aciculares, di—tetrablaste, diam. 6 — 12-plo 
longiores. On trunks of white cedar (Cupressus thyoides) in Hingham, 


420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Massachusetts. On pine and cypress trunks; low country of South 
Carolina, Wr. Ravenel. Thallus of rounded, smooth, commonly scat- 
tered, greenish-glaucescent granules. Apothecia minute, convex and 
subimmarginate from the first ; sessile or at length a little elevated ; the 
black and shining disk finally turgid and papillate, and imposed upon 
a black hypothecium. Spores small, from broad-spindle-shaped with 
acuminate tips becoming more elongated, and at length clubshaped 
or acicular, commonly diblastish, but at length tetrablastish ; the length 
from six to twelve or even sixteen times exceeding the diameter. 
Belonging to the group of which ZL. rubella is a type (Lacidia, De 
Not.) ; but the black apothecia and sometimes slightly curved spores 
rather approach those of ZL. holomelena, Floerk. (Scoliciosporum, 
Massal., only differing from Bacidia in the contortion of the spores), 
not uncommonly occurring on granitic stones, and, in another form 
(ZL. asserculorum, Ach.) on old rails. 

LECIDEA GRANOSA, sp. nov.: thalli effusi granulis minutis conges- 
tis vel confluentibus e viridulo cinerascentibus; apotheciis minutis 
appressis plano-convexulis, disco nigro (livido-pallescente) marginem 
tenuissimum nigrum demum excludente. Spore octonz, incolores, e 
dactyloideo subbacillares, di-—tetrablaste, diam. 3 - 6-plo longiores. 
On brick walls, near New Orleans, Dr. Hale. On bricks, and also on 
mortar, in the low country of South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. 'Thallus 
of very minute granules, which are heaped, more or less densely, into 
an irregular, broken crust, or occur more scattered and inconspicuous, 
or grow together into a thin, chinky one, from greenish becoming at 
length glaucescent or cinerascent. Apothecia very small, closely ap- 
pressed (or even immixt) and flat; the black (or livid-pallescent) disk 
bordered by a thin black margin, which disappears as the disk finally 
becomes a little convex. Hypothecium black. Spores varying no 
little, colorless, from ellipsoid soon elongated and narrowed, and 
from dactyloid or often clubshaped becoming cylindraceous or staff- 
shaped ; perhaps more commonly diblastish, but also and often regu- 
larly tetrablastish (regular 5-blastish spores occur rarely, but no 
regular ones have been observed with a greater number of sporo- 
blasts), the length from three to six or even seven times longer 
than wide. Paraphyses not distinct. A smaller lichen, in all re- 
spects, than Z. aromatica (Sm.) Ach. (Herb. Borr.; Desmaz. in 
Herb. Ravenel; Herb. Krempelh.) with slenderer spores. 


Leciprea ΘΙΜΟΡΈΝΘΒΙΒ, sp. nov.: thallo primitus contiguo subtar- 


d 
1 
j 

f 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 421 


tareo mox diffracto verrucoso albicante ; apotheciis mediocribus sessili- 
bus nigris, disco aterrimo demum convexo margine obtuso tenuescente. 
Spor octone in thecis clavatis, parvule, incolores, oblong, diblaste, 
diam. 2-—3-plo longiores. Maritime rocks, Simoda, Japan (U. S. 
North Pacific. Expl. Exp.), Mr. Wright. Thallus thickish, apparently 
at first contiguous, but in the specimen much broken and warted, 
whitish. Hypothallus appearing bluish-black at one point of the cir- 
cumference. Apothecia from the thallus, middling-sized, thickish, at 
length convex-protuberant; the obtuse shining margin finally much 
excluded by the swelling very black disk, which appears, in section, 
brownish-violet within; the hypothecium being of this color, especially 
above, and tinging the hymenium. Spores small, oblong, often slightly 
oblique (fabeform), regularly diblastish, the sporoblasts tinged ob- 
securely yellowish, from twice to thrice longer than wide. The lichen, 
of which but a single specimen was collected, has much the aspect of L. 
contigua convexa (Fr. Lich. Suec. ἢ. 878) ; but the spores connect it 
with L. grossa, Nyl. (L. premnea, Fr. Lich. Suec. n. 26; Borr. herb.), 
which has a different thallus, and is confined to trunks. The spores of 
L. grossa are larger than those of the present, and blunt-ellipsoid ; 
while those of LZ. Simodensis are often not ill represented by Dr. 
Koerber’s figure of the spores of Ramalina (Syst. t. 2, f. 10). 
Catillaria, Massal. (Ric. p. 79), to which both these lichens are refer- 
able (L. grossa being regarded as the type of the genus by Koerber), is 
admitted to be a more than commonly difficult construction ; but the 
type at least is perhaps easily considerable as a colorless expression of 
Buellia, De Not. The last-named group appears better defined; but, 
considered as a genus, its relations with Rhizocarpon, Massal. (as see 
especially Th. Fries, Lich. Arct. p. 226) are sufficiently puzzling. 
ΤΙΈΟΙΡΒΑ JAPONICA, sp. πον. : thallo effuso e granulis minutis ap- 
planatis sublobatis squamuloso-imbricatulis viridi-fuscescentibus (lutes- 
centibus) ; apotheciis parvulis appressis nigris, margine tenui distincto 
discum plano-convexum scabridum demum hemisphericum hypothecio 
nigro impositum cingente. Spore octonz in thecis clavatis, mediocres, 
fuscescentes, ellipsoidez, uniseptate, sporoblastis isthmo junctis, diam. 
24-plo longiores. On bark of Cryptomeria, Simoda, Japan (Ὁ. 5. N. 
Pacif. Expl. Exp.), Mr. Wright. Thallus of minute, confluent, lobed 
and scale-like, somewhat imbricated, brownish-green, or also obscurely 
yellowish, granules; which are confused with the hypothallus. Apo- 
thecia smallish, at first flattish ; a thin, distinct, or even slightly prom- 


422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


inent, minutely rugulose margin bordering the soon convex and at length 
hemispherical, scabrous disk; which is white within, and rests on a 
thick black hypothecium. Spores middling-sized, rather pale-fusces- 
cent, pretty regularly ellipsoid; the two sporoblasts soon flattened or 
as if halved, and constantly joined by a stout isthmus, which is crossed 
by the well-defined dissepiment. Of the same group with L. myrio- 
carpa, DC., ΝΥ]. (L. chloropolia, Fr.) ; but strikingly distinct in the 
development and color of the thallus, the larger apothecia, and much 
larger spores, in which the isthmus, often observable (as a transient 
feature, Koerb. Syst. p. 436) in spores of this type (Buellia, De Not.) 
appears to be constant. 

Professor Lovering and Dr. M. Wyman supported the opin- 
ion of the majority of the Rumford Committee, that it is not 
advisable to award the Rumford Medal to Mr. Ericsson for 
improvements in the hot-air engine. 

Professor Horsford, in reply, further supported the claims 
of Mr. Ericsson. 


Five hundred and eighth meeting, 
May 13, 1862.— Montaty MEETING. 


The PRESIDENT in the chair. 

Professor Peirce presented, in behalf of the author, a paper 
On Certain Forms of Interpolation, by W. P. G. Bartlett. 

Professor Lovering and Professor Winlock, on the one side, 
and Professor Horsford on the other, continued the discus- 
sion upon the merits of hot-air engines, with especial refer- 
ence to that of Mr. Ericsson, and to the majority and minority 
reports of the Rumford Committee upon the subject. 

Remarks relative to the course proper to be pursued by the 
Academy in this regard were made by Messrs. Washburn, 
C. Pickering, Agassiz, Peirce, A. Gray, and the President. 
And the further consideration of the subject was postponed to 
the Annual Meeting ensuing. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 428 


DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY, 
FROM MAY 28, 1861, TO MAY 20, 1862. 


Académie des Sciences de l Institut Impériale de France. 
Comptes Rendus. Tom. LII., LHI., LIV. Nos. 1-15. Ato. 
Paris. 1860-62. 
Société Impériale Zovlogique d’ Acclimatation. 
Bulletin. Tom. VIII., IX. Nos.1,2. 8vo. Paris. 1861-62. 
Smithsonian Institution. 

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. XII. 4to. Wash- 
ington. 1860. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. 

Journal. New Series. Vol. V. Part I. 4to. Philadelphia. 1862. 

Proceedings. Vol. XIII., XIV. Νοβ. 1,2. 8vo. Philadelphia. 
1861 -- 62. 

American Philosophical Society. 
Proceedings. Vol. VIII. Nos. 65, 66. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1861. 
Prof. E. N. Horsford. 

The Theory and Art of Bread-making. A New Process without 
the Use of Ferment. 16mo pamph. Cambridge. 1861. 

Report on Mystic Pond Water to the Boston Harbor Commission. 
8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Royal Institution of Great Britain. 

Notices of the Proceedings at the Meetings of the Members. 
Vol. II. Part ΧΙ. 1860-61. 8vo. London. 

List of the Members, Officers, &c., with the Report of the Visit- 
ors for the Year 1860. 8vo. London. 1860. 

Weekly Evening Meeting, Friday, March 22, 1861. On the 
Origin of the Parallel Roads of Lochaber (Glenroy), Scotland. 
8vo pamph. London. 1861. 

Royal Irish Academy. 
Transactions. Vol. XXIV. Part I.(Science.) 4to. Dublin. 1860. 
Entomological Society, Philadelphia. 

Proceedings. March, April, May, 1861. 8vo pamph. Phila- 
delphia. 1861. 

Mercantile Library Association of the City of New York. 

Fortieth Annual ‘Report. May, 1861. 8vopamph. New 
York. 1861. 


* 


494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


J. W. Dawson, LL. D., ete. 

On the Pre-Carboniferous Flora of New Brunswick, Maine, and 
Eastern Canada. [From Canadian Naturalist for May, 1861.] 
8vo pamph. Montreal. 1861. 

On the Vegetable Structures in Coal. [From Quart. Jour. of 
Geol. Soc., Feb. 1860.] 8vo pamph. London. 

On the Silurian and Devonian Rocks. [Comm. to Nat. Hist. 
Soc. of Montreal.] 8vo pamph. Montreal. 

On the Microscopic Structure of some Canadian Limestones. 
[| Extr. from the Canadian Naturalist.] 8vo pamph. Montreal. 

Notice of Tertiary Fossils from Labrador, Maine, &¢c., and Re- 
marks on the Climate of Canada, in the newer Pliocene or Pleisto- 
cene Period. 8vo pamph. Montreal. 

Notes on the Coal Field of Pictou. By H. Poole, Esq., Supt. of 
the Fraser Mine. [Comm. to Nat. Hist. Soc. by Dr. Dawson. | 
8vo pamph. Montreal. 

Catalogue of Canadian Plants in the Holmes Herbarium, in the 
Cabinet of the University of McGill College. Prepared by the late 
Prof. James Barnston. 8vo pamph. Montreal. 1859. 

Acadian Geology: an Account of the Geological Structure and 
Mineral Resources of Nova Scotia, &e. 8vo. Edinburgh. 1855. 

Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences. 

Sitzungsberichte. Jahrgang 1859, Jan.—Juni, July -- Dec., 1860, 

Jan.—Juni. 8vo. Prag. 1859-60. 
Justin Roblin. 

Explication du Zodiaque de Denderah des Pyramides et de la 
Genése. Dediée a tous les Chefs d’Etats. 8vo pamph. Caen. 
1861. 

American Association for the Advancement of Science. 
Proceedings of the Fourteenth Meeting, held at Newport, Rhode 
Island, August, 1860. 8vo. Cambridge. 1861. 
American Oriental Society. 
Journal. Vol. VII. No.1. 8vo. New Haven. 1861. 
Société Geographique, Paris. 

Bulletin. 47° Serie, Tome XX; 5™° Serie, Tome I. 8vo. 
Paris. 1860-61. 

Listes des Membres de la Société, des Présidents Honoraires, 
ete. Suivies dun Extrait des Réglements et de la Liste des 
Ouvrages publiées par la Société. 8vo pamph. Paris. 1861. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 495 


Royal Society of London. 

Philosophical Transactions for the Year 1860. Vol. L. 4to. 
London. 1861. 

Proceedings. Vol. XI. Nos. 43-46. 8vo. London. 1861. 

List of Fellows. Novy. 80, 1800. 4to pamph. London. 

Astronomical and Magnetical and Meteorological Observations 
made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, in the Year 1859. 
4to. London. 1861. 

Geological Society. 

Quarterly Journal. Vol. XVII. Nos. 67, 68. 8yvo. London. 
1861. 

Lobvlogical Society, Frankfort. 

Zoologische Garten, Organ fiir die Zoologische Gesellschaft. 11. 
Jahr. Nr. 1-13. 8vo. Frankfurt a. M. 1860-61. 

Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen. 

Abhandlungen. Neunter Band. 1860. 4to. Gdéttingen. 1861. 

Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitait und der Kon. 
Gesell. der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, vom Jahre 1860-61. 
16mo. Gottingen. 1861-62. 

Observatory of Cambridge. 

Astronomical Observations made at the Observatory of Cambridge, 
by the Rev. James Challis, M. A., ete. Vol. XIX. For the Years 
1852, 1853, 1854. 4to. Cambridge. 1861. 

Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences. 

Abhandlungen der Philos.-Philol. Classe der Konig]. Bayerisch. 
Akad. der Wissenschaften. Band IX. Abth. 2. — Math.-Physik- 
Classe. Band IX. Abth.1. 4to. Mliinchen. 1861. 

Sitzungsberichte. 1860, Heft. 1-5; 1861, Heft. 1-5. 8vo. 
Miinchen. 1860-61. 

Gelehrte Anzeigen. Band. 49 und 50. 4to. Miinchen. 1859-60. 

Annalen der Konigl. Sternwarte bei Miinchen. Band XII. 8vo. 
Miinchen. 1860. 

Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der Akad. 1860. 4to pamph. Miin- 
chen. 1860. 

Rede in der Oeffentlichen Sitzung der k. b. Akademie der Wissen- 
schaften am 28 Miirz, 1860, zur Feier ihres Einhundert und ersten 
Stiftungstages gehalten von Justus Freidherrn von Liebig. 4to 
pamph. Miinchen. 1860. 

Einleitende Worte zur Feier des Allerhéchsten Geburtsfestes Sr. 
VOL. V. 54 


426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Majestiit des Konigs Maximilian II. gesprochen am 28 Noy. 1860, 
von Justus Freiherrn von Liebig. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1860. 

Einleitende Worte zur Feier des Allerhéchsten Geburtsfestes Sr. 
Majestiit des Kon. Maximilian II. gesprochen am 28 Nov. 1859, 
von Prof. Marcus Joseph Miiller. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1859. 

Rede auf Sir Thomas Babington Macaulay, den Essayisten und 
Geschichtschreiber Englands. Vorgetragen....am 28 Miirz, 1860, 
von Dr. Georg Thomas von Rudhart. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 
1860. 

Von der Bedeutung der Sankritstudien fiir die Griechische Philol- 


ogie. Festrede gehalten...... am 28 Mirz, 1860, von Dr. Wil- 
helm Christ. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1860. 
Denkrede auf Alexander von Humboldt. Gelesen..... am 28 


Miirz, 1860, von Carl. Fried. Phil. von Martius. 4to pamph. Miin- 
chen. 1860. 

Gedachtnissrede auf Friedrich von Thiersch. Vorgetragen..... 
am 28 Nov. 1860,....von Georg Martin Thomas. 4to pamph. 
Miinchen. 1860. 

Grenzen und Grenzgebiete der physiologischen forschung. Fest- 


TENS! rate k & gehalten von Dr. C. Harless. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 
1860. 
Denkrede auf Gotthilf Heinrich von Schubert. Gehalten..... 


am 26 Miirz, 1861, von Dr. Andreas Wagner. 4to pamph. Miin- 
chen. 1861. 

Denkrede auf Dr. Georg Thomas von Rudhart. Gelesen..... 
am 26 Mirz, 1861, von Karl August Muffat. 4to pamph. Miin- 
chen. 1861. 

Rede zur Vorfeier des Einhundert und Zweiten Stiftungstages 
der k. Akademie der Wissenschaften am 26 Miirz, 1861, gehalten 
von Justus Freiherrn von Liebig. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1861. 

Rede..... am 28 Noy. 1861, zur Feier des Allerhéchsten Ge- 
burtsfestes Sr. Majestiit des Kénigs Maximilian II. gehalten von 
Justus Freiherrn von Liebig. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 1861. 

Gedachtnissrede auf Friedrich Tiedemann vorgetragen..... am 
28 Nov 1861022. 22 von Dr. Theodor Ludw. Wilh. Bischoff. 4to 
pamph. Miinchen. 1861. 

Ueber Brieffteller und Formelbucher in Deutschland wiihrend 
des Mittelalters. Wortrag in der Oeffentlichen Sitzung der k. Akad. 
der Wiss. am 26 Miirz, 1861, zur Vorfeier ihres 102 Stiftungs- 


—— 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 427 


tages gehalten von Dr. Ludwig Hockinger. 4to pamph. Miinchen. 
1861. 
Ernest Sedlaczek. 

Ueber Visir- und Recheninstrumente. 8vo pamph. Wien. 1856. 

Kompendium der Ebenen und Sfiarischen Trigonometrie. 8vo 
pamph. Wien. 1856. 

Anleitung zum Gebrauche einiger logarithmisch getheilter Rechen- 
schieber (Sliding-Rule, regle-a-calcul) solcher Instrumente mittelst 
deren man alle mit Logarithmen lésbaren Aufgaben schnell und 
sicher voéllfuhren kann. Nebst Vielen fiir die Rechnung auf dem 
Papiere mit Vortheil angewandten Tafeln und Formeln. 2 Auflage. 
16mo pamph. Wien. 1856. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna. 

Denkschriften. Math.-Natur. Classe. Band XIX. — Phil.-Hist. 
Classe. Band XI. 4to. Wien. 1861. 

Sitzungsberichte. Phil-Hist. Classe. Band XXXV. Heft. 3 
und 4; XXXVI. Heft 3; XXXVII. Heft. 1-4. — Math.-Natur. 
Classe. Band XLII. Nos. 22-28; XLIII., I Abth., Heft. 3-8, 
II Abth., Heft.3-8. 8vo. Wien. 1860-61. 

Almanach der Kais. Akad. der Wissen. XI. Jahr. 16mo. Wien. 
1861. 

Jahrbiicher der K. K. Central Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erd- 
magnetismus, von Karl Kreil. VII. Band. Jahr. 1855; VIII. 
Jahr. 1856. 4to. Wien. 1860-61. 

Society of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. 

Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in Union. 
Vol. IX. Nos. 428 — 453, 467-469; Vol. X. Nos. 470-480. 8vo. 
London. 1860-62. 

Imperial Zodlogical and Botanical Society of Vienna. 

Verhandlungen. Band X. Jahr. 1860. 8vo. Wien. 1860. 

Natural History Society of Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia. 
Verhandlungen. XVII. Jahr. 8vo. Bonn. 1860. 
Linnean Society of Normandy. 

Bulletin. Cinquieme Volume. Année 1859-60. 8vo. Caen. 
1861. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, etc., Caen. 

Mémoires. 8vo. Caen. 1861. 

Frederie Troyon. 

Habitations Lacustres des Temps Anciens et Modernes. 8vo. 

Lausanne. 1860. 


428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Statistical Society, London. 

Journal. Vol. XXIV. Pts. 1, 2,4. 8vo. London. 1861. 

List of Fellows, ete., to Dec. 31, 1860. 8vo pamph. London. 
1861. 

Royal Physical Economical Society of Kénigsberg. 

Schriften der Kon. Phys. Oekonomische Gesell. Erste Jahrgang, 

Zweite Abtheilung. 4to. Kd6nigsberg. 1861. 
Observatory of Prague. 
Magnetische und Meteorologische Beobachtungen zu Prag. XXI. 
Jahr. 1860. 4to. Prag. 1861. 
Offenbach Society of Natural History. 
Erster Bericht. 8vo. Offenbach am Main. 1860. 
J. F. Julius Schmidt. 

Beitriige zur Physikalischen Geographie von Griechenland. 
(Publications de Observatoire d’Athénes, II™° Série. Tom. I.) 
4to. Athen. 1861. 

Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin. 

Abhandlungen. Jahr. 1860. 4to. Berlin. 1861. 

Monatsberichte. Jahr. 1860. 8vo. Berlin. 1861. 

Register fiir die Monatsberichte. Vom Jahre 1836 bis 1858. 
8vo. Berlin. 1860. 

Uebersicht der Witterung im Nordlichen Deutschland nach den 
Beobachtungen des Meteorologischen Instituts zu Berlin. Jahrgang 
1859-60. 4to. 2 pamph. Berlin. 

University of Chili. 

Anales de la Universidad de Chile. Tomo XV.i XVI. 1868 -- 
09. 8vo. Santiago. 1857. 

Revista de Ciencias i Letras. Tomo 1. Afio I. 8vo. Santiago. 
1857. 

El Ostracismo de los Carreras. Los Jenerales José Miguel, i 
Juan José,i el Coronel Luis Carrera. Episodio de la Indepen- 
dencia de Sud-America por Benjamin Vicufia Mackenna. Roy. 
8vo. Santiago. 18057. 

Essayo sobre Chile, escrito en Frances i publicado en Hamburgo 
par D. V. Perez Rosales, i traducido al Espafiol para el uso de las 
Bibliotecas Populares por Manuel Miguel. 8vo. Santiago. 1859. 

Coleccion de Tratados Celebrados por la Republica de Chile con 
los Estados Extranjeros. TomolI. 8vo. Santiago. 1857. 

Observaciones Astronomicas hechas en el Observatorio Nacional 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 429 


de Santiago de Chile en los Afios de 1855, 1854, i 1855, por 
El Dr. Carlos Guillermo Moesta, Dir. del Observ., ete. Publi- 
cadas de Orden del Supremo Gobierno. 4to. Santiago de Chile. 
1859. 

University of Bonn. 

Index Scholarum in Universitate Fridericia Guilelmia Rhenana 
per Menses Adstivos a 1860 et Menses Hibernos a 1860 et 1861. 
2pamph. 4to. Bonne. 1860-61. 

Indicia Quinque Ordinum Univ. Frid. Guil. Rhen. de Litterarum 
Certaminibus Anni 1859-1860 facta noveque Questiones 1800 -- 
1861 proposite. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

Vorlesungen auf der Rhein. Fried.-Wilh.-Universitét zu Bonn im 
Sommerhalbjahr 1860. — Vorlesungen im Winterhalbjahr 1860 — 61. 
2pamph. 4to. Bonne. 1860-61. 

Sacram Memoriam Regis Friderici Guilelmi III. legitime indicit 
Henricus Josephus Vogelsang. 4to pamph. Bonne. 

Natalicia Regis Augustissimi Friderici Guilelmi III. ex officio 
indicit Fridericus Ritschelius. 4to pamph. Bonne. 

Ad Audiendam Orationem de Unione Confessionum Evangeli- 
carum earumque Communi Sacre Cane Usu..... invitat 
Guilelmus Ludovicus Kraft. — Inest Commentatio Historica de Fon- 
tibus Ulfile Arianismi ex Fragmentis Bobiensibus Erutis. 4to 
pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Ad Audiendam Orationem de Liberi Arbitrii Vi ac Natura..... 
invitat Henricus Josephus Floss. —Inest Commentatio de Suspecta 
Librorum Carolinorum a Joanne Tilio Editorum Fide. 4to pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 

De Compositione Evangeliorum Synopticorum ad Audiendam 
Orationem publicam invitat Jacobus Theodorus Plitt. 4to pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 

De Mercurii Statua vulgo Tasones habita. Commentatis Archzo- 
logica, quam publice defendet Scriptor Hermannus Lambeck. 4to 
pamph. Thoruni. | 

Disquisitiones de Sensu Electrico...... Auctor E. F. W. Pflueger. 
4to pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Descriptio Pelvis cujuspiam Virilis oblique Coartatz et ad The- 
saurum Anatomicum Reipublices Mceno-Francofurtiane pertinentis. 
atetors Dissertatio..... Auctor Franciscus Kreuzer. 4to pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 


430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


De Maculis (Tiipfel) in Plantarum vasis Cellulisque Lignosis obviis 
ΤῊ Hermannus Schacht. 4to pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Crattete Mallota.— Dissertatio Philologica, quam publice 
defendet Scriptor Curtius Wachsmuth. 8vo pamph. Lipsiw. 1860. 

Historia Critica Scriptorum Historie Auguste. — Commentatio 
Philologica, quam publice defendet Scriptor Hermannus Peter. 8vo 
pamph. Lipsia. 1860. 

Theologomena Pausaniz.— Dissertatio Philologica quam publice 
defendet Scriptor Gustavus Krueger. 8vo pamph. Lipsiz. 1860. 

De Theoria Mechanica Caloris, quoad spectat ad Gasa Perma- 
nentia. — Commentatio quam publice defendet Scriptor Adolphus 
Dronke. 8vo pamph. Lipsie. 1860. 

Disputationis qua ratione Livius Polybi Historiis usus sit. Part I. 
Dissertatio Philologica quam publice defendet Scriptor Ludovicus 
Tilmanns. 8vopamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Artis Scenicz apud Britannos Initiis. — Dissertatio quam scrip- 
sit et publice defendet Henricus Meyer. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Augustini atque Cartesii placita de Mentis Humane sui Cognitione 
quomodo inter se congruant a seseque differant Queritur. — Dis- 
sertatio Philosophica quam publice defendet Scriptor Ernestus 
Melzer. 8yvo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Philippo Melancthone Reipublice Litterariz Reformatore. — 
Commentatio qua..... invitat Constantinus Schlottmann. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Bonne Urbis Topographia et Statistica Medica-Dissertatio 
Inauguralis quam publice defendit Carolus Pelman. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 

De Genu Valgo. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Chirurgica quam pub- 
lice defendet Carolus Remacly. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 

De Amenorrhea. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Medica quam publice 
defendet Joannes Baptista Theodorus Weiler. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 
1860. 

Meletemata quedam de Pelvibus Muliebribus vitiosis earumque 
in Partum Vi, imprimis de Pelvi ubique justo minori, una cum 
Observatione Clinica. — Dissertatio Inauguralis quam scripsit et 
publice defendet Rudolfus Flehinghaus. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1859. 

De Lupo. — Dissertatio Medico-Chirurgica quam scripsit et pub- 
lice defendet Hermannus Keimann. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Diathesi Fibro-Plastica. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Chirurgica 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 431 


quam Scripsit et publice defendet Christophorus Jacobus Moll. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Symbola ad Penitiorem Diagnosin Mutationum Pathologico-Ana- 
tomicarum in Pede Varo. — Dissertatio Inauguralis Chirurgica quam 
scripsit et publice defendet Franciscus Bernardus Josephus Hubertus 
Kessel. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Mechanismo Partus Vertice Previo.— Dissertatio Inaugu- 
ralis Obstetrica quam scripsit et publice defendet Henricus Greven. _ 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Qazdam de Motibus Intestini Tennis Peristalticis. — Dissertatio 
Inauguralis quam publice defendet Augustus Kart. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 

De Squamis Lepidopterorum. — Dissertatio Zoologica quam pub- 
lice defendet Theodor Ketlehoit. S8vopamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Structura Ventriculi Mammalium et Avium adjectis nonnullis 
de Ventriculo Ranz Observationibus. — Dissertatio Inauguralis 
Anatomica quam publice defendit Carolus Vogelsang. 8vo pamph. 
Bonne. 1860. 

De Ortu Vasorum Sanguiferorum. — Dissertatio Inauguralis 
Physiologica quam scripsit et publice defendet Bernhardus Schulz, 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Iodi et Sulphuris Conjunctionibus Chemicis. — Dissertatio 
quam publice defendet Scriptor Antonius Lambertus Lamers. 8vo 
pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Nexu qui est inter Magnetismum Specificum et Conditionem 
Chemicum quarundam Cupri et Ferri Compositionum. — Commen- 
tatio Physica quam publice defendet Scriptor Petrus Carolus Kolter. 
8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

De Duabus Novis Rationibus, quibus titrando inveniatur ; quantum 
Ferri in qualibet Mixtura insit. — Dissertatio Chemica quam publice 
defendet Scriptor Felix Kremer. 8vo pamph. Bonne. 1860. 

Society of Natural Philosophy, Gorlitz. 

Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Zehnter 
Band. 8vo. Géorlitz. 1860. 

Geognostiche Beschreibung der Preussischen Oberlausitz. Theil- 


weise mit Beriichsichtigung des Sichsischen Antheils..... Ent- 
worfen von Ernst Friedrich Glocker. 1 vol. 8vo. Gérlitz. 1857. 
— Zwei Karten zur Geog. Beschreibung .... . Atlas. to. 


Upper Lusatian Society of Sciences. 
Neues Lausitzisches Magazin. Band 38. 8vo. Géorlitz. 1861. 


432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Trustees of the Astor Library. 

Catalogue or Alphabetical Index of the Astor Library. In two 
Parts. Part I. Authors and Books, Q-Z. Roy. 8vo. New York. 
1861. 

New York University. 

Thirteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of 
the State of New York, on the Condition of the State Cabinet of 
Natural History, and the Historical and Antiquarian Collection 
annexed thereto. 8vo. Albany. 1860. 

Henry C. Perkins, M. D. 

The Physician and Surgeon in War. — An Address delivered at 
the Annual Meeting of the Massachusetts Medical Society, May 
29,1861. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Government of India. 

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. II. Part 2. 
Vol. III. Part 1. 8vo. Calcutta. 1860, 1861. 

Annual Report of the Superintendent of the Geological Survey 
of India, and of the Museum of Geology. Fourth Year, 1889 -- 60. 
Fifth Year, 1860-61. 2 pamph. 8vo. 1860-61. 


Report of the Committee of the Proprietors of the Merrimack 
Manufacturing Company, appointed to examine into the Affairs of 
said Company; and the Report of the Directors’ Committee in Re- 
lation to that Report. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Dr. B. A. Gould. 
Astronomical Journal. Title and Index to Vol. VI. 4to. Cam- 
bridge. 1861. 
Entomological Society of Philadelphia. 
Proceedings. Vol. I. No. 2. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1861. 
Observatory of San Fernando. 

Almanaque Nautico para el Afio 1862. Calculado de Orden de 
S. M. en el Observatorio de Marina de la Ciudad de San Fernando. 
8vo. Cadiz. 1860. 

T. Sterry Hunt. : 

Notes on the History of Petroleum or Rock Oil. (From the 
Canadian Naturalist, July, 1861. Vol. VI. No. 4.) 8vo pamph. 
Montreal. 

Frederick Law Olmsted. 
A Letter on the Sanitary Condition of the Troops in the Neigh- 


—. 2 pe oe 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 433 


borhood of Boston, addressed to his Excellency the Governor of 
Massachusetts, by S. G. Howe, M. D., Member of the United States 
Sanitary Commission. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1861. 

Sanitary Commission Documents. Nos. 17’, 21, 25, 26, 28, 29, 

35, 80, 40. 9 pamph. 16mo. Washington. 1861. 
Charles T. Jackson, M. D., F. G. S. F., ete. 

A Manual of Etherization ; containing Directions for the Employ- 
ment of Ether, Chloroform, and other Anesthetic Agents, by In- 
halation in Surgical Operations... ... Comprising, also, a brief 
History of the Discovery of Anzsthesia. 12mo. Boston. 1861. 

Report of a Committee of the Boston Society for Medical Im- 
provement, on the Alleged Dangers which accompany the Inhalation 
of the Vapor of Sulphuric Ether. 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Philadelphia Oollege of Pharmacy. 

American Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. VIII., [X., X. Nos. 1 and 

3. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1860-62. 
Burt G. Wilder. 

Contributions to the Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. 
[From Bost. Jour. of Nat. Hist., Vol. VII.] 8vo. Cambridge. 
1861. ᾿ 

Royal Academy of Sciences, &c. of Belgium. 

Bulletins de PAcadémie. Tom. XV. II™ Partie; Tom. XVI. Τὸ 

Partie. 8vo. Bruxelles. 1848 -- 49. 
William S. Appleton. 

Religion conducive to Prosperity in this Life. — A Sermon 
preached July 21, 1861, the Sunday after the Funeral of the late 
Hon. Nathan Appleton, of Boston, by Ezra ὃ. Gannett, D. Ὁ. 
8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Proofs that General and Powerful Currents have swept and worn 
the Surface of the Earth. By Nathan Appleton. 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1862. 

H. W. Dove. 

Das Gesetz der Stiirme in seiner Beziehung zu den Allgemeinen 
Bewegungen der Atmosphiire...... Mit Holzschnitten und einer 
Karte zweite vollig umgearbeitete Auflage. 1 vol. 8vo. Berlin. 
1861. 

Beschreibung eines Photometers. —[Auszug aus dem Monats- 
bericht der Kon. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin.] 16 Mai, 1861. 8vo 
pamph. Berlin. 

VOL. V. δῦ 


434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Robert C. Winthrop. 

Memoir of the Hon. Nathan Appleton, LL. D. Prepared agree- 
ably to a Resolution of the Massachusetts Historical Society. .... 
With an Introduction and Appendix. 8vopamph. Boston. 1861. 

J. M. Gilliss, Comm. U. S. N. 

Physical Aspects of the Comet II. 1861. [From Am. Jour. Se., 
2d Ser., Vol. XXXII. No. 96, Nov. 1861.] 8vo pamph. New 
Haven. 1861. 

An Account of the total Solar Eclipse of July 18, 1860, as ob- 
served for the United States Coast Survey near Steilacoom, Wash- 
ington Territory, by Lieut. J. M. Gilliss, Ὁ. S. Ν. [Appendix, 
No. 22. Report of the Superintendent of the United. States Coast 
Survey.] 4to pamph. Washington. 1861. 

John L. Sibley. 

Report of the Committee of the Overseers of Harvard College, 
appointed to visit the Library for the Year 1861; together with 
accompanying Documents, submitted January 30,1862. 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1862. 

Geological Society of Dublin. 
Journal. Vol. IX. Pt. 1. 1860-61. 8vo. Dublin. 1861. 
Rev. Charles Barnard. 

Proceedings of the Twenty-Fifth Annual Meeting of the Asso- 
ciation for the Support of the Warren-Street Chapel, together with 
Mr. Barnard’s Report. 12mo pamph. Boston. 1862. 

Rev. Samuel Haughton, M. A., F. R. S., ete. 

Short Account of Experiments made at Dublin, to determine the 
Azimuthal Motion of the Plane of Vibration of a freely suspended 
Pendulum. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1861. 

On the Reflection of Polarized Light from the Surface of trans- 
parent Bodies. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1853. 

On the Solar and Lunar Diurnal Tides on the Coast of Ireland. 
8vo pamph. Dublin. 1854. 

On some New Laws of Reflection of Polarized Light. 8vo 
pamph. Dublin. 1854. 

On the Natural Constants of the Healthy Urine of Man, and a 
Theory of Work founded thereon. 16mo pamph. Dublin. 1861. 

The Tides of Dublin Bay, and the Battle of Clontarf, 23d April, 
1014. By Rev. Samuel Haughton and James Henthorn Todd, 
D. D., F.S. A. 8vo pamph. Dublin. 1861. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 435 


Natural History Society of Montreal. 

Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, and Proceedings of the Nat. 
Hist. Soc. of Montreal. Vol. I., IV. Nos. 5, 6, V., VI., VII. Nos. 
1,2. 8vo. Montreal. 1856 — 62. 

State of Wisconsin. 

Report of the Geological Survey of the State of Wisconsin. 

Vol. I. Royal 8vo. Albany. 1862. 
D. F. L. von Schlechtendal. 
Linnea. Ein Journal fiir die Botanik in ihrem ganzen Umfange. 
Band XXX. Heft 3-6; XXXI. Heft 1. 8vo. Halle. 1859-61. 
Massachusetts Historical Soctety. 
Collections. Vol. V. 4th Ser. 8vo. Boston. 1861. 
Proceedings. 1860-62. 1 vol. 8vo. Boston. 1862. 
Royal Horticultural Society, London. 
Proceedings. Vol. I. No. 31. Dec. 1, 1801. 8vo. London. 
Zoblogical and Mineralogical Society, Regensburg. 
Correspondenz-Blatt. Funfzehnter Jahrgang. 16mo. Regens- 
burg. 1861. 
Imperial Geological Institute, Vienna. 
Jahrbuch. Band XI., XII. No.1. 8vo. Wien. 1860-61. 
Imperial Geographical Society, Vienna. 
Mittheilungen. IV.Jahr. 8vo. Wien. 1860. 
Royal Society of Tasmania. 

Papers and Proceedings. Vols. I., 11., HI., Pts. 1 and 2. 8vo. 
Tasmania. 1849-59. 

Supplement to Vol. III. Meteorological Observations. 4to. 
Tasmania. 18059. 

Reports of the Society, for 1849-1859. 8vo. 11 pamph. Tas- 
mania. 1850-60. 

Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society’s Gardens, Queen’s 
Park, Hobart Town, Tasmania. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 1857. 

Industrial Products of Tasmania transmitted to the Crystal Pal- 
ace at Sydenham for Exhibition there. 8vo pamph. Tasmania. 
1857. 

Tasmanian Contributions to the Universal Exhibition of Industry 
at Paris, 1855. 4to pamph. Tasmania. 1855. 

Information for Emigrants, — Article Tasmania. [ Extr. Jour. Soc. 
of Arts and of Inst. in Union. Vol. IX. No. 4838.] 8vo. Lon- 
don. 1861. 


436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Society of Naturalists in Dantzic. 

Neueste Schriften der Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Band I. 
Heft. 3, 4; II. Heft. 2-4; III. Heft. 2-4; IV. Heft. 1-4; V. 
Heft. 1-4; VI. Heft.1-4. 4to. Halle u. Danzig. 1824-62. 

Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg. 

Mémoires. VII™ Série, Tome ITI. Nos. 2-11; Tome IV. No. 1. 
4to. St. Petersbourg. 1860-61. 

Bulletin. Tome II. Nos. 4—8; Tome III. Nos. 2—8; Tome IV. 
Nos. 1 et 2. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1860-61. 

Tabule Quantitatum Besselianarum quibus apparentes Stellarum 
Positiones in Medias Convertuntur adhibitis Numeris constantibus 
Pulcovensibus pro Annis 1840 ad 1864 computate. Edidit Otto 
Struve. 8vo. Petropoli. 1861. 

Are du Méridien de 25° 20/ entre le Danube et la Mer Glaciale, 
Mesuré depuis 1816 jusqu’en 1855 sous la Direction de C. Tenner, 
N. H. Selander, Chr. Hansteen, F. G. W. Struve: Ouvrage 
composé sur les differents materiaux et redigée par F. G. W. 
Struve. Publié par lAcad. des Se. de St. Petersbourg, Tome I. et 
Il. et Planches. 3 vols. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1857, 1860. 

Administration of Mines of Russia. 

Annales de l’Observatoire Physique Central de Russie. Année 
1858, Nos. 1 et 4. 2 vols. 4to. St. Petersbourg. 1861. 

Suppl. aux Annales..... pour PAnnée 1858-59. 4to. St. 
Petersbourg. 1861. 

Compte Rendu Annuel. Année 1859-60. 4to. St. Peters- 
bourg. 1859-60. 

Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow. 

Bulletin. Année 1860, Nos. 2, ὃ, et 4. 8vo. Moscou. 1860. 

Nouveaux Mémoires. Tome XIII. Livr. II. 4to. Moscou. 
1861. 

Society of Naturaiists, Berne. 

Mittheilungen der Naturforschende Gesellschaft, aus dem Jahre 

1858, 1859, 1860. 8vo. Berne. 1858-60. 
Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam. 

Verhandelingen der koninklijke Akad. van Wetenschappen. Ne- 
gende Decl. 4to. Amsterdam. 1861. 

Verslagen en Mededeelingen..... Afdl. Natuurkunde. Elfde 
en Twaalfde Declen. 8vo. Amsterdam. 1861. 

Jaarbock yoor 1860. 8vo. Amsterdam. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 437 


Swiss Society of Naturalists. 

Verhandlunger der Schweizerische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. 

Versammlung 43 u. 44. 2vols. 8vo. Berneand Lugano. 1859-61. 
Entomological Society, Stettin. 

Entomologische Zeitung, Zweiundzwanzigster Jahrgang. 16mo. 

Stettin. 1861. 
Radcliffe Trustees. 

Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made at the Rad- 
cliffe Observatory, Oxford, in the Year 1858. Vol. XIX. Royal 
8vo. Oxford. 1861. 

Wiliam Sharswood. 

Miscellaneous Writings. Vol. I. In Memoriam. pp. 1-16 
(John Eatton Le Conte, a Necrology). 8vo pamph. Philadel- 
phia. 1862. 

Catalogue of the Mineralogical Species Allanite. [From Proc. 
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. VIII. pp.55-58.] ὅνο. 

Catalogue of the Minerals: containing Cerium. [From Proc. 
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.] 8vo pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Young Men’s Mercantile Library Association, Cineinnatt. 

Twenty-Seventh Annual Report of the Board of Directors, for the 
year 1861. 8vo pamph. Cincinnati. 1862. 

Jules Marcou. 

Geology of North America, with Two Reports on the Prairies of 
Arkansas and Texas, the Rocky Mountains of New Mexico, and the 
Sierra Nevada of California, originally made for the United States 
Government. 1 vol. 4to. Zurich. 1858. 

American Geology. — Letter on some Points of the Geology of 
Texas, New Mexico, Kansas, and Nebraska: addressed to Messrs. 
F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden. 8vo pamph. Zurich. 1858. 

Sur le Néocomien dans le Jura et son Role dans le Série Strati- 
graphique. 8vo pamph. Geneve. 1858. 

Reply to the Criticisms of James D. Dana,..... including Da- 
na’s two Articles, with a Letter of Louis Agassiz. 8vo pamph. 
Zurich. 1859. 

Dyas et Trias ou le Nouveau Gres Rouge en Europe dans l Ame- 
rique du Nord et dans Inde. 8vo pamph. Geneve. 1859. 

On the Primordial Fauna and the Taconic System, by Joachim 
Barrande. With Additional Notes by Jules Marcou. 8vo pamph. 
Boston. 1860. 


438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Notes on the Cretaceous and Carboniferous Rocks of Texas. 8vo 
pamph. Boston. 1861. 

Notes pour servir ἃ une Description Géologique des Montagnes 
Rocheuses. ὅνο pamph. Geneve. 1858. 

Esquisse dune Classification des Chaines des Montagnes d’une 
Partie de !Amerique du Nord. 8vo pamph. Paris. 1855. 

T. Sterry Hunt. 

New Species of Lower Silurian Fossils. By E. Billings, F. G.S., 

ete. [Geolog. Surv. of Canada.] 8vopamph. Montreal. 1861. 
Joel Parker. 

Habeas Corpus, and Martial Law. A Review of the Opinion of 
Chief Justice Taney in the Case of John Merryman. 8vo pamph. 
Cambridge. 1861. 

ZLoblogical Society of London. 

Transactions. Vol. 1V., Pt. 7, Section 1. 4to. London. 1861. 

Proceedings... ... 1860. Pt. III. June—Dec. 8vo. London. 

Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zodlogical Society. 
1861. Pts. LandII. Jan.—June. 8vo. London. 

G. Inzani e A. Lemoigne. 

Sulle Origini e Sull’ Andamento di Varii Fasci Nervosi dell’ Cer- 
vello. Ricerche Anatomiche di G. Inzani e di A. Lemoigne, Pro- 
fessori nella Regia Universita Parmeuse. 8vo pamph. Parma. 
1861. 

Charles Sumner. 

Union and Peace; how they shall be restored. Speech of Hon. 
Charles Sumner before the Republican State Convention, at Wor- 
cester, Oct. 1, 1861. 8vo pamph. Boston. 186T. 

Treasury Notes, a Legal Tender. Speech of Hon. Charles 
Sumner of Massachusetts, in the Senate of the United States, Feb. 
13,1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. 

The Expulsion of a Senator. Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, 
in the Senate of the United States, Jan. 20, 1862. 8vo pamph. 
Washington. 1862. 

Speech of Hon. Charles Sumner, of Massachusetts, on Maritime 
Rights; delivered in the Senate of the United States, Jan. 9, 1862. 
8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. 

Speech of Hon. Andrew Johnson, of Tennessee, on the proposed 
Expulsion of Mr. Bright; delivered in the Senate of the United 
States, Jan. 31, 1862. 8vo pamph. Washington. 1862. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 439 


Speech of Hon. Henry Wilson of Massachusetts, in the Senate, 
March 27, 1862, on the Bill to abolish Slavery in the District of 
Columbia, introduced by him, December 16, 1861, referred to the 
District Committee, and reported back with Amendments, by Mr. 
Morrill. ὅνο pamph. Washington. 1862. 

Report of the Commissioner of Patents for the Year 1860. — 
Arts and Manufactures. — Mechanics. Vols. I. and II. 8vo. Wash- 
ington. 1861. 

Report for the Year 1860.— Agriculture. 1 vol. 8vo. Wash- 
ington. 1861. 

Society of Naturalists, Halle. 
Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Sechstes Band, 
Erstes Band. 4to. Halle. 1861. 
Imperial Academy of Sciences, etc., Dijon. 
Mémoires. 2° Série. Tome VIII. 1860. 8vo. Dijon. 1861. 
Imperial Academy of Sciences, &c., Rouen. 

Precis Analytique des Travaux de ?Académie pendant ) Année 
1859-60. 8vo. Rouen. 1860. 

Society of Naturalists, Freiburg in Briesgau. 

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Band II. Heft III. 8vo. 
Freiburg I. B. 1861. 

Royal Society of Sciences, Letpsic. 

Abhandlungen der Kon. Siich. Gesell. der Wissenschaften. Phil.- 
Hist. Classe. Band III., Band IV. pp. 1-110.— Math.-Phys. 
Classe. Band V., Band VI. pp. 1-52. Roy. 8vo. Leipzig. 
1860-61. 

Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen. Phil.-Hist. Classe. 1860, 
Nos. 3, 4; 1861, No. 1. — Math.-Phys. Classe. 1860, Nos. 1, 2, 3. 
S8vo. Leipzig. 1860-61. 

Society of Sciences, Harlem. 

Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschappij 
der Wettenschappen. —'Tweede Verzameling. 14 Deel. Stuk 1, 2. 
4to. Haarlem. 1858, 1861. 

Geological Society of London. 

Quarterly Journal. Vol. XVII., Pt. 3. No. 67. 8vo. London. 
1861. 

British Association for the Advancement of Science. 

Report of the Thirtieth Meeting, held at Oxford in June and 
July, 1860. 8vo. London. 1861. 


440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Linnean Society of London. 

Transactions. Vol. XXIJII., Pt. 1. 4to. London. 1860. 

Journal of the Proceedings.— Botany. Vol. IV. No. 16, and 
Supplement to Vol. IV.; Vol. V. Nos. 17-20, and 1st and 2d 
Suppl. to Vol. V.— Zodlogy. Vol. IV. No. 16; Vol. V. Nos. 17 -- 
20. 8vo. London. 1860-61. 

List of the Linnean Society. 8vo. London. 1860. 

Society for the Advancement of the Physical Sciences, Marburg. 

Schriften der Gesellschaft fiir Beforderung der gesammten Natur- 
wissenschaften. Band VI.- VIII. 8vo. Marburg. 1848, 1849, 
1857. 

Der Wetterauer Gesellschaft fiir Naturkunde zur Feier ihres 
Funfzigjihrigen Bestehens am 11 August, 1858, im Namen der 
Gesellschaft...... 4to. Marburg. 

Guilielmus Scheffer. Beitrag zur Geschichte des Foetus im Fo- 
tus. 4to pamph. Marburgi. 1860. 

Schell Wilhelm, Dr. Prof.— Allgemeine Theorie der Curven 
doppelter Kriimmung in Rein Geometrischer Darstellung. 8vo 
pamph. Leipzig. 1859. 

Royal Academy of Sciences, Naples. 

Deg!’ Insetti che attaccano I Albero ed il Frutto dell’ Olivo del 
Ciliegio del Pero del Melo del Castano e della Vite e le Semenze 
del Pisello della Lenticchia della Fava e del Grano...... Per 
Achille Costa. — Opera Coronata dalla Reale Accademia delle 
Scienze di Napoli. 4to. Napoli. 1857. 

Esame Critico di Cio che P Arago ebbe Scritto sulle Invenzioni, 
Scoperte, ed Opere di Galileo Galilei poi publicato nel Vol. IIT. 
delle sue Biographie nel 1855. — Lettura fatta all’ Accademia delle 
Scienze di Napoli nelle tornate del Novembre del 1855. 4to pamph. 
Napoli. 1856. 

Sulla Notizia di un Viaggio del Sig. Mailly fatto in Sicilia e nel 
Meggogiorno dell’ Italia. — Nota letta alla Reale Accademia delle 
Scienze di Napoli nella tornata del 9 Aprile, 1859. 8vo pamph. 
Napoli. 

California Academy of Natural Sciences. 
Proceedings. Vol. 1860. pp. 45-124. ὅνο. 1861. 
Dartmouth College. 

Catalogus Senatus Academici, ete., in Collegio Dartmuthensi Ha- 

novere in Republica Neo-Hantoniensi. 8vo. Hanover. 1860. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 441 


Catalogue of the Officers and Students of Dartmouth College for 

the Academical Year 1860-61. 8vo pamph. Hanover. 1861. 
War Department. 

Report upon the Physics and Hydraulics of the Mississippi River ; 
upon the Protection of the Alluvial Region against Overflow; and 
upon the Deepening of the Mouths; based upon Surveys and In- 
vestigations made under the Acts of Congress directing the Topo- 
graphical and Hydrographical Survey of the Delta of the Missis- 
Bippi Huivers -.. . Prepared by Captain A. A. Humphreys and 
Lieut. H. L. Abbot, Corps of Topographical Engineers, United 
States Army. 1 vol. 4to. Philadelphia. 1861. 

Batavian Society of Sciences. 

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederl. Indie. Deel XXII. 5 
Serie, D. II. Afl. 3-6; Deel XXIII. 5 Serie, D. III. Afl. 1-3. 
8vo. Batavia. 1860-61. 

G. J. Adler. 

Notes on Certain Passages of the Agamemnon of A‘schylus. 

8vo pamph. Chambersburg, Pa. 1861. 
Daniel Treadwell. 

Boston Journal of Philosophy and the Arts. 3 vols. 8vo. Bos- 
ton. 1824-26. 

Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool. 

Proceedings. No. XV. 1860-61. 1 vol. 8vo. Liverpool. 
1861. 

Royal Society of Sciences, Upsal. 

Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Seriei 
Του. Vol. III. 4to. Upsalie. 1861. 

Arsskrift utgifven af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Societeten i Upsala. 
Andra Argingen. 8vo. Upsala. 1861. 

Royal Danish Academy. 

Oversigt over det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs For- 

handlinger i Aaret, 1860. 1 vol. 8vo. Kjobenhavn. 
Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin. 
Mémorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Serie 
Seconda. Tomo XIX. 4to. Torino. 1861. 
Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Geneve. 
Mémoires. Tom XVI. 1° Partie. 4to. Genéve. 1861. 
Board of Trade, London. 

Meteorological Papers published by Authority of the Board of 

VOL. V. 56 


449 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY 


Trade. — First and Fourth Numbers. 2 vols. 4to. London. 
1857, 1860. 

Report of the Meteorological Department of the Board of Trade. 
1 vol. 8vo. London. 1857. 

Meteorological Register kept by the Earl of Gifford in his Yacht 
“Fair Rosamond.” 4to pamph. London. 1857. 

Great Circle Sailing (Robert Fitzroy). 16mo pamph. London. 
1858. 

Natural History Society in Augsburg. 

Vierzehnter Bericht des Naturhistorischen Vereins, im Jahre 

1861. 8vo. Augsburg. 1861. 
Dr. Carl Rokitansky. 

Lehrbuch der Pathologischen Anatomie .. .,. . Dritter Band, 
Erste ἃ Zweite Lief. 8vo. Wien. 1859-61. 

Ueber Bindegewebs Wucherung im Nervensysteme. 8vo pamph. 
Wien. 1857. 

Ueber das Auswachsen der Bindegewebs-Substanzen und die 
Beziehung desselben zur Entziindung. 8vo pamph. Wien. 1854. 

Royal University of Norway. 

Index Scholarum in Universitate Regia Fredericiana, 1861. 4to 
pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Aarsberetning for 1859. 16mopamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Det Kong. Norske Frederiks Universitets Stiftetse fremstillet i 
Anledning af dets Halvhundredaarsfest af M. J. Morrad. 16mo 
pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Solennia Academica Universitatis Literariz Regie Fredericiane 
ante 1 Annos Conditze Die 11. Septembris Anni 1861 celebranda 
indicit Senatus Academicus. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Cantate ved det Norske Universitets Halvhundredaarsfest den 
θη September 1861. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Generalberetning fra Gaustad Sindssygeasyl for Aaret 1860. Ved 
Ole Sandberg. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Aarsberetning for 1859 fra Overlegerne for den Spedalske Syg- 
dom O. G. Hoegh og C. J. Loberg til Departement for det Indre. 
Svo pamph. Christiania. 1860. 

Karlamagnus Saga ok Kappa Hans. — Fortellinger om Keiser 
Karl Magnus og Hans Jevninger, i Norsk Bearbeidelse fra det 
Trettende Aarhundrede. Udgivet af C. R. Unger. 11. 8vo pamph. 
Christiania. 1860. 


OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 443 


Om Siphonodentalium Vitreum, en ny Slegt og Art af Dentali- 
dernes Familie af Dr. Michael Sars, Prof. ved Christianias Univer- 
sitet. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Om Kometbanernes Indbyrdes Belliggenhed, Besvarelse af Uni- 
versitetets Prisopgave for 1860, af H. Mohn. 4to pamph. Chris- 
tiania. 1861. 

Résumé du Programme de J’Université de Christiania pour le 
1* Semestre 1861. — Introduction par M. le Professeur C. Fearn- 
ley. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Om Cirklers Bercering. Besvarelse af Universitetets Prisopgave 
for 1859, af C. M. Guldberg. 4to pamph. Christiania. 1861. 

Isaac Lea, LL. D. 

Observations on the Genus Unio. Vol. VIII. Pt. 2. 4to. Phila- 
delphia. 1862. 

Remarks on the Number of Unionidae, ete. 8yvo pamph. Phila- 
delphia. 1862. 

Check-List of the Shells of North America, Unionide. 8vo pamph. 
Philadelphia. 1862. 

Publications of Isaac Lea on Recent Conchology. — Extracted 
from a List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, by George 
M. Tryon, Jr. 8vo pamph. Philadelphia. 1861. 

Society of Physical Sciences of Saint Gall. 

Bericht iiber die Thiitigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissen- 
schaftlichen Gesellschaft wahrend des Vereinsjahres 1858-60 und 
1860-1861. 2 vols. St. Gallen. 1860-61. 

Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Algen- 
gattung Lemanea. Von B. Wartmann, Dr. Philosophiz. 4to pamph. 
St. Gallen. 1854. 

ΗΠ. de Saussure. 

Orthoptera Nova Americana. (Diagnoses Preliminaires.) (Series 
1 and 2.) — Extr. de la Revue et Mag. de Zoologie. 16mo. 
2pamph. Paris. 1859-61. 

Description dune Série d’Hyménopteres Nouveaux de la Tribu 
des Scoliens. — Extr. de la Gazette Entomologique de Stettin. 
16mo pamph. Stettin. 1859. 

Note sur Quelques Oiseaux du Mexique.— (Extr. de la Revue 
et Mag. de Zoologie, 1850, No. 3.) 16mo pamph. Paris. 1859. 

J. S. Newberry. 
Report upon the Colorado River of the West, explored in 1857 


444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY. 


and 1858, by Lieutenant Joseph C. Ives, Corps of Topographical 
Engineers, under the Direction of the Office of Explorations and 
Surveys, A. A. Humphreys, Captain Topographical Engineers in 
Charge. By Order of the Secretary of War. [Ex. Doc.] 1 vol. 
4to. Washington. 1861. 

City of Frankfort. 

Statische Mittheilungen iiber den Civilstand der Freien Stadt 
Frankfurt und ihrer Landgemeinden im Jahre 1858. 4to pamph. 
Frankfurt. 1859. 

Royal Institution for the Blind, Dresden. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Kénigliche Blinden-Anstalt zu Dresden, 

auf das Jahr. 1858 und 1860. Svo. 2 pamph. Dresden. 1859-61. 
Dr. J. Marcy. 

Recherches sur le Pouls au Moyen d’un Nouvel Appareil Enrig- 
streur le Sphygmographe, presenté a la Société de Biologie. 8vo 
pamph. Paris. 1860. 

Society of Physical Sciences, Luneburg. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Thatigkeit des Naturwissenschaftlichen 
Vereins in Luneburg. Erster—Zehnter. 4to pamph. Luneburg, 
1852 -- 61. 

Die Ostfriesischen Marschen und die Veriinderungen der Ost- 
friesischen Kuste. 16mo pamph. Luneburg. 1861. 

Verein fiir Naturkunde in Herzogthum Nassau. 

Jahrbucher. Funfzehntes Heft. 8vo. Wiesbaden. 1860. 

Das Festland Australien. Geographische, Naturwissenschaftliche 
und Kulturgeschichtliche Skizzen von Fr. Odernheimer. (Beilage 
zu den Jahrb. des Ver. fiir Naturk. im Herzog Nassau.) Heft XV. 
1 vol. 8vo. Wiesbaden. 1861. 


PN De POV Ged» ἣν 


A. 


Abrotanella linearifolia, 137. 
submarginata, 137. 
Abutilon Californicum, 154. 
Acacia Farnesiana, 158. 
flexicaulis, 158. 
Achyrophorus chondrilloides, 145. 
sessiliflorus, 146. 
stenocephalus, 146. 
Agarista, 124. 
AGassiz, Pror., Communications 
from, 68, 72, 314, 381. 
Albertinia Brasiliensis, 115. 
Aldama uniserialis, 161. 
Alloprosallocrinus conicus, 29. 
depressus, 31. 
Alstonia costata, 334. 
plumosa, 334. 
Alyxia bracteolosa, 332. 
Amblogyne fimbriata, 167. 
Torreyi, 167. 
Angstreemia Guilleminiana, 278. 
varia, 278. 
Anomodon attenuatus, 284. 
Antennaria andina, 138. 
aretioides, 139. 
Anthephora elegans, 173. 
Antigonon leptopus, 167. 
Aphanopappus, 131. 
Aphora serrata, 168. 
Aplopappus arenarius, 160. | 
Macreanus, 122. 
parvifolius, 122. 
Peeppigianus, 121. 
Ardisia? capitata, 331. 
Argemone Mexicana, 153. 
Argyroxiphium macrocephalum, 
137. 


Argyroxiphium Sandwicense, 136. 
Artemisia australis, 137. 
Asclepias subulata, 166. 
Associate Fellows elected, 2, 313. 


Bs 


Baccharis cerulescens, 160. 
Gilliesii, 123. 
viminea, 160. 

Barbula agraria, 277. 

Crugeri, 277. 
gracilis, 277. 
linearis, 277. 
mniifolia, 277. 
obscura, 277. 
subulifolia, 227. 

Bartramia tenella, 281. 

Bassia Amicorum, 327. 

Beck, Dr. Cuarues, On a Frag- 

ment of Petronius, 71. 

Additions to Sophocles’s Glos- 
sary of Later and Byzan- 
tine Greek, 90. 

Bidens Hawaiensis, 128. 
lantanoides, 128. 
Sandwicensis, 127. 

BigELow, Dr., on Hereditability, 

110. 

Béerhaavia erecta, 166. 
spicata, 166. 

Bonamia Menziesii, 536. 

Bonp, G. P., On the Light of the 

Moon and of the Planet Ju- 
piter, 66. 
On the Relative Brightness of 
Sunlight and Moonlight, 86. 
On the Nebula of Orion, 
227. 


446 INDEX. 


Bonp, G. P., On the Great Comet 
of 1858, 311. 

Boopis crassifolia, 321. 

Bouteloua polystachya, 173. 

Bowen, Pror., Communications 
from, 290, 314. 

On Instinct, 82. 

On Supposed Hereditability of 
Peculiar Traits of Bodily 
and Mental Organization, 
102. 

Brandon, Vt., The Frozen Well at, 
290. 
Bryum argenteum, 282. 

caespiticium, 282. 

coronatum, 282. 

leptocladon, 282. 

ovalifolium, 282. 

Bryzopyrum spicatum, 173. 
Buddleia crotonoides, 165. 
BuNSEN, CurIsTIAN CHARLES Jo- 

s1as, Obituary Notice of, 247. 

Bursera microphylla, 155. 


C. 


Cesalpinia Mexicana, 157. 
Calculus of affected quantities, 73. 
Calicium leucochlorum, 389. 
Ravenelii, 389. 
Calliandra Californica, 157. 
Calotis palmata, 121. 
Calymperes tenuifolium, 280. 
Camera lucida, On Application of, 
for twin drawings, 73. 
Campylopus Cubensis, 278. 
giganteus, 278. 
tenuissimus, 279. 
Campylotheca, 126. 
Carbonic Acid, On Difficulties of 
removing from Air, 62. 
Cardiospermum molle, 155. 
Carphephorus atriplicifolius, 159. 
Cary, Hon. THomas GRAVEs, 
Obituary Notice of, 3. 
CassEDAY, S. A., and 5. 8. Lyon, 
Description of twonew Gen- 
era and eight new Species 
of Fossil Crinoidea, 16. 


Celosia floribunda, 167. 

Cenchrus tribuloides, 173. 

Ceratella, 137. 

Cerbera lactaria, 333. 

Odollam, 333. 

Cheetacanthus repandus, 349. 

Cheetanthera Peruviana, 144. 

Chenopodium album, 167. 

Cuoate, Rurvs, Obituary Notice 
of, 2. 

Chromate of Chromium and anal- 
ogous Chromates, with a 
new View of the Constitu- 
tion of the Black Oxide of 
Manganese, 192. 

Cladonia cristatella, 394. 

Dilleniana, 391. 
gracilenta, 395. 
hypoxantha, 393. 

Clasmatodon parvulus, 283. 

Clermontia grandiflora, 150. 

longifolia, 150. 
oblongifolia, 150. 
parviflora, 150. 

Cnidoscolus angustidens, 168. 

Coccocarpia stellata, 402. 

Coenogonium moniliforme, 416. 

Collema callibotrys, 386. 

coccophorum, 385. 
cyrtaspis, 387. 
stellatum, 588. 

Comet of 1858, Diagram of the 
Outline of the Head of the 
Great, 311. 

Commelyna Virginica, 173. 

Conoclinium subglutinosum, 115. 

Cooker, Pror. J. P., Communica- 
tions from, 68, 71. 

Cordia aspera, 341. 

Coreocarpus heterocarpus, 162. 

Coreopsis cosmoides, 126. 

foliosa, 125. 
Macrei, 126. 
macrocarpa, 126. 
Mauiensis, 125. 
Menziesii, 127. 
micrantha, 127. 
Pickeringii, 124. 
spectabilis, 125. 


INDEX. 


Cotyledonocrinus, 26. 
pentalobus, 26. 
Coursetia glandulosa, 156. 
Crinoidea, Fossil, Description of 
New, 16. 
Crotalaria lupulina, 157. 
Cryphea filiformis, 283. 
leptoclada, 283. 
Cuba, List of Phenogamous Plants 
and Ferns from, 51. 
Cyanea aspera, 148. 
Grimesiana, 148. 
leptostegia, 149. 
pilosa, 149. 
Rollandia, 149. 
superba, 149. 
tritomantha, 149. 
Cyanide of Mercury, On the Dou- 
ble Salts of, 355. 
Cyathodes Douglasii, 325. 
Pomare, 324. 
Tameiameiz, 325. 
Cylindrothecium amplirete, 284. 
macropodium, 284. 
Cyrtandra cordifolia, 350. 
Garnotiana, 352. 
grandiflora, 351. 
Lessoniana, 351. 
Macrei, 352. 
Menziesii, 352. 
paludosa, 351. 
Pickeringii, 350. 
platyphylla, 350. 
triflora, 351. 


D. 


Dactylina arctica, 397. 
madreporiformis, 398. 
ramulosa, 397. 

Dactyloctenium /Xgyptiacum, 173. 

Dalea chrysorhiza, 156. 

Datura discolor, 165. 

Delissea acuminata, 148. 
clermontioides, 147. 
coriacea, 147. 
Delessertiana, 147. 
lanceolata, 147. 
obtusa, 148. 


447 


Delissea platyphylla, 148. 

undulata, 148. 

Dexter, WitiiaAmM P., On the 
Double Salts of Cyanide 
of Mercury, 350. 

Remarks upon the Recent De- 
terminations of the Atomic 
Weight of Antimony, 359. 

Dichocrinus elegans, 22. 

ficus, 24. 

polydactylus, 18. 

sculptus, 25. 

symmetricus, 20. 

Dicliptera clavata, 349. 

resupinata, 164. 

Dicranum albulum, 278. 
debile, 278. 
Diospyros Saméensis, 326. 
Dissodon rotundifolius, 281. 
Dodonea viscosa, 155. 
Dolichogyne, 122. 
Drymaria crassifolia, 154. 
frankenioides, 154. 
Dubautia levigata, 135. 

laxa, 135. 

paleata, 135. 

plantaginea, 154. 

Dyssodea speciosa, 163. 


EK. 


Echeveria farinosa, 158. 

Edict of Diocletian, Remarks on 
Fragments of, 90. 

Etot, CHarytes W., and Frank 
H. Strorer,Onthe Amounts 
of Lead contained in some 
Silver Coins, 52. 

On the Chromate of Chromi- 
um, and Analogous Chro- 
mates, 192. 

Exriott, E. B., Communication 
from, 73. 

Eranthemum insularum, 849, 

laxiflorum, 349. 
Eriogonum angulosum, 167, 
Eritrichium heliotropioides, 164. 

angustifolium, 165. 
Euphorbia gymnoclada, 171. 


448 


Euphorbia Hindsiana, 168. 
hypericifolia, 171. 
leucophylla, 168. 
polycarpa, 170. 
setiloba, 170. 

Eurybiopsis, 118. 

Eustoma exaltatum, 165 

Evolvulus alsinoides, 165. 


Ἰῆς 


Fabronia Cubensis, 283. 
Fr.ton, PRESIDENT, Communica- 
tions from, 102, 112, 230. 
Feejee Islands, Notes on a Collec- 
tion of Dried Plants gath- 
ered in the, 514. 
Fellows elected, 2, 74, 89, 112, 251, 
313, 369, 380. 
Fissidens angustifolia, 275. 
clavipes, 275. 
cuspidulatus, 274. 
densiretis, 274. 
dissitifolius, 274. 
minutulus, 274. 
petrophilus, 276. 
polypodioides, 273. 
rufulus, 275. 
similiretes, 274. 
sphagnifolius, 2795. 
Fitchia nutans, 146. 
Fouquieria spinosa, 158. 
Foreign Honorary Members elect- 
ed, 2, 314, 370. 
Franseria ambrosioides, 160. 
pumila, 161. 
tenuifolia, 160. 
Freelichia interrupta, 168. 
Frozen Well at Brandon Vt., 290. 
Funaria hygrometrica, 273. 


G. 


Galphimia augustifolia, 155. 

Gardoquia pilosa, 341. 

Gases, Dynamical Theory of, 112. 

Gaultheria Luzonica, 324. 

Glossary of Later and Byzantine 
Greek, Additions to, 90. 

Gnaphalium leucocephalum, 163. 


INDEX. 


| Goopwiy, Pror., On the Rela- 


tions of the Greek Optative 
to the Subjunctive, 96. 

Gossypium, 155. 

GovuLtp, Brnsamin' Apruorp, 
Obituary Notice of, 4. 

Graphephorum, Note on the Ge- 
nus, 190. 

Gray, Pror. Asa, Note on Geo- 
graphical Distribution of 
Species, 82. 

Characters of some Compos- 
itz in the Collection of the 
United States South Pacif- 
ic Exploring Expedition, 
114. 

Examination of a Collection 
of Plants made near Tan- 
toyuca, Mexico, 174. 

Note on the Genus Graphe- 
phorum, 190. 

Notes on a portion of a Re- 
cent Collection made in the 
Feejee Islands, 514. 

Guntheria Megapotamica, 131. 

Gymnema stenophyllum, 335. 

subundum, 3395. 

Gymnostomum immersum, 273. 

rupestre, 273. 


ἘΠῚ 


Happock, Cuartes B., Obituary 
Notice of, 242. 

Hay, Pror. JAMes, Communi- 
cation from, 240. 

Hayes, Dr. On the Chemical 
Analyses of the Water of 
Mystic Pond, 69. 

Helicophyllum torquatum, 284. 

Heliopsis buphthalmoides, 161. 

Heliotropium anomalum, 339. 

Curassavicum, 164. 

Hereditability of peculiar traits of 
bodily and mental organiza- 
tion, Observations on, 102. 

Hertz, Pror., Extract from a 
letter received from, 71. 

Heterospermum Xanti, 162. 


INDEX. 


Hibiscus ribifolius, 154. 

Hofmeisteria fasciculata, 158. 

Holomitrium crispulum, 279. 
Wrightii, 279. 

Hookeria adnata, 285. 
Cubensis, 285. 
eymbifolia, 285. 
incurva, 286. 

Markelii, 286. 
papillata, 286. 
varians, 285. 
Horsrorp, Pror., Communica- 
tions from, 52,71, 192, 295. 

Houstonia asperuloides, 158. 

Hoya bicarinata, 3395. 
diptera, 336. 

Hyalis argentea, 143. 

Hymenoclea, 161. 

Hypnum acestrostegum, 287. 
admistum, 289. 
apiculatum, 287. 
Beyrichii, 288. 
cespitosum, 289. 
callidum, 288. 
cultelliforme, 289. 
cupressoides, 287. 
demissum, 288. 
dissolutum, 289. 
exilissimum, 286. 
flexuosum, 288. 
insularum, 287. 
involvens, 286. 
leetum, 289. 
leucostegum, 288. 
Loxense, 287. 
microphyllum, 287. 
minutulum, 286. 
Montagnei, 288. 
planum, 287. 
pungens, 287. 
reptans, 288. 
riparium, 289. 
schistocalyx, 286. 
Schwaneckianum, 288. 
sentosum, 288. 
serrulatum, 287. 
tamariscinum, 286. 
tenerum, 287. 
thelistegum, 289. 


VOL: ¥. 57 


449 


Hypnum Wrightii, 287. 
Hypopterygium Brasiliense, 290. 
Hyptis laniflora, 164. 

tephrodes, 164. 


i 


Inscriptions, Magnesian and Paga- 
setic, 74. 

Instinct, 82. 

Tonidium fruticulosum, 154. 

Ipomza Nil, 165. 

sinuata, 165. 

Irvine, WasuHINGTON, Obituary 
Notice of, 2. 

Tsonandra? Richii, 327. 


J. 


JAcKSON, Dr. C. T., Communica- 
tions from, 51, 112, 359. 
Jacquemontia abutiloides, 165. 
Sandwicensis, 336. 
Jasminum tetraquetrum, 332. 
Jungia ferruginea, 144. 
paniculata, 145. 


K. 


Kallstroemia grandiflora, 155. 
Karwinskia Humboldtiana, 155. 


L. 


Lagenophora Pickeringii, 121. 
Lead in Silver Coins, 52. 
Lecanora Berica, 403. 
camptidia, 403. 
erythrantha, 402. 
Floridana, 402. 
Lecidea chlorosticta, 419. 
granosa, 420. 
Japonica, 421. 
luridella, 418. 
melampepla, 419. 
pheeaspis, 419. 
pyrrhomelena, 419. 
Russellii, 417. 
Simodensis, 420. 


450 


INDEX. 


Leptotheca Wrightii, 281. 
Leskea capillaris, 284. 
Letters received, 1, 74, 89, 112, 


240, 272, 295, 313, 353, 
369, 378, 380, 383. 


Leucena macrophylla, 158. 
Leucobryum robustum, 279. 


tenuifolium, 279. 


Liabum lyratum, 115. 
Library, Donations to, by 


Academia Imperialis Natur 
Curiosorum, 36, 262. 

Académie des Sciences de 
l'Institut Impériale de 
France, 34, 253, 423. 

Academy, Imperial, of Scien- 
ces, &c., Dijon, 43, 253, 
439. 

Academy, Imperial, of Sci- 
ences, &¢c., Rouen, 43, 439. 

Academy, Imperial, of Sci- 
ences, St. Petersburg, 32, 
263, 436. 

Academy, Imperial, of Sci- 
ences, Vienna, 40, 254, 427. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, 
California, 440. 

Academy of Natural Sciences, 
Philadelphia, 35, 251, 423. 

Academy of Science of the 
Institute of Bologna, 268. 

Academy of Science of St. 
Louis, 263. 

Academy of Sciences, Impe- 
rial, Caen, 253, 427. 

Academy of Sciences, &c., 
Imperial, Lyons, 266. 

Academy of Sciences, &c., 
Royal, Belgium, 261, 433. 

Academy of Sciences, Royal, 
Lisbon, 270. 

Academy of Sciences, Royal, 
Naples, 440. 

Academy of Sciences, Royal, 
Turin, 441. 

Academy, Royal Bavarian, of 
Sciences, 39, 425. 

Academy, Royal Danish, 46, 
441. 


Library, Donations to, by 


Academy, Royal Irish, Dub- 
lin, 48, 267, 423. 

Academy, Royal, of Sciences, 
Amsterdam, 48, 265, 436. 

Academy, Royal, of Sciences, 
Berlin, 32, 268, 428. 

Academy, Royal, of Sciences, 
Stockholm, 33, 268. 

Academy, Royal Prussian, 
Berlin, 254. 

Adler, 6. J., 441. 

Administration of Mines of 
Russia, 32, 265, 486. 

American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, 
49, 424. 

Appleton, Nathan, 51. 

Appleton, Wm. S., 433. 

Arkansas, State of, 46. 

Association, Mercantile Li- 
brary, of San Francisco, 
32. 

Association, Natural History, 
of Saxony and Thuringia, 
Halle, 55. 

Association of Miners and 
Smelters, 51. 

Astor Library, Trustees of, 
47, 432. 

Bache, Prof. A. D., 34. 

Barnard, Rev. Charles F., 33, 
264, 434. 

Bartlett, John, 49. 

Bartlett, W. P. G., 47. 

Board of Trade, London, 441. 

Bond, Richard F., 271. 

British Association for the 
Advancement of Science, 
40, 265, 439. 

British Government, 112, 257. 

Bronn, Dr. Heinrich Georg, 
265. 

Curtis, Josiah, 271. 

Dartmouth College, 440. 

Darwin, Charles, 264. 

Dawson, J. W., 259, 424. 

Denny, Francis P., 48. 

Dorr, H. W., 433. 


INDEX. 


Library, Donations to, by 


Drouyn, Léo, 43. 
Eliot, Charles W., 259. 
Essex Institute, 267, 270. 
Everest, Col., F. R. S., 261. 
Ferrel, W., 49. 
Fisher, J. Davenport, 41. 
Flugel, Felix, 271. 
Forchhammer, G., 268. 
Foster, J. W., 258. 
Foulke, William Parker, 269. 
Frankfort, City of, 444. 
Galle, Dr. J. G., Director, 33. 
Gilliss, J. M., 484, 
Gistel, Dr. Johannes, 271. 
Gould, A. A., 43. 
Gould, B. A., 82, 259, 482. 
Government of India, 34, 482. 
Guyot, Prof. Arnold, 271. 
Hall, James, 33. 
Harvard College, 271. 
Haughton, Rev. Samuel, 434. 
Hayes, Dr. Isaac I., 47. 
Homans, J. Smith, 45, 258. 
Hornes, Dr. Moriz, 48. 
Horsford, Prof. E. N., 428. 
Hunt, T. Sterry, 263, 482, 
438. 
Imperial Geological Institute, 
Vienna, 39, 264, 435. 
Jackson, Charles T., 435. 
Jarvis, Edward, 269. 
Kneeland, Samuel, Jr., 45. 
Ladrey, Prof: C., 44. 
Lea, Isaac, 42, 269, 443. 
Leidy, Joseph, 44. 
Lemoigne, G. Inzani e A., 438. 
Liharzik, Dr. Franz, 47. 
Livermore, George, 36. 
Lords Commissioners of the 
Admiralty, 41. 
Lowell, John Amory, 259. 
Lyman, Theodore, 449. 
Mailly, Ed., 264. 
Marcou, Jules, 457. 
Marcy, Dr. J., 444. 
Massachusetts, State of, 267. 
Maury, M. F., U. S. N., 39. 
McChesney, J. H., 47. 


451 


Library, Donations to, by 


Meade, Capt. Geo. G., 269. 

Meigs, J. Aitkin, 46. 

Mercantile Library Associa- 
tion of the City of New 
York, 41, 423. 

Merrick, John M. J., 43. 

Meteorological Institute of 
Berlin, 44. 

Minister of Public Instruction, 
Santiago de Chili, 267. 

Morton, Nathaniel Bowditch, 
267. 

National Observatory, 269. 

Newberry, J. S., 262, 443. 

New York University, 432. 

Nicolson, Samuel, 49. 

Nisser, P., 47. 

Norwood, J. G., 258. 

Oberhessischen Gesellschaft 
fiir Natur und Heilkunde, 
35. 

Observatory of Cambridge, 
Mass., 425. 

Observatory of Kdénigsberg, 
Al, 

Observatory of Prague, 43, 
428. 


Observatory of Pulkova, 264. 

Observatory of San Fernando, 
31, 482. 

Olmsted, Frederic Law, 432. 

Ondarza, Juan, 34. 

Owen, Richard, 51. 

Page, Henry A., 39. 

Paic, Moses, 45. 

Paine, Martyn, 258. 

Parker, Joel, 271, 438. 

Pelikan, C., 35. 

Perkins, Henry O., 482. 

Perrey, Alexis, 253. 

Peters, Dr. C. A. F., 268. 

Philadelphia College of Phar- 
macy, 48, 453. 

Phillips, J., 261. 

Quetelet, A., 261. 

Radcliffe Trustees, 34, 272, 
437. 

Ritchie, Edward S., 46, 269. 


452 


INDEX. 


eat 


Library, Donations to, by 


Roblin, Justin, 424. 

Rokitansky, Dr. Carl, 442. 

Royal Institution for the 
Blind, Dresden, 444. 

Royal Institution of Great 
Britain, 32, 272, 428. 

Royal Observatory, Brussels, 
261. 

Royal University of Christi- 
ana, Norway, 50, 442. 

Salisbury, Prof. E. E., 35. 

Saussure, M. H. de, 38, 
448. 

Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von, 
44, 435. 

Schmidt, J. F. Julius, 428. 

Sedlaczek, Ernest, 427. 

Sharswood, Wm., 35, 437. 

Sherwin, Thomas, 45. 

Sibley, John L., 434. 

Smith, Edward, 32. 

Smithsonian Institution, 33, 
45, 259, 423. 

Société d’Agriculture, Scien- 
ces, et Arts, de la Sarthe, 35. 

Société de Physique et d’His- 
toire Naturelle de Genéve, 
36, 253, 441. 

Société Impériale Zoologique 


d’ Acclimation, 32, 254, 423. | 


Society, American Antiqua- 
rian, 34, 2051. 

Society, American Geograph- 
ical and Statistical, 49. 

Society, American Oriental, 
39, 270, 424. 

Society, American Philosoph- 
ical, 42, 251, 423. 

Society, Bavarian, of Sciences, 
47 


Society, Boston, of Natural 
History, 31. 

Society, Botanical, Regens- 
burg, 266. 

Society, Chicago Historical, 
251. 

Society, Entomological, Phila- 
delphia, 423, 432. 


Library, Donations to, by 


Society, Entomological, Stet- 
tin, 47, 267, 437. 

Society, Essex Agricultural, 
270. 

Society for the Advancement 
of Physical Sciences, Mar- 
burg, 440. 

Society, Geological, Dublin, 
252, 434. 

Society, Geological, London, 
260, 425, 439. 

Society, Historical, of Mon- 
treal, 31. 

Society, Imperial Geograph- 
ical, Vienna, 35, 264, 435. 
Society, Imperial, of Natural- 

ists, Moscow, 46, 266, 496. 

Society, Imperial, of Natural 
Sciences, Cherbourg, 32, 
253. 

Society, Imperial Zodlogical 
and Botanical, of Vienna, 
265. 

Society, Linnean, of London, 
260, 440. 

Society, Linnean, of Nor- 
mandy, 43, 427. 

Society, Literary and Philo- 
sophical, of Liverpool, 45, 
266, 441. 

Society, Literary and Philo- 
sophical, of Manchester, 
264. 

Society, Massachusetts His- 
torical, 31, 435. 

Society, Natural History, in 
Augsburg, 265, 442. 

Society, Natural History, of 
Berne, 56, 456. 

Society, Natural History, of 
the Prussian Rhineland and 
Westphalia, 43, 254, 427. 

Society, Natural History, in 
Emden, 44, 265. 

Society, Natural History, of 
Montreal, 31, 435. 

Society, Natural History, Pas- 
sau, 269. 


INDEX. 453 


Library, Donations to, by Library, Donations to, by 


Society, Natural History, Ri-| - 


ga, 268. 

Society, Natural History, of 
Bamberg, 268. 

Society of Agriculture, &c., 
Imperial, Lyons, 266. 

Society of Arts and Sciences, 
Batavian, 254, 441. 

Society of Arts, Manufactures, 
and Commerce, 33, 265, 427. 

Society of Geography, Paris, 
47, 265, 494. 

Society of Natural History, 
Gorlitz, 451. 

Society of Natural History, 
Offenbach, 428. 

Society of Naturalists in Dant- 
zic, 436. 

Society of Naturalists of Frei- 
burg, in Briesgau, 46, 262, 
439. 

Society of Naturalists, Halle, 
459. 

Society of Naturalists of New 
Granada, 43. 

Society of Natural Sciences in 
the Grand Duchy of Nas- 
sau, 444. 

Society of Northern Antiqua- 
ries, Royal, 290. 

Society of Physical Sciences, 
Luneburg, 444. 

Society of Physical Sciences 
of St. Gall, 448. 

Society of Sciences, Haarlem, 
439. 

Society of Sciences, Royal 
Danish, 257. 

Society of Sciences, Royal 
Bohemian, 424. 

Society of Sciences, Upper 
Lusatian, 262, 431. 

Society of Sciences, Royal, 
Upsal, 266, 441. 

Society, Royal Astronomical, 
London, 264. 

Society, Royal Bohemian, of 
Sciences, 48. 


Society, Royal Horticultural, 
London, 435. 

Society, Royal, London, 42, 
260, 425. 
Society, Royal, of Sciences, 
Gottingen, 42, 265, 425. 
Society, Royal, of Sciences, 
Leipzig, 45, 266, 439. 

Society, Royal Physical, Ci- 
conomical, of Konigsberg, 
268, 428. 

Society, Royal, Tasmania, 435. 

Society, Russian Imperial 
Mineralogical, St. Peters- 
burg, 52. 

Society, Senckenberg, of Nat- 
ralists, Frankfort, 44, 268. 

Society, Silesian National Ag- 
ricultural, Breslau, 267. 

Society, Statistical, of London, 
34, 428. 

Society, The Jablowskian, 
Leipsic, 50. 

Society, The Swiss, of Natu- 
ral Sciences, 36, 437. 

Society, Zodlogical and Min- 
eralogical, Regensburg, 435. 

Society, Zodlogical, Frank- 
fort, 263, 425. 

Society, Zoblogical, of London, 
45, 260, 438. 

Storer, Frank H., 259. 

Storer, Horatio R., 46. 

Sumner, Charles, 438. 

Swallow, G. C., 46. 

Swett, Samuel, 264. 

Tatnall, Edward, 263. 

Tobey, Hannah S., 34. 

Trask; J...B-271. 

Treadwell, Daniel, 441. 

Troyon, Frederic, 427. 

United States Patent Office, 
259. 

University of Bonn, 36, 254, 
429. 

University of Chili, 428. 

War Department, U. 5., 32, 
258, 441. 


454 


“Library, Donations to, by 
Weinland, D. F., 259. 
Weitenweber, Dr. Wilhelm 

Rudolph, 48. 
Wetherell, Charles M., 263. 
Whewell, W., 267. 
Wilder, Burt G., 433. 
Willard, Joseph, 56. 
Wilson, Henry, 251. 
Winthrop, R. C., 269, 434. 
Wisconsin, State of, 435. 
Worcester, Joseph E., 49. 
Young Men’s Mercantile Li- 
brary Association, Cincin- 
nati, 437. 
Zoblogical and Botanical As- 
sociation of Vienna, 43, 427. 

Lichenes, Observations on North 
American and other, 383. 

Light of the Moon and of the 
Planet Jupiter, 66. 

Lipocheta australis, 129. 

calycosa, 130. 
heterophylla, 131. 
integrifolia, 180. 
laricifolia, 151. 
lavarum, 150. 
micrantha, 131. 
Remyi, 191. 
subcordata, 150. 
succulenta, 150. 
tenuifolia, 151. 

Lobelia Gaudichaudii, 150. 

macrostachys, 150. 
neriifolia, 150. 

Lobeliacezee Sandwicenses, 146. 

Loranthus, 158. 

Lorine, Coartes G., Announce- 
ment of the Death of Chief 
Justice Shaw and Judge 
White, 23. 

LoveERING, Pror., Reports of, 2, 
250, 382, 422. 

Lucilia piptolepis, 138. 

Pickeringii, 138. 
Shultzii, 138. 

Lycium brevipes, 166. 

Lyonsia levis, 333. 

Lyrocarpa Coulteri, 153. 


mae ὦ SS 


INDEX. 


Lysiloma microphylla, 157. 
Lysimachia Hillebrandi, 328. 


M. 


Maba elliptica, 326. 
foliosa, 326. 
Sandwicensis, 327. 
Macreightia intricata, 163. 
Macromitrium cirrhosum, 280. 
mucronifolium, 280, 
Mesa corylifolia, 330. 
persicefolia, 330. 
Pickeringii, 329. 
Malacothrix parviflora, 163. 
Mann, Horace, Obituary Notice 
of, 5. 
Maytenus phyllanthoides, 155. 
Melochia tomentosa, 155. 
Mentzelia aspera, 158. 
Meteorium crinitum, 285. 
illecebrum, 285. 
macranthum, 285. 
patulum, 285. 
trichophorum, 289. 
Mimosa Xanti, 157. 
Mitracarpium lineare, 158. 
Mniodes, 198. 
Mnium Wrightii, 282. 
Monosis insularum, 114. 
Mozinna canescens, 168. 


Muhlenbergia _calamagrostoides, 
175: 
Musci Cubenses, collected by 


Charles Wright, in 1856 -- 
1858, 275. 
Myrsine? Brackenridgei, 330. 
myricefolia, 330. 
Taitensis, 330. 
Mystic Pond, Remarks on the 
chemical analysis of the 
water of, 69. 


N. 


Nama biflora, 337. 
dichotoma, 338. 
hirsuta, 339. 
hispida, 339. 


INDEX. 45D 


Nama Jamaicensis, 337. 
organifolia, 337. 
Sandwicensis, 338. 
sericea, 539. 
undulata, 338. 

Nardophyllum chiliotrichoides,123. 
Darwinii, 123. 
humile, 123. 

Kingii, 123. 
revolutum, 122. 

Nicotiana Mexicana, 166. 
ipomopsiflora, 166. 

Nourraty, Tomas, Obituary No- 

tice of, 6. 


O. 


Ochrosia parviflora, 333. 
Sandwicensis, 333. 
Octoblepharum albidum, 281. 
(énothera sinuata, 158. 
Olea Sandwicensis, 351. 
Omphalaria leptophylla, 888. 
lingulata, 384. 
Onoseris odorata, 145. 
Optative, Relations of the Greek, 
to the Subjunctive, 96. 
Ordnance, On Heavy, 870, 3880, 
381. 
Oriastrum cochlearifolium, 144. 


A ce 


Paranephelius uniflorus, 115. 
Parmelia Japonica, 599, 
Pectis mutiseta, 158. 
punctata, 158. 
Peirce, Pror.B., Communications 
from, 112, 295, 314, 422. 
Abstract of a Memoir upon 
the Attraction of Saturn’s 
Ring, 353. 
Upon the System of Saturn, 
379. 
Perezia, 145. 
Perityle Californica, 159. 
Petronius, 
cerning, 71. 
Phaseolus atropurpureus, 156. 


Communication con-' 


Phaseolus filiformis, 156. 
Phyllogonium fulgens, 290. 
Phyllostegia brevidens, 343. 
clavata, 944. 
floribunda, 345. 
glabra, 349. 
grandiflora, 342. 
haplostachya, 349. 
hirsuta, 944. 
parviflora, 344. 
racemosa, 344. 
stachyoides, 344. 
truncata, 948. 
vestita, 342. 
Physalis glabra, 165. 
Physcidia flabellosa, 401. 
squamulosa, 401. 
Wrightii, 400. 
Physcomitrium spathulatum, 273. 
PIcKERING, Dr. C., Note on the 
Geographical Distribution 
of Species, 81. 
Picrosia longifolia, 146. 
Pilotrichum cymbifolium, 284. 
filicinium, 284. 
lophophyllum, 284. 
undulatum, 284. 
Pluchea subdecurrens, 160, 
Pogonatum Cubense, 281. 
Polygala puberula, 154. 
Xanti, 153, 
Porpophyllum gracile, 163. 
Pottia Barbula, 273. 
Tortula, 273. 


Q. 
Quamoclit coccinea, 165. 


Quincy, Jostan, Communication 
from, 111. 


R. 


Raillardia arborea, 134. 
ciliolata, 133. 
latifolia, 132. 
laxiflora, 133. 
linearis, 198. 
Menziesii, 199. 


% 


456 


Raillardia platyphylla, 134. 
scabra, 132. 
struthioloides, 154. 
Randia armata, 158. 
Report of the Committee on Pub- 
lication, 250. 
Report of the Council, 2, 241. 
Report of Library Committee, 1. 
Report, Treasurer’s Annual, 250. 
Rhacopilum tomentosum, 284. 
Rhizogonium spiniforme, 282. 
Ricinus communis, 168. 


Ritcutrz, Mr., Communication 
from, 111. 

Ritter, Car, Obituary Notice 
of, 11. 


Rogers, Pror., Communications 
from, 73, 382. 

Rumford Committee, Report of,382. 

Rumford Medal, Dies for, 14, 52. 


5. 


Sapota ? pyrulifera, 328. 
Sandwicensis, 328. 
Vitiensis, 528. 

Sarratia, 168. 

Saturn, Upon the System of, 579. 

Saturn’s Ring, Upon the Attraction 

of, 353. 

Scevola Chamissoniana, 152. 
coriacea, 151. 
floribunda, 152. 
Gaudichaudi, 151. 
glabra, 152. 

Lobelia, 151. 
mollis, 152. 
serica, 151. 

Schlotheimia torquata, 280. 

Senecio Danii, 142. 
Darwinii, 141. 
diclinus, 142. 

Eightsii, 141. 
evacoides, 142. 
gracilipes, 142. 
leucomallus, 141. 
pellitus, 149. 
Pickeringii, 142. 
Richii, 142. 


INDEX. 


Senecio subeandidus, 141. 
trifureatus, 141. 
Websteri, 141. 
wernerioides, 1438. 

Sericographis Californica, 164. 

Sersalisia glabra, 327. 

Suaw, Curer Justice, Obituary 
Notice of, 250. 

Sida Elliottii, 154. 

Silver Coins, Amounts of Lead con- 
tained in, 52. 

Solanum eleagnifolium, 165. 

Solidago diffusa, 159. 

Sornoctes, Pror. On Some 
Magnesian and Pagasetic 
Inscriptions, by, 74. 

Remarks on the Dialect of 
Tzakonia, by, 296. 

Species, Geographical Distribution 
of, 81. 

Sphacele hastata, 341. 

Spheeralcea incana, 154. 

Sphagnum cymbifolium, 273. 

Stegnosperma halimifolium, 167. 

Stenogyne angustifolia, 348. 

calminthoides, 347. 
cordata, 347. 
crenata, 348. 

diffusa, 348. 
macrantha, 346. 
microphylla, 348. 
rotundifolia, 347. 
rugosa, 348. 
scrophularioides, 347. 
sessilis, 547. 

SrePHENSON, Roxpert, Obituary 
Notice of, 8. 

Storer, F. H., On the Frozen 
Well at Brandon, Vt., 290. 

Stylosanthes viscosa, 157. 

Symplocos spicata, 526. 

Syrrhopodon elongatus, 280. 

Gaudichaudi, 280. 
Hobsoni, 280. 
prolifer, 280. 


ale 


Tetramolopium, 119. 


INDEX. 


Teucrium argutum, 349. 
Thelotrema actinotum, 411. 
auratum, 408. 
Cubanum, 407. 
globulare, 410. 
leiostomum, 407. 
lepadodes, 405. 
myrioporum, 412. 
platycarpum, 406. 
Santense, 406. 
schizostomum, 411. 
Wrightii, 409. 
THIERSCH, FREDERICK WILLIAM, 
Obituary Notice of, 9. 
TIEDEMANN, FRIEDRICH, Obituary 
Notice of, 243. 
Tithonia pusilla, 124. 
Tournefortia velutina, 164. 
Trachylia leucampyx, 390. 
TREADWELL, Pror., Criticism of 
a recent Work by Captain 
Rodman on Heavy Ord- 
nance, 570. 
On the Force of fired Gun- 
powder, the Strength of 
Guns, and the Velocity of 
Projectiles, 581. 
Trematodon longicollis, 276. 
Trianthema monogyna, 154. 
Trichostomum canaliculatum, 276. 
involutum, 277. 
macrostegium, 276. 
Turnera Pumilea, 158. 
Tzakonia, Remarks on the Dialect 
of, 296. 
Tylophora Brackenridgei, 334. 
Saméensis, 994. 


δ. 


Vaccinium cereum, 929. 
Maderense, 322. 
penduliflorum, 323. 
reticulatum, 929. 

Valeriana globularis, 322. 


VOU. Vs 58 


457 


Valeriana pyenantha, 322. 
rhizantha, 922. 
Vallesia dichotoma, 166. 

Viguiera deltoidea, 161. 
Peruviana, 124. 
tomentosa, 161. 

Vilfa Virginica, 173. 

Vittadinia arbuscula, 120. 
arenaria, 120. 
Chamissonis, 119. 
consanguinea, 120. 
conyzoides, 120. 
cuneata, 118. 
hispidula, 118. 
humilis, 118. 
macrorhiza, 118. 
Remyi, 119. 
scabra, 118. 
tenerrima, 119. 
triloba, 117. 


We 


Wahlenbergia Peruviana, 152. 
Weissia edentula, 273. 
viridula, 273. 
We tts, WiLLiAM, Obituary No- 
tice of, 4. 
Werneria cespitosa, 140. 
carnulosa, 140. 
ciliolata, 140. 
dactylophylla, 140. 
digitata, 140. 
nubigena, 139. 
Orbignyana, 139. 
pygmea, 139. 
strigosissima, 140. 
villosa, 159. 
Wuitr, DanteLt APPLETON, Obit- 
uary Notice of, 256. 
Wilkesia gymnoxiphium, 136. 
Witiarp, Rev. Samuet, Ὁ. D., 
Obituary Notice of, 3. 
Wyman, Pror.J., Communications 
from, 73, 81. 


ΒΥ iy d <i 


Ὄ : ‘od "A 
i δ ory 
ia 


Les Ἧ ee ἡ δα Δ. 
νυ ee 
i. 
uP ye ‘Kf in ne) 


WET 
᾿; i “as ΠΝ ᾿ 


δι ἙΝ ree 


: ‘ 
ἜΣ OL sand 
ὺ εἶδ ) ΠΝ ί a 
key Hanmi riba ti Vath, 
᾿ a a: rib a ath haath ἣν 
hae t 


Has CHa ie yan ig TR. dye 
ue “ Pid A oR all Py AARNE 
ΝῊ yb OL iis δ᾽ 

(nassianeinead” ἀπ Ria int ae 
ἢ Bi ‘7 ne Vind ἡ δ ane J 


ΜΝ ἢ ᾿ Ἵ 


wai! 
Vay μι 


ee ars 


MBL/WHOI LIBRARY 
μι 
WH LA?L Ὁ 


PUPERL Teteee bere tblane talon 


δ ὦ 


ΣΧ 
‘ad 


~ 
ἐν 


ΚΣ ee 


- hm 


εὖ» 
i a ae 
Ft 


° 

ον ὦ we ee oe 
ee 

te m8, 

se 


ἊΝ 


“»ν»» Ὁ 


ες ere 
SS se 
eee 

* 


- 
~ 
+ 
φ΄. 
Ἂν» 
-~_“« 


er bene he nee : 7 a8 
ale: 7 ΕΣ ν 2 
as , 4 ‘ 


ΟῚ 
> 
“ 
° 
Pi 


Ψ 4. τς 
cons 
yo ett 


- 


E “e2 
rae Mes see 
tt tte a 2 
ere 
4 a+ 


Η 


- Che ee τε <9) ιν 


ΤῈ : ᾿ 5 Γ ~2 


23 4/8 
ef AY 


gy +f 
' phe 
hats 


ee 
55.4.3, ~) 


3%, ‘ee eeas 
+ 


Slaten ΗΝ 4 

* theta ta aes 
tytatel ate if 

tat a} + τὸς 

ΠΣ Στ ΗΝ 
sktentn en 


Ὧν 


LZ 
: 
ate 


. : aa geet ὁ ὁ. 4. τὸ 


ἘΣ ΚΣ 
απ 


J at 


Hemi ἜΝ 


ἢ 


2 
. 


aes 


Me . 
τὰς wf 


+ 


pet 


aa. 


4.5. 


᾿ τεῦ 


te 


Se 


see δὲ 
ete 


teks 


eee 


εἰ εἰς ον a4 
at etete gs ge ae tae 
“2s 


Serer se 
a'a't 2228 
tenet eg 3 
erry 4. 
ἘΠῚ 2 


eee 


ν 
> 
" 


+. 7 
died 


Ἰὼ es 
- 


aeae0 4 4 
Δ. 6 4. 4.4.8. « 
τς ἀξ ROS AA 


ὝΕΣ: "28 
4 2 
“ 2 


7 


4 
* 


ὦ 5 ee 


5 
5 
ΓΕ ΚΟῚ “4 4 
2 O52 729 
FYE SE Ἂν 
ν. . 


ne 

Ae - 
AA Aseria tet) 
oe 4 48 9 2°24 45 

4 3-9 2 ah 


24 
ΕΣ ΕΣ 


? 


“9% 


Ἂς Ὁ ας ἐς πο λς Σ 


eee ' 9 
1 2's 
* 


Ε 
rsa 1 4΄ 
EO OM 
ὑφ᾿ 
Parnes 
ew 
& 


. ΝΑ ee 
soars elects ὃς testes lata ΤΑΣ 
50 ἐς ἐς μας Δ re ΜΟῚ " ’ ᾿ 


Ὶ 
ἘΣΎ 


: γ᾽ 
gta 


4g εὖ 


μ 


es 


Mo 
ta 


a 


ta ἀξ ὰς τὸ τυ θαι 
ἐν τοῖς ite! 


Fe! ᾿ 
4 HOE 4.9. 69. tata νι : - 
ἘΡΕΝΕΠΗ ΗΝ ΟΝ ΘΜ ΤΣΤΗΣ 
: Seats snes elatytataleg ts 
talelanrcenacateatatatgtatahetetalate tatty ες 
meat te 
7.4.9 AXE μὲ δὲ δὲ κα ὃς δὰ 
ἀντ ς ἐξ να δ νξ ποῦν τὸ te! 


i x ah oe Bry 


a3 4 


2. ἅ 5 + 
o + +t 


Φ 
7} 


srs 
ata! 


tae 
7438